new

fe! “ wn

° ‘i i ni

ond pyrk .

AY. us

“ an hl

a nas | i

eae, , om a.

ii ain

par ee

cue Vie

Zoi us bas i Hee a

Ry ot were

oy ms:

i an Ve

b 3 mer A

Ve + Ve

ake at,

i se ni Ay ;

i ; ,

ave nee : ,

uy - at

: i i i ce a

Ls ™ Me ee i

‘aa May et

Biles’ an ag Ey %

th ue

: ei

a an

a Oa " ee

ih Fy

ee ae iN

1? A

& ¥

hal

re re a

AG mia

vee 1 an

7 i 0)

Ceunie

Tbe naey

ay hi

noe

ce ©.

7 ny aay

an me c ae

ibe On Fay ce. oy

Hy ‘ iD i

4 iy aie

he aa ae

nay

Lae

va ae

pe noua

Oa h

i oh i i

‘ie

" ah

Sin

ng hi i" alls

iyi a

ae ;

MY mm Bes:

1 Wh 7 MG

i u

if Due

a i

iat,

a ‘is Ms

aid

ae Para i

i ch a, re

I ac AN ou 6 ek

aoe ee

Lan im ae

ey at be ee

Lan

’ ae

Ay A Buh

Rue ee

eth) Put A

ye an hy Nee:

i if

AN Ta

LAR Ne i

mi a ar

bs He M, i a

y p

uy }

iy Way . At

EN Hue

A ea i

matt

nk if ay

ae Ai

Tig

Same te

¥ i ¥ y ha

Ln nnd Ayu

te ne iy

A von

ii ee me 7 ey a

artes A

es Sy ir

oh dy; By C1

i a eh

rN i

Ms,

> aa Pini jit: Pay Wa AD de Coe

ay ia a} we ti oy) ol te ” Di al 2 Ova ey Phaeedy.

ihe 2 oer Ad Jl Sateen Y ih nips am i:

<P ay q ' leds Seow Game? : ut ae ;

Z Pe : 7 a ah @ 2 W 7 pe iV ;

rf ' ial aT Lae ; i Aer “At Wid by —

a a ie : we my) ie ry iat ca,’

ie ee | 6 ; oh Fe ne ‘om . i

ihn eo ia 1 >) a wey Ne as

> A , ’ : ve as cae ; 4

7 aire ae try.) ‘ i ae er eel rt ae a

NG yt ie Nam ‘

; 5 ~ J ° a ow ei 2 ene hen F AS bins a ay - i

ep ra A li tae ay ae eae wk

aa a ; ee 0 ae ee) MS Poel Py ae ie We 66) al

ne eae? me. 7 va ah ft i 7 lo ~ uu rn a diget ae ‘a re ie :

i t 4 7 nl ; pay : at 7 sc ) it «© J ae i; Wie ety, ; y yt un

! * 3 7 Gey ee ~~ | » Au ! 7 ‘Py ot ye ia 2) ay De ray |

Pa oe te wetness oy i" ‘i i ie Ate ern a) mA i. vr

oe. ONE A | a a ey ew )

Pe er

: i a yee : ai ed > : ‘fp A a . : Ah ee > : me aye . VK ae

_—— we | or “vy ¥ 7 : <2 e. Lt 7 a y rh matey) Wy

ry. > Le) ef eg Ok fa) ire ott A a ee

a 7 7 7 7 - 7 < Ww au 7 oy, mM

i inal 1

_ 5) ar) a ae kee ine ; iva a

oe ees Te _ ; a ea en) _ s

” ' ’ t’ Te i7as

_ | a q oa

- . ; 7 , — ’ 17 7 - 9 ,> 7 7 at. -

jet : ire : - a ' : , — weft

, in haa ° an : on . : Wir. AN 7 7 ” A ee

—_—s _ : ’ o ; 7 A ne ‘e © orale

oe! "iad

ie Py

. > : 7 7 - = j aye

: om i ; aw Nl Ivy ay

¥ re wt ; 7 “i: ae i. a adits - i - ; Pe

mT a : : = rr ees _ ve a me a

a = aes ’ Gwala* i, oh nae oe ALT a Dt : re a! Bh Be

7 a! eas 7 yp % mei RA ‘st ‘om KS Ri i ay Pe mH tee is }

RT) TO ro ea “i

7 - ’ : : a4 i | - Cerne iy nh _ ‘Ae ip a ee i By

7 . | \ ae is! Wis. a ee | ae “ir : ae Su -

ne) e) (a , : i = Ses ona HA ir i . ¥

bs yl = by ; ns _ a ane ae ; a ae i iY i. { 7 ma.

m * i a) ; 7 7 > on r,t . a ian oy) ih : 7

o ie Oe ode - b's. | ae F ee Aiea

ain i ae N te | rl LY a Mean,

ie “4

st OT? reas | sR jes : ae

Re ere Me

i ST

L oe ay :

re vate 7 Vay, a Dae cf, s a

d 7) vo iy : “" oO Aes a vi he Puce oP a { ie i of a

7 ws} ; Sa ay yt ni i Atri Ui : ey i 1. PG ue

We : 449 ' : ne he W i fe’; it aoe 5] a an ;

7 7 _ - a 4g : 7 7 : 7 x Ur 7 7). : y 7 ; ie 7) ai ‘ox ay ‘fj (i

# , : ; - tt é _ 1 Uh aaa i" t i i

pee i a a _ iit ean mes VN ASS er a

; i yee

) — : ; pte ae ee

~, tee 7 te b fil _ a D oa a

* ae , 7" I 7 a ss ry '

5 > ar oo a) ¥ , naw POLE Fee

4 ’ yy eet ’ ie

.) a i os se" : 9 » : a hia i at ae ie iy -_

; on a J 7 : a t ont ac Wie ; - : at

+0 ie

| y; : : ai a ant mS 1

’ 7 i.e ’ 7 : “haa i A ‘f) ij ie s ‘on j

’ a f a “ 7 Lie 7 2a . ot. A i ae mI i iY Ae

oe & of 7 LT) wes — van s de - ios il fe

7 re : 7 a Aa ele : , ~. Vom A a i =)

TRANSACTIONS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LON DON:

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

iO NWO IN

lt (Qi “Dds is, Weld AIR

1892.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CO.,

54, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMAN, GREEN, READER AND DYER,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.

1892.

ws ; hi ©

whe is pe

( oe

; J ¢ %"

a . a os

® | a

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Founpep, 1833.

INCORPORATED BY Royat CHARTER, 1885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1892-93.

qrestdent.

FREDERICK DU CANE GODMAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Vice- Presidents.

THe Rr. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, LL.D., F.R.S.

HENRY JOHN EBHLWHES, J.P., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

IDR, IDVAWINDY SBUAIRIE, NENG ING Sioy IMEIUaShq dyson

@rensurer.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Secretaries.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S.

THe Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

Pibrariae.

GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

Council.

CHARLES G. BARRETT, F.E.S.

GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

HERBERT DRUCEH, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Toe Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

FREDERICK DU CANE GODMAN, F.R.S.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.8., F.Z.S.

Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S8.

HD WA DIB eOUEMONe VicAs sHReSs, EGS:

Dr. DAVID’ SHARP; M.A., E.R-S., ELS.

CotoneEL CHARLES SWINHOH, M.A., F.L.S.

Ture Rr. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., F.R.S.

Assistant Librarian.

Wo. 1, IEUAIDIbe

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1834—1892,

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows

at the following reduced prices :—

PUBLIC. FELLOWS.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ...... Price£4 13 0 £310 O

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) .... 3 0) @ 55 115; (0)

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) 11 0 O 410 0

The Transactions for the year 1868........ it @)- ©

” 39 NE ocaeanc 7A

” ” Woo caeaac I eh 2 5 O

” 9 WeVflioc oondad hy

” y TES cog o0 G6 i

” » NYO Racsesas sie ho)

” * ies soacooe 112 0

” ’ Neod.b mode.c 1 2 0 3 0 0

’ ; NS Grercterenstsers 112 0

; j MUSWi{is5 odo0ac ih 2s (0)

” ” UST Bie t cts: 1 “0820 0 1526

” y USO ocomadcc 1 2 0 016 6

0 fh USSOftre eset. 019 O 014 3

of 5 ISTE US Goto Gok 1G 0 Wy

oa os IbsteV ipa noo ot LOG 2G

; IbsteB Go Gao ane Wf) If 9(0) 8)

ys , US ooa0 000 if ts) (@) ee (0,

” IESG O00 d6o6 1h Gy) OFL9 SG

29 , USS Orereteteerers Gy 0) 019 6

5p aA USI 5 ano cooc 1 4 6 O 19570

Ap : TSSS ee dee 1150 Lg 2

; a ele ooas soc 116 6 oy

; 3 US UR ook an cic ily) TOMO

70 4 IESE ooau oF 116 0 Wg

51) IEP AG clocoaaad if (0) I ak)

Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and

Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe’s Longicornia Malayana .......++. 212 0 if ibs)

Baly’s Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1, Aposta-

YD ea AD COBO OO NIAC O pOcId Oc 016 O OFZ 0

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial

IEMA WEL” oo ane coaEOdOOabDO De 0 4 6 0 3 4

Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’

lethal Godan OdenudoodpAogseaourOS Om GO on0 O 42°56

Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolia’ (Prize Essay) Ope a0 OO

The Journan or Proceepines is bound up with the Transactions, but

may be obtained separately, by Fellows, gratis ; by the Public, price

Sixpence per Sheet (16 pp.).

Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are

entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,

and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address.

(avin ”)

CON TEN Ds.

PAGE

Explanation of the Plates ys at Ns a es S50 Sani

List of Fellows .. ae is ap ie we * ye 1%

Additions to the Library Me ts oi om a So Beall

MEMOIRS.

I. New species of Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. Part II.

By Colonel Cuarnes Swinuor, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. .. 1

Il. Additional notes and observations on the life-history of

Atypus piceus. By Freperick Enock, F.E.S. 50 ga a

III. Notes on Lycena (recte Thecla) rhymnus, tengstremii, and

pretiosa. By Grorce T. Brruunn-Baxer, F.L.8. .. oo PAU

IV. The effects of artificial temperature on the colouring of several

species of Lepidoptera, with an account of some experi-

ments on the effects of light. By Frreprrtc MeErrtriexp,

Ne On Sanion in the colour of cocoons of Kriogaster lanestris

and Saturnia carpini. By WriutAm Bateson, M.A., Fellow

of St. John’s College, Cambridge. Communicated by Dr. D

Suarp, M.A., F.R.S. a3 : to

VI. On the classification of the Ghonetrina of the Bropean

fauna. By Epwarp Meyrick, BA., F.Z.S. oe A 53

VIL. Ona little-known species of Papilio from fie iE of Tifa,

Loyalty Group. By the Hon. WaurEer Roruscuinp, F.Z.8. 141

VIII. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central America,

with remarks on some of the previously-recorded species.

By the late Henry Watrer Bares, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.

With an Introduction by Freprrtck DuCanr Gopman,

F.R.S. oh : : : 143

IX. New species of Topenceee ae ie enemies Valley

By the Rey. Atrrep E. Harton, M.A., F.E.S. a6 185

X. On some eges of ae pee Py Dr. Davip Suarp, M. a

TABS oc si : : so Ugh

XI. On a new and also on a little own species of Dieuadbeves ul

in the collection of the Hon. Walter Rothschild. By

ArrHur G. Buruer, F.L.S., and the Hon. Waurrer Rorus-

Cisiutpy, IAS 4% p f Bs ae =o PAO)

XII. On variation in the ealoae of cocoons, pup, and larve;

further experiments. By Wuiiu1am Barerson, M.A., Fellow

of St. John’s College, Cambridge. Communicated by Dr.

D. Suarp, M.A., F. R. S.. sie 205

XIII. Experiments in 1890 and 1891 on the abi ‘alation: oe een

certain Lepidopterous larvw and their surroundings, together

with some other observations on Lepidopterous larvee. By

Liu1an J. Goutp. Communicated by Epwarp Bb. Pounron,

M.A., F.R.S. 30 aC 46 ar dc a0 SLD

(vi)

PAGE

XIV. Notes on a protean Indian butterfly, Huplea (Stictoplaa)

harristi, Felder. By Lionen pve Nichvinun, F.L.S.,

C.M.Z.S. : ; : 247

XV. New light on the foraatiGn of ne Eponinal nouns in

Parnassius. By Samurn H. re F.E.S., of Cam-

bridge, Mass., United States .. : .. 249

XVI. Additions to the Longicornia of Macice and Geattr al America,

with notes on some previously-recorded pac By

Cuarues J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S. .. 46 50 AS

XVII. Contributions to a knowledge of the Here pietode! family

Lulgoride. By Wiuutsam it Disrant, F.E.S. are pa 74thg)

XVIII. The secretion of potassium hydroxide by Dicranura vinula

(imago), and the emergence of the imago from the cocoon.

By Oswaup H. Larrer, M.A., Assistant Master at Charter-

house. Communicated by Fruprric Mernivienp, F.K.S8. 287

XIX. Further experiments upon the colour-relation between

certain lepidopterous laryie, pupw, cocoons, and imagines

and their surroundings. By Epwarp b. Pouuron, M.A.,

IMTS, IN Ibis ees = Be xe ee ah Ae Bae 28B

Proceedings for 1892.. is as Ae os ac es i

President’s Address .. Ai bie Sic - Se oon) xiv

Index .. Ne ac “— xs 8 is 2 dic lxi

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate I. See pages 1—20 Plate X. See pages 201—203

so, Le » 27—al _ XIE 7 215—246

Pelle » o3—140 4 XO: és 255—274

se POL: » 141 ae, ec, af 275—286

sy Nios Alec WU _ XIV. & XY.

See pages 143—183 | See pages 203—487

» VIII. &@ IX. ,, 191—199 |

ERRATA.

TRANSACTIONS.

On p. 207, for ‘*48,”’ read ‘*38”’; on p. 211, for ‘16 moderate, 23 light,”

read ‘25 moderate, 37 light’’; for ‘‘5 moderate,’ read ‘‘7 moderate.”

PROCEEDINGS.

Page iii. — For Iridomyrmex purpureus read I. purpurens; for 2.

nudatam read IL. nudatum; for ‘* Varieté toute noire” read ‘* Varieté voute

noire.” P.ix. (sixth line trom top).—For Merwmplus bicolor read Merano-

plus bicolor ; tor Crematogaster read Cremastogaster ; for (fitth line from

bottom) Pseudonyrme read Pseudomyrma,

Hist of #Fellots

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

—>—_—_—_——_

HONORARY FELLOWS.

Election.

1863 Haaren, Hermann August, Cambridge, U.S.A.

1884 Miter, Fritz, Blumenau, Santa Catarina, Brazil.

1884 OsTEN-SAcKEN, Baron C. R. von, Heidelberg.

1884 Packarp, Alpheus 8., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.

1889 Rey, Prof. Charles V., Washington, U.S.A.

1872 Saussure, Henri F. de, Geneva.

1871 Setys-Lonecuamps, Baron M. E. de, Liege.

1885 SNEULEN, Pieter C. T., Rotterdam.

(Two Vacancies).

Date of

FELLOWS.

Marked * are Original Members.

Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Date of

Tilection.

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, 68 St. Hrmin’s Mansions,

Caxton-street, Westminster, S.W.

1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.

1885 Apxtn, Robert, Wellfield, Lingard-road, Lewisham, 8...

1891 Apyer, J. M., Somerford Grange, Christchurch, Hants.

1856 ArmitacE, Ed., R.A., 38 Hall-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

1886 Atmore, H. A., 3 Haylett-terrace, Hxton’s-road, King’s

Lynn, Norfolk.

* + Bapineton, Charles Cardale, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.,

Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge,

5 Brookside, Cambridge.

1892 Batty, William Edward, Lynwood House, Paul Church-

town, near Penzance, Cornwall.

1886

1890

1886

1887

1884

1865

1890

LIST OF FELLOWS.

Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., Corfe Castle, Dorset.

Barciay, Francis H., F.G.S., Knott's Green, Leyton, Essex.

Bareaaut, Nobile Cavaliere Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo

Tempi No. 1, Florence, Italy.

Barker, H. W., 147 Gordon-road, Peckham, 8.E.

Barrett, Charles Golding, Inland Revenue Department

Somerset House, W.C.; & 89 Linden-grove, Nunhead, 8.E.

Barton, Stephen, 114 St. Michael’s Hill, Bristol.

Bazert, Mrs. Eleanor, Springfield, Reading, Berks.

1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, 153 Hither Green Lane, Lewisham, 8.E.

1891

1882

1885

1892

1886

1880

1879

1891

1889

1890

1885

BrEcuHine, Robert A. Dallas, 24 St. James-road, Tunbridge

Wells, Kent.

Bera, Prof. Dr. Carlos, Director del Museo Nacional, Buenos

Aires (Rep. Argent.), South America.

Brruune-Baker, George T., F.L.8S., 16 Clarendon-road,

Hdgbaston, Birmingham.

BrppEe.xu, Walter Cuthbert, 32 The Grove, Bolton Gardens ~

S.W.

Bippur, F. W., M.A., Lanherne, Albemarle-road, Becken-

ham, Kent.

BIGNELL, George Carter, 7 Clarence-place, Stonehouse,

Plymouth.

Bruuurs, T. R.,20 Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham,

BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., Hon. Sec., Tunbridge Wells Natural

History and Philosophical Society, Groombridge, Sussex.

Buanvrorb, Walter F.H.,M.A.,F.Z.S.,48 Wimpole-street, W.

Buatcu, W. G., Knowle, near Birmingham.

Buatuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Hagle House, Bath-

easton, Bath.

BLoMEFIELD, The Rev. Leonard, M.A., F.L.S., &c., 19 Bel-

mont, Bath.

Buoomrietp, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling

Rectory, Hastings.

Borre, Alfred Preudhomme de, Rue Scutin 11, Schaerbeck,

Brussels.

Borrer, Win., junr., F.G.S., Pakyns Manor House,

Hurstpierpoint, Sussex.

Boscuer, Edward, Bellevwe House, Twickenham.

Booru, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Uarn-

forth, Lancashire.

BouskEtL, Frank, 11 Lansdowne-road, Stoney Gate, Lei-

cester.

Bower, B. A., Langley, Eltham Road, Lee, Kent.

LIST OF FELLOWS. Xl

1852 + Boyp, Thos, Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, 8.E.

1867

1886

1877

1870

1890

1879

1887

1886

1892

1890

1883

1889

Boyp, William Christopher, Cheshunt, Herts.

Bripeman, John B., F.L.S., 40 St. Giles’, Norwich.

Briaes, Charles Adolphus, 55 Lincoln's Inn Fields, W.C.;

and Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey.

Briaes, Thos. Henry, M.A., Surrey House, Leatherhead,

Surrey.

Bristowk, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, S.E.

Bronenrart, Le Chevalier Charles, Assistant d’Entomo-

logie au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Paris, Memb.

Ent. Soc. France, and Memb. Geol. Soc. France, Foreign

Corr. Geol. Soe. Lond., &e., 9 Rue Linné, Paris, France.

Brown, Henry Rowland, M.A., 3 Pump-court, Temple, B.C.

Brown, John, 5 King’s Parade, Cambridge.

Browne, Captain Clement Alfred Righy, R.Ji., Shillong,

Assam, India.

Bryant, George, Somerset Lodge, Old Shirley, near South-

ampton.

Bucxton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.8., Weycombe,

Haslemere, Surrey.

Burns, Henry, The Free Public Library, Fulham, S.W.

1868 + Butter, Arthur Gardiner, F.L.8., F.Z.8., British Musewm,

1883

1886

1885

1860

1880

1889

1890

1886

1890

1886

South Kensington, 8.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road,

Beckenham, Kent.

Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Se., 39 Ashby-road,

Crouch Hill, N.

CatvertT, Wm. Bartlett, Casilla 691, Santiago, Chili, South

America.

CAMERON, Peter, Olive Mount, Sale, Cheshire.

CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Rose Hill,

Hoddesdon, Herts.

CanvzEzez, Dr. E., Glain, Liége.

CanspaLr, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E.

Cant, A., care of Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S.,

10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

Capper, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire

and Cheshire Entomological Society), Hwyton Park, near

Liverpool.

Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford.

CarDEN, Major-General George, Douglas Towers, South

Hill Park, Bromley, Kent.

CARMICHAEL, Sir Thomas David Gibson, Bart., M.A., F.L.S.,

Chiefswood, Melrose, N.B,

Xi LIST OF FELLOWS.

1892 Carpenter, The Honble. Mrs. W., Kiplin, Northallerton,

Yorkshire.

1868 Carrineton, Charles, Hurst-place, Bexley, Kent.

1890 Carrer, George Wm., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Lime Grove,

Knottingley, Yorkshire.

1889 + Cave, Charles, 13 Lowndes-square, S.W.

1871 CuHampion, George C., F.Z.S., LIBRARIAN, Horsell, Woking,

Surrey; and 10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1891 Cuapman, Thomas Algernon, M.D., Fir Bank, Hereford.

1890 CuarrerToN, Frederick J.S., 1382 Queen Victoria-street, BeG@as

and ‘* Falcon Craig,” Gloucester Villas, Ashford, Mid-

dlesex.

1891 + Currry, Arthur J., 33 Queen’s-gate Gardens, S.W.

1889 Curisty, W. M., Watergate, Emsworth, Hants.

1886 + CLark, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields, N.E.

1867 Cuarxe, Alex. Henry, 109 Warwick-road, Earls Court, S.W.

1886 CuarKr, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

13 Kew Gardens, Kew, S.W.

1891 Cxarxe, Henry Shortridge, 2 Osborne-terrace, Douglas,

Isle of Man.

1891 Cocxrrett, T. D. A., F.Z.S., The Institute of Jamaica,

Kingston, Jamaica.

1874 Cocke, Major George, M.A., B.Mus., Oxon., 9 Bolton-

gardens, S.W.

1873 Corts, William, 7 Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1884 Cotiett, E. Pyemont, 19 St. John-street, Manchester.

1880 CopxanD, Patrick F., 2 Hope Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1892 Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.8., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., 31

Belsize Park Gardens, Hampstead, N.W.

1886 CowetL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public

Library), William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., c/o F.S. Eve, Esq., 125 Harley-street, W.

1888 Creeor, J. P., P.O. Box 339, Cape Town, Cape of Good

Hope.

1890 Crewe, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

1880 + Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., Treasurer L.S., F.G.S.,

Treasurer R. M.S., 5 Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.

1888 Croker, A. J., 26 Saxon-road, Selhurst, Surrey.

1883 Crow ey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Waddon House, Croydon.

1873 Date, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset.

1887 Datrry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.8., Madeley

Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffordshire.

1886 Dannatr, Walter, F.Z.S., Ivy Dene, Westcombe Park,

Blackheath, S.E,

1892

1885

1892

1886

1875

1887

1891

1885

1873

1886

1845

1889

1874

1884

1867

LIST OF FELLOWS. xii

Dennis, George Christopher, 11 Tower-street, York.

Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.8., 20 Thwrloe-square,

S.W.

DrvonsHIrE, His Grace the Duke of, LL.D., Chancellor of

the University of Cambridge, Devonshire House, 78

Piccadilly, W.

Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D., Pro-

fessor of Divinity in the University of Glasgow, Glasgow.

Distant, Win. Lucas, 1 Russell Hill-road, Purley, Surrey.

Drxey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow of Wadham

College, Wadham College, Ouford; and Thyra House,

North Finchley, N.

DonistHoRPE, Horace St. John K., 87 Courtfield Gardens,

S.W.

Donovan, Surg.-Captain Charles, M.D., Mandalay, Burma.

Dorta, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.

Dormer, The Right Honourable Lord, Grove Park, Warwick.

Dovetas, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 153 Lewisham.

road, Lewisham, 8.E.

DownineG, John W., 59 Lupus-street, St. George’s-square,

S.W.

DowseEtt, Arthur, Castle Hill House, Reading.

Druck, Hamilton H. C. J., 43 Circus-road, St. John’s

Wood, N.W.

Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F'.Z.8., 48 Circus-road, St. John’s

Wood, N.W.

1849 + Dunninc, Joseph Wm., M.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., 4 Talbot-

1865

1885

1890

1865

1886

1884

1886

1878

1886

square, Paddington, W.

D’Ursan, W. 8. M., F.L.8., Moorlands, Hamouth, Devon.

Durrant, John Hartley-, The Cottage, Merton Hall,

Thetford, Norfolk.

Eastwoop, John Edmund, Hnton Lodge, Witley, Surrey.

Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., care of R. 8. Eaton,

Esq., 4 Belfield-terrace, Weymouth, Dorset.

Epwarps, James, Colesborne Park, Cheltenham, Gloucester-

shire.

Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Kidbrook-lodge, Black-

heath, S.E.

EisHa, George, 122 Shepherdess-walk, City-road, N.

Eis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18 Rodney-st., Liverpool.

Eitwes, Henry John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vick-PRESIDENT,

Colesborne Park, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire.

Enocx, Frederick, 11 Parolles-road, Upper Holloway, N.

X1V LIST OF FELLOWS.

1891 Farrmatre, Leon, 21 Rue du Dragon, Paris, France.

1890 Farn, Albert Brydges, Mownt Nod, Greenhithe, Kent ;

and Medical Department, Local Government Board,

Whitehall, S.W.

1892 Farren, William, Fern House, Union-road, Cambridge.

1861 Fenn, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee,

1886 Fenwick, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank,

Surbiton Hill, Surrey.

1881 Frrepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.

1889 Frrnap, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

1878 Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77 St. Helen’s Gardens

N. Kensington, W.

1874 Firen, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.

1886 Fircn, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park,N.

1865 Fuercuer, J. E., 2 Bedwardine-road, St. Johns, Worcester.

1883 + Frercuer, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing,

Sussex.

1892 FrLeuriaux, Edmond, 1 Rwe Malus, Paris, France.

1885 Foxxer, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

1880 Fow ter, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Secretary, The

School House, Lincoln.

18838 Freeman, Francis Ford, Abbotsfield, Tavistock, South

Devon.

1888 Fremun, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth,

Maidstone, Kent.

1891 Frounawk, F. W., 9 Dornton-road, Balham, 8.K.

1855 Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Thornhill Howse, Dulwich Wood

Park, Norwood, 8S.E.

1889 Fryer, Charles John, 410 Wandsworth-road, S.W.

1884 Fuuuerr, The Rey. Alfred, M.A., East Pallant, Chichester.

1887 Gauan, Charles J.,M.A., British Musewm (Natural History),

South Kensington, S.W.; and 8 Rylett Crescent,

Shepherd's Bush, W.

1887 Gatton, Francis, M.A., F-R.S., F.G.8., 42 Rutland Gate,

S.W.

1892 Garpe, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. ‘ Raleigh,’ Cape of Good

Hope.

1890 GarpneR, John, 6 Friars-Gate, Hartlepool.

1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, F.R.S., F.L.S, F.Z.S.,

PRESIDENT, South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham,

Sussex; 76 South Audley-street, W.; and 10 Chandos-

street, Cavendish-square, W.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XV

1890 GoxnptTuwait, Oliver, 8 Duke of Edinburgh-road, Car-

shalton, Surrey.

1886 + Goopricu, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Aubrey, Lyming-

ton, Hants.

1855 Goruam, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.8., The Chestnuts,

Shirley Warren, Southampton.

1874 Goss, Herbert, F.L.S., F.G.S., Secretary, The Avenue,

Surbiton Hill, Surrey ; and 11 Chandos-street, Cavendish-

square, W.

1886 GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.

1891 GreExEN, E. Ernest, Hton Estate, Punduloya, Ceylon.

1865 GREENE, The Rev. Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Clifton,

Bristol.

1888 GrirritHs, G. C., 43 Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol.

1890 + Haun, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Sheffield.

1885 Hatt, Thomas William, ‘ Stanhope,” The Crescent,

Croydon.

1891 Hampson, G. F., B.A., Thurnham Court, Maidstone,

Kent.

1891 Hansury, Frederick J., F.L.S., 69 Clapton Common,

Clapton, N.E.

1891 Hanson, Rh. E. Vernon, B.A., Monson Colonnade, Tun-

bridge Wells, Kent.

1877 Harpine, George, The Grove, Vishponds, Bristol.

1889 Harrison, John, 7 Gawber-road, Barnsley, Yorkshire.

1892. Heapty, Charles Burnard, Stoneygate-road, Leicester.

1892 Heratu, Edward Alfred, M.D., F.L.S., 114 Hbury-street,

Pimlico, S.W.

1889 Henn, Arnold Umfreville, Box 1282, Post Office, Sydney,

N.S. W.

1881 Henry, George, 38 Wellington-square, Hastings.

1888 Hiees, Martin Stanger, Midland Coal, Coke and Iron

Company, Chesterton, Newcastle, Staffordshire; and

Clarence House, Russell-street, Gloucester.

1891 Hut, Henry A., 132, Haverstock Hill, Hampstead, N.W.

1876 + Hituman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.

1890 Hopextinson, J. B., Ellerslie, Ashton-on-Ribble, Preston,

Lancashire.

1888 Hopson, The Rey. J. H., B.A., Wordfield, Clive-road,

Penarth, Cardiff.

1887 Honuanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue,

Pittsburg, Penn., United States.

1887 Honraru, Ed. G., 3 Unter den Linden, Berlin.

xvV1 LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Horner, A. C., Tonbridge, Kent.

1876 + Horniman, Fredk. John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &c.,

Surrey Mount, Forest Hill, S.K.

1892 Hoye, Samuel, Audley House, Sale, Cheshire.

1865 + Hupp, A. E., ‘‘ Clinton,’ Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888 Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New

Zealand.

1880 + IncHBALD, Peter, F.L.S., F.Z.5., Grosvenor Terrace, Horn-

sea, Holderness.

1891 IsapeLL, The Rev. John, 65 Waddon Old-road, Croydon.

1886 Jacopy, Martin, 7 Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.

1892 Jarrrey, Francis, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 8 Queen’s Ride,

Barnes, §.W.

1869 Janson, Oliver E., Perth-road, Stroud Green, N.; and

44 Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1886 JeNnNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4 Hast-street, Lewes.

1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrissant, Pontypridd, Glamorganshire.

1889 JoHNnson, The Rey. W. F., M.A., Winder-terrace, Armagh,

Ireland. :

1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.

1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.LA., Sloperton

Lodge, Kingstown, Ireland.

1884 Kappe., A. W.,F.L.8.,5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.

1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.8., 26 Charles-street, St. James, S.W.

1890 Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

1886 Kew, H. Wallis, 5 Giesbach-road, Upper Holloway, N.

1890 Kimper, Miss M., Cope Hall, Enborne, Newbury, Berks.

1890 Kune, J. J. F. X., 207 Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.

1861 Kirsy, William F., F.L.8., 5 Burlington Gardens, Chis-

wick, W.

1889 KuapAuex, Professor Franz, Zoological Department, Royal

Museum, Prague, Bohemia.

1887 | Kurin, Sydney T., F.L.S., F.R.A.S. (Hon. Treasurer,

Middlesex Natural History and Science Society), The Red

House, Stanmore, Middlesex.

1876 Kraarz, Dr. G., 28 Link-strasse, Berlin.

1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., R.E., 27 Cambridge-terrace, Hyde

Park, W.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XVll

1887 + Lexcu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., &c.,

29 Hyde Park Gate, 8.W.

1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1892 Lesuiz, J. H., 44 Cheriton-square, Upper Tooting, S.W.

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.8., 101 Sandgate-road, Folkestone.

1892 Licurroot, kh. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.

1886 Livert, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.

1865 + LuEWeEtyn, Sir J. Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A., F.L.S.,

Penllergare, Swansea.

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussex.

1885 Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road,

Nightingale-lane, Clapham Common.

1850 Lowr, W. H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road,

Wimbledon Park, S.W.

1850 + Lussock, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., F.L.8., F.G.S., &e., High Elms, Farnborough,

Kent.

1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-rd., Headingley,

Leeds.

1887 M‘Doucatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road,

Blackheath, S.E.

1851 + M‘Intosu, J.

1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N. W.P., India.

1892 Macxonocuir, The Rev. J. A., B.A. (Chaplain to the Earl

of Home), Douglas Castle, Lanarkshire ; and The Hirsel,

Coldstream.

1858 McLacuuan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., TREASURER,

Westview, 23 Clarendon-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1887 ManpeErs, Surgeon-Captain Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S.,

Agincourt House, Yorktown, Surrey.

1891 Mancer, William T., 100 Manor-road, Brockley, S.E.

1892 Manspringe, William, 21 Rosenau-crescent, Battersea, S.W.

1865 Marsuatt, The Rey. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Botusfleming

Rectory, Hatt, Cornwall.

1856 + Marswaux, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.

1874 + Mason, Philip Brooke, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., Trent House,

Burton-on-Trent.

1865 Martuew, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.,

Lee House, Dovercourt, Essex.

1887 Marruews, Coryndon, Erme Wood, Ivybridge, South Devon.

1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Parson’s

Green-lane, Fulham, 8.W.

1872 + MeLDoua, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.C.S.,

6 Brunswick-square, W.C.

XVill

1885

1887

1888

1880

1883

1879

1855

1886

LIST OF FELLOWS.

MELVILL, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., &e., Kersal Cottage,

Prestwich, Lancashire.

MERRIFIELD, Frederic, 24 Vernon-terrace, Brighton.

Meryer-Darcis, care of Sogin & Meyer, Wohlen, Switzer-

land.

Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Ramsbury, Hungerford,

Berkshire.

Mites, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.

Monterro, Senhor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 72 Rua

do Alecrion, Lisbon.

Moore, Frederic, F.Z.S., A.L.S., Claremont House,

Avenue-road, Croydon-road, Penge, 5.E.

Morean, A. C. F., F.L.8., Villa Nova de Gaya, Oporto,

Portugal.

1889 | Morice, The Rey. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College,

1889

Oxford, 27 Hillmorton-road, Rugby.

Mostry, 8. L., Beawmont Park, Huddersfield.

1869 +} Mituuer, Albert, F.R.G.S.

1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Colonel H., 43 Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-

1886

1889

1887

1878

1890

1882

1886

1878

1869

1877

1888

1873

1886

road, S.W.

Murcnu, J. P., 359 Hornsey-road, N.

NeAvE, B. W., 95 Queen’s-road, Brownswood Park, N.

Neviyson, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.8., 38 Tedworth-square,

Chelsea, S.W.

Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple

Barton, Oxon.

Newman, Thomas P., F.Z.8., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C.; and

Hazelhurst, Haslemere, Surrey.

NewsteEaD, R., The Museum, Chester.

Nickvi~LE, Lionel de, F.L.8., C.M.Z.8., Indian Museum;

and 13 Kyd-street, Calcutta.

Nicuouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex.

Norris, Herbert E., 15 Market Place, Cirencester.

NotripGe, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

OBERTHUR, Charles (fils), Rennes, France.

OBERTHUR, Rene, Rennes, France.

OLDFIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S., 21 Longridge-

road, Harls Court, 8.W.

OxiviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.

OuuirF, Arthur Sidney, Government Entomologist, Depart-

ment of Agriculture, Macquarie-street, Sydney, N. S.

Wales.

LIST OF FELLOWS. X1X

1878 Oxmerop, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.S., Zorrington

House, Holywell Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1880 OrmeERop, Miss Georgiana, Torrington House, Holywell

Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1854 Pascoz, Francis P., F.L.8., 1 Burlington-road, West-

bourne Park, W.

1888 PENNINGTON, F., jun., Broome Hall, Holmwood, Surrey.

1883 PrrRincurEy, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town,

South Africa.

1879 Prrxins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-wnder-Edge, Gloucester-

shire.

1887 Puriuips, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter's

Hill, Kent.

1891 Prerce, Frank Nelson, 148 Smithdown Lane, Liverpool.

1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Heerengracht 476,

Amsterdam.

1870 | Porrirr, Geo. T., F.L.8., Greenfield House, Huddersfield.

1884 + PouLtton, Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.,

Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.

1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thur-

caston Rectory, Leicester.

1878 Prick, David, 48 West-street, Horsham, Sussex.

1886 Raconor, E. L. (Ex-President Ento. Soc. France), 12 Quai

de la Rapee, Paris.

1882 | Ramspen, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.8., 26 Upper Bedford-

place, Russell-square, W.C.

1874 RereEp, Edwyn C., Banos de Cauquenes, Valparaiso, Chili.

1891 Rep, William, Pitcaple, Aberdeenshire.

1890 RenpiEsHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall,

Woodbridge, Suffolk.

1891 RicHarpson, Nelson M., B.A., Montevideo, near Weymouth,

Dorset.

1853 Ripon, The Most Honourable the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., &e., 9 Chelsea Embankment, S.W.

1889 Rosrinson, Arthur, B.A., 1 Mitre Court Buildings, Temple,

E.C.

1892 Rosinson, Sydney C., Goldsmith’s Hall, E.C.

1869 + Ropinson-Dovuauas, William JDouglas, M.A., F.L.S.,

F.R.G.S., Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.

1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool,

XX LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Ross, Arthur J., 5 Royal Hxchange Avenue, E.C.

1868 Roruney, George Alexander James, 15 Versailles-road,

Norwood, 8.E.

1888 RoruscuiLtp, The Honble. Walter de, F.Z.S., 148 Piccadilly,

W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1890 Rouriepesr, G. B., 50 Russell-square, W.C.

1892, Russruu, 8. G. C., 19 Lombard-street, B.C.

1865 Rytanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.S8., Highfields,

Thelwall, Warrington.

1885 Saset, Ernest, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Lynton House, South

Side, Clapham Common, S.W.

1891 Sr. Joun, The Rev. John Seymour, B.A., 42 Castlewood-

road, Stamford Hull, N.

1875 Sau, Auguste, 13 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

1866 + Satvin, Osbert, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., 10 Chandos-

street, Cavendish-sq., W.; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst,

Haslemere.

1886 Satwey, Reginald E., 3 Berkeley-place, The Ridgway,

Wimbledon, S.W.

1865 + SaunpERS, Edward, I'.L.S., St. Ann's, Mount Hermon,

Woking, Surrey.

1861 + SaunpERs, G.S., 20 Dents-rd., Wandsworth Common, S.W.

1886 Saunpers, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa,

Canada (President of the Entomological Society of On-

tarlo).

1881 ScouuicK, A. J., Allandene, Dorset-road, Merton Park,

Wimbledon, S.W.

1886 ScupprER, Samuel H., Cambridge, Mass., United States.

1875 + Seaty, Alfred Forbes, 10 Montague-road, West Croydon.

1864 Semper, George, care of Bernhard Beer, Hsq., 10 Newgate-

street, E.C.

1862 SwHarp, David, M.A., M.B., C.M., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

Vicu-Presipent, Hawthorndene, Hills-road, Cambridge ;

and University Musewm of Zoology and Comparative

Anatomy, Cambridge.

1883 SHaw, A. Eland, M.R.C.8S., Wandsworth Dispensary,

Wandsworth, S.W.

1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.S., 138 Rutland

Gate, W.

1887 Sicu, Alfred, Burlington Lane, Chiswick, W.

1887 Sipewick, A., M.A. (Fellow of Corpus Christi College,

Oxford), 64 Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1877 Suater, John Wm., 86 Wray-crescent, Tollington Park, N.

LIST OF FELLOWS. Xxl

1883 Swmiru, Frederick W., Hollywood, Lewisham Hill, S.E.

1869 Smiru, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 5 Bryanston-square, Hyde

Park, W.

1885 Sourn, Richard, 12 Abbey-gardens, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

* +Sprence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.

1889 SranpEN, Richard §., 67 Harl’s Court-square, South Ken-

stngton, W.

1890 Srearns, A. E., New Mills Cottage, Henley-on-Thames.

1892 Srrvart, Douglas Stuart, North Leigh, Prestwich, Lanca-

shire.

1862 Srrvens, John 8., 7 Ravenna-road, Putney, S.W.

1837 Srevens, Samuel, F.L.8., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper

Norwood, 8.E.

1891 Srimz, Major John Nathaniel, 4 Westcliff-terrace, Seaton,

Devon; and Junior United Service Club, Charles-street,

St. James’, 8. W.

1889 Srraton, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Wilts.

1886 Surrace, J. Lyddon, B.A., 82 Mornington-road, Regent's

Park, N.W.

1882 Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.

1884 SwinuHoxz, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Avenue

House, Cowley-road, Oxford.

1876 Swinton, A. H., Tudor Villas, Gery-street, Bedford.

1892 Taytor, The Rev. George W., St. Barnabas, Victoria,

British Columbia.

1886 TuHrosaLp, F. V., B.A., Chestnut Grove, Kingston-on-

Thames.

1889 THOoRNEWILL, The Rev. C. F., M.A., The Vicarage, Bake-

well, Derbyshire.

1892 THorNLEy, The Rey. A., M.A., South Leverton Vicarage,

Lincoln.

1859 + Trimen, Roiand, F.R.S., F.L.S. (Curator of South African

Museum), Cape Town, Cape Colony.

1891 TuFFNELL, Carleton, Greenlands, Border-crescent, Syden-

ham, 8.E.

1886 Tutt, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,

S.E.

1866 VrERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

1889 Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taibach, South Wales; and

Trinity College, Cambridge.

1876 WAKEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.

Xxil LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Watxer, Alfred O., F.L.S., Nant Glyn, Colwyn Bay,

Denbighshire.

1870 Wat.xer, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.S., Dun

Mallard, Cricklewood, N.W.

1878 Waker, James J., R.N., F.L.S., 23 Ranelagh-road, Marine

Town, Sheerness.

1863 + Watuacer, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.,

Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset.

1889 Watery, The Rev. John, Manor House, Moddeshall, near

Stone, Staffordshire.

1866 + WausincHAm, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vicz-PREsIDENT, High Steward of the

University of Cambridge, Haton House, 664 Haton-square,

S.W.; and Merton Hall, Thetford, Norfolk.

1886 WarRREN, Win,, M.A., British Musewm, Cromwell-rd., S.W.

1869 WarerHousre, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue Gardens,

Acton, W.; and British Museum, Cromwell-road, S.W.

1891 + Watson, Capt. E. Y., F.Z.S., Indian Staff Corps, care of

Messrs. King & Co., 45 Pall Mall, S.W.

1845 Weir, John Jenner, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Chirbury, Beckenham,

Kent.

1876 + WestERN, E. Young, 36 Lancaster Gate, Hyde Park, W.

1882 Werymer, Gustav, Sadowa-strasse 21a, Hlberfeld, Rhenish

Prussia.

1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,

Norwich.

1868 + WurtE, F. Buchanan, M.D., F.L.S., Annat Lodge,

Perth, N.B.

1865 Wuuire, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,

Gloucestershire.

1884 Warre, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park,

Sheffield.

1882. Wiuu1AMs, W. J., Zoological Society, Hanover-square, W.

1881 Woop, The Rev. Theodore, Merton Cottage, Baldock, Herts.

1891 Wrovucuron, R. C., Conservator of Forests, S. C. Belgaum,

Bombay Presidency, India.

1888 Yrrsury, Major J. W., R.A., Colombo, Ceylon.

1892 Yonpaue, William Henry, F.R.M.S., 52 Main-street, Cocker-

mouth, Cumberland.

1886 Youne, Morris, free Musewm, Paisley, N.B,

LD DELON. O° VR h. Hib RAR Y

DurInNG THE YEAR 1892.

ApRILLE (L’). Journal d’Entomologie. Tome XXVII.—XXVIII.

Purchased.

Agricultural Gazette of N. S. Wales for 1892. Board of Agriculture.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vols. VII.—X. (1891, 1892).

Purchased.

Athenzum for 1892. The Publishers.

Bares (W. H.). List of Carabide. (From ‘Viaggio di Lronarpo Fra

in Birmania.’) 8vo. Genova, 1892. Dr. R. Gestro.

Coleoptera. (From the Supplementary Appendix to ‘Travels

amongst the Great Andes of the Equator,’ by E. WaymPer.)

The Author.

Bertkau (Dr. P.) & Hizeenporr (Dr. F.). Bericht tiber die wissen-

schaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie

wahrend des jahres 1890 (Crustacea, 1888). Berlin, 1891.

Purchased.

Brackpurn (Rev. T.) & Cameron (P.). On the Hymenoptera of the

Hawaiian Islands. 1886. The Authors.

Borre (A. Preudhomme de). Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique

de la province d’Anvers—Coléoptéres—4éme centurie.

The Author.

Brominow (F.). Butterflies of the Riviera. 8vo. Nice, 1892.

The Author.

Bucxron (G. B.). Monograph of the British Cicade or Tettigide.

Part 8. The Author.

Cameron (P.). Hymenoptera Orientalis. Parts 1—4. 1889—1892.

The Author.

The Galls of Mid-Cheshire. 1891. The Author.

A decade of New Hymenoptera. 1889. The Author.

Descriptions of 23 new species of Hymenoptera. 1888.

The Author.

On the British species of Allotrine, with descriptions of other

new species of Parasitic Cynipide. 1889. The Author.

Hymenopterological Notices. 1891. The Author.

Descriptions of one new genus and some new species of

Parasitic Hymenoptera. The Author.

Canadian Entomologist for 1892, By Exchange.

( Gxexiv ©)

Casry (T. L.). Coleopterological Notices. Part 3. The Author.

Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1874—1883) compiled by the Royal

Society of London. Vol. IX. The Society.

CockERELL (T. D. A.). The Sugar-cane Borer. The Author.

Distant (W. L.). Descriptions of two new species of Cicadide from

Central America. The Author.

On some undescribed Cicadide. The Author.

Monograph of Oriental Cicadidw. Parts V.—VII. 4to.

London, 1892. The Trustees of the Indian Museum.

Entomological News. Philadelphia, 1892. The Editor.

Entomologist (The). London, 1892. T. P. Newman.

Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for 1892. The Editors.

Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation for 1892.

The Editor.

Essex Naturalist (The). Vol. V., Nos. 7—11. By Exchange.

Frercuer (J.). The Cattle Horn-fly. 1892. The Author.

Fowrer (Rey. Canon). The Coleoptera of the British Islands. 5 Vols.

8vo. 1887—1891. The Author.

GANGLBAVER (Ludwig). Die Kafer von Mitteleuropa. . Bd. I.— Fami-

lienreihe Caraboidea. Wien, 1892. Purchased.

Gasprrini (Prof. R.). Prilog R. Dalmatinskoj Fauni. 1892.

The Author.

Gopman (F. D.) and Sarvry (O.). Biologia Centrali-Americana—Zoology :

Avachnida et Insecta. 27 Vols. 4to. 1879—1892.

The Authors.

Howarp (L. 0.). Biology of the Hymenopterous insects of the family

Chaleidide. S8vo. Washington, 1892.

The Smithsonian Institution.

Insects of the subfamily Encyrtine, with branched antenne.

The Smithsonian Institution.

Hupson (G. V.). Manual of New Zealand Entomology. 8vo. London,

1892. The Author.

Insect Life. Vol. IV., Parts 5 and 6. Professor Riley.

Jacony (M.). Coleoptera. (From Supplementary Appendix to ‘ Travels

amongst the Great Andes of the Equator,’ by E. Waymprr.)

The Author.

Kerremans (C.). Coleoptéres du Bengale occidentale—Catalogue Synon.

des Buprestides decrits de 1758 4 1890. The Author.

Lennon (W.) and Doveras (W. D.R.). Some additions to Scottish

Coleoptera, with notes on species new or rare in the

“ Solway ’’ district. The Authors.

Grxxv 4)

Lryrner (Dr. J. A.). Seventh Report on injurious and other insects of

the State of New York. 8vo. Albany, 1891.

Miss E. Ormerod.

Lowne (B. T.). Anatomy of the Blow-fly. Part II. = Purchased.

Maskett (W. M.). Further Coccid Notes, with descriptions of new

species from New Zealand, Australia, and Fiji. 1890.

The Author.

Further Coccid Notes, with descriptions of new species. 1891.

The Author.

Naturalist for 1892. By Exchange.

Nature for 1892. The Publishers.

Nrvinson (B. G.). Revised Synonymic List of species in the genus

Phaneus, Macleay. 1892. The Author.

Nicvinie (L. de). On new and little-known Butterflies from the Indo-

Malayan Region. FI. Moore.

Butterflies of India, Burmah, and Ceylon. Vols. II. & III. 8vo.

Calcutta, 1886 --1890. Purchased.

Ouivrer (E.). Descriptions de deux nouvelles espéces du genre Luciola.

1890. The Author.

Ouuirr (Sidney). Coleoptera. (From the Supplementary Appendix to

‘Travels amongst the Great Andes of the Equator,’ by

EK. WuymMpeEr.) The Author.

Ormerop (Eleanor A.). Report of observations on Injurious Insects and

common Farm Pests for the year 1891 (15th Report).

The Authoress.

Text-book of Agricultural Entomology. 2nd ed. 8vo. London,

1892. The Authoress.

OstTEN SackeEN (Baron C. R.). Second notice on the Apiocerina.

The Author.

Synopsis of the described genera and species of the Blepharo-

cerid@. The Author.

Synonymy of Autocha, O. S., and Orimargula, Mik.

The Author.

Additions and corrections to the Catalogue of the described

species of South American dsilide, by 8. W. Winuiston,

in the Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. Vol. XVIII. 1891.

The Author.

Pacxarp (A. S.). The Labrador Coast: A Journal of Two Summer

Cruises to that Region. 1891. The Author.

On the larva of Lagoa, a Bombycine Caterpillar with seven

pairs of abdominal legs. The Author.

Périnevey (L.). Third and fourth contributions to the South African

Coleopterous Fauna. 1890. The Author.

Phylloxera:—Rapport de la Station Viticole du Champ de l’Air a

Lausanne, 181. The Director, Royal Gardens, Kew.

Assurance mutuelle contre le Phylloxera.

The Director, Royal Gardens, Kew,

( xxvi )

Phylloxera :—Rapports—Neuchatel, 1892; Geneve, 1892.

The Director, Royal Gardens, Kew.

Bericht des k. z. Rebbau-Kommissars-Kiisnacht, 1892.

The Director, Royal Gardens, Kew.

Picoter (A.) et Saussure (H. de). De quelques Orthoptéres nouveaux.

8vo. Schaffhausen, 1891. The Author.

Iconographie de quelques Sauterelles vertes. 4to. Genéve.

1892. The Author.

Ricuarpson (Nelson M.). Description of a species of Epischina new to

Science from Portland. The Author.

Description of two species of Lepidoptera from Dorset.

The Author.

On some of the chief peculiarities in the Lepidopterous Fauna

of Portland. The Author.

Occurrence at Portland of Tinea subtilella, Fuchs.

The Author.

On a case of apparent substitution of a Wing for a Leg in a

Moth. The Author.

Ritry (C. V.). Directions for collecting and preserving insects.

The Author.

Saussure (H. de). Supplémentaire 4 la synopsis de la tribu des

Sagiens; orthoptéres de la famille des Locustides. 1892.

The Author.

Scupper (S. H.). The Tertiary Rhynchophora of N. America.

The Author.

Suirx (J. B.). Contributions toward a monograph of the Noctuide of

Temperate North America. Revision of the species of

Mamestra. The Smithsonian Institution.

Contributions toward a monograph of the Noctuide of Boreal

America. Revision of the genus Cucullia, &c. 8vo.

Washington, 1891. The Smithsonian Institution.

Societies, Scientific (Transactions, &e., of) :—

ApELAIDE. ‘Transactions and Proceedings of the Roya! Society of

South Australia. Vols. XIII.—XY. By Exchange.

Berri. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift. By Exchange.

Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. By Exchange.

Bompay. Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society. Vol. VL.,

Pts. 3, 4. By Exchange.

Boston. Journal of the Boston Natural History Society. Vol. VL,

No. 3. By Exchange.

Brooxtyn. Entomologica Americana. B. Entom. Society.

Briinn. Verhandlungen des naturforschenden Vereins in Briinn.

Bd. XXIX. 1890. By Exchange.

Brussets. Annales de la Société Entomologique de Belgique.

Vols. 35, 36. By Exchange.

Buenos Ayres. Revista Argentina de Historia Natural.

The Editor.

Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires. The Museum.

CaEN. Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. 1891.

By Eachange.

(Sxxvit, )

Societies, Scientific (Transactions, &e., of) :—

Campripcr. Annual Report of the Museum of Comparative Zoology

at Harvard College for 18/0—91. The Curator.

Drespen. Correspondenz-Blatt des Entomologischen Vereins

“Tris” zu Dresden. Jahr. 1—5. Bd. I. By Exchange.

Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift herausgegeben yon der

Gesellschaft ‘‘ Iris’? in Dresden. Bd. II.—IV.

By Exchange.

Dusuty. Royal Dublin Society :—

Transactions, Vol. IV., Ser. 2, Pts. 9—13. By Exchange.

Proceedings, Vol. VII., N. Ser., Pts. 3, 4. By Exchange.

Fiorence. Bulletino della Societa Entomologica Italiana. 1891.

IGF Us IOMss 1% By Exchange.

Frankrort-am-Marn. Bericht u. d. Senckenbergische naturforschende

Gesellschaft. 1892. By Exchange.

Katalog der Batrachier-sammlung in Museum der Sen. nat.

Gesellschaft. 1892. By Exchange.

Geneva. Memoires de la Société de Physique de Genéve. Vol.

Supplémentaire. 1891. The Society.

Genoa. Ann. del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale. Ser. 2.

Vols. X., XI. By Exchange.

Guascow. Proceedings and Transactions of the Natural History

Society of Glaszow. Vol. III. By Exchange.

Hacue (The). Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1890—91.

iNiils Hog IIb, JOU, WAYe By Exchange.

Hanrax. Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Insti-

tute of Science. 2 Ser., Vol. I., Pt. I. The Institute.

Herrvorp. Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History

Society. Vols. VI., VII. The Society.

Hupprersriztp. Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

Parts 10—16. The Society.

Krnasron (Jamaica). Journal of the Institute of Jamaica. Vol. L.,

Nos. 2—4. The Institute.

Lonpon.

Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club. Series II., Vol. IV.,

No. 30; Vol. V., No. 31. The Club.

Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England. 3rd Ser.,

Vol. II., Part 1V., No. 8; Vol. III., Part I.

The Society.

Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society. 1891, Part 6;

1892, Parts 1—d. The Society.

Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 308—316.

The Society.

Transactions of the City of London Entomological and Natural

History Society. 1891. The Society.

Transactions of the Middlesex Natural History and Science

Society. 1892. The Society.

Linnean Society : —

Journal. Vol. XXIV., Nos. 151, 153. By Exchange.

Zoological Society :—

Index to Proceedings. 1881—1890.

Proceedings. 1891, Part 4; 1892, Parts 1, | By Exchange.

Transactions. Vol. XIII., Part 4.

( xxvii )

Societies, Scientific (Transactions, &c., of) :—

Lyons. Annales de la Société Linnéenne de Lyon. Tomes 35—37.

(1888—90.) By Exchange.

Monrrean. Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of

Canada. Vol. IX. 1892. The Society.

Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de

Moscou. 1891, Nos. 2 & 3, 4; 1892, Nos. 1 & 2.

By Exchange.

Parts. Annales de la Société Entomologique de France. Vol. LX.

The Society.

Puiapetrnata. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society.

Part 2. 1891. By Exchange.

Transactions of the American Entomological Society. 1892.

By Exchange.

San Francrsco. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences.

IL. Ser., Vol. I1I., Part 1. The Academy.

ScHarrHavseN. Bulletin de la Societe Entomologique Suisse.

1892. By Exchange.

Srertm. Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung. 52 Jahr. 7—12;

53 Jahr. 1—6. By Exchange.

St. Pererssurc. Hore Soc. Entom. Rossice. Tome XXVI.

By Exchange.

StockHotm. Entomologisk Tidskrift. Vols. VII.—XIII.

By Exchange.

Sypney. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N. 8. Wales.

Vol. VI., Parts 1—4. By Exchange.

Records of the Australian Museum. Vol. I., No. 10; Vol. IL.,

No. 1. The Museum.

Tovunousr. Bulletin de la Société d’histoire naturelle de Toulouse.

Tome XXV. By Exchange.

Vienna. Wiener Entomologische Zeitung. 1892. Purchased.

Verhandlungen der K. K. zool.-bot. in Wien. XLI. Bd.,

3 and 4; XLII. Bd., 1 and 2. By Exchange.

II. Jahresbericht des Wiener Entom. Vereins. 1891.

Purchased.

WasuHineton. U.S. National Museum, Bulletins 41, 42.

The Museum.

WERNIGERODE (Saxony). Schriften des Naturwissenschaftlichen

Vereins des Harzes. Band VI. 1891. The Society.

WIEsBADEN. Jahrbiicher des Nassauischen Vereins tiir Naturkunde

Jahrgang, 29—44. By Exchange.

SwryHor (Colonel C.). Catalogue of Kastern and Australian Lepidoptera-

Heterocera in the collection of the Oxford University

Museum. Part I.—Sphinges and Bombyces. 1892.

The Author.

Syme (David). The Modification of Organisms. 8yo. Lond. 1890.

The Author.

Turopatp (F. V.). Account of British Flies (Diptera). Vol. L,

Parts 1—6. The Author.

Tomson (C. G.). Opuscula Entomologica, Fase. 16. Purchased.

Ca xxix 3)

TownsEnp (C. H. T.). Notes on N. American Tachinide. A Tachinid

bred from a Chrysalis. The Author.

Tryon (H.). Rhopalocera collected in British New Guinea, 1889—90.

The Author.

Coleoptera collected in British New Guinea. The Author.

Turr (J. W.). Melanism and Melanochroism in British Lepidoptera.

Lond. 1891. The Author.

Wautace (A. R.). Island Life. 8vo. Lond. 1899. The Author.

Warptx (T.). The Entomology and uses of Silk. The Author.

YarKanp Mrssion (The Second). Scientific Results of. 6 Parts.

1878—1890. India Office.

Zoological Record for 1890 and 1891, Purchased.

Zoologist for 1892. T. P. Newman.

‘ "4 ’

‘

= i

: " » ra

—: .

‘

rc .

i ‘

- .

2 i

' 5 - - ‘

: ‘

. =

. ‘

— - i

‘ st _

, :

)

- - ’

' J ¥

7 *

= > {

“ 1

7 i

. : . q k

sf :

. = Uy .

~ - '

» P “

j ' 4

‘ '

- 2 y ‘

. e

- 7 is . : 1 ;

i \ ‘

‘

’ = o =

* bl 7

* al

7 ,

‘ 7 ‘

i - i j

7 -

= oo :_ .

{ n - ‘ -

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For THE YEAR 1892.

ee Se

I. New species of Heterocera from the Khasia Hills.

Part II. By Colonel Cuartes Swinuoz, F.L.S.,

Beas, 0G:

[Read July Ist, 1891.|

Puate I,

EvuprtHecra, Curt., Lep.

39. Hupithecia filicata, n.sp.

gd. Palpi, head, and body yellowish flesh-colour; abdomen

with a greenish grey tuft of hairs at the base. Wings of a dark

greenish grey. Fore wings yellowish flesh-colour at the base, a

double broad blackish band in the centre, the outer margin

dentated, the central tooth large and prominent; three dark

greenish patches in a transverse row in the disk, on costa, centre,

and hinder margin, traversed by a whitish sinuous indistinct line ;

marginal border of same colour as the patches ; a blackish mark

on costa at the base, with indications of a basal band; some

whitish marks on costa towards apex. Hind wings with the basal

half pale, and tinged with ochreous flesh-colour; a thick mass of

hairs on the submedian and internal veins, partly yellowish, and

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) B

2 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

terminating in greyish black tufts; cilia of both wings with a faint

whitish base and whitish ends. Under side pale greyish ; fore

wings with a blackish spot at end of cell, and crossed by central,

discal, submarginal, and marginal blackish bands; the central

band angled outwardly and continued in a similar form across the

hind wings; fore wings with a large oblong space near the hinder

margin, edged with black on the upper portion ; body flesh-colour,

legs whitish, fore tarsi with broad brown bands. LExpanse of

wings, 1 in.

Three specimens.

Allied to nothing I know of. A pretty insect with a

peculiar greenish gloss.

40. Hupithecia rigida, n. sp. (Pl. I., fig. 6).

g. Antenne, palpi, head, body, and fore wings of a uniform

dark brown pink colour; abdomen with a whitish dorsal line.

Fore wings with ante-medial and discal very fine white sinuous

transverse lines with white points, the first rather near the base,

the second terminating on the costa in a small white patch; asub-

marginal indistinct sinuous line of white points, with a white spot

near the hinder angle. Hind wings paler, with a discal whitish

band, most distinct hindwards, and with some white marks at the

anal angle; marginal line of both wings brown, with white points,

and an interlined pale pinkish cilia. Under side pale greyish

brown; costa pinkish up to the white spot, ending the outer band ;

the white spot near hinder angle distinct, and the other bands

faintly visible. Expanse of wings, ¥ in.

Two specimens.

Allied to nothing I know of.

Antuyria, Warren MS., gen. nov.

Type. A. grataria, Walker (Hyria), xxii., p. 663.

3 @. Antenne heavily bipectinated in the

male, simple in the female; palpi slight and

upturned. Fore wing with the outer margin

slightly angled at second median veinlet, the

five subcostals stalked together, the fifth being

emitted nearest the angle of cell, the first,

second, and third at intervals before the apex ;

upper disco-cellular from the upper radial, lower

ANTHYRIA. from the middle of disco-cellular ; second and

third median from end of cell, first from before the end. Hind wing

TTeterocera from the Khasia Hills, 3

slightly angled at the second median veinlet, costal vein anasto-

mosing with subcostal to near end of cell, the two subcostals

stalked, radial from middle of disco-cellular, second and third

medians stalked, the first from before the angle.

41. Anthyria iole,n.sp. (Pl. L., fig. 7).

o. Ochreous; so densely irrorated with dark reddish brown

atoms as to make the body and fore wings look of a dark reddish

brown colour; abdomen with yellow segmental thin bands. Wings

crossed by yellow lines, which are formed by the absence of irrora-

tions ; hind wings with the irrorations thick at the base and outer

marginal portions. Fore wings with a straight inner line, inclining

rather inwards from the hinder margin, a largish indistinct blackish

spot at the end of the cell; a discal line, which runs from the

costal third to the outer margin below the middle, then inwards to

an angle, and then to the hinder margin near the hinder angle ;

submarginal and marginal lines in both wings close together, the

former running inwards between the veins, forming large reddish

brown marginal spots, the latter running in a little on the veins.

Hind wings with a subbasal outwardly angled line anda discal line

from abdominal margin at its outer third to outer margin below

the middle, then up to costa near apex; nearly the whole space

between these lines semidiaphanous, with a faintly marked spotted

central band running through it; cilia of both wings pale yellow,

with reddish brown patches. Under side with the portions of the

wings that are irrorated above of a dull deep pink, an outer mar-

ginal band pale yellow, and the other more or less showing of that

colour ; body and legs pale yellowish, legs pink above. Expanse

of wings, 1; in.

One example.

Allied to A. grataria, Guen., but very differently

marked.

GONANTICLEA, gen. noy.

Type. G. aversa, mihi.

3. Antenne simple; palpi long, slender, and

porrect. Fore wing highly excised below the

apex, which is blunt; the first subcostal arises

before the end of the cell, and gives off the

second to anastomose with the third, fourth,

and fifth; upper radial from end of cell, lower

from middle of disco-cellulars ; second and third

medians from lower angle of cell, the first median

from before the angle. Hind wing angled at the

second median veinlet, the costal vein anasto-

GONANTICLEA.

4 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

moses with the subcostal to near end of cell, the subcostals

stalked, the disco-cellulars angled, and giving off the radial from

the angle, second and third medians from lower angle of cell, the

first median from before the angle,

42. Gonanticlea aversa, n. sp.

3. Pale pinkish brown. Fore wings irrorated with brown, and

with brown bands; a broad band at the base, outwardly edged with

whitish ; a narrow band before the middle, upright, with its lower

end nearly touching the basal band; a discal band, dark only

towards the costa, limited on its outer side by a whitish line with

blackish outer edge, which is elbowed outwardly below the costa,

is somewhat sinuous, and curves inwardly below to the hinder

margin ; beyond this line, and rather close to it, is a discal sinuous

and semidentated black line, which in some parts is double, a

black mark at apex of wing, a brown marginal line, and an inter-

lined cilia. Hind wings uniform pinkish brown, with a’ brown

marginal line and an interlined cilia. Under side pinkish grey,

striated with brown; the lower portion of fore wings and outer

portion of hind wings suffused with brown. Expanse of wings,

17, in.

Twenty-nine specimens.

Potynesta, Warren MS., gen. nov.

Type. P. sunandeva, Walker (Pomasia), xxii., p. 657.

3 2. Antenne of the male almost simple, palpi

short and porrect. Fore wing pointed at apex, the

five subcostals stalked together, the fifth being

emitted nearest end of cell, the others at intervals

before the apex; upper radial from the upper

angle of cell, lower radial from the middle of disco-

cellulars; the second and third medians from the

angle of the cell, the first from before the angle.

Hind wing somewhat triangular, the outer margin

lunulate, and angled at the lower subcostal and second median,

the costal anastomosing with the subcostal to near end of cell, the

two subcostals stalked, the radial from the middle of disco-cellulars,

the second and third median stalked, the first median from before

the angle. Hind tibise with two pairs of spurs in both sexes,

PoLyNESIA.

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. 5

43. Polynesia truncapex, n. sp.

3. Yellow; thorax marked with chocolate-brown; abdomen

banded with the same colour. Fore wings with the apex just as if

it were cut off and convex. Both wings spotted with chocolate-

brown, thickest on costa, where there is a dark ochreous tinge ;

smaller spots covering both wings in a fairly uniform manner in a

number of irregular transverse rows; a spot or patch larger than

the others in the middle of the truncated apex, one near the outer

margin at its middle in the fore wings, and one on the centre of

abdominal margin of hind wings. Under side whitish, with some

of the spots on the outer margin showing through. Expanse of

wings, 1,—1}, in.

Fourteen specimens.

Differs from the typical form, in the

male having the apex of fore wing cut

off, and the third and fourth sub- Yo

costals bent downwards at the distor-

tion; the first subcostal also arises

separately, quickly to anastomose with — 1. rruncarex.

the others, and the fifth subcostal is

emitted near the angle of the cell, the disco-cellulars

being also more oblique; the hind leg is weak and

smaller than the others, and the tibiz are without spurs.

GEOMETRIDA.

(inospina, Warren MS., gen. nov.

Type. Ci. flavifusata, Walker (Thalera), xxii., p. 596.

3 2. Antenne bipectinated in the male, simple

in the female; palpi porrect, the third joint very

short. Wings broad, rounded, the outer margin

scalloped; hind wing slightly angled at third

median veinlet; fore wing with the first subcostal

emitted before end of cell, the others stalked to-

gether, the second and fifth arising almost at the

same point, the third near the apex; upper radia] ‘ENosrina.

from the angle of cell, lower radial from above middle of disco-

cellulars ; the second and third medians from lower angle of cell,

the first from before the angle; hind wing with the two subcostals

stalked, the radial from just below upper angle of cell, the second

and third medians stalked, the first from before the angle. The

tibia of the male is swollen, and has only the median pair of spurs.

6 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

44, (Hnospila lyra, n. sp.

3. Grass-green, palpi testaceous; shaft of the antenne white,

plumes testaceous. Wings and body of a uniform grass-green.

Fore wings with a large brown spot at the hinder angle, containing

a white spot on the margin, but in some specimens this brown spot

is small, and the inner white spot absent; costa silvery, with an

inner brown border; both wings with a brown marginal line,

whitish cilia with small brown patches opposite the veins, and two

outwardly curved sinuous indistinct pale lines, with reddish brown

points on the veins, the inner line of points including the dots at

the end of each cell are always more indistinct than the outer or

discal line of points. Hind wing with a small elongated brown

mark on the outer margin at the apex, but this also varies, and is

absent in some examples. Under side pale, nearly whitish, the

patches visible; otherwise unmarked. Expanse of wings, 1—

1, in.

Many specimens; all males.

Allied to GE. (Agathia) scutuligera, Butler.

Hemiruea, Dup., Lep., iv., p. 106 (1823).

45. Hemithea idea, n. sp.

3. Dull green; antenne grey, whitish at base, top of head

white; abdomen pinkish grey. Fore wings with a brown spot at

end of cell, costal line reddish brown; three indistinct darker

greenish grey transverse sinuous and semidentate bands ; the first

ante-medial, not visible on hind wings, second discal, third sub-

marginal. Hind wings with a large discoidal white lunular mark,

with a black dot in its centre on the inner side ; both wings with a

dark green marginal line, and with white dots on the veins. Under

side whitish; both wings with a pink costa, and with pinkish

suffusion on parts, and with a brown prominent marginal line dis-

connected by the veins; legs grey, fore legs brown above. Expanse

of wings, 17, in.

Twenty-six specimens.

TuaterA, Hitbn., Verz. bek. Schm., p. 285 (1816).

46. Thalera acte,n.sp. (Pl. I., fig. 18).

g. Dull pale green; top of head and shaft of antenne white,

pectinations pinkish grey, and of this colour is also the abdomen.

Fore wings with an indistinct white, outwardly curved, subbasal

line of lunules; a submarginal white band of lunules, and between

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. if

this and the margin are many short white streaks, and also a mar-

ginal series of white marks. Hind wings with an inner line, as on

fore wings; a large white patch in the upper part of the disc, and

submarginal lunular white line and white inner and marginal

marks as in fore wings, but larger and more prominent. Under

side pale greenish white, unmarked ; legs and body pinkish grey.

Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

One specimen.

THALASSODES, Guén., Phal., 1., p. 356 (1857).

47. Thalassodes liliana, n.sp. (Pl. L., fig. 2).

Q. Of a uniform pale bluish green; antenne and abdomen

grey. Fore wings with the chief veins and veinlets broadly grey.

Hind wing with the median vein and veinlets thinly grey. Both

wings crossed by a post-medial, transverse, dentated grey line,

more distinct in the hind than in the fore wings; costa of fore

wings grey; ciliw of both wings grey, with reddish brown base and

tips. Under side pale greenish grey, unmarked; body and legs

grey ; fore legs reddish brown, with pale bands. Expanse of wings,

2.1, In.

One specimen.

Aaatuia, Guén., Phal., i., p..880 (1857).

48. Agathia codina, n. sp. (PI. L., fig. 3).

3. Bright pale emerald-green; palpi purple above, grey

beneath, frons grey, head purple, antenne purplish grey; thorax,

abdomen, and wings bright green. Wings sparsely striated with

pale purplish. Fore wings with the costa pinkish grey. Both

wings with a dark purplish patch at the base, a purplish spot at

end of each cell, and a broad purplish border with irregular inner

margin, which occupies more than the outer third of the wings, is

striated with dark brown, leaving a small green patch at apex of

fore wings, anda large green space at apex of hind wings, where,

the limit of the band inwards is indicated by a prominent thick

blackish brown line; marginal line of both wings brown, cilia

pinkish grey. Under side greenish white, with the cell-spots

indistinct, and the outer purplish band, submarginal only, striated

throughout, and widening on to the margin at the anal angle of

hind wings; body and legs pinkish grey. Expanse of wings,

2.3; in.

Three specimens.

Allied to Agathia gigantea, Butler.

8 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

49. Agathia gemma, n. sp.

3. Bright green; antenne pinkish grey; thorax, basal half of

abdomen, and both wings of a uniform bright green colour; apical

half of abdomen brown. Fore wings with the costa pale pinkish,

a dark purplish patch at the base; an upright slightly distorted

medial band, another similar discal band, both purplish brown, the

latter from the hinder angle to the costa, one-fourth from apex,

and joined to the margin in the centre by a fine line, and similarly

in two places below it. Hind wings with a discal straight band

from the apex to the outer margin near anal angle, thickened at

the two extremities outwardly, a small white patch below the lower

thickening just above the tail; marginal line of both wings

purplish brown ; cilia pinkish grey, interlined with brown. Under

side pale greenish white, with some of the bands showing through

the wings; body and legs grey, fore legs striped with brown above.

Expanse of wings, 1Y, in.

Three specimens.

This beautiful insect is allied to A. hilarata, Guén., is

larger, and can easily be distinguished by the difference

in the position and shape of the outer bands.

EPHYRIDH.

AnisopEs, Guén., Phal., i., p. 415 (1857).

50. Anisodes lichenaria, n. sp.

3. Sand-colour, with a slight ochreous tinge. Fore wings with

brown costa. Both wings sparsely irrorated with sandy colour,

and with transverse irregular bands of the same colour on the fore

wings; there is an internal band on both wings, a medial and

discal band, followed by two submarginal bands; these bands are

sinuous, and in some specimens are fairly regular, the outer ones

being more or less dentated; but in other examples the bands are

diffuse, and it is difficult to follow them; a pale dot at end of each

cell, encircled by sandy brown; a pale brown marginal line and

black marginal points. Under side whitish sandy colour; medial

and discal lines or thin bands and marginal points. Expanse of

wings, 1, in.

Five specimens.

Allied to A. monetaria, Guen.

51. Anisodes intermixtaria, n. sp.

3. Pale sandy, tinged with pale pinkish grey, irrorated with

minute brown atoms; a white dot ina brown ring at the end of

FHeterocera from the Khasia Hills. 9

each cell. Fore wings with an interior, both wings with middle

and discal pale grey bands, all more or less outwardly dentated

with black points at the tips of the dentations; submarginal and

marginal similar bands without the black points, but there are

black points on the outer margins, and black points at the base of

the cilia opposite the centres of the interspaces. Under side

whitish, with the central and discal bands thin, like lines, and with

the black points to the discal band, and marginal and cilia points

as above. Expanse of wings, 1j, in.

Eleven specimens.

Perixera, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,

p. 487.

52. Perixera pulverulenta, n.sp. (PI. 1., fig. 8).

3. Ochreous grey, irrorated with brown atoms, the irrorations

packed together in the upper centre of fore wings, forming a

suffused pale brown patch. Both wings crossed by an indistinct

and incomplete grey sinuous discal line, with dentations and black

points at their tips; a more or less dentated submarginal line ;

marginal black points and black points, at the base of the cilia; a

small black ringlet at end of each cell. Under side whitish, with

the cell-ringlets, discal and marginal points, and lines showing

through. Expanse of wings, 1%, in.

One specimen.

Allied to P. obrinaria, Guén.

STREPTOPTERON, Hampson MS., gen. nov.

3g. Antenne heavily bipectinated; palpi

with the third joint of moderate length and

porrect. Fore wing with the apex rather

pointed, the outer margin distorted and cut off,

so that the lower radial reaches the apparent

outer angle, and the three median veinlets

reach the margin of a lobe formed by the inner

half of the wing; the five subcostals are given

off considerably beyond the cell, the fifth

nearest the angle, the first, second, and third

at intervals shortly before the apex; the upper SyreproprEron.

disco-cellular is given off from the upper radial,

the lower radial from above the middle of the disco-cellular,

the third median from the lower angle of the cell, the first and

second medians at intervals before the angle, and all three rather

10 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

short and recurved to the distorted inner portion of the wing

forming the lobe on the inner margin, submedian vein short.

Hind wing very broad and ample, the costal vein somewhat

curved, the two subcostals from the upper angle of the cell, the

upper one being much curved, radial from the middle of disco-

cellular, third median from lower angle of cell, the second and first

median at intervals before the angle. Hind tibia with one medial

and two distal spurs. The female will probably be found to have

the normal shape, but the second median veinlet of fore and hind

wings being given off before the end of the cell distinguishes this

genus from any of the other forms which have the five subcostals

of the fore wing emitted together, and which are at present

included with many forms having a different venation in the genus

Anisodes, which consists of a group of genera having similar palpi

to the form described above.

53. Streptopteron posticamplum, n. sp. (Pl. L., fig. 12).

¢. Of a uniform pale pinkish grey, thickly and uniformly

irrorated with very minute pink atoms, with the exception of the

disco-cellular area of the hind wing, which is white and unmarked.

Fore wings with a curved prominent black patch near centre of

hinder margin. Both wings with outwardly curved discal and

marginal rows of black points on the veins; cilia slightly paler

than the colour of the wings and unmarked. Under side pinkish

white, not irrorated ; some darker pinkish spaces on the costal and

upper portions of both wings, with both rows of dots, the inner row

with the points joined by a faint sinuous line; legs and body un-

marked. Expanse of wings, 1% in.

One example.

A very curious-looking insect.

Se Hampson MS., gen. nov.

6. Antenne epee bipectinated ; palpi

with the third joint short and porrect. Fore

wing with the first and second subcostals

arising together, the second anastomosing with

the third and fourth to form the accessory

cell, the fifth from the end of the accessory

cell; the upper disco-cellular arising from the

upper radial, the lower radial from the middle

of the disco-cellular, the third median from

the lower angle of the cell, the second from

just before the angle, the first from two-thirds

EnyrHroLornvs. the length of the cell, Hind wing with the

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. Ui!

normal venation of Hphyra and Id@a. Hind leg aborted and

small, the femur very slight, the tibia with only traces of a

terminal pair of spurs, the tarsus short and weak, a tuft of long

hairs arising from the femoro-tibial joint; this is a form of hind

leg found in the males of many of the species of Id@a, such as

remotata and fibulata, Guen., which have, however, no trace of

terminal spurs; the palpi, however, of these species are small and

upturned, and the antenne fasciculated.

54. Lrythrolophus fascicorpus, n. sp.

3. Ochreous grey, with a pale pinkish tinge, irrorated with

grey atoms; abdomen with a broad subbasal brown prominent

band. Fore wings with a black spot at end of cell; hind wing

with a black ringlet ; fore wings with an internal outwardly curved

sinuous thin grey band. Both wings with medial and discal

dentated thin grey bands, the latter with black points at the tips of

the dentations, submarginal and marginal bands, all the bands in-

distinct, marginal black points and black points at tle base of the

cilia. Under side paler than above, without irrorations, the inner

portions of fore wings smeared with darker pinkish colour, all spots

and bands visible, the outer margins having a prominent black line

disconnected by the veins, with black spear-shaped prominent

points in the cilia opposite the ends of the veins. Expanse of

wings, 17, in.

Two specimens.

SYNEGIODES, gen. nov.

Type. S. diffusaria, Moore (Anisodes),

PxAinS 1867, p: 641.

3d. Antenne pectinated to three-quarters its

length ; palpi short and porrect; hind tibia with

two pairs of spurs; fore wing pointed at apex;

both wings slightly angled at the first median

branch ; fore wing with the first subcostal arising

before end of cell, and emitting the second to

anastomose with the third, fourth, and fifth;

venation otherwise as in typical Hphyride.

SYNEGIODES.

55. Synegiodes diffusifascia, n. sp. (Pl. 1., fig. 9).

g. Ochreous grey, covered with grey irrorations; a white dot

with black rings at end of each cell. Both wings crossed by two

broad sandy-brown bands, first just before the middle, second

12 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

discal, the latter has some black spots here and there on its inner

edge, and two black spots or patches outwardly, one just above the

middle, extending almost to the outer margin, and accompanied

sometimes by a small spot or two near the margin above it, and the

other within the band near the hinder margin, also occasionally

accompanied by smaller spots near it; cilia with black points at

its base opposite the ends of the veins. Under side whitish, tinged

with yellow, irrorated with grey, with the bands blacker and more

prominent than they are above. Expanse of wings, 1,5 in.

Many specimens.

Allied to S. hyriaria, Walker.

56. Synegiodes histrionaria, n. sp.

3. Dark ochreous; shaft of antennie and top of head pure

white, as also is the frons ; a white spot in a purplish ring at the

end of each cell. Both wings irrorated with purplish-red atoms,

and with red blotches and spots of the same colour. Fore wings

with a subcostal streak of that colour from the base to beyond

middle; a spot near hinder margin at its centre; two large discal

oval blotches, one just above the middle, the other touching the

hinder margin, connected together by a discal thin band; a

marginal thin diffuse band, and all that portion of the wing

smeared with reddish. Hind wings with an inner indistinct band

passing the cell-spot; a discal row of dots, and the marginal space

with many reddish marks, including two large spots, one near the

centre, the other at the abdominal margin; cilia of both wings

pale yellowish, with reddish spots at its base opposite the ends of

the veins. Under side paler, with the bands and blotches showing.

Expanse of wings, 1} in.

Many specimens.

Allied to S. sanguinaria, Moore; marked in a some-

what similar pattern, but of quite a different colour,

S. sanguinaria being luteous, not ochreous, and all its

blotches and markings are dull blood-red.

FIDONIDZ.

Puyietis, Guén., Phal., ii., p. 169 (1857).

57. Phyletis prasonaria, n. sp.

g. Reddish, rather densely irrorated with very minute brown

atoms; base of the shaft of the antenne whitish. Fore wings

rather broadly brown at the costa, with a broad smooth thin line

Feterocera from the Khasia Fills. 13,

which is slightly outwardly curved. Both wings with a similar

medial line, and a sinuous submarginal line, also a brown and thin

marginal line. Under side pale pinkish grey, with the central and

outer lines. Expanse of wings, 1; in.

Twenty-one specimens.

CABERIDA.

AstHEna, Hiibn., Verz. bek. Schm., p. 810 (1816).

58. Asthena prasina, n.sp. (PI. I., fig. 10).

3. Pale yellow, plumes of the antenne grey, thorax grey,

abdomen with grey bands. Wings with purplish grey markings.

Fore wings most densely marked on the costal space, where there

is also a suffusion of this colour. Both wings crossed by three

irregular bands of distorted outwardly curved marks, the band in

the dise being apparently double; a submarginal row and a mar-

ginal row of spots. Under side whitish, with some of the markings

showing through. Expanse of wings, 13 in.

Forty-four specimens.

TrerpNomicta, Led., Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., iii.,

pp. 175, 196, 199 (1853).

59. Terpnomicta lala, n. sp.

3. Reddish ochreous; antenne and costa of fore wings reddish

brown. Fore wings with a faint interior transverse reddish brown

line, not far from the base, and outwardly curved; another similar

line before the middle, angled slightly outwards above its centre ;

a discal similarly coloured line from hinder angle to costa, one-fifth

from apex, nearly upright, and connected with the outer margin

by two similar lines, one near the hinder angle, and the other

above the middle. Hind wings with two indistinct lines corre-

sponding to the second and third lines of the fore wing. Both

wings with brown marks on the outer margin; cilia long, with

some indistinct brown patches. Under side paler, with the second

and third lines distinct in both wings. Expanse of wings, §, in.

Five specimens.

With the second and third lines disposed somewhat as

in 7’. subtessellata, Walker, but otherwise very distinct.

14 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

Srraanra, Guén., Dup. Cat. Lep., p. 270 (1844).

60. Stegania crina, n. sp. (PI. I., fig. 14).

3. Sand-colour, slightly tinged with ochreous, and irrorated

with minute red atoms; antennx and top of head reddish. Fore

wings with the costa reddish, and both wings crossed by three

reddish bands; first near the base, like a very fine line, nearly

upright on fore wings, oblique on hind wings; second and third

broader and more distinct; second in the middle, upright on

fore wings, curving inwards near the outer margin on the hind

wings to the abdominal margin just above the angle; third only

on fore wings extending from hinder angle to costa one-fourth from

apex; marginal line reddish, with brown points, darkest on hind

wings. Under side as above, but without irrorations; a pinkish

suffusion on fore wings, costal and marginal lines dark and promi-

nent. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

One specimen.

IDHIDA.

Ipma, T'reitschke, Schm. Eur., v., 2, p. 446 (1825).

61. Idea hampsoni, n. sp.

g. Varying from a uniform reddish colour tinged with ochreous

to a uniform purplish red colour, irrorated with minute brown

atoms; base of antenne and space on head between pure white.

Fore wings with a brown dot at end of cell. Hind wings with the

spot at end of cell, varying in nearly every specimen as follows :—

A, asimple brown spot, like in the fore wings; B, the white dots

in a brown spot; C, three pure white similar spots; D, a large

white spot ringed with brown; E, a very large white crown-shaped

patch, marked internally with reddish; transverse lines grey and

indistinct; a faint indication in some specimens of an interior line

on fore wings. Both wings crossed by medial and discal sinuous

lines; in one specimen the medial line is broad like a band, the

discal line is more or less dentated, and in some specimens the

dentations have blackish points to the tips; a pale submarginal

line of lunular marks, marginal black points, and cilia with a pale

basal line. Under side paler, without irrorations ; lines visible.

Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Seven specimens.

Mr. Hampson, after whom I have named this curious

species, informs me that he has recently seen specimens

from Sikkim with still larger white crown-shaped stigma

to hind wings.

TTIeterocera from the Khasia Hills. 1;

62. Idea albivertex, n. sp.

3. Pale reddish, irrorated with grey atoms; vertex of head

white. Wings with a brown dot at end of each cell, transverse

lines brown, sinuous, and indistinct. Fore wings with an interior

line. Both wings with medial and discal lines, the latter also

dentated ; also a marginal brown line. Under side very pale grey,

slightly tinged with reddish ; wings with the cell-dots, discal, and

marginal lines distinct, the discal line with black points at the tips

of the dentations. Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Three specimens.

Allied to the preceding, also found in Sikkim ; appa-

rently does not vary.

TricHocnapa, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,

p. 209.

63. Trichoclada opsinaria, n. sp.

3. Pale greyish sandy colour, with a slight ochreous tinge,

irrorated with grey; head black, vertex sandy, collar purplish.

Both wings with a brown dot at end of each cell, bands pale red-

dish grey, an indistinct one before the middle on fore wings; both

wings crossed by a central band, slightly sinuous from costa of fore

wings beyond the middle to abdominal margin of hind wings, one-

third from base; a discal sinuous band, which is dark and thin,

and slightly dentated on fore wings, and indications of sub-

marginal and marginal bands, marginal black points, and pale

cilia. Under side pale, without irrorations; a brown suffusion on

basal portion of fore wings, limited by a middle straight line, which

extends on to the hind wings; cell-dots, discal line, and marginal

line distinct. Expanse of wings, 1/; in.

Nine specimens.

Allied to T. externaria, Walker, xxili., p. 794, nec

p. 782.

DESMOBATHRIDA.

Tosaura, gen. nov.

Type. T’. falcipennis, Moore.

3. Antenne with fasci of cilia; palpi short and porrect.

Fore wing somewhat falcate at apex, the first subcostal emitted

from the second, anastomosing with the costal, and then again

with the second subcostal, which also gives off the third and fourth

subcostals ; upper disco-cellular from the fifth subcostal, one radial

16 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of

from the middle of the disco-cellular, third median from the lower

angle of the cell, second and first medians at intervals before the

end, submedian nearly straight. Hind wing with apex and outer

margins rounded, the costal widely separated from the subcostal,

and with the bar near the base slight, the two subcostals from the

end of the cell, radial from the middle of the disco-cellular, third

median from lower angle of cell, second and first medians at

intervals before the end, a submedian veinlet.

Closely allied to (Acidalia?) impedita, Walker, and

more distantly to the genus Zarmigethusa, Walker.

64. Tosaura falcipennis.

Metabraxas falcipennis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,

lil., p. 266, pl. 8, f. 29 (1887).

Many specimens.

65. Tosaura picaria, n. sp. (Pl. I., fig. 16).

3. Head and body ochreous; antenne brown, thorax marked

with blackish brown, abdomen with blackish brown bands. Wings

white. Fore wings with cupreous brown bands, more or less

macular; first at the base; second very broad before the middle,

almost complete; third consisting of a large patch on the costa at

the middle, and two or three small spots below it; fourth discal,

composed of three rows of spots, suffused into a whitish patch near

hinder margin, separated in the middle, the spots mostly connected

together above ; fifth marginal, similarly disposed, but consisting

only of two rows. Hind wings with a few spots on costa, one at

end of the cell, one or two small ones in the disc, and a number on

or near the outer and abdominal margins; the spots largest by the

anal angle. Under side as above, but paler. Expanse of wings,

1} in.

Numerous specimens.

ZERENIIDA.

Hattuia, Mén., Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pet., iii., p. 107

(1859).

66. Halthia nigripars, n. sp. (Pl. L., fig. 1).

3. Palpi, head, and body ochreous; antenne, upper side of

palpi, last joint, and both wings black; collar and thorax spotted

with black; abdomen with centre and side rows of large black

spots. Fore wings with some white marks at the base, and two

small white patches, two large squarish white patches before the

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. 17

middle, and a band of six smaller ones across the dise. Hind

wings with a large white space from the base filling the cell, an

adjoining spot beyond, a basal space below median vein, and a

discal band of squarish white spots, larger than those on the fore

wings. Under side: wings as above, ochreous at their immediate

base ; body ochreous, abdomen with black bands, legs greenish

grey. Expanse of wings, 2,4, in.

One specimen.

The wings are somewhat of the pattern of Cystidia

stratonice, Cram, from Japan, with the outer band

broken up into spots.

Ruyparia, Hitbn., Verz. bek. Schm., p. 3805 (1816).

67. Rhyparia hamiltonia, n. sp. (Pl. L, fig. 5).

3. Antenne, head, body, and fore wings purplish brown ;

abdomen with ochreous bands. Fore wings with pale veins, and

with some transverse pale marks; a prominent white discal band,

which does not quite touch the costa. Hind wings ochreous, with

four bands of large round purplish brown spots, the spots smallest

on the margin, and a similar band of spots on the ochreous cilia.

Under side: wings as above; the band on fore wings is, however,

ochreous, and not white, and the entire wing inwards from this

band has an ochreous ground colour, with large purple-brown

spots thickly disposed all over it; body ochreous, legs brown.

Iixpanse of wings, 2+, in.

One specimen.

Allied to R. transectata, Walker, but easily distin-

suishable by the broad white band on fore wings above.

Apraxas, Leach, Edinburgh Encyel., ix., p. 1384 (1815).

68. Abraxas khasiana, n. sp.

3g. Antenne and palpi brown, top of head and body ochreous,

thorax'with black spots, abdomen with two rows of black spots

down each side, and two elongated black spots at the tip. Wings

white. Fore wings with seven transverse bands of pale black

spots, large and small, the first five rather close together, the fifth

submarginal, with the fourth close to it, composed of large spots,

leaving a small space across the disc free from spots ; there is also

a marginal row of spots touching the submarginal row, each spot

touches a similar spot in the white cilia. Hind wings with a spot

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PART I. (MARCH.) C

18 Colonal C. Swinhoe on new species of

at end of cell, two or three on the abdominal margin, a discal row

of larger spots, one near apex, one in the centre, and two or three

near anal angle, and a marginal row of small spots; cilia white

and unmarked. Under side: wings as above, abdomen with black

spots down the centre, middle legs with a tuft of black hairs at

their base, all the legs with black stripes. Expanse of wings,

2,4, in.

Three specimens.

The pattern is somewhat as in the A. leopardina

group, but the wings are entirely devoid of ochreous

markings.

PYRALES.

SICULIDA.

PuaramBara, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1274 (1865).

69. Pharambara sphoraria, n. sp. (Pl. L., fig. 17).

g. Reddish, tinged with ochreous. Fore wings with some

black costal marks. Both wings with fine reddish brown transverse

striations, which in some places form indistinct transverse lines; a

broad yellow marginal band, occupying the outer third of the wings,

broader on the fore than on the hind wings, striated with reddish

brown, and on the fore wings with a reddish brown tip at apex and

a reddish brown subapical streak. Expanse of wings, 7, in.

One specimen.

BOTYDIDA.

Coprosasis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vil., p. 429 (1868).

70. Coptobasis ridopalis, n. sp.

3 @?. Cupreous brown. Fore wing with a white spot ringed

with brown in the middle of the cell, and a white lunule ringed

with brown at the end; two transverse brown sinuous lines, one

before the middle, somewhat near the base and nearly upright, the

other discal, semidentate, curving deeply inwards below the middle

and downwards, and slightly outwards on to the hinder margin.

Hind wings with a small central white spot, touching the end of

an inner brown line, which is a continuation of the inner line of

fore wings; also a discal recurved semidentate line corresponding

to the discal line of fore wings; cilia of both wings with white dots

at its base. Under side pale greyish, shining; the outer line of

both wings and lunular discoidal mark of fore wings visible ; cilia

with pale basal line and basal dots; legs silvery white, fore tibie

with brown marks. Expanse of wings, 14,—1j, in.

One pair.

Heterocera from the Khasia Hills. 19

Allied to C. lunalis, Guén. ; differs in the outer semi-

dentate lines on both wings, in the central white spot

on hind wings, and differs altogether in the cilia.

MARGARONID.

GuypHoprs, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., p. 292 (1854).

71. Glyphodes prothymalis, n. sp. (Pl. I., fig. 15).

$. Antenne, palpi, and body bright cupreous brown; palpi

white beneath, and with some white marks above; head and collar

with a white stripe along each side; fore part of thorax white ;

abdomen entirely white below, merely the upper portion brown,

making it look as if it had a white stripe on each side. Fore

wings cupreous brown, a large triangular white space at the middle,

a larger triangular discal space, with a small white streak between,

and another on the inner side of the first white space, a sub-

marginal white thin band not touching the costa, and a white

interlined cilia. Hind wings white, with a cupreous brown mar-

ginal band, and a white interlined cilia; all the white portions of

both wings semihyaline. Under side: wings as above, but paler ;

body and legs white. Expanse of wings, 14 in.

Kleven specimens.

Pycospita, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., p. 312 (1854).

72. Pygospila tyres, var. cuprealis. (Pl. I., fig. 4).

3g. Cupreous black; top of the head with some white marks ;

collar with a white mark on each side; thorax with some whitish

hairs; abdomen with two rows of white spots above, and a row on

each side. Fore wings with a white spot near base, two before the

middle, four, sometimes five, discal, the uppermost the largest,

and two subapical near the costa; these spots all semitransparent,

and in transverse rows. Hind wings with an indistinct similar

spot in the upper centre of the wing, another in the upper disc

beyond, and some small indistinct spots in a submarginal row.

Both wings with pale marginal line, dark grey cilia, tipped with

white at the abdominal angle and margins of the hind wings.

Under side pale greyish ; wings with the spots showing through ;

body and legs nearly white. Expanse of wings, 1§,—2 in.

Five specimens.

A var. of P. tyres, Cram., the colour browner, the spots

much smaller and fewer, and without any submarginal

spots on fore wings.

c 2

20 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new species of Heterocera.

HYDROCAMPIDA.

Catacusyt4, Hitbn., Verz. Schm., p. 268 (1816).

73. Cataclysta hapilista, n. sp. (PI. I., fig. 11).

3. Reddish ochreous. Fore wings with the base grey, a sub-

basal spot, another parallel to it before the middle, both rather

indistinct; a whitish indistinct longitudinal streak, a silvery white

angled space at the costa, one-third from apex, a broad sub-

marginal silvery white band, which stops short of the hinder

margin, both margined with a fine black line ; marginal line black;

cilia pale, with a brownish band and white tips. Hind wings with

the base grey, followed by a broad silvery white band, outwardly

bordered by a brownish line; a fine black slightly sinuous discal

line, a similar marginal line; cilia white, interlined near its base

by a black line, forming two complete and two half-complete black

ringlets above the middle. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

One specimen of this pretty little insect.

EXPLANATION OF Puate I.

. Halthia nigripars, 3,u.sp., p. 16.

. Thalassodes liliana, 9, n.sp., p. 7.

Agathia codina, 3, n.sp., p. 7.

. Pygospila cuprealis, J, n.sp., p. 19.

Rhyparia hamiltonia, 3, n.sp., p. 17.

. Hupithecia rigida, 3, u.sp., p. 2.

. Anthyria tole, J, n.sp., p. 3.

Perixera pulverulenta, 3, n.sp., p. 9.

. Synegiodes diffusifascia, 3 ,n.sp., p. 11.

. Asthena prasina, g,n.sp., p. 13.

11. Cataclysta hapilista, 3, n.sp., p. 20.

12. Steptopteron posticamplum, 3, u.sp., p. 10,

13. Thalera acte, 3, u.sp., p. 6.

14. Stegania crina, §,n.sp., p. 14.

15. Glyphodes prothymalis, 3, u.sp., p. 19.

16. Tosaura picaria, g, n.sp., p. 16.

17. Pharambara sphoraria, 3, n.sp., p. 18.

DAANRWODe

—

So ©

Il. Additional notes and observations on the life-history of

Atypus piceus. By Freperick Enock, F.E.S.

[Read November 4th, 1891.|

Since I had the honour of bringing before the Entomo-

logical Society my notes on this most interesting spider,

I have been enabled to confirm all my previous observa-

tions, and to add a few additional facts.

The most difficult point in the life-history is to settle

the age to which the female arrives before and after

maturity, for, owing to various changes, I have not yet

succeeded in keeping and watching one colony of spiders

beyond seven years; but I am in hope of having a

chance of establishing a fresh colony this spring in a

locality where the spiders will not be disturbed, and

where I can label and keep exact record of each nest.

One very interesting fact I have established in con-

nection with the age of the female. On October 15th,

1888, I dug up a large tube containing female and her

family, which I carefully reset in a large flower-pot,

where, on March 16th, 1884, the young spiderlings

commenced to emerge, and look about for suitable sites

for their future dwellings. The maternal home or tube

had been put into thorough repair in October, and no

doubt the walls had been relined from top to bottom with

new silken tapestry, a task a spider seems to manage

better than the “ British workman,” in spite of having a

family of upwards of a hundred baby spiders to look

after. After this mother had started her brood on their

own account, she repaired the small aperture made by

the exit of the family, and then settled down to apparent

ease, comfort, and perfect health, enjoying an occasional

meal of a blow-fly, until May Ist, 1886, when I could

not rouse her; and, on breaking open the tube, and

digging up the lower part, I found her dead, after having

lived in solitude for more than two years since turning

her brood out. On October 29th, 1886, I put six

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.)

bye

29 Mr. F. Knock’s notes and observations

females, with their broods of young, into various pots,

the youngsters making their appearance on a warm,

bright morning, April 20th, 1887, and the last widowed

mother died April 14th, 1890, or close on three years

after, a time sufficiently long for most spiders to become

great-great-grandmothers.

Several of the offspring of these venerable females lived

in health and strength for about two years, during which

time they deepened their tubes several times in warm,

moist weather, increasing the original diameter of a

sixteenth of an inch to a bare eighth, also adding to the

aerial part. One or two, after living in their tubes for

two years, were found wandering about, and on May 9th

had formed fresh tubes. The following August one

colony was reduced to six tubes, and in another month

the occupants had succumbed to the poisonous fumes

from various ballast-heaps, which had been burning for

several months. On digging up the tubes I found them

to range from four to five inches long, and a little over

an eighth of an inch in diameter.

On August 10th, 1888, [ found one of the spiderlings,

turned out April 25th, 1887, had thrown out from the

aerial part of the tube its cast-skin, the first one seen

after making its own tube; but the first moult of the

young takes place in the hammock just before they

break out into the maternal tube.

August 14th, 1888. Another of this brood had pushed

out its cast-skin. May 16th, 1889, a two-year-old

spiderling, in response to a Chironomus held to and

kicking against the walls of the tube, came up, struck

at and pulled the fly through, coming up a minute and

a half later to repair the rent, which it did in a most

finished manner.

May 28rd, 1889. Another two-year-old spiderling

became dissatisfied with its abode, left it, and soon

formed another of somewhat larger dimensions; and,

later on, several of this brood did the same. I imagine

the ground had become sour from imperfect drainage.

Quite a number of the spiderlings commenced to deepen

and enlarge their tubes in April; in fact, a general

‘‘ spring cleaning”’ seemed to be going on all round.

On March 28th, 1890, I was pleased to find the young

colony which I had established at Hampstead in 1886

were doing well, some of the tubes measuring a quarter

on the life-history of Atypus piceus. 23

of an inch in diameter, the forsaken mothers still in

good health, and with wonderful appetites for blow-flies

whenever held against the tubes. One of the ancient

spinster females, which I placed in a bell-glass April

8th, 1885, actually pushed out a cast-skin, apparently

quite a recent one.

June Ist, 1890. One mother of 1887 had made a

beautiful new aerial portion to her tube, and took a

blow-fly for lunch. On the 9th all were exposed to very

heavy rain, which flattened their tubes down. Next day

each one had added a brand new top part, some of their

brood doing the same, fully confirming my previous

observation, that rain induces the spiders to strengthen

and lenethen their tubes.

One of these females had carried her tube against and

up the side of the bell-glass, and this one I kept covered

and darkened, so that I could occasionally watch her

movements; and I frequently noticed that, when a blow-

fly was held outside her tube, she approached in the

most stealthy and cat-like manner, seeming to glide

rather than walk along; but, if disturbed, she pressed

her legs against her sides, and literally shot back and

down the tube with lightning-like rapidity ; this spider,

on being exposed to the rain and light the next day, had

so thickened the silken lining of ‘the tube against the

class as to completely shut out further obser vations.

August 25th. Heavy rain again battered and flattened

down all the tubes, which remained in this condition

until the middle of September, when several commenced

to deepen and throw out the sand, afterwards improving

the aerial portions, no doubt in anticipation of the

male’s visit; but whether those females, which had

already had one family, could produce another, is one of

the facts I am anxious to settle. Some of these females

had carried the aerial portions of their tubes to a length

of 4 in. up the sides of the pots, but these were far sur-

passed by some found at Hampstead on September 7th,

1891, measuring respectively 4, 5, and 6, and one no

less than 73 in. above ground, carried up the almost

perpendicular sand-bank, and quite resembling Dr.

McCook’s tree purse-web spider, Atypus niger.

On July 6th, 1891, I paid a visit to Portland Island,

where the Rev. O. Picard Cambridge had found Atypus

Blackwall, or what was considered to be the British

24 Mr. F.. Enock’s notes and observations

type. After along ramble and search I was fortunate

in finding a few tubes, which I dug up after considerable

trouble, for the spiders carry them under the stones in

old disused quarries, and then down for some depth

amone the grass-roots, rendering digging up without

injury a most trying task. I examined the occupants

most carefully, but could not satisfy myself that they

were different to Atypus piceus ; so sent some on to the

tev. O. P. Cambridge, who kindly replied, expressing

his opinion that they were not Atypus Blackwall, but

agreed in every respect with his Bloxworth A. piceus, as

well as with the specimens which It had sent to him from

Hampstead. Some days after I had a good day’s sport,

and found this hitherto considered rare spider in the

greatest profusion, the tubes in some spots surrounding

every piece of loose stone; in one instance as many as

fifteen large tubes around one piece of stone not more

than a foot square! I also found quite a number of

tubes containing the beautiful hammock of eggs, in every

case slung up in the cavity on the upper side, never on

the lower, a wise provision of Nature, for the lower side

is the main thoroughfare, up and down which the spider

runs to and from the aerial portion, thus avoiding

treading upon the fragile hammock of eggs. Many of

the eggs were found just hatching, others were more

forward, and the young spiderlings had left their first

suit of baby clothes in the hammock.

T was fortunate in finding a number of immature males

in their own tubes, all of which were of one character—

of about three-eighths of an inch diameter, seven or

eight inches long, and parallel from top to bottom. The

spiders, when turned out, were of a much lighter colour,

and far more active than the females. These I placed

in various pots, where they very soon settled down,

making fresh tubes amongst the moss. On Sept. 6th I

examined them, and found five had matured, one having

only just cast its skin, being quite white and weak. All

appeared much smaller than those found at Woking and

Hampstead. I sent one to Rev. O. P. Cambridge for

further identification ; he replied that he was sorry to

say they were identical with the others, viz., Atypus

piceus of Sulzer. The following day (Sept. 7th) I went

up to Hampstead, and found the largest mature male

I have ever seen; besides the largest tube of a female,

viz., 15} in. long from top to bottom.

on the life-history of Atypus piceus. 25

As regards the feeding habits of this spider, I have not

much to add; but one interesting experiment might be

mentioned:— On July 22nd, 1888, a warm, sultry

morning, after heavy rain the previous night, all my

home colony had distended their tubes, and made them

as attractive as possible to all inquisitive flies. I caught

one, and held it to the longest tube ; the spider came up,

seized it, and dragged it through and down. I quickly

caught another blow-fly—held it to the same tube; the

spider, coming up to repair the hole, but finding another

fly there, she seized it and dragged it through the hole

already made, and down to her larder. I immediately

caught another blow-fly, and as quickly held it to the

hole ; and again the spider came up, seized it, and dis-

appeared. I did the same up the garden for another

blow-fly, and before the spider had returned another fly

was ready for her, which she soon observed and seized.

I returned to look for another blow-fly, and ran back

with it, and for the fifth time the spider seized and

dragged her prey down ; and for the sixth time I ran to

look for another meal, and back again in double-quick

time. The spider did not keep me waiting long, and

was evidently getting a little puzzled, and, like myself,

excited ; however, she took the fly, and I departed once

more and managed to capture another victim, reaching

the tube just in time to offer it. It was not refused, but

snapped at and pulled down; and I hurried away and

back again with one more fly, and the spider again

accepted it with a snap of her jaws, retiring gracefully

backwards, and I forwards to catch another blow-fly ;

this I did, and once more was in time for the spider, who

seized this the ninth blow-fly with lightning-like rapidity,

and disappeared. I ran and searched for another fly,

but, as may be imagined, they had been so frequently

disturbed that I had difficulty in obtaining one; and

when I returned to the tube the wily spider had com-

pletely covered in the rent. I continued to knock with

the blow-fly, and the spider came up, pulled the tube in,

and held it, as much as to say, ‘‘ I have had enough, go

away’; and I went, wondering much what she would do

with nine blow-flies. Next morning she had thrown five

sucked skins out! The time occupied in this great

repast was just 45 minutes.

On Sept. 7th, 1891, one of the very large tubes dug up

26 On the life-history of Atypus piceus.

contained a living beetle (Nebria —— ?) without any

elytra, both apparently having been bitten off by the

large female Atypus, which was dead, and its abdomen a

heaving mass of minute maggots. I am inclined to think

the Nebria had forced its way into the tube, and, not

agreeing with the owner, they had come to, not blows,

but bites; and I imagine the spider had managed to

pinch off the elytra, and in return the Nebria had given

the spider a fatal nip in its abdomen.

The various photographs illustrative of the life-history

of Atypus piceus I have made from my original drawings,

III. Notes on Lycena (recte Thecla) rhymnus, teng-

stremil, and pretiosa. By Grorer T. Breruune-

Baxer, F.L.S.

[Read November 4th, 1891.|

PuatEe II.

Wuo that has worked at the Palearctic Lycenide has

not been struck by the anomalous position of rhymnus,

tengstremii, and pretiosa. For some time the question

has been in my mind, do they belong to Lycena proper

(as Staudinger’s catalogue has it) at all? but until

recently I have not had time to investigate the subject.

Rhymnus was described by Eversmann as Lycena

rhymnus in the Nouv. Mem. de la Soc. Imp. de Nat. de

Moscou, Tom. ii., p. 350, tab. 19, 12, from the Ural

district ; Erschoff then followed suit, when he described

tenystremiit as a Lycena in Fedtschenkoi Reise, p. 11;

whilst, lastly, Dr. Staudinger did likewise with his

pretiosa, in Stt. Ent. Zeit., xlvu. (1886), p. 209.

Now, a little careful examination of these species, and

especially of tengstr@mii, should at once raise the thought,

surely these are close allies of Vhecla lunulata; in

Erschoff’s inseet the white crescent-shaped spots of the

under surface have only to be evenly joined to form the

precise lunulated band found in that species, which is

ficured on the same page with tengstramu. The same

remark applies equally to pretiosa, Stgr., specially to

those specimens that have the markings somewhat re-

duced. In this respect the pattern of rhymnus is not

quite so similar, though it does not require much imagi-

nation to trace it up; whilst it is most obviously a close

ally of the other two insects, and is also totally diverse

from the markings of any of the genus Lycena,

A further link more recently came in my path in my

examination of the g generic organs of both these

genera. When I first examined my preparations of

Thecla, I was at once reminded of the three curious

divergencies in Lycena now under consideration, and

PART I. (MARCH.)

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.

28 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker’s notes on

leisure was the only thing required to enable me to

make the necessary drawings, and so place the species

in their correct genus. I have shown, at fig. 1, a profile

view of the genitalia of Lycena pheretes; this is very

fairly typical of the shape of the majority of this genus,

a distinctive feature of which is the well-developed clasp,

from which arises a sort of forked guide or support,

whilst the tegumen is developed into an eared hood at

the extremity, attached to two longish slender arms,

which arise at their juncture with the “clasps. The hooks

in this species are somewhat short and thick, but in

many species of the genus they are rather longer and

more attenuated, but never, in any of the specimens

I have examined, are they so long and conspicuous as in

Thecla. In this latter genus, or rather, perhaps, in the

w-album, and the sassanides, lunuluta groups, the clasps

are reduced to a very considerable extent, it being most

doubtful if they can be of any service in holding the

consort; whilst the tegumen is largely developed, being

rather tunnel- shaped, excavated at the top both back

and front, whilst from front of the base ae the two

hooks (one on each side), which are remarkably con-

spicuous in all these species. Moreover, in the genus

Lycena, there is always a kind of forked oulde or sup-

port, having its origin in the clasps near their source, as

already mentioned ; this, I suppose, acts as a support or

guide to the intromittent organ, and is quite wanting in

Thecla, as also in rhymnus, tengstremii, and pretiosa.

Again, the penis itself in Lycena, after the style of that

shown at fig. la (pheretes), is always short and thick,

whilst in the group of T’hecla we are now discussing it is

long, rather elegant in outline, and with trumpet- shaped

lips; in this respect also the three species herein specially

considered follow the latter precisely.

At figs. 2 to 3) the genitalia of Thecla sassanides and

lunulata are represented, the former a profile, the latter

vertical from above; and before proceeding further it

may be well to describe these organs, and also those of

Lycena, more in detail.

At fig. 2 2a will be seen the clasps of Thecla sassanides,

which are quite diminutive, and probably of but little

use for the function they are supposed to perform ; they

are roughly isosceles triangular in shape, with the base

slightly bowed outwards.

Lycena rhymnus, tengstremia, and pretiosa. 29

The tegumen is figured alone at fig. 2; it is very con-

siderably developed laterally, and is tunnel-shaped,

excavated considerably at the top behind (7. e., towards

the head of the insect), and slightly in the front the

sides are full, so that it might be described as being

saddle-shaped; it is supported on, or more correctly

arises in, two slender horizontally-inclined arms, and

the clasp reaches but little further than to where these

suddenly expand into the ample sides of this part of the

organ. At the front of the base of the tegumen two

large hooks (c) have their origin, which are bent back-

wards, and then make a bold curve to the front; they

must be, I believe, freely moveable, and have probably

been evolved to their present extent to compensate for

the lack of power in the clasps.

The penis (fig. 2b) in this group of Thecla is extra-

ordinarily long; it is, of course, tubular, becoming larger

for the first third, from whence it rapidly tapers to its

extremity, where it suddenly expands into a trumpet-

shaped orifice.

The genitalia of Lycena are shown at fig. 1, in profile ;

the lower portion ¢ represents the clasps with the forked

guide rising near their juncture with the arms of the

tegumen (see also fig. la, showing them in a vertical

position under pressure). It will be seen at once what

an important part these clasps must play during the act

of copulation ; what a powerful grasp they would have.

The tegumen d is very diverse from that of T’hecla, being

much more complicated; it arises in two somewhat

vertical and slender arms, longer than the genus just

named, and not horizontally inclined, whilst it is de-

veloped in the front into two longish projecting lobes e

(=the uncus of Goss), at the base of which lobes

the hooks / have their origin; these are in this genus,

particularly in this species, very much stouter, broader,

and shorter than in Vhecla.

The penis (fig. 1b) is short and thick, slightly bulbous

near the end, the tip of which tapers rapidly into a blunt

point. Two strong teeth are emitted backwards from

the bulbous portion of this instrument. At fig. 4 I have

drawn the same organs of tengstrw@mii in profile ; they

are from a large specimen designated by Staudinger

v. maxima, and really require no explanation. They

follow very closely the shape of Thecla sassanides, but

30 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker’s notes on

are, of course, larger; they are also deeper and less

excavated. The clasp 4a is also very similar when

‘compared with 2a, whilst the intromittent organ 4)

assimilates in like manner to the T’hecla shape.

At figs. 5a and b appear these organs of rhymnus, which

might almost be mistaken for unusually small organs of

the preceding species. The clasp 5a is not quite so like

that of 7’. sassanides, but is curiously similar to that of

lunulata (fig. 3a). The penis is also the same shape as

those we have already considered.

Pretiosa now alone remains to be examined, and in

this species these organs bear an even closer resemblance

to T’. sassanides and lunulata than do the preceding, as

will be seen on comparing fig. 6 with 2 and 3. The

general outline of all these three species is very similar.

The clasps of pretiosa (6a) are very similar to lunulata

(8a), whilst the penis of the former (6) is very like both

the two Thecle just mentioned.

If it is considered necessary to produce further evi-

dence to prove that all these species are congeneric, the

neuration will do so. In the genus Lycena there are

eleven nervules in the fore wings, of which seven and eight

(counting German fashion) are forked from a common

stem. In Thecla there are but ten veins, none of which

are forked. In rhymnus, tengstremii, and pretiosa the

latter obtains, each having ten veins, all of which are

unforked.

From these three facts I think we shall be amply

justified in moving these three species from the genus

Lycena, and placing them in that of Thecla, their posi-

tion in which will be immediately following lunulata.

Perhaps I may be allowed to take this opportunity to

make an appeal to collectors of exotic Rhopalocera. I

feel sure that the generic organs will often help in

clearing up difficulties, where they occur, between species,

and they are probably destined to play a not unimportant

part in future classification. If, therefore, those who

receive large collections of exotic butterflies would be so

good as to let me have otherwise useless specimens, no

matter how bad, so that they are absolutely correctly

named (this is imperative), they would confer a great

benefit on me, and just possibly on lepidopterists in

general. I want to obtain some specimens of the various

genera which might form a basis on which to work, and

Lycena rhymnus, tengstramit, and pretiosa. 31

see if my conclusions, formed after examining nearly

every species of Palearctic Lycena, and many other

genera also, are correct; as, if so, there is no doubt but

that the generic organs will prove of much value both

generic and specific.

EXPLANATION OF Puate II.

6. Pretiosa;

6a.

6b.

Fig. 1. Lycawna pheretes ; genitalia (less penis), profile in sitw.

la. os clasps, vertical under pressure.

Ita - penis.

ie: AG clasps.

ld. ap tegumen.

le. 3 uncus.

Wie = hooks.

2. Thecla sassanides ; genitalia (less penis and clasps), pro-

file in situ.

2a. 5 clasps, profile.

Dibe > penis, profile.

3. Thecla lunulata; genitalia (less penis and clasps), ver-

tical view.

dda. * clasps, vertical.

30. ~ penis, profile.

4. Tengstramii ; genitalia (less penis), profile in situ.

4a. . clasps, profile.

4b. ey penis, profile.

5. Rhymnus ; genitalia (less penis), profile 7 situ.

5a. on clasps, profile.

5b. + penis, profile.

genitalia (less clasps and penis), pro-

file i situ.

clasp, profile.

penis, profile.

All the figures were magnified uniformly 38 diameters, but they

have been reduced by one-half linear measurement to get them

on to one plate.

ws . see

’ na .

_ - - —— eh —_ g

( 7 re = ae : aS ae

4 i ie ate ree aes) a a cy 4 ia a 7

- » > 12

-? ae aS

oa ; ce

Vv Wi BX) Pox = A ; Way tev "ii) a Lae

‘ ‘

Ves ; yeare We fyie meer ay tye

7 ile 4) 9 CS pits

o4« an ase

7 pes! th ae ee

"1 1, is iw eas

- .

IV. The effects of artificial temperature on the colouring

of several species of Lepidoptera, with an account

of some experiments on the effects of light. By

FREDERIC MERRIFIELD, F.E.S.

|Read December 2nd, 1891.]

I HAVE on previous occasions proved that both the spring

and the summer emergence of Selenia illustraria, and the

one emergence of Ennomos autumnaria, are materially in-

fluenced in their colowring by exposure of the pupa in its

penultimate stage,—that is, in the one immediately pre-

ceding that in which the colouring of the perfect insect

begins to show,—to a moderate difference of temperature,

‘t.é., within the limits of 57° and 80° F., the lower causing

the greater darkness, and an exposure for a few days at

the higher temperature being sufficient for its purpose.

I have also proved that the markings of the former of

these species, and probably those of the latter, may be

very materially affected by long-continued exposure of

the pupa in its earlier stages to a much lower tempera-

ture, one of about 83°.

Similar experiments have now been made on both

emergences of the other two English species of Selenia,

viz., S. illunaria and S. lunaria, with entirely similar

results as regards colouring. These results are least

marked in lunaria, as perhaps might have been expected

from the fact that that species is in England generally

single-brooded, and, where double-brooded, does not

manifest as much dimorphism as its congeners do.

With respect to these Selenias, I now exhibit examples

taken from as many as fifteen separate ‘‘ families” —a

term which I here use, not in its zoological sense, but as

a convenient one for describing the offspring of a single

pair. As the facts have now been established, and it

would be exceedingly inconvenient and perhaps tiresome

to show the very long series that these fifteen separate

families have given me—more than 500 individuals—I

have on the present occasion limited myself, in the case

of the Selenias, to a selection of typical examples. But,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892,— PARTI. (MARCH.) OD

B4 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

for the satisfaction of those who may not be conversant

with all that has previously been established, it may be

expedient to make the observations which follow, and

which show the impossibility of ascribing the effects pro-

duced to any other cause than the temperature applied.

I preface them with the remarks :—

(1). That the results lose much of their effect in con-

sequence of being seen by artificial light. This reduces

the effect in nearly all cases, and in some, where colour,

and especially yellowish colouring, is concerned, makes

a very great difference.

(2). That in all the Selenias, and in autumnaria, the

under side is more affected than the upper; possibly

this may have some significance in connection with the

fact that these species, when at rest, expose only, or

partly, their under sides.

(3). That in most of the species experimented on the

male is more affected than the female; this, however,

does not seem to be the case with ilustruria.

(4). That the more vigorous and healthy the insect

experimented on, the more strongly are the effects mani-

fested on it.

Lunaria.—Two families, one of the spring, the other

of the summer, emergence; 24 individuals. The markings

of every one of those at the lower temperature are darker

than those of any one at the higher temperature.

Illunaria.—T wo families, one of the spring and one

of the summer emergence, the former comprising 44

individuals, the latter rather more than 100. As to the

former, I am not sure that all were from a single pair,

but I think it nearly certain that they were so, for they

came to me as a single lot, and where similarly treated

show a close resemblance in appearance. These two

families were exposed to several different temperatures—

about 80°, 60°, 51°, and a somewhat lower temperature,

viz., that of the open air in winter and spring, emerging

about April, when the temperature averaged little over

42°. Unless where the range of temperature was such

as to cause little difference in colouring, which was the

case as between some of the classes at the lower ranges,

every individual which was kept at the lower temperature

is darker than any which was kept at the higher tem-

perature, with the exception of a few females, and these

form no exception, if the under sides are looked to.

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 85

Moreover, when a considerable number of individuals,

say, 10 to 20, were brought out at the moderately low

temperature, the colouring as a whole, but not regularly,

gradually darkens in proportion to the leneth of the

exposure. Ido not ascribe this directly to retardation,

but to the fact that the physiological changes go on very

slowly at the lower temperature; so that several weeks are

necessary to produce as great an effect as several days at

a forcing temperature would be sufficient for. A striking

illustration of the delicacy with which the colouring

responds when the temperature is applied precisely at

the right time is afforded by the following circumstance.

IT had about a dozen of the summer emergence, which

had been brought out at 80°, and, on looking them over

after they were set, I noticed that three were decidedly

deeper in colour than the rest. This perplexed me, until

I remembered—and I found, on referring to my record,

that I was right—that these three had been placed in

the forcing-box at a separate time, and must have been

more advanced when placed there, and consequently had

been less exposed to the influence of the high tempera-

ture ; for they occupied only from 3 to 5 days in emerging,

instead of occupying 6 to 8 days, as the others did.

Of the spring emergence, it will be noticed that the

first one was for as much as 14 days at a temperature of

80°, and it is much lighter than the rest of the family,

which were not forced till February and March. It was

one of six which were forced in November, the other five

having died, an event which usually happens when the

spring emergence is forced early in autumn.

Illustraria.—F ive families, two of them (Families “T”’

and ‘‘R’’) of the spring emergence, comprising about 80

individuals. These were placed during their penultimate

pupal stage at three different temperatures, viz., at 80°,

at about 60°, and out of doors (emerging April and early

in May at a temperature averaging, during April, about

42°, or a little over). These last were generally darker

than those at 60°. Every one of those at either of the

lower temperatures is darker than any one of those at

80°, with the exception of one imperfectly developed

specimen.

Three families (‘‘I,” “J,” and ‘‘Red C”’) are of the

summer emergence, and comprise more than 80 indi-

viduals, Each of these families was divided, and the

36 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

divisions respectively placed at two different tempera-

tures, viz., at 80°, and at about 46°. Every one of those

(rejecting a few cripples), mostly among those at the

higher temperature, at 46°, is darker than any of those

at 80°.

A sixth family, of the spring emergence (Family ‘‘U”),

numbering about 20 individuals, was exposed to several

different temperatures for varying periods. These show

the same general results, but of course not so definitely

as the others ; moreover, they proved to be an unhealthy

family, of which many died, or came out in a crippled

condition. I exhibit typical specimens of each of these

6 families, also of 5 others, showing the same general

results when exposed to similar conditions.

P. falcataria.—With an experiment on this I will con-

clude my summary of recent results, so far as concerns

double-brooded Geometre. I was supplied during the

winter with a number of pupz, which were very small

and poor, as well as much tenanted by parasites, so that

only 7 emerged. Three of these were placed, on the

19th April, at 80°, emerging in from 5 to 9 days, the

others, left out of doors, appearing between the 21st and

29th May. With one doubtful exception those which

emerged in the open air are manifestly darker and more

strongly marked than any of those at 80°. I exhibit all.

V. urtice.—In December, 1890, I exhibited a very dark

specimen of this insect, the appearance of which I then

thought, and have now no doubt, resulted from the

exposure of its pupa to a temperature of about 47° for

5 weeks. I again exhibit this specimen, with a fair

sample of 4 others of the same lot, all brought out at

80°, and emerging in about 6 days (Family ‘“‘Y”’).

During the last summer I have experimented on three

different families (or rather batches, each collected at the

same time, and in similar localities). The first two,

which I will call ‘“V” and “L,” were very kindly given

to me by Mr. Vine; ‘‘V” about the end of June, to the

number of more than 100. I was under the impression,

derived from my experiments with the Geometre, that

any change in colouring would be produced during one

of the later pupal stages, and therefore took no pains to

place the pupe while quite fresh in the refrigerator; and

this may have been the cause of the comparatively slight

effect produced on most of them, that effect becoming,

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 37

however, decided when the exposure had been of long

continuance. ‘Twelve were forced, of which eleven, of

very uniform appearance, emerged in from 5 to 6 days.

I exhibit four of these, which are not extreme, but a fair

sample. From 42, which emerged after an exposure to

about 47° of from 2 to 58 days, and which, though

varying inter se in a moderate degree, are in general but

slightly darker than the forced ones, | have selected the

five darkest, each of which is darker than any of those

forced. Nine others, which emerged after an exposure

of from 60 to 67 days, present a very different appearance

from the rest, mostly darker. I exhibit four typical

specimens of. these.

The next family, which I call ‘‘L,” were given to me

at the beginning of September. These were mostly

exposed within a few hours after pupation, eight of them

were forced, and of these I have selected four fair

samples. Of the remainder, placed at 47° for about 20

to 42 days, 17 emerged, and the great majority of these

present a peculiar appearance, mostly in the direction of

darkness. I exhibit the 10 most peculiar out of the 17.

Another family, fine pupe not more than a few days

old, were given to me by Mr. Fletcher on the 22nd

September; a very late brood. These I call the ‘““M”

family. Five were placed at 80°, emerging in from 6 to

7 days, and I exhibit them all; 13 emerged out of doors

in from 3 to 5 weeks at an average temperature of about

57°, and I exhibit the seven most strongly coloured and

marked of these. Others were exposed to a temperature

of about 47° for from about 3 to 7 weeks, and I exhibit

all of those which emerged, four in number ; they are

very different from the others, the general tendency

being to greater darkness.

The general observations I have to make on the results

of the V. wrtice experiments are as follows: The effect

of exposing this species to cold for a moderate period

seems to be generally, not universally, slightly to darken

the colouring, to lower the colour of the yellow parts (in

one individual this is almost gone), and to intensify the

contrasts of light and shade; to spread the dark portions,

and especially the dark outer margins, and, above all,

the blue crescents contained in these. I have examined

some long series of V. urtice in other cabinets, selected

to represent all ordinary variations, and have scarcely,

38 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

if at all, seen among them such conspicuous blue

crescents as several of mine exhibit. The effect of

exposure to cold continued for a period of from 8 to 9

weeks (or for a shorter period if exposed when the pupa

is freshly formed) is more marked, generally in the

increase of darkness. Further experiments must be

tried on this insect, on which I am inclined to think the

treatment most likely to produce darkness would be

exposure for a considerable time from a very early pupal

period to a temperature of about 50°.

I may add that I am well aware that my exhibits of

V. urtice would have been more effective had they been

limited to a few extreme examples, but I have been

desirous of imparting further knowledge than an exhibit

so limited could have conveyed. Some of the most

extreme specimens make a near approach to the var.

polaris of Northern Europe.

Bombyx quercus and var. callune.—I have not been

able to complete my experiments on these, but have

obtained some results from temperature, and they are in

the same direction as those obtained as to other species.

To begin with the true quercus form, ‘ Family A.” Some

recent pupx and nearly full-fed larve, all stated to be

from the same hedge at Windsor, supplied to me by

Mr. Edmonds in 1890, were placed at 80°, generally at

about a week after ‘spinning up,” but some certainly at

a somewhat later stage. I produce seven that emerged

in from 29 to 40 days; they are fair samples of the

seven, and are, as will be seen, very light coloured.

“Family B.” A second lot of 18 were sent me during

last summer, also from Windsor. ‘They were a par-

ticularly fine and healthy lot; some of them could not

have been very recently ‘‘spun up,” judging from the

time when they began to emerge at the low temperature

of about 47°, at which they were placed. Fifteen males

emerged in from 39 to 71 days. The first was slightly

crippled, owing to the want of proper provision for its

reception. I produce the second at 40 days, and the

fifteenth at 71 days. Both are, I think, rather dark, but

the latest to emerge is substantially darker than the

other, especially in its light parts. The 12 intermediate

ones emerged in periods ranging from 40 to 70 days.

These vary slightly, not darkening regularly, but there

is on the whole a tendency, more particularly in the

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 39

light band, to grow darker as the length of the period of

pupation, and consequently of exposure to the low

temperature, increases.

Var. callune. ‘ Family A.’—A few sent from Aber-

deen were placed at 80°, and two emerged in from 27 to

46 days. I exhibit these, which are a good deal lighter

than usual, especially the female, which can scarcely, if

at all, be distinguished from the southern form. Another

family, “ B,’ from Perth, similarly forced, produced

three males and two females. These are darker, but

light for callune. I produce a fair sample of each sex;

the males exhibited are perhaps slightly lighter than the

average of the three. Another, family ‘C,” from Perth,

was divided; five males and five females were forced at

80°, appearing in from 29 to 42 days, and I exhibit two

pairs of these—fair samples—one of the males slightly

lighter than the average of the five. Six males and nine

females were placed in the open air, and emerged in June

and early in July; these varied but little. I produce

two pairs which emerged between 28th June and Ist

July, fair samples of the 11, except that one male is

slightly darker than the average of the six males. It

will be ‘seen that the males especially are darker than

those which had been forced.

To sum up as to quercus and callune. The same

general result which has been noticed in other cases

obtains here; that is, those at the higher temperature

are lighter than those at the lower temperature. This

particularly applies to the males, the females varying

less; but in both males and females the forced ones

have a reddish tint, which is wanting in the others. In

some cases the effect of temperature is so considerable

that I think some of the forced callune would, so far

as regards colouring, be classed as quercus, while the

individual quercus brought out in 71 days at the lower

temperature is very dark for quercus.

I think these experiments tend to show that the

southern form and its northern var. are respectively

varieties of so fixed a kind when they reach the pupal

stage that it is probably only in exceptional instances, if

at all, that temperature could convert the one form, so

far as its appearance is concerned, into the other. But

further experiments should be made, especially in the

application of a low temperature to the southern form

40 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

while freshly pupated. I believe temperature applied

early in the larval stage has effected a complete con-

version as regards habits, but I do not know whether it

has had this effect on the colouring.

C. caja.—Dr. Chapman kindly sent me, at the begin-

ning of February last, a batch of eggs which had been

laid by a female in captivity. These I forced, and had

from them more than 100 pupe between the 12th and

24th March. Some of these were forced at 80°, some

placed in the refrigerator at about 47°, a few more at 33°,

and others at a temperature varying from about 50° to 60°.

Those at 33° died after a time, those at 47° either died

or emerged in a very crippled condition, many of those

at 50° to 60° died, but of those at 80°, about 30, nearly

all emerged, with no cripples. Unfortunately all but

one of these last-named were males, while most of the

others which emerged were females; so that the means

of comparison are not so exact as might have been

desired. Still, they show unquestionable differences

corresponding with their treatment. In the fore wings

of those forced the brown ground colour is paler, the

colouring of the hind wings is a yellower orange, and

their dark spots are smaller, and show a less tendency

to coalesce. But the most striking feature is in the

black bars across the abdominal segments; these, with

scarcely an exception, are much longer and broader in

the moths from the pupe kept at the lower temperature

than in those from the higher temperature. I exhibit

three average samples of the forced males and the one

forced female, and two males and two females of those

at the lower temperature—average examples.

These experiments having indicated that caja flourishes

under a high temperature, I placed some more pupe,

afterwards kindly sent me by Dr. Chapman, at the

temperature of 80°—90°; the effect was to increase

sensibly the pallor of the brown part of the fore wings,

especially towards the outer margin, where the colouring

assumes a clouded and blotchy appearance. I had five

of these, and exhibit two of them, typical specimens, or

only slightly paler than the average of the five.

Size and shape as affected by temperature in the pupal

stage.—This is a subject I approach with some hesitation,

because accidental circumstances have interfered with

the completion of the crucial tests I meant to have

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 41

applied, and which are now in progress; but the evidence

is so strong that I do not like to delay calling attention

to the point, with a view of, if possible, enlisting other

observers, until the question shall have been decided by

exact measurements. I think it is generally assumed

that, once the pupal state is entered upon, the size and

shape of the imago are fixed once for all (except where the

wings afterwards expand imperfectly), and no doubt that

is true to the extent that, in an insect of variable size,

the size the larva attains is the chief factor in the size

of the imago, and under ordinary circumstances the only

one. But there is very strong evidence that the size

may be affected by the circumstances surrounding the

pupa. The impression that this is so can hardly fail to

be gathered by any one who sees the long series I possess

of insects differently treated in the pupal stage, and I

think I may say that this is the impression actually pro-

duced on all my friends who have seen these long series.

It is an effect which by no means appears to operate in

the same direction in all species.

In the three Selenias, of both the spring and the sum-

mer emergences, those at 80° appear smaller than those

kept at and under 60°; it seems to be the same in

falcataria, as well as in B. quercus and its var. callune.

In V. urtice there appears little difference, if any, in the

size of butterflies from pupe at 80° and from pupe at

about 60°; but those from the pupe kept at 47° are

generally smaller. I may add that on consulting the

record of experiments on P. pharos, as recorded in

‘Weissmann’s Studies in the Theory of Descent,’ by

Meldola, I find it stated that the butterflies from three

pup which had been iced were sensibly smaller than

the rest.

As to shape, I can only say at present that I think this

is affected by temperature. I think that in the Selenias

of which the pupe were kept at the lower temperature,

the fore wings are longer and more angular; but on this

subject I am making some exact observations, and in the

meantime venture to ask the attention to it of those who

have the opportunity of investigation.

The general differences in size, and possibly in shape,

are, I think, exemplified by the specimens I exhibit,

which were selected solely for colour and markings.

Species not found to be affected by temperature.—It may

49 Mr. F. Merrifield on the effects of artificial

be useful to mention the names of some species on the

colouring of which I have not hitherto found any effect

produced by the pupal temperature. They are the

spring emergence of P. machaon and P. podalirius (both

from Southern Spain), Thais polyxena, A. paphia, D.

vinula, T’. orbona (comes), and Lb. cynthia. P. brassice

and P. rape are affected, but as yet I have seen no great

effect produced on them. I think the spring emergence

of A. levana is affected, but, so far as my opportunities

have enabled me to judge, very slightly so.

Lifject of light.—It has been suggested to me by mem-

bers of this Society that light, especially about the time

of emergence, might influence colour. I have therefore

tried some experiments on the point. The first were

with some of the spring emergence of illustraria: 32 of

a healthy brood were on the 1st February divided as

nearly as might be between the two sexes, and placed in

lots of two pairs each on the sill inside the window of a

rather large bedroom facing E.S.E., in which there was

always a small fire night and morning. They were at a

temperature generally ranging from about 46° to 57°,

rising sometimes to 63° during sunshine. The pupe

were protected from direct sunshine. Seven lots of four -

pup each were placed in white jam-pots, their tops

covered respectively with glass—clear, purple, blue,

green, yellow, orange, and red; while an eighth lot was

covered so as to be quite dark. Afterwards another lot

of four pupe from the same parents was similarly

exposed, with no light admitted but such as came through

a solution of bichromate of potash. Nearly all emerged

uncrippled between 8th March and 6th April. I can find

no appreciable difference between them in appearance.

Afterwards I tried the following experiments with

B. cynthia :—On the 13th April, I took seven pupe out

of their cocoons, and laid them on the bare surface of

some cocoa-nut fibre at the bottom of a very large

flower-pot placed in a balcony facing E.S.E., covered

with a sheet of glass, and the pup protected from direct

sunshine. Seven others were treated in another flower-

pot, side by side, with the difierence that the pupz were

left “in their cocoons, which were covered with tinfoil,

and were also provided with long caps of tinfoil, excluding

light, but capable of being pushed off by the moths in

emerging, which happened. Allthe 14 emerged between

temperature on the colouring of Lepidoptera. 43

the 8rd and 25th July, only one being a cripple. I have

failed to see any difference of appearance between the

two lots. I may add that I could not find any difference

in colouring produced in this species by the difference of

temperature between pupe kept at 80°, and emerging in

5 to 6 weeks, and pup kept in the open air and emerging

in about 4 months.

General speculations as to temperature effects.—Some of

the results seem attributable to the cause that a par-

ticular temperature is more conducive to health and

vigour than any other, and therefore may be expected to

produce larger size and greater intensity of coloration,

which, in insects of the colouring of those operated on

by me generally, but not always, means greater darkness.

The connection between ‘‘varieties”’ and ‘‘ cripples” is

well known. <A temperature of about 58° or 60° in

V. urtice seems to be the one most conducive to bright-

ness and intensity of colouring and marking. And a

temperature of 47°, especially if long continued, seems

to stunt its size, as well as to deaden its brightness, and

to produce a large proportion of cripples. In B. quercus,

and still more in its var. callune, a temperature of 60°

appears more conducive to vigour than a higher one.

But this is quite insufficient to account for all the

effects produced by temperature in the cases of V. urtice,

B. quercus (and callune), C. caja, and E. autumnaria.

Apart from the changes of colouring that may be sup-

posed to be dependent on vigour, there seems in all these

species what may provisionally be called a direct* tendency

in the lower temperature to cause darkness, either by

obscuring the general colour or increasing the size and

intensity of the dark markings, or by some or all of these

combined. And in the seasonally dimorphic species,

such as the Selenias (and probably in falcataria also), the

intensity and darkness of coloration caused by tempera-

ture appear to be quite independent of health and vigour,

for those which have been forced, whether of the spring

or summer emergence, appear in every way as healthy

and well developed, and as thickly clothed with scales,

as those kept at the lower temperature.

** In using this term I should have excluded from its application

such effects in the way of darkness as can be explained by Weiss-

mann’s theory that the low temperature causes reversion to a

darker ancestral form: a subject adverted to by me in earlier

papers.

44 Effects of artificial temperature, &c.

I have only to add that, with the permission of the

authorities of the Natural History Museum at South

Kensington, my exhibits will be left there for a time, for

the more leisurely inspection of all interested in them,

and if any desire to examine the long series I have at

home, these will be much at their service.

Norr.—To correct misapprehensions it may be as well

to state that though, where the temperature conditions

are extreme, whether high or low, there is, as might be

expected, a tendency to crippling, there is no such

tendency whatever under more moderate conditions. In

those species in which the effects are most marked, the

extreme effects in colouring are produced by small

differences of temperature, without causing any crippling

or any trace of disease or unhealthy appearance. Rather

a large proportion of those subjected to extreme con-

ditions was exhibited, as they showed much individual

variation, but out of 172 specimens exhibited fully 150

are quite uncrippled.

V. On Variation in the Colour of Cocoons of Eriogaster

lanestris and Saturnia carpini. By WiittaMm

Barreson, M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College,

Cambridge. Communicated by Dr. Davin Suarp,

MA RS,

[Read December 2nd, 1891.]

Ir is well known that the cocoons of certain moths are

sometimes dark brown and sometimes of various lighter

shades of colour, being occasionally quite white. This

variation is well known in the case of the Small Keger

(Hriogaster lanestris), and the Emperor Moth (Saturnia

carpini).

It has been suggested by Poulton* and others that

these colours are of value as a means of concealment

from enemies, and it has been stated by them that the

variation in colour of these cocoons accords with that of

the substances to which the cocoons are attached. In

the place referred to, Poulton says:—‘‘I found that

caterpillars of this species (S. carpini) spun very dark

brown cocoons in a black calico bag, while white cocoons

were spun in white surroundings in a strong light. In

this case it seems almost impossible for the surrounding

colours to influence directly the colour of the cocoon.

It is necessary to assume the existence of a complex

nervous circle as a medium through which the stimulus

of colour can make itself felt. .... The Rev. W. J.

H. Newman showed that the cocoons of EH. lanestris are

creamy white when spun on white paper, dark brown

when constructed among leaves. .... The fact that

light reflected from green leaves is here the stimulus for

the production of a dark colour is readily intelligible

when we remember that the moth does not emerge till

the following February at the earliest, while the insect

often remains in the pupal state for one or two years

longer. The leaves in contact with the cocoon soon die

* KH. B. Poulton, ‘Colours of Animals,’ 1890, pp. 142—146.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaARTI. (MARCH.)

46 Mr. W. Bateson on variation in the colour

and turn brown, and after this change the dark colour is

highly protective. It is also of especial importance for

the cocoon to be well concealed during the winter months,

when insect-eating animals, are pressed for food, and are

obliged to search for it with extreme care.” An experi-

ment with Halias prasinana is then described, in which

a larva which had begun to spin a brown cocoon on an

oak-leaf was transferred to a white box, where it sub-

sequently spun a white cocoon.

If it were really established that there is an intimate

relation of this kind between the colour of the cocoon

and that of the substances to which it is attached, the

fact would be very surprising, and perhaps unparalleled.

We have here to deal with a case not of a graduated

resemblance between the general tint of the skin of an

animal and that of the ground on which it lies, such as

is found in many forms which are provided with con-

tractile or moveable chromatophores (the Sole, Sepia, &e.),

but of a resemblance between the colour of external

objects and that of a secreted substance poured out upon

them. The existence of such a phenomenon, if proved,

would introduce new possibilities into physiology.

It is, of course, believed that this power of adapting

the colour of the cocoon is a protection from enemies,

and it is suggested that as such it may have arisen and

been perpetuated by Natural Selection. To this view

there is an objection which may be widely applied in

like cases, but which in this one has particular force.

The belief that the resemblance between the cocoon and

adjacent objects protects the insect is based on expecta-

tion and not on evidence. If we ask from what enemies

the insect is thus protected, we are told from insecti-

vorous enemies; and here the matter must rest. There

is as yet no direct evidence that a definite bird or mam-

mal, for instance, has ever been seen to open a cocoon

of S. carpint or E. lanestris ; still less that any such

animal habitually searches for these cocoons. In the

case of S. carpini, at least, it may be plausibly argued

that, so far as a priort impression goes, it is unlikely

that these cocoons are sought by birds, for the wall of

the cocoon is so tough that it must be difficult for most

birds to pierce it. No doubt rats and mice could gnaw

through them, but it is likely that these animals, which

are for the most part nocturnal, depend for their supply

of cocoons of K. lanestris and §. carpini. 47

of food at least as much on the sense of smell as on that

of sight.

It may be remarked in passing that there is abundant

evidence that the larve of these insects are infested by

Tachina, and by hymenopterous parasites, and, as in

other cases, probably these are really their most for-

midable enemies.

As to their enemies in the pupal state, there is no

evidence. In the absence of such evidence it may be

contended that any disquisition on the modes by which

they may be protected from hypothetical enemies is

premature. This, however, is a line of argument of

which Mr. Poulton and the apologists of Adaptation

are well aware, and to which they expose themselves

avowedly.

The fact, however, that the colour of these cocoons

varies in accordance with that of adjacent substances

did not seem, in my judgment, to be established beyond

possibility of question, and it was in the belief that

some simple sources of error were not excluded that the

following experiments were undertaken.

Hriogaster lanestris.—I. A large colony of these cater-

pillars were brought home, they being then about three-

quarters grown, and fed in a large plain glass vessel till

Aug. 15th. On that date the whole was examined, and

11 cocoons were found spun on leaves. Of these 6 were

of full colour—

4 were dark, but not quite so full in colour.

1 was a good deal lighter, but still brown.

The dark colour is about the tint of black coffee, and the

lighter specimen may be described as having the colour

of strong tea with some milk it. It will be convenient

to refer to this specimen for comparison, and its tint

may be spoken of as “‘half-colour.”’

II. From this colony a number were chosen which

seemed to be ready to spin. ‘These were shut up in a

white muslin bag full of torn, crumpled strips of white

paper. Of these larve several died, but five survived,

and all spun cocoons attached to the muslin, or to the

white paper, or to both. Of these five—

3 were quite white.

2 were very pale cream-colour.

48 Mr. W. Bateson on variation in the colour

The paper and bag were bespattered with a brown juicy

substance, which will be described later.

III. A number of apparently full-fed larve were

similarly chosen and shut up in dark substances, and of

these six survived and spun as follows :—

a. In black gauze, 1 specimen. Cocoon lighter than

‘* half-colour.”’

b. On brown paper in green muslin bag, 2 specimens.

Both quite white.

c. On brown dried leaves in a green muslin bag, 2 spe-

cimens. One white; one very pale cream-colour.

d. In the same bag of leaves as ¢; spun on the green

muslin, 1 specimen. Cocoon white.

All these six cocoons, attached to dark substances, were

of light colour. There was a good deal of brown

evacuation, as in II.

IV. Two larve, which had begun to spin in leaves,

were taken out and shut up in white paper. Both spun

cocoons of light colour.

One larva, which had similarly begun to spin in a leaf,

was taken out, and it eventually spun a white cocoon

between green gauze and a piece of clear glass.

One larva, beginning to spin on white paper, was

disturbed, and afterwards spun a white cocoon.

Therefore, of 4 larvee which were disturbed while spin-

ning, all spun light cocoons, 1 being on a dark substance,

3 being on white substances.

These results leave little room for doubt that the

absence of colour in the cocoons results from an un-

natural condition, such as disturbance at the time of

spinning, or removal from food-plant when the growth

is nearly complete. Besides these the presence of para-

sites should be mentioned as sometimes associated with

a similar effect. This was seen once in a specimen of

E. lanestris, and once in S. carpini, which were inhabited

by a Tachina. In both these cases the cocoons were

quite white. On the other hand, several Tachineé were

found in one Saturnia cocoon of dark colour. It will be

seen, therefore, that though these observations fully

confirm the statement that the larve do spin dark

cocoons on the leaves, and white cocoons when confined

in white paper, yet they suggest that the operating

cause is the confinement and not the whiteness of the

of cocoons of Ki. lanestris and §. earpini. AY

paper. The nature of the distinction between brown

and white cocoons is discussed below.

VY. From these experiments it appeared that light-

coloured cocoons were produced when the larve were

confined in white substances, and also when they were

confined in dark substances, but that when left with

their food the cocoons were dark. This result suggested

that perhaps the alteration of colour was brought about

by some unhealthy condition associated with the removal

of the larve from their food. The four larve which had

been disturbed whilst spinning also produced white

cocoons, though one of them was attached to a dark

object. From this it seemed likely that disturbance at

the time of spinning might also be sufficient to prevent

the cocoon from being properly coloured. It became

therefore necessary to see what coloured cocoons would

be spun by larvee which of their own free will spun upon

white paper. With this object the vessel in which the

remaining larve were feeding was carefully filled with

crumpled white paper, so that each twig of food (haw-

thorn) was more or less surrounded with paper. All the

larvee in this vessel chose to spin in the paper, and 15

cocoons were thus obtained. Of these 15 cocoons on

white paper—

4 were of full colour.

6 were lighter than this, but still substantially

brown.

4 were light, 3 of them being white.

Of the 8 which were white, one was spun by one of four

larvee which remained at the last, and were not fed

owing to a mistake.

To recapitulate :—Of 11 larve left with their food, all

spun dark cocoons on leaves.

Of 14 larve left with their food and white paper, 10

spun dark cocoons on white paper, and 4 spun leght

cocoons on white paper.

Of 11 larvee which were shut up, all spun ight cocoons,

5 being on white substances, and 6 being on dark sub-

stances.

Saturnia carpint.—Kleven cocoons found spun in the

hedges in a state of nature were all of full colour.

fixperiments made with larvie of this species agreed

gencrally with the results from those made on 1. lanestris,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—paRT I. (MARCH.) E

50 Mr. W. Bateson on variation in the colour

but I found it difficult to obtain any considerable number

of dark cocoons from carpini larve in captivity, even when

they were left with their food, and disturbed as little as

possible.

Fifteen larvee, which were shut up in various dark

substances, such as brown paper, black muslin, green

muslin, &¢., spun cocoons which were all light in colour,

though attached to dark substances, several being quite

white. No dark cocoon was spun by any larva thus

confined,

Fifteen larvee were fed in a large vessel on food sur-

rounded with crumpled white paper, treated as the

Eriogaster larvee were in experiment V. Of these 15,

only 7 spun dark cocoons; but of these, 3 were more or

less attached to white paper, the remaining 4 being

among leaves.

4 were light brown in colour, being attached to both

twigs and paper.

4 were white or nearly so, being attached to paper

and leaves.

From this it seems to be difficult to get conditions which

are sufficiently healthy to enable the larve to spin dark

cocoons, but it does not appear that the colour of the

cocoons depends upon that of foreign substances.

Most of the bags and vessels in which the larve were

confined were found to be bespattered with brown fluid

similar to that which was seen in the case of the Hrio-

gaster.

The colouring substance of the cocoons.—It has been

mentioned that many of the larvee of Hriogaster and of

Saturnia evacuated a quantity of brown fluid substance.

The tint of this fluid so closely matches that of the

brown cocoons that it seems possible that their colour

may be given to them by an outpouring of the brown

fluid upon them. In view of this possibility the nature

of this fluid is a matter of interest, and the following

facts relating to it have a bearing on the question of the

coloration of cocoons.

The brown fluid was found only in vessels in which

large and presumably full-fed larve were living. In

cases in which a larva was removed and shut up, it was

generally present on the second or third day after

removal, but there were several large patches of it in the

of cocoons of EK. lanestris and S$. carpini. Dil

large vessel in which the Saturnia larvee were kept

without disturbance. The fluid itself is viscous, and of

a dark coffee-brown colour, closely resembling that of

the cocoons. It generally contained some fcecal matter

and particles of semi-digested food. From this, there-

fore, it may be concluded that the fluid is voided from the

intestines, but I never saw a larva in the act of evacuating

it. If this should be found to be the origin of the fluid,

it may probably be looked on as being of the nature of

** meconium.”

The presumption that it is with this fluid that the

cocoons are coloured rests on the following observations:

A considerable number of larve, which were known to

have voided the brown fluid, spun white cocoons. On

the other hand, many spun white cocoons which were

not known to have voided any fluid, though nevertheless

they may have done so. Next, it was observed that

some of the dark Saturnia cocoons, after they were just

finished, were wet, as though drenched with brown fluid.

Several also of the pale Saturnia cocoons had a darker

patch in one part, generally upon the neck of the cocoon,

though in one case there was a dark patch on the side.

The appearance of these patches was exactly as if a

quantity of brown fluid had been ejected upon the inside

of the cocoon. In one case a brown cocoon of Saturnia,

which was spun against a piece of white paper, lay on a

large stain of the brown fluid; and there could be little

doubt that the fluid had soaked through the cocoon on

to the paper.

There is, then, good evidence that a brown meconial

fluid is voided by caterpillars which are removed and

shut up before they spin, and if it were to be established

that the colouring matter of the cocoons is due, or

largely due, to this fluid, the phenomenon of the

colour-variation of cocoons becomes much simpler; for

the cocoons of secluded larve are, on this hypothesis,

white by reason of the previous voiding of the brown

fluid, and the consequent absence of a supply of colouring

matter.

It should be mentioned, as making against this view,

that in the case of three MWriogaster larvee, which were

disturbed whilst spinning, and which afterwards spun

white cocoons, it was almost certain that no brown fluid

was previously voided. It is, of course, possible that the

E 2

‘

52 Variation in the colour of cocoons, ec.

shock of disturbance may have led to a retention of the

brown fluid, though this cannot be proved.

After these experiments were performed I received

information that Mr. Poulton* and Prof. Meldola have

shown that the cocoon of Hriogaster is largely made up

of oxalate of lime, which is deposited on the first thin

web of silk. There was no direct evidence as to the

manner in which this substance is deposited, but it was

believed to be voided from the intestine. This observa-

tion would thus to some extent give support to the

suggestion here made, that the colouring matter of the

cocoons is produced chiefly, if not altogether, from the

intestine.

* In a paper read before the Physiological Society, not yet pub-

lished (February, 1892).

VI. On the classification of the Geometrina of the European

fauna. By Epwarp Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.S.

[Read February 10th, 1892.}

PTATE ae

THE general principles on which this paper is based are

the same which I have employed in my paper on the

classification of the Pyralidina (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1890, 429), and the introductory remarks which I have

made there must be taken to apply here also.

Those species marked with an asterisk (*) I have not

been able to examine critically in respect of structure,

though in some instances I have seen specimens of them.

I have not thought it necessary to attempt to give a

complete catalogue of European described species, but

those which I have omitted are either probably of doubt-

ful specific value, so far as can be judged from the

descriptions, or are so unsatisfactorily characterised

that there is no clue to their affinity; hence only con-

fusion would have resulted if I had attempted to place

them, and in no instance is the value of any generic

name affected.

GEOMETRINA.

Ocelli usually obsolete, but sometimes present. Tongue usually

well-developed. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Fore wings with vein 1b

usually furcate, but lower fork more or less slender or tending to

be obsolete, 5 rising not nearer to 4 than to 6, 7 and 8 out of 9 (7

apparently but not really separate in Cataclysme), 10 and 11 usually

variously anastomosing, 11 from beyond middle of cell. Hind

wings with frenulum developed, 1c obsolete, 5 widely remote from

4, sometimes obsolete (Selidosemida), 6 and 7 stalked or approxim-

ated at base, 8 connected with or closely approximated to cell near

base, thence diverging or anastomosing with or closely approxim-

ated to cell to near or beyond middle, or rarely to beyond origin of

7, occasionally connected with cell beyond middle.

The group is closely related to the Notodontide ; so

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.)

‘

54 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

closely that it may be assumed to have been derived

from an early form of that family. It does not appear

that there is any direct affinity with the Noctuina, as is

commonly supposed. The reduction in the number of

abdominal pro-legs in the larva of some Noctuina is the

only ostensible ground for such a supposition, and is of

little value, as there is no reason why such reduction

should not have occurred quite independently. In other

essential characters there is no approximation between

the two groups; particular stress is to be laid on the

difference in origin of vein 5 of the fore wings.

The definition of the group has been framed above so

as to exclude the Strophidiade (Microniade), which I

formerly included in it; I have recognised that the

genera placed in that family (Strophidia, Stesichora, &c.)

are in essential characters identical with the group of

genera called by Guenée Uranides, as well as with

Hrosia, Syngria, Molybdophora, &c., and also with

Asthenia and its allies; the whole forming a single

natural family (scarcely represented in the Kuropean

region, but sufficiently numerous within the tropics),

which has marked affinity with the Geometrina, but can-

not be advantageously included with them. For this

family 1 think the term Uraniade should probably be

retained. The larve have usually the full number of

ten pro-legs, though one or two pairs are said to be

rudimentary in some instances.

In the Geometrina the larve almost always have the

pro-legs reduced to four only. In a few cases there are

six well-developed pro-legs, and rudiments of the other

two pairs are occasionally present. Too much stress

should not be laid on this character ; for, although the

deficiency of pro-legs very early became a fixed attribute

of the group, and it is practically impossible for them to

reappear in any of the more highly developed genera,

yet in the more ancestral forms it is by no means un-

likely that, when the larve are fully known, some may

be found which retain the full primitive number.

The presence of the ocelli in a few species does not

appear to have any generic value in this group. The

prominence of the forehead also seems to be of little

practical importance. The maxillary palpi are invariably

obsolete. ‘The labial palpi present hardly any structural

variation, except in relative size, and in the greater or

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 55

less development of the projecting scales or hairs clothing

the second joint; the terminal joint is more or less

cylindrical and obtuse, usually very short. The differ-

ences in the structure of the antenn are simple, but

always of some importance, though not as a leading

character. As a general rule, where there are nearly

allied forms with pectinated and simple antenne, those

with the pectinated antennx are the earlier. In the

fore wings vein la is usually very short, and in some

instances tends to be obsolete. Vein 1) has normally

a well-marked basal furcation of moderate length, but

the lower branch of this fork is commonly much more

slender, and tends to be obsolete; when there appears

to be no fureation, it is because this branch has become

quite obsolete, and the result is never (as in the Pyral-

dina) effected by the gradual shortening of the fork.

Vein 1c is obsolete. In the hind wings 1 c¢ is also obso-

lete; la and 1b are normally present, but in a few

instances, where absorption of the inner marginal area

has taken place, 1a seems to be absent. Vein 8 has a

short but strong basal furcation.

Although in external structure there are but few

characters available for generic definition (in comparison

with the Pyralidina, for instance), the neuration affords

abundant material. The structure of veins 5 and 8 of

the hind wings affords an easy means of separating the

group into families which are at once highly natural and

easy to recognise. In the fore wings the remarkable

differences in the structure of veins 10 and 11 are of

considerable though inferior value; here, however, care

has to be taken to eliminate the element of variability.

The tendency to anastomosis of these veins with one

another and with 9 or 12 is far more pronounced in this

group than in any other, though by no means confined

to it. The term anastomosis is used when two veins

meet, coincide for a short or long distance, and separate

again ; conection when two veins are united by a trans-

verse bar; and I use the latter term also to include

those very frequent cases when the bar is so short as to

be reduced to a point, so that the veins appear to touch

at a point only; this is of course, in fact, the inter-

mediate stage between connection and anastomosis.

Although in the following diagnoses I have kept these

two terms distinct, yet there is little essential difference

56 Mr. HK. Meyrick on the classification of

between them ; in some species connection and anastoni-

osis occur indiser iminately in different individuals.

It is curious that authors have generally failed to

recognise that Brephos is a true member of this group.

On the other hand, a few species of other groups are

sometimes referred here. The following have been

erroneously classed with the Geometrina, and will not

be found amongst my genera :—

oranaria, Lue. Classed by Staudinger under Sterrha ;

it belongs to the Arctiade, near Emydia.

apicipunctata, Christ. Referred by its author to Aci-

dalia. If [have correctly identified this species, it be-

longs to the Uraniade, and approaches Hrosia and

Hversmannia.

exornata, Ky. The genus Hversmannia, founded on

this species, is closely allied to Hrosia, and belongs to

the Uraniade. The larve of Hrosia, I may mention,

are like those of ordinary Noctue, and have the 10 pro-

legs fully developed ; I have bred them myself.

erasaria, Christ. ‘This species, which I have not seen,

is referred by its author to Mversmannia, and may be

presumed to be rightly placed there.

guttata, Christ. The genus Sericophara is founded on

this species; I have not seen it, but from the neural

characters given by its author there cannot be the least

doubt that it belongs to the Noctuina.

dentistrigate, Alph. The genus Imitator (a bad name)

is founded on this species; figures of the neuration are

given, Which make it perfectly clear that this also be-

longs to the Noctuina.

oreophila, Stgr. (undescribed ?). This species, received

as a Geometer under the generic name of Fergana, is, in

fact, a species of Stilbia, usually referred to the Noctuina,

though an anomalous form; at any rate, it has no

relationship to the Geometrina.

TABULATION OF FAMILIES.

1. Hind wings with 5 imperfect or obsolete .. 6. SELIDOSEMIDE.

Hind wings with 5 fully developed ae : 2.

. Hind wings with 5 rising much nearer 6 than 4 5. GEOMETRIDAE.

Hind wings with 5 rising from about or below

middle of transverse vein XC ore 3.

3. Hind wings with 8 connected with cell by an

oblique bar towards base te a .. 9. ORTHOSTIXIDE.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 57

Hind wings with 8 not connected with cell by

bar near base... , : : 30 4.

4. Hind wings with 8 very one Agiomosta

with cell near base, thence rapidly diverging 4. STERRHID.

Hind wings with 8 approximated to or anastom-

osing with cell to middle or beyond .. are Be

5. Hind wings with 8 free or shortly anastomosing

with cell near base only : 2. MonocTrENIaDm.

Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell ‘to

beyond middle, or connected with it by bar be-

yond middle ae dic 30 Sc .. 1. HypriomMENIp2&.

It seems to me that at present clearness and intelligi-

bility is best attained by treating all these six groups

as equivalent families; they are in practice all easily

separated by structure, and are also without doubt

natural groups which are conveniently discussed as

wholes. But the distinctions between families 2—5 are

of a less marked character, less absolute, and tend more

to be destroyed by intermediate cradations ; and there

would be much to be said for treating these four as sub-

families of one family (Geometride), to be accorded equal

rank with the other two, the Hydriomenide and Selido-

semide. I conceive it to be a question of convenience,

and a matter of judgment rather than of fact, and

probably the most careful students may be found to hold

various opinions on the point.

1. HYDRIOMENIDA.

Fore wings with vein 10 rising separate, anastomosing with 11

and 9, or rising out of 11 and anastomosing with 9. Hind wings

with vein 5 fully developed, 6 and 7 almost always stalked or from

a point, 8 anastomosing with upper margin of cell from near base

to beyond middle, or sometimes approximated only and connected

by bar or shortly anastomosing beyond middle.

The peculiar anastomosis of vein 8 in the hind wings

is highly characteristic of this family; it does not exist

in the same form in any other family of the Lepidoptera,

save in the case of one or two exceptional genera. It is

occasionally so far modified as to be represented only by

a connecting bar beyond middle of wills this structure,

occurring especially in the males of the Lobop hora

group, 1s clearly caused by a tendency to lateral expan-

sion of the wing, which takes place usually in com-

pensation for the absorption of a considerable portion of

‘

58 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

the inner marginal area in forming the characteristic

lobes or pockets of that group. Even in this modified

form it is almost equally peculiar, though of course a

connecting bar nearer base is common. The constant

and uniform anastomosis of veins 9,10, 11 of fore wings

also affords a very distinctive feature, equally absolute

though less exclusive; it has the effect of producing a

constant auxiliary cell, which in the generic descriptions

of this family is termed the areole ; when 10 and 11 rise

separately, the resulting areole is double; when they

are coincident towards base, it is simple. The com-

bination of these well-marked characters with the

ordinary structure of the Geometrina renders the family

particularly easy of recognition. Also, as in all cases

forms possessing the simple areole must necessarily

have originated in the first instance from forms with the

double areole (the reverse process is obviously im-

possible), and forms with the connecting bar in the

hind wings from forms with complete anastomosis (in

this case the retrograde change is certainly quite possible,

but not very probable, and I have not detected any

instance of it), considerable assistance is given towards

determining the order of development of the genera.

The tongue is well-developed in all European genera,

and is therefore not specially mentioned.

In one European genus (also in one or two exotics not

closely related to it, and I have recorded an instance

occurring abnormally in the case of one individual of an

exotic species)* the posterior wall of the areole is wholly

absent through obsolescence; this causes the neuration

to appear very different, as it would seem that vein 7 is

quite separate from 8 and 9, whilst 10 seems to rise out

of 9, and 11 to anastomose with 9, or if the areole was

simple, to rise also out of 9. If this structure had only

occurred in a single instance, it would have been very

puzzling; there is, however, no doubt that it has

originated in the way described, and it is particularly

necessary to have a right conception of the process, as

it would otherwise be an unaccountable exception to an

absolute character of the whole of the Geometrina. The

sudden disappearance of a portion of a vein is still very

curious and unusual, and probably depends on some

phy siological fact at present wie aha 2

pres Thon Soc. N.S. Wales, 1890, 82:

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 59

Structural variation within specific limits is in this

family slight; the principal diversity is in the origin of

vein 6 of the fore wings, which frequently rises either

out of 9, or separate, in different individuals of the same

species; this occurs more or less in nearly all the

genera, and is therefore not specially mentioned in the

diagnoses.

The family is a dominant one, and contains a very

great number of species, spread all over the world. The

uniformity of structure throughout these is remarkable,

and their systematic classification is proportionately

difficult. Probably Lythria is the oldest Kuropean form

of the family, though the New Zealand genus Notoreas

is still more ancestral, and in fact fulfils all the require-

ments of the primitive type. This must be derived from

a genus closely approaching, or even perhaps identical

with, the Australian Oenone in the Monocteniade, to

which in Europe Brephos is the nearest approximation.

From Notoreas springs immediately the Xanthorhoe

eroup, and also through Dasyuris the ‘Hydriomena group.

From the latter the four sroups typified respectively by

T'ephroclystis, Lobophora, Hucestia, and Asthena, are

viven off as so many diverging branches, which are

themselves again variously branched. A linear arrange-

ment of the genera of course cannot display this rela-

tionship effectually, but the main features are set forth

above, and the natural affinities of the other genera con-

stituting the various groups are explained under their

respective heads.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Posterior wall of areole absent .. a .. 23. CATACLYSME.

Posterior wall of areole present .. 56 dc 2.

2. Posterior tibie without median spurs .. xe 3.

Posterior tibize with all spurs present .. De 4.

3. Hind wings in ff with inner marginal lobe .. 2. TricHoprrryx.

Hind wings in § without lobe .. ae .. 11. GyMNoSCcELIS.

4. Areole simple 5 ore vs 5G eis 3.

Areole double bc 3 aye 39 17.

5. Fore wings with vein 11 running into 12 are 6.

Fore wings with vein 11 free from 12 .. ae iis

6. Fore wings in g with rough eee hairs on

costa ec 9, PHRISSOGONUS.

Fore wings in ¢ witout “Grae fears on pet 10. CHLOROCLYSIIS.

60 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

7. Hind wings in § with inner marginal lobe .. 3. Mysricoprmra.

Hind wings in § without lobe .. +. sre 8.

8. Antenne in § pectinated .. oe 3c re 9:

Antenne in g simple oC Ap dc 14.

9. Thorax hairy beneath ; pee with long rough

hairs 5 : ac .. 35, LyTHria.

Thorax glabrous ; aig rough: soalea ae Ac 10.

10. Hind wings in § with inner marginal fold .. 8, TyLoprEra.

Hind wings in § without inner marginal fold .. Hike

11. Face forming an obtuse prominence .. .. 31. Raopomerra.

Face not forming a prominence .. Te on 12.

12. Hind wings without frenulum (?).. 3 .. 6, LeprosreGna.

Hind wings with frenulum present ae oa 13.

13. Face with projecting scales aie fe .. 32. ASAPHODES.

Face without projecting scales .. a0 .. 29. VENUSIA.

14. Antenne in ¢ ciliated with long fascicles; 9

semiapterous .. 5 .. 28. OPEROPHTERA.

Antenne in g shortly anal Seale eevede co)

winged .. 36 St oe 43 50 15.

15. Face flat, smooth .. Ae #3 .. 27. EUCHGCA. -

Face rounded, with more or less projecting scales 16.

16. Abdomen with small segmental crests .. 12. TrpHROCLYSTIS.

Abdomen not crested 58 B60 re 22. PLEMYRIA.

17. Antenne in § pectinated.. 46 3¢ Bc 18.

Antenne in g not pectinated 21.

18. Antenne in g bipectinated 50 atc oo 1S),

23.

24.

. Face flat, smooth

Face rounded, with more or less projecting scales ¢

. Hind wingsin g with inner marginal lobe...

Antenne in g unipectinated

. Hind wings in ¢ with inner marginal lobe

Hind wings in § without lobe .. Se oe

ae we ee ee ee

Hind wings in § without lobe

ee oe oe

. Thorax with horny anterior prominence

Thorax without horny prominence go

Hind wings in § with basal inner cas

ridge and pocket o8

Hind wingsin g without basal ridge and paaket

Anterior tibie hooked Se ote ae

Anterior tibiz not hooked.. A ie

5. Hind wings with vein 8 Aare connected iy

bar cis an % an

Hind wings with vein 8 guaatoniostne with cell

. Hind wings in g with deep inner marginal fur-

row above ne a ; a she

Hind wings in ¢ without inner senate furrow

. Inner marginal furrow with large lateral hair

tuft ne gua ate oe ate ae

‘

14. PaLZocrenis.

1. SPARTA.

20%

30. OcHoponria.

33. XANTHORHOE.

4. LopopuHora.

22:

25. PELURGA.

Zoe

24.

26.

16. Kucrsttia.

25.

15. ScHISTOSTEGH.

17. Carsta.

28.

18. CaLocaLpe.

the Geometrina of the Europein fauna. 61

Inner marginal furrow without hair tuft -. 5. BrssopHora.

28. Thorax hairy beneath; palpi with long rough

hairs a ye 58 ic a6 .. 34. Dasyuris.

Thorax glabrous ; palpi with projecting scales 29.

29. Fore wings in g with hair-pencil beneath along

vein lb <2 AR 36 aoe es .. 21. Eustroma.

Fore wings in 3 without hair-pencil on vein 1) 30.

30. Fore wings in 3 with streak of spreading hairs

clothing submedian fold beneath 0 .. 20. Lastoema.

Fore wings in § without submedian streak of

hairs ‘ o. 56 He sé ae 31.

31. Abdomenin 3 with anal claspers extremely large,

exserted .. a6 ae bo a0 .. 19. PHIvEReme.

Abdomen in g with anal claspers normal are 32.

32. Face flat, smooth .. bye He ae of BBY

Face rounded, with more or less projecting scales 34.

33. Hind wings in g\ with vein 3 absent .. -- 7. LiGranoa.

Hind wings in ¢ with all veins present -. 26. ASTHENA.

34, Abdomen with segmental crests throughout .. 13. Evcymatocn.

Abdomen not crested, or at most on one or two

basal segments .. Be) $3 “ie .. 24. Hypriomena.

1. Sparta, Stgr.

Face smooth. Palpi porrected. Antennx in J bipectinated to

apex. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibiae with all spurs

present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in J much

reduced, with inner marginal lobe forming a pocket; 2in 3 absent,

8 connected to cell by bar, cell short.

A development of Lobophora; it appears to have dis-

tinct affinity with the South American Dyspteris. It

contains only one South European species.

paradoxaria, Steger.

2. Trichopreryx, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short or long, porrected, rough-sealed.

Antenne in $ filiform, shortly ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath.

Abdomen sometimes crested. Posterior tibie in both sexes with

median spurs absent, in g sometimes with long hair-pencil. Fore

wings with areole double. Hind wings in g with folded lobe on

inner margin, neuration more or less distorted; 6 and 7 sometimes

separate, 8in g connected by bar with cell near apex, or rarely

with 7, or asin ?, in 9 anastomosing with cell from near base to

beyond middle, or rarely asin g.

A limited genus, immediately developed from Lobo-

phora ; it occurs throughout the temperate regions of

‘

62 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

the northern hemisphere. The modification of the

structure of vein 8 of the hind wings in the ? of some

species, so that it resembles that of the ¢, may be

regarded as an instance of the transference through

inheritance of secondary sexual characters. The con-

verse in the ¢ may be simply retention of an original

character, or reversion. The occasional separation of

veins 6 and 7 (very rare in this family) is obviously due

to the same tendency to lateral expansion which, as

noted above, has modified the structure of vein 8, to

compensate for the area absorbed by the folded lobe.

viretata, Hb. *expressata, Christ.

appensata, Evy. sertata, Hb.

*ustata, Christ. sabinata, H.-G.

carpinata, Bkh. polycommata, Hb.

3. MysTICoPTERA, n. g.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,

rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ filiform, minutely ciliated. Thorax

glabrous beneath. Abdomen crested. Posterior tibie with all

spurs present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings in $

with doubly folded lobe on inner margin; 2 absent in g, 8in J

connected with cell by bar beyond middle, in 9 anastomosing with

cell from near base to beyond middle.

Contains only the following species at present, in-

habiting Central and Northern Europe; it is a develop-

ment of Lobophora.

sexalisata, Hb.

4. LopopHora, Curt.

Face smooth or with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate or

short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax

glabrous beneath. Abdomen crested. Posterior tibie with all

spurs present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in $

with more or less developed folded lobe on inner margin, neuration

sometimes distorted ; 6 and 7 sometimes separate, 8 anastomosing

with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A small genus, occurring in Europe and North

America; its identification in other regions is not yet

certainly made out.

halterata, Hufn.

externata, H.-S.

*internata, Pung.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 65

5. BEssopHora, n. g.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, rough-sealed. Antennze

in $ filiform, minutely ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-

terior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.

Hind wings in g with deep hairy furrowed fold along inner mar-

gin on upper surface, absorbing dorsal half of wing ; 8 connected

with cell by bar about middle.

Includes only the following East Asiatic species. It

is nearly related to Lobophora, and may probably be a

modification of it. Christoph has described the genus

under the name of Ptychoptera, which is, however, pre-

occupied in the Diptera.

Staudingeri, Christ.

6. Leprostrana, Christ.

Palpi very short. Antenne in $ shortly bipectinated. Posterior

tibiz with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole simple.

Hind wings without frenulum (?).

The above incomplete characters are taken from

Christoph, as I have not been able to obtain a specimen.

I judge that the genus is probably a good one, and

referable to this neighbourhood, but I should expect that

the g would show some additional structure which has

been overlooked in the hind wings, and think that the

alleged absence of the frenulum requires confirmation.

The single species is East Asiatic.

*tenerata, Christ.

7. Lyaranoa, Butl.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, shortly rough-sealed.

Antenne in § with two minute processes on each side of each

joint, emitting long fascicles of cilia. Thorax glabrous beneath.

Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in 3 with vein 3

absent, 6 and 7 separate, 8 connected with cell by bar beyond

middle (in 9 probably normal).

Certainly a development of the Lobophora group, but

its exact atlinity is at present doubtful. I have not seen

the posterior legs, which are broken in my type, or the

@. The gs shows neither lobe nor fold on the inner

margin of the hind wings, but the differences in neuration

from the normal type of the family probably indicate

‘

64 Mr. E. Meyrick on the elassification of

that it is descended from a form possessing some such

structure, and that whilst having lost the structure

itself, it has retained the abnormal neuration, which was

in the first instance induced by the presence of the

structure. The single species is from Eastern Asia and

Japan.

fusca, Butl.

8. Tynoprera, Christ.

Face with hardly projecting scales. Palpi rather short, por-

rected, rough-scaled. Antenne in both sexes bipectinated, apex

simple. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibize with all spurs

present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings in 3 with

inner margin folded over above, veins 2 and 7 (?) absent (Christ.) ;

8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle in ?.

I have only seen the ?; the characters of the other

sex are taken from Christoph. He alleges that the

frenulum is absent, and possibly in the ¢ it may be so,

but in the ? is certainly present. Probably the genus

has some near affinity with Bessophora. If the Japanese

bella, Butl., is identical, there is but one East Asiatic

species.

eburneata, Christ.

9. Purissoconus, Butl.

Face with short cone of scales or smooth. Palpi moderate or

short, porrected, more or lessrough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated

or naked. Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdomen slightly crested.

Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings in 3 with

swelling or tuft or rough scales on costa, vein 5 sometimes dis-

torted or absent; areole simple, 11 running into 12. Hind wings

with vein 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond

middle.

A genus of half-a-dozen Australasian species, from

which the above characters are drawn; the following

little-known South European species, which I have

not seen, must be nearly allied to these, and is probably

congeneric. Rambur described it under the generic

name T'hysanodes, which is, however, preoccupied in the

Coleoptera. It is an offshoot of Chloroclystis.

*phryganea, Ubr.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 65

10. Cunorocrystis, Hb.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-

scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated shortly (in exotics sometimes fasci-

culate-ciliated or naked). Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdomen

crested. Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with

areole simple, 11 running into or anastomosing with 12. Hind

wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond

middle.

A development of Tephroclystis. It is a very natural

genus, and is even recognisable superficially by the

peculiar form of the posterior edge of the median band,

and the strong tendency to a green coloration, which is

not found in its near allies. It is especially character-

istic of New Zealand, where there are at least 8 species,

and there is another in Australia; it has not yet been

certainly identified elsewhere. I described it under

the name of Pasiphila, being then unacquainted with

Hubner’s genus.

coronata, Hb.

rectangulata, L.

chloerata, Mab.

debiliata, Hb.

*agilata, Christ.

11. Gyuyoscetis, Mab.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-

sealed. Antennz in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdo-

men crested. Posterior tibie in both sexes without median spurs.

Fore wings with areole simple, 11 sometimes anastomosing with or

running into 12. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from

near base to beyond middle.

A small genus, probably overlooked, but containing

several Malayan and Polynesian species. It is an off-

shoot of Tephroclystis, with near collateral relationship

to Chloroclystis. The structure of vein 11 is variable

within the limits of the same species ; in the European

species it is sometimes free, sometimes anastomoses

with 12.

pumilata. Hb.

12. TepHroctystis, Hb.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected. rough-

sealed. Antennz in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdo-

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) F

66 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

men more or less distinctly crested throughout. Posterior tibie

with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind

wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond

middle.

This large genus is especially characteristic of the

European region ; a few species occur in North America,

but elsewhere it is hardly known to exist. It is certainly

a development of Hucymatoge, which indicates the

transition from the Hydriomena group. The structural

variation in the genus is very small; the abdominal

crests and frontal scale-cone are sometimes very slight.

Only in one abnormal specimen of 7’. isogrammaria have

I observed a very short anastomosis of vein 11 with 12;

this was probably a mere sport, but in any case remains

quite distinct from the structure of Chloroclystis.

*luteostrigata, Ster.

*limbata, Stgr.

laquearia, H.-S.

venosata, F.

*silenicolata, Mab.

expallidata, Gn.

distinctaria, H.-S. abietaria, Goze.

extraversaria, H.-S. breviculata, Donz.

campanulata, H.-S. _ *gueneata, Mill.

minutata, Gn. succenturiata, L.

absinthiata, Cl. *biornata, Christ.

assimilata, Gn. castigata, Hb.

pimpinellata, Hb. lariciata, Frr.

acteata, Wald. virgaureata, Dbld.

alliaria, Stgr. *undosata, Dietz.

*zibellinata, Christ. denticulata, Tr.

valerianata, Hb.

albipunctata, Hw.

vulgata, Hw.

*gratiosata, H.-S.

oblongata, Thnb.

subfulvata, Hw.

*subtiliata, Christ.

satyrata, Hb.

*eynensata, Grasl.

rivulosata, Dietz.

veratraria, H.-S.

*subpulchrata, Alph.

pulchellata, Stph.

linariata, F.

digitaliaria, Dietz.

*subsequaria, H.-S.

*tribunaria, H.-S.

graphata, Tr.

scriptaria, H.-S.

*Mayeri, Mn.

*riparia, H.-S.

*italicata, Gn.

ultimaria, B.

*minusculata, Alph.

cerussaria, Ld.

fenestrata, Mill.

* pernotata, Gn..

cauchyata, Dup.

immundata, Z.

plumbeolata, Hw.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 67

isogrammaria, H.-S.

pygmeata, Hb.

tenuiata, Hb.

silenata, Stdfs.

trisignaria, H.-S.

selinata, H.-S.

conterminata, Z.

indigata, Hb.

*nigritaria, Ster.

massiliata, Mill. -

*sextiata, Mill.

constrictata, Gn.

altenaria, Ster.

subciliata, Gn.

pusillata, F.

*cocciferata, Mill.

abbreviata, Stph.

dodoneata, Gn.

exiguata, Hb.

*exactata, Stgr.

*lentiscata, Mab.

irriquata, Hb.

glaucomictata, Mn.

*extremata, F.

*despectaria, Ld.

insigniata, Hb.

designata, Stgr.

hyperboreata, Stgr.

*nobilitata, Ster.

fraxinata, Crewe.

innotata, Hufn.

tamarisciata, Frr.

euphrasiata, H.-S.

*gemellata, H.-S.

lanceata, Hb.

insignata, Stgr.

mnemosynata, Mill.

pheniceata, Rbr.

oxycedrata, Rbr.

*yosmarinata, Mill.

*unedonata, Mill.

sobrinata, Hb.

*nauxillata, Rbr.

*ericeata, Rbr.

*Schmidii, Dietz.

helveticaria, B.

scopariata, Rbr.

*littorata, Const.

*santolinata, Mab.

artemisiata, Const.

nanata, Hb.

*albofasciata, Stgr.

*Sydyi, Stgr.

extensaria, F rr.

*furcata, Stgr.

13. Eucymatocsr, Hb.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-

scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdo-

men more or less distinctly crested throughout. Posterior tibize

with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind

wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond

middle.

With the exception of two Australian species, I have

not absolutely identified this genus outside the Kuropean

region, but it probably occurs more widely. It is in its

nature transitional, and passes into Hydriomena by

slight gradations,

F »

‘

68 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

sinuosaria, Ev. togata, Hb.

suboxydata, Stgr. sparsata, Tr.

*lepsaria, Ster. aquata, Hb.

*saisanaria, Ster. vitalbata, Hb.

*unitaria, H.-S. tersata, Hb.

impurata, Hb. corticata, Tr.

millefoliata, Rossl. *scotosiata, Gn.

*snissilineata, Metz. emulata, Hb.

subnotata, Hb. *lucillata, Gn.

*amplexata, Christ. *calligrapharia, H.-S.

scabiosata, Bkh. *incurvaria, Ersch.

nepetata, Mab.

14. PaLMOCTENIS, N. g.

Face subprominent, with somewhat projecting scales. Palpi

moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g unipectinated

to apex. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibize with all spurs

present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in % with

a transparent basal spot near inner margin, bordered beneath by

a membranous bladdery ridge, forming small pocket on lower

surface ; 8 connected with cell by bar near angle.

A development of Hucestia. The uniserial pectinations

of the antenne are unique in this family; in the

Monocteniade they are very common, and possibly a

tendency to reversion may be indicated here; there is

certainly no direct relationship. The single species is

North African. The genus was named Heterepsis by

Guenée, but that name is preoccupied in the Lepidoptera

by Westwood.

testaria, F.

15. Scuistostreer, Hb.

Face rather prominent, with somewhat projecting scales. Palpi

moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax

glabrous beneath. Posterior tibiz with all spurs present. Fore

wings with areole double. Hind wings in g¢ with a transparent

basal spot near inner margin, bordered beneath by a membranous

bladdery ridge, forming small pocket on lower surface ; 8 connected

with cell by bar near angle.

Also a development of Hucestia. It contains only the

two following species, characteristic of South-east Kurope,

decussata, Bkh.

nubilaria, ‘Hb.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 69

16. Evcestia, Hb.

Face forming a more or less strongly developed obtuse promin-

ence. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢

ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Anterior tibiz very short,

with strong apical horny hook; posterior tibiz with all spurs

present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings in g with

a transparent basal spot near inner margin, bordered beneath by

a membranous bladdery ridge, forming small pocket on lower

surface; 3 and 4 sometimes stalked in g, 8 anastomosing with

cell from near base to beyond middle, orin g sometimes connected

with cell by bar beyond middle only.

The principal member of a well-defined group origin-

ating from J7Zydrivmena. It is characteristic of the

3 ty ;

European region, but extends into India.

spartiata, Fuesl. erubescens, Ster.

*linogrisearia, Const. columbata, Metz.

rufata, F. lithoxylata, Hb.

flavicornata, Z. mundulata, Gn.

griseata, Schiff. boisduvaliata, Dup.

farinata, Hufn. plagiata, L.

*luminosata, Christ. numidaria, H.-8.

*distinctata, Christ. preformata, Hb.

*amenata, Christ. *raudulentata, H.-S.

bosporaria, H.-S. obsitaria, Ld.

duplicata, Hb. *opificata, Ld.

*castiliaria, Steger. simpliciata, Tr.

excelsata, EKrsch. *fraternata, H.-S.

Staudingeri, Ersch. *perpetuata, Ld.

*senata, Christ.

17. Carsia, Hb.

Face prominent. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled.

Antenne in § ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior

tibiw with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind

wings in g with a transparent basal spot near inner margin,

bordered beneath by a membranous bladdery ridge, forming small

pocket on lower surface; 8 anastomosing with cell shortly beyond

middle.

The single species, ranging throughout the colder

regions of Northern Europe, Asia, and America, only

differs from Hucestia in the absence of the tibial hook.

paludata, Thnb.

70 Mr. B. Meyrick on the classification of

18. CanocaLpr, Hb.

Face with cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-

sealed. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-

terior tibie in g sometimes densely rough-scaled above, with all

spurs present, but in g very short. Fore wings with areole

double. Hind wings in 3 with deep fold along inner margin

beneath, containing large lateral hair-tuft posteriorly ; 8 anastom-

osing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A development of Hydriomena. Although a small

group, it ranges throughout Europe, Northern Asia, and

North America.

flavipes, Mén. certata, Hb.

*varia, Hed. *excultata, Christ.

*Christophi, Hed. montivagata, Dup.

*veternata, Christ. undulata, L.

19. Poitereme, Hb.

Face with cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-

sealed. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrousbeneath. Abdo-

men in ¢ with anal claspers extremely large, exserted. Posterior

tibia with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.

Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to

beyond middle.

A development of Hydriomena; at present restricted

to the two following species, which extend through

Central Europe to Eastern Asia.

vetulata, Schiff.

rhamnata, Schiff.

20. LastoaMma, n.¢g.

Face rather rounded-prominent. Palpi moderate, porrected,

rough-scaled. Antenne in ciliated, Thorax glabrous beneath.

Posterior tibize with all spurs present. Fore wings in g beneath

with a streak of long dense spreading hairs clothing submedian

fold from base to near hind margin; areole double. Hind wings

with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A development of Hydriomena, with some collateral

relationship to both the preceding and following genera.

Besides the two following Asiatic species, the Japanese

lucicolans, Butl., belongs to it. Staudinger has described

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 71

the genus under the name of T'richopleura, which is,

however, preoccupied in Pisces.

palearctica, Stgr. (2=undulosa, Alph.).

*atrostrigata, Brem.

21. Kustroma, Hb.

Face with cone of scales or almost smooth. Palpi moderate or

rather long, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g ciliated,

sometimes serrate-dentate. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior

tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings in $ with strong hair-

pencil lying near inner margin from base beneath, sometimes

partially clothing 1b; areole double. Hind wings with 8 anastom-

osing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

Also an offshoot from Hydriomena, characteristic of

the European region and North America.

tibialis, Esp. testata, L.

reticulata, F. Ledereri, Brem.

prunata, L. roessleraria, Stgr.

pyropata, Hb. convergenata, Brem.

associata, Bkh. ludovicaria,Oberth. (=ti-

populata, L. grinata, Christ.).

22. Puemyria, Hb.

Face with slight cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,

rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath.

Posterior tibiz with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole

simple. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near

base to beyond middle.

A genus of some extent and very wide range, most

numerous in South America, elsewhere subordinate to

Hydriomena, of which it is a development. The con-

nection is very close, and the terminal European species

must be extremely near the ancestral form; hence the

genus probably originated in Europe.

coloraria, H.-S. *funerata, Hb.

Haberhaueri, Ld. *fulminata, Alph.

bicolorata, Hutn. tristata, L.

hastata, L. (=thulearia, rivata, Hb.

H.-S.). sociata, Bkh.

luctuata, Hb. galiata, Hb.

72 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification o

23. CatactysmME, Hb.

Face with more or less slightly projecting scales. Palpi moderate,

porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated, sometimes dentate.

Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibize with all spurs present.

Fore wings with areole double, but posterior wall absent between

7 and 8. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near

base to beyond middle.

A close development of Hydriomena, not at present

known to occur outside the European region.

virgata, Rott.

*intersecta, Ster.

uniformata, Bell.

riguata, Hb.

comparata, Stgr.

24. Hypriomena, Hb.

Face with more or less slightly projecting or loose scales, or with

conical tuft. Palpi moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-

scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated, rarely dentate or naked. Thorax

often crested, glabrous beneath. Abdomen not crested, or with

crests on two basal segments only. Posterior tibiz with all spurs

present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings with 8

anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A very large genus, principally characteristic of tem-

perate regions in both hemispheres. In so large a

number of species there is naturally some slight struc-

tural variation in most details, but the gradations are so

slight that I have not been able to subdivide the genus

further; and, as here restricted, it is not, in fact, so

large as to be unmanageable.

ocellata, L. pauperaria, Ky.

simulata, Hb. depeculata, Ld.

variata, Schiff. picata, Hb.

juniperata, L. *ludificata, Ster.

cupressata, H.-G. miata, L.

sagittata, F. siterata, Hutn.

fulvata, Forst. sordidata, F.

dotata, L. trifasciata, Bkh.

Fiaxseni, Brem. literata, Don.

agnes, Butl. (=festinaria, truncata, Hufn.

Christ.). immanata, Hw. (prob.

Danilovi, Ersch. =—=PrmEC,)s

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 73

destinata, Moschl.

capitata, H.-S.

silaceata, Hb.

*chlorovenosata, Christ.

corylata, Thnb.

guriata, Emich.

suffumata, Hb.

Jluidata, Ld.

*cuprearia, H.-S.

Srustata, Tr. ;

*obvallata, Ld.

tophaceata, Hb.

achromaria, Lah.

alpicolaria, H.-8.

cesiata, Lang.

infidaria, Lah.

flavicinctata, Hb.

cyanata, Hb.

nobiliaria, H.-S.

*intermediaria, Alph.

*vallesiaria, Lah.

*sandosaria, H.-S.

*senectaria, H.-S.

verberata, Se.

*tbericata, Stgr.

wmcultaria, H.-S.

*impunctata, Ster.

nebulata, Tr.

*approximata, Stgr.

casearia, Const.

corollaria, H.-S.

incertata, Stgr.

pulchrata, Alph.

sabaudiata, Dup. (=ta-

ochata, Ld.).

*Oberthueri, Hed.

dubitata, L.

pervagata, Christ.

rogata, Steger.

badiata, Hb.

nigrofjasciaria, Goze.

*alhambrata, Steyr.

rubidata, F.

berberata, Schiff.

cuculata, Hufn.

permixtaria, H.-S.

hortulanaria, Ster.

albicillata, L.

alaudaria, Frr.

mandschuricata, Brem.

adequata, Bkh.

transversata, Thnb. (lugu-

brata, Stgr.).

molluginata, Hb.

unangulata. Hw.

minorata, Tr.

teniata, Stph.

unifasciata, Hw.

alchenullata, L.

affinitata, Stph.

hydrata, Tr.

*lugdunaria, H.-§.

decolorata, Hb.

albulata, Schiff.

niphonica, Butl. (=sua-

vata, Christ.).

procellata, F.

*basochesiata, Dup.

malvata, Rbr.

*putridaria, H.-8.

*adumbraria, H.-S.

*filaria, Ty.

scripturata, Hb.

*kalischata, Stgr.

bistrigata, Tr.

bilineata, L.

*confusaria, Ster.

albostrigaria, Brem.

plurilinearia, Moore.

(=unistirpis, Butl.).

defectata, Christ.

fluviata, Hb.

cespitaria, Christ.

polygrammata, Bkh.,

lapidata, Hb.

74 Mr. BE. Meyrick on the classification of

25. PELURGA, HO:

Face with hardly projecting scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,

rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ shortly ciliated. Thorax with horny

rounded prominence anteriorly, crested posteriorly, beneath

glabrous. Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings

with areole double. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell

from near base to beyond middle.

A special modification of Hydriomena; the single

species ranges through Central Europe to Eastern Asia.

comitata, L.

26. AstuHena, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, slender, loosely scaled.

Antenne in & shortly ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-

terior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.

Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to

beyond middle.

A genus of a few scattered species, most numerous in

the Australian region ; it rises directly from Hydriomena.

dilutata, Bkh. (= filigrammaria, H.-S.).

murinata, Se.

candidata, Schiff.

*nymphulata, Gn.

oy Eucuaca, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, slender, loosely scaled.

Antenne in ¢ shortly ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-

terior tibiz# with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole simple.

Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to

beyond middle.

A development of Asthena, containing, besides the

following, a few American species and one Australian.

chionata, Ld.

luteata, Schiff.

obliterata, Hufn.

*semistrigata, Christ.

sylvata, Hb.

Blomeri, Curt.

28. OprropuTeRA, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, loosely sealed. Antenne

in g serrate, strongly ciliated with fascicles, Thorax glabrous

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 75

beneath. Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with

areole simple. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from

near base to beyond middle. @ with aborted wings.

A development of Hucheca; the fasciculate antennal

ciliations of the ¢, and aborted wings of the @, seem

correlated with the appearance of the imago in winter,

as is so often the case with winter species of all families.

Besides the two following species, which occur through-

out Northern and Central Europe, one at least ranging

into North America, there is a third in Japan.

brumata, L.

boreata, Hb.

29. Venusia, Curt.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, subascending, loosely scaled.

Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax glabrous be-

neath. Posterior tibiz with all spurs present. Fore wings with

areole simple. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from

near base to beyond middle.

The single European species ranges into Japan and

North America. Besides this I am only acquainted

with three New Zealand species. The genus is nearly

allied to Hucheca, and is probably a collateral branch

from the same stock.

cambrica, Curt.

30. OcHopontia, Ld.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, porrected, loosely scaled.

Antenne in g bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax glabrous be-

neath. Posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings with

areole double. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from

near base to beyond middle.

The genus is an offshoot of Asthena. The single

species is a native of South-east Europe.

adustaria, F. d. W.

31. RHODOMETRA, 0. ¢.

Face more or less strongly obtusely-prominent. Palpi rather

short, porrected, loosely scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, apex

simple. Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibiee with all spurs

present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings with 8

anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle,

76 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

A small genus, apparently African in origin, which

has extended itself into Europe. Its exact affinity is

not clear; it is either related to the preceding group, or

it may possibly be a modified offshoot from Lythria ;

other African forms may probably be found which will

determine the point. This genus has long gone under

the name of Sterrha, Hb. ; as far as I can find out, this

identification seems to have been founded in the first

instance on a misreading, and never subsequently

verified or corrected by others; the genus Sterrha, Hb.,

was formed to include the one species sericeata, Hb.,

only, and there can be no doubt therefore as to the right

application of the name, which I have employed in its

proper sense hereafter.

Staudinger in his Catalogue includes under this genus

oranaria, Lue., an Algerian species; I find, however,

according to specimens received from him, that it is

not a Geometer at all, but a Bombycid of the family

Arctiade, near Emydia.

anthophilaria, Hb.

sacraria, L.

32. AsapHopEs, Meyr.

Face with tuft or hardly projecting scales. Palpi moderate,

porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in 3 bipectinated, apex simple.

Thorax glabrous beneath. Posterior tibize with all spurs present.

Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing

with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A development of Xanthorhoe. Besides the following

I am only acquainted with four species from New Zea-

land, but the genus is probably overlooked.

serraria, Z.

frigidaria, Gn.

33. XANTHORHOE, Hb.

Face with more or less slightly projecting scales or conical tuft.

Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bi-

pectinated, apex usually simple. Thorax glabrous beneath. Pos-

terior tibiz with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.

Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to

beyond middle.

A large genus, but less numerous than Hydriomena in

the Geometrina of the European fauna. Ch

all regions except New Zealand, where it is dominant.

The character of the antennal pectinations varies con-

siderably ; in some species they are very short, and then

always terminate in long fascicles of cilia, but there can

never be any doubt as to their presence.

vittata, Bkh.

Langi, Christ.

Alpherakii, Ersch.

cervinata, Schiff.

limitata, Se.

coarctata, F.

plumbaria, F.

meniata, Se.

*celinaria, Grasl.

*sartata, Alph.

peribolata, Hw.

*proximaria, Rbr.

undulata, Alph.

obvallaria, Mab.

integrata, Alph.

subproximaria, Stgr.

vicinaria, Dup.

junctata, ‘Stor.

*pinnaria, Christ.

burgaria, Ky.

bipunctaria, Schiff.

*Staudingeri, Alph.

(Kuldscha).

flavolineata, Ster.

*rectifasciaria, Ld.

parallelaria, Vill.

multistrigaria, Hw.

didymata, Li.

alexaria, Steyr.

tauaria, Christ.

jidoniata, Stgr.

turbata, Hb.

*muscicapata, Christ.

ferrugata, Cl. (= uni-

dentaria, Hw.).

pomeriaria, Hiv.

desiqnata, Rott.

*modestaria, Ersch.

munitata, Hb.

conspectaria, Mn.

quadrifasciaria, Cl.

abrasaria, H.-S.

jirmata, Hb.

montanata, Bkh.

*timozzaria, Const.

deflorata, Kirsch.

*lepidaria, Christ.

abraxaria, Butl. (= pudi-

cata, Christ.).

incursata, Hb.

fluctuata, Li.

*alfacaria, Ster.

disjunctaria, Lah.

salicata, Hb.

schneideraria, Ld.

aqueata, Hb.

*tempestaria, H.-S.

austriacaria, H.-S.

serpentinata, Ld.

ie Hb.

olivata, Bkh.

kollariaria, H.-S.

viridaria, F.

34. Dasyuris, Gn.

Face rough-haired or with projecting scales. Palpi moderate,

porrected, with long dense rough hairs. Antenne in ¢ shortly

ciliated. Thorax and coxe densely hairy beneath. Posterior

tibiew with all spurs present. Fore wings withareole double. Hind

wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond

middle.

78 Mr. FE. Meyrick on the classification of

A development of the New Zealand genus Notoreas.

I am acquainted with five New Zealand species of

Dasyuris, and two Australian ; to these the one Kuropean

species which I have seen is extremely closely allied not

only in structure but in appearance, and doubtless the

genus was once more generally distributed than it is

now.

polata, Hb.

*ravaria, Ld.

35. Lyruria, Hb.

Face rough-haired or with loosely appressed scales. Palpi

moderate, porrected, with long rough hairs. Antenne in ¢ bi-

pectinated, apex sometimes simple. Thorax roughly hairy be-

neath. Femora sometimes hairy; posterior tibie with all spurs

present. Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings with 8

anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

A development of Notoreas. Besides the following,

there are two New Zealand species. It is probable that

the generic name Botys, Latr., is applicable to this

genus; but, besides that the point is not quite certain

(though it is certainly not to be used for any other), that

name has been so largely used in a different sense in the

Pyralidina that I conceive it to be unnecessary to make

confusion by adopting it here, where there is already an

old Hibnerian name in universal use. The course is

exceptional, but it seems to me that there are exception-

ally strong reasons for it.

plumularia, Frr.

purpuraria, L. (= porphyraria, H.-8.).

sanguinaria, Dup.

*venustata, Steger.

2. MONOCTENIADA.

Hind wings with vein 5 fully developed (only in Phthorarcha

coincident), rising from near or below middle of transverse vein,

8 free or anastomosing shortly near base, or rarely anastomosing

from near base to beyond middle, approximated to upper margin

of cell to middle or beyond.

The few European genera unworthily represent this

family, which is numerously developed in Australia, and

to some extent in the Indo-Malayan region. Elsewhere,

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 79

though probably once extensively prevalent, it has been

driven out by higher forms, and only scattered frag-

ments remain. Some of its more ancestral genera are

amongst the most primitive forms of the Geometrina,

aud make a near approximation to the Notodontide, but

the European genera are all amongst the later developed.

The larve are little known, but some at least have a

third pair of claspers, and sometimes show rudiments of

the other two pairs.

In the normal and characteristic type of structure

vein 5 of the hind wings is present, and 8 free and

closely approximated to cell from near base to beyond

middle ; this type occurs in no other family of the group.

In two European genera (and also in one Australian,

otherwise remote from them) 8 anastomoses with upper

margin of cell quite as in the Hydriomenide, but the

absence of the characteristic neuration of the fore wings

of that family immediately distinguishes them, and

there is not, in fact, any near relationship. In one of

these same genera (Phthorarcha), a degenerate type,

vein 5 of the hind wings is absent; from a comparison

of the closely allied Hrannis, it appears that this vein is

coincident with 4, and not obsolescent, as in the Selido-

semide, where the vein is really present but reduced to

a fold; there is therefore no real confusion with that

family, from the normal type of which Phthorarcha is

further distinguished by the anastomosis of vein 8. In

three or four genera there is a very short fusion or

anastomosis of vein 8 with upper margin of cell near

base; these may be immediately distinguished from the

Sterrhide by vein 8 remaining for some distance nearly

approximated to upper margin of cell, instead of rapidly

diverging, and by the absence of the characteristic

neuration of the fore wings.

In this family the antenne are very frequently uni-

pectinated in the g; nearly three-fourths of the species,

including the most dissimilar forms, show this structure,

which is very rare in other Geometrina, and, indeed,

amongst the Lepidoptera generally, but as it happens,

none of the European genera are so characterised ; this

is an indication of their less primitive nature.

80 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Posterior tibie without median spurs... ve 2.

Posterior tibize with all spurs present .. 3 3.

. Antenne in # bipectinated; 9 winged.. .. 41. HeiorHna.

Antenne in g ciliated; 9 apterous... .. 37. PHTHORARCHA.

. Fore wings with vein 10 absent .. oc 5c 4.

Fore wings with vein 10 present .. aC ae 5.

4. Face with appressed scales are ie .. 39. ERemia.

Face with long rough hairs ¥e ee .. 40. Brernos.

5. Tongue obsolete 3¢ oC x ae .. 38. ERANNIS.

Tongue well-developed Ac ne 40 me 6.

6. Fore wings with vein 12 anastomosing with 10 .. 42. Myrnopzs.

Fore wings with vein 12 free are ls .. 36. Baprria.

86. Baprria, Hb.

Face with projecting scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate,

porrected, with rough projecting hairs. Antenne in g evenly

ciliated. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior

tibia with all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 out of 11,

anastomosing with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 closely

approximated to cell from near base to near angle of cell, rarely

in @ shortly anastomosing near base.

The exact relationship of the genus is not clear, but

it certainly belongs to the neighbourhood of those forms

which mark the transition from this family to the pre-

ceding, though not exactly transitional itself. The single

species occurs almost throughout Kurope.

atrata, L.

37. PHTHORARCHA, N. g.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue obsolete. Palpi very

short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ serrate, ciliated

with very long fascicles of cilia. Thorax slightly hairy beneath.

Femora glabrous; posterior tibia without median spurs. Fore

wings with 10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12

and 10. Hing wings with 5 wholly absent (probably coincident

with 4), 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with upper margin of

cell from near base to beyond middle. apterous.

A development of Hrannis. The single species is

Central Asiatic.

primigena, Stgr.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 81

38. Erannis, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue obsolete. Palpi very short,

porrected, rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ serrate, ciliated with very

long fascicles of cilia, or evenly. Thorax somewhat hairy beneath.

Femora glabrous; posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore

wings with 11 sometimes anastomosing with 12 or 10. Hind wings

with 6 and 7 stalked or from a point, 8 anastomosing with upper

margin of cell from near base to beyond middle. @ apterous.

Nearly allied to Eremia, and probably derived with it

from a common ancestor at no very remote distance. A

small genus, confined to the European region and North

America.

escularia, Schiff.

aceraria, Schiff.

*bistriata, Hed.

*membranaria, Christ.

839. Eremia, H.-S.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue weak. Palpi short, por-

rected, rough-scaled. Antenne in $ bipectinated to apex. Thorax

slightly hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibiz with all

spurs present. Fore wings with 10 absent. Hind wings with 6

and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to upper margin of cell to middle.

This genus is certainly nearly related to Brephos,

with which, indeed, it practically agrees in all essential

characters except the rough hairy clothing. Although

the ? is winged, the wings are smaller than those of

the ¢, and indicate an approach in character to Hrannis.

The two species are South Kuropean.

culminaria, Kv.

cacuminaria, Rbr.

Brepwos, O.

Face with long rough hairs. Tongue developed. Palpi short,

porrected, clothed with long rough hairs. Antenne in ¢ serrate,

evenly ciliated, or shortly bipectinated. Thorax hairy beneath.

Femora hairy; posterior tibie with all spurs present. Fore wings

with 10 absent. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 connected or

shortly anastomosing with upper margin of cell towards base,

closely approximated to it to middle.

Confined to the European region and Labrador. It

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892 —PaRT J. (MARCH.) @

82 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

would appear to be nearly related to the Australian

Oenone, and may well have been developed from it.

parthenias, L.

notha, Hb.

puella, Esp.

* Middendorfii, Mén.

41. Heuiorusa, B.

Face smooth, sometimes subprominent, forehead rough-haired.

Tongue short. Palpi moderate, porrected, with long rough hairs.

Antenne in g bipectinated to apex. Thorax hairy beneath.

Femora somewhat hairy; posterior tibia without median spurs.

Fore wings with. 10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and some-

times with 9 also, 11 out of 10 between connections. Hind wings

with 6 and 7 from a point or stalked, 8 closely approximated to

upper margin of cell from near base to middle.

Only known from South Europe and Central Asia. It

is evidently allied to Brephos, but not very closely, and

their common ancestor must be somewhat remote.

discoidaria, B.

iliensis, Alph.

Alpheraki, Stgr.

*Christophi, Alph.

42, Myrnopgs, n. g.

Face smooth, prominent. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate,

porrected, triangularly scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated with fascicles.

Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie with

all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 anastomosing with 12 and

9, 11 out of 10 between connections. Hind wings with 6 and 7

stalked, 8 approximated to upper margin of cell from near base to

middle.

It has affinity with Heliothea more than with any

other known genus. The single species is found in

South-western Asia and Sicily.

interpunctaria, H.-8.

3. ORTHOSTIXIDA.

Hind wings with vein 5 fully developed, rising from about

middle of transverse vein, 8 connected with upper margin of cell

by an oblique bar towards base.

the Geometrina of the Huropean fauna. 83

This small family is immediately derived from the

Monocteniade, with which it is closely connected. It is

convenient, however, to keep it separate, and the peculiar

oblique bar connecting 8 with the cell towards base,

combined with the development of 5, distinguish it from

all other families. If there is any possibility of con-

fusion with those forms of Hydriomenide in which 8 is

also connected by a bar (though in them the bar is

placed beyond and not before the middle of cell), the

absence of the characteristic areole of the [Hvydrio-

menide will be a further test.

Only a few genera, and these of small size, are known

to me, but they seem to be distributed impartially over

the globe ; perhaps rather more numerously in the Indo-

Malayan region than elsewhere. The two HKuropean

genera are not closely connected together, and have little

resemblance to each other. The origin of the group

must be sought in the neighbourhood of Heliothea, be-

tween which genus and Orthostixis there is, in fact, a

close structural affinity, though little superficial simi-

larity.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

Posterior tibia without median spurs ye .. 43. ORTHOSTIXIS.

Posterior tibize with all spurs present 50 .. 44, EprrraNrals.

48. Ortuostixis, Hb.

Face rounded, or in g sometimes strongly prominent, with

appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected,

loosely scaled. Antenne in g evenly ciated. Thorax hairy

beneath. Femoraglabrous; posterior tibiz without median spurs.

Fore wings with 10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11

out of 10 between connections, Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked

or separate.

A small genus, confined to Southern Kurope and

Central Asia ; it is nearly allied on the one hand to the

Indian Naxa, and on the other to Zanclopteryx, which is

principally Indo-Malayan and African.

bremeraria, Stgr.

caleularia, Ld.

cribraria, Hb.

renitidata, Hb.

84 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

44, Eprrrantuis, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi very

short or moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-scaled. An-

tenne in g evenly ciliated. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora

glabrous; posterior tibia with all spurs present. Fore wings with

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10 before 9.

Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate.

Besides the following species, which ranges from

Northern Europe to Eastern Asia, I am only acquainted

with two from New Zealand. It is a rather isolated

genus at present.

pulverata, Thnb.

4, STERRHIDA.

Fore wings with 10 rising out of 9, 11 anastomosing or connected

with 9 or rarely (only in Cleta) free; or less usually 10 anastom-

osing with 11 and 9. Hind wings with vein 5 fully developed,

rising from middle of transverse vein, 8 very shortly anastomosing

with upper margin of cell near base, thence rapidly diverging.

In all European genera the tongue is well-developed,

and is therefore not specially mentioned. The face is

nearly always smooth. The posterior tibie in the g are

usually partially or entirely deprived of spurs, often

much swollen and furnished with large tufts of hair, and

the tarsi are then generally much abbreviated. The

neuration of the fore wings results in the formation of

an areole very similar to that of the Hydriomenide, but

much more commonly simple; but although apparently

similar, there is really an essential difference in forma-

tion, for in the Hydriomenide, whenever the areole is

simple, 10 has coincided with 11 towards base, whereas

in the Sterrhide it has coincided with 9. The charac-

teristic structure of vein 8 in the hind wings will dis-

tinguish the family at once from all others, except a

part of the Geometride, and from these the central

position of vein 5 easily separates it. The family may

be regarded as a development from the Geometride, and

is of considerable extent.

The actual ancestral form of the family appears to be

lost, but it must have been tolerably intermediate in

character between Calothysanis and Rhodostrophia. The

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 85

genera in which the areole is double are older than

corresponding forms with the areole simple, and those

with all spurs present are older than those in which they

are partly absent. In particular the presence or absence

of the median spurs in the @ affords a very reliable test.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Posterior tibie in 9 with median spurs absent 2.

Posterior tibie in 9 with all spurs present .. 6.

2. Fore wings with 11 connected with 9.. .. 45. Cueva.

Fore wings with 11 free Ye ofc ee 3.

3. Posterior tibie in g with terminal spurs... 4,

Posterior tibize in g wholly without spurs .. 5.

4. Antenne in g bipectinated .. are .. 46. Emits.

Antenne in g not bipectinated a6 .. 49. STERRHA.

5. Antenne in g bipectinated .. oe .. 47. Curysocrents.

Antenne in $ not bipectinated BC .. 48. Hots.

6. Posterior tibie in g wholly without spurs .. te

Posterior tibie in g with at least terminal

spurs .. 0 50 0 Wo

7. Fore wings with meus donnie. ae .. 53, DrraauaMma,

Fore wings with areole earblere a0 20 ne 8.

8. Antenne in g bipectinated or dentate-fasci-

culate ; thorax hairy beneath bd .. 52. PROBLEPSIS.

Antenne in filiform or dentate; thorax

glabrous we 50 .. 50. Lepromeris.

9. Posterior tibix in g without anchtion spurs . 10.

Posterior tibie in 3 with at least one sii

spur... : it

10. Antennal pectnaions stort “emitting lorie

fascicles of cilia 56 .. 51. Crneuis.

Antennal pectinations inederitels iene normal 54. LevcopHTHALMIA.

11. Fore wings with areole double.. 50 .. 56, RuoposTRoPHIA.

Fore wings with areole simple ac -» 009, CALOTHYSANIS.

45. Cieta, Dup.

Face rough or with appressed scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,

rough-sealed or with long rough projecting hairs. Antenne in $

bipectinated to apex. Thorax hairy beneath or almost glabrous.

Femora glabrous or somewhat hairy beneath ; posterior tibiz in

3S very short, more or less rough-haired, without spurs, in ?

without median spurs; posterior tarsi in § short. Fore wings

wiih 10 out of 9, 11 separate. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked.

A development probably of Hows, characterised by the

‘

86 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

peculiar neuration; not yet recognised outside the

European region.

vittaria, Hb.

perpusillaria, Kv.

*reaumuraria, Mill.

46. Emmiutis, Hb.

Face with projecting tuft or smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected

or ascending, rough-scaled or with long rough projecting hairs.

Antenne in g bipectinated, extreme apex simple. Thorax some-

times hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in ¢

moderate or rather short, not dilated, without median spurs, in ?

without median spurs; posterior tarsiin g\ normal or rather short.

Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 connected with 9. Hind wings

with 6 and 7 stalked.

Nearly related to Sterrha, of which it is perhaps a

development. Characteristic of the Mediterranean

countries, but extending ito Central Asia.

plumularia, B.

*cirtanaria, Lue.

pygmearia, Hb.

megearia, Oberth.

kuldschaensis, Alph. (Stigma).

47. CHRYSOCTENIS, N. g.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, ascending, with long rough pro-

jecting hairs beneath. Antenne in g bipectinated, apex simple.

Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora somewhat hairy ; posterior

tibie in g short, slender, loosely haired, without spurs, in ?

without median spurs; posterior tarsi in g short. Fore wings

with 10 out of 9, 11 connected with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7

stalked.

The single species is South European ; it is probably

an offshoot of Lois.

jilacearia, H.-S.

48. Kors, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short or moderate, porrected or sub-

ascending, loosely scaled. Antenne in g dentate or serrate,

ciliated with fascicles or evenly, fascicles rarely (perochraria)

rising from very short paired processes. Thorax glabrous beneath.

Femora glabrous ; posterior tibie in g short or moderate, slender

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 87

or moderately dilated, often furnished with tuft of hairs, without

spurs, in 2 with median spurs absent; posterior tarsi in ¢

moderate or abbreviated. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 con-

nected or anastomosing with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked

or rarely separate.

A large genus, principally characteristic of the

European region, but extending also more or less into

the adjoining regions, though much less generally pre-

sent than Leptomeris. It is doubtless to be regarded as

a development of Leptomeris.

muricata, Hufn.

plumboseriptata, Christ.

herbariata, F.

*subherbariata, Rossl.

consolidata, Ld.

*subsaturata, Gn. (? =cer-

vantaria, Mill. ; =colo-

naria, H.-§.).

*inustata, H.-S.

contiguaria, Hb.

filicata, Hb.

rusticata, F.

textaria, Ld.

nexata, Hb.

virgularia, Hb.

camparia, H.-S.

sodaliaria, H.-S.

calunetaria, Stgr.

Jathmaria, Oberth.

pecharia, Stgr.

*monadaria, Gn.

subpurpurata, Stgr.

transmutata, Rbr.

*infirmaria, Rbr. (?= car-

nearia, Mn.; = aqui-

tanaria, Const.).

seeboldiata, Rossl.

incarnaria, H.-S.

obsoletaria, Rbr.

helianthemata, Mill.

Jractilineata, Z.

ostrinaria, Hb.

*purpureomarginata, Boh.

*graciliata, Mn.

*longaria, H.-S.

*mancipiata, Steger.

straminata, Tr.

asellaria, H.-S.

salutaria, Christ.

robiginata, Stgr.

flaveolaria, Hb.

*exilaria, Gn.

perochraria, F. R.

numidaria, Luc.

digiuata, H.-S.

holosericata, Dup.

humiliata, Hufn.

dilutaria, Hb.

nitidata, H.-S.

*preustaria, Mn.

circellata, Gn.

*squalidaria, Stgr.

pallidata, Bkh.

subsericeata, Hw.

elongaria, Rbr.

inornata, Hw.

aversata, L.

degeneraria, Hb.

*agrostemmata, Gn.

* Erschofi, Christ.

arenosaria, Stgr.

attenuaria, Rbr.

emarginata, L.

circuitaria, Hb.

*manicaria, H.-S.

inclinata, Ld.

88 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

maserata, Stgr. trigeminata, Hw.

dimidiata, Hufn. bisetata, Hufn.

extarsaria, H.-S. (2==eri- — *roseofasciata, Christ.

opodata, Grasl. ; =in- *belemiata, Mill.

esata, Mill.). politata, Hb.

*atromarginata, Mab. effusaria, Christ.

*disjunctaria, Steyr. rufomixtata, Rbr.

levigaria, Hb. ceenosaria, Ld.

*equifasciata, Christ.

49. Srerrua, Hb.

Face smooth or loosely haired. Palpi rather short, ascending or

porrected, shortly rough-scaled beneath or with rough projecting

hairs. Antenne in ¢ filiform or dentate, evenly ciliated or with

fascicles, rarely emitted from very short processes. Thorax

glabrous or rarely hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or rarely

hairy; posterior tibie in g moderate, slender, without median

spurs, rarely (luridata) with only one terminal spur, in 2 without

median spurs; posterior tarsi in § moderate. Fore wings with

10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing or connected with 9. Hind wings

with 6 and 7 stalked.

Not yet known to occur outside the European region.

The genus is certainly closely related to Hois, but the

nature of the relationship appears at present doubtful ;

it may be a collaterally developed branch, and there

would be no difficulty in supposing this, but it seems

to me also possible that the tibial characters of the 3

might be derived by transference from the ?, in which

case these species, though possessing terminal spurs in

the g, might be descended from others without terminal

spurs, a result not otherwise attainable. If this could

be proved, it would be a curious reversal of the un-

doubted fact that the absence of the median spurs in the

? is due to transference from the g. The point is

certainly worthy of investigation, but difficult to decide.

The customary misuse of the generic name Sterrha

(used by Hubner to include sericeata only, and therefore

of unmistakable application) is noticed under Rhodo-

metra.

subtilata, Christ. sericeata, Hb.

luridata, Z. allardiata, Mab. (? =

intermedia, Ster. prec.).

moniliata, I, merklaria, Oberth.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 89

*determinata, Ster.

consanguinaria, Ld.

litignosaria, B.

ossiculata, Ld.

*mutilata, Ster.

mediaria, Hb.

*nudaria, Christ.

*rufociliaria, Brem.

ochrata, Se.

vitellinaria, iv. (= rufi-

naria, Ster.).

sentinarta, Hb.

luteolaria, Const.

trilineata, Se.

mactlentaria, H.-S. *Falcki, Hed.

rufaria, Hb.

50. Leptomeris, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate or rather short, subascending,

loosely sealed beneath. Antenne in ¢ serrate or dentate, ciliated

with fascicles. Thorax glabrous beneath or rarely somewhat hairy.

Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in g large, dilated, containing

tuft, without spurs, rarely with one very smal] terminal spur only

(wmbellaria), in 2 with all spurs present; posterior tarsi in $

more or less strongly abbreviated. Fore wings with 10 out of 9,

11 connected or anastomosing with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7

separate or stalked.

A large genus of nearly universal distribution ; it

may be regarded as a development of Rhodostrophia, or

of a form nearly resembling it. The separation or

stalking of veins 6 and 7 of the hind wings, though used

as a sectional character by Lederer, is not constant ;

frequently both occur within the limits of the same

species.

*ansulata, Ld.

*characteristica, Alph.

halimodendrata, Ersch.

annubiata, Stgr.

adulteraria, Krsch.

umbellaria, Hb.

remutaria, Hb.

punctata, Tr.

nemoraria, Hb.

immutata, Li.

marginepunctata, Goze.

*cumulata, Alph.

submutata, 'l'r.

concinnaria, Dup.

decorata, Bkh.

congruata, Z.

ornata, Se.

amitaria, Hb.

emutaria, Hb.

flaccidaria, Z.

strigilaria, Hb.

incanata, L.

lambessata, Oberth.

strigaria, Hb.

fumata, Stph.

ochroleucata, H.-S.

corrivalaria, Kretsch.

caricaria, Reut.

beckeraria, Ld.

immistaria, H.-S.

*dlisclusaria, Christ.

immorata, L.

tessellaria, B.

*sulphuraria, Frr.

‘

90 Me. K. Meyrick on the classification of

turbidaria, H.-S. *accurataria, Christ.

rubiginata, Hufn. *subfalcaria, Christ.

51. Crneuis, Gn.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. An-

tennx in $ bipectinated, pectinations short, ending in fascicles of

long cilia. Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior

tibix in g without median spurs, slender, in 9 with all spurs

present. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 9.

Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked.

The single species is of somewhat uncertain affinity,

but is probably an offshoot of a small unnamed Australian

group, which is itself nearly related collaterally to Lepto-

meris. ;

humifusaria, Ly.

52. Propuepsis, Ld.

Face smooth. Palpi short or moderate, porrected or sub-

ascending, with appressed scales or somewhat rough. Antenne

in g bipéctinated or rarely dentate, pectinations or teeth ending

in fascicles of cilia, towards apex simple. Thorax hairy or almost

glabrous beneath. Femora rather hairy or glabrous ; posterior

tibie in g flatly dilated, enclosing large tuft, without spurs, in 9

with all spurs present; posterior tarsi in g§ much abbreviated.

Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 connected or anastomosing with 9.

Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate.

A small genus, properly Indo-Malayan, but ranging

into the neighbouring regions. It is a development of

Dithalama. The species show considerable variation in

structure, but are always separable from Leptomeris by

either the antennal or thoracic structure, though both

are variable.

ocellata, Friv.

phebearia, Ersch.

53. Drrnauama, Meyr.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, subascending, loosely scaled.

Antenne in @ dentate, ciliated with fascicles. Thorax almost

glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibia in J dilated,

containing tuft, without spurs, in ? with all spurs present ; pos-

terior tarsi in fg’ much abbreviated. Fore wings with 10 rising

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 91

separate or out of 9, anastomosing with 11 and 9. Hind wings

with 6 and 7 stalked or separate.

An Indo-Malayan genus of few species, straggling into

Australia and Eastern Asia. Though doubtless more or

less related to Rhodostrophia, its exact origin is not yet

precisely determinable.

indicataria, Walk.

54. LeucoputHatmtia, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, subascending, shortly rough-

sealed. Antennex in § moderately bipectinated, apical 3—3 simple.

Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibie in

3 not dilated, without median spurs, in 2 with all spurs present.

Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 9. Hind wings

with 6 and 7 stalked.

A small characteristically European genus, only ex-

tending into North America. Probably it may be an

offshoot of Calothysanis, to which it is certainly nearly

allied.

orbicularia, Hb.

pendularia, Cl.

porata, F.

punctaria, L.

trilinearia, Bkh. (linearia, Hb.).

pupillaria, Hb.

albiocellaria, Hb.

annulata, Sehlz.

55. CaLotuysanis, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, shortly

rough-scaled beneath. Antenne in % strongly bipectinated, to-

wards apex simple. ‘Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous ;

posterior tibie in gf not dilated, with all spurs present in both

sexes; sometimes with posterior femora tufted in g', or posterior

tibie clothed with hairs. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 anastom-

osing or connected with 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked.

A rather small genus, of Indo-Malayan origin, with

stragglers in all adjacent regions. It is an early form

of the family, collaterally related to Rhodostrophia, and

also showing evident affinity with the Geometride.

amata, L.

*rectistrigaria, Kv.

*sympathica, Alph.

duplicaria, Walk. (nigronotaria, Brem.).

‘

92 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

56. Ruopostroputa, Hb.

Face oblique, with appressed scales. Palpi moderate, sub-

ascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated,

apex simple. Thorax glabrous beneath. Femora glabrous; pos-

terior tibie in 3 slender, sometimes with long basal tuft, with all

spurs present or with outer median spur obsolete, in 2 with all

spurs present. Fore wings with 6 sometimes out of 9, 10 anastom-

osing with 11 and 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked.

Not at present known outside the European region,

where it is confined to the warmer districts. This genus

must certainly closely approach the primitive type of the

family. The species which are known to me as having

one tibial spur obsolete are the first four and the last

one, but they do not appear to form a single group

separable from the rest.

vibicaria, Cl. *cuprinaria, Christ.

calabraria, Z. Ledereri, Alph.

auctata, Ster. jacularia, Hb.

adauctata, Steyr. *Staudingeri, Alph.

*perezaria, Oberth. badiaria, Frr.

sicanaria, Z. *vastaria, Christ.

dispar, Stgy. acidaria, Steyr.

terrestraria, Ld. precisaria, Stgr.

5. GEOMETRIDA.

Fore wings with 10 rising out of 9 or rarely absent (Aplasta).

Hind wings with 5 fully developed, rising much above middle of

transverse vein, 8 shortly anastomosing or connected with or

appressed to upper margin of cell near base, thence rapidly

diverging or sometimes approximated to upper margin of cell to

near middle.

A moderately extensive family, most largely developed

in the Indo-Malayan, African, and Australian regions.

In all European genera the face is smooth, and the

tongue well-developed. The neuration of the fore wings

tends to vary markedly within the limits of the same

species, and is therefore not always available for generic

distinction ; it nearly approaches that of the Sterrhide,

but is less fixed. The peculiar position of vein 5 in the

hind wings sufficiently characterises the family, which is

otherwise closely allied to and intermediate between the

Sterrhide and Monocteniade, with the former of which I

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 93

at one time included it. The family is no doubt a de-

velopment of some early form of the Monocteniade.

The genera in which vein 8 of the hind wings is

approximated to the upper margin of cell to near middle

are more ancestral than those in: which it rapidly

diverges.

In many of the species the terminal joint of the palpi

is much longer inthe @ than inthe 3.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Posterior tibie in g without median spurs

Posterior tibie in g with median spurs ne 4.

2. Antenne in g bipectinated ; as tibiee in

® without median spurs aa 3.

Antenne in stomes tibiz in 2 uh all

spurs 57. Nemorta.

3. Antenne in J ipeohmated to apex 58. THALERA.

Antenne in g with apex simple 59. Hucrostss.

4. Antenne in g bipectinated xe or es 5.

Antenne in g simple .. se ais 56 8.

5, Antenne in g bipectinated to apex .. .. 62. GEoMETRA.

Antenne in g with apex simple me are 6.

6. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked O6 .. 60. EucHnorts.

Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate SE 5h Uf

7. Abdomen with dorsal crests fs a0 .. 64. PsrUDOTERPNA.

Abdomen not crested is oe BC .. 61. MrGcanocnnora.

8. Fore wings with 10 absent ate 3% .. 65. APLASTA.

Fore wings with 10 present eG a .. 63. AGATHIA.

57. Nemoria, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate or rather long, porrected, shortly

rough-scaled. Antenne in g serrate or filiform, ciliated with

fascicles or evenly. Thorax glabrous beneath. Iemora glabrous;

posterior tibie in g sometimes dilated, without median spurs, in

? with all spurs present ; posterior tarsiin gf sometimes abbrevi-

ated. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 sometimes anastomosing

with 12. Hind wings with 3 and 4 sometimes stalked, 6 and 7

stalked, 8 very shortly anastomosing with cell near base, thence

rapidly diverging.

A genus of rather limited extent but wide distribution ;

probably a development of Huchloris, with perhaps col-

lateral affinity to Thalera.

‘

94 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

strigata, Mull. *melinaria, H.-S.

ussuriaria, Brem. *amphitritaria, Oberth.

*alboundulata, Hed. porrinata, Z.

pulmentaria, Gn. viridata, L.

faustinata, Mill. *pretiosaria, Ster.

58. THatera, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, ascending, loosely scaled.

Antenne in ¢ bipectinated to apex. Thorax hairy beneath.

Femora slightly hairy beneath ; posterior tibiz in ¢ not dilated,

in both sexes without median spurs. Fore wings with 6 some-

times out of 9, 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and sometimes

with 10. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 shortly anastomosing

with cell near base, thence rapidly diverging.

A very small European and Asiatic genus, nearly

related to Hucrostes, of which it may be a development.

Jimbrialis, Se.

lacerataria, Graes.

*rufolimbaria, Hed.

59. Eucrostss, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, porrected, loosely scaled.

Antennex in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax glabrous

or rather hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or loosely hairy; pos-

terior tibie in § not dilated, in both sexes without median spurs.

Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 sometimes anastomosing with or

running into 12, sometimes anastomosing with 10 also. Hind

wings with 3 and 4 sometimes stalked, 6 and 7 from a point or

stalked, 8 anastomosing very shortly with cell near base, thence

rapidly diverging.

A genus of no great extent, but very general dis-

tribution. It is probably a development of Huchloris.

“Ympararia, Gn.

herbaria, Hb.

olympiaria, H.-S.

*petitaria, Christ.

undigenata, Vill.

60. Eucuioris, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short or moderate, porrected, loosely or

shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated, towards apex

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 95

simple. Thorax glabrous or hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or

loosely hairy; posterior tibie in g often dilated, sometimes with

pencil of hairs in groove, with all spurs present ; posterior tarsi in

3 sometimes abbreviated. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11 some-

times anastomosing with 12, sometimes with 10 also, rarely run-

ning into 12. Hind wings with 3 and 4 sometimes stalked, 6 and

7 stalked, 8 very shortly anastomosing with cell near base, thence

rapidly diverging.

Apparently a development of Megalochlora. The

species are very numerous, and occur principally in the

Indo-Malayan, Australian, and African regions; but a

certain number are found in Europe and North America.

I have elsewhere called this genus Jodis, Hb.

albocostaria, Brem. smaragdaria, F.

*subtiliaria, Brem. chlorophyllaria, Hed.

*amenaria, Oberth. vernaria, Hb.

*ankowskiartia, Mill. Zimmerman, Hed.

pustulata, Hufn. *alliata, Hofn.

neriaria, H.-S. lactearia, L.

*tenuiaria, Graes. putata, L. (= marina,

*crucigerata, Christ. Butl.).

fulminaria, Lid. grandificaria, Graes.

plusiaria, B. gratiosaria, Brem.

61. MEGALOCHLORA, Na. g.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-sealed. An-

tenne in g bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax densely

hairy beneath. Femora hairy; posterior tibie in g somewhat

dilated, sometimes with large tuft in groove, with all spurs present.

Fore wings with 10 out of 9. Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate,

8 nearly approximated to cell towards base, diverging from before

middle.

An East Asiatic genus, which will probably be in-

creased by future discoveries. It is a transitional form

between Huchloris and Pseudoterpna.

sponsaria, Brem.

*glaucaria, Mén. (? = prec.).

*herbacearia, Men.

* Dieckmann, Graes.

valida, Feld. (= dioptasaria, Christ.).

albovenaria, Brem.

iridicolor, Butl. (= admirabilis, Oberth.).

‘

96 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

62. GromETRA, L.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate or short, subascending, shortly

rough-sealed. Antenne in g bipectinatedto apex. Thorax hairy

beneath. Femora hairy or glabrous; posterior tibiz in 3 not

dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 out of 9, 11

sometimes anastomosing with 12 and 10. Hind wings with 6 and

7 separate, 8 approximated to cell towards base, diverging from

before middle.

A development of Pseudoterpna, with near collateral

relationship to the preceding. It is not ascertained to

contain other species than those subjoined.

muscosa, Butl. (= vestita, Hed.).

papilionaria, L.

63. AcaTuta, Gn.

Face smooth. Palpi moderately long, porrected, shortly rough-

sealed. Antenne in ¢ filiform, minutely ciliated. Thorax densely

hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in gi sometimes

dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 out of 9.

Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate, 8 anastomosing with or closely

approximated to cell towards base, thence rapidly diverging.

A small Indo-Malayan genus, of which one or two

species extend into the adjoining regions. It originates

from Pseudoterpna, with some affinity to the preceding

genus, but stands rather isolated.

carissima, Butl. (= lacunaria, Hed.).

64. PsrupotERPNA, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-

scaled. Antenne in 3 bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax

densely hairy beneath. Abdomen with dorsal crests. Femora

elabrous or hairy beneath; posterior tibia in fg somewhat dilated,

often containing hair-pencil, with all spurs present. Fore wings

with 10 out of 9, 11 sometimes anastomosing with 12 and 10.

Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate, 8 closely approximated to cell

towards base, diverging from about middle.

A genus of some extent, which is principally Indo-

Malayan and Australian; it includes Guenée’s Hypo-

chroma. It may be regarded as practically the ancestral

type of the family, and certainly originates from some

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 97

form of the Monocteniade, but the actual point of con-

nection I cannot at pr esent determine.

pruimata, Hufn.

coronillaria, Hb.

corsicaria, Rbr.

*Lahayet, Oberth.

65. Apnasta, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, with tolerably ap-

pressed scales. Antenne in $ evenly ciliated. Thorax glabrous

beneath. Femora slightly hairy; posterior tibie in J not dilated,

with all spurs present. Fore wings with 10 absent, 11 anastom-

osing with 12. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated

to cell towards base, diverging from about middle.

This genus includes only the one species. Its position

is doubtful; it is in some sense intermediate between

this family and the Monocteniade, not fully agreeing

with either, but capable of being classed with either

according as the definition is framed. I have regarded

it as to be placed here, though the characteristic

structure of the hind wings is not very pronounced,

and the absence of vein 10 in the fore Wings is an

exceptional though certainly not an inconsistent feature.

This absence proves that it is not strictly a connecting

link between the two families ; but it is not improbable

that it represents a small lateral offshoot from the real

connecting link.

ononaria, Fuesl.

6. SELIDOSEMIDA.

Hind wings with 5 imperfect (not tubular), very weak or obso-

lete, 8 usually obsoletely connected with upper margin of cell near

base, approximated to it to near middle, very rarely (only in Axia)

to beyond origin of 7, or (only in Narraga) anastomosing.

The neuration of the fore wings in this family is

frequently subject to very considerable variation even

within the limits of the same species ; and much caution

is therefore required in using it as a generic character.

It is, however, not equally variable in all species, and

even where it appears most inconstant, it seems to

remain fixed in certain details. In order to ascertain

the limits of variation as far as possible, a considerable

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1892.—parT I. (MARCH.) H

‘

98 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

number of individual specimens have been examined in

those cases where variability seemed to exist, and where

the specimens were obtainable for the purpose ; and the

detailed results of this examination are added hereafter

in the form of an appendix. Typically 10 and 11 are

free and separate, but there exists in this group a strong

tendency to connection or anastomosis of these veins

with one another or with 9 and 12. Vein 6 is almost

always separate from 9. In the hind wings, in propor-

tion as 5 becomes obsolete, 4 and 6 tend to approach

more nearly together, so that no unduly broad inter-

space is left. Hence 6 and 7 are drawn apart, and are

almost always separate. The posterior tibiz are very

frequently dilated in the 3, and then usually contain a

large hair-pencil concealed in a longitudinal groove, but

the character is of little generic value. Occasionally

the median spurs are absent; in these cases the allied

forms commonly have the spurs very small, and are in

general so closely related in all other characters that it

is evidently unadvisable to separate them generically.

The tongue is sometimes rudimentary, and in some in-

stances (as Gonodontis) it has been clear that the

character does not involve generic separation ; in others

it has proved possible to make use of it.

Owing to the variability and uncertainty of these

characters, the family is one of the most difficult of all

the Lepidoptera to classify. It is only after repeated

examination and reclassification (most of my material

has been recast six times) that 1 have been able to deter-

mine the most essential and reliable points of structure,

and the mutual affinities of the genera; and it is quite

probable that in some respects my views may yet be

materially altered by the discovery of new forms. There

is a great variety of superficial appearance amongst the

species, and often considerable difference even between

rather nearly allied forms. The Prosopolopha group

appears to be the most ancestral; in its typical form

(stout-bodied species, with triangular anterior thoracic

crest) this is little represented now in Kurope, and is

principally characteristic of Australia. From this group

originate three others: (1), the group of Hybernia and

Crocota, giving rise to Pseudopanthera, Abraxas, Xe. ;

(2), the Hnnomos group, developing into Metrocampa,

Deilinia, &e.; and (3), the Selidosema group, of which

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 99

Nychiodes is apparently the lowest European repre-

sentative, culminating in Opisthograptis ; all genera in

which the 3 possesses the basal fovea of the fore wings

are immediately and certainly referable to this group,

but the character does not persist in all the genera of

the group, having been lost in one or two of the higher

genera, and probably not acquired in two or three of the

most primitive, though highly characteristic of it as a

whole, and not exactly reproduced in any other group of

Lepidoptera known to me.

The structure mentioned above and hereafter as the

fovea is a circular impression on the lower surface of the

fore wings above the inner margin near the base, usually

placed about the origin of the basal fork of vein 1b: it

is specially characteristic of the 3, but is occasionally

transferred to the @ also. It varies in distinctness in

different species ; it is often more or less thinly scaled

and transparent, and is sometimes surmounted by a

small thickened gland. The purpose of the structure is

unknown ; it may possibly be a scent-producing organ.

Somewhat similar structures are occasionally found in

other Lepidoptera, but never to my knowledge in quite

the same position. In Anticypella a quite analogous

structure occurs in the hind wing beneath the costa. In

Deilinia there is also a concavity in the hind wing, but

it is rather differently constructed.

The family is very extensive, and universally dis-

tributed.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Fore wings in 3 with fovea.. 30 Be 2.

Fore wings in g without fovea... +e 13.

2. Antenne in g bipectinated 3.

Antenne in $ not pectinated 46 ae 10.

3. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell

to middle .. x6 ae re -. 77. NARRAGA.

Hind wings with 8 not anastomosing with

cell .. oo Sic “s as 5 4,

4. Anterior tibie with apical hook .. -. 69. ENcontsTa.

Anterior tibize without apical hook .. 5.

5. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked .. .. 78. TEPHRONIA.

Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate .. ae 6.

6. Tongue absent +6 0 Eo .. 75. EURRANTHIS.

Tongue developed... ae aE a ie

7. Palpi and often face roughly hairy .. .. 76. Bupawus.

Palpi and face at most rough-sealed Shs 8.

100

10.

12.

13.

14.

Ife

18.

. Face with long rough hairs .

Fore wings with 11 rising separate, or if out

of 10, from near base only, and then not

anastomosing with 12 eo Se

Fore wings with 11 absent or out of 10 high

up, or if lower, anastomosing with 12

. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex ot

Antenne in g with apex simple ..

Antenne in g\ with two short acute pro-

jections on each side of each joint

Antenne in g without paired projections..

Fore wings with 11 out of 10 or absent

Fore wings with 11 separate 30

Thorax and femora densely hairy beneath

Thorax somewhat hair ‘D femora glabrous or

nearly so be Sic .

Antenne in g simple oe

Antenne in g bipectinated or earels with

short paired processes only ee

Antenne in ¢ ciliated with moderate oe

cicles -

Antenne in shorily ana ey ae ciliated.

. Abdomen in g much exceeding hind wings

Abdomen in 3\ not unusually long.. ac

Face not rough-haired

Fore wings with 11 absent

Fore wings with 11 present ..

Face smooth

Face subprominent, with short projecting

scales at te :

. Hind wings with 8 aporeecnaien to hel

74,

. ZETTIENIA.

67.

99.

98.

a UOT

. 100.

86.

Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

. DIASTICTIS.

(2.

ties

CLEORA.

SELIDOSEMA,

. EcCTROPIs.

aly

ASCOTIS.

OPISTHOGRAPTIS,

14.

19.

ABRAXAS.

ilis%

CISTIDIA.

16.

Psopos.

1/6

18.

PsEUDOPANTHERA.

EXILICRINIA.

87. OURAPTERYX,

of cell and basal + of 7 Lf.

Hind wings with 8 ONeruICe from cell about

middle Sis 3 ac ae

with fully developed wings 56

@ with anterior wings linear pe Alleys

@ with anterior wings not linear .. 56

. Face roughly hairy

Face not hairy 3c Sc

3. Thorax broad, very densely taed pore -. 109.

Thorax slender, loosely hairy on patagia .. 106.

. Thorax with small anterior crest ; mica of

antenne in g simple : 108.

Thorax not crested; antennie of 3 pees

nated to apex : ac :

5. Fore wings with 11 out of 9. - 0b:

Fore wings with 11 not out of Oia . 104,

AXIA.

20.

Pile

26.

SPARTOPTERYX.

22.

BY,

24.

APOCHEIMA.

LIGNYOPTERA.

HysBeErnia.

2be

THERIA.

Crocora (part).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 101

26. Hind wings in 3 with subcostal fovea near

base .. ae oo ~ o6 Sc 27.

Hind wings in g without fovea .. aie 28.

27. Fore wings with 11 out of 10 80 .. 79. ANTICYPELLA.

Fore wings with 11 not out of 10 .. .. 83. DEILINIA.

28. Abdomen with dorsal crest near base .. 85. ScaRpDamia.

Abdomen not crested .. 50 oe Ab 29.

29. Anterior tibi with strong apical hook .. 115. Onycuona.

Anterior tibie without hook.. ac 56 30.

30. Face with horny triangular projection .. 110. Zamacra.

Face without horny projection of oe 31.

31. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex ai 32.

Antenne in 3 with apical portion (some-

times only two or three joints) simple .. 45.

32. Face with projecting scales (if very promi-

nent, rarely with scales Dee shortly

on sides only) Or te 33.

Face with tolerably Berea aeaiee ote 41.

33. Face with tuft of hairs from beneath an-

tenne across eye to middle Si .. 95. CoLoToIs.

Face without lateral tuft .. arc : 34.

34. Fore wings with transparent scar nigne

transverse vein... és os 65 35.

Fore wings without transparent scar oe 36.

35. Fore wings with 6 out of 9 .. af: .. 91. SELENIA.

Fore wings with 6 separate .. ais .. 90. ARTEMIDORA.

36. Femora glabrous a ste 58 .. 94, ARTIORA.

Femora densely hairy ie : 37.

37. Fore wings with 11 connected with, 12 aie 38.

Fore wings with 11 free from 12... ae 3).

38. Posterior tibiz with median ae roy short

or absent .. a 96. ENNoMos.

Posterior tibiz with median spurs moderates

long . ore : b. oe .. 116, PRosoronorHa.

39. enon tibiz fare median spurs very

short or absent .. ab we ~. LIT. BIston.

Posterior tibise glabrous, median oe

moderately long .. 40.

40. Face with scales forming a eared igen

tuft .. 50 ee ic .. 92. HyGrocunoa.

Face without defined tuft 50 ae .. 97. GonoponTIis.

41. Tongue rudimentary .. Ys as fs 42.

Tongue developed .. ars 30 ve 43,

42. Fore wings with 10 and 11 uate ; median

spurs absent 6c .. 113. PHasEutia.

Fore wings with 10 and 11 delved preean

spurs moderately long .. af .. 81. NycHrIopEs.

43. Fore wings with 11 absent .. se .. 103. Hyporxectis.

Fore wings with 11 present .. Ae ote 44.

102

44.

Fore wings with 7 out of 9 above aun 10

out of 9 5 ‘ 93.

Fore wings with 7 on of 9 ‘pelow amidtilee :

‘

Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

CEPPHIS.

10 very rarely out of 9 close to base .. 104. Crocora (part).

45. Fore wings with 10 absent .. “e .. 84. LomocrarHa.

Fore wings with 10 present .. Bis 46.

46. Face strongly prominent . 101. Hyvoscorts.

Face not strongly prominent 47.

47.

Crown of head with ue defined posterio

tuft c :

14. CHEMERINA.

Crown of head wihout dafined tuft 48.

48. Thorax with low double posterior crest 71. Deterrent.

Thorax not crested : 49.

49. Fore wings with 11 (or 10) not aaanenie

with 12 a6 96 36 50.

Fore wings with 11 (or 10) ponneeted eh 12 51.

50. Fore wings with 10 out of 9. 82. Epnoria.

Fore wings with 10 not out of 9 . 102. Turraris.

51. Fore wings with 10 nearly always out of 9,

and anastomosing with 11 : . 88. Merrocampa.

Fore wings with 10 not out of 9, rarely

anastomosing with 11 ie af eves 52.

52. Femora more or less hairy 80. Synopsra.

Femora glabrous oo 89. HucHumna.

66. Zerrrenta, Motsch.

Face with cone of scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate,

porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated with moderately

long fascicles. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora hairy

beneath; posterior tibie in g dilated, with all spurs present.

Fore wings in § with fovea; 11 out of 10, either 10 or 11 anastom-

osing or connected with 12, 10 sometimes connected with 9. Hind

wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

A development of Diastictis, but standing rather iso-

lated. The two species are both East Asiatic.

albonotaria, Brem.

rufescentaria, Motsch. (= consociaria, Christ.).

67. Oprstuoaraptis, Ib.

Face with appressed scales or short cone of scales. Tongue

developed. Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, rough-

Antenne in ¢ filiform or serrate-dentate, ciliated evenly

Thorax somewhat hairy beneath. Femora

posterior tibiz in g\ more or less

Fore wings in g with

sealed.

or with short fascicles.

elabrous or rarely slightly hairy ;

dilated, often bent, with all spurs present.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 103

fovea ; 10 often connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out

of 10 between connections or more usually absent. Hind wings

with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

A genus of considerable extent and very general dis-

tribution. It is a development of Diastictis.

estimaria, Hb.

proditaria, Brem.

luridulata, Ster.

graphata, Hed.

notata, L.

alternaria, Hb.

signaria, Hb.

clathrata. L.

*biparata, Ld.

semtlutata, Ld.

hopfieraria, Stgr.

luteolata, L.

liturata, Cl.

68. Drastictis, Hb.

Face with appressed scales, or short ridge or tuft of projecting

scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected or sub-

ascending, rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated, apex simple

(sometimes only 2 or 3 joints). Thorax sometimes crested pos-

teriorly, more or less hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or rarely

slightly hairy; posterior tibie in g often dilated, with all spurs

present. Fore wings in g with fovea, sometimes surmounted by a

small gland; 10 sometimes anastomosing with 12, often connected

with 9, 11 out of 10 towards or above middle, or if lower anastom-

osing with 12, or often absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated

to cell to middle.

A large genus, occurring more or less plentifully in all

the principalregions. Itis an intermediate development

of Selidosema.

glarearia, Brahm.

brunneata, Thnb. (?=

fuscaria, Hb.).

*saburraria, Ev.

murinaria, F.

pumicaria, Ld.

dalmataria, Gn.

artesiaria, F.

loricaria, Hiv.

*costimaculata, Graes.

wauaria, Li.

*halituaria, Gn.

stevenaria, B.

assimilaria, Rbyr.

vincularia. Hb.

semicanaria, Fryr.

*legataria, H.-S.

*pnerviaria, Ld.

arenacearia, Hb.

catalaunaria, Gun.

*sparsaria, Hb.

*qriseolaria, Kv.

*unicoloraria, Rbr.

Viertlii, Boh.

roboraria, Schiff. (= Me-

netriest, Stgr.).

consortaria, F'. (=con-

ferenda, Butl.).

senex, Butl. (—Hede-

manni, Christ.).

‘

104 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

saturniaria, Graes. flavomarginaria, Brem.

(—ocellata, Leach). melanaria, L.

69. Enconista, Ld.

Face with tolerably appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi

moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated to

apex. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; anterior

tibiz with strong apical hook; posterior tibie in g not dilated,

with all spurs present. Fore wings in g with fovea, surmounted

by a small gland; 10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing

with or running into 12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell

to middle.

An offshoot of Diastictis ; the single species is South

Kuropean.

nuniosaria, Dup.

70. Ecrroris, Hb.

Face tolerably smooth or with hardly projecting scales. Tongue

developed. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne

in g with two short acute projections on each side of each joint,

emitting strong fascicles of cilia. Thorax rather hairy beneath.

Femora glabrous; posterior tibize in ¢ sometimes dilated, with

all spurs present. Fore wings in g with fovea; 10 sometimes out

of 9 or absent, sometimes connected with 9, 11 sometimes out of 9

or 10, sometimes anastomosing with 12. Hind wings with 8

approximated to cell to middle.

A small genus, but widely and perhaps universally

distributed ; probably a development of Selidosema. In

some exotic species the antennal projections are more

developed and form short tufted pectinations, but are

always paired. ‘The neuration of the fore wings is

cenerally highly variable, and tends to assume a different

type in each species, in exotics exceeding even the wide

limits assigned above.

luridata, Bkh.

punctularia, Hb.

biundularia, Bkh. (—crepuscularia, Hb. ; ?=*luta-

mentaria, Graes.).

consonaria, Hb.

doerriesiaria, Christ. (2; g¢ not seen; probably

new genus).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 105

71. Deterrent, Hb.

Face loosely haired or with appressed scales. Tongue developed.

Palpi moderate, subascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in

& bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax with low double posterior

crest, hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in 3 not

dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g\ without fovea ;

11 out of 10 near base, sometimes anastomosing with 12. Hind

wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

This small genus, to which I can only refer the

following species, originates from Selidosema, from which

it only differs essentially by the absence of the fovea,

which has apparently become obsolete.

abietaria, Hb.

*nooraria, Brem.

mandschuriaria, Brem.

72. Curora, Curt.

Face with tolerably appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi

moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated to

apex. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora nearly glabrous; posterior

tibie in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in ¢

with fovea; 10 connected or anastomosing with 9. Hind wings

with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species constituting this genus is an off-

shoot of Selidosema, and is confined to Europe.

lichenaria, Hufn.

73. SELiposEemA, Hb.

Face with appressed or shortly projecting scales or small tuft.

Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected or subascending,

rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex simple.

Thorax sometimes shortly crested posteriorly, hairy beneath.

Femora glabrous or rarely somewhat hairy beneath; posterior

tibie in # dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g with

fovea; 10 sometimes connected with 9, 11 sometimes out of 10

near base only, or if separate, sometimes anastomosing with 12.

Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

A genus of considerable extent, and universally dis-

tributed. It is probably derived from Synopsia.

castigataria, Brem. contaminaria, Hb.

(=suifunaria, Christ.). ericetaria, Vill.

gesticularia, Hb. *granataria, Ubr.

‘

106 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

teniolaria, Hb. secundaria, Esp.

ambustaria, H.-G. ilicaria, H.-G.

variolaria, Stgr. cinctaria, Schiff.

repandata, L. perversaria, B.

extinctaria, Kv. *hituminaria, Ld.

*cocandaria, Esch. *bastelicaria, Bell.

glabraria, Hb. oceitanaria, Dup.

angularia, Thunb. *atlanticaria, Stgr.

umbraria, Hb. *solieraria, Rbr.

gemmaria, Brahm.

74. Ascoris, Hb.

Face with short projecting scales. Tongue developed. Palpi

moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g prominently

ridged at apex of joints on inner half, emitting half-whorls of

rather long cilia. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora some-

what hairy; posterior tibie in g dilated, with all spurs present.

Fore wings in g with fovea; 10 connected with 9. Hind wings

with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species occurs through a large part of

Europe and Central Asia to Japan. It is an offshoot of

a well-marked group of Selidosema (perhaps separable as

a distinct genus) which is freely represented in the Indo-

Malayan, African, and Australian regions, but does not

occur in Europe.

selenaria, Hb. (= cretacea, Butl.).

75. HKurrantuis, Hb.

Face with long rough hairs. Tongue obsolete. Palpi moderate

or rather long, porrected or ascending, with very long rough hairs.

Antennez in ¢ strongly bipectinated to apex, or with apex dentate

only. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or hairy; pos-

terior tibie in gf not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings

in ¢ with fovea; 10 sometimes connected with 9, 11 out of 10 or

absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to near middle.

Contains only the following species, characteristic of

Southern Europe. The genus is a development of

Bupatus.

plumistaria, Vill.

chrysitaria, H.-G.

pennigeraria, Hb.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 107

76. Bupauus, Leach.

Face with rough hairs or sometimes only loosely haired. Tongue

developed. Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, with rough

projecting hairs. Antennx in $ bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax

hairy beneath. Femora hairy or glabrous; posterior tibie in 3

not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g with fovea;

10 often connected or anastomosing with 9 (sometimes twice), 11

usually out of 10, always running into 12 or concealed by anastom-

osis of 10 with 12 and so apparently absent. Hind wings with 8

approximated to cell to middle.

A small genus, characteristic of Europe, originating

from Selidosema.

piniarius, L.

atomarius, Li.

carbonarius, Cl.

famulus, Esp.

limbarius, F.

rorarius, F.

fuscus, Thnb.

77. Narraca, Walk.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue weak. Palpi moderate,

porrected, with long rough projecting hairs. Antenne in ¢ bi-

pectinated to apex. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora

glabrous; posterior tibie in ¢ hardly dilated, with all spurs

present. Fore wings in g with fovea; 10 anastomosing or con-

nected with 12 and 9,11 absent. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked,

8 anastomosing with cell from near base to middle.

The single species, inhabiting South-east Europe, is a

development of Bupalus. The structure of vein 8 of the

hind wings is unique in this family, and is probably a

direct effect of the narrowing of the hind wings, which

has also caused the stalking of 6 and 7.

fasciolaria, Lott.

78. TrpHronia, HD.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue weak. Palpi very short,

slender, porrected, second joint rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bi-

pectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax somewhat hairy beneath.

Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in gj somewhat dilated, median

spurs in both sexes absent or present (codetaria). Fore wings in

108 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

3 (and ? also) with fovea; 9 absent, 10 absent. Hind wings

with 6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to cell to beyond middle.

The genus contains only the following species, at-

tached to Central and Southern Europe. It is certainly

a somewhat degenerate form of the Selidosema group,

but it is so far modified that the actual point of con-

nection is doubtful.

sepiaria, Hufn. (= oppositaria, Mn.).

cremiaria, Frr.

codetaria, Oberth.

79. ANTICYPELLA, N. g.

Face loosely scaled. Tongue developed. Palpi rather short,

subascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in 3 bipectinated,

apex simple. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora slightly

hairy; posterior tibiz in g not dilated, with all spurs present.

Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 connected with 12 and 9, 11

out of 10 between connections. Hind wings in ¢ with fovea

beneath costa at base ; 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species known to me is Kast Asiatic. It

is doubtless an offshoot of Synopsia.

gigantaria, Stgr.

80. Synopsra, Hb.

Face loosely scaled. Tongue developed, sometimes short. Palpi

moderate or rather short, subascending, shortly rough-scaled.

Antenne in $ bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax densely

hairy beneath. Femora more or less hairy beneath; posterior

tibie in ¢ more or less dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings

n gf without fovea; 10 sometimes connected or anastomosing

with 12, sometimes with 9 also, 11 out of 10 or sometimes separate,

anastomosing with 12 and rarely with 10 also, or 11 out of 10

between connections. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to

middle.

This genus, not at present identified outside the

European region, seems to originate from a form ap-

proaching but not identical with Nychiodes.

*barcinonaria, Bell.

nycthemeraria, H.-G. (2; g¢ not examined ; per-

haps a Selidosema).

Jractaria, Stgy.

emaria, Brem.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 109

*Tederi, Christ.

crassestrigata, Christ.

s r

abruptaria, Thnb.

sociaria, Hb.

81. Nycurtopes, Ld.

Face with loosely appressed hairs. Tongue rudimentary. Palpi

very short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated

to apex. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora thinly hairy; posterior

tibie in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in

without fovea; 10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10.

Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

Restricted to the following species. It is closely

related to Synopsia, and is probably a collateral branch

rising from an ancestor approaching the group of Proso-

polopha.

lividaria, Hb.

amygdalaria, H.-S.

*phasidaria, Rog.

82. EpHortia, n. g.

Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled.

Antenne in ¢ shortly bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax hairy

beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in J not dilated, with

all spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 out of 9.

Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

This genus, to which I assign also the Japanese

formosa, Butl., is apparently nearly related to Deilinia,

and is probably a collateral offshoot from the same

ancestral form. The following species is East Asiatic.

arenosa, Butl.

83. Deminia, Hb.

Face smooth or with small tuft. Tongue developed. Palpi

moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated,

towards apex simple. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora

elabrous; posterior tibie in g not dilated, with all spurs present.

Fore wings in § without fovea; 10 out of 9, rarely also 11 out of

9. Hind wings in $ with circular fovea at base of vein 8 beneath,

fringed with hairs; 8 approximated to cell to near middle.

I now restrict this genus as above; hence, of the

Australian species which I formerly placed in it, only

110 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

rectaria, Walk., remains; the rest (differing in the

absence of the fovea of hind wings, and in having 11 of

the fore wings almost always anastomosing with 12),

form a closely allied but distinct genus, for which I pro-

pose the name T'rochistis. Deilinia proper occurs

throughout the northern hemisphere, though only pos-

sessing a few species; it must originate from a form

approaching Huchlena and Metrocampa.

pusaria, L.

exanthemata, Se.

straminea, Butl. (=griseolimbata, Oberth. = ustu-

lataria, Christ.).

*cumulata, Christ.

84. Lomoarapna, Fb.

Face nearly smooth or with slight tuft. Tongue developed.

Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected or subascending, rough-

sealed. Antenne in $ bipectinated, towards apex simple. Thorax

somewhat hairy beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibiz in J

not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g without

fovea; 10 absent, 11 sometimes out of 9, sometimes connected or

anastomosing with 9 or 12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to

cell to near middle.

Closely allied to Detlinia, and probably rising from

Kuchlena. Besides the following there are a few Indo-

Malayan and Australian species.

cararia, Hb. (gs not seen).

dilectaria, Hb.

trimaculata, Vill.

laminaria, H.-S.

85. Scarpamia, Gn.

Face more or less prominent, with appressed seales. Tongue

developed. Palpi moderate, subascending, very shortly scaled.

Antenne in 3 bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax slightly hairy

beneath. Abdomen with dorsal well-defined crest near base.

Femora glabrous ; posterior tibiz in g not dilated, with all spurs

present. Fore wings in g without fovea ; 11 out of 10, anastom-

osing with 12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

A development of Huchlena. It is apparently an

Indo-Malayan genus of few species, strageling into

Africa, Eastern Asia, and Australia.

aurantiacaria, Brem.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. Pt

86. Exnicrinia, Hb.

Face smooth. Tongue developed. Palpi short, porrected, shortly

rough-scaled. Antenne in $ shortly and evenly ciliated. Thorax

hairy beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibizin gS not dilated,

with allspurs present. Fore wings in § without fovea; 10 absent,

11 occasionally connected with 12 and 9. Hind wings with 8

approximated to cell to middle.

A development of Metrocampa, with affinity to Ourap-

teryx. It is apparently restricted to the Huropean

region.

trinotata, Metz.

subcordaria, H.-S.

cordiaria, Hb. (=nuptaria, Brem.).

cauteriata, Ster.

87. OuraptEeryx, Leach.

Face somewhat prominent, with short projecting hairs. Tongue

developed. Palpi moderate or rather short, porrected or ascending,

shortly rough-sealed. Antenne in 3 shortly and evenly ciliated.

Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora hairy beneath ; posterior

tibiz in § more or less dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings

in J without fovea; 10 absent, 11 anastomosing or connected with

12 and sometimes with 9 also. Hind wings with 8 approximated

to cell to near middle.

A small Indo-Malayan genus, containing one Kuropean

species. It is a development of Metrocampa.

sambucaria, L.

88. Merrocampa, Latr.

Face smooth or with loosely appressed or projecting scales.

Tongue developed. Palpi short or moderate, porrected or sub-

ascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in 3g bipectinated,

apex (often 2 to 4 joints only) simple. Thorax hairy beneath.

Femora glabrous or rarely thinly hairy (honoraria) ; posterior tibise

in g sometimes dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in

without fovea; 10 out of 9 or seldom separate, occasionally obsolete

at base and then apparently out of 11, 11 anastomosing or con-

nected with 12 and nearly always with 10 also. Hind wings with

8 approximated to cell to middle.

A genus of some extent, ranging throughout the

northern hemisphere. It orignates from a form near

‘

112 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

Ennomos, and has affinity to Huchlena. I have satisfied

myself that in those few individuals where 10 appears to

rise out of 11, it really rises out of 9 as usual and

anastomoses with 11, but the basal portion is obsolete

and not traceable ; were it otherwise, intermediates would

certainly occur.

prosapiaria, L. (?=pinicolaria, Bell.).

margaritaria, L.

honoraria, Schiff.

serrata, Brem.

*Stschurovskyi, Esch.

*pruinosaria, Brem.

capreolaria, F.

pulveraria, L.

indictinaria, Brem. (= Snelleni, Hed.; ?—= emun-

data, Christ.).

dolobraria, L.

89. Eucuumna, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate

or short, porrected or ascending, shortly rough-sealed. Antenne

in g bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora

glabrous; posterior tibize in g sometimes dilated, with all spurs

present. Fore wings in $ without fovea; 10 sometimes connected

with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing or connected with or sometimes

running into 12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell shortly

or to near middle.

A small genus, inhabiting Europe and North America.

It must be derived from a form approaching Hnnomos.

prunaria, L.

parallelaria, Schiff.

apiciaria, Schiff.

90. ARTEMIDORA, n. g.

Face with projecting tuft of scales. Tongue developed. Palpi

moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-scaled. Antenne in

3S bipectinated to apex. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora

rather hairy beneath; posterior tibie in g not dilated, with all

spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; a transparent

scar on transverse vein ; 6 widely separate from 9, 10 sometimes

connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. Hind wings

with 6 and 7 remote, 8 approximated to cell to middle.

the Geometrina of the Huropean fauna. 118

Constituted for the following Central Asiatic species.

It is probably an offshoot from Hygrochroa or an allied

form, with collateral affinity to Selenia.

maracandaria, Krsch.

91. Senventa. HD.

Face with projecting tuft of scales. Tongue developed. Palpi

moderate, porrected or subascending, rough-scaled. Antenne in

& bipectinated to apex. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora

densely hairy beneath; posterior tibiw in gf not dilated, with all

spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; a transparent

scar on transverse vein; 6 out of 9, 11 rarely connected with 12 or

10. Hind wings with a transparent scar on transverse vein; 6 and

7 stalked, 8 approximated to cell to middle.

Contains the following and two or three North American

species. It is an offshoot from Hygrochroa.

bilunaria, Esp.

lunaria, Schiff.

tetralunaria, Hufn.

*versicoloraria, Christ.

92. Hyarocuroa, Hb.

Face with projecting tuft of scales. Tongue developed. Palpi

moderate, subascending, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in g bi-

pectinated to apex. ‘Thorax densely hairy beneath. Femora

densely hairy beneath; posterior tibie in g not dilated, with all

spurs present. Fore wings in ¢ without fovea ; 10 sometimes out

of 9, sometimes connected with 11. Hind wings with 8 approxim-

ated to cell to middle.

A development from the neighbourhood of Hnnomos.

The single species extends throughout the northern and

central parts of the European region.

syringaria, L.

93. Crppuis, Hb.

Face with loosely appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi

moderate, porrected, rough-sealed. Antenne in 3 bipectinated to

apex. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibiz

in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in g without

fovea; 7 and 8 unusually short, 7 rising above middle of 9, 10 out

of 9. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1892.—ParT I. (MARCH.) I

114 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification of

Allied to Selenia and Hygrochroa, from one or other of

which it is probably an offshoot. The single species

ranges throughout Central Kurope and Asia to Japan.

advenaria, Hb.

94. ARTIORA, n. g.

Face with short projecting scales. Tongue short. Palpi short,

porrected, shortly rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated to

apex. Thorax rather hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior

tibie in J not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in $

without fovea; 10 absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to

cell to middle.

Apparently a development of Hnnomos. The single

species is Central Huropean. The name Therapis, used

by Hiibner to include this species and flavicaria, was

wrongly applied here by Lederer, as Herrich-Scheffer

had already limited it so as to make flavicaria the type.

evonymaria, Schiff.

95. Conotors, Hb.

Face with rough projecting hairs, with a tuft projecting from

beneath antenne across eye to middle. Tongue short. Palpi very

short, porrected, rough-haired. Antenne in g very strongly bi-

pectinated to apex. Thorax densely hairy above and beneath.

Femora densely hairy beneath; posterior tibie in # not dilated,

with all spurs present, short. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10

sometimes anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing or

connected with 12 and 10. Hind wings with 8 approximated to

cell to middle.

The genus is a development of Hnnomos, and contains

only the one species, which occurs throughout most of

the European region.

pennaria, L.

96. Ennomos, T’r.

Face with dense projecting scales, or rounded-prominent and

with appressed scales, except at sides (regina). ‘Tongue more or

less developed or rudimentary. Palpi moderate, porrected or sub-

ascending, with rough projecting scales. Antenne in 3 bipectinated

to apex. Thorax densely hairy above and beneath. Femora densely

hairy beneath; posterior tibie in ¢ not dilated, median spurs very

short or absent. Tore wings in $ without fovea; 6 sometimes out

the Geometrina of the European fauna, 115

of 9, 10 rarely out of 9, sometimes anastomosing or connected with

9, 11 often out of 10, anastomosing or connected with or rarely

running into 12, sometimes anastomosing or connected with 10

also, rarely absent. Hind wings with 6 and 7 rarely stalked, 8

approximated to cell to middle.

Probably a development of Gonodontis. It is a charac-

teristically European genus, though straggling into North

America. The position of 6 in both wings is not con-

stant specifically. The median spurs are absent in the

first five species, which are therefore more recent forms.

The name Hugonia, Hb., is preoccupied by Hubner him-

self earlier in the same work, and cannot be employed

here.

quercaria, Hb. alniaria, L.

erosaria, Bkh. quercinaria, Hufn.

keffractaria, Frr. autumnaria, Wernb.

Fuscantaria, Hw. regina, Ster.

97. Gonopontis, Hb.

Face with dense projecting scales, or rounded-prominent and

with tolerably appressed scales (boisduvaliaria). Tongue more or

less developed or obsolete. Palpi moderate, porrected or sub-

ascending, with rough projecting scales. Antenne in 3 bipectinated

to apex. Thorax densely hairy above and beneath, sometimes

tending to form slight triangular anterior crest. FFemora densely

hairy beneath; posterior tibie in gf not dilated, with all spurs

present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 often connected or

anastomosing with 9, 11 occasionally connected or anastomosing

with 10. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The genus markedly approaches Prosopolopha, and

probably originates with it from some earlier form. Itis

doubtful whether it occurs outside the Kuropean region.

bidentata, Cl.

dardoinaria, Donz.

tusciaria, Bkh.

elinguaria, L.

boisduvaliaria, Lue.

98. Cistip1a, Hb.

Face roughly hairy or with loosely appressed scales. ‘Tongue

developed. Palpi moderate, subascending, rough-sealed or hairy.

Antenne in ¢ sometimes somewhat thickened towards apex, naked

116 Mr. E. Mevrick on the classification of

or very shortly ciliated. Thorax densely hairy beneath. Abdomen

in ¢ very elongate. Femora hairy beneath ; posterior tibie in 3

much dilated, with all spurs present but short. Fore wings in ¢

without fovea; 10 sometimes out of 9, connected with 9. Hind

wings with 8 approximated to cell to or beyond middle.

A curious genus, yet more peculiar in appearance

than in actual structure. It seems to be an isolated

development of Pseudopanthera, perhaps with some rela-

tionship to Abraxas. The two following species are

East Asiatic and Japanese, and I have a third species

from Japan, and a fourth from China.

stratonice, Cr.

couaggaria, Gn. (= eurypyle, Mén. = eurymede,

Motsch.).

99. Apraxas, Leach.

Face smooth. Tongue developed. Palpi rather short, sub-

ascending, shortly rough-sealed. Antenne in ¢ stout, ciliated

with moderate fascicles. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora glabrous ;

posterior tibia in gf dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in

S without fovea; 10 sometimes connected with 9, 11 out of 10,

anastomosing with or running into 12 or absent. Hind wings

with 8 approximated to cell shortly or to middle.

A genus of rather limited extent, almost confined to

India, China, and Japan, from which countries the few

European species are all stragglers; they are all found

native there, in company with others, and their present

wide distribution is remarkable, and probably to some

extent artificial. The genusis a development of Pseudo-

panthera.

grossulariata, L.

pantaria, L.

sylvata, Se.

adustata, Schiff.

marginata, L.

100. PsrupopantHera, Hb.

Face usually more or less rounded or prominent, sometimes

slightly tufted on lower edge. Tongue developed. Palpi rather

short or moderate, povrected or ascending, rough-scaled. Antenne

in % stout, more or less flatly subdentate, shortly and evenly

ciliated. Thorax more or less hairy beneath. Femora glabrous or

the Geometrina of the European fauna. VIL

rarely slightly hairy ; posterior tibiz in 3 sometimes dilated, with

all spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 sometimes

out of 9, usually connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 sometimes

out of 10 or anastomosing with 10, sometimes anastomosing with

12. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

This genus appears to be principally Kuropean, though

with occasional representatives in other regions. It is a

development of Crocota.

unio, Oberth. furvata, F.

*etheriata, Graes. pullata, Tr.

clarissa, Butl. sartata, Tr.

punctata, I. dumetata, Tr.

bimaculata, F. respersaria, Hb.

prctaria, Curt. *colchidaria, Ld.

macularia, L. dolosaria, H.-S.

syriacata, Gn. poggearia, Ld.

disparata, Ster. *gruneraria, Ster.

variegata, Dup. exculta, Butl. (= semi-

*difficilis, Alph. orbiculata, Christ.).

glaucinaria, Hb. *benesignata, Bell.

sibiriata, Gn. hippocastanaria, Hb.

*creperaria, Krsch. *tibiaria, Rbr.

obscuraria, Hb. asperaria, Hb.

*onustaria, H.-S. rippertaria, Dup.

ambiguata, Dup. scutularia, Dup.

*stemmataria, Ky. partitaria, Hb.

obfuscaria, Hb. petraria, Hb.

*sericarta, Alph. : lineata, Se.

*nimbata, Alph.

101. Hyposcoris, Hb.

Face forming a rounded prominence, with appressed scales.

Tongue developed. Palpi short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne

in 3 shortly bipectinated, becoming simple toward apex. Thorax

slightly hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in $

dilated, with all spurs present. Fore Wings in g without fovea ;

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10.

Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species is very closely related to Pseudo-

panthera, and may possibly be a development of it, but

more probably a transitional form marking the passage

from Crocota to Pseudopanthera.

mucidaria, Hb.

‘

118 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

102. THerapis, Hb.

Face prominent beneath, with slightly projecting scales. Tongue

developed. Paipi moderately long, porrected, rough-scaled. An-

tenne in ¢ bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax slightly hairy

beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in § not dilated, with

all spurs present. Fore wings in ¢ without fovea; 10 and 11 free.

Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

Probably a development of either Crocota or Pseudo-

panthera. The single species inhabits South-east Europe.

flavicaria, Hb.

108. Hypopiectis, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi short,

porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex.

Thorax somewhat hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior

tibie in ¢ slightly dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in

3 without fovea; 10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11

absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle.

The single species, which ranges through most of the

European region, is an offshoot of Crocota.

adspersaria, Hb.

104. Crocota, Hb.

Face more or less rounded-prominent or nearly flat, with tolerably

appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate or rather

short, porrected or ascending, rough-scaled or sometimes hairy.

Antenne in g bipectinated to apex. ‘Thorax hairy beneath.

Femora glabrous or sometimes hairy ; posterior tibiz in g moder-

ately or hardly dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in

without fovea; 10 very rarely out of 9, usually connected or

anastomosing with 9, 11 rarely out of 10 (formosaria), usually

connected or anastomosing with 12, occasionally with 10 also.

Hind wings with 6 and 7 rarely stalked (ochrearia, curvaria),

8 approximated to cell to middle. Female sometimes semi-

apterous or apterous.

The genus is characteristic of the European region,

though stragglers occur elsewhere. It is probably de-

rived from Biston.

lutearia, F. sordaria, Thnb.

niveata, Se. dilucidaria, Hb (?—cani-

peletieraria, Dup. tiaria, Gn.).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 119

celibaria, H.-S. saria, Christ.; —opu-

serotinaria, Hb. lentaria, Stgyr.).

andereggaria, Lah. mundataria, Cr.

operaria, Hb. *Steversi, Christ.

zelleraria, Frr. strigillaria, Hb. (2—be-

tenebraria, Esp. ticaria, Rbr.).

emucidaria, Dup. formosaria, Ev.

belgaria, Hb. *rectaria, Frr.

*penulataria, Hb. *violentaria, Christ.

*tekkearia, Christ. curvaria, Hy.

conspersaria, F', (2=rau- gilvaria, F.

naria, Frr.). ochrearia, Ross.

*lentiscaria, Donz. *insignis, Alph.

Iveni, Ersch. *unifasciata, Men.

acuminaria, Ev. (—glos- pravata, Hb.

105. Tuer, Hb.

Face with appressed scales. Tongue weak. Palpi very short,

porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated to apex.

Thorax slightly hairy beneath. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibie

in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in 3 without

fovea; 10 out of 9, sometimes connected or anastomosing with 9,

11 out of 9, anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. Hind

wings with 8 approximated to cell to near middle. Female semi-

apterous.

A development from Crocota, which it closely resembles.

The single species is Kuropean.

rupicapraria, Hb.

106. Lranyorrera, Ld.

Face loosely rough-haired. Tongue weak. Palpi moderate,

porrected, with long rough hairs. Antenne in @ shortly bi-

pectinated, apexsimple. Thorax roughly hairy above and beneath.

Femora hairy; posterior tibiae in ¢ not dilated, with all spurs

present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 11 anastomosing with

12, Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to middle. Female

apterous (?).

An offshoot from Crocota; the only species inhabits

South-east Europe.

fumidaria, Hb.

120 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

107. Psopos, T’r.

Face with long rough hairs. Tongue developed. Palpi moderate,

porrected, with long projecting hairs. Antenne in ¢ stout, shortly

ciliated. Thorax roughly hairy beneath. Femora hairy ; posterior

tibie in g not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in J

without fovea ; 10 sometimes absent, 11 anastomosing or connected

with 12 and seldom with 9 also. Hind wings with 6 and 7 some-

times short-stalked, 8 approximated to cell to middle.

This small genus, confined to the European mountains,

is derived from Crocota, with close collateral affinity to

Lignyoptera.

alticolaria, Mn.

coracina, Esp.

trepidaria, Hb.

alpinata, Se.

quadrifaria, Sulz.

108. Hyprrnia, Latr.

Face with appressed scales or shortly rough-scaled. Tongue

developed or weak. Palpi short or rather short, porrected, shortly

rough-scaled. Antenne in g either bipectinated, pectinations

sometimes short and terminating in fascicles of cilia, apex simple ;

or with two very short processes on each side of each joint, emitting

long fascicles of cilia. Thorax with small triangular anterior

crest, hairy beneath. Femora glabrous; posterior tibize in g\ not

dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in § without fovea;

10 sometimes out of 9, sometimes anastomosing or connected with

9, 11 sometimes out of 10, usually anastomosing with or running

into 12, rarely absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to

middle. Female semiapterous or apterous.

The genus is closely allied to Crocota, and probably

derived with it from Biston. It is characteristic of the

European region, though stragglers occur elsewhere also.

leucophearia, Schiff.

bajaria, Schiff.

marginaria, Bkh.

defoliaria, Cl.

aurantiaria, Esp.

ankeraria, Stgr.

declinans, Stgr.

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 121

109. ApocHEimaA, Hb.

Face roughly hairy. Tongue very short or rudimentary. Palpi

short or moderate, porrected, rough-haired. Antenne in ¢ bi-

pectinated to apex, or with apex simple. Thorax clothed with

dense hairs above, with slight anterior triangular crest, beneath

densely hairy. Femora densely hairy; posterior tibiz in $ not

dilated, without median spurs, or rarely with spurs present but

short (pedaria and tartarica). Fore wings in g without fovea ;

6 rarely out of 9, 10 usually anastomosing or connected with 9, 11

sometimes out of 10 or abSent, or running into 12, or concealed by

anastomosis of 10 with 12. Hind wings with 6 and 7 sometimes

stalked, 8 approximated to cell to middle. Female with wings

rudimentary or absent.

Almost confined to the European region ; it is de-

veloped from Biston. The variation in structure is rather

considerable, but not available for generic subdivision.

lefuaria, Ersch. (=ol- pomonaria, Hb.

garia, Oberth. ; (=ma- = *lanaria, Hy.

turaria, Christ.). hispidaria, F.

Jiduciaria, Ank. *arcanaria, Mill.

zonaria, Schiff. cineraria, Ersch.

alpina, Sulz. *declinata, Ster. (?)

grecaria, Stgr. *tartarica, Stgr.

*liquidaria, Ky. pedaria, F.

lapponaria, B.

110. Zamacra, n. g.

Face rough-haired, with horny triangular projection. Tongue

rudimentary. Palpi rather short, porrected, rough-haired. An-

tenne in g strongly bipectinated to apex. Thorax densely haired

above, with slight traces of anterior crest, beneath densely hairy.

Femora densely hairy ; posterior tibie without median spurs, in J

not dilated. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 absent, 11

anastomosing with 12. Hind wings with 6 and 7 stalked, 8

approximated to cell nearly throughout.

The single species is a development of Biston, from

which it does not greatly differ, and inhabits the shores

of the Mediterranean.

flabellaria, Heeg.

111. Bistron, Leach.

Face densely rough-haired or rough-scaled. Tongue developed

or very short or obsolete. Palpi moderate or short, porrected,

122 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

rough-haired or rough-scaled. Antennein g strongly bipectinated

to apex, or with apex simple. Thorax densely haired above, with

slight loose anterior crest, beneath densely hairy. Femora densely

hairy ; posterior tibia hairy, with median spurs very short or

absent, in g not dilated. Fore wings in gf without fovea; 10

usually connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 usually out of 10,

rarely free or absent. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to

middle.

Probably this may be derived from a form approaching

Phaselia. The species are not numerous ; besides the

following, there are a few in India and Africa.

hirtarius, Cl.

necessarius, Z.

stratarius, Hufn.

tendinosarius, Brem.

*hueberarius, Ball.

betularius, L.

112. Sparropreryx, Gn.

Palpi short. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex. Posterior

tibiee with all spurs present. Female semiapterous, ante ‘or wings

linear.

I have not seen the single Siberian species which con-

stitutes this genus, and can only give the above-men-

tioned fragmentary details from Guenée. I conjecture,

however, that it is probably a good genus, and allied to

the ancestral form of Phaselia.

*serrularia, Ld. (=kindermannaria, Stgr.).

118. PHasenia, Gn.

Face with tolerably appressed scales. Tongue obsolete. Palpi

very short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in both sexes bi-

pectinated to apex. Thorax with loose lateral and posterior crests,

beneath densely hairy. Femora glabrous ; posterior tibize without

median spurs, in g not dilated. Fore wings in $ without fovea ;

10 connected with 9. Hind wings with 8 approximat:d to cell to

middle.

Doubtless a development from the Prosopolopha group,

but the actual point of connection seems uncertain. The

cenus seems attached to South-east Europe and South-

west Asia.

serrularia, Ev.

*deliciosaria, Ld.

*gstrictaria, Ld.

the Geometrina of the Huropean fauna. 123

114. Cuemerina, B.

Face with appressed seales, erown with defined posterior tuft.

Tongue developed. Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. An-

tenne in g bipectinated, apex simple. Thorax hairy beneath.

Femora glabrous; posterior tibie in g\ not dilated, with all spurs

present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 out of 9, anastom-

osing with 11 and 9. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to

middle.

The single species is nearly allied to Prosopolopha, of

which it may be a development ; it frequents the Medi-

terranean coasts.

caliginearia, Rbr.

115. OnycnHora, n. ¢.

Face subprominent, with appressed hairs. Tongue developed.

Palpi rather short, porrected, rough-haired. Antenne in ¢ bi-

pectinated to apex.. Thorax hairy beneath. Femora slightly

hairy ; anterior tibiz very short, with strong apical hook ; posterior

tibie in § not dilated, with all spurs present. Fore wings in

without fovea; 10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing

with 12 and 10. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to

middle.

The only species is doubtless derived from Prosopo-

lopha ; it inhabits South-west Europe.

agaritharia, Dard.

116. Prosoponopna, Ld.

Face rough-haired, forehead sometimes tufted. Tongue de-

veloped. Palpi rather short, porrected, rough-scaled. Antenne in

3S bipectinated to apex. Thorax densely haired, with slight loose

triangular anterior crest, beneath densely hairy. Femora hairy ;

posterior tibiw in not dilated, with all spurs present. I’ore wings

in g without fovea ; 10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with

12 and 10. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell to beyond

middle.

This genus was named Ligia by Duponchel, but the

name is preoccupied in the Crustacea. The limits of

the genus and its geographical range are somewhat un-

certain ; the group to which it belongs is most numerously

represented in Australia, but is everywhere fragmentary

and now probably dying out.

‘

124 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

modesta, Star.

*turanica, Krsch.

*ciliaria, Mén.

*argentaria, H.-S.

jourdanaria, Vill.

opacaria, Hb.

117: Axia, ib:

Face rough-haired. Tongue weak. Palpi short, porrected,

rough-scaled. Antenne in g bipectinated to apex. Thorax with

collar forming an erect crest, patagia loosely rough-scaled, beneath

hairy. Femora slightly hairy; posterior tibix in g not dilated,

with all spurs present. Fore wings in g without fovea; 10 con-

nected with 9. Hind wings with 8 approximated to cell throughout

and to basal fourth of 7, thence diverging.

The peculiar structure of vein 8 of the hind wings dis-

tinguishes this genus at once, but it ig notwithstanding

nearly allied to Prosopolopha, and is probably at the

same time one of the most primitive types of the

Geometrina, retaining indications of its affinity to other

groups. Only one species is known, which inbabits

South-west Hurope, and appears always rare.

margarita, Hb.

APPENDIX OF STATISTICS OF NEURAL VARIATION

IN THE SELIDOSEMIDZ.

As in the Selidosemide the structure of veins 10 and

11 of the fore wings is in many instances lable to vary

to an unusual extent within the limits of the same genera

and species, I give here an analysis of the results

obtained from the inspection of the specimens examined

for the purpose of this paper. before doing so I have

to acknowledge my indebtedness to Miss M. Kimber,

F.E.$., for much valuable assistance ; Miss Kimber very

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 125

kindly accumulated from correspondents, and_ sub-

sequently examined the neuration of, a considerable

number of specimens of the commoner British species,

and thus enabled these observations to be established

on a wider basis than could otherwise have been the

case.

In the following results the species are arranged in

the order of the preceding classification. All the species

of the family are given, except where no variation was

found within the limits of the genus; in such cases the

generic diagnosis sufficiently expresses the result. The

number enclosed in brackets following the name of the

species gives the total number of specimens examined ;

that which follows each statement of neural characters

cives the number of specimens found to display characters

in accordance with such statement. As a rule, more

pains have been taken to examine a number of specimens

in those species where the examination of a few indicated

liability to variation. In interpreting the statement of

characters, it must of course be remembered that, as

usual, veins 10 and 11 are understood to be free and

separate so far as they are not expressly stated to be

otherwise. I would mention also that the accurate

ascertainment of the neuration in an individual of this

family is commonly much more difficult than might be

supposed ; the veins in question are nearly always very

close together throughout their course, and a tendency

to connection is often shown where no actual connection

exists; on the other hand, the connecting bar is fre-

quently hard to observe, and really doubtful cases some-

times occur. Allowance must be made for these diffi-

culties ; but I think the results are not without value as

a numerical record of structural variability. I might

also point out to those who advocate the naming of mere

varieties that these examples of structural variation are

at least as worthy of the dignity of a name as any

examples of colour variation; so that in the case of a

species with perhaps six colour varieties and as many

structural, the various combinations would require no

less than 36 names.

126 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

Zettienia albonotaria, Brem. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

Z. rufescentaria, Motsch. (2).

10 connected with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).

11 out of 12, anastomosing with 10. (1).

Opisthograptis estimaria, Hb. (4).

10 connected with 12, 11 absent. (2).

10 connected with 12 and 9,11 absent. (2).

O. proditaria, Brem. (1).

10 connected with 12, 11 absent. (1).

O. luridulata, Stgr. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (1).

O. graphata, Hed. (1).

11 absent. (1).

O. notata, L. (15).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 absent. (7).

10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (8).

O. alternaria, Hb. (4).

10 connected with 12, 11 absent. (2).

10 connected with 12 and 9,11 absent. (2).

O. liturata, Cl. (16).

11 absent. (3).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (5).

10 connected with 12, 11 absent. (8).

O. signaria, Hb. (8).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (2).

10 anastomosing with 12 and connected with 9, 11 absent.

(ye

O. clathrata, L. (84).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (8).

10 anastomosing with 12, 11 absent. (9).

10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9,11 absent. (21).

10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-

nections. (1).

O. semilutata, Ld. (1).

11 out of 10. (1).

O. hopfferaria, Stgr. (2).

10 connected with 9,11 absent. (2).

O. luteolata, L. (48).

11 out of 10. (13).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (12).

10 anastomosing with 12 and connected with 9, 11 out of 10

between connections. (2).

ll absent. (10).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 127

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (10).

10 anastomosing with 12 and connected with 9, 11 absent.

(1).

Diastictis glarearia, Brahm. (8).

10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (3).

brunneata, Thnb. (8).

10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (38).

murinaria, F. (4).

11 absent. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (2).

11 out of 10, connected with 12. (1).

D. pumicaria, Ld. (1).

DD:

SES SS aS

10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-

nections. (1).

dalmataria, Gn. (1).

10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-

nections. (1).

. artesiaria, F. (1).

10 anastomosing with 12 and connected with 9, 11 absent.

(1).

. loricaria, Ev. (5).

10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent.

(5).

. wauaria, L. (28).

11 absent. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (4).

10 conneeted with 12, 11 absent. (5).

10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (18).

. stevenaria, B. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

. assimilaria, Rbr. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

. vincularia, Hb. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (1).

. semicanaria, Frr. (1).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

. arenacearia, Hb. (4).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (1).

10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (2).

. catalaunaria, Gn. (1).

10 connected with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).

. Veertliz, Boh. (1).

10 connected with 9,11 absent. (1).

128 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

D. roboraria, Schiff. (6).

10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (5).

10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between connections.

@):

D. consortaria, F. (7).

10 connected with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).

10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10

above connections. (5).

10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (1).

D. senex, Butl. (4).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (4).

D. saturniaria, Graes. (3).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (8).

D. flavomarginaria, Brem. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.

(1).

D. melanaria, L. (8).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (2).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

Ectropis luridata, Bkh. (6).

10 and 11 separate. (6).

E. punctularia, Hb. (31).

10 anastomosing with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).

10 absent. (18).

10 absent, 11 anastomosing or connected with 12. (16).

10 absent, 11 out of 9, anastomosing with 12 and connected

with 9. (1).

FE. biundularia, Bkh. (61).

10 out of 9,11 out of 9. (1).

10 out of 9, connected with 9, 11 out of 9. (1).

10 out of 9, 11 out of 10. (81).

10 out of 9, connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (8).

10 absent, 11 connected with 9. (1).

10 absent, 11 out of 9. (22).

10 absent, 11 out of 9, connected with 9. (2).

E.. consonaria, Hb. (15).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (12).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (2).

10 absent, 1! anastomosing with 12. (1).

E. doerriesiaria, Christ. (1).

10 out of 11, anastomosing with 9. (1).

Deileptenia abietaria, Hb. (8).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (8).

the Geometrina of the European fauna.

D. mandschuriaria, Brem. (1).

10 out of 11 near base. (1).

Cleora lichenaria, Hufn. (19).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (19).

Selidosema castigataria, Brem. (2).

10 connected with 9. (2).

S. gesticularia, Hb. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

S. contaminaria, Hb. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

S. ericetaria, Vill. (24).

10 and 11 separate. (6).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (17).

11 out of 10 near base. (1).

S. teniolaria, Hb. (1).

10 connected with 9. (1).

S. ambustaria, H.-G. (1).

10 connected with 9. (1).

S. variolaria, Stgr. (1).

10 out of 11 near base, connected with 9. (1).

S. repandata, L. (55).

10 and 11 separate. (7).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (87).

11 anastomosing with 12. (5).

129

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with

12ee (3)

11 out of 10 near base. (38).

S. extinctaria, Ev. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

S. glabraria, Hb. (8).

10 connected with 9. (2).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10 near base. (1).

S. angularia, Thnb. (1).

11 out of 10 near base. (1).

S. umbraria, Hb. (2).

10 and 11 separate. (2).

S. gemmaria, Brahm. (65).

10 and 11 separate. (19).

10 connected with 9. (40).

10 out of 9 near base. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10 near base. (5).

S. secundaria, Esp. (3).

10 connected with 9, (3).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) K

1380 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

S. tlicaria, H.-G. (1).

10 connected with 9. (1).

S. cinctaria, Schiff. (33).

10 and 11 separate. (20).

10 connected with 9. (11).

10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (2).

S. perversaria, B. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

S. oecitanaria, Dup. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

Eurranthis plumistaria, Vill. (8).

11 absent. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 absent. (2).

EH. chrysitaria, H.-G. (2).

11 out of 10. (2).

EH. pennigeraria, Hb. (2).

11 out of 10. (2).

Bupalus piniarius, L. (68).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 running into 12. (6).

10 anastomosing twice with 9, 11 running into 12. (2).

10 anastomosing with 9, then with 12 and 9 again, 11 running

into 12. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (81).

10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (28).

B. atomarius, Ll. (84).

10 anastomosing with 12, 11 absent. (12).

10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, ll absent. (22).

B. carbonarius, Cl. (4).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).

10 anastomosing with 12, 11 absent. (2).

B. famulus, Esp. (8).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (8).

B. limbarius, F. (5).

11 out of 10, running into 12. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (4).

B. rorarws, F. (2).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).

B. fuscus, Thnb. (2).

10 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (2).

Synopsia nycthemeraria, H.-G.

10 connected with 9. (1).

S. fractaria, Stgr. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 131

S. emaria, Brem. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.

(1).

S. crassestrigata, Christ. (1).

10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-

nections. (1).

S. abruptaria, Thnb. (80).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (1).

10 connected with 12, 11 out of 10. (1).

10 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10

between connections. (38).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (8).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anasto-

mosing with 12. (16).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12

and 10. (1).

S. sociaria, Hb. (4).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.

(4).

Deilinia pusaria, L. (18).

10 out of 9. (18).

D. exanthemata, Se. (49).

10 out of 9. (48).

10 and 11 out of 9. (1).

D. straminea, Butl. (1).

10 out of 9. (1).

Lomographa cararia, Hb. (1).

10 absent, 11 connected with 9. (1).

L. dilectaria, Hb. (1).

10 absent, 11 connected with 9. (1).

L. trimaculata, Vill. (8).

10 absent. (1).

10 absent, 11 connected with 9. (2).

L. laminaria, H.S. (2).

10 absent, 11 out of 9, anastomosing with 12. (2).

Ourapteryx sambucaria, L. (86).

10 absent, 11 anastomosing with 12. (8).

10 absent, 11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 9.

(28).

Metrocampa prosapiaria, L. (28).

10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (2).

10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (8).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12

and 10. (13),

182 Mr. BE. Meyrick on the classification of

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 12, 11 running into 12. (1).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (3).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, connected with 12. (1).

M. margaritaria, L. (45).

11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (8).

10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing or connected with 12. (8).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12.

(1).

10 out of 9,11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10.

(7):

10 out of 9, anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing

or connected with 12 and 10. (81).

M. honoraria, Schiff. (8).

11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. (1).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12

and 10. (2).

M. serrata, Brem. (2).

11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (2).

M. capreolaria, F. (A).

10 out of 9, connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10.

(3).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and

10:7):

M. pulveraria, L. (16).

10 out of 9,11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10.

(14).

11 out of 10, anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. (2).

M. indictinaria, Brem. (1).

10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).

M. dolobraria, L. (13).

11 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 10. (9).

10 out of 9,11 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 10.

(3).

11 out of 10, connected with 12 and 10. (1).

Euchlena prunaria, L. (16).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (6).

11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (8).

FE. parallelaria, Schiff. (13).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.

(11).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (2).

EF. apiciaria, Schiff. (28).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (6).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 133

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing or connected

with 12. (17).

Artemidora maracandaria, Ersch. (2).

11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).

Selenia bilunaria, Esp. (51).

10 and 11 separate. (47).

11 anastomosing with 12. (4).

S. lunaria, Schiff. (9).

10 and 11 separate. (9).

S. tetralunaria, Hufn. (21).

10 and 11 separate. (20).

10 connected with 11. (1).

Hygrochroa syringaria, L. (10).

10 and 11 separate. (8).

10 connected with 11. (1).

10 out of 9. (1).

Colotois pennaria, li. (50).

11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. (2).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing or con-

nected with 12 and 10. (48).

Ennomos quercaria, Hb. (1).

10 connected with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between connections.

(1).

EH. erosaria, Bkh. (17).

11 out of 10, connected or anastomosing with 12. (5).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, connected

or anastomosing with 12. (5).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and 10. (2).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12

and 10. (1).

10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 out of 10 between con-

nections. (3).

10 anastomosing with 12 and 9, 11 absent. (1).

E. fuscantaria, Hw. (3).

11 connected with 12. (8).

#. alniaria, L. (89).

11 anastomosing with 12. (1).

10 anastomosing with 12, 11 running into 12. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 running into 12. (1).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with

12and 10. (23).

11 anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10, (13).

134 Mr. EB. Meyrick on the classification of

E. quercinaria, Hufn. (24).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomo-

sing or connected with 12. (8).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and

LOTS a(S):

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing or connected with

12 and 10. (1).

10 anastomosing with 12, 11 absent. (2).

E. autumnaria, Wernb. (24).

11 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 10. (11).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 connected or anasto-

mosing with 12 and 10. (10).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12

and 10. (1).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).

10 anastomosing with 12, 11 running into 12. (1).

H. regina, Stgr. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).

Gonodontis bidentata, Cl. (21).

10 and 11 separate. (11).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (8).

10 connected or anastomosing with 1l and 9. (7).

G. dardoinaria, Donz.

10 anastomosing with 9. (1).

G. tusciaria, Bkh. (8).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (2).

G. elinguaria, L. (86).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9. (84).

11 connected with 12. (1).

G. boisduvaliaria, Luc. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

Cistidia stratonice, Cr. (2).

10 connected with 9. (2).

C. cowaggaria, Gn. (4).

10 out of 9, connected with 9. (4).

Abraxas grossulariata, L. (81).

11 out of 10, running into 12. (21).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (8).

11 absent. (2).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 135

A. pantaria, L. (8).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (8).

A. sylvata, Se. (27).

11 out of 10, running into 12. (1).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (25).

A. adustata, Schiff. (18).

11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (14).

11 absent. (2).

A. marginata, L. (80).

11 out of 10, running into 12. (2).

11 absent. (28).

Pseudopanthera wnio, Oberth. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12.

(i):

P. clarissa, Butl. (4).

11 out of 10. (4).

P. punctata, F. (17).

10 out of 9. (10).

10 and 11 out of 9. (1).

10 out of 9, 11 connected or anastomosing with 10. (8).

10 out of 9, 11 out of 9, anastomosing with 10. (1).

10 out of 9, 11 connected with 12 and 10. (2).

P. bimaculata, F. (6).

10 out of 9. (2).

10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (8).

10 out of 9,11 connected or anastomosing with 12 and 10.

(1).

P. pictaria, Curt. (4).

10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (2).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and

10. (2).

P. macularia, L. (57).

10 and 11 separate. (4).

11 anastomosing or connected with 12. (45).

10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (8).

P. syriacata, Gn. (2).

11 anastomosing with 12. (2).

P. disparata, Stgr. (2).

10 out of 11, connected with 9. (2).

P. variegata, Dup. (2).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and

10. (2).

‘

136 Mr. K. Meyrick on the classification of

P. glaucinaria, Hb. (3).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 1l and 9. (8).

P. sibiriata, Gn. (1).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 1l and 9. (1).

P. obscuraria, Hb. (88).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 11 and 9. (381).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and

10% AGU)

P. ambiguata, Dup. (1).

10 out of 9, anastomosing with 11 and 9. (1).

P. obfuscaria, Hb. (18).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (5).

10 anastomosing with 11. (1).

10 anastomosing or connected with 11 and 9. (8).

10 out of 11, anastomosing with 9. (2).

P. furvata, F. (1).

10 connected with 9. (1).

P. pullata, Tr. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

P. sartata, Tr. (1).

10 connected with 9. (1).

P. dumetata, Tr. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

. respersaria, Hb. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

. dolosaria, H.8. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

. poggearia, Ld. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

P. exculta, Butl. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (1).

P. hippocastanaria, Hb. (6).

10 connected with 9. (1).

10 connected with 11. (2).

10 connected or anastomosing with ll and 9. (8).

P. asperaria, Hb. (8).

11 anastomosing with 12. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (1).

10 connected with 9,11 absent. (1).

P. rippertaria, Dup. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

>, scutularia, Dup. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

ry of

Lael

the Geometrina of the European fauna, 137

P. partitaria, Hb. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

P. petraria, Hb. (42).

10 and 11 separate. (7).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9. (28).

10 anastomosing with 11. (1).

10 out of 9, connected with 9. (2).

10 connected or anastomosing with 11 and 9. (4).

P, lineata, Se. (16).

10 and 11 separate. (11).

10 anastomosing with 9. (2).

10 anastomosing with 1l and 9. (1).

11 connected with 12. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).

Crocota lutearia, F. (3).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 connected or anasto-

mosing with 12. (8).

C. niveata, Se. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).

C. peletieraria, Dup. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).

C. sordaria, Thnb. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).

C. dilucidaria, Hb. (2).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with

12s (2);

C. celibaria, H.-S. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).

C. serotinaria, Hb. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).

C. andereggaria, Lah. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).

C. operaria, Hb. (2).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 connected with 12.

(2).

C. zelleraria, Frr. (2).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9. (2).

C. tenebraria, Esp. (1).

10 connected with 9. (1).

C. emucidaria, Dup. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).

C. belgaria, Hb. (5).

10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (5).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRTI, (MARCH.) L

138 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification of

C. conspersaria, F. (2),

11 connected with 12. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 connected with 12. (1).

C. Iveni, Ersch. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10.

(1).

C. acuminaria, Ev. (2).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and 10.

(2).

C. mundataria, Cr. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

C. strigillaria, Hb. (19).

10 anastomosing with 9. (4).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 connected or anasto-

mosing with 12. (18).

10 out of 9, connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (2).

C. formosaria, Ev. (2).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (2).

C. cwrvaria, Ey. (2).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with

LGA

C. gilvaria, F. (9).

10 anastomosing with 9. (2).

10 anastomosing with 11 and 9. (1).

11 anastomosing with 12 and 10. (1).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with

12. (5).

C. ochrearia, Ross. (11).

10 anastomosing with 9. (5).

11 connected with 12. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 connected with 12. (5).

C. pravata, Hb. (1).

11 connected with 12. (1).

Theria rupicapraria, Hb. (18).

10 out of 9, 11 out of 9, anastomosing with 12 and 10. (4).

10 out of 9, anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 out of 9,

anastomosing or connected with 12 and 10. (14).

Psodos alticolaria, Mn. (1).

10 absent, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).

P. coracina, Esp. (1).

10 absent, 11 anastomosing with 12. (4).

P. trepidaria, Hb. (5).

10 absent, 11 anastomosing or connected with 12. (4).

10 absent, 11 connected with 12 and 9. (1).

the Geometrina of the European fauna. 139

P. alpinata, Se. (3).

11 connected or anastomosing with 12. (8).

P. quadrifaria, Sulz. (8).

11 connected with 12. (8).

Hybernia leucophearia, Schiff. (23).

11 anastomosing with 12. (4).

11 running into 12. (17).

10 connected with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 running into 12. (1).

H. bajaria, Schiff. (1).

11 anastomosing with 12. (1).

H. marginaria, Bkh. (53).

11 anastomosing with 12. (20).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (80).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9,11 out of 10, anasto-

mosing with 12. (8).

H. defoliaria, Cl. (49).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

10 out of 9. (1).

11 out of 10. (27).

10 anastomosing or connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (19).

1l absent. (1).

H. aurantiaria, Esp. (40).

11 anastomosing with 12. (2).

11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (82).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10, anastomosing with 12. (5).

10 anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10, running into 12. (1),

A. ankeraria, Stgr. (1).

10 and 11 separate. (1).

H. declinans, Stgr. (1).

10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).

Apocheima lefuaria, Ersch. (1).

_ 10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).

A, fiduciaria, Ank. (1).

1l absent. (1).

A. zonaria, Schiff. (14).

10 anastomosing with 9. (1).

10 out of 11, anastomosing or connected with 9. (13).

A. alpina, Sulz. (1).

10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).

A. grecaria, Stgr. (1).

10 out of 11, connected with 9, (1).

A. lapponaria, B. (2).

140 Geometrina of the European fauna.

10 out of 11. (1).

10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).

A. pomonaria, Hb. (1).

10 out of 11, connected with 9. (1).

A. hispidaria, F. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9. (1).

A. cineraria, Ersch. (1).

10 anastomosing with 9. (1).

A. pedaria, F. (48).

11 out of 10, running into 12. (28).

10 anastomosing with 12, 1l absent. (15).

Biston hirtarius, Cl. (17).

10 anastomosing with 9. (1).

11 out of 10. (5).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10. (9).

10 out of 11, running into 9. (1).

1l absent. (1).

B. necessarius, Z. (1).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (1).

B. stratarius, Hufn. (8).

11 out of 10. (8).

10 connected or anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10. (5).

B. tendinosarius, Brem. (1).

Lisout of lo. (a).

B. betularius, L. (26).

11 out of 10. (4).

10 connected with 9, 11 out of 10. (22).

EXPLANATION oF Puate III.

Fic. 1. Fore wing of Hydriomena picata, showing veins numbered.

2. is Cataclysme virgata.

3 ip Opisthograptis luteolata, g.

4 9 Ectropis biundularia.

5. 9 Pseudopanthera macularia.

6. Hind wing of Hydriomena picata, showing veins numbered.

/ re Baptria atrata.

8 5 Opisthograptis luteolata.

9 is Pseudoterpna prwinata.

10, +5 Leptomeris tmitaria,

(velaitinn)

VIL. On a little-known species of Papilio from the Island

of Lifu, Loyalty Group. By the Hon. Water

Roruscuitp, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

|Read February 24th, 1892. |

Puate IV.

Papilio Gelon, Boisd.

This Papilio is one of the Sarpedon group, and is in

structure nearest to P. mendana of Malayta Island,

Solomon Islands.

On the upper surface the male is deep black, with a velvety

sheen. On the fore wings the type-specimen has three small green

dots between the third and fifth median nervules. The hind wings

have a green band composed of four longitudinal spots situated as

in Sarpedon. On the under side the fore wings are dull black,

powdered with yellow scales, and with a metallic-brown sheen near

the outer margin ; there are three white spots between the fourth

and fifth median nervules, and the costal and median veins are for

half their length of a bright green colour, Hind wings chestnut-

brown, with darker shading, and crossed by a narrow greenish

white band one-third of the length from the base; all veins being

green at their basal origin. Shape similar to P. Hvemon.

Female greyish brewn on the upper surface. Fore wings with a

border of small yellowish spots about an eighth of an inch from

the margin. One green spot on the costa about two-thirds the

length from the base, and one similar between the costal and

median veins. Hind wings with three small oblong blotches of

whitish green in the place of the band in the male, the under side

exactly as in the male, only the band of spots on the upper surface

of fore wings shows through, and there are two green spots in the

place of the band on the hind wings.

In a second specimen of the male the green band on the hind

wings is continued across the front wings, showing that this species

varies in the same manner as P. semifasciata of China and Japan,

Expanse, g 23 in., ? 3 in.

Hab. Lifu Island, Loyalty Group.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—pPaRT Il. (JUNE.) M

142 On a little-known species of Papilio.

EXPLANATION OF Puate LY.

Fig. 1. Papilio Gelon, 3.

2. Variety of Papilio Gelon, 3.

3. Papilio Gelon, 2.

4. Under side of Papilio Gelon, 3.

(143) =)

VIII. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central

America, with remarks on some of the previously-

recorded species. By the late Henry Water

Batts, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e. With an Introduction

by FREDERICK DuCann Gopman, F.R.S.

{Read March 9th, 1892. |

PravTes, Va Vi, & VIL.

[Tue late Henry Walter Bates was engaged upon this

paper when seized by the illness which terminated

fatally on February 16th. It was intended that jit should.

include an account ef all the additions to the Longi-

cornia that had come to hand since the volume of the

‘Biologia Centrali-Americana’ treating of this subject

had been closed, and to do for this Tribe what had

already been done for the Families Cicindclide (Trans.

Knt. Soc. Lond., 1890, pp. 493, et seq.) and Carabide

(op. cit., 1891, pp. 223, et seq.).

Unfortunately, Mr. Bates had not guite finished his

task, the Lamide remaining untouched. But his MS.

extends to the end of the Cerambycide, and, as might

have been expected from so methodical a worker, was so

left that it could easily be arranged fer publication,

This has been done hy Mr. Champion, and the paper

is now offered to the Society as the last contribution

to Entomological Science of one of her most devoted

students, and as an evidence that the author continued

his work to the last available moment of his life.

Seventy-nine species, of which seventy-four are de-

scribed as new, are added, which, with the number

recorded in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ 1273,

brings the total up to 1352 species. Eleven additional

genera are enumerated, five only of which (Asemum,

Aneflus, Charista, Ceresium, and Athetesis) were previously

known, and six (Proteinidium, Anatinomma, Pecilo-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—partT Il. (JUNE.) M 2

144 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

mallus, Pachymerola, Triacetelus, and A.xestoleus) are

characterized as new.

Of the five known species not previously recorded from

Mexico or Central America, two are North American, one

is South American, one Cuban, and one of general dis-

tribution. The well-known boreal genus Asemum has

now a recorded representative from as far south as the

Mexican State of Guerrero.

The material for this paper has been accumulating

since January, 1886, when vol. v. of the Coleoptera of

the ‘Biologia Centrali-Americana’ was completed. It

has been chiefly obtained by the following collectors :-—

(1), Herr Hoge, during his Second Mexican Expedition ;

(2), Mr. H. H. Smith, in Mexico, chiefly in the States of

Guerrero, Vera Cruz, and Tabasco; (3), Mr. Gaumer, in

Northern Yucatan; (4), Mr. Baron, in the Mexican

State of Guerrero, kindly communicated by Mr. Harford ;

(5), Mr. Becker, in the Mexican State of Durango; (6),

Mr. Flohr, in Mexico; (7), Herr Conradt, in Guatemala ;

(8), Herr E. Trotsch, in Chiriqui.—Ff’. D. G.]

Prionus californicus, Motsch., Bull. Mosce., 1845, 1., p. 89.

Hab. Mexico, North Sonora (Morrison).

Two specimens received from Mr. Morrison, as found

within the Mexican frontier. ‘The species is an addition

to the Mexican fauna.

Derobrachus smithi, n. sp.

D. longicorni (Bates) proxime affinis; sat anguste parallelo-

erammicus, elytris post ante medium hand dilatatis, piceo-niger,

thorace nitido, elytris passim minute granulato-coriaceis, castaneo-

tuscis. antenne corpore longiores, robust, articulis 1, 2 et dii

basi grosse et aspere punctatis, 4—11 et 3ii apice elevato-lineatis

opacis rufescentibus ; 9 antenn corporis dimidio vix longiores,

nitide, glabree, ad basin sparsim punctate, articulo dio gracili supra

suleato. Long. 50 millim., § ¢°.

Hab. Mexico, Xautipa in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

This distinct species can be compared only with D.

longicornis. It has the same clongate, somewhat narrow

and parallelogrammical form of the body, and very

similar elongated antenne. It differs, however, from

all the numerous examples of 1). longicornis which I

have seen in the minutely granulate-coriaceous surface

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 145

of the elytra (so unlike the smooth, subopaque, silky

gloss of D. longicornis), and in the jing head, thorax,

and base of antenne, the thorax having only a few coarse

punctured wrinkles. The eyes are not nearly so closely

approximated above. As in D. longicornis, the thorax

has three long and acute spines on each side, and the

elytra are acutely spined at the sutural angle, but the

spine is followed by a short sinuation of the apical mar-

ein, which is not the case in D. longicornis.

Derobrachus geminatus, Leconte, Proc. Ac. Phil. vi.,

p. 233 (18538); Col. of Kansas and HK. New

Mexico pp. 9s ta 2; nes 12 and 12a; Bates,

Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., v., p. 231.

Additional specimens of fie species have been received

from Villa Lerdo in Durango, and Chihuahua City

(/1éqge). The few examples of the 3 from Villa Lerdo

resemble D. forreri (Bates) in the antennal joints 3—5

being longer and narrower than in Texas and Arizona

specimens of D. geminatus, but the eyes are wide apart

above as in that species, and not approximated as in D.

Jorrert. The single specimen from Chihuahua is, how-

ever, IN many respects intermediate between the two

specics.

Strongylaspis lobulifer, n. sp.

S. scobinato affinis; major, rufo-testaceus opacus, dense breviler

griseo-pubescens ; thorace angulis anticis breviter lobato-productis,

disco convexo minus inequali. Long. 47 millim., ¢@.

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith).

I have seen but one example of this distinct species,

and the prominent outstanding anterior angles of the

thorax may prove to be only an individual peculiarity ;

but they are exactly symmetrical, the sides are deeply

sinuated immediately behind them, and then more

rapidly and curvilinearly diverging to the lateral tooth

near the hind angle, the acute apex of which is curved,

and points towards the elytral humeri; the surface is

eranulated. The elytra are finely and densely granu-

late-punctulate, but posteriorly appear nearly smooth.

The antenne in the ¢ are nearly as long as the body,

with the basal joints (1—8) much more strongly

asperate-granulate than in S. scobinatus.

146 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Tragosoma nigripenne, Ni. Sp.

T. depsario (L.) angustius; nigro-piceus, elytris nitidis, capite,

thorace et pectore fulvo-fusco lanuginosis, palpis, antennis et pedi-

bus piceo-rufis. Caput aspere confluenter punctatum, medio sul-

eatum ; oculis magnis, convexis. Thorax dense punctatus dorso

inequali, angulis anticis subrectis, dente laterali plus minusve

valido, lateribus post dentum sinuatis anguloque postico obtuso,

elevato. Elytra valde elongata, fere parallelogrammica, confertim

punctata, substriata, interstitiis nonnullis anguste convexis, apice

late obtuse rotundata, angulo suturali spinoso. Antenne corporis

dimidio parum longiores, articulis 1 et 2 totis et 3—5 intus politis

sparsim punctatis, ceteris crebre porosulis subopacis, 3—11 extus

unicarinatis. Long. 23—30 millim., J 9.

Hab. Mexteo; Ciudad in Durango (Hége).

All the examples are females, except one, distinguished

by the slightly longer antenne, the apical joints of

which are rather longer and more slender. The abdo-

men in all the examples is at least one-fourth shorter

than the elytra, triangular and depressed, in the male

much shorter, aiid at the apex broader than in the

female.

Pyrodes maculicollis, Bates, Entom. Monthly Mag., 1891,

p- 158.

This fine and very distinct species is an important

addition to the Mexican Longicorn fauna. Numerous

examples were captured at Canelas in Durango by Mr.

Becker.

Asemum glabrellum, n.sp. (Pl. V., fig. 6, 2).

A, nitido (Lec.) affine. Gracgile elongatum depressum, castaneum

nitidum, fere totum glabrum. Caput sat dense punctatum, erecte

pilosum, media fronte depressa et longitudinaliter sulculata ;

tuberibus antenniferis minime elevatis. Thorax relative brevis,

rotundatus nec cordatus, postice angustatus, subtiliter sat sparsim

punctatus, disco anteriori bifoveolato, angulis posticis deflexis sub-

rotundatis. Elytra relative valde elongata lateribus tenuiter in-

cumbenti-pubescentibus, punctulata, utrinque tenuiter bicostulata.

Antenne, tibie et tarsi dense corpusque subtus minus dense rufe-

scenti-pubescentia vestiti. Long. 14 millim., ?.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 147

(H. H. Smith). Two examples only, females. The

genus is an addition to the Mexican fauna.

T'etropium guatemalanum, n. sp.

T. velutino (Lec.) affine, gracilius, totum nigrum, parum nitidum,

elytris opacis; nigro-pilosum, elytris subtiliter incumbenti-pube-

scentibus. Caput punctatum, inter antennas canaliculatum, vertice

medio depresso. Thorax relative parvus, in medio rotundato-dila-

tatus, postice magis quam antice angustatus, “supra inequalis,

preecipue ad latera aspere punctulatus. LKlytra anguste elongata,

densissime et subtilissime punctulata, utrinque obsolete bicostulata.

Subtus cum pedibus griseo-pubescens. Long. 14 millim, ? ?.

Hab. Guatemaua, Tepan (Conradt). <A single ex-

ample.

Hammaticherus glabricollis, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soe.

Hondas pacol.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).

Three examples, females.

The Yucatan examples resemble the unique specimen

found by me on the Upper Amazons very closely, except

that the 8rd and 4th antennal joints have dentiform

processes at their inner apices, of which there is scarcely

any trace in the type-specimen, and the spine at the

sutural apex of the elytra is a little longer. They are,

however, females, whilst the Amazons. specimen is a

male, and the spines may be a sexual character, though

they are not so in the alhed HH. plicatus (Oliv.), from

which H. glabricollis differs in being much smaller,

nearly glabrous and shining above, having an extremely

fine grey pile on the elytra only, in the much less

prominent eyes and less deep and regular thoracic fur-

rows, and in the eyes having the basal, apical, and

sutural borders black.

Aneflus cylindricollis, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 1).

Maxime elongatus, subcylindricus; piceo-fuscus, breviter griseo-

pubescens, supra nitidus, subtus cum pedibus densius pubescens.

Palpiad apicem parum dilatati, truncati. Caput grosse aspere punc-

tatum, oculis minus convexis. Antenne (9?) corporis dimidio haud

longiores, scapo seabroso-punctato, articulo 4to preecedenti dimidio

breviori, 3—7 ad apicem intus sat longe spinosis, 4—9 supra distincte

148 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

unicarinatis. Thorax elongatus eylindricus, fortiter sed paullo

irregulariter undulato-rugosus. Elytra apice valide bispinosa,

versus basin grossius subrugulose, versus apicem subtilius et

sparsim, punctata, utrinque anguste bicostulata, costula exteriori

longiori et acutiori. Tibi 4 posteriores extus unicarinate. Long.

30 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Hége). <A single example,

apparently female. ‘This genus is an addition to the

Mexican fauna.

Aneflus (2) fulvipennis, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 2, 3).

Valde elongatus, postice angustatus, elytris subplanatis. Fusco-

piceus, tenuiter griseo-pubescens, elytris fulvo-testaceis nitidis,

sutura marginibusque anguste nigris, glabris, pilis erectis sparsim

vestitis. Caput ruguloso-punctatum, genis ante oculos denti-

formiter productis. Thorax subquadratus, ad medium rotundato-

dilatatus, supra inequalis, grosse sparsim punctatus, plaga discoidali

levi polita. Elytra parum dense punctulata, utrinque costulis

duabus obsoletis. Antenne (g) corpore longiores, articulis 3io

segmenti fere dimidio longiori, 4to segmento quali, 11mo distincte

appendiculato, 83—6 apice unispinosis, 3 et 4 supra sulcatis, ceteris

planate et obtusissime carinatis. 'Tibise 4 posteriores extus cari-

nate. Long. 30 millim., ¢.

Hab. Mexico, Rinconada in Vera Cruz (Schaus). A

single example.

Eburia baroni, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 3, ¢).

E. brevispini (Bates) proxime affinis et similis, differt praecipue

thoracis tuberculo laterali elongato et acuto. Gracilis, pallide

rufo-testacea, cinereo breviter pubescens, opaca. Elytris utrinque

maculis eburneis geminatis duabus, lineis nigris continuatis inter-

dum in fasciam latam dilatatis; maculis 2 basalibus brevibus ex-

teriori longiori, 2 medianis elongatis sublinearibusque exteriori

duplo longiori antice et postice interiorem transgredienti. Thorax

interdum vittis nigro-obseuris, et femoribus versus apicem in-

fuseatis. Long. 21—26 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (Baron), Chilpancingo (Hodge),

Amula in Guerrero, 6000 ft., and Atoyac in Vera Cruz

(H. H. Smith).

A long slender species, very closely allied to EL. brevi-

spinis (Bates), but differing in the long and acute lateral

tooth of the thorax, which in I. brevispinis forms only

a short conical tubercle. The colour and the number

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 149

and shape of the elytral spots are similar, but in most

examples of H. baroni the black lines which proceed

from the ends of the ivory spots are expanded into a

broad discoidal vitta. The posterior femora and the

apex of the elytra are bispinose, the exterior spine of

the femora and the sutural spine very short. The thorax

is feebly rugose-punctate, and has two rather prominent

antero-discoidal black tubercles, and a similar one on

each side near the anterior angle.

EKburia porulosa, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 5, go).

EH. mutice (Lec.) affinis, femoribus inermibus vel brevissime

dentatis. Pallide rufescenti-fusca, cinereo-griseo dense pubescens

et breviter erecte pilosa. Thorax mediocris, lateribus acute spi-

nosis, dorso haud dense sat grosse punctato-ruguloso, tuberculis

antero-discoidalibus duobus nigris et interdum macula plana me-

diana posteriori glabris nitidis. Elytra fere cylindrica, apice utrin-

que bispinosa, supra passim sparse setifero-porosa, poris glabris

nitidis ; maculis utrinque parvis quatuor perparibus approximatis

sordide eburneis, duabus basalibus minutis exteriori oblique, dua-

busque medianis spatio glabro cireumcinctis. Pedes sat breves et

robusti. Antenne (3%) corporis dimidio longiores. Long. 20—

24 millimy.) oY Qe

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).

Var. porifera. — Robustior; thorax sat late rotundato-dilatatus,

lateribus tuberculo parvo; elytrorum spinis apicalibus approxi-

matis, macula eburnea mediana unica.

Hab. British Honduras, Cayo (Blancaneauzx).

Appears distinct by its structural characters, but the

Temax examples show much variability in the various

differential features.

PROTEINIDIUM, nov. gen.

Subfam. Hlaphidiine affine. Corpus valde elongatum, sub-

eylindricum. Oculi supra sat distantes, lobo inferiori magno ultra

antennarum basin extenso. Palpi articulo apicali (?) mediocriter

dilatato, truncato. Antenne (?) corporis dimidio haud longiores,

absque spinis, articulis 3—11 subequalibus, 5—10 extus paullo

dilatato-compressis apice extus productis dentiformibus, haud vero

supra carinatis. Thorax relative parvus, subeylindricus, inermis.

Elytra apice rotundata, interdum juxta suturam emarginata.

Femora minime inerassata; tibie 4 posteriores extus carinatie,

150 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

carinis interdum obsoletis. Acetabula antica et intermedia clausa.

Prosternum inter coxas angustum, mesosternum latius, planum.

The series of this species, which presents a combina-

tion of characters forbidding its collocation in any de-

scribed genus, consists, unfortunately, of females only.

The only genus it seems to resemble is Axestinus (Lec.),

which, however, has 12-jointed antenne and other points

of difference.

Proteinidium brevicorne, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig 4, 2).

Castaneo- vel piceo-rufum, supra tenuiter, subtus densius, cinereo-

fulvo pubescens, supra nitidum. Caput dense rugoso-punctatum.

Thorax elytris angustior, paullo post angulos anticos leviter rotun-

datus, juxta basin paullo angustatus, angulis posticis margine

reflexo; disco anteriori foveis duabus plus minusve impresso,

fere levi lateribus dense punctato-rugosis. Elytra sparsim, pos-

tice sparsissime punctata, punctis nonnullis minutis intermixtis.

Long. 28—85 millim., 2.

Hab. Mexico, Chihuahua City (Hége).

ANATINOMMA, Nov. gen.

“Group” Piezocerides, Lac., affinis. Corpus cylindricum, longe

erecte pilosum, elytris politis. Oculi omnino laterales, angusti,

antice-postice valde compressi, convexi, antice antennarum basin

haud attingentes. Palpi articulo apicali securiformi; labiales

breves. Thorax inermis, subrotundatus. Elytra apice prope sutu-

ram emarginato, angulo suturali spinoso. Antenne (¢) dimidio

corporis parum longiores, dense pubescentes; articulis 8—11

eequalibus, paullo compressis, 5—10 paullo compressis, nec carinatis,

ad apicem intus leviter angulatim producto. Pedes mediocres,

tibiz paullulum compress nullo modo carinate. Tarsi breves,

articulo lmo 2 et 8 conjunctis subequali. Acetabula antica clausa.

Prosternum inter coxas angustissimum, mesosternum latius,

planum.

The species for which the institution of this genus is

necessary does not fit into any of the numerous

“‘Groupes”’ instituted by Lacordaire for the Ceramby-

cide. Its facies is very nearly that of Hemilissa of the

‘* Piezocerides”’ group, but it is deficient in the essential

structural characters of that form. The eyes are not

very unlike those of Asemum, but they are still narrower

and more convex, and they are reniform, though the

lower lobe is not wider than the upper, and is situated

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 151

far behind the base of the antenne. Above they are

separated by the whole width of the head, from the sides

of which they project obliquely.

Anatinomma alveolatum, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 8, 3).

Obscure piceo-fuscum, fulvo-pilosum, elytris politis, capite

thoraceque eleganter reticulato-punctatis, elytris ad basin subgrosse

versus apicem subtilius punctatis. Antenne articulo Imo 2 et 3

conjunctis longiori, curvatim clavato punctato-scabroso, ceteris

articulis dense asperato-punctatis sensim versus apicem levioribus.

Femora grosse dense punctata. Sterna dense punctata, prosterno

medio grosse et discrete punctato. Long. 14—19 millim., f 2.

Hab. Mexico: A single specimen, ¢ (14 millim.)

from Teapa in Tabasco (H. H. Smith), and a ? (19 millim.),

labelled Mexico, from the collection of Dr. Baden.

The male, besides being much shorter than the female,

is much narrower, the thorax, and especially the head,

having superficially a different appearance. The small-

ness of the head renders the very wide separation of the

eyes above much less striking than in the female.

PaciLoMALLus, nov. gen. HLAPHIDIINe.

Gen. Hypermallo affine. Differt corpore cylindrico; thorace

sat elongato, cylindrico, paullo ante medium paullulum rotundato-

dilatato; palpis articulo apicali maxime dilatato, securiformi 5

femoribus valde clavatis ad apicem inermibus, acetabulisque anticis

et intermediis omnino clausis, epimeris intermediis longe ante

acetabulum desinentibus.

Pecilomallus palpalis, n.sp. (Pl. V., fig. 6).

Cylindricus, enescenti-niger politus, elytris antice plaga com-

muni X-formi posticeque fascia (margine posteriori dilacerata)

fulvo-cinereo tomentosis; antennis pedibusque castaneo-rufis;

cinereo-fulvo pubescentibus ; corpore supra toto pilis longis erectis

sparsis vestito. Oculi magni, mediocriter convexi. Antenne

articulo 4to sequenti distincte breviori, 3—6 ad apicem unispinosis

(absque carinis). Thorax sparsissime punctatus, pube tenuiori in-

cumbenti vestitus, plagis discoidalibus tribus nudis politissimis.

Elytra apice breviter a sutura sinuato-truncata, supra sparsim sub-

lineatim punctata. Pedes breves, robusti. Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gawmer). One

example only.

152 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to tie

Stizocera (Peribeum) poeyi, Chevr., Rev. Zool, 1838,

p- 284 (Elaphidion); id., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 268; Jacquelin-Duval in Sagra’s Hist.

de Cuba, Ins., p: 267, tab. 11, fe, french

edit.), (laphidion).

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (T'rétsch).

A large example (18 millim.) of this beautiful Cuban

species of the genus, agreeing well with a specimen from

Cuba, with which I have compared it.

Psyrassa sthenias, n. sp.

Cxteris speciebus hujus generis major robustiorque. Valde

elongata, rufo-castanea nitida, pilis nonnullis erectis exceptis

glabra ; elytris postice subtilius, disco hic illic lineatim, conspicue

punctatis. Caput politum, sparse punctatum ; palpis articulo api-

eali valde dilatato, gula transversim strigosa. Thorax elongatus,

subcylindricus, usque ad post medium leviter rotundatus, prope

basin angustatus ; supra discrete punctatus, disco callisque duobus

anterioribus parum elevatis, levibus. Elytra postice sensim at

parum angustata, apice sinuatim truncata. Antenne articulis

3—10 subequalibus, apud marginem exteriorem tantum carinatis,

3io longe 4 et 5 breviter spinosis. Tibixe 4 postice extus carinate.

Scapus et femora grosse et dense punctati. Long. 18 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (Héye). Two examples.

Psyrassa punctulata, n. sp.

Angusta, rufo-testacea, supra breviter pilosa pilis longis inter-

mixtis, sat dense et fortiter (versus apicem paullo subtilius) pune-

tata, thorace plaga discoidali oblonga levi. Caput sparsissime

punctatum; palpiarticulo apicali( 2 ) mediocriter dilatato, ad apicem

valde oblique truncato. Antenne articulis 3 et 4 sequentibus

paullulum brevioribus, 83—5 versus latera unicarinatis, 3io spina

valida 4to spina multo minori armatis. Thorax angustus, cylin-

dricus, juxta basin angustatus. Elytra apice sinuato-truncata.

Pedes sicut in P. basicorni sat breves, femora paullo incrassata ;

tibiae 4 postice extus carinate. Long. 11 millim., ?.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (//ége). One example only.

Psyrassa cribellata, n.sp. (Pl. V., fig. 9).

Maxime elongata, linearis, obscurius rufo-castanea, subtus fusco-

nigra, cinereo-pubescens, supra sparsius incumbenti-pubescens,

Longicorma of Mexico and Central America. 158

dense et fortiter punctata. Caput et thorax foveolatus, hie illic

subreticulatus. Palpi articulo apicali (9?) mediocriter dilatato,

apice obtuse truncato. Thorax antice elytris vix angustior, elongato-

cylindricus, prope basin gradatim angustatus, disco posteriori

minus dense foveolato. Elytra apice oblique subprofunde sinuato-

truncata, angulis acutis. Antenne articulo 3i0 sequentis dimidio

longiori et hoe sequentibus distincte breviori, 8—6 apud marginem

exteriorem carinulatis, 3io valide spinoso 4to spina paullo breviori

5to minutissima. Tibi 4 postic extus carinate ; scapus feniora-

que grosse punctatus. Long. 15 millim., ? ?.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (Hige). One example.

Psyrassa pilosella, n. sp. (PI. V., fig. 11).

Minor, angusta, rufo-testacea polita, supra pilis erectis valde elon-

gatis vestita (punctis piliferis sparsis exceptis) levis. Palpi articu-

lis apicalibus dilatatis, in maxillaribus obliquissime truneatis in

labialibus multo minus oblique, latius triangularibus. Thorax elon-

gato-cylindricus, convexus, prope basin mediocriter angustatus.

Elytra relative breviora et minus linearia, apice obtuse rotundata,

Antenne tenues, articulo 3io 4to zquali sequentibus breviori, 3io

spina tenuissima elongata, ceteris inermibus. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Iguala in Guerrero (Hége). One ex-

ample only.

Psyrassa nigricornis, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 10).

P. castanee (Bates) affinis et similis, sed differt elytris, antennis

(scapo rufo excepto), tibiis et tarsis nigris vel nigro-piceis. Rufo-

testacea, nitida, supra pilis brevibus sparsis pilisque valde elongatis

intermixtis, vestita. Palpi (f?) parum dilatati, ad apicem recte

truncati. _ Caput fere leve, inter antennas transversim elevatum.

Thorax angustus, antice paullo postice magis et longius, angustatus,

sparsissime punctatus. Hlytra apice profunde sinuato-truncata,

angulis acutis, sat grosse sed haud dense, postice multo subtilius,

punctatis. Antenne articulo 3io 4to equali sequentibus multo

breviori, nullis carinatis; 3i0 spina valde elongata, 4—6 spinis

brevioribus. Tibi 4 postice extus carinulate. Long. 15 millim.,

Gas

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (Hoge). One example.

Psyrassa nigroeénea, i. sp.

Elongata, gracilis, nigro-znea, breviter erecte pilosa, supra

capite, thorace sat sparsim, elytris (prope apicem excepto) dense punc-

tatis, ad apicem recte breviter truncata ; femoribus rufis, tibiis et

154 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

tarsis paullo obscurioribus. Antenne (@) tenues, articulis 8—5

supra carmatis, 3io apice valide, 4to brevissime, spinosis, ceteris

inermibus. Palpi ad apicem mediocriter dilatata, truncata. Long.

11 millim., ?.

Hab. Mexico, Iguaia in Guerrero (Hége). One ex-

ample only.

Ceresium simplex, Gyll., Syn. Ins., App., 1., 3, p. 178

(Stenochorus) ; philippense, Newm., Ent., 1842,

p. 247 (dimona) ; guttaticolle, Fairm., Rev. Zool.,

1850, p. 63 (Tesperophanes) ; id., Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr., 1881, p. 472 (Ceresium) ; Nyctipeta luzonica,

Eschsch., Dej. Cat., 3rd ed., p. 854; Cerambyx

maculaticollis, Blanch., Voy. Pole Sud., iv., t. 16,

f. 9 (Diatomocephala in text, p. 267).

Hab. Mmuxtco, Acapulco and Chilpancingo in Guerrero

(Hoge). Several examples.

Lacordaire (Gen. Col., viil., p. 855) adds other names

to the synonymy of this widely-distributed insect, and

mentions Guayaquil, an American locality, as coming

within its range. I have examined examples from the

Philippines, Madagascar, New Caledonia, New Ireland,

and the Sandwich Islands. The genus is an addition to

the Mexican fauna.

Hexoplon smithi, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 12).

H. albipenni (Bates) proxime affine. Caput, thorax, elytrorum

basis antennarumgue articuli 1 et 2 castaneo-rufi politi ; anten-

narum articuli 83—11 et pedes melleo-flavi; elytra (triente basali

castaneo-rufa nigro-maculata excepta) albo-testacea et utrinque

post medium signatura V-formi, maculaque majori versus apicem,

nigra. Subtus piceo-nigrum, ventris lateribus griseo-tomentosis.

Supra levis, elytris versus basin sparsim lineatim punctulatis,

sutura sulcoque discoidali anterioribus depressis, ad apicem utrin-

que bispinosis. Femora sublinearia, intermedia et postica ad

apicem unispinosa. Long. 123 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Dos Arroyos in Guerrero, alt. 1000 ft.

(H. H. Smith). A single example.

In markings resembles most [. calligramma (Bates),

but the posterior spot of the elytra is not a narrow

undulated fascia, but large, triangular, and black.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, 155

Hexoplon sylvarum, nu. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 14).

Angustum, thorace angustissimo et relative elongato ; melleo-

flavum, politum, capite, thorace, antennis articulis 1 et 2 elytris

utrinque maculis duabus—lma subhumerali, 2nda magna sub-

apicali—castaneo-rufis. Supra lve, elytris fere usque ad apicem

sparsim lineatim punctatis, sutura et sulculis anterioribus de-

pressis, apice utrinque spina unica valida exteriori. Femora in-

termedia et postica sublinearia, apice unispinosa. Subtustestaceo-

rufum, prothorace sicut supra castaneo-rufo. Long. 83 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith).

One example only.

Gnomidolon denticorne, n. sp.

Angustum, nitidum, erecte sparse pilosum antennisque basin

versus longe laxe ciliatis. Caput et thorax castaneo-rufi, leves,

hic anguste cylindricus. Elytra apice truncata, angulo exteriori

longe spinoso, sutura et suleulo discoidali anterioribus hoc sat

grosse punctato-striato; flavo-testacea, vitta utrinque elongata

subflexuosa, basali ad apicem cum macula mediana fere conjuncta,

vittula marginali versus basin et fascia ante apicali antice apud

suturam profunde indentata, nigris. Subtus piceo-nigrum. An-

tenn et pedes melleo-flave, illis articulis 1 et 2 rufis, lmo ad

apicem extus valde dentiformiter producto. Pedes melleo-fiavi,

femoribus posticis sublinearibus (4 anterioribus ad medium paullo

dilatatis) apice unispinosis. Long. 8} millim.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (coll. Bates).

Ibidion ruatanun, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 15, 3).

I. gaumeri (Bates) primo intuitu similis sed valde differt,

antennarum articulis dilatatis 3—5 haud linearibus, ad basin angus-

tatis, 4to elongato-subovato, vix perspicue carinatis. Castaneo-

rufum nitidum, longe erecte setosum, elytris utrinque maculis

duabus albo-testaceis nigro-cinctis, Ima ante medium lineari, vitti-

formi, 2nda post-medium parva ovata. Caputpunctatum. Thorax

elongatus, fere cylindricus, in medio paullulum rotundato-dilatatus,

absque tuberculis sparsim setifero-porosis. Elytra in medio planata

sat dense punctulata, apice singulatim obtuse rotundato. Long.

9 millim., g.

Hab. Wownvvras, Ruatan Island (Gaumer). A single

example.

‘

156 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Ihidion griseolum, n. sp. (Pl. V., fig. 18, 3).

I. textili (Thoms.) individuis griseis subsimilis, sed valde differt,

elytris apice singulatim obtuse rotundatis, aliter signatis, anten-

nisque articulo 3io0 breviori (articulo 4te haud duplo longiori).

Anguste elongatum, thorace relative breviori, pallide rufo-fuscum,

griseo subtiliter pubescens subopacum parce setosum, elytris extus

nitentibus, utrinque maculis duabus (una paullo ante, 2nda paullo

post-medium) irregulariter oblongis albo-testaceis. Thorax cylin-

dricus, angustus, linea dorsali levi, disco utrinque poris nonnullis

setiferis. Elytra dorso subplanata, bicostulata, sat dense sub-

lineattm punctata, apicem versus levioribus. Antenne articulis

3—5 minus late depressis supra carinatis, 5to 4to paullo longiori,

4to 8io triente tantum breviori. J'emora valde clavata, tibiis haud

carinatis. Long. 12—14 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Chilpancingo in Guerrero (Hége). Two

examples.

Ibidion gaumer, n. sp." (Pl. V.; ig. 16, 3):

I, textili (Thoms.) affinis, castaneo-rufum nitidum, corpore sub-

tus (et interdum thorace) obscurioribus, elytris longe erecte pilosis,

in medio planato-depressis, antennis dimidio basali laxe et longe

ciliatis. Caput et thorax subtiliter griseo-pubescentia, hic elongato-

eylindricus, disco antico bitubereulato. Elytra utrinque maculis

duabus oblongis albo-testaceis—lma longiori paullo ante, 2nda

bievioril et oblique longe, post-medium—passim (partibus supra

maculas et prope apicem sublevibus exceptis) punctulata, apice

utringue oblique truncato, angulis acutis. Antenne (') corpore

dimidio longiores; articulis 83—5 depressis et latioribus, sat lineari-

bus, valide carinatis, 4to 3io plus quam duplo breviori. Femora

fortiter clavata, posticis extus carinata. Long. 10—15 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gaumer).

Distenia lineatopora, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., v.,

p. 85, tab. xvil., fig. 12.

Mr. H. H. Smith obtained a few examples of this

species at Omilteme in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft., which

differ from the unique Guatemalan type-specimen in the

number of lines of large punctures or pores on the elytra ;

instead of four only, they have four longer lines, with a

variable number of pores in the interspaces between the

rows. ‘The femora, too, are often black, with the base

only tawny-testaceous. The size varies from 10 to

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 157

16 millim. The two oblique dark fascie of the elytra

are often irregular, and crossed by a longitudinal line

down the middle of each elytron.

Distenia hagei, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., v.,

pe 2idestab) xixe foe 1G. Ay.

Two examples taken by Mr. H. H. Smith at Amula in

Guerrero, alt. 6000 ft., show a further variation in

colours in addition to that described: the apical fourth

of the elytra is wholly fulvous (nearly as in the var.,

fig. 17), the median fascia, of the same colour, is broad

and dentate, widening on the side and terminating

before the suture, and there is a third similar fascia

close to the base (which is black), including the humerus

and reaching the suture, the tawny-red colour continuing

along the suture to the apex. ‘The femora are wholly

black ; the antenne tawny-red. The apex of the elytra

is exactly as in the type-form, briefly truncate, with the

sutural angle alone produced.

Distenia trifasciata, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 1, var.).

D. heget (Bates) affinis, sed differt, inter alia, elytris apice prope

suturam acute bidentatis et breviter sinuatis. Ainescenti-nigra,

erecte pilosa, elytris fasciis latis subrectis tribus suturam haud

attingentibus griseo- vel fulvo-griseo tomentosis. Antennis fulvo-

rufo-testaceis, griseo-pubescentibus, scapo curvato-clavato, fere

nigro; pedibus piceo-rufis, femoribus clavatis, clava nigro-#nea.

Caput discrete punctatum, vertice fere levi. Thorax sicut in

D. undata 5-callosus, levis, partibus depressis punctatis punctisque

minutis intermixtis, tuberculo laterali conico, acuto, subelevato.

Elytra a basi usque ad medium grosse striato-punctata, spatio lato

basali inter strias suturalem et 2dam erebre confuse punctato.

Subtus fere levis, polita. Long. 15—22 millim.

Var. Antennis toto fulvo-rufis.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa, Acapulco (Mége), Temax in

N. Yucatan (Gaumer).

The small example (15 millim.) from Acapulco differs

from the others in the apex of the elytra being widely

sinuate-truncate, with the angles acute and equal ; it is

ag. Inthe others (both sexes) the elytra, which are

gradually narrowed, as usual in Distenia, from the base,

are rapidly narrowed in a curve near the apex, and the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT Il. (MAY.) N

158 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

sinuate-truncature is narrow, and its angles, prolonged

and acute, are rather closely approximated. The grey

fascia are about equal in width to the two resulting

intermediate fasciz of the brassy-black ground colour.

Vesperoctenus flohri, Bates, Entom. Monthly Mag.,

1891, p. 160.

This singular form is a notable addition to the insect

fauna of Mexico, for the discovery of which science is

indebted to the zeal and industry of Mr. Richard Becker.

Mr. Julius Flohr, with his usual liberality, has supplied

us with specimens of both sexes. Mr. Becker’s examples

were obtained in the Sierra Madre of Durango.

Gaurotes multiguttatus, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 2, 2).

G. maculoso (Bates) affinissimus, differt corpore toto obscure

viridescenti-zneo, antennis fusco-nigris, articulis 3—11 basi griseis

vel fulvo-griseis. Supra sat dense setifero-punctulatus punctis

minoribus intermixtis, vertice spatio late mediano thoraceque disco

plus minusve levibus, pube grisea maculatim vestitus, elytris pre-

cipue maculis parvis passim ornatis, apice sinuato-truncatis, angu-

lis (preecipue suturali) acutis dentiformibus. Subtus cum pedibus

densius griseo-pubescens ; mesosterno convexo, antice alto verti-

cali. ¢. Pygidium elongatum, deflexum, politum. Long. 11—

14 millim., #9.

Hab. Mexico, Xucumanatlan in Guerrero, alt.

7060 ft. (7. H. Smith). Two females.

A male example received from Mr. Harford, also from

the State of Guerrero.

Ophistomis xanthotelus, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 4, 3).

Angustissimus, postice attenuatus, niger nitidus, antennis articulis

3 terminalibus lete fulvis. Caput totum nitidum, discrete sat dense

punctatum, rostro mediocriter elongato. Thorax medio vix per-

spicue dilatato, lateribus fere rectis, sparsius discrete punctatus,

linea dorsali levi. Elytra postice valde attenuata, passim equaliter

et discrete punctulata punctis tenuiter griseo-piliferis, dorso basali

et disco nullo modo depressis, apice utrinque medio longo uni-

spinoso. Subtus fere levis, politus. g. Ventris segmentum

apicale elongatum, profunde longitudinaliter concavum ; ? postice

paullo minus attenuata, ventris segmento apicali brevi apice tri-

angulariter excisa. Long. 12—16 millim., J 9.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, 159

Hab. Mextco, Acaguizotla, alt. 3000 ft., La Venta,

alt. 300 ft., Rincon, alt. 2800 ft., all in Guerrero (//.

H. Smith).

Euryptera unicolor,n.sp. (Pl. VL, fig. 3).

E. fulvelle (Bates) affinis. Oblonga, convexa, postice vix per-

spicue ampliata, lete fulvo-sericea, antennis, tibiis apice, tarso-

rumque articulis apice, nigris. Capite antice rostro valde elongato,

palpis fuscis. Thorax late campanuliformis, cum elytris fulvo-

aureo recumbente-pubescens, ante medium leviter dilatatus, angu-

lis posticis elongatis acutis. Elytra oblonga, equaliter convexa,

dense punctulata, apice late obtuse flexuoso-truncata; angulo

suturali rotundato, exteriori breviter dentato. Long. 15 millim., ? ?.

Hab. Mexico, Tepetlapa in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft.

(H. H. Smith). A single example.

Euryptera planicoxis, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 5).

Fulva nitida, pube fulvo-sericea vestita, antennis pedibusque

nigris, femoribus subtus tibiis tarsisque ad basin fulvis ; thorace vitta

centrali paullo abbreviata fusca. Caput antice mediocriter elonga-

tum, partibus oris fuscis ; oculi valde convexi, ad medium intus pro-

funde emarginati. Thorax campanuliformis, medio ad basin lobato.

Elytra postice mediocriter dilatata, apice late truncata, angulis

suturali et exteriori equaliter acute dentatis, disco posteriori 3—4

suleato carinaque acuta subsuturali; margine laterali incrassato,

longe et dense fulvo-fimbriato. Abdomen rufescens. Ab omni-

bus Lepturionis differt, coxis anticis nullo modo salientes, sed

acetabulis extus acute angulatis, intermediisque apertis. Antenne

corporis dimidio haud longiores; articulis 3 et 4 paullulum abbre-

viatis, 5—11 equalibus. Mesosternum gibbosum. Long. 124 millim.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch). One example only.

The flat anterior coxe, which do not project higher

than the prosternal process, are an anomaly in Huryptera,

and in all other genera of typical Lepturine.

Odontocera yucateca, n, sp. (PI. Wie tony, 3.)

O. fuscicorni (Bates) affinis et simillima, at differt thorace

creberrime ruguloso-punctato nec alveolato, elytrisque ad basin vit-

tula obscura valde oblique suturam longe post scutellum spectanti.

Gracilis, nigro-obscura opaca; elytris pallido-vitreis fusco-margi-

natis, abdominis medio haud longioribus, postice valde angustatis

N 2

160 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

apicibusque recte truncatis, vittula utrinque valde obliqua basali

nigro-fusea, interdum obsoleta (ibique aspere punctulatis). Antenne

mediocres, articulis 5—10 serratis, 3i0 duobus sequentibus con-

junctis longiori, cylindrico, tenui; obscure rufis. Thorax subovatus,

postice angustatus, pilis argenteis anguste marginatus. Pedes

obscure rufi, femorum clava nigro-fusca. Abdomen gracile clavatum

ad basin attenuatum, nigro-fuscum, vel obscure rufum, segmentis

1—3 postice flavo-marginatis; g articulo apicali ventrali medio

valde coneavo, 2 plano. Long. 9—15 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gaumer).

Acyphoderes cribricollis, n. sp. (Pl. VL., fig 6, 3).

A. acutipenni (Chevr.) affinis; differt inter alia, thoracis disco

grosse punctato, limbo partibusque depressis aureo-tomentosis.

Multo angustior, nigro-fuscus, aureo-fulvo pubescens, elytris fulvis,

vitreis, antennis et pedibus fulvo-rufis, femoribus posticis versus

basin tibiisque apice nigro-fusco annulatis. Caput antice fulvo-

aureo tomentosum, vertice glabro grosse punctato. Thorax sat

angustus, subovatus, disco inequali subcalloso glabro grosse punc-

tato, limbo fulvo-aureo tomentoso. Elytra usque ad basin seg-

menti penultimi extensa, vitrea, fulva, fusco-marginata, passim

sparse punctulata, gradatim dehiscentia, apice obtuse rotundata.

Abdomen subtus fulvo-bifasciatum, segmento apicali ventrali rotun-

dato-dilatato concavo. Antenne sat graciles, articulis 6—10 sen-

sim paullulum latioribus et serratis. Femora omnia gracile cla-

vata. Long. 15—18 millim., g.

Hab. Mexico, Ventanas in Durango (Hége). Three

examples, males.

Notwithstanding its elongate slender form, the species,

by the longitudinal elevations of the thoracic disk, be-

longs to the genus Acyphoderes.

Charisia nigerrima, n. sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 8, 2).

C. barbicro (Kirby) brevior et latior, tota nigra, subtus polita.

Caput sparsim griseo-pubescens, grosse punctatum. Thorax valde

transversus, in medio transversim densissime nigro-pilosus, postice

subnudus ibique callo mediano polito. Elytra brevia, triangularia,

humeris et apice asperrime punctatis, intus densissime nigro-

pilosa, lateribus versus apicem elevatis politis ibique disco concavo.

Pectus, femora omnia tibieque 2 postice dense nigro-pilose, he

longius et densius extus versus apicem pilose. Long. 11 millim., ?.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 161

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith).

This genus (Charis, Newm.) is new to the Central-

American fauna.*

PACHYMEROLA, nov. gen.

Gen. Coremie (Serv.) proxime affine, corpore gracili, sed con-

spicue differt femoribus posticis corpore paullo longioribus, gra-

datim valde clavatis subtus (cum tibiis) minute denticulatis, tibiis-

que posticis nudis. Palpi breves, articulo apicali haud angus-

tato, late truncato. Antenne longitudini corpori equales ; scapo

clavato, articulis 3io (scapo subequali) 4to et 5to gradatim per-

parum longioribus, 6—11 gradatim brevioribus 6to 5to paullo

breviori, 5—11 paullulum compressis apicibusque extus angu-

latis. Thorax gracilis, post medium brevissime tuberculatus, antice

paullo angustatus. Elytra linearia, ad apicem singulatim acumi-

nata. Pedes mediocriter elongati, tarsi articulo 1lmo 2 et 3 conjunctis

subequali.

The mesothoracic epimera reach the middle haunch-

sockets, as in Coremia, and the group to which that

cenus belongs. The surface of the body is nearly

opaque.

Pachymerola vitticollis, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 11).

Nigra, opaca, supra tenuiter, subtus densius, griseo-pubescens,

elytris obscure enescentibus, lateribus a humeris usque ultra

medium subnitidis; thorace utrinque vitta recta flavo-grisea.

Elytra subtiliter alutacea, et sparsim aspere punctulata. Long.

83 millim., $?.

Hab. Mexico, Chilpancingo in Guerrero, 4600 ft.

(II. HI. Smith). A single example, apparently 3.

Cyllene robinie, Forst., Nov. Sp. Ins., p. 43 (1771)

(Leptura) ; pictus, Drury, Ill., u., Index (1773) (Leptura) ;

i., p. 91, t. 41, f. 2; flexuosus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p.191

(1775) (Callidium).

Hab. Mexico, Villa Lerdo in Durango (/oge).

A new species to the Mexican fauna. The specimens

do not differ in the least from others with which I have

compared them from the Southern States.

* The name Charis is long preoccupied in Lepidoptera (Hiibner,

1816), and I propose to change it to Charista.—[G. C. Champion. |

‘

162 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Trichoxys cinereolus, ni. sp.

T’. pellito (White) quoad colores et signaturas similis. Niger, ely-

tris exceptis, dense griseo-cinereo tomentosus, elytris ad basin mar-

gine exteriori (anguste) sutura tota (apud apicem dilatata) annulo

basali utrinque ovato (suture adherenti), fascia recta tenui mediana

altera latiori post-mediana (apud suturam dilatata marginemque

exteriorem haud attingenti) flavescenti-cinereis. Thorax rotun-

datus, elytris anguste elongato-oblongis ad apicem oblique truncatis

(angulo exteriori breviter dentato). Antenne (2) corporis dimidio

paullo longiores, (1) segmentum ventralem 8ium attingentes ;

femora postica (?) segmenti 3ii apicem (gf) abdominis apicem,

attingentia. Long. 15 millim., ?; 11 millim., 3.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Hége), Guerrero (Harford).

One example of each sex.

Ochresthes nigritus, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 10).

Gracilis, niger, subtus griseo-cinereo dense pubescens, supra nigro-

pubescens, antennis articulis 3—11 pedibusque (femoribus partim

nigris exceptis) obscure rufis; elytris fasciis angustis tribus, Ima

paullo ante, 2nda paullo post-medium, 8ia ante apicem (in maculas

quatuor divisa), maculaque suturali ante fasciam primam, cinereo-

pubescentibus; ad apicem singulatim rotundatis, suturaque pos-

teriori minus depressa et carina divergenti discoidali fere obsoleta.

Thorax rotundatus, versus basin sat fortiter angustatus. Elytra

apice interdum cinereo-maculata. Long. 71—12 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme, alt. 8000 ft., Chilpancingo,

alt. 4600 ft., both in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

Closely allied to O. viridiventris (Chevr.), and scarcely

distinguishable from it except in the very different colour

of the pubescence which clothes the upper surface. It

belongs, with O. viridiventris, to a section of the genus in

which the posterior-divergent discoidal carine of the

elytra are barely perceptible, and the apices without

truncature. All the specimens I have seen from Guerrero

are alike in the black upper surface and cinereous elytral

belts. In O. viridiventris the colour is ochreous.

Ochresthes clerinus, n.sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 18).

O. viridiventri (Chevr.) affinis ; capite thoraceque relative parvis,

hoe perparum rotundato. Niger, subtus dense cinereo-pubescens,

capite thoraceque obscure griseis, antennis (scapo fusco excepto) et

pedibus fulvo-rufis ; elytris ad apicem singulatim rotundatis, sutura

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 163

parum depressa, flavo-griseo tomentosis, fasciis quatuor (marginem

haud attingentibus) nigris, 2 anterioribus postice curvatis et prope

suturam ascendentibus, 2 posterioribus subrectis media linea nigra

tenui connexis. Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Muxtco, Omilteme in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft.

(H. H. Smith). One example only.

Closely allied to O. nigritus and QO. viridiventris.

Ochresthes obscuricornis, 1. 8p-

Q. viridiventri (Chevr.) iterum affinis, et differt corpore supra

griseo-tomentoso, antennis et femoribus obscure piceis, illis articulis

3—8, tibiis et tarsis obscure rufis. Thorax rotundatus. Elytra

sutura posteriori depressa carinisque discoidalibus obtusis, apice

rotundatis, grisea, fasciis 4 nigris, 2 anterioribus postice curvatis,

Bia post-medium latiori et antice valde curvatis, Ata abbreviata

obliqua. Long. 122 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (Harford).

One example, in my own collection.

Ochresthes tulensis, N. Sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 12).

Q. sommert (Chevr.) affinis et similis sed elytris relative longi-

oribus, ad apicem truncatis, angulo exteriori dentiformi. Ochraceo-

tomentosus, antennis pedibusque rufis. Elytra signaturis fuscis :

—(1) fascia transversa juxta basin (raro obsoleta), (2) fasciis duabus

ante medium paullo obliquis et flexuosis, extus prope marginem

conjunctis, (3) fasciisque duabus ante apicem valde angulatis

(praecipue anteriori). Thorax disco sepe infuscato. Long. 13—

15 millim.

Hab. Mextco, Tula in Hidalgo (Hoge).

Separable in all the very numerous examples from O.

sommeri and O. circuliferus by the two ante-median

elytral fascize not being subsemicireular, and enclosing

a pale spot. It differs also in the relatively longer

elytra, which, however, have not the narrow form,

tapering near the apex, of O. citrinus and O. pollinosus.

Clytanthus hololeucus, 0. sp.

C. clathrato (Chevr.) affinis, elongatus, elytris sutura depressa,

costa obtusa utrinque elevata, apicibusque truncatis, angulo suturali

minuto exteriori valido dentiformibus ; differt colore toto griseo-

cinereo pubescens, ventris lateribus densius et magis cinereis.

Thorax gracile ovatus. Long. 103—138 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Saltillo in Coahuila (Héqe).

164 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Distinguished among the Clytid group by its uniform

hoary laid pubescence. It belongs to the section (which

includes all the Mexican species referred to Clytanthus)

in which the elytra are as in Cyllene, Trichoxys, and

Ochresthes, truncated and dentate at the apex, with

depressed suture (except at the base), and a dorsal

carina. The carina is, however, very obtuse, and the

facies of the species, the slender elongate form, and

narrow forehead (between the antenne) give them a

close resemblance to the Clytanthi.

Neoclytus smithi, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 9, d).

Mecometopo hegev (Bates) affinis; sed fronte nullo modo elon-

gato thoraceque crista dorsali distinctus. Brevis, fusco-niger,

sericeo griseo subtiliter pubescens, elytris fascia lata paullo ante

medium (versus suturam dilatata marginemque haud attingenti)

alteraque subapicali (apud suturam antice dilatata) pallide flavis ;

antennis (g' corporis dimidium attingentibus, apicem versus paullo

incrassatis) pedibusque rufo-piceis. Caput antice infra oculos

parum elongatum, transversum. ‘Thorax elytris paullulum latior,

usque prope basin paullo dilatatus, ad basin constrictus, dorso con-

vexo juxta basin subito declivis, in medio longitudinaliter elevatus

et grosse transversim rugosus. Femora postica elongata et valde

clavata; tibiis gracilibus. Long. 10 millim., ¢.

Hab. Mexico, Rincon in Guerrero, 2800 ft. (H. H.

Smith).

I have seen one example only of this elegant little

species, which seems to me better placed in Neoclytus

than in Mecometopus, notwithstanding its greater general

resemblance to many species of the latter genus.

Tilloclytus conradti, n. sp.

T. clavipedi (Bates) proxime affinis. Minor, niger, antennis,

femorum basi tarsisque obscure rufis. Thorax elongato-cordatus,

valde convexus, punctatus, cinereo-pubescens, medio disco fascia

curvata nigra ibique utrinque cristula parva transversa. Elytra

minus elongata, postice valde convexa, humeris prominentibus,

utrinque prope basin crista obliqua et pone hane fascia obliqua de-

pressa, nitida, punctata, apicibus singulatim rotundatis; nigra,

fascia basali, lineis duabus obliquis mox pone cristam, et tertia parte

apieali, cinereo-pubescentibus. Long. 7} millim.

Hab. Guatrremana, Coban in Vera Paz (Conradt).

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 165

One example only. The antenne are quite free from

spine, and the basal joint of the posterior tarsi is longer

than all the remaining joints taken together. The middle

part of the elytra is velvety black, and with the base

shows no distinct punctuation; the convex posterior

part, which has a coarser greyish pile, and is slightly

shining, is finely punctured.

Huderces cribripennis, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 14).

E. levicaude (Bates) affinis. Niger, antennarum basi tarsisque

obscure rufis, elytris totis dense, dimidio basali grossius, dimidio

apicali subtilius, punctatis, punctis majoribus setiferis intermixtis.

Thorax elongatus, convexus, usque ultra medium leviter dilatatus,

deinde ad basin citius angustatus, totus (hic illic confluenter) punc-

tulato-strigosus. Elytra mediocriter subequaliter convexa, sub-

nitida, macula utrinque nigra velutina prope suturam haud procul

a basi ibique fascia tenui recta eburnea suturam haud attingenti.

Femora valde clavata; tarsis posticis articulo basali 2 et 3 conjunctis

subequali. Long. 43 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Chilpancingo in Guerrero, alt. 4600 ft.

(a. H. Snuth).

Apilocera breviformis, n. sp. (Pl. VL, fig. 15).

A, sculpticolli (Bates) affinis ; relative brevior elytrisque postice

valde convexis. Nigra, antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis, elytris

tertia parte apicali cinereo-pubescentibus fasciaque tenui recta ante

medium eburnea. Caput minute et dense punctulatum. Thorax

elongato, subovatus, antice convexus, dense aspere punctulatus,

erecte cinereo-pilosus, ante medium sulculo arcuatoimpressus. Ely-

tra in medio coarctata ibique transversim depressa, postice valde

convexa, tuberculo utrinque sub-basali alte elevato, triangulari

compresso ; ante fasciolam eburneam crebre punctulata et griseo-

pubescentia, mox post fasciolam nigro-velutina deinde nigro-polita,

sparsim punctulata, triente apicali dense cinereo-pubescentia.

Long. 53 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Teapa in Tabasco (H. H. Smith). One

example only.

Apilocera yucateca, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 16).

A, sculpticolli (Bates) affinis ; elytris ante medium multo minus

et parum constricto-depressis. Obscure fulvo-rufa opaca (abdo-

mine obscuriori), erecte pilosa; elytris quarto apicali cinereo-

‘

166 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

pubescentibus, ante medium utrinque semifascia recta eburnea,

tuberibus centro basalibus oblongis mediocriter elevatis, obtusis 5

superficie sat dense punctulata, fascia parum punctata excepta

ante maculam cineream apicalem. Thorax elongatus, paullo con-

vexus, usque post medium leviter dilatatus, basi sat fortiter con-

tracta, dorso longitudinaliter hic illic confluenter striato. An-

tenne articulis 8—11 fusco-nigre.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).

Rhopalophora eximia, nu. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 1).

Elongata, gracilis, eneo-cyanea nitida, vittis duabus aureo-fulvis

a thoracis margine anteriori usque ad elytrorum apicem extensis

apud elytra latioribus et suturam fere attingentibus; antennis

pedibusque letius cyaneis; corpore subtus (precipue lateribus)

fulvo-aureo tomentoso. Thorax elongatus, antice paullo angustatus,

dorso sparsim transverse rugoso. LElytra lateribus nudis sat

grosse subsparsim punctata, apice breviter oblique truncata. Long.

14} millim.

Hab. Mexico, Chilpancingo in Guerrero, alt. 4600 ft.

(H. H. Sinith).

One example only of this beautiful and very distinct

species has been received.

Cosmisoma nudicorne, n.sp. (PI. VIL., fig. 2, 3).

C. martyra (Thoms.) similliimum, differt solam antennis articulo

5to haud penicillato. Long. 13 millim., ¢.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch).

One example, differing in nothing from C. martyra

except in the absence of hair-brush from the antenne.

The colour is the same metallic greenish blue, with a

dark subvelutine sutural vitta, and the thorax has the

same strong sculpture, vz., a deep transverse sulcus

near the anterior, and another equally deep near the

posterior, margin, the latter angulated anteriorly, and

the intermediate space with five large obtuse tubercles.

The antenne have the same proportions ciliated beneath

joints 1 to 4, and with equally long and slender apical

joints. It is possible it may be only a variety or aber-

ration.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 167

Cosmisoma reticulatum, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col.,

Veg eres

This curious species, which was unique in the Sallé

collection, has been taken in some numbers by Herr

Hige at Acapulco. In all the examples the joints 3—5

of the antenne, except the black apical brush on the

ay the base of the femora, and tibiw, are testaceous-

red.

Chrysoprasis querrerensis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL; fig. 3).

C. eneiventri (Bates) affinis, sed minor et minus elongata;

viridi-gnea vel enea (abdomine concolori) nitida, antennis et pedi-

bus nigris ; toto corpore breviter setoso. Caputcrebre punctatum,

epistomate aurato. Thorax rotundatus, prope basin mediocriter,

antice magis et longius, angustatus, alveolato-punctatus, linea

dorsali brevi posteriori. Elytra apice obtusissime singulatim

truncata, discrete zequaliter punctata, nitida, apice nitidiora. Meta-

sternum sat dense sed diserete punctulatum. Pedes mediocriter

elongati, aspere punctati; femoribus posticis elongatis tibiisque

flexuosis. Antenne corpore (g') paullo longiores, (@) paullo brevi-

ores, articulis 83—6 ad apicem intus brevissime spinosis. Long.

3—11 millim.

~Hab. Mexico, Acapuleo (H. H. Smith, Hoge).

A good series of examples. In form the species is like

a small and slightly built C. sthenias, Bates, or C.

bouchardi, Pascoe; but it differs from the group to

which these belong by the eneous abdomen.

Chrysoprasis sthenias, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.,

1870, p. 411; Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col:,-v:,.p- 64.

Var. C. leptosthenias.

A forma typica differt solum antennis et pedibus distincte longi-

oribus, metasternoque minus grosse et in medio haud alveolatim

punctato. Long. 11—13 millim., ¢ @.

Hab. Mextco, Mescala and Dos Arroyos in Guerrero,

alt. 1000 ft. (H. H. Smith), Acapulco (11ége).

Three examples, one of which isa ?. Inthe $ the

antenne are nearly half as long again as the body; in

the typical C. sthenias they are only about one-fourth

longer than the body. The species is found also, as a

slight var., in Nicaragua.

168 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Zenochloris barbicauda, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 4).

Elongata, sublinearis, obscure viridi-opaca, subtus cum pedibus

viridi-metallica abdomineque rufo; supra glabra, elytris apice

excepta setosis. Caput rugoso-punctatum. Thorax relative

angustus, paullo post-medium subangulatim leviter dilatatus,

deinde usque ad basin paullo sinuato-angustatus, supra dense sed

fere passim discrete punctulatus, vittula dorsali-posteriori levi.

Elytra apice breviter oblique truncata, margine laterali medio

jonge sinuato, epipleuris angustis prope basin latioribus, acute

marginatis; dense, postice subconfluenter, punctulata, glabra,

opaca, «nea, apice grosse setifero-punctata. Metasternum haud

dense piloso-punctatum. Abdomen punctulatum. Pedes aspere

punctati et breviter setosi, femoribus posticis valde elongatis tibiis

subflexuosis. Antenne breves, corporis dimidio (?) subequales,

(gS) paullo longiores, nee spinose nec ciliatz, articulo 3io0 scapo

parum longiori, 5—10 subeompressis, ad apicem extus breviter pro-

ductis. Long. 10}—14 millim.

Hub. Mexico, Meseala in Guerrero (H. H. Smith),

Acapulco (Hége). ‘Three examples.

In the form and proportions of the antennal joints,

and other characters, this species agrees with Z. para-

doxa, and I refer it to the same genus, notwithstanding

the difference in the facies. Two Colombian species

(undescribed ?) have the same sharply defined and cari-

nated epipleure, but they have a distinct thoracic lateral

tubercle or spine.

Stenosphenus sublevicollis, n. sp.

S. cribripenni (Thoms.) affinissimus, forsan ejus varietas ; paullo

minus angustatus; thorace punctis multo minoribus et paucioribus,

fere levi, elytris densius magis equaliter punctulatis apiceque

spina exteriori minus elongata. Niger, pedibus rufo-testaceis.

Long. 113—13} millim.

Hab. Mrxtco, Acapulco, Rincon, and Venta de Pele-

erino, in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

Mr. Smith found S. cribripennis also in Guerrero,

chiefly at Chilpancingo ; and Herr Hoge took it in con-

siderable numbers at various localities in the same State,

including Acapulco.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 169

Stenosphenus sexlineatus, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 5, 3).

S. ochraceo (Bates) simillimus; an varietas?; differt tantum

thorace latiori, mox pone angulos anticos latius rotundato, lateribus

utrinque punctis ochraceo-setiferis paucis. Rufo-testaceus, antennis

articulis 8—11, elytris utrinque sutura et lineis levibus elevatis

tribus, nigro-fuscis, intervallis ochraceo incumbenti-pilosis ; cor-

pore subtus utrinque ochraceo-piloso. Thorax medio sparsissime

punctulato. Long. 12—15 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gawmer).

Differs from S. ochraceus, which is found from Chon-

tales (Nicaragua) through Guatemala to Durango in

North Mexico, in the constantly wider and more

broadly rounded thorax, the sides of which, instead of

being densely tomentose, have only a few greyish-yellow

hairs.

Stenosphenus gaumeri, n. sp.

S. hirsutipenni (Bates) proxime affinis, sed distinctus statura

minori, thorace angustiori cum lateribus perparum rotundatis, secapo

et femoribus rufis etc. Parvus, angustus, testaceo-rufus politus,

elytris castaneo-rufis utrinque vittis ochraceo-pilosis postice con-

fluentibus tribus; antennis (scapo rufo excepto), tiblis et tarsis

nigro-fuscis. Subtus castaneo-fuscus politus, lateribus subtiliter

griseo-pilosis. Thorax angustus, oblongus, medio paullulum rotun-

dato, dorso fere impunctato. LElytra recte attenuata, apice trun-

cata, utrinque bispinosa; supra sat disperse punctata. Long.

9—11 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in N. Yucatan (Gaumer). Three

examples.

Stenosphenus comus, n. sp.

Elongata, capite antice breviori thoraceque breviori quadrato-

ovato, elytris dense erecte pubescentibus ; rufo-testaceus, antennis

obscure fuscis. Caput confluenter punctatum. Thorax lateribus

dense pubescens, dorso sublevi punctis majoribus piliferis. Elytra

apice paullo oblique truncata, angulis acutis, brevibus; dense

passim piloso-punctulata. Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Villa Lerdo in Durango (Hége). Two

examples.

Stenosphenus vitticollis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 6, 2).

Pallide fulvo-testaceus nitidus, capite et thorace vitta mediana

nigerrima, elytris sutura anguste et interdum lineis abbreviatis

170 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

lateralibus et dorsalibus nigris, intervallis subsparsim incumbenti-

ochraceo-pilosis, apice spinis duabus nigris exteriori elongata.

Antenne piceo-nigre, articulis basi plus minusve obscure rufis.

Caput parum punctatum, vitta nigra epistoma haud attingenti.

Thorax gracile trapezoideus, lateribus paullulum rotundatis, dorso

eequali fere impunctato. Pedes rufi, femoribus, tibiis tarsorumque

apicibus nigris. Subtus rufus, lateribus fusco-nigris ochraceo-

pubescentibus ; prosterno utringue vitta angusta nigra. Long.

13 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Teapa in Tabasco (H. H. Smith) ;

GuatTEMALA, Panzos in Vera Paz (Conradt).

Ancylocera rubella, n.sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 8, 2).

A. cardinali (Dalm.) affinis et simillima; differt tantum elytris

relative multo brevioribus, articulo 3i0 (2) 4to haud longiori.

Linearis, lete rufa, antennis, pedibus, prosterno medio, mesosterno

toto metasternique lateribus nigris. Antenne (?) corporis medium

vix attingentes, articulis 3—6 sicut in A. cardinali 2? triangulari-

bus, sed 7—10 magis oblongis. Thorax densissime grosse con-

fluenter punctatus ; elytra sublineatim dense prope apicem confuse

punctatis. Long. 9 millim., 2.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (H. H. Smith). One example

only.

Championa badent, n. sp.

Quoad formam C. aurate (Bates) similis, sed thorace adhuc

longiori elytrisque supra subplanatis apicibusque inermibus, rotun-

datis. Griseo-fusea, griseo brevissime pilosa, elytris ad medium

fascia recta integra eburnea, secundaque ante apicem cinereo-pilosa.

Oculi supra postice omnino divisi. Thorax cylindrico-elongatus,

dense subrugose punctatus. Elytra dense confluenter punctuta.

Femora quam in C. awrata et C. ctenostomoides, magis abrupte

sed vix crassius clavata. Antenne (?) corpore multo breviores,

articulo 4to abbreviato 3ii dimidio breviori. Long. 14 millim., ?.

Hab. Mexico.

A specimen of this species was sent to me with one of

©. ctenostomoides, by Dr. Baden, without locality. The

subsequent discovery of an indubitable Mexican example

of the latter in the Sallé collection enabled me, in the

Biologia Centr.-Amer. (Col., v., p. 315), to verify its

locality, and I am now convinced that C. badeni, not-

withstanding its different coloration and form of the

elytral apices, is also Mexican. I have seen no other

example.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 171

GC. ctenostomoides has been found in some numbers

by Mr. H. H. Smith at Amula and Xucumanatlan i

Guerrero.

Evander xanthomelas, Gueér., Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 258

(Amphidesmus) ; Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col.,

Vey DP. (2, lO.

Var. Elytris ochraceis, trienti apicali solum nigro; ceteris

sicut in forma typica.

Hab. Mexico, Monterey in Nuevo Leon (/7ége). One

example; the typical form occurring also in the same

locality.

Athetesis convergens, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 10).

Valde elongata, fulvescenti-flava, incumbenti-pubescens, collo,

antennis, thorace vittis duabus antice convergentibus, elytris fascia

lata basali (nee marginem nec suturam attingenti) trienteque

apicali, pedibusque (femorum basi excepta) nigris. Caput relative

parvum, ante oculos transversim quadratum, verticale, tuberibus

antenniferis paullo elevatis quadratis. Thorax trapezoideus,

paullo post medium angulatim dentatus, ante dentem recte angus-

tatus, post dentem sinuatus haud angustatus, angulis posticis pro-

longatis, dorso paullo inequali, punctatus. Scutellum triangulare

nigrum. Elytra valde elongata, quam in A. prolixa latiora et

minus cylindrica, apicibus late singulatim rotundatis, utrinque disco

usque paullo ultra medium tricostato, interstitiis apud fascias

nigras minute et dense, apud fasciam medianam fulvam, grossius

et minus dense punctatis, marginibus breviter fimbriatis. Antenne

(2 2) corporis dimidio perparum longiores, articulis 4—10 brevibus

paullulum serratis. Subtus fulva nitida, metasterni lateribus

abdominisque apice nigris. Mesosternum declive fere planum.

Long. 19 millim., 2 ?.

Hab. Mextco, Amula in Guerrero, 6000 ft. (H. H.

Smith). One example.

The genus Athetesis is very closely allied to Evander,

differing only in its long cylindrical form, and the

nearly plane, very short antenne. The present species

is evidently congenerie with A. prolixa, although the

anteriorly convergent thorax gives it a different facies.

This genus is new to the Mexican fauna.

172 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Elytroleptus scabricollis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 7).

E. pallido (Thoms.) brevior, elytris parum et gradatim dilatatis,

apice acuminatim rotundato margineque sat longe fimbriato ;

subcyaneo-niger, dense erecte pilosus, partibus oris, vertice pedibus-

que anticis fulvo-rufis, elytris plus quam dimidio basali fulvo-flavis.

Thorax ovatus, grossissime confluenter punctatus callisque tribus

levibus. Scutellum nigrum. Elytra utrinque tricostata, postice

abbreviata, interstitiis dense punctatis. Antenne corporis dimi-

dium attingentes, articulis 5—11 valde serratis, 11 appendiculo

parvo conico. Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Iguala in Guerrero (Hége). Two

examples.

Crioprosopus gaumer, nN. Sp.

C. basileo (Bates) proxime affinis; differt ($) thorace latiori,

lateribusque rotundatis aut minime angulatis nec sublobato-pro-

ductis, antennis corpore longioribus femoribusque apice nigris;

thorace rufo, disco nigro bimaculato. g. Capite et thorax cas-

taneo-fusci, hoc dense punctato, vitta dorsali antice tricuspidata

levi aut sublevi foveisque lateralibus; elytris splendidissime

viridi-auratis, interdum partim fulvo-translucentibus, subtiliter et

sparsissime punctulatis. Subtus cum pedibus rufus, femoribus

ad apicem (plerumque cum tibiis et tarsis) nigris. Mesosternum

antice planum declive, postice convexum. @?. C. basileosimillima,

differt tantum elytris brevioribus splendidioribusque, et thoracis

(aurantiaco-rufi) margine anteriori maculisque duabus discoidali-

bus nigris. Long. 84—388 millim., J ?.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).

This beautiful species is probably not more than an

imperfectly segregated local form of C basileus, which is

also found in Yucatan (at Merida); for the chief struc-

tural character, the rounded sides of the thorax, is not

constant, some examples being slightly angulated, ‘though

not nearly approaching the. distinctly lobed form ‘of

C. basileus. The antenne inthe 3 are decidedly longer,

passing the apex of the elytra to the length of the two

terminal joints. The differences in colour and punctua-

tion in both sexes, added to the characters just men-

tioned, will justify the separate naming of the two forms.

The following seems to be a colour variety of either

C. basileus or C. gawmert :—

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 173

C. nigricollis.—C. basileo (Bates) omnino congruit, thorace et

sternis omnino nigris exceptis.— Mexico, Jalapa (Hodge). One

example, ?.

The punctuation is as in C. basileus ; the elytra are

brilliant golden-green, almost exactly as in C. gaumert,

the legs black except the red femora, of which the base

and apex only are black.

Stenaspis pilosella, n.sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 11, 3).

Parva, anguste oblonga, snea vel viridi-eenea nitida, passim

erecte griseo-pilosa, thorace et elytris saneuineo-marginatis, anten:

nis, femoribus ad basin et tibiis obscure rufo-testaceis. Supra

grosse et dense hic illic confluenter punctata. Thorax transversim

quadratus, lateribus post medium late breviter dentatis, deinde

usque ad basin angustatis. Scutellum angustum, subelongatum,

triangulare. Elytra oblonga, parum convexa, apice rotundato

(margine flexuosa). Pro- et mesosternum alte convexa, hoe antice

verticale. Subtus subtiliter sparsim punctata, polita, prosterno

erosse confluenter punctato, plaga laterali et pronoti limbo angus-

tiori (ante basin abbreviato) sanguineis. Antenne g corpore duplo

longiores, apice tenui hamato, articulis 8—8 subsequalibus ; 2 cor-

pore multo breviores, crassiores. Long. 15—17 millim., $ @.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero, 8000 ft. (7. H.

Smith).

The single ¢ is brassy green; the two females are

brassy or eneo-cupreous. In the g the bright red

narrow elytral margin extends to the suture ; in the

females it terminates at the outer apex. ‘The species is

undoubtedly a Stenaspis. The mandibles are simple

and acute at the apex.

Deltaspis rufostigma, n. Sp.

D. cyanipedi (Klug = auromarginata, Serv. ?) proxime affinis et

similis, sed conspicue differt thorace macula postero-discoidali

5-angulata aurantiaca nigro-viridi-limbata punctoque centrali

nigro-viridi. Thorax quoque differt antice et postice subrecte

angustatus tuberculoque laterali conico. Viridi-metallica, supra

(et prothorax infra) passim dense confluenter punctata ; subtus cum

pedibns subtilius punctata, tenuiter griseo-pubescens. Prosternum

apice prolongato, metasternumque (in f tantum) tubereulo conico.

Antenne castaneo-fusee, apicem versus rufiores. Long. 21—

94 millim., J ?.-

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892,—Parr ll. (JUNE.) 0

174 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

Hab. Muxtco, Guerrero. One pair sent me by Mr.

Harford, together with a ¢ example of the following

interesting variety :—

D. rufostigma, var. Thorax disco late nigro, tuberculo laterali

adhue longiori et acutiori ; elytrorum lateribus hic illic eupreo-

aureo tinctis ; ceteris sicut in typo. ? =D. awromarginata, Serv.

Long. 20 millim., g.

In the form and colour of the thorax this variety

answers much better than D. cyanipes does to Serville’s

description of D.auromarginata. His phrases are “ corse-

let presque cylindrique, unitubercule latéralement”’.. .

and ‘‘d’un vert sombre.” In D. cyanipes the thorax could

not possibly be described as approaching the cylindrical

form, nor has it a distinct lateral tubercle ; the sides, in

fact, are strongly and irregularly flexuous, the position

of the lateral tubercle being occupied by a more pro-

jecting flexure. The thorax of D. rufostigma, however,

is not at all cylindrical.

Deltaspis fulva, n. sp.

D. tuberculicolla affinis et similis ; differt preecipue antennarum

articulo 1mo abdomine et pedibus rufo-testaceis. Rufo-fulva,

dense erecte griseo-pubescens, antennis (scapo rufo excepto) nigris,

eapite, thorace limbo antico et postico elytrorumque sutura, fusco-

nigris. Thorax dense punctatus, callo oblongo postero-discoidali

levi. Elytra densissime punctulata, apice flexuoso-truncato, angulo

exteriori omnino rotundato. Long. 19—22 millim., J.

Hab. Mexico, Canelas in Durango (Becker). Two

male examples.

Deltaspis disparilis, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag., 1891,

p- 160.

Hab. Mexico, Canelas in Durango (Flohr, in coll.

Bates).

Deltaspis marginella, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag., 1891,

p. 160:

Hab. Mexico, Canelas in Durango (Flohr, in coll.

Bates).

Deltaspis variabilis, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag., 1891,

p- 161.

Hab. Mextco, Guerrero larford).

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 175

Deltaspis rubens, Bates, Biol. Centy.-Amer., Col., v.,

p. 323.

The study of additional material obtained by Herr

Hoge has led me to conclude that two distinct though

very similar and closely allied species were included in

my description of D. rubens. They are distinguishable

as follows :—

D. rubens.—Nigra, thorace supra et elytris coccineis, illo antice

et postice nigro-marginato, his basi vittaque suturali nigris.

Thorax grosse confluenter punctatus, disco paullo inequali haud

distincte calloso; elytris apice flexuoso-truncatis, angulis exteriori

et suturali distinctis acutis. Hab. Mexico. I have before me

one example only, a 3.

D. tuberculicollis, n. sp.—Nigra vel piceo-nigra, pedibus sepe

fulvo-piceis, thorace supra coccineo antice et postice nigro-margi-

nato, elytris fulvis vel rufescenti-fulvis—in g unicoloribus, in ?

vitta suturali fusco-nigra. Thorax grosse confluenter punctatus,

disco tricalloso callo posteriori oblongo impunctato nitido. Elytra

apice obtuso flexuoso-truncata, angulis obtusissimis. Hab, MrExico,

Tupataro in Guanajuato (Hoge), and Mexico City.

Metaleptus comis, n. sp. (Pl. Vie, fie. 9510)

Minor et gracilior, opacus, dense erecte sericeo-griseo- (capite

pronotoque nigro-) pubescens ; cxrulescenti-niger, elytris fascia

basali (versus scutellum angustata et supra epipleuras dilatata),

abdomine dimidio apicali, pedibusque lete rufis, tarsis et interdum

tibiis in medio fusco-nigris. Caput inequaliter punctatum, ante

oculos multo magis quam in M. angulato (Chevr.) elongatum.

Thorax in medio angulato-dilatatus haud vero dentatus, sat grosse

subalveolatim punctatus. Elytra subtilius sat dense punctata,

ad apicem obtuse flexuoso-truncata, fere irregulariter rotundata sed

angulis externis dentatis, disco lineis tenuibus sublievibus plus

minusve distinctis. Subtus longius griseo-pubescentis, abdomine

(basi et marginibus longe pubescentibus exceptis) polito Vix

sparsim punctulato. Antenne et pedes gracillime, ille 3 corpore

duplo longiores, 12 articulate, @ corpore brevioribus. Long. 10—

14 millim., ¢ @.

Variat abdomine toto metasternoque medio lte rufis.

Hab. Mextco, Iguala in Guerrero (/1/0y¢).

Appears to be nearly allied to M. batesi (Horn), from

Arizona. Dr. Horn has rightly corrected me as to the

nature of the terminal segment of the antenne in Meta-

o 2

176 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

leptus, which he says is a true 12th joint. I had given

the antenne as 11th joint appendiculated. In well-

developed males of I. comis this joint is nearly as long

as the 11th, and of great tenuity ; in the female it forms

a short conical appendage to the 11th.

The much longer and narrower anterior part of the

head can alone scarcely warrant the generic separation

of the present species from Metaleptus.

TRIACETELUS, noy. gen.

Metalepto (Bates) affinis sed thorace oblongo lateribus acute

spinosis ete. certe distinctus. Corpus sat anguste elongatum, sericeo-

pubescens, opacus. Caput ante oculos paullo magis quam in

M. angulato elongatum. Antenne tenues (3), corpore magis quam

duplo longiores, 12 articulate, scapo brevi fortiter clavato, articulis

3—10 et 12 longitudine fere xqualibus, 11 ceteris longiori, 3—6

apice paullo incrassatis. Elytra postice sensim paullo angustata,

disco obtusissime costato, apice utrinque tridentato dente inter-

media longiori et validiori. Pedes valde elongati; femora postica

linearia ad apicem bidentata, tarsi postici articulo lmo valde elon-

gato. Mesosternum in medio tuberculatum. Metasterni episterna

lata et valde elongata.

A distinct generic form, nearest allied to Metaleptus,

of all genera known to me; but the mandibles are de-

cidedly more obtuse and chisel-shaped at the apex than

in that genus, though in M. comis they are by no means

distinctly pointed.

Triacetelus sericatus, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 12, 3).

Fusco-niger, pectore snescenti, elytris cinnamomeo-fulvis, an-

tennis rufo-obscuris pedibusque lete rufis, thorace antennis cor-

poreque subtus decumbenti-griseo-sericeo pilosis. Caput fronte

declivi impunctata, vertice grosse sparsim oecipite dense et sub-

tilius, punctatis. Thorax sat elongato-oblongus, in medio paullo

dilatatus et acute spinosus antice recte postice sinuatim et minus,

angustatus, pubescentia utrinque transversim decumbenti, linea

dorsali interdum levi punctata. Elytra plerumque transversim

decumbenti-pilosa. Ventris segmento apicali rufo. Long. 14—

17 millim., gf.

Hab. Mexico, Iguala in Guerrero (Hége). Four

examples, all males.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 177

Tylosis dimidiata, nu. sp. (Pl. VIL, HOLS aol).

Fere cylindrica, nigra subtus polita, longe et minus dense erecte

pilosa, elytris dimidio basali flavo-testaceo, dimidio apicali nigro

antice apud suturam angulatim producto. Caput et thorax grosse

subalveolatim punctati, hic oblongo-ovatus, eallis discoidalibus

duobus lineaque abbreviata mediana levibus. Elytra passim

densissime sat fortiter punctata, apice rotundato. Subtus cum

pedibus punctata. Long. 7—11} millim., J ?.

Hab. Mexico, Temax in North Yucatan (Gawmer).

A distinct species, agrecing in all structural characters

with the typical T'yloses.

Tylosis angusticollis, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Colt. ¥;

p. 825.

Herr Hige has since obtained a large series of this

supposed species, which shows all gradations in form of

thorax between it and 7’. puncticollis. It must therefore

sink into a synonym or variety of that species. The

insect was met with at Matamoros Izucar in Puebla,

Tacambaro in Michoacan, Durango City, and at Colima

City, Tonila and Zapotlan, in the State of Colima.

Crossidius militaris, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 14, 3).

C. discoideo (Say) quoad colores similis sed multo major. Fere

cylindricus, dense piloso-punctatus, opacus, coccineus; capite,

thorace marginibus anticis et posticis, elytris ad basin anguste

plagaque magna posteriori communi elongata in medio basin versus

extensa, antennis, pedibus et sternis (prosterno ante coxas rufo

excepto) cxrulescenti-nigris. Thorax omnino rotundatus, inermis,

absque callis, grosse confluenter punctatus; interdum maculis 2 vel

4 nigris. Elytra discrete apicem versus densius et subtilius punc-

tata, sinuatim truncata, angulis plus minusve distinctis. Antenne

g corpore multo longiores, distincte appendiculatie; ¢ corporis

dimidium vix attingentes. Long. 14—19 millim., f°.

Hab. Mexico, Villa Lerdo in Durango (Hoge).

This fine species appears to be much less variable in

colour-pattern than other species of the genus.

Crossidius palmeri, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., v.,

pace.

Herr Hoge has since met with this species in con-

siderable numbers at Saltillo in Coahuila, and Monterey

178 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

in Nuevo Leon. It varies remarkably in the form of

the thorax, which is either rounded on the sides, or dis-

tinctly angulated and even acutely-tuberculated in the

middle. This variability exists also in Deltaspis, from

which Crossidius is hardly generically distinct.

Crossidius egrotus, nN. sp.

Elongatus, postice paullo angustatus, dense pilosus, parum nitidus ;

pallide fulvus, elytris flavo-testaceis (interdum sutura postice nigro-

fusca marginata), thorace rufo-testaceo, capite, antennis pedibusque

nigris. Thorax latus, in medio plus minusve angulatim rotundatus,

confluenter punctatus, disco tricalloso. Elytra basi paullo sparsius

postice densius punctata, apice flexuoso-truncato angulis rotundatis.

Long. 15—17 millim., J ?.

Hab. Mexico, Chihuahua.

Taken by the late Mr. Montagu Kerr, the well-known

African traveller, during a short visit to Central Chi-

huahua.

Ischnocnemis cerulescens, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,

Col., v., p. 328.

We are able now to supply the locality of this species.

Mr. H. H. Smith met with it at various places in the

State of Guerrero—Dos Arroyos (1000 ft.), R. Papagaio

(1200 ft.), Acaguizotla (8500 ft.), Venta de Pelegrino,

Tierra Colorada (2000 ft.), Hacienda de la Imagen

(4000 ft.). ,

The following is a closely-allied but sufficiently dis-

tinct species :—

Ischnocnemis cyaneus, Nn. sp.

Latius cylindricus, cyaneus nitidus, antennis nigris; capite

thoraceque dense sat grosse sed discrete punctatis, linea mediana

postice dilatata levi, elytris aqualiter discrete punctulatis, utrinque

linea longitudinali nullo modo elevata levi. Thorax gracile cylin-

drico, ovatus. Elytra ad apicem recte truncata, angulis distinctis.

Subtus passim equaliter minus sparsim punctulatus. Long.

13 millim., go.

Hab. Mrxtco, Yautepec in Morelos (Flége).

Distinctly broader in form than J. cerulescens, the

punctuation of the thorax wider apart, the smooth line

down the disk of each elytron not in the slightest degree

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 179

elevated, and the elytral apex transversely truncated,

with both sutural and exterior angles nearly rectangular

and equal. In J. cerulescens the elytra are very obliquely

truncated, with prolonged external angles.

Sphenothecus quadrivittatus, n. sp.

S. cyanicolli (Dup.) affinis et similis, sed differt elytris utrinque

vittis costiformibus flavis duabus. Cyaneo-niger politus, subtus

cum antennis pedibusque niger, elytris utrinque vittis convexis

duabus flavis—lma prope suturam basin versus paullo dilatata

apicemque haud attingenti, 2nda submarginali angustiori postice

multo abbreviata. Thorax sicut in S. eyanicolli in medio perparum

rotundatus, antice paullo angustatus subsparsim punctulatus. Ely-

tra costis levibus, interspatiis pilifero-punctulatis, ad apicem valde

flexuoso-truncata, angulis externis acute suturali brevissime den-

tatis. Long. 14—17 millim., $ 9.

Hab. Mexico, Dos Arroyos, R. Papagaio (1200 ft.),

Venta de Pelegrino, Rincon (2800 ft.), Acaguizotla

(3500 ft.), Hacienda de la Imagen (4000 ft.), and Aca-

pulco, all in Guerrero (H. H. Sinith).

Sphenothecus cribricollis, n. sp.

S. quadrivittato similis, elytris utrinque fiavo-bicostatis ; differt

thorace dense subrugose punctato, subopaco. Niger, elytris utrin-

que vittis duabus elevatis flavis. Caput antennarumque basis

dense confluenter punctata. Thorax latior, et in medio latius rotun-

datus, disco posteriori foveatim depresso. LElytra vittis flavis

utrinque ad apicem approximatis, interiorique basi haud dilatata,

interspatiis densius punctatis, in medio inter vittas linea subelevata

impunetata, ad apicem obtusius truncata, angulis externis haud

producto-dentatis. Subtus sat dense punctulatus, punctulis griseo-

piliferis. Long. 14—16 millim., f ?.

Hab. Mexico, Venta de Pelegrino, Dos Arroyos

(1000 ft.), and Tierra Colorada (2000 ft.), all in Guerrero

(HI. H. Smith).

Sphenothecus cribellatus, n. sp.

Cyaneus, dense pilifero-punctatus pilis clongatis erectis inter-

mixtis, subopacus; elytris utrinque vittis elevatis duabus flavis

levibus, interiori subrecta apicem fere attingenti et flavo-margi-

nata, exteriori tenui postice abbreviata. Caput antennarumque

180 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

basis dense confluenter punctata. Thorax dense subalveolatim

punctatus, paullo ante basin rotundato-dilatatus, deinde usque

ad apicem angustatus. Elytra letius cerulescentia, interspatiis

densissime sed discrete, sat grosse «qualiter punctatis; apice

obtuse flexuoso-truncato, angulis externis rotundatis. Subtus

cyanescenti-viridis, dense piloso-punctulatus. Mesosternum con-

vexum, haud vero sicut in Sphenothecis genuinis, prominens.

Antenne ? corpore multo breviores. Long. 12 millim,, @.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Flohr, in coll. Bates). One

female example.

The less prominent mesosternum seems to indicate a

transition-form to Ischnocnemis, but the facies is that of

Sphenothecus.

Entomosterna prolixa, n. sp.

E. miniatocolli (Chevr.) similis sed multo major elytrisque

maxime elongatis. Nigra subnitida, prothorace (marginibus antico

et postico anguste nigris exceptis) sanguineo, breviter incumbenti

nigro-pilosa. Thorax sat elongatus, a basi ad apicem angustatus,

leviter rotundatus, sparsim punctulatus, disco elongato-calloso levi,

margine basali valde elevato, angulis posticis longe exstantibus

acutis. Elytra gradatim postice attenuata, disco utrinque bicos-

tato, costa interiori mediocriter elevata ante apicem desinenti

levi, basi interdum flavescenti, costa exteriori vix elevata postice

multo abbreviata, cum intervallis sat fortiter discrete punctata,

apice flexuoso-truncato, angulis externis dentatis. Pedes valde

elongati. Subtus griseo-pubescens, subtiliter punctulata. An-

tenne (gf) corpore multo longiores, 11l-articulate. Long. 14—

15 millim., %.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (17arford), Mescala in Guer-

rero (H. H. Smith).

AXESTOLEUS, nov. gen.

Gen. Batyle affinis, sat differt inter alia corpore supra opaco.

Corpus subeylindricum. Mandibule acute falcate. Caput antice

verticale quadratum, planum, infra oculos sat elongatum angulisque

epistomatis lateralibus rectis. Antenne 11-articulate, 3 corpore

vix longiores. Thorax subquadratus, inermis, nec antice nee pos-

tice profunde constricto-sulcatus. Pedes elongati, femoribus pos-

ticis linearibus corpore longioribus, tarsis posticis articulo 1mo

valde elongato. Acetabula antica extus breviter angulata.

Allied to Batyle (Thoms., Lec.), and belonging to

Leconte’s group Stenaspes. In the sculpture and opacity

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 181

of the upper surface it differs much from Batyle, and

approaches Purpuricenus; but the slender form and

unarmed thorax, and especially the somewhat elongated

quadrangular muzzle, distinguish it from these and all

the allied genera.

Entomosterna sanguiniventris (Chevr.), Biol. Centr.-

Amer., Col., v., pp. 85, 880, comes near this genus, and

does not agree with the typical Entomosterne of the

same author in the form of the thorax and the costate

elytra. It differs from both genera in its 12-jointed

antenne.

Axestoleus meridionalis.

Batyle meridionalis, Bates, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col.,

Veg oDs Ol:

Hab. Mexico, Tehuantepec.

Axestoleus quinquepunctatus, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 16).

Ab A. meridionali differt elytris relative brevioribus. Rufo-

aurantiacus, antennis ad basin (ceteris rufo-piceis), thorace punctis

5, femoribus ad apicem tibiisque ad basin et elytris obscure nigris,

his vittis utrinque abbreviatis postice attenuatis, una medio-basali

altera marginali. Caput alutaceo-opacum. Thorax antice paullo

angustatus, grosse punctatus, longe erecte pilosus, callis parvis nigris

quinque minus punctatis nitidis. Elytra densissime punctulata,

opaca, incumbenti-pilosa, apice obtuse truncato. Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (Hége). A single example,

apparently female.

Batyle levicollis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 15).

B. ignicolli (Say) affinis et similis; differt thorace glabro spar-

sim subtilissime punctato. Niger politus, thorace cum coxis

anticis flavis. Frons canaliculata, grosse discrete punctata. Thorax

rotundatus, convexus, margine basali suleato angulisque posticis

exstantibus acutis. Elytra sat fortiter sparsim punctata, punctis

breviter pilosis, apice flexuoso-truncato, angulis exterioribus

breviter dentiformibus. Mesosternum valde convexum. Femora

(gS) corporis apicem attingentia, linearia, apice breviter spinoso.

Long. 18 millim. :

Tab. Mexico, Jalapa and Misantla in Vera Cruz

(Hoge).

182 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions to the

EXPLANATION OF Puates V., VI. & VII.

PLATE W:

. Aneflus cylindricollis.

‘ (2) fulvipenms, 3.

. Hburia baron, g.

. Proteinidium brevicorne, 9 .

. Hburia porulosa, 3.

. Pecilomallus palpalis.

. Asemum glabrellum, ¢.

. Anatinomma alveolatum, 3.

. Psyrassa cribellata.

an nigricornis.

* puosella.

2. Hexoplon smithr.

. [bidion griseolum, 3.

. Hexoplon sylvarum.

. Ibidion ruatanum, fg.

» gaumeri, 3g.

— O

Pop AAaAaAr ON

—_

SS a

C2 ot He OO

PLATE VI.

Fic. 1. Distenia trifasciata, var.

2. Gaurotes multiguttatus, 9

3. Huryptera unicolor.

4. Ophistomis xanthotelus, 3.

5. Huryptera planicoxis.

6. Acyphoderes cribricollis, 3%.

7. Odontocera yucateca, 3.

8. Charisia nigerrima, 2.

9. Neoclytus smithi, 3.

10. Ochresthes nigritus.

11. Pachymerola vitticollis.

12. Ochresthes tulensis.

13. 55 clerinus.

14, Euderces cribripennis.

15. Apilocera breviformis.

16. “7 yucateca.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America.

Fic. 1.

. Cosmisoma nudicorne, o.

. Chrysoprasis guerrerensis.

. Zenochloris barbicauda.

. Stenosphenus sexlineatus, 3.

eee

lor aa

See

BNW EPODDNAMHE & DO

PLATE VII.

Rhopalophora eximia.

. vitticollis, 9.

. Elytroleptus scabricollis.

. Ancylocera rubella, @.

. Metaleptus comis, 3.

. Athetesis convergens.

. Stenaspis prlosella, 3.

. Triacetelus sericatus, 3.

. Tylosis dimidiata, 3.

. Crossidius militaris, 3.

. Batyle levicollis, 3.

. Axestoleus quinquepunctatus.

183

* Pri ea: - a Ts alan igal :

“tifes eae ee.

‘itil Mglety jl 8 ee tine

—~— ay 7) ary

vay ae : az , a

a zos ae eas ul

v Sag Fy > Salle

; aie Ca pF am wey a8 Her co ' -

7 - de voles Te a nie oir Me’ a Wis re are § =: ar or

= max a 2 Nini fine ~ oom ees : ay arte = ae

; r ‘ rs

Se ‘hashes il 2 lane 5-24 idles 7.

Ay a oe itiaenn Anes at or urging St ahh srt ii = 1

fe nial s ayn 4 ; 4a 7 be se: a ~ i i

ei fep o> ee a it oe fate wat fo q 2

ee wel em

ta) perc * AP

vant _ aD y mm

a ae o—

ate 2 ae yi ~

“¢

ane a po, eae

IX. New species of Ephemeride from the Tenasserim

Valley. By the Rev. Aurrep EK. Eaton, M.A.,

F.E.S.

[Read March 9th, 1892.]

Tue rule that description and naming of new species of

May-flies, represented incompletely by no matter how

many specimens of one grade or sex only, ought never

to be practised if the species lack definite character

with regard to that grade or sex, does not apply to

species of peculiar mark such as are distinguished in

the following pages. Considerable interest attaches to

them in respect of the geographical distribution of

genera, and some of the flies are particularly orna-

mental. They were collected in the Tenasserim Valley

by Mr. Doherty, and sent by him to Mr. R. McLachlan,

F.R.S. The specimens, 21 in number, represent eight

named genera, each (with one exception) by single

species. A key to the genera and larger divisions of

recent Mphemeride is given in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

2nd ser., Zool., vol. 8, part 5, p. 809, &c., preceded by

geographical notes.

1. Ephemera pulcherrima, sp. nov.

Subimago (dried), 2.—A yellowish species with linear longi-

tudinal abdominal markings, besides a round spot just above the

pleura on each side of the 2nd segment; also with an angulated

spot on the hind coxa; and with three round or oblong spots in

the area immediately posterior to the submarginal area of the fore

wing. Hind wing spotless. Wings very light yellow ochraceous,

subopaque: fore wing sparsely marked with small violet-black

spots, situated—one each at the bull of the subcosta and radius,

one in line with these on the sector, a small one occupying the axil

of the fork of the prebrachial nervure, and three others, one in the

middle of each of the last three cross veinlets immediately pos-

terior to the radius ; hind wing spotless, unicolorous. Neuration

in both wings concolorous with the membrane (but opaque), ex-

cepting a few cross veinlets in the submarginal area of the hind

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—panrT II. (JUNE.)

186 Rey. A. E. Eaton on new species of

wing that are greyish towards the subcosta, and some in the fore

wing, viz., the cross veinlets anterior to the sector, many of those

anterior to the pobrachial in the basal half of the wing, and a few

of those nearest to the base in the areas intervening between that

nervure and the Ist axillar nervure ; the great cross vein also is

black between the subcosta and the radius. Body and legs.

yellowish ochre, with black markings; those of the head and

notum are of a pattern common in the genus, comprising the edge

of the occiput on each side behind the eyes, and two longitudinal

stripes extending from the pronotum (where they are parallel with

each other) to the peak of the scutellum, angulated on the meso-

notum and confluent just before their termination with a rounded

pitch-brown spot on the succeeding part of the notum on each

side. On each side of the thorax is a small spot in front of the

roots of the costa, and a minute spot just above the coxa at the

posterior angle of the metapleuron. The basal and the posterior

margins of the hind coxa, and the anterior tibia, narrowly, at both

extremities, are blackish. Dorsal abdominal markings—two sub-

continuous and subparallel series of strongly marked linear stripes,

rather near each other, extend from the 8rd to the 9th segment

down the middle of the back, and are slightly coarctate at the

bases of the 8rd to the 8th segments ; between these in each seg-

ment is a pair of divergent streaks from the base of the segment

that are associated with the dorsal vessel, and are less distinctly

defined than the linear stripes: in some of the segments the

streaks are considerably abbreviated ; in the 2nd segment (which

is marked with a round spot on each side just above the pleura)

the stripes are represented by single dots ; at the joinings of the

Ist to the 8th segmerts the stripes are crossed by single fine black

lines that do not extend to the pleura. At the pleura, segments

2—9 have each a small triangular spot at the base, and segments

4—7 each have a fine curved longitudinal line from the margin

near the posterior angle, which is reduced to a dot in segments 3

and 2. Venter bilineate longitudinally ; the lines subparallel, dis-

continuous, and some of them at their anterior extremities slightly

inflected. Sets fuscous, with opaque joinings, and some of them

here and there blackish. Length of body about 12, wing about

13 mm.

2. Potamanthus formosus, sp. nov.

Imago (dried).—A species of elegant appearance, with trans-

parent wings of a light flavescent tint: the fore wing strongly

blotched with light reddish pitch-brown in the marginal area, and

sparsely freckled faintly in the disk with light greyish or reddish

Ephemeride@ from the Tenasserim Valley. 187

grey. Upper parts of the anterior femur dull reddish purple-

brown: a narrow stripe (of a like colour in the abdomen, but more

of a piceous tint in the thorax, where it is narrowest) extends

from the head along each side of the body to the 9th abdominal

segment.

3. Whitish ochre, more flavescent about the thorax, with

reddish brown or reddish purple-brown markings, comprising—a

fine median longitudinal line through the pronotum, continued

along the median suture of the mesonotum; the orbits of the

ocelli, and the greater part of the basal joints of the antennz; and

a longitudinal stripe of moderate width on each side of the body

from the pronotum to the 9th abdominal segment, which, com-

mencing opposite the back of the eyes, is arched on the pronotum,

and prolonged posteriorly below the wings. Sete flavescent for

some distance from the roots, and then very light ochreous, with

the joinings narrowly very light reddish purple; at the extreme

tip, a few of the joints (2 or 8) are minutely pilose. Legs light

yellowish amber-colour, except parts of the fore leg, viz., the

upper parts of the fore femur reddish purple-brown throughout ;

a small spot of the same colour underneath, just beyond the

middle, and another rather larger underneath at the tip, produce

annulations: tibia reddish purple-brown at the extreme base, but

dark purple or violet-carmine at the tip; 1st tarsal joint, and the

tips of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th joints also of this colour. In the fore

wing the cross-veinlets of the marginal area are rather broadly

and conspicuously bordered with light reddish pitch-brown ; the

bordering sometimes is partly dark-edged, and the colouring,

entirely permeating the costa and the terminal portion of the sub-

costa, spreads narrowly along both these nervures between the

spots or blotches; it also invades the extreme apex of the sub-

marginal area, and insinuates itself into the next area thereabouts

in near proximity to the radius, and the fore parts of the last two

or three cross-veinlets therein. The faintly coloured freckles in

the disk of the fore wing are disposed approximately in two linear

series—one of three freckles, posterior to the anal nervure, near

the bends or primary forks of its branches; the other of four

freckles, nearly parallel with the terminal margin, one of which is

at the bend or inner extremity of the intercalary nervure contained

within the fork of the prebrachial; there is also another freckle,

out of rank, at the bend or inner extremity of the first long inter-

calary nervure after the pobrachial that represents a postical ner-

vure. Hind wing spotless. Neuration for the most part light

yellow amber-colour ; but in the fore wing, the costa from the first

cross-veinlet onwards, the greater part of the subeosta towards the

188 Rev. A. E. Eaton on new species of

tip, and the radius near its extremity, are rufo-piceous or warm

amber-brown, as well as the cross-veinlets adjoining them, and

from certain standpoints many of the other cross-veinlets become

piceous. Cross-veinlets of the marginal area simple; in both

sexes about 24 in number.

@. Similar tothe g, but with the cross-veinlets in the disk

of the fore wing more generally piceous. Length of body, gf and

2 7; wing, ¢ 7, 2 9; sete, g 15 and 12—18 and 14, @ 11 mm.

3. Rhoénanthus amabilis, sp. nov.

Imago (dried), 3 .—Remarkable for the excessive smallness of

the forceps, which in both of the specimens are quite rudimentary.

Cross-veinlets of the fore wing pitch-brown, with narrow edging

of the same colour, which in some parts is triangularly dilated at

both ends of the veinlets, in other parts fills up meshes of the

reticulation so as to form small spots, and along the terminal

margin, where the neuration is closest, produces a cloudy marbled

reticulation. Thorax light pitch-brown, approaching intense raw

umber, modified on the mesonotum with a lighter tint. Abdomen

rather darker than the thorax at the sides and hinder borders of

the segments, but with dull whitish ochreous markings along the

middle of the dorsum, comprising, in segments 7—9, a rounded

median spot at the base, a dot on each side near the base, and two

dots on each side before the dark apical border of the segment.

Set white, with dark purple-madder annulations at the tips of the ~

joints : in the first seven joints from the roots, the dark colouring

largely predominates; after that, throughout the greater part of

Rhoénanthus amabdilis (Tenasserim Valley).

the seta, the annulations are alternately narrow and broad, one

joint being almost entirely white, and the next joint purple-

madder in its apical half, and so on; the last three or four joints

are pilose, asin Potamanthus. Forceps very minute; the limbs

2-jointed, much shorter than their distance apart, not exceeding

in length one-third of the width of the basis, and bemg much

smaller than the produced posterior lateral points of the 9th dorsal

segment; their colour white, but purple-madder just at the base.

Penis-lobes more minute than the forceps, filiform or subulate,

Ephemeride from the Tenasserim Valley. 189

with the tips incurved. Fore leg with the femur and the extreme

base of the tibia hght pitch-brown; the remainder whitish, with

the 1st tarsal joint, and the tips of the other joints, as well as that

of the tibia, rather broadly piceous. Hinder legs very light

yellow-amber, with an annulation at the extremity of the tibia,

the tips of the tarsal joints and the ungues piceous. Wings

vitreous, with piceous markings; the longitudinal neuration for

the most part whitish, the cross-veinlets in the fore wing and in

part of the hind wing piceous; the remaining neuration in the

hind wing whitish. In the fore wing the piceous markings

(referred to more in detail in the prefatory diagnosis above) tend

to be confluent transversely opposite the bulla of the subcosta,

and again nearer the base in the middle of the disk; there is also

asmall blotch at the commencement of the pterostigmatic region :

the marginal area contains about 7 cross-veinlets before and 17

beyond the bulla, nearly all simple. In the hind wing, besides

some lesser markings posterior to the cubitus, is a blotch or several

subconfluent spots on the cross-veinlets of the radial—sectorial

regions a little before the apex, a spot at the junction of the sector

and cubitus, and a large spot at the head of the intercalar nervure

contained within the fork of the prebrachial. Length of wing, 8 ;

sete, 25 mm.

4. Choroterpes exiguus, sp. nov.

Imago (dried), .—Body pitch-brown: venter in at least seg-

ments 5—S3 paler, and in the 9th segment rusty or ight burnt

umber-brown. Legs in two specimens light pitch- or bistre-

brown ; femora banded just beyond the middle broadly, and at the

knee narrowly, with a rather darker tint; in another specimen

they are banded broadly in the middle and narrowly at the tip

with pitch-black. Wings entirely vitreous, with light pitch-brown

neuration: fore wing with no cross-veinlets before the bulla in the

marginal area, but with 9—12 simple ones in the pterostigmatic

region. Set, inthe two specimens referred to above, sepia-brown 3

in the other specimen whitish, with the joinings narrowly black:

Forceps-limbs suddenly and broadly dilated in the basal half of

their basal joints. Penis-lobes narrow, lanceolate, and contiguous.

Length of wing, 6—6°5; sete about 10 mm.

5. Hagenulus monstratus, sp. nov.

Subimago (dried), fg .—Wings light blackish grey (ivory-black),

with most of the neuration of the same colour, but with the cross-

veinlets of the marginal and next two areas of the fore wing

bordered more or less broadly with pitch-black, broadest in the

TRANS. ENT. S80C. LOND. 1892.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) P

190 Ephemeride from the Tenasserim Valley.

first half of the marginal area: in the same area, a blot of this

colour embraces about four cross-veinlets in the middle of the

pterostigmatie region; in the area next below the submarginal

area, a spot at the bulla includes two cross-veinlets, and another

at the apex about three cross-veinlets.

Imago (dried), ?.—Body pitch-brown. Femora pitch-brown,

with a narrow impure whitish annulation a little beyond the

middle: tibise and tarsi brownish white, with the knee whitish ;

the fore tibia just below the knee and again at the tip narrowly

and faintly annulated with light brown. Set whitish, rather

broadly annulated with blackish at the bases of most of the joints.

Ventral lobe of the 9th abdominal segment bifid: the 7th ventral

segment unprovided with an egg-valve. Wings vitreous ; the fore

wings with pitch-black markings associated with the cross-veinlets.

The most conspicuous of these markings are produced by the very

broad bordering of the cross-veinlets in the marginal, submarginal,

and the adjoining areas, which in places forms quadrangular or

subquadrate spots ; some of these in the basal halves of the areas

in question, also in the middle of the pterostigmatic region, and

again in the two areas which follow that, coalesce into large

irregular blotches: posterior to the sector throughout the disk the

edging of the cross-veinlets is very narrow, and in many instances

only on the exterior side of the veinlet; and here the cross-

veinlets are arranged in about ten broken subparallel curved trans-

verse series at rather regular intervals. The marginal area of the

fore wing contains about three cross-veinlets before the bulla and

ten beyond it; those in the pterostigmatic region are distinct and

fairly straight. Length of wing, 5mm.

The remaining genera represented in this collection

from Tenasserim are:—Bactis by a single 3 subim. of

small dimensions ; Chirotonetes by a fragmentary 3 im-

in no way remarkable; and Heptagenia by two species,

—four g im. and four subim. of one, and a subim. of

the other species. Hitherto the genus Potamanthus has

been known only as an European and N. American

genus, éhoénanthus from the Malay Archipelago, Choro-

terpes from Europe and America, Hagenulus from the

Island of Cuba, and Chirotonetes from America, Japan,

Europe, and Sumatra.

Cargo)

X. On some eggs of Hemiptera. By Davin Suarp, M.A.,

M.B., F.R.S., &e.

|Read May 11th, 1892.]

Puates VIII. & IX.

THE remarkable examples of the eggs of insects I am

about to describe were procured by the late Mr. Neville

Goodman, of Cambridge, in the Valley of the Amazons.

Mr. Goodman made a journey to that locality in the

year 1879, being accompanied by his son Roger, and

remained there from Sept. 26th to the end of December ;

during which time he formed, with the assistance of his

son, an interesting collection of various orders of insects.

After the decease of Mr. Goodman, his son, Mr. Roger

Goodman, M.A., presented this collection to the Uni-

versity of Cambridge; and, on taking possession of the

collection for preservation in the University Museum,

my attention was attracted by a small object of a some-

what unusual nature.

The specimen had the appearance of a small wasp

attached by the wings to a mass on a leaf, and on the

wings of the wasp where it was attached were a number

of small insects crowded together indiscriminately. On

a closer examination it was seen that these small insects

consisted of a number of two species of Ichneumonide,

and some minute creatures that appeared to be made of

legs and antenne ; these latter, on more careful com-

parison, were seen to be specimens of some species of

Hemiptera-Heteroptera, just hatched from the egg, and

with the abdomen quite shrivelled up.

The glimpse I could obtain of the central mass was

very imperfect, but, as it seemed to be a cluster of insect

egos of a very unusual nature, I felt desirous of making

further acquaintance with it; and, foreseeing that in so

doing I should necessarily derange the natural position

of the various parts of the specimen, I before doing so

placed it in the hands of Mr. E. Wilson, who made of it

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PART II. (NOV.) Q

192 Dr. D. Sharp on some

the very good sketch from which fig. 1, Plate VIII., is

taken.

On removing some of the superincumbent small

insects, the central mass could be partly seen, and it

could be noticed that it consisted of a densely packed

mass of columnar bodies, probably about one hundred

in number. A portion of this mass is seen in fig. 2,

Plate VIII.

The fact that some of the small insects were newly-

hatched Hemiptera suggested that this mass of columnar

bodies might be the eggs from which the bugs had

emerged, but if so, they were clearly eggs of a most

peculiar nature, for they consisted of two tiers or stories,

and moreover, attached to the mass, there were some

peculiar bodies having more the appearance of the styles

and stigma, of a flower than of anything I was acquainted

with in the insect world.

In order to get a better view of the object the wings of

the wasp were displaced so that the upper surface was

displayed, and a still more curious and problematic set

of structures was revealed; for it was seen that the

upper extremity of each egg of the two external series

presented the appearance of a capsular body with an

orifice in the middle, while the eggs in the centre had

their free tops split up into ligule, and some of these

latter were curled over, and were seen to embrace the

peculiar floral-like structures I have already mentioned.

Fig. 3 gives a view of a portion of the upper surface of

the mass.

I then sent some of the small Hymenoptera to Mr.

Peter Cameron, who was kind enough to inform me that

they consisted of two species of the genus T'elenomus,

known to hymenopterologists as inquilines in the eggs

of bugs. Mr. Cameron has since described them under

the names of T. melanogaster and T’.. amazonica (Mem.

Manchester Soc. 1891).

The probability that the columnar objects were the

eggs of a bug was much increased by this fact, and

became certainty on my observing that from the upper

surfaces of several of the objects the young bugs were

actually projecting, having, in fact, been killed, and

arrested in the act of emerging from the egg. <A few of

the eggs were then detached from the mass, and sub-

mitted to examination to ascertain their structure; and

eggs of Hemiptera. 193

on this being done, it appeared that each egg was an

object similar to that of which a longitudinal section is

shown in fig. 4, Plate IX.

Kach egg is, in fact, a cylinder divided into two tiers,

the lower of which is about two-thirds of the whole

length, and is the egg proper; while the upper tier is a

capsule containing the peculiar floral object. This cap-

sule and its contents are of so remarkable a nature, and

their functions are so problematical, that I think it

advisable to describe their structure, so far as I have

been able to observe it. The capsule is somewhat con-

stricted in the middle, and the orifice at the top (fig. 4, 0)

forms the entrance to a dependent tube, which hangs

down nearly as far as the middle of the length of the

capsule.

The structure contained in the capsule I will call the

cone; a section of it is shown in fig. 5, Plate IX. It is

a quite hard structure of almost glassy consistency ;

it is not regularly conical in form, but is more like a

truncated cone surmounted by a spike; from the sides

of the part where the truncation occurs there extends a

delicate lace-work structure, becoming divergent as it

ascends, and coming into contact with the sides of the

capsule, with which, indeed, the delicate lace-work is

almost certainly continuous.

The chamber occupying the lower part of the cylinder

is the egg proper, in which the embryo is developed. In

fig. 6 is explained the way in which the insect emerges;

the embryo, pushing upwards, lifts the cone contained

in the superior capsule, whose point, as we have seen,

projects into the dependent tube of the capsule, and the

capsule is thus ruptured, as exhibited in b, fig. 6; the

embryo, continuing to ascend, the cone is pushed out of

the capsule (c, fig. 6), and falls away, and the insect then

emerges, leaving the empty egg-shell, as shown in d,

fie. 6.

The bunch of eggs, of which I am writing, had been

killed by Mr. Goodman at exactly the right moment for

allowing us to understand this process of emergence, the

various stages of the act being displayed on different

parts of this example.

The parasitic Hymenoptera had also just emerged ;

the holes they had made for this purpose are displayed

at the lower part of fig. 2, and above them are aa some

Q s

194 Dr. D. Sharp on some

of the cones that have fallen out from the capsules, and

have adhered to the sticky substance with which the

whole of the outer surface of the egg-mass is smeared ;

the lower part of the mass being very thickly plastered

with such substance.

The fact that the two outer series of eggs are intact as

to their capsules is explained by the presence of the

destroying Hymenoptera, the mothers of these having

been able to place their eggs only in the two series of

the hemipterous eggs next the outside, the others being

protected by their more internal position in the closely-

packed mass; the tops of the eggs are, of course, pro-

tected by the capsules and the cones contained therein,

and the lower faces of the eggs by the leaf on which the

mass is placed, so that only the outer two layers of the

bugs’ eggs have been within reach of the ovipositor of

the female Hymenoptera.

We have seen that there are two species of these

hymenopterous destroyers; perhaps one may have a

longer ovipositor than the other, and so be able to reach

the second row of eges; or it may be that the two rows

of eggs are pierced indiscriminately by each of the two

destroying species.

We have thus accounted for the presence of the bugs

and of the Hymenoptera in this curious entomological

specimen, but we have not alluded to the large wasp

depicted in fig. 1, and we cannot but feel some curiosity

to know what part this has played in the drama. Of

course this should be settled by actual observation. The

presence of the wasp may be purely fortuitous; it may

have become accidentally entangled in the sticky mass,

and have been unable to disentangle itself. But this

method of accounting for its presence does not appear at

all probable, for, as will be observed on reference to

fig. 1, the wasp is reposing on one side, and is attached

by the tip of one wing to the lower part of the mass on

which the adhesive matter I have alluded to is so abun-

dantly placed; and, as its position does not look like

one into which it could have got by means of accidental

entanglement, I incline rather to the supposition that

the wasp was stuck in its position by the parent bug as

a meal for its future offspring when they should be

hatched. This supposition is supported not only by the

position of the wasp, but also by some other facts, viz. :

eggs of Hemiptera. 195

—1, that the bug is of a carnivorous nature (belonging,

doubtless, to the Reduviide, though the species is not

known); 2, that the newly-hatched bugs are mere

skeletons, apparently almost all external organisation,

with the abdomen destitute of any contents, so that

they would be urgently in need of a supply of food ; and

3, the fact that the wasp has a slit made on the back of

its thorax, so that the young bugs could plunge their

rostra without any difficulty into the interior of the

wasp.

The Reduviid bugs have some of them the power of

inflicting a wound that has a very numbing effect. It

might well be, then, that the wasp was mastered by the

parent bug, who split the wasp’s thorax with its rostrum,

benumbed it by the same process, and then attached it

to the egg-mass asa store of food to start the newly-

hatched young bugs on their journey through life. This,

however, is purely supposition, though I hope it may be

some day confirméd by the observation of a naturalist

who shall be so happy as to have the opportunity of

watching the habits of Reduviid bugs in the Amazon

Valley.

But the chief interest in these bugs’ eggs is connected

with the peculiar capsule and its contained cone, and we

cannot but ask what can be the function of this beautiful

and complex structure. The answer that would be

given by those who are acquainted with Leuckart’s paper

“On the Micropyle, and the minute structure of the

Kgg-shell in Insect’s Eggs’ (Muller’s Arch. f. Anat.

Phys., 1855), would be that it is a micropyle-apparatus

of the most complex and perfect character ; and on the

whole I am inclined to believe that this solution, extra-

ordinary as it may seem to be, is likely to prove, at any

rate, partially correct; but it must be admitted that

there is considerable doubt about it, and that some other

purpose is also served by the structure.

A micropyle is a canal through an egg-shell, by

which the entry of a spermatozoon to the egg is facili-

tated ; nothing can be simpler than that arrangement,

and one does not see any reason why it should be de-

parted from to give place to an extraordinarily large and

complex apparatus that the spermatozoon must traverse

before arriving at its destination. The capsule and the

cone contained in it are no doubt fabricated in the

196 Dr. D. Sharp on some

ovarian passages of the mother, and, on looking at our

figures, it must appear a mystery how such a structure

as is there represented can facilitate the entry of one or

more spermatozoa to the egg, while the structure is

passing through the maternal oviduct.

Leuckart, who is almost our sole source of informa-

tion as to structures of this nature, has figured, in a

rough manner, a number of eggs of bugs, l. c., pl. vill,

ff. 1—26. These exhibit a great variety of structures

at the upper pole of the egg, but only one at all re-

sembles our Amazonian egg in the mechanical arrange-

ment of the apparatus; the resemblance, however, so far

as one can judge, is but a distant one. The egg in

question (f. 16, pl. vill.) is that of Phytocoris viridis.

Leuckart has not, however, given such an account of

the intimate structure of the egg as would allow any

valuable opinion to be formed as to the functions of the

part he roughly figures, and he remained himself in

doubt on this point, as will be seen by a passage on

p. 149, t.c., where he says:—‘‘I do not know how to

give any satisfactory conclusion as to the meaning of

this wonderful apparatus: that its object should be to

open (or unfold) the cover seems scarcely credible ; one

would, indeed, much rather suppose that it served as a

support to the cover, especially as this latter is only

very loosely inserted. Meanwhile, it remains doubtful

whether the sole function of this structure consists in

this.”

A brief account of the structure of the capsule and its

contents, in the case of the Amazonian Reduviid, is

therefore desirable ; but there is considerable difficulty

attending the examination of these eggs after they have

been long dried, and covered as they are externally by a

gummy matter. The form of the capsule will be per-

ceived by reference to the section shown in fig. 4; the

wall of the capsule (fig. 4c and fig. 8b) is a piece of lace-

work, the meshes of which are completely filled up by

some other substance, reminding one of what exists

in dried leaves or husks of some seeds. The walls of

this capsule are apparently impervious, and the only

means of entrance to the interior of the capsule is by the

dependent tubule at the summit.

The ‘‘cone” in the interior of the capsule is shown in

section in fig. 5; it apparently consists of a series of

eggs of Hemaptera. 197

closely-packed tubes, some of which extend from the

sides of the spike at the summit to the base of the cone,

while others open at the sides of the cone, but appa-

rently also communicate with the shallow chamber at

the base of the cone ; this chamber, c of fig. 5, is closed

in below by a peculiar transparent plate, having the

appearance of a piece of mica; this plate, though itself

quite impervious, is so transparent that it allows the

meshwork of the surface above it to be seen, as shown

in fig. 7. From the point at which the cone is narrowed

or truncated there extends outwards a beautiful trans-

parent lace-work of rather larger meshes ; this lace-work

becomes more delicate as it diverges, and is perhaps, at

its termination, actually continuous with the mesh-work

of the inner wall of the capsule. The whole of the

system of canals in the cone apparently converges to the

chamber ¢, fig. 5; in the figure in question the section

of this chamber is shown to “be limited by a wall on each

side, but I am very doubtful whether that wall (d) really

exists; I think it will ultimately prove that the trans-

parent plate (m), forming the floor of the cone, is not

really part of the cone, “but is a peculiarly developed

part of the inner membrane of the egg, and that the

cone is merely loosely set on this, and that the two,

though lifted up together by the emerging insect, have

no actual continuity.

Supposing the cone to be a system of tubes giving

entrance to air or other matter, then this substance will

have to find its way into the interior of the egg proper

by a gap or system of canals extending round the egg on

the inside of the capsule at the spot marked f in fig. 4.

Now it is at this spot, judging from what I have observed

in the egg of another bug, LPiezosternum subulatum, and

from the figures of Leuckart, t.c., pl. vii, ff. 6, 14, &e.,

that I should expect the true micropyle canals to exist ;

it seems, therefore, quite possible that, though distinct

from the true micropyles, the cone may be a means of

communicating with them.

In the absence of any direct observation, it is useless

to indulge in further speculation on what the function of

these wonderful cones may be; it seems in the highest

degree improbable that they can be simple in their

function, possessing as they do so great a development,

and it is more probable that they serve two or even three

198 Dr. D. Sharp on some

purposes. That the peculiar capsule and its contents

can be looked on as mere evolutions of the simple micro-

pyle is almost impossible, unless some very peculiar or

complex function is subserved by them.

Some time ago I exhibited the egg of another bug to

this Society (cf. Proc. Ent. Soc., 1889, p. i). This egg is

also of a very peculiar character; it possesses at one

end a series of circumferential projections like small

nails partially driven in; and also a peculiar flask-like

structure in the middle, and quite isolated from the nail-

like bodies ; these latter are, I have no doubt, micro-

pyles, as I have been able to see the canal extending

through one or two of them to the interior of the egg.

What the middle flask-like object may be I am unable

to say, but I think it quite probable that its function

may be partially the same as the capsule and cone of

the Amazonian Reduviid; the wall of the flask repre-

senting the wall of the Reduviid capsule, and a substance

that can be dimly perceived within the flask-wall seated

at its base being, perhaps, similar in its function to the

cone of the Reduviid bug. Fig. 9, Plate VIII., repre-

sents this egg of Prezosternum subulatum, a being the

nail-like objects, and b the flask-like structure.

EXPLANATION oF Puates VIII. & IX.

Fies. 1 to 8 relate to the eggs of a Reduviid bug of unknown

species, and fig. 9 to the egg of Piezosternwm subulatum (Penta-

tomide).

Fie. 1, Plate VIII.—Sketch of the egg-mass of Reduviid hemip-

teron with wasp adherent to it by the wings, and with a crowd of

parasitic Proctotrupid@ and newly-emerged Reduviids.

Fig. 2, Plate VIII.—Portion of the same egg-mass, showing the

two outer circles of eggs, from which Hymenoptera have emerged

at the holes marked h; a, egg situated near the centre, in which a

bug is beginning the process of emergence by lifting a cone; e,

cones that have fallen from eggs during the process of emergence,

and become entangled in the sticky substance with which the eggs

are covered.

Via. 8, Plate VIII.—Portion of the same egg-mass, showing,

a, eggs with capsules ruptured by the process of emergence of the

eggs of Hemiptera. 199

young bugs; 6, the capsules intact (the interior of the egg having

been eaten by Hymenoptera).

Fic. 4, Plate IX.—Outline of one egg, seen in partial section

(the capsule, c, being divided, and a portion of the lattice-work

broken away) ; @, the cone surmounted by its spine projecting into

the entrance-tube, 0, of the capsule; 6, lace or latiice-work (par-

tially broken away), connecting the cone with the wall of the cap-

sule; d, portion of the egg in which the embryo is developed.

Fic. 5, Plate IX.—Longitudinal section of a cone, showing its

tubular structure and the small transverse space below it, with

which all the tubes communicate; a, body of the cone; J, lattice-

work that connected it with capsule; c, transverse inferior space or

chamber; d, circumferential wall of this chamber.

Fie. 6, Plate IX.—Egegs, showing the mode of emergence; a,

egg intact, with cone in the capsule above the embryo-chamber

undisturbed; 6, the young insect commencing to emerge, and

rupturing the capsule by elevation of the cone; ¢, the young

insect just emerging, with cone falling away; d, empty ege-shell.

Fic. 7, Plate IX.—The cone and its lattice-work removed from

the capsule.

Fic. 8, Plate IX.—Portion of egg at the point of contact of the

various parts; a, wall of the embryo chamber ; 0, wall of capsule ;

c, cone in the interior of capsule.

Fie. 9, Plate VIII.—Egg of Piezosternum subulatum (taken

from interior of body), referred to in Proc. Ent. Soc., 1889, p. 1;

a, nail-like objects, probably micropyles; 0, vase-like structure of

unknown function.

Joa te © oo er

ee ane Snir - At

— te Gale a ayried pape, i) es

® &

’

a = % : a —

; rae fs a Los ere

pl Late Poa > 4 Tee a

_ ele See a ar ey - 7

7 32 = % cn » ia

cube 2

ass aN oe ; ‘ay

fs go eee

3] (Ay ii ere

=. en nea Ales oaradary yee, -

le ie of Se eee® : a. Joe roe _ = aan a

eS ge) gan SP 2 REN rea Vt ig atest ee

i. 7 cs : ie “A P +, oe ie

Pe oer Wis tues bore pena eee teal

= * : ray a Lae oe ae a € a5

a os ; 7 ae - Vibed. 9 Shall Pie afydicks ee

> = a * ive oa nw a ai ce 7 es Seer Ts —_ 7

Be tes ote ey ay oi en a een ae

i. - Ae al ha ee rents, 162.2 > ey ee ts Pane Wt - i i a

me ee

aM Wins an Ay ” ; A oO fa ie ae 7 = iq)

7 7 : a “e we. — us 7 ies, NG ae 7. See + _, a 45 © he aN

a) © oon a eee

- ;

Ca20ly)

XI. On a new and also on a little-known species of

Pseudacreea in the collection of the Hon. Walter

Rothschild. By. Arraur G. Butusr, F.L.8., and

The Hon. Wauter Roruscuinp, F.Z.S.

[Read June Ist, 1892.]

PLATE X.

Pseudacrea Clarkii, Butler; and P. Poggei, Daw.

Pseudacrea Clarku.

g. Prevailing colour of upper surface of wings reddish tawny

(probably rosy carmine in freshly emerged examples); primaries

with the apical two-fifths and a rather broad and regular outer

border greyish olive-brown; an oblique quadrangular quadrifid

patch of the ground colour half-way between the discoidal cell and

the apex; veins and internervular folds black; a black streak in

the cell just above the median vein ; internervular streaks on the

median interspaces very wide, that on the upper space tapering

towards the cell, that on the lower space widening and obliquely

truncated ; the streak on the interno-median area confined to the

basal half of the wing, very broad and obliquely truncated towards

the base, its outer extremity curved round in a loop, which runs

along the inner margin to the base; secondaries with greyish

olivaceous costal border, interrupted near apex by an oblique

whitey-brown streak ; eight black spots on the basal half, one large

within the cell near the base, followed by a small one just above

the median vein; four large subconfluent black spots crossing the

end of the cell from the first subcostal branch to the submedian

vein, and two small spots beyond this series above the second

subcostal and third median branches; abdominal border sordid

white, interrupted by smoky-brown veins; a small white spot at

base of interno-median area; external border rather broadly

blackish, with dentate-sinuate inner edge, and enclosing about

eight ill-defined whitish spots in pairs; body black; four white

dots on the head, two pale ochreous spots on the collar, tegule and

sides of thorax spotted with whitish; abdomen spotted laterally

with ochreous, and with a longitudinal interrupted white stripe

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PpaRT UI. (NOV.)

‘

202 Hon. W. Rothschild on a new and also

below the lateral series of spots; primaries below altogether paler

than above ; the ground colour rosy flesh-coloured; the darker

area grey; veins and internervular streaks black as above, a sub-

marginal black streak towards external angle, followed by four

whitish dots; secondaries with the basi-abdominal area pale

greenish sulphur; with black spots, and an interno-median streak

arranged in four oblique series; discal area rosy flesh-coloured ;

external border less black than above, and enclosing twelve elon-

gated greyish white spots, in pairs between the nervures; palpi

black, with a broad lateral buff stripe; pectus blackish, spotted

with pale buff; legs buff, the femora black above; venter buff,

margined with blackish. Expanse of wings, 81 mm.

Hab. Wokolele, Congo R. Collected by Rev. James

Clark.

Pseudacrea (Panopea) Pogget.

This wonderful species closely mimics Danais (Limnas)

chrysippus, and also the mimic of the latter, Diadema

nusippus.

3. Basal two-thirds of fore wings bright orange-tawny ; apical

third brownish black, striated as in Pseudacre@a (Panopea) Dela-

goe and allies, and crossed by a broad oblique white band, broken

into three arrow-shaped and almost equal patches by the black

nervures, and followed by four minute white dots, forming an

interrupted submarginal series, followed in their turn by two

indistinct whitish specks ; apical end of discoidal cell enclosed by

a black crescentic bar, the black of the apex running out into a

thin marginal band, with chequered white fringe up to the inner

angle. Hind wings paler tawny, more inclining to yellow; mar-

ginal band black; one round black spot at base of discoidal cell,

and three similar spots at the base of the three branches of the

median nervure; nervures of all four wings black, broadening

at the margins. Under side similar, but all markings more dis-

tinct, and the colours much paler; nervures of hind wings white,

and the four black spots and marginal band outlined white.

Striations of apex of fore wings whitish grey. Antenne, body,

and head black, with two rows of white spots on head and thorax ;

abdomen spotted yellow. Expanse, 3 in.

Hab. Angola.

on alittle-known spectes of Pseudacrea. 208

EXXPLANATION OF PuatE X.

Fie. 1. Pseudacrea Clarkii.

la. Under side of ditto.

2. Pseudacrea Pogget.

2a. Under side of ditto.

( 205 )

XI. On Variation in the Colour of Cocoons, Pupe, and

Larve: further experiments. By Wiiuiam Bareson,

M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge.

Communicated by Dr. Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S.

[Read October 5th, 1892.]

I. The colour of the cocoons of Saturnia carpini.

In the Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, Part I., p. 45,

I gave an account of some experiments touching the

variation of the colour of the cocoons of the Small

Egger (Eriogaster lanestris), and of the Emperor Moth

(Saturnia carpini). It has been stated by Poulton* and

others that the familiar variation of these cocoons, from

coffee-brown to a cream-white colour, takes place in

accordance with the substances to which the cocoons

are attached, and the inference was suggested that this

variation in colour was a protective adaptation to render

the cocoons inconspicuous. The evidence which I|

brought forward went to show that the statement that

there is any relation between the colour of these cocoons

and that of the substances, to which they are attached,

was founded on a mistake. In the case of Hriogaster,

experiment showed

(1) That caterpillars left to spin in the leaves of

the food-plant (hawthorn) spin dark cocoons.

(2) That caterpillars taken away from their food

and shut up spin light cocoons, whether the sur-

roundings in which they are confined are black

or white.

(3) That caterpillars which of their own choice

crawl into and spin in white paper placed amongst

their leaves spin dark cocoons.

From these results it was to be concluded that the

cause determining the production of light cocoons was

removal from the food, or the state of annoyance in-

cident to such removal, and that in fact the lght-

* EK. B. Poulton, ‘Colours of Animals,’ pp. 142—146.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1892,—PaRT III. (NOV.)

206 Mr. W. Bateson on Variation in the

coloured cocoon was an abnormal product resulting from

unhealthy conditions.

As regards S. carpini, of the three points given above

the second was fully established. No caterpillar which

was removed and shut up spun a dark cocoon. The

other two points were not fully established, for, while

all the cocoons which I could find wild in the hedges

were dark, few comparatively of those fed in captivity

spun cocoons of full colour. Several of these, however,

were attached to white paper, as in (3).

Lastly, in the ease both of Hriogaster and S. carpini,

there was evidence to show a strong probability that the

colouring matter was derived from the contents of the

alimentary canal, and that in the case of the light

cocoons this substance was either evacuated, or not

produced, or possibly absorbed. Two points, therefore,

remained for further investigation; first, whether S.

carpivi, if in healthy circumstances, will spin dark

cocoons independently of the colour of its surroundings;

and secondly, the far more important question of the

nature and origin of the colouring substance. To the

solutions of both of these questions the evidence to be

given contributes.

(1). From two batches of eggs I reared about 140

larvee of S. carpini. Supposing that my larve had not

been under good conditions last year, I resolved this

year to sleeve them on a bush in the open air. On the

2nd of July, therefore, when they had made their last

moult, I divided them into two lots, A and B.

A. Sixty-six larvee were placed on a large branch of

hawthorn in the Botanic Garden, and were covered with

a large sleeve of white muslin. Into this sleeve I put a

considerable quantity of crumpled white paper, arranging

it so that the paper lay thickly amongst the leaves. In

the autumn, when all had spun, I opened the sleeve,

and counted the cocoons, numbering 58, the remainder

having presumably escaped. . Of these—

7 were spun on the white sleeve.

18 were spun in the white paper, or between it and

the sleeve.

19 were spun partially attached to the white paper

and partly to twigs, &e.

9 were spun on leaves or twigs, not attached to the

white paper or sleeve.

colour of cocoons, pupa, and larve. 207

With one exception all these cocoons are of the full dark

colour. The exception is also a brown cocoon, but it is

very thin and deficient in substance, and consequently

of rather a lighter colour. It is one of the 19 named

above.

B. Forty-four larve were enclosed in a sleeve of black

muslin, and placed on another branch of the same bush.

Into this sleeve I put a quantity of crumpled brown

paper, of the darkest colour I could get. On opening

this sleeve in September, I found 48 cocoons, namely—

2 in brown paper.

1 between paper and leaves.

4 on the black sleeve.

81 in the leaves, or massed against each other.

All these were of the full dark colour. I should say that

the brown paper had become so much bleached by ex-

posure to weather that it could scarcely be called brown.

This experiment must, I think, be considered to show

conclusively that there is no relation between the colour

of the cocoons of S. carpini and that of the substances

to which they are attached. We need not therefore, in

this case, consider the difficult problem whether, if such

a relation did exist, it might or might not be properly

considered a protective device.

(2). As to the origin of the colouring substance, I

have satisfied myself that it is obtained from the con-

tents of the alimentary canal. This conclusion is made

for the following reasons :—

(a). The white cocoons are thin and papery, while the

dark cocoons are stiff and very shiny, on the inside

especially, looking as if they had been stiffened with

brown size.

(b). In the case of some brown cocoons spun against

white paper, there was a brown stain on the paper, as

though a brown fluid had oozed through.

(c). In the case of a majority of larve, which, in 1891,

spun white cocoons, there was evidence to show that an

evacuation of the contents of the alimentary canal had

taken place.

(d). This evacuation is, when still wet, of a reddish

brown colour, of a viscous consistency, and contains

small pieces of chewed leaves, and sometimes half-

formed feces.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaART III. (NOV.) R

208 Mr. W. Bateson on Variation in the

(e). On opening a larva, whether young or nearly full-

fed, the contents of the alimentary canal are bright

green, but upon exposure to the air they turn to the

red-brown colour of the evacuations seen in the breeding-

cages. By washing out the contents of the alimentary

canal, and filtering out the débris of food, a clear green

filtrate was produced, which turned red-brown in the

course of some minutes. There can be no doubt that

this change is connected with oxidation, for it takes

place more rapidly if the test-tube containing the fluid is

shaken, and immediately if yellow nitric acid is added.

Moreover, if the contents of the alimentary canal are

placed on a glass plate, the surface soon turns in colour,

while the lower part next the plate may be seen to be

still green. The change from green to red therefore

results from oxidation.

The actual origin of this colouring matter in the

alimentary canal is not easy to determine. There are

two chief possibilities ; first, that the green colour is a

substance (such as bile, for example) secreted by the

animal; or, secondly, that it is formed from the food.

The first of these is almost certainly disproved by the

fact that there is no green substance in the walls of the

gut, or in the tissue adjacent to it, which undergoes the

change described; whereas, if the substance were the

result of secretion, it would be expected that this would

be the case. Filling the tissue-spaces surrounding the

gut there is indeed a green fluid, but this retains its

colour on exposure unchanged, not even turning to

black, as do the body-cavity fluids of so many larve.

If, then, the colouring substance is not a secreted

body, but is formed in some way by digestion from the

food, the question naturally suggests itself, is it a

chlorophyll product? That this is so is on the whole

likely, but I know no way by which it might be proved

to be so. or since the whole gut is filled with chewed

leaves, there is of necessity much chlorophyll present,

and it is not possible to obtain the colouring substance

free from chlorophyll.

In this connexion it should be remembered that the

brown colour of the cocoons is a very good match with

the brown to which hawthorn leaves turn in winter,

and it is not unlikely that the change from green to

brown undergone by the colouring substance of the

colour of cocoons, pupe@, and larve. 209

cocoons may be akin to that which takes place in the

leaves. This suggestion is, of course, merely made

for what it is worth.

If the contents of the gut are dried, the brown sub-

stance remains perfectly soluble in water.

(f). The proof that the green colouring matter from

the gut is used to dye the cocoon brown rests on the

following observations :—If a larva is irritated it ejects

from the mouth a green glairy fluid, which turns red-

brown, like the contents of the gut. If a piece of a

white cocoon be laid in this fluid for some minutes, it soon

acquires the brown colour of a brown cocoon, from which

it is indistinguishable. The same is true of a fibre of

silk drawn from a spinning animal, which can be dyed

in the same way. The colour is then insoluble, and

cannot be washed out, having stained the silk like a

mordant. In the previous experiments, in 1891, I was

puzzled by finding the colour soluble in the evacuations,

but insoluble in the cocoons; but this is no doubt the

explanation.

(g). Lastly, it is to be considered how the colour gets

from the animal’s gut to the silk. As to this, I have no

decisive evidence. I know that a caterpillar may spin

brown threads without touching them with the posterior

end of the body, and it is therefore clear that the colour

may be given out from the mouth, just as it is when the

larva is irritated. But the appearance of the interior

of a cocoon rather suggests that a large quantity of the

size-like matter has been poured out at once. It seems

possible, therefore, that there may be a final discharge

from the intestine after the cocoon is finished. I am

inclined to think that some of the threads are often

spun white, and smeared with the colour afterwards, for

I have seen threads of a cocoon lately begun, first white

and then brown after an absence of an hour, and the

animal may often be seen, as it were, ‘“‘ mouthing ”’ over

its threads. This is not always the case, for I have seen

very dark threads lying adherent to the surface of paper,

in such a position that they could not have been gone

over again without staining the paper, but must have

been put down brown while still viscous.

I think, then, it may be safely concluded (1), that

the brown colour of the cocoons is derived from_ the

alimentary canal; (2), that it is produced in ie diges-

210 Mr. W. Bateson on Variation in the

tion of the food, and that it is probably a chlorophyll-

derivative ; (3), that it is imparted to the silk from the

mouth of the larva, and perhaps by evacuation from the

intestine also.

I have to thank Dr. A. Sheridan Lea for kindly ad-

vising me in the examination of this substance.

II. The colours of pupe of Vanessa urtice.

The pup of V. urtice and of some other butterflies

are known to be sometimes much pigmented, and some-

times very light, with little or no pigment. Apart from

the pigmentation, they also vary greatly in the extent

and brightness of the metallic lustre, which is so marked

a feature of these forms. Poulton* has described experi-

ments showing that there is a relation between these

variations and the colours of the linings of the cages in

which the larve pupated. In the past summer I made

experiments of the same kind on V. urtice, and the

results fully bore out Poulton’s account, to which I can

add little.

The larve were collected when about half-grown, and

were put into shallow cardboard boxes, through one end

of which the stem of a nettle was passed. The boxes

were lined with one or other of the following papers :—

(1) gilt, (2) silver, (8) yellow, (4) white, (5) black, or (6)

painted with Indian ink. The face of each box was

covered with a pane of glass, and the boxes were all

placed upright in a row facing a south window. During

the three weeks through which the experiments con-

tinued there was generally a bright sun, so that the

boxes became very hot. In some of them there was a

good ventilation maintained, while others were kept very

close, so that by the transpiration from the plant the

atmosphere of the box was saturated with moisture,

which also trickled continually down the glass. I did

not find that the condition of moisture or dryness

affected the colours of the pupe. It is perhaps un-

necessary that these experiments should be described in

detail, as Poulton’s description is complete.

One series of experiments, made by way of control,

have, however, some interest, as materially confirming

the view that the change in the colours is really due to

* E. B. Poulton, Phil. Trans., 1887, vol. clxxviii., B, p. 311.

colour of cocoons, pupe, and larve. 211

the action of light. A number of larve were shut in

silt boxes as described, and these were immediately

placed ina dark, closed cupboard, which was not opened

again until the larve had pupated. With few exceptions

all these pup belonged to the darkest class (see table).

Other larve were put in a black box and similarly

treated, with the same result.

The larve were collected from various places round

Cambridge, and belonged to some dozen or more batches

of larve, but I distributed the families among the boxes

so as to test the existence of any congenital differences

as regards pupal colour, but found none.

Some interest attaches to the fact that the great pro-

portion of larve collected by me were infested with

Tachine. Probably, in round numbers, five or six

larve died from Tachina for one that pupated, but those

that did pupate almost without exception emerged.

There is therefore no reason to suppose that either the

gilt pupe or the dark ones are diseased.

Mucu Picmentr. | Some Picuenr. eee

Amount - Tl

of None.| Some. | Much. ||None.| Some. | Much. |None. Some. Much.

Gilding. |

see bs a ee | == |-——-

Gold paper... 2 | 2 5 ) 9 14

Silver do. .. 2 2 Dieai|| Pome

White do. .. 4 | Qoale ee?

Yellow do. .. 1 5

Black do. ..| 9 5) 1 1

Indian Ink ..| 10 6 1 2 3 Hal 2

Shut in the |

dark :— |

Gold ence ee 26 3 | 1 | ||

IIRC Ses bon i) | |

Taken together—gold, silver, yellow, and white papers gave

2 dark, 16 moderate, 23 light; black paper and Indian ink gave

31 dark, 5 moderate, 3 light; gilt paper, shut in the dark, gave

29 dark, 1 moderate; black paper, shut in the dark, gave 9 dark.

There are, of course, two things to be thought of:

first, the pigmentation ; secondly, the metallic colours.

As the table shows, both these qualities seem to be

affected by the surroundings. As Poulton has men-

tioned, the metallic appearance is an interference-colour,

disappearing when the pupe are dried, returning when

‘

Hf I Mr. W. Bateson on Variation in the

they are wetted. Of the physiology of these phenomena

I have gleaned no hint at all.

The whole question touching the putative utility of

these colours as a protection, seems to me an unprofitable

field for study. As to the enemies of these creatures,

other than insect-parasites, there is almost no evidence,

and as to the senses by means of which these parasites

seek their prey, there is still less. Of enemies to any of

these forms in the pupal state, there is, so far as I know,

no direct evidence at all. The pupal state is very short,

lasting about a fortnight or three weeks, according to the

weather, and the view that these peculiar colours have

been developed by these creatures to conceal them from

imaginary enemies during that brief time is, in my

judgment, quite unsupported by fact. This view is

applied to the case of these pupe by an indiscriminate

extension of deductions made in other cases fairly

enough, as, for example, in that of the larve of A. betu-

laria (v. infra).

After experience of these pup, the doubt whether the

metallic colour can in any way lead to their concealment

is stronger than it was. The gilded pupe, so far as I

can see, do not by reason of their gilding approximate

to the appearance of any natural substance, either of

flakes of mica, or to the dried slime left by slugs, or to

any other bright objects to which they have been com-

pared by ingenious persons. If Mr. Poulton had spoken

of this gilding as a “‘ warning coloration,” I should have

been less surprised.

One thing more may be said. In the case of the sole,

in the case of the larve of A. betularia, and the like,

there can be no doubt that the change of colour repre-

sents an ‘“‘attempt” on the part of the animal to ap-

proximate to the colour of its surroundings. Now, in the

case of these gilt pupz, do we really know that the

change represents any such effort at approximation ? I

confess that, though as regards the deposit of pigment

this may be so regarded, the change in the degree of

metallic colouring does not seem to me to be an approxi-

mation of this kind at all. It is true that gilt paper

makes some approach to the look of these pupze, but the

yellow paper, and silver or white papers, do not in

the least. In this connexion a circumstance, which I

saw several times, may be mentioned. In several cases

colour of cocoons, pupe, and larve. 213

a larva in a gilt box pupated, not on the gilt paper, but

on leaves of the food-plant, so that it was not anywhere

exposed to the paper; sometimes, indeed, when practi-

cally surrounded by a leaf or leaves, and among these

were some of the most golden pupe. Notwithstanding,

therefore, the clear evidence that the proximity of

brightly illuminated surfaces promotes the production of

the metallic appearance in these pup, I cannot see

that there is any reason to suppose that this is a ‘‘ pro-

tective resemblance,” or, indeed, that it is a ‘‘ resem-

blance”’ at all.

In his work on this subject, Mr. Poulton, indeed,

admits that by reason of their metallic lustre the pup

do not resemble any substance to which they are attached

in nature; but he suggests that perhaps they may have

come through a phylogenetic phase in which they did

attach themselves to such substances. Though nothing

forbids anyone from framing such an hypothesis, it is

surely evident that if conjectures of this kind are to be

admitted as a basis for argument, all zoological science

will be thrown into confusion.

Ill. The colours of larve of Amphidasys betularia

(the Pepper Moth).

Mr. Poulton was kind enough to send me some newly-

hatched larvee of A. betularia, with the suggestion that I

should repeat his interesting experiment described in

‘The Colours of Animals,’ 1890, pp. 152 and 158.

Larve reared among green leaves and green twigs only,

were said to be green through life, while larve reared on

leaves amongst which darkly coloured sticks were placed

were stated to assume a dark colour.

My experiment has substantially verified Mr. Poulton’s

account. When the larve came to me they were of a

kind of medium brownish green colour, being rather

more brown than green. They were divided into four

lots on the 12th of July.

Two lots (A) were fed on green leaves (Populus nigra)

without black sticks, and two lots (B) were fed on green

leaves amongst which black sticks were placed. Care

was taken that the leaves given to all were from shoots

of similar age.

214 Colour of cocoons, pupe, and larve.

It is scarcely necessary to describe the course of the

experiment in detail, as Mr. Poulton has already done

so; but I may give the conditions seen at two examina-

tions :—

24th July. Lot A. Originally 18. Of these 8 were

of the full bright green colour, 2 were brown-

ereen, and 2 were brown.

Lot B. Originally 14. Of these 12 were very dark

in colour, 1 was green, and 1 was dead.

I then took all the sticks out from among the B lot,

and put them with Lot A. On the 7th of August the

result was as follows :—

Lot A. 7 very green, 2 medium brownish green,

1 darker, but not of the full dark colour ; 2 dead.

Lot B. 12 still very dark, 1 green as before.

No further change in colour took place, so far as I could

judge. The effect therefore, once produced, seems not

to be reversible, as it is in the case of the sole and the

like. The change of colour is, as Poulton says, pro-

duced by the deposit of dark pigment in the one set of

larvee, and by the absence of it in the other.

It should be mentioned that these larve, like many

other Geometre, are almost exclusively night-feeders,

and rarely move by day. Those provided with black

sticks sat either on them or on the green twigs of their

food throughout the day. Of course, in this case the

resemblance to sticks in the one case and to green

twigs in the other is unquestionable, and I think it may

be fairly argued that this resemblance may contribute

to the protection of the animal.

My best thanks are due to Mr. Poulton for giving me

an opportunity of making this experiment, which I have

watched with great interest.

XIIL. Haperiments in 1890 and 1891 on the colour-rela-

tion between certain lepidopterous larve and their

surroundings, together with some other observations

on lepidopterous larve. By Litian J. Govunp.

Communicated by Epwarp 3B. Povtton, M.A.,

E-R:S:, &e.

[Read October 5th, 1892.]

Puate XI.

CONTENTS.

Section I.—Experiments on larvie of lumia crategata.

Experiments on lary of Catocala nupta.

Experiments on larve of C. fraxint.

Experiments on larye of Mamestra brassice.

Srecrion II.—Notes on a possibly protective habit of larve of Rumia

crategata.

Notes on the red spots in Smerinthus larve.

Experiments as to the palatability of conspicuous larve.

In the summer of 1890 I undertook to make some

observations on the colour-relation between certain lepi-

dopterous larve and their surroundings, at the suggestion

of my friend Mr. E. B. Poulton, of Oxford. The experi-

ments, of which the following is an account taken from

notes made day by day at the time, were conducted under

the kind direction of Mr. Poulton, to whom I was con-

stantly indebted for help and advice, and may be of

interest chiefly as confirming results already obtained

by him (with larve of R. crategata and others), and

partly also as bringing forward evidence affecting colour-

relation in species of which no results had been published

hitherto (M. brassice).

The experiments extended over 1890 and 1891, and

are here presented in diary form, together with drawings

of the larve made at the time. In addition to the

summary of results given at the end of each experiment,

a total summary of results will be found at the con-

clusion of the whole series of experiments on colour-

relation.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—paRT III. (NOV.)

216 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

During the whole period of experiment all the larvee

were kept in numbered glass cylinders, supported on

plates over vessels of water, like those used by Mr.

Poulton in previous experiments. A hole through the

plate allowed the stems of the food-plant to reach the

water, and thus it was kept fresh. The tops of all

cylinders were covered with fine white muslin, held in

place by elastic bands; and to prevent the escape of

larve, when very small, between the cylinder and the

plate, the junction was surrounded by very fine sand.

Section I.

Notes on larve of Rumia crategata.

On June 28rd, 1890, I received, from Mr. Poulton,

fertile ova of I. crategata, from one parent, for purposes

of experiment.

June 24th.—-22 larve hatched. These were all placed

in one cylinder, and fed on hawthorn, the sprigs of the

food-plant not being chosen at this time with any regard

to colour. The larve were examined several times daily,

and days on which no alteration in their condition was

observable were noted as ‘‘no change”; these are

omitted in the present account.

July 1st.—The first ecdysis occurred; all the larve

having hatched out on the same day, moulted at the

same time, with only a difference of hours.

July 7th.—I divided the larvee into two sets, placing

11 in cylinder 9, and 11 in cylinder 5. The following

observations refer to those in cylinder 9, which were

supplied from this time with green leaves only, very

young shoots of hawthorn being selected for this pur-

pose. My intention was to exclude every colour but

sreen from their surroundings, but this was rather

difficult, as the stalks of the leaves of hawthorn were

too short to admit of their being gathered and kept fresh

in water separated from the twig, and the stems were

always liable to be brown or brownish in colour. This

difficulty was obviated as far as possible by selecting

only the very youngest shoots of hawthorn, in which the

leaves were very bright green, and one side of the stem

was always bright green, the other side of the stem

and the thorns being of a crimson colour.

July 9th.—The second ecdysis occurred. From this

on colour-relation. 217

time the larve began to show signs of change of colour,

and became grecnish i in hue, the original colour having

been varying “shades of brownish orey or dusky brownish

green,

July 18th.—Length of largest larva, 14 mm. Two

larvee disappeared, probably having escaped through

some crevice, or been lost in changing the food.

July 19th. — The third ecdysis took place. The

nine larve left showed a distinct change of colour to

ereen.

July 22nd.—All 9 larve were of shades of green or

greenish brown. They varied a good deal in shade ;

three were very bright green, exactly matching the

leaves of the food- plant, and had the dorsal tubercles, the

head, and the thoracic Jegs of a crimson-red, perfectly

corresponding to the colour of one side of the hawthorn-

shoots and of the thorns. The other six were of a green,

more or less bright, and all were touched with red on

the parts above mentioned. None were brown, or even

brownish green.

July 26th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred.

July 27th.—I drew the brightest green larva, namely,

that figured in Pl. XI., fig. 1.

July 81st.— One of the larvee left off feeding, and

mounted to the roof of the cylinder.

Aug. 2nd.—A second larva did the same; and by

Aug. 22nd all the larve had pupated, spinning pinkish-

white cocoons in close proximity to each other on the

roof of the cylinder.

The total results of the experiment with these 9 larve

were as stated below :—

Colour. No. of larve.

Brilliant green

Lighter green, but very “bright

Duller Baden of green ...

Brown and other | colours

o| conr

Total

Of the 22 larvee divided on July 7th, 11 were placed in

cylinder 5, and reared among dark surroundings. They

were supplied, from the time of separation, with haw-

thorn from the same tree as that used for the larvee with

green surroundings. But in this case older twigs were

218 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

chosen, which had very dark green leaves and brown

woody stems; and further, with the sprigs of the food-

plant were mixed a number of small dark-coloured sticks.

It was desirable to have these sticks as dark as possible,

and, as natural twigs were not easily procurable dark

enough in colour, I used dry stems of furze, taken from

places on a neighbouring moor where the gorse had

been burned in patches; in these places the stems and

twigs alone remained, and of course were perfectly dead-

black. When the superficial powdery charcoal had been

wiped off with a cloth, the larvae crawled as readily upon

these sticks as upon living twigs, and generally rested

upon them in preference to the leaves or stems of the

food-plant. The following notes refer to these larve in

No 5 :—

July 8th.—The second ecdysis took place, and the

larvee began to darken in colour perceptibly, varying

from the usual dusky hue to shades of brown, and

brownish slightly mottled with green; two were green,

but very dark.

July 16th.—The third ecdysis occurred. The larve

continued to darken, one having become very dark

indeed, so that it was almost the colour of the sticks.

July 20th.—One larva died; thus 10 were left.

July 24th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred.

July 26th.—I drew the darkest specimen, figured in

Pl. XL., fig. 2. The length of the smallest larva at this

time was 16 mm.

July 29th. — The first larva pupated, spinning a

whitey-brown cocoon on the upper surface of a leaf.

Aug. 8rd.—Two more pupated between the sticks. Un-

fortunately | omitted to record the exact shade of colour

of these three, but they were certainly all brownish.

Of the 7 larvee left, 83 were very dark brown, so nearly

approaching to black as to be quite indistinguishable,

except by the closest search, from the sticks on which

they rested; two were brown, with a slight tinge of

green ; and two were distinctly green, though less bright

ereen than the dullest green larva in No. 9.

Aug. 9th. —3 more larve pupated; one dark brown

one and one green one were left.

Aug. 18th.—The green larva pupated between leaves.

Aug. 16th.—'The last larva pupated.

on colour-relation. 219

Total results of the foregoing experiments :—

Colour. No. of larve.

Dark brown approaching to black

Brownish, shade unrecorded ...

Brown, with green tinge

Green : a

Other colours

o| Cw wwe

Total

The change of colour in both sets of larve became

perceptible at the commencement of the third stage of

larval life (after the second ecdysis), and the resemblance

to surroundings seemed to increase very gradually in

perfection up to the fourth ecdysis, after which the

colour underwent no further change, except the usual

and easily distinguishable darkening or alteration pre-

ceding pupation.

My experiments with this species fully confirmed those

previously carried out by Mr. Poulton, and mentioned

by him in the ‘Report of the British Association,’ 1887,

p- 756, and in ‘Nature,’ vol. 86, p. 594, now being pub-

lished in full. The larvee attained a really wonderful

degree of resemblance to their surroundings ; in the case

of my larve with green surroundings this likeness was

greatly heightened by the touches of red, which exactly

matched the thorns and one side of the stem of the

young hawthorn shoot.

The resemblance in shape, as well as colour, is ex-

tremely protective, the angular attitude of the larva at

rest rendering it almost indistinguishable from the twig;

a fact also mentioned by Mr. Poulton (Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1887, p. 291).

2. Notes on larve of Catocala nupta.

In May, 1890, I procured, from Mr. KE. Edmonds, of

31, Park Street, Windsor, 48 fertile ova of the Red

Underwing Moth (Catocala nupta), with a view to making

experiments in colour-change, the species being recom-

mended to me for trial by Mr. Poulton.

From May 27th to June 25th, 46 larvee hatched out,

and two of these died ; so that 44 remained for experi-

mental purposes. These I divided into three sets, giving

to the first set black sticks with the food-plant; to the

second set green leaves only; to the third green leaves

and white sticks, carefully peeled to remove the coloured

220 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

bark, and changed for freshly prepared ones whenever

they became yellowish or discoloured by drying.

At first all three sets were fed on willow (Salix

vitellina) from the same tree, but after a time, having dis-

covered a kind of willow with whitish silvery leaves (S.

regalis), | fed the third set (those with white sticks) with

the white willow also, in order to see if any difference of

shade would be produced between these and the larve

on green willow without sticks. The larve of C. nupta

being rather large, it was necessary to have a great

number of cylinders, to avoid overcrowding. ‘The larve

with dark surroundings were placed in cylinders 7 and

12, the larve with green surroundings in cylinders 3, 8,

and 10, and those with white surroundings in cylinders

1 -andele:

As the hatching-out had extended over a period of

nearly four weeks, it was necessary to divide the larvae

as nearly as possible according to age, so as to render

observations as to times of ecdysis, &c., easier and less

liable to error. The experiments with C. nupta were not

as satisfactory as those made with other species, as the

larve were never so healthy, and very many died when

nearly full-fed, from some cause which I could not dis-

cover.

The following notes refer to larve with dark sur-

roundings :—

Cylinder 7.—June 17th. — Six larve hatched, and

were placed in cylinder 7. The newly-hatched larve

measured not quite 6 mm., and their colour was uniform

dark brown. They were fed on Salix vitellina, the

twig.

June 20th.—The first ecdysis occurred, with no change

of colour.

June 80th. —I gave black sticks of the same kind as

those used for It. crategata in previous experiments.

Later in the day the second ecdysis took place.

July 1st.—The larve began to darken perceptibly, and

the adjustment of colour gradually increased in perfection

during this and the succeeding stage.

July 9th.— The third ecdysis occurred. The larve

were all distinctly brown, and darker than any of those

with other surroundings.

July 18th.—-The fourth ecdysis took place.

on colour-relation. Dp

July 19th. —I drew one of the largest larve. This

larva (figured in Pl. XI., fig. 4) was the darkest I

obtained, and measured 74 cm. in length. By this time

all the six larve were very dark, that is, darker than

the darkest of those with green or white surroundings.

The whole ground colour of the body was a clear brown,

not brownish merely or brownish grey; the two wavy

dorsal lines were broadly and distinctly marked in very

dark brown in one larva, and less darkly but distinctly

in the other five. The head and dorsal humps were

tawny, outlined and marked with black.

From the time of the last ecdysis, the larve had been

showing signs of unhealthiness, and now they died off

one by one. By Aug. 8rd only one was left—the darkest

—and this larva died on Aug. 6th. Iwas not able to

discover the cause of death, and up to this time they

had fed as usual, and seemed to thrive well.

Total results of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larve.

Dark brown (dorsal lines very dark) er Bonu al

Brown (dorsal lines distinct, but not so dar Ik) we 0

otal. <.. sO

Cylinder 12.—June 25th.—I put six larve (hatched on

one day) in the second stage into cylinder 12, and gave

black sticks with the food-plant (Sahzx vitellina). Up to

this time they had had leaves without sticks or attention

to the colour of the leaves.

July 4th —The second ecdysis took place.

July 7th.—With this set I was using the plan adopted

by Mr. Poulton in some of his earlier experiments, viz.,

that of surrounding the cylinder with tissue-paper of the

shade required, with a view to deepening the effect. On

this day I applied brown tissue-paper to the cylinder

containing the larve, and placed it in a strong light, as

otherwise the paper made the cylinder almost dark.

July 9th.—Acting on advice from Mr. Poulton, under

whose kind direction I was working, I removed the

tissue-paper, as he had come to the conclusion that the

shadow caused by it rather hindered than increased the

effect of the surroundings. At this time the length of

the largest larva, fully stretched, was 6} cm., and that

of the smallest nearly 5cm. A darkening of colour had

222 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

begun to be apparent in three of the larve; the other

three were not as yet affected by the colour of the sticks,

although these three rested on them as constantly as did

the darker larve.

July 12th.—Two larve died. The larve had seemed

healthy up to this time, but now began to die off, just as

those in cylinder 7 did. One of the two which died was

light-coloured, the other dark.

July 13th.—The four larve left moulted for the third

time.

July 22nd.—A third larve died, and another was

looking very sickly. The dead larva was a light one.

July 23rd.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. Of the

three remaining larve, one was very dark brown, and

two much lighter.

July 29th.—The dark larva died, and the last two

larve pupated between leaves. All these six larve were

darker than any with green or white surroundings, but

the general ground colour was not so dark as the darkest

in cylinder 7, though the dorsal lines in the dark indi-

viduals were nearly as dark as those of the darkest

specimen in 7. None of these larve were figured. The

head and dorsal humps were as those in 7.

Total results of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larvee.

Darkish brown (dorsal lines dark)

Lighter brown (dorsal lines dark)... cae

Very light brown (dorsal lines very faint) 3

Total 6

The larve with green surroundings.

Cylinder 3.—June 27th.—I placed six larve in the

second stage in cylinder38. The second ecdysis occurred

the same day. The larve up to now had been uniform

dusky brown. ‘T'wo began to become lighter in colour.

June 380th.—Three larve were of a light clear brown;

markings light. Three were rather darker. Heads and

dorsal humps as before.

July 4th. — The third ecdysis took place. One larva

very light indeed, two nearly as light, two dark brown

with dorsal lines indistinct, one dark brown, with dark

distinct dorsal lines.

July 13th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred.

on colour-relation. 223

July 20th. —I drew the lightest larva (figured at

Pl. XI., fig. 5), which was of a very light delicate shade

of brown, and had scarcely a trace of the dorsal lines.

The length of the largest larva at this time was 63 cm.,

of the smallest 5} cm.

July 28rd.—One larva died—a dark one, with dark

dorsal lines.

July 380th.—The lightest larva was spinning up on

the roof.

July 81st.—Another larva was spinning up on the

roof.

Aug. 38rd.—Two more larve left off feeding. Of these

four larve, three were very light in colour, with the

dorsal lines very faint ; one was dark, with distinct dark

dorsal lines. One dark one left.

By Aug. 11th all had pupated, and the last larva did

so on the floor without forming any cocoon. The food

of all was S. vitellina.

Total results of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larvee.

Very light brown, with very faint dorsal lines ... 1

Light brown, with faint dorsal lines aoe

Dark brown, with dark dorsal lines ne

Dark brown, with indistinct dorsal lines ...

Total

a | Hror

Cylinder 8.—June 25th.—I placed six larve in the

first stage in cylinder 8.

June 26th.—The first eedysis took place.

June 29th. — The larve (until now uniform dusky

brown) began to show signs of lightening in colour ;

one quite light.

July 2nd.—The second ecdysis occurred.

July 4th.—I was using tissue-paper for this set also,

and on this day applied green tissue-paper, doubled,

round the cylinder and over the roof, and placed the

cylinder in a strong light.

July 8th.—-The third ecdysis occurred. Two larve

were light, three darker brown, one lightish brown.

July 9th.—I removed the tissue-paper on Mr. Poulton’s

advice. ‘The length of the largest larva at this time,

when fully stretched, was 5 cm., that of the smallest,

4 cm.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT III. (NOV.) S

224 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

July 15th. —The fourth ecdysis took place. Two larve

were quite light, four fairly dark brown.

July 27th. — One larva was spinning up on the roof.

One died—a light one. Five larve were left, one light

and four dark ones.

Aug. Ist.—Another larva was spinning up on the roof.

Aug. 8rd.—The first larva pupated. Another larva

died; this was a dark one.

Aug. 6th.—The last two larve died; both dark ones.

Aug. 7th.—The second larva pupated.

Total result of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larvie.

Clear light brown, light dorsal lines ... aes

Darker brown, dark dorsal lines cosy wl

Dark brown, dark dorsal lines nas joo

Total ss. eae,

The lightest of these larve were nearly, but not quite,

as light as the extreme one in cylinder 8, and the darkest

about matched the darkly marked two in cylinder 3.

None were so dark as the dark larva figured (from

cylinder 7) with dark surroundings. The change of

colour was perceptible a stage earlier than any others.

The food was Salix vitellina.

Cylinder 10.—June 27th.—I placed six larve in the

second stage in cylinder 10.

July 4th.—The second ecdysis occurred. The colour

until now had been uniform dusky brown, like the others.

From this time the larve began to get lighter.

July 8th. — For this set also I was intending to use

tissue-paper, and on this day applied green, doubled

tissue-paper round the cylinder and over the roof, on

which larve were resting, and placed the cylinder in a

strong light.

July 9th.—I removed the tissue-paper on Mr. Poulton’s

advice. The length of the largest larve, fully stretched,

at this time was 6 cm., that of the smallest nearly 3 cm.

July 12.—The third ecdysis took place. The larve

were all as nearly as possible of the same shade of

brown, a shade intermediate between the darkest and

lightest in cylinder 8. The dorsal lines in all were

distinct, but none very dark.

July 19th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. The length

of the largest larva, fully stretched, was 7 cm., that of

on colour-relation. 225

the smallest 44 cm. The large larva measured was the

largest I ever obtained of this species.

July 23rd.—The first larva left off feeding.

Aug. 3rd.—One larva died.

By Aug. 12th all the larve had pupated.

Total results of the foregoing experiment :—

Colour. No. of larve.

Light brown, with dark dorsal lines ... Ariat)

Slightly darker brown, dark dorsal lines 1

Total 6

All these were fed on Salix vitellina.

The larve with white surroundings.

Cylinder 11.—July 2nd.—I placed twelve larve in the

second stage in cylinder 11, feeding them on Salix

vitellina, but mixing white sticks with the food-plant.

July 9th. —I changed the food, giving the larve

the silver-leaved Salia regalis instead of S. vitellina,

with a view to increasing the effect of the white sur-

roundings.

July 18th.—The second ecdysis took place. The larvee

till now were of a uniform dusky brown, like all the rest.

After ecdysis they were all very slightly lighter.

July 20th.— The length of the largest larva, fully

stretched, was 43 cm., the length of the smallest, 24 em.

Four were dark brown, three lighter brown, but with

distinct dorsal lines, and five were quite light.

July 22nd.—The third ecdysis occurred.

July 29th.—T wo larve died, one dark, one light. I had

had more larve than usual in this cylinder, being short

of cylinders; but, as I was afraid they died from over-

crowding, I removed five of the ten left to cylinder 16,

still giving them white sticks and white willow. Five

larvee remained in this cylinder.

Aug. 1st.—The fourth ecdysis took place. One larva

died, one of the intermediate forms, between dark and

light.

Aug. 6th.—Three larve died, two light ones and an

intermediate.

Aug. 20th.—The last larva died, an intermediate one.

§ 2

226 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

Total results of experiment (not counting the five

removed) :—

Colour. No. of larve.

Light brown, faint dorsal lines ne acon

Darker brown, distinct dorsal lines Be ee)

Dark brown, dark dorsal lines wae Pee |

Total U

Cylinder 16.—July 29th.—I placed five larve from

cylinder 11 in cylinder 16, still giving white sticks and

white willow.

Aug. 1st.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. Three were

dark brown and two light; none were intermediate.

Aug. 6th.—Three larve died, two dark ones and a

light one.

Aug. 18th.—A fourth larva died ; it was dark.

Aug. 18th.—The last larva, a light one, died.

Total results of experiment :—

Colour. No. of larve.

Light brown, faint dorsal lines aan abel MO

Dark brown, dark dorsal lines ves ws 18

Total occ TO

It will be seen from the above descriptions that none

of the larve with green surroundings attained a green

colour, or even the slightest tinge of green—a change only

as yet known to be possible to a few species ; the change

consisted merely in their normal colour becoming lighter

or darker in depth, and the markings varying in the

degree of intensity. The difference between the most

extreme forms from dark and light surroundings was

striking, but the difference between those from green and

white surroundings slight, if any; indeed, the extreme

light specimen figured came from green, not white sur-

roundings. The intermediate forms were very variable

in shade of ground colour, and also in depth of markings.

It is remarkable that in the larve of cylinder 8 the

colour-change became perceptible three days after the

first eedysis, in the second stage of larval life, instead of

after the second ecdysis (the third stage) as was the

case in the others of C. nupta.

on colour-relation. 927

3. Notes on larve of Catocala fraxini.

On May 21st, 1890, twenty-four fertile ova of the

Clifden Nonpareil Moth (Catocala fraxint) were supplied

to me by Mr. E. Edmonds, of 31, Park Street, Windsor.

The larve began to hatch out almost immediately on

arrival, and by May 26th seven had emerged from the

egus. These were placed together in a cylinder, like those

used for other species, and were supplied at first with

the common ash. This food-plant was continued for a

week, but the larve refused to eat any of it, and four

died. This was curious, as ash is supposed to be the

normal food-plant, and the one from which the species

takes its name. I then changed the food, giving the

remaining three larve leaves of the common poplar, on

which they fed readily. By June 4th the total number

of larve which had emerged was sixteen, and no more

were hatched. One more larva died, and one was lost

in changing the food; so that the total number remaining

for purposes of experiment was ten.

On June 18th, I divided the larve into two sets,

placing five in cylinder 2 and five in cylinder 6. Those

in cylinder 6 were supplied with very young shoots of

poplar, in which the stems and the leaves were alike

bright green, and no sticks. Those in cylinder 2 were

given older twigs, in which the stem was brownish and

the leaves much darker green, and perfectly black sticks

(the same as those used in previous experiments) were

mixed with the food-plant. The larve were divided as

nearly as possible according to age.

The larve with dark surroundings.

Cylinder 2—June 13th.—I placed five larve in the

first stage in cylinder 2 with black sticks. The first

ecdysis occurred. When first hatched the larve were of

a uniform dusky colour; after the first ecdysis they

became very light green, which darkened gradually to

almost brown. (This brownish hue did not alter, except

in shade, in these larve after the second ecdysis; and in

this, as will be seen, they differed from the larve with

green surroundings. I considered that the colour-change

began, therefore, at this period, unlike &. crategata and

most of C. nupta, in which it was perceptible only after

the second ecdysis.)

228 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

June 21st.—The larve were all brownish, and nearly

alike as to depth of colour.

June 80th.—The second ecdysis occurred. The larve

were constantly resting on the sticks, but did not ap-

proach them in colour; only their general hue was

slightly darker than that of the larve in green sur-

roundings, and quite different, as seen in Pl. XL., fig. 6

(Ge ttee i).

July 12th.—The third ecdysis took place. The five

larvee still varied very little as to depth of colour; the

brown colour took a pinkish tinge, which gradually in-

creased.

July 28th.—The fourth ecdysis. During the stage

succeeding this moult the colour became intensified, and

attained its greatest perfection. This species seemed to

be susceptible to a later stage than others, in which the

protective resemblance to surroundings did not increase

very much after the fourth stage.

July 29th.—I drew the darkest larva (Pl. XI., fig. 6).

The largest larva, fully stretched, measured nearly 7 cm.

There was scarcely an appreciable difference of shade in

the five larve.

Aug. 8rd.—The larve were now distinctly of a darker

general shade than those with green surroundings. Their

general ground colour was a brownish grey, or more

correctly, perhaps, a pinkish drab; the heads were

tawny, marked with black ; the dorsal humps were black,

and the whole dorsal surface finely mottled with very

small dark specks.

Aug. 10th.—The first larva was spinning up on the

floor between leaves.

Aug. 16th.—The cover of the cylinder accidentally

slipped off, and two larve escaped and could not be

found.

Aug. 17th.—All the larve had pupated.

Total results of experiment :—

Colour. No. of larvee.

Brownish grey or pinkish drab

Other colours oo Ee)

Total 5

The larve with green surroundings.

Cylinder 16.—June 13th.—I placed five larvee in the

first stage in cylinder 6, and gave young green shoots of

on colour-relation. 229

poplar only only. The larve when hatched were of a

uniform dark colour.

June 14th.—The first ecdysis occurred. The larve

became very light green, with a row of dark spots along

the back.

June 16th.— The larve had darkened a little, but

showed no tendency to become brown.

June 26th.—The largest larva became quiescent. It

had seemed quite healthy up to this time.

June 29th.—The largest larva pupated, the pupa being

only a little over 1 cm. in length, but perfectly formed.

I could not assign any reason for this early pupation.

July 2nd.—The second ecdysis took place. The row

of spots disappeared, but the green colour was persistent.

(These spots never appeared in the Jarve with dark

surroundings.)

July 6th.—The larve were still all green, but paler.

July 14th. — The third ecdysis occurred. The shade

of green of all the larve became very delicate and bluish.

July 20th.—Up to this time the food had been young

ereen shoots with green stems, but now, finding it pos-

sible to procure leaves with stalks long enough to use

singly, I gave leaves only for the rest of the time.

July 21st.—The fourth ecdysis took place, and was

followed by a slight intensification of colour in all five

larve.

July 22nd.—I drew the greenest larva (Pl. XI., fig. 7),

but, like the larve in cylinder 2, these varied very

slightly in depth of colour. Their general ground colour

was a light and peculiarly delicate shade of bluish green;

the dorsal surface was tinged with a shade of brownish

erey, so light as to be barely perceptible, and was mottled

with minute dark specks; the heads were tawny, pen-

cilled with black ; the dorsal humps black-marked ; the

legs and claspers green, of the same shade as the body.

The largest larva measured nearly 7} cm.; this was the

largest larva obtained in the case of this species.

Aug. 9th.—The first larva was spinning up on the

floor.

Sept. 2nd.—The second larva pupated. I saw it im-

mediately after pupation ; the pupa then was of a bright

deep shade of yellowish green. It had come out from

its partially-spun cocoon and pupated outside.

Sept. 3rd, — The second pupa lad turned to the per-

230 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

manent colour, viz., plum-colour, with a blue bloom

on it.

Sept. 4th.—The last three larvee pupated among leaves

on the floor.

Total results of experiment :—

Colour. No. of larve.

Bluish green... on 30e 5 ree

Other colours... ae wee Ri men 0

Motelamees so

This experiment would have been more satisfactory if

I could have had more material to work upon. As I

had only two sets of larvae, I could not satisfy myself as

to whether the darkening to brown or remaining green

in the second stage was normal. Mr. Poulton experi-

mented with the same species, the results of which are

now to be published.

4. Notes on larve of Mamestra brassice.

In June, 1891, some fertile ova of the Cabbage Moth

(M. brassice), from one parent, were sent me by Mr.

Poulton, for purposes of experiment in colour-relation.

June 28th.—Thirty larve hatched, and were placed

together in cylinder 1, and fed on cabbage. The colour

of the larve was uniform dusky brown; they had blackish

heads.

July 5th. — The first ecdysis occurred; the larve

having been hatched the same day, moulted together,

with a difference of hours only. The larve were now

light green, with yellowish heads.

July 7th.—I divided the larve (now all in the second

stage), placing fifteen in cylinder 2, and giving them

very dark brown earth asa floor. It was of no use to give

black sticks to this species, as they never rest on sticks;

so the earth was intended to serve for dark surroundings.

Fourteen larve were left in cylinder 1; one was lost

during the operation, and could not be found again.

Total, 29.

The larve with dark surroundings.

Cylinder 2.—July 13th.—The second ecdysis occurred ;

the larve changed to a deep green, with lighter longi-

tudinal markings; heads yellow. Of the fifteen larve,

on colour-relation. 231

two were somewhat darker green than the rest, and one

was very dark olive-green, with a brown head.

July 15th.— The larve from this time fed only at

certain times, generally about three times a day, and in

the intervals of feeding all descended from the leaves,

and buried themselves in the earth on the floor of the

cylinder.

July 21st.—The third ecdysis took place, and the

larve all became of varying shades of brownish green,

olive-green, and dirty greenish brown; all were fairly

dark, but these were darker than the rest. Their heads

were also brown, and the longitudinal striping was

much darker. The larve were large, and getting

crowded; so I removed the seven darkest to cylinder 4,

giving them dark green leaves and a dark earth floor.

Hight larva remained in cylinder 2.

July 26th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. There was

no change of colour. The colour had not darkened or

altered at all since the change at third ecdysis.

Aug. 12th.—Three larve pupated.

Aug. 13th.—The last five larvee pupated. There was

no change of colour due to surroundings in any.

Cylinder 4.—July 21st.—'The seven darkest larvee from

cylinder 2 were placed here with dark green leaves and

dark earth.

July 26th.—The fourth ecdysis took place. No change

of colour either before or afterwards. The larve still

remained slightly darker than those in cylinder 2, but

were otherwise like them.

Aug. 11th.—Four larvee pupated.

Aug. 12th.—The last three larvee pupated. No change

of colour due to surroundings occurred in any.

The larve with green surroundings.

Cylinder 1.—July Tth.—Fourteen larvee in the second

stage were left in cylinder 1, with light green leaves

only; no earth was given to these.

July 13th.—The second ecdysis took place. The larvae

changed to a green more or less dark, with slightly

lighter longitudinal striping; heads yellow to yellowish

brown, as in the larve with dark surroundings. From

this time the larve adopted stated times of feeding, like

the others, and in the intervals descended from the

232 Lilian J. Gould's experiments

leaves and remained quiescent on the floor. This set

had no earth in which to bury, but they constantly

covered themselves as much as possible with their

excreta, which was brownish green in colour, and always

of great quantity; so that it had to be continually

cleared out.

July 21st.—The third eedysis took place, and the

larve changed to various shades of very dark greenish

brown or olive-green; heads brown. ‘Two were very

dark. I removed seven of the lightest to cylinder 3,

with light green leaves only. Seven were left here.

July 26th.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. No change

of colour, which had been quite normal ever since the

alteration at third ecdysis.

Aug. 13th.—Five larve pupated.

Aug. 14th.—The two last larve pupated. No change

of colour due to surroundings was perceptible in any of

them.

Cylinder 3.—July 21st. — Seven of the lightest larve

were placed here from cylinder 1, and were given light

green leaves and no earth.

July 26th.—The fourth eedysis took place. The colour

had been quite normal since the change at third ecdysis,

and no change took place now.

Aug. 12th.—Three larve pupated.

Aug. 18th. —The last four larve pupated.

Total results of experiment :

Colour. No. of larvee.

Various shades of olive-green to brown ... 29

Other colours ... ase ee Sas 0

Totally... .. 29

It will be seen that the above results were entirely

negative. The shades of colour are difficult to describe

in this species; but all my larve, variable as they were

in shade, were more brown than green, even when in

green surroundings, and this was the case with any

larvee I captured and compared with them. The lack of

resemblance to surroundings in this species may be

partly due to the burying habit; the greenish brown is

sufficiently protective while on the earth, and once

buried the colour would be of less importance. Mr.

Poulton made some previous experiments with MM. bras-

sicé, the results of which are shortly to be published.

R. crata

on colour-relation.

SumMARY oF RESULTS.

gata.

Total number of larvez experimented with, 19.

Number in dark surroundings, 10.

Number in green surroundings, 9.

The larve in dark surroundings.

Very dark brown, pera to black chow inte

Light brown = ; SF aco

Infermediate shades of anal ape S55 ye

Exceptions (green) sey “oF oes io

Total ... Pel

The larvae in green surroundings.

Brilliant green, with red touches

Lighter green -

Infermediate shades Bee green .

Exceptions

Total

C. nupta.

Total number of larvae experimented with, 42.

Number in dark surroundings, 12.

Number in green surroundings, 18.

Number in white surroundings, 12.

The larve in dark surroundings.

Very dark brown, dark dorsal lines ... 2

Light brown, faint dorsal lines : et

Intermediate, darkish dorsal lines... Need!

Total 12

The larve in green surroundings.

Light clear brown, light dorsal lines ... den oh O

Dark brown, dark dorsal lines ane Boome)

Intermediate, darkish dorsal lines ... ne

Total ... eS

The larve in white surroundings.

Light clear brown, light dorsal lines ... 5

Dark brown, dark dorsal lines ... ae eel.

Intermediate, darkish dorsal lines... ond)

Total

ol oanH

233

234 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

C. fraxin.

Total number of larve experimented with, 10.

Number in dark surroundings, 5.

Number in green surroundings, 5.

The larve in dark surroundings.

3rownish grey or pinkish drab. 5

Exceptions oe St sas ae Scorn

Motaluaess =

The larve im green surroundings.

Delicate bluish green Se 5

Exceptions SoD ae oa re nice

Total ... 5

M. brassice.

Total number experimented with, 29.

Number in dark surroundings, 15.

Number in green surroundings, 14.

The larve in dark surroundings.

Dark brownish green... bn Bisa dora geliDs

The larve in green surroundings.

Dark brownish green... sae as soe) LA:

Section II.

1. Notes on a possibly protective habit of larve of

Aumia crategata.

In the course of experiments in colour-relation, in

June, 1890, I made some observations on a peculiar

habit adopted by the young larve of R. crategata, which

seemed to me possibly significant. Mr. Poulton made

numerous observations in previous years on the irregular

or spiral attitudes assumed by young Geometer larve,

mentioning the habit as occurring in Hphyra pendularia,

E. omicronaria, E. orbicularia, Aspilates citraria, and

A. gilvaria (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, Part I.), and

again in Selenia lunaria and I. crategata (Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1887, Part III.). But in my larve of the

latter species I found this attitude associated with a

habit which, so far as 1 am aware, has not been observed

before.

During the third stage the larve in cylinders 5 and 9

(viz., those with dark and those with green surroundings),

on colour-relation. B85

continually adopted the above-mentioned attitude when

at rest, forming themselves into an irregular spiral

(Pl. XI., fig. 3), the fore part of the body being bent

round so that the head and first five segments were

erected almost vertically. This position was retained

for hours at a time, either when the larve were resting

on leaves, or when they were hanging by a supporting

thread from the leaf or a stick, which they frequently

did, something after the manner described by Mr. Poulton

in E. pendularia (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, Part I.).

The spiral twist was maintained, as well when hanging

by the thread as when resting on a leaf; it was most

prevalent during the third stage, but some individuals

continued it through the fourth and even fifth stages.

The spiral attitude was common to both sets of larve,

green and brown, but was continued much later by the

brown larve, which also adopted the hanging position

much more frequently than the green. In fact, the

brown larve hung in the spiral attitude almost con-

stantly, and it was when in this position that they

adopted the habit I observed. This was that, whenever

I examined them, which I did many times every day

(without removing the cylinder), the hanging larve took

to spinning round on their threads with a circular or

vibrating motion. I supposed the motion to be acci-

dental, and probably caused by my touching or jogging

the cylinders. But I soon noticed that the larve spun

whenever I examined them, and it seemed to me as if

the movement were voluntary, since it occurred when I

did not touch the cylinder at all, and when I approached

so as not to cause any vibration perceptible to me. The

movement appeared circular, but it was so rapid that it

might have been vibratory, the rapidity giving a deceptive

appearance; the movement caused by jogging or shaking

was, however, a to-and-fro one, quite unlike the spin-

ning. The latter motion was not unlike that noticeable

in young spiders (Hpeira diademata), when observed or

interfered with in their web; they set the web violently

shaking with a round-and-round motion, which confuses

the enemy, and renders the spider scarcely distinguish-

able. The likeness of the brown larve, when spinning,

to the bits of dead leaves, sticks, or rolled-up spiral

leaf-cases one sees hanging on a thread or web in a

hedge, and spinning or vibrating in the wind, struck me

236 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

at once, and it seemed to me that the likeness might

possibly be a protective one. The idea was confirmed

by the fact that I found the green larve, though

adopting the spiral attitude on leaves, hung compara-

tively seldom, and never spun at all. I cannot say

positively that the brown larve never spun when I did

not observe them, but I do not think that they did. At

the same time it has been represented to me that it is

difficult to conceive how a voluntary motion of the kind

can be caused by a larva hanging loose at the end of a

thread, and also difficult to see how the larve can have

become aware of the presence of what they supposed to

be an enemy unless by vibration, which did not seem to

be the case, or by shadow, which is possible, as I looked

very closely at them. I hope to investigate the subject

further, and to endeavour to show whether the movement

is related to the existence of some disturbance, as, if so,

I think it would prove strongly protective.

If the resemblance really is to objects spinning in trees

and bushes, the fact that the green larve do not spin

is exactly what we should expect, for green leaves or

objects are rarely, if ever, seen in the position described.

A green larva would be rendered more easy of detection

by the habit, for it would attract the attention of enemies

by spinning, and would run some risk of doing so by

hanging at all; while on green leaves it is sufficiently

protected by its colour. The suggestion is, however, a

purely tentative one, and the observation has not much

value without further investigation as to the exact nature

and causes of the movement.

2. Notes upon the red spots in Smerinthus larve.

On July 30th, 1890, at Mr. Poulton’s suggestion,

twenty-three newly-hatched larve of Smerinthus tile,

the parents of which had been spotted as larve, were

sent me by Mr. R. C. L. Perkins, a friend and former

pupil of Mr. Poulton. I worked at the ontogeny of

these larve, with a view to throwing further light, if

possible, upon the question of the origin and develop-

ment of the red spots which sometimes occur in this

species.

Since the appearance of Professor Weismann’s Essay

on ‘The Origin of the Markings of Caterpillars,’ and

Professor R. Meldola’s notes on it (‘ Studies in the Theory

on colour-relation. Pon

of Descent,’ vol. i.), Mr. Poulton made various observa-

tions on this species and others of the genus (Trans.

Bint. -Soce. Lond:, 1884; Part. 1.301885, Part Il.; 1886,

Part Il.; and 1887, Part III.), and his latest conclusion

was that the spots in S. tie probably arose from a

modification of a normal coloured border to the oblique

stripes, hence that we have in S. tile “‘a fading away

of the character (2.e., coloured borders) instead of its

origin.”

Unfortunately nineteen of the larve sent me by Mr.

Perkins were injured in the transit by post, and only

four were reared; but all these were spotted. I watched

their development very closely, and recorded every

change however slight. My observations did not agree

in all points with the descriptions of the young larve

given by Prof. Weismann (‘Studies in the Theory of

Descent,’ vol. i., p. 238). This may have been due to

variability in the larve; yet certain appearances, either

not mentioned by him, or mentioned as occurring at

different periods, were found in each of my larve ; and,

as some were transitory, it is possible they mav have

been overlooked by him, especially as his descriptions

are not very detailed.

The following is a record of the appearance of the

larve day by day :—

July 80th.—I received from Mr. Perkins twenty-three

larve of S. tilie just out of the eggs; they were placed

in cylinder 15, and fed on elm. Nineteen were injured

in transit and were dying or dead. The larve were green

all over, and the caudal horn was very long and dark

violet in colour. No oblique stripes. The dorsal vessel

showed through the skin.

Aug. 4th.—Only four larve were living; these con-

tinued healthy. The first ecdysis of the first larva

occurred. It now became light green, with the caudal

horn pure green. (This stage is described by Prof.

Weismann as occurring before first ecdysis, and before

the horn becomes violet). The oblique stripes were now

faintly discernible, and were green like the ground-colour,

only of a more yellowish shade. ‘here was no trace of

a subdorsal line as described by Professor Weismann.

Length of larva before ecdysis 6 mm. ‘The dorsal vessel

still showed through ; Prof. Weismann describes this as

appearing now for the first time.

238 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

Aug. 5th.—The horn of the first larva had acquired a

dark rough dotting on the upper surface near the base ;

the tip and under side were still green. Shagreening

appeared.

Aug. 6th.—The horn of the first larva became yellower ;

the dotting remained the same and became no darker.

The length of the larva at this time was 9 mm.

Aug. 9th.—The first ecdysis of the second larva occur-

red; the horn changed to pure green as in the first

larva. Shagreening appeared. ‘The head was brighter

ereen than the rest of the body. No subdorsal line.

The horn of the first larva was now reddish at the base,

but not darker towards the tip, and the under side of it

was quite light and greenish still.

Aug. 11th —The first ecdysis of the third and fourth

larve took place; the horn in both changed to pure

ereen as in the others. Shagreening appeared. No sub-

dorsal line. ‘The second ecdysis of the first larva occur-

red; there was scarcely any change, only the oblique

stripes became primrose-yellow and more distinct, and

the horn blacker on the upper surface. The apex of the

triangular head was very slightly bifid. The length of

the larva was 14 cm.

Aug. 22nd.—The third ecdysis of the first larva took

place. A perfect row of nine reddish-yellow spots ap-

peared. Hight were in the position of the spiracles, and

one on the supra-anal plate. They were present on

the thoracic segments, and the first to eighth abdominal.

Spots 1—10 were spiracular in position, and those on

the abdominal segments were posterior to the oblique

stripes. The spot on abdominal segment eight was the

brightest and most distinct, and next in distinctness

was that at the base of the horn; towards the head they

became less bright, though still distinct. The length

of the larva was 25 cm. The horn was less dark on the

upper surface, and there was a very distinct red line on

each side of the base ; the ground colour was greenish

yellow. The oblique stripes were primrose-coloured ;

they were never at any time white or ‘‘ whitish” as

described by Prof. Weismann, but distinctly pale yellow.

Aug. 24th.—The second ecdysis of the third and fourth

larve. The change in appearance was exactly the same

as in the first and second.

Aug. 25th—Sept. 2nd.—I was absent from home, and

on colour-relation. 239

meanwhile the third ecdysis of the second, third, and

fourth larve occurred. In all three, red spots were found

in the spiracular row only, exactly as in the first larva,

both as to number and position; the red spot on the

supra-anal plate was also present. The change in the

horn was also exactly as in the first larva.

Sept. 8rd.—The fourth ecdysis of the first larva

occurred. The ground colour was bright yellowish-

green; the stripes and shagreen dots pale primrose-

yellow. The character of the spiracular spots was

slightly changed; whereas in the fourth stage the spi-

racle itself only showed as an orange-red spot outlined

with a deeper green than the body-colour (Pl. XI., fig. 9) ;

each spiracle was now distinctly margined with orange-

red, the red area having increased, but being still out-

lined with deep green (Pl. XI., fig. 10). The most

striking change was the development of an upper row of

large bold red spots, seven in number, on abdominal

seements 1—7, one anterior to each stripe, the second

largest being those in front of the third, fourth, and fifth

stripes, counting the most anterior stripe as the first.

The last spot was the largest, those in front of the first

and second stripes much smaller, but distinct; the spot

before the sixth stripe was a mere trace. The oblique

stripes now took a slight upward bend at the places

where the upper spots occurred, and the third, fourth,

and fifth stripes were here slightly suffused by the spot,

on which the shagreen dots showed up as on a back-

ground. The spots showed aslight tendency to lengthen

vertically, but kept strictly to the lines of the rings of

the body, of which there are eight in each segment.

The spots in front of the third, fourth, and fifth stripes

covered three rings in width, the last spot four rings,

the first and second spots only two rings. The two

sides of the larva corresponded exactly. The black

dotting of the caudal horn entirely disappeared; im-

mediately after ecdysis the upper surface was pure green,

the under surface was yellow, and the red line up the

sides was longer and more distinct. The length of the

larva was nearly 43 cm.

Sept. 4th.—The horn of the first larva changed to

bluish on the upper surface.

Sept. 5th.—Having been absent on the day the second,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT II. (NOV.) T

240 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

third, and fourth larve moulted, I recorded their exact

appearance now. In the third larva the spiracular row

of spots was faint in colour, but distinct; they were

nine in number, on the first thoracic segment and abdo-

minals 1—8, and were orange-red in colour. Those on

abdominal segments 1—7 were posterior to each stripe.

The shagreen pale yellow dots were placed in vertical

lines following the rings of the body. The oblique

stripes were primrose-yellow, and the first was the

most distinct. I could see no trace of the eighth stripe

observed by Mr. Poulton in Smerinthus larvee and Sphinx

ligustri (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, Part II., and

previous papers). The caudal horn was black-dotted on

the upper surface, yellow beneath; there were faint

traces of the red line extending up the sides from the

base. The apex of the head was bifid and faintly red.

The thoracic legs were very faintly rosy; there was

no red on the claspers. The length of the larva was

38cm. The fourth larva was exactly as the third. The

second larva was evidently nearer the fourth ecdysis ;

its general ground colour was darker green than that of

the others, the stripes and shagreening yellower. The

apex of the head was distinctly orange-red and bifid.

Only the spiracular row of spots was developed, on the

same segments as in the others, but a darkening under

the skin was perceptible anterior to the fourth, fifth,

and sixth stripes, where the upper row of spots ultimately

appears. The caudal horn was black-dotted on a green

upper surface, and the red lines from the base upwards

were more distinct than in the third and fourth larve.

The thoracic legs were also redder; there was no red on

the claspers. There was no eighth stripe.

Sept. 6th.—The fourth ecdysis of the second and third

larvee took place. The second larva developed an upper

row of five spots only; these were in front of the second,

third, fourth, fifth, and seventh stripes, viz., on abdominal

seoments two, three, four, five, and seven. ‘The spots

were very small and inconspicuous, also brighter and of

a yellower tint than in the first larva, and so narrow in

extent as to really appear more like borders than spots

at all. Those in front of the second, third, fourth, and

fifth stripes occupied three rings each, but were vertically

a mere line in width, thus giving the border-like appear-

ance. The seventh spot was a mere trace. The two

on colour-relation. 241

sides of the larva corresponded. ‘The thoracic legs were

faintly red; there was no red on the claspers. The other

characters were all as in the first larva. There was no

eighth stripe. The third larva developed an upper row

of seven spots, one anterior to each stripe, viz., on abdo-

minal segments 1—8. ‘The third and seventh spots

occupied four rings, the first two rings, and the rest

three rings; nevertheless, the third, fourth, and fifth

spots were the largest, because longer vertically than the

others. All the spots were larger and more conspicuous

than in the second larva, also deeper red. ‘The sides

corresponded. All other characters were just as in the

first larva.

Sept. 9th—The fourth eedysis of the fourth larva took

place. It developed an upper row of six spots, one in

front of the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and seventh

stripes, viz., on abdominal segments one, two, three,

four, five, and seven. The spot in front of the first stripe

(on first abdominal segment) was the smallest, occupying

two rings ; the others each occupied three rings. Other

characters as in the first larva.

Sept. 10th.—The upper row of spots in the first larva

increased in width; the third, fourth, and fifth spots (on

abdominal segments one, two, and three) now covered

four rings. ‘This increase in the width of spots did not

happen in any other larve.

Sept. 25th.—The first larva pupated.

Sept. 27th.—The second, third, and fourth larve

pupated. The larva figured (Pl. XI., fig. 8) is the first.

Smerinthus popult.

On August 8th, 1890, I captured a red-spotted larva of

S. popult in the fourth stage on poplar.

Aug. 12th.—I drew (Pl. XI., fig. 11) abdominal seg-

ments five and six to show the spots. There were two

rows of spots, of ten each, the upper row being the

largest. The upper row were placed one anterior to each

oblique stripe, and four extra to these placed irregularly

towards the head. The lower (spiracular) row were

placed one posterior to each stripe, two extra on the last

segment, and one extra towards the head. The spots in

both rows were irregular and roundish.

Aug. 19th.—A change took place in the spiracular

spots without any moult. The lower row became like

242 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

eyes, of which the pupil was yellowish red, viz., the

spiracle itself; the iris green, boldly outlined with red

(PIO, tig? 12);

Aug. 22nd.—The fourth ecdysis occurred. Both rows

of spots slightly increased in size, lengthening vertically

so as almost to connect stripe with stripe, but not in-

creasing horizontally. The appearance was not in the

least border-like.

Sept. 5th.—The spiracular row of spots was now

eleven, another having appeared ; there was a spot on

each of thoracic segments two and three, the one on

thoracic sezment three being a mere trace. (On these

segments there were no spots in S. tilie). The spots

were still more eye-like, being more broadly margined

with red. The upper row of spots now numbered eleven

also, the extra spot occurring on the last segment, verti-

eally above the last of the lower row. The last spot but

one occupied five rings (two in the penultinate segment,

and three in the last); this was the only one which in-

vaded another segment. The first, second, third, fourth,

and fifth spots occupied four rings, and the eleventh,

first, second, third, and fourth only three rings. But the

tenth, eighth, seventh, and sixth were the largest, owing

to vertical extension, and these slightly suffused the

stripes. Both sides corresponded. ‘The head was

suffused with red. The thoracic legs were red, and there

was a red spot on each of the claspers. The ground

colour of the caudal horn was yellow, the base was

blackish above and reddish beneath, and a red line ran

up from in front of the seventh stripe to the base,

connecting it with the tenth spot. ‘This line was the

only attempt at extension borderwise, for the widening

on August 22nd was accompanied by great vertical

extension, which quite prevented a border-like appear-

ance. The larva ceased feeding on Sept. 8th, and pupated

during the night of Sept. 14th. The spots in S. popula

were unlike those in S. tlie in general effect, being

rounder, bolder, and not in the least linear, and I noticed,

as had been previously done by other observers (notably

Mr. Peter Cameron, as stated by Prof. Meldola in his

notes to Prof. Weismann’s ‘Essay on the Markings of

Caterpillars’), that they were strongly protective, from

their resemblance to the dark spots or blotches commonly

seen on the leaves of the poplar. Viewed from under-

on colour-relation. 243

neath, with the light shining through them, the leaf-spots

were of a red exactly corresponding to that of the larva-

spots, and much the same size. I did not, however, see

the likeness to galls (Phytoptus) suggested by Mr.

Cameron (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 69), for the effect

produced by a flat spot and a raised object such as a

gall would, I think, be very different. But my larva was

quite difficult to find, even on a small twig, when viewed

from below, and it would have been admirably concealed

from enemies below it at any rate.

In S. tlie 1 could see nothing in the spots which

would have led me to connect them with coloured bor-

ders until the second larva reached its last stage, but the

appearance of the spots in this individual was so linear

and so unmistakeably border-like, that it seemed im-

possible to doubt the correspondence.

It would have been natural to conclude, from appear-

ances, that the spots are merely protective in S. popult,

and in S. tili@ have either degenerated from coloured bor-

ders, or are on the way to become such; but that it seems

unlikely that the character can have a different signifi-

cance in the two species. It seems to me more probable

that spot-marking is the most ancestral, as Prof. Weis-

mann originally suggested, and that S. tue represents

a stage of its modification into stripes. The fact that

the spots do increase in area in both species, though in

two directions, seems to point to the character being a

developing one. If we had to do with a gradual short-

ening of borders contracting into spot-markings, it seems

more likely that if any change in area of the spots took

place it would be in the direction of contraction, which

was never the case in my larve. There seemed to be

no vestige of a former extension along the stripe ; even

when a stripe was suffused with red, it was so vertically

downwards, and never partially affected an extra ring so

as to lead one to suppose the spot had once been broader.

But the number of larvee reared was too limited to draw

conclusions from safely, and it is possible that if I had

had more individuals under observation, some of them

might have presented different appearances.

4, Haperiments as to the palatability of conspicuous larve.

In May and June, 1890, I made experiments with

larvee of Diloba ceruleocephala and Cucullia verbasci on a

244 Lilian J. Gould’s experiments

tame jackdaw. ‘The bird in question had been taken

unfledged in June of the previous year, and reared in

captivity. He had never seen larvee, except those I gave

him, unless some might occasionally drop from a beech

tree, the boughs of which overhung his cage in the

garden.

May 380th. —I took some larve of D. c@ruleocephala,

feeding freely exposed on pear trees; they were blue,

yellow, and black, not hairy, very conspicuous. One

was given to the jackdaw, which had been fed early in the

morning (this was midday), and so was not very hungry.

The bird looked at the larva suspiciously for a long

time, and would not take it. Then he seized it, and, on

tasting it, shook his head violently, evidently disliking

it. He then dropped it, but picked it up and tried it

again, shook his head as before, and finally put it down

on the floor of the cage and refused to eat it.

May 31st.—I tried the jackdaw with a common smooth

ereen larva (species unknown); he ate it at once with

avidity.

June 20th.—I took two larve of Cucullia verbasci,

feeding together exposed on upper side of leaves of

mullein; they were green, yellow, and black, very con-

spicuous, not hairy.

June 21st.—The jackdaw was purposely not fed, and

by the middle of the day he was very hungry, for he

carried his empty food-vessel and stood it up against the

bars of the cage, an invariable habit when really hungry.

The largest larva was offered to him. At first he refused

it, then took it, but dropped it instantly, shaking his

head, and never touched it again. He appeared quite

subdued for a time, and sat shaking his head and

swallowing. Nor would he take anything else offered

him at all for a little while, but finally ate a gooseberry

with relish.

The unpleasant attribute in both species seemed to be

taste. Mr. Poulton mentions (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

March 1st, 1887) Mr. J. Jenner Weir having experi-

mented with D. ceruleocephala, ‘‘ using many species of

birds and lizards,” and says the larve were ‘disregarded

by all the birds,” or ‘‘examined when moving, but not

eaten.” ‘This, he says, gave ‘“‘strong support” to Prof.

Wallace’s suggestion, ‘‘that brilliant and conspicuous

larve would be refused by some at least of their enemies,”

on colour-relation. 245

while it afforded ‘‘no evidence” for Mr. Poulton's sug-

gestion ‘that a limit to the success of this method of

defence would result from the hunger which the success

itself tends to produce.”

My experiment affords strong support to Mr. Poulton’s

suggestion, since the larva was tasted twice, and that

when the bird was not especially hungry, which points

to its being eaten if he had been excessively hungry.

Mr. Poulton says that Mr. Jenner Weir also experi-

mented with Cucullia verbasci, on ‘many species of birds

and lizards,” and that the larve were ‘“ disregarded.”’

He refers to this as ‘strong support” to Prof. Wallace’s

suggestion, and as ‘“‘no evidence”’ for his own.

My experiment afforded some support to Mr. Poulton’s

suggestion, since the larva was tasted once, and tasting

would put a limit to the success of the method of defence

as well as eating, because it would be fatal to the larva.

I do not think, however, that this species would have

been eaten in any degree of hunger.

Both my experiments supported Prof. Wallace’s sug-

gestion also, as the larvee were in both cases refused at

first ; and, if the bird had not been very hungry, I do

not think he would even have tasted C. verbasci.

In September, 1892, I also made some experiments

with larve of Acronycta pst and Bombyx rubi on three

slowworms (A. fragilis), and one lizard (Z. vivipara).

Both species were entirely disregarded by all the animals,

though they were kept very hungry, and the larve left

with them for days.

It may not be out of place to note here that during

this experiment I had incontestable evidence of the

nature of the food taken by A. fragilis in the natural

state. The slowworms received rather rough handling

when captured, and immediately afterwards cast up a

quantity of half-digested food, among which I found a

perfectly uninjured adult shell of Zonites radiatulus.

Remains of slugs were also recognizable. It is rather

remarkable that A. fragilis should be able to swallow so

large and hard an object as the snail-shell.

246 Haperiments on colour relation.

EXXpLANATION oF Puate XI.

Fic. 1.—Green larva of R. crategata, last stage, nat. size.

Fig. 2.—Brown larva of 2. crategata, last stage, nat. size,

resting on black stick.

Fie. 3.—Larva of &. crategata (brown form), in spiral attitude,

resting on stick, x 4 diameters.

Fic. 4.—Larva of C. nuwpta {dark surroundings), nat. size, fifth

stage.

Fic. 5.—Larva of C. nupta (green surroundings), nat. size, fifth

stage. (The first abdominal segment has been inadvertently

omitted).

Fia. 6.—Larva of C. frawini (dark surroundings), nat. size, last

stage, resting on black stick.

Fic. 7.—Larva of C. fraxini (green surroundings), nat. size, last

stage. (This larva was only placed on a stick for convenience of

drawing).

Fic. 8.—Larva of S. tilie, nat. size, last stage.

Fic, 9.—Fifth and sixth abdominal segments of larva of S. tilia,

fourth stage, immediately after ecdysis, showing first appearance

of spiracular spots, x 4 diameters.

Fic. 10.—Fourth and fifth abdominal segments of larva of 8S.

tiie, fifth stage, showing first appearance of upper row of spots,

x 4 diameters.

Fie. 11.—Fifth and sixth abdominal segments of larva of 8S.

populi, fourth stage, x 4 diameters.

Fie. 12.—Fifth and sixth abdominal segments of larva of S.

populi, fourth stage, shortly before last ecdysis, x 4 diameters.

Fie. 13.—Same segments, fifth stage, after last ecdysis, x 4 dia-

meters.

XIV. Notes on a protean Indian butterfly, Kuplea

(Stictoplcea) harrisii, Felder. By Lionen pe Nict-

VILLE, Hl.) CoM Zio8.

[Read October 5th, 1892. ]

I wave asked my friend Mr. E. Y. Watson to exhibit on

my behalf, to the Fellows of the Entomological Society

of London, a series of forty-five specimens of a protean

species of butterfly, Huplea (Stictoplwa) harrisii, Felder,

consisting of thirty-three males and twelve females,

which I have selected out of a collection of upwards of

two hundred caught in the Khasi Hills, Assam, by the

native collectors of the Rev. Walter A. Hamilton. These

specimens were almost certainly all caught at or close to

the village of Chela-punji, at the foot of the hills on the

Sylhet side, and at an elevation but slightly above sea-

level.

On examination the specimens will be seen to exhibit

considerable variation in outline, the wings being broader,

and the fore wing more produced at the apex (less

rounded) in some specimens than in others. With

regard to the markings, the variations are almost be-

wildering. I have arranged the specimens in two series,

the males first, then the females. I have placed at the

head of the series the most sparsely-marked specimens,

which, as far as the fore wing goes, represent the

oldest-named form, and are characteristic of Burma and

the Malay Peninsula; and next those with the heaviest-

marked fore wing, which are characteristic of Sikkim, at

the other end of the geographical range of species. In

the Khasi Hills—as demonstrated by the specimens now

exhibited—the extremes of both forms with intermediates

between them occur. This extraordinary variation in

markings is not, in my opinion, due to seasonal or

climatic causes, but is probably inherent in the nature

of the butterfly itself. This mutability of character has

been noted and commented upon in the writings of every

field naturalist who has seen these butterflies in life,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT III. (NOV.) U

248 Notes on a protean Indian butterfly.

but it does not appear to be realised by some cabinet

naturalists in Europe.

Dr. Felder, who was the first to describe this species,

named the southern form, the one extreme, Hupléa

harrisii; and the northern form, the other extreme,

E. hopei. In this he was fully justified, as his material

was very limited, as I can testify, having seen his type-

specimens in Vienna; and these, taken by themselves,

are quite distinct. Myr. Butler then added to the

synonymy by describing Stictoplea microsticta, with

three submarginal spots to the hind wing on the upper

side, and S. binotata with two. Lastly, Mr. Moore

described S. regina, with no spots at all on the hind

wing; S. pygmea, which is simply a dwarf of the

northern form; and S. crowleyi, which combines the

characters of the two, having the fore wing of the

southern and the hind wing of the northern form. In

his ‘Lepidoptera Indica,’ Mr. Moore admits six of these

species as distinct, rejecting only S. microsticta, on the

cround that it was described from a specimen without

locality, and has broader wings than S. hopei; and he

devotes two plates to the illustrating of them. In the

series now exhibited,—taken, let me repeat for the sake

of emphasis, in a single spot,—every one of these species

can be accurately matched ; and, as they are now proved

to intergrade one into the other, and also are not con-

fined to any geographical region, these seven species

must be reduced to one. If stay-at-home naturalists

would only pay a little more heed to the observations of

field naturalists, such results would not have to be

deplored. Messrs. Wood-Mason, Marshall, Elwes, Adam-

son, Watson, and the writer have all drawn attention to

the fact that the species of certain groups of Huplea,

including this one, are eminently variable, as our field

observations had proved them to be; and yet these

expressed opinions of competent naturalists are per-

sistently passed over in silence, and ignored by those

who have never seen an Huplea alive in its native home.

( 249 )

XV. New light on the formation of the abdominal pouch

in Parnassius. By Samurn H. Scupper, F.E.S., of

Cambridge, Mass., United States.

[Read November 2nd, 1892. ]

Captain Ewes, in a paper on the genus Parnassius

(Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1886, 6—53, pl. 1—4), has

based his classification of the species largely on the

structure of the abdominal pouch of the female, and

given a very interesting and useful résumé of what was

known with regard to its formation. From this, and the

new observations by Thomson and Howes given in his

paper, as well as from some notes of his own, it would

appear to be the general conclusion that the abdominal

pouch seen on the under surface of the subterminal

seoments of the abdomen of the female of Parnassius

is not present when the butterfly emerges from the

chrysalis, but is constructed during the prolonged

pairing of the sexes by a secretion formed at the

time, and which hardens into a definite form, varying

according to the species. Whether this secretion pro-

ceeds from the body of the male or of the female, and

by what means it takes on its definite shape, there is

more variance of opinion, but the weight of testimony

appears to be in favour of regarding it as formed by the

male, and moulded upon the shape of the terminal seg-

ments of his abdomen. Siebold, who was the first, more

than forty years ago, to make scientific observations on

this point, believed that the secretion was poured out from

under the two lateral valves of the male (ergiesse sich

5 . das gerinnende Secret unter die beiden seitlichen

Klappen), by which he means the expanded and pro-

longed side pieces of the eighth abdominal segment.

My attention was specially directed to this matter by

the field observations of Mr. David Bruce in Colorado,

communicated to me by Mr. William H. Edwards, who

asked me to verify and explain the same by dissection

of the male abdomen. Mr. Bruce, whose interesting

TRANS. ENT. 800. LOND. 1892.—PART IV. (DEC.) xX

250 Mr. S. H. Scudder on the

observations will be detailed in full in Part xiy. of the

current series of Mr. Edwards’s ‘ Butterflies of North

America,’ reported that during the mating of the sexes in

Parnassius smintheus he saw a “‘scimitar-like’’ organ

working beneath the membrane which formed the pouch,

and apparently moulding the same from the interior into

the definite shape which it assumes; and this organ,

which he believed to be no part of the genitalia proper,

worked with a piston-like action in each division of the

pouch, which yielded to its motion. This would seem to

be directly opposed to Mr. Thomson’s statement regarding

the formation of the pouch in P. apollo, as given by

Capt. Elwes (l.¢., p. 18), for he describes a membranous

sheet attached to the male body containing a green

fluid, covering the female pouch on the outside, and

forming a ‘‘mould in which the pouch is formed during

copulation.”

Mr. Edwards having placed in my hands abundant

dry material during the past winter, I soon reached a

conclusion which seemed to throw some new light upon

the matter, and perhaps to reconcile the apparently

contradictory statements of the two observers mentioned.

My dissections were almost entirely of specimens of P.

smintheus, but, as they left many points still unexplained,

I was anxious to examine living examples, which alone

could furnish an answer, and verify or disprove my con-

clusions. At Mr. Edwards’s solicitation, therefore, Mr.

Bruce sent me last spring on several occasions living

males of P. smintheus from Colorado, and Mr. Wright

one lot of living males of P. clodius from California.

Unfortunately none reached me alive, excepting a single

moribund example of C. smintheus, too far gone to be

useful; and since the failure of this experiment leaves it

improbable that an opportunity for my examination of

a living male Parnassius will soon occur, I venture to

publish my observations in the hope that some one more

favoured by position will be moved to further investi-

gation.

The structure of the abdomen of the male Parnassius

is remarkable for having, as in the Eupleid genus

Anosia, the sides of the eighth segment expanded and

posteriorly extended, forming a kind of false claspers

concealing the greater part of the genitalia proper ; in

BP. smintheus and P. apollo embracing also the inferior

abdominal pouch tr Parnassius. 251

surface of the true claspers, and thus here giving to the

eighth segment a length twice as great alone the ventral

as along the dorsal region. It is beneath these ** Klap-

pen,’ or false claspers, “that von Siebold says the secretion

is poured forth; and he is certainly right, for all the

crevices existing between the inner surface of these

expansions and the outer surface of the organs beneath,

which it closely clasps, are often filled completely, in

all specimens I have examined to some extent, with

a coagulated secretion, which, when compared under

the microscope with a fragment from the pouch of the

female, is of essentially the same character as it.

In S. clodius, S. mnemosyne, aud other species, the

false claspers do not embrace the under surface of the

true claspers, which are thus not at all concealed on an

inferior view, and therefore there is in these species

considerable modification of the parts I am about to

describe, in remarks which are based wholly upon an

examination of P. smintheus.

If the eighth abdominal ring is carefully removed bit

by bit (which can hardly be done without rupturing some

of the coagulated secretion, but often leaves broad sheets

intact), all the accessor y organs of generation are exposed

to view; it will then be seen that the sternal portion of

the ninth segment (the segment to which are attached

the claspers proper) is split along the median line, and

sends two anterior shafts side by side to the hindmost

edge of the overlapping eighth segment. Directly

beneath it, beneath in the sense of towards the middle

line of the body, i.e., lying between the lower anterior

ensiform process of the ninth segment and the lower

surface of the true claspers, 1s a pair of lamellate

scimitar-shaped organs diverging at tip, and so closely

connected with the sheet of coagulated secretion, and of

so nearly the same colour and texture as it, as to appear

a part of the same. It is only when the processes of

the ninth segment are in their turn removed that the

form and structure of these parts can be made out; it is

then seen that they have a membranous or tendonous

structure, hardly chitinous, and certainly not the same

as the hardened, jelly-like, structureless condition of the

secretion, which is continuous with their edges, and

permeates the crevices in the region about. By un-

covering the parts in front, i. ¢., toward the base of the

952 Mr. S. H. Scudder on the

abdomen, it is seen to be formed mainly of two slender

blades, curving in opposite senses, which le under the

protection of the anterior processes of the ninth segment,

but, when they pass forward, dilate into triangular ex-

pansions which nearly fill the lozenge-shaped space left

vacant between the curved base of the anterior processes

of the ninth segment (following the similar curve of the

eighth segment) and the slightly emarginate apex of the

seventh ; at their base they appear to be attachments of

the seventh segment ; the opposite sides of the triangular

basal expansion are thicker than the middle, as if there

were a two-branched basal attachment connected by a

slight membrane to give greater support and rigidity to

the attachment.

This organ, which, so far as I know, has no homologue

whatever among Lepidoptera, seems to lie in just the

place and to be of just the form to serve as the apparatus

for moulding on its interior the abdominal pouch of the

female out of the secretions which flow either from it or

through it or around it from glands in close connection

with it; and consequently I suggest for it the name of

peraplast (xnpa, mAacow), indicative of its use. ‘The at-

tachments and the mechanism by which it may act,

together with the precise position and relation to it of

the adjoining secretory glands, can of course only be

told from fresh specimens; and fresh specimens would

doubtless serve also to correct in some particulars this

preliminary description. It will perhaps be found that

the ‘‘membrane” mentioned by Thomson “‘ containing a

dark green fluid” is an evaginable gland extended from

near the base of the false claspers (precisely as the

evaginable pencil of bristles in Anosia), and that when

it protrudes beyond their tip—as Thomson’s description

would seem to imply—it secretes from its inner surface

the material of which the pouch is formed, which is then

moulded into shape by the scimitar-shaped peraplast ;

this must have an extensile movement, surpassing even

that of the true claspers. This is a point which only an

examination, first of living males and next of pairs in

union, can fully satisfy: and it will then remain for the

histologist to scrutinise the organs themselves.

The problem still remains, to understand the purpose

of the feminine pouch in Parnassius, and the homologous

flaps in Huryades. Although they take on a definite

abdominal pouch in Parnassius. 2538

form, distinctive for each species, it has not only never

been shown that they possess any function, but it is

known that oviposition occurs without them, and they

are apparently quite independent of that. Such extra-

ordinary formations, moulded by the male upon the

body of the female during pairing, and through the

agency of special structures and special glands in

the body of the male, cannot have arisen for anything

but some most useful purpose. But for what ?

( 255 )

XVI. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central

America, with notes on some previously-recorded

species. By Cuarues J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S.

[Read November 2nd, 1892. |

PLATE XII.

Tue present contribution may be taken as a supplement

to the paper by the late Mr. H. W. Bates, which has

already appeared in the ‘Transactions’ for this year.

Twenty new species are described, of which nineteen

belong to the family Lamiide ; the remaining species is

placed in a new genus of Prionide. One new genus of

Lamiide is characterised. With these additions the

number of Longicornia recorded from Mexico and Central

America is brought up to a total of 1372 species.

LASIOGASTER, gen. nov.

(Male). Mandibles and front of head subvertical, the latter

transversely depressed near the base, feebly concave between the

antennal tubercles. Last joint of the palpi in the form of an elon-

gated triangle. Eyes large, encroaching considerably upon the

cheeks, which are reduced to two small triangular processes, one

on each side. Antennz surpassing but little the middle of the

elytra; first joint short and stout, third to fifth subequal, each much

shorter than the first; sixth to tenth gradually increasing in

length; eleventh as long as the four preceding joints taken

together ; each of the joints from the third to the tenth provided

at its outer distal angle with a long slender ramus, which is slightly

flattened and dilated towards its free extremity. Prothorax trans-

verse, somewhat rounded at the sides, slightly uneven above,

anterior margin very feebly sinuate; the lateral carina of each

side confined to the posterior half, where, commencing just above

the outer angle of the cotyloid cavity, it passes obliquely upwards

to join the basal margin, and at its junction with the latter forms

a slightly projecting angle. Elytra moderately elongate, parallel-

sided, rounded at their extremity, with the sutural angles briefly

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1892,—paRTIV. (DEC.)

256 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

spined; each with three very distinct cost, of which the inner-

most is much shorter than the other two. Legs of moderate

length, somewhat compressed; the femora slightly dilated above

the middle. Prosternal process slightly arched. Metathoracic

episterna narrowly truneate behind. Abdomen rather broadly

subtruncate at the apex; each of the first three segments with a

large and sharply limited tomentose depression in the middle.

This genus will be best placed in the group Mono-

desmine, of which it possesses all the essential cha-

racters. It may be easily distinguished from the other

genera belonging to this group by the structure of the

male antenne. The median tomentose depressions on

the first three abdominal segments of the male form a

character unique, so far as I at present know, among

the Prionide.

Lasiogaster costipennis, sp. n.

Nigro-fuscus sparse pubescens; capite antennisque dense seabro-

soque punctatis ; prothorace dense minus valde punctato; elytris

(sutura margineque et costis tribus utrinque, fuscis, exceptis)

albido-testaceis, nitidis, sat dense punctatis, inter costas sub-

planatis vel longitudinaliter depressis. Long. 23, lat. 7.5 mm.

Hab. British Honpuras, Corosal (obtained from

Mrs. C. V. Wickham).

The inner costa of each elytron begins at its basal margin, and

does not extend for more than about one-third of its length; the

median costa arises in the basal depression above the shoulder,

takes a course backwards, at first directed slightly towards the

suture, and then almost parallel to the suture for the remainder of

its length, and ends at a short distance before the apex; the outer

costa commences below and a little behind the shoulder, and ends,

like the median costa, at a short distance from the apex.

Deliathis pulehra, Thoms.

Two additional examples, one from Trapiche grande,

Vera Paz (Conradt), the other from Escuintla, Guate-

mala (Conradt), agree with the Guatemalan specimen

placed in this species by Bates, in having a bluish grey

tomentum in the place occupied by the black and

glabrous elytral vitte of the ordinary form. In the

specimen from Escuintla the two yellowish tawny bands

of each elytron have widened out and coalesced along

the posterior half,

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 257

Deliathis Batest, Gahan.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. ii., p. 398.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco in Guerrero (Hége).

The single specimen sent by Herr Hoge presents all the

characters of the two examples from which the species

was originally described. For these two examples no

more precise locality than Mexico was known.

The species is easily to be recognised by the uni-

colorous yellowish tawny pubescence of the elytra, which

is interrupted by numerous rounded shining black spots.

The mesosternal process is only slightly produced for-

wards at its antero-inferior border.

Deliathis diluta, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 11).

D. buqueti similis sed vittis fulvis elytrorum pallidioribus,

maculisque nigris glabris majoribus, et preecipue mesosterno antice

recto, non producto. @. Long. 832—40, lat. 1O—11°5 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Amula, 6000 ft., and Omilteme, 8000 ft.,

in Guerrero (H. H. Smith) ; Acapulco (fége).

This species somewhat resembles D. Buqueti, Taslé, in its style

of coloration. The pubescence of the elytra consists of two very

pale tawny-yellow longitudinal bands on each elytron, alternating

with two of a bluish white colour. These bands are much inter-

rupted by rather large, more or less rounded glabrous black spots,

so that in some specimens their character is not so evident, the

pubescence in such cases appearing in the form of irregular reticu-

lating patches.

The species may be distinguished from D. Buqueti

and allied forms by the structure of the mesosternum ;

this has its ventral face horizontal, its anterior face

vertical, so that the angle between them is almost

exactly a right angle, being usually slightly less, some-

times a little greater.

In D. Batesi and D. pulchra the mesosternum is dis-

tinctly, though occasionally but slightly, produced for-

wards at its antero-inferior angle; in D. Buqueti it is

more strongly produced forwards; while in D. nivea it

is so strongly directed downwards and forwards as to

form a large and conspicuous tubercle.

258 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

Parysatis perplexa, sp. 0.

Angusta, pube fulvo-brunnea sat dense obtecta; prothorace

lateraliter minute obtuseque tuberculato, supra sparsim punctato;

elytris modice sat irregulariterque punctatis, apicibus truncatis.

Long. 12, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Mrxtco, Cuernavaca in Morelos (Hdége).

Clothed with nearly uniform tawny brown pubescence. Pro-

thorax feebly and somewhat obtusely tubercled on the middle of

each side; sparsely and not very strongly punctured above along

each side of a longitudinal median smooth space. Elytra mode-

rately and somewhat irregularly punctured; each with a feebly

raised longitudinal costa at a short distance from the suture, and

with a few almost obsolete lines external to it. Apices of the

elytra truncate. Antenne a little longer than the body; the scape

about a fourth shorter than the third joint; the joints succeeding

the third each narrowly ringed with pale grey at the base. Upper

side of tarsi greyish.

This species may be recognised by its nearly uniform

fulvous brown pubescence, combined with its moderate

and somewhat irregular punctuation. (The punctures

of the elytra, though placed along definite lines, are at

very irregular intervals; so that an appearance of

irregularity is given to their whole distribution.) In

general facies the species more nearly resembles Esthlo-

gena albisetosa than any species of Parysatis, but the

presence of a narrow cicatrice at the apex of the scape

requires that it should be placed in the latter genus.

Parysatis nigritarsis, Thoms.

Physis., ii., p. 120.

= Parysatis flavescens, Bates, Biologia C. A., Col., v.,

ps 112:

The Central American examples from which Bates

described P. flavescens are specifically identical with

specimens from Brazil and Bolivia in the British Museum

collection. The latter answer very well to Thomson’s

description, and moreover carry the manuscript name

Hebestola nigritarsis of Chevrolat, which has been quoted

by Thomson.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 259

Ptericoptus fuscus, Bates.

Biologia C. A., Col., vol. v., p. 345.

Hab. Mrxtco, Xucumanatlan, 7000 ft., and Amula,

6000 ft., in Guerrero (H. H. Smith); Cuernavaca in

Morelos (Héqe).

This species was described from a single Mexican

specimen, the precise locality of which was not known.

Ecyrus arcuatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 2).

?. Brunneo cinereoque pubescens; capitis fronte et vertice

ochraceo-albis ; hoe postice leviter bituberculato; elytris fascia

submediana transversim fortiterque arcuata, sordide-alba, et antice

linea brevi nigra transversim arcuata; utrisque lineis quatuor

breviter penicillatis. Long. 8—11 mm.

Hab. Mextco, Temax in North Yucatan (Gaumer).

This species resembles H. dasycerus, Say, but is somewhat

larger, and may be distinguished by the distinct backwardly-bowed

band of dirty white pubescence which crosses the elytra just in

front of the middle. In front of this band the elytra have a

brownish pubescence like that of the prothorax ; behind it they

are more or less cinereous. Midway between the band and the

base there is a short transversely arcuate black line. The elytra

are somewhat coarsely punctured, and each has (including the

sutural rows) four series of short backwardly-directed pencils of

fulvous brown hairs. The antenne of the female are a little

longer than the body, and have a thin fringe of greyish hairs

underneath ; on the inner ventral surface of the antenne near the

apex of the fourth and along almost the whole length of each of

the succeeding joints there are narrow, slightly depressed, longi-

tudinal areas, over which the ordinary coarse pubescence is replaced

by exceedingly minute hairs. This character of the antenne,

which is met with also in the other two species* of the genus, and

is apparently common to both sexes, recalls a somewhat similar

character which is to be found in the Ceroplesides.

* Heyrus exiguus, Lec., is (as was pointed out to me some time

ago by Dr. Horn) the male of Heyrus dasycerus, Say. Though

the former is stated by Thomson to be the type of his genus

(Ebaceres, the characters given for this genus by no means apply

to it. Leconte’s Hcyrus exiguus and Thomson’s Gibaceres exiguus

are evidently two very distinct species, and neither seems to me to

be identical with the species which I find in the Dejeanian col-

lection under the name of Hrocentrus exiquus, De}.

260 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to tie

Spalacopsis similis, sp. n.

Fusco-ferruginea, pube fulvo-grisea haud dense pubescens ; pro-

thorace dense punctato, quam basi elytrorum hand angustiori,

supra lineis tribus pallidioribus; elytris dense sublineatimque

punctatis, utrisque lateraliter unicostatis. Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Acapuleo in Guerrero (Hége).

Dark reddish brown, with a greyish or fulvous grey pubescence,

which is somewhat uniformly spread and scarcely thick enough to

conceal the punctuation of the head and thorax, while it leaves

the stronger punctures of the elytra clearly visible. The elytra at

the base are not broader than the base of the prothorax ; they are

slightly constricted a short distance behind the base, and attain

their greatest width a little distance beyond the middle; their

apices are cut away very obliquely from the suture, so that they

appear somewhat divergent. Each elytron has a single longi-

tudinal costa, disappearing in front, which is placed along the

angle between the dorsal and lateral face. The row of punctures

contiguous to this costa on the dorsal side is more conspicuous

than the rest.

From S. varieyata, Bates, which it somewhat resembles

in shape, this species may be distinguished by its much

more uniform coloration, and by the absence of the

second (dorsal) costa from the elytra.

Spalacopsis fusca, sp.n.

Precedenti similis sed minor, nigro-fusca, griseo tenuissime

pubescens. Long. 73—9 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco in Guerrero (Hdége).

Blackish brown, with a faint greyish pubescence. Head and

prothorax rather thickly punctured. Elytra distinctly punctured,

and having the punctures arranged in rather closely approximated

rows, with an impunctate and scarcely raised interval along the

dorso-lateral edge; this subcostiform interval disappears anteriorly

and posteriorly. The dark colour of the elytra is lightened by a

faint reddish tint.

This species differs from the preceding by its smaller

size, scantier pubescence, and darker coloration. The

prothorax is without lines of paler pubescence. The

impunctate interval between the dorsal and lateral face

of each elytron is not distinctly raised nor costiform, as

in S. similis.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 261

Tessarecphora arachnoides, Thoms.

To the localities previously known for this species

may be added Acapulco in Guerrero, from which Herr

Hoge has sent one example. This appears to be the

most northern limit yet recorded.

HommopHia@us, gen. nov.

Female. Form broad and robust. Head flattened in front,

widened out at the base, with the cheeks rather long and promi-

nent. Eyes emarginate, with the lower lobes somewhat trans-

verse. Antenne about one-third longer than the body, ten-jointed,

with the tenth joint very short, the first joint stout and clavate, the

third longer than the first, and slightly thickened towards the apex.

Prothorax transverse, with two tubercles on the disk, and furnished

on each side with a median conical tubercle, and, lower down, a

smaller anterior tubercle. Elytra much broader across their base

than the base of the prothorax ; their length to their united breadth

in the ratio of about 3 to 2; sides subparallel; apices broadly and

conjointly rounded. Femora strongly clavate ; tibie regular, those

of the middle pair grooved obliquely on their outer face. Claws

of tarsi divaricate. Intercoxal processes of the pro- and meso-

sterna very broad and flat. Cotyloid cavities open on the outside.

This genus appears to be allied to Onychocerus, Serv.,

the species of which it closely resembles by its rather

short robust form, the inequalities of its elytral surface,

and its general bark-like style of coloration; it has,

however, much broader sternal processes than Onycho-

cerus, and is further to be distinguished by the less

number of joints to, and the absence of a claw-like

terminal joint from, the female antenne.

Homeophleus licheneus, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 6).

Cinereo-pubescens, atro fuscoque plagiatus; prothoracis disco

medio fusco tuberculis duobus nigris nitidis munito; elytris basi

sparsim granulatis, utrisque tuberculo magno basali et costis tribus

obtusis, munitis. Long. 21, lat. 10 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Amula in Guerrero, 6000 ft. (H. H.

Smith).

Pubescence ashy grey in colour, with blackish and brownish

patches. Head sparsely punctured, ashy grey on the sides and

lower part of the front, brown above. Prothorax sparsely punc-

tured, the punctures almost wholly confined to the sides and mar-

262 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

gins of the pronotum. Elytra with small shining black granules

sparsely spread on the basal fifth or sixth, and extending on to the

summits of the two large tubercles or humps, which are placed—

one on either side—a little behind the base; behind these tubercles

there is on each elytron a large oblique depression, succeeded by

three broad irregular longitudinal grooves or depressions, which

form the intervals between the cost. The elytra appear to be

without punctuation beyond a few scattered punctures near the

middle of their length. The dark patches are almost absent from

the basal fourth of the disk of the elytra, but there is a large

almost black patch extending from the base backwards on each

side below the shoulder.

Oreodera affinis, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 14).

Capite, prothorace, elytrisque basi et corpore subtus fulvo-

brunneis; elytris pone basin albo-griseis utrisque plagis tribus

viridi-fulvis ; prothorace supra tuberculis duobus distinctis ; elytris

utrisque pone basin fasciculato-cristatis ; apicibus obliquiter trun-

catis fere rotundatis. Long. 12°5 mm.

Hab. GuatEmMaua, Coban in Vera Paz (Conradt).

Head, thorax, base of elytra, and under side of body clothed

with a fulvous brown pubescence. ‘The rest of the elytra with a

close greyish white pubescence, interrupted on each by three

greenish or fulvous green transverse plage or fasciz, the first of

which immediately succeeds the basal fulvous brown band, and

reaches the suture on the inner side; the second, placed just

behind the middle, is more distinct, but does not reach the suture ;

the third forms a spot at the apex. The colour of these bands and

spots seems to be due to a fulvous brown pubescence laid on a dark

olive-green derm; while the part of the derm covered by the

whitish pubescence is apparently of a testaceous colour. Near

the base of each elytron there is a short crest surmounted by a

tuft composed chiefly of fulvous hairs with a few darker hairs

behind.

This species seems closely allied to O. costaricensis,

Thoms., from which it is to be distinguished by the

colours of the elytra, and by the more distinct basal

crest and tuft on each elytron. The punctuation also is

scarcely evident, except along the lateral margins of the

elytra.

Acanthoderes piperatus, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 4).

Griseo-fulvescens, punctis numerosis fuscis maculatus; pro-

thorace lateraliter subacute tuberculato, supra bituberculato dense

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 268

punctato, medio haud earinato; scutello fusco, marginibus fulve-

scentibus ; elytris supra conyexis, haud costatis, griseo fulvescente-

que pubescentibus, dense sat fortiterque punctatis, punctis fusco-

limbatis; utroque elytro macula parva pone medium fusca; cor-

pore subtus pedibusque fuscis griseo subtiliter pubescentibus ;

antennis (g') quam corpore paullo longioribus, fuscis, articulis basi

griseis. Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Murxtco, Ventanas in Durango (Héqe).

Head sparsely punctured in front; vextex with two closely

approximated dark brown spots. Prothorax without a median dorsal

carina; thickly and rather strongly punctured above, and with two

tubercles on the disk. Elytra convex, without costa or basal

wmbone, deeply and rather thickly punctured anteriorly, with the

punctures posteriorly as thickly distributed, but somewhat shal-

lower, and each surmounted by a fuscous border; in addition to

the numerous dark brown points thus spread over the whole elytra,

there is a small irregularly rounded spot on each just behind the

middle, while the conjunction of some of the points forms a

similar but less distinct spot on each near the apex. Apices of

elytra slightly obliquely truncate, the angles not produced. Pro-

sternal process gradually declivous posteriorly ; the mesosternal

somewhat more abruptly declivous in front.

In addition to this species there is only one other of

the genus, so far as I know, in which the elytra are

without either a costa or basal umbone. This species

(A. morristt, Uhler), which I have not seen, has a dis-

tinct zigzag or M-shaped band behind the middle of

each elytron, and so appears to differ sufficiently from

the present species.

Acanthoderes signatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 8, 2).

?. Supra albo-cinereus, nigro ornatus ; prothoracis disco vittis

tribus nigris, medio earinato et utrinque tuberculato; scutello

nigro, medio griseo; elytris basi sparsim granulatis, utrisque macu-

lis vel plagis septem et punctis minimis nigris, apicibus truncatis ;

antennis medium elytrorum paullo excedentibus, articulis 80—5um

apice subtus dense fimbriatis. Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Xucumanatlan in Guerrero, 7000 ft.

(H. H. Smith).

Greyish white, with black markings. Prothorax with a median

narrow black vitta, which ends ina small triangular dilatation in

front and behind, and with a shorter black vitta passing from the

264 Mr. ©. J. Gahan’s additions to the

summit of each of the two conical tubercles of the disk to the base

of the prothorax. Elytra each with an obtuse costa, which ante-

riorly is somewhat more prominent, and furnished above with

minute granules; some similar granules are placed over the

shoulders. The black spots or markings are seven in number on

each elytron; four (1st, 8rd, 5th, and 7th) being placed along the

side, and three on the disk; the second is shaped somewhat like

the Greek letter y, the sixth like av. Some small black points

form a row on each side of the apical half of the suture. Apices of

the elytra truncate. Legs and under side of body with a greyish

white pubescence; tibia ringed with fuscous; tarsi above, first

joint excepted, dark brown. Antenne in the female extending a

little beyond the middle of the elytra, grey, with the last two joints

and the apices of the preceding joints brownish black ; apices of

the third, fourth, and fifth joints with a short thick fringe of black

hairs underneath.

A small specimen from Chiapas (length, 8 mm.), in

the British Museum collection, appears to be the male

of this, or of a very closely allied species. In this speci-

men the last three joints of the antenne, as well as the

apices of the preceding joints, are rather thickly ciliate

underneath ; the dorsal cost of the elytra can be dis-

tinguished only near the base, and the basal granules

are wanting; the fourth and fifth black spots of each

elytron are united to form a very irregular transverse

fascia extending from the outer margin almost up to the

suture; the sides of the prothorax below the lateral

tubercles are entirely fuscous ; the under side of the body

and the femora underneath are so scantily furnished

with greyish hairs that they appear almost entirely

black.

Acanthoderes sp.

One imperfect example of this species was taken at

Mexico city (d/ége). It appears to be closely allied to,

and may perhaps be only a variety of, A. nigritarsis.

Acanthoderes nigritarsis, White.

Cat. Longic. Col. Brit. Mus., ii., p. 863.

= A. sylvanus, Bates, Biol. Cent. Amer., Col., v.,

p. 141.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 265

Leptostylus arciferus, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 8).

Fulvo-brunneo-pubescens, elytris inter medium apicemque

fascia angusta nigra valde sinuata, et paullo ante hance fascia

minus distincta A-formante; prothorace lateraliter obtuse tuber-

culato, disco inequali antice binodoso; elytris utrisque lineis

tribus leviter elevatis, fasciculis minutis pilorum nigrorum munitis ;

apicibus obliquiter truncatis, subrotundatis; antennis griseo-tes-

taceis, articulis apice angustim fuscis. Long. 9—10 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Cuernavaca in Morelos (Hége) ; Chil-

pancingo in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

With a fulvous brown pubescence, mixed with grey on the front

of the head and towards the middle of the elytra. The elytra with

two narrow black bands placed between the middle and the apex,

the anterior less distinct and somewhat chevron-shaped, the pos-

terior strongly bowed forwards in the middle, and at the sides

curved round so that its outer extremities take a slightly forward

direction. For a short distance in front of the anterior band the

elytral pubescence has a paler greyish tint. Hach elytron has two

or three slightly raised lines, along which at intervals are placed

minute tufts of short black hairs, with one somewhat larger than

the rest near the anterior extremity of the innermost line. Body

underneath and legs with a greyish pubescence. Antenne (3)

half as long again as the body, testaceous, with a grey pubescence,

which is somewhat unequally distributed over the basal joints,

these having in consequence a rather mottled appearance ; apices

of all the joints fuscous.

Leiopus Batesi, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 9).

Leiopus sp., Bates, Biol. Cent. Amer., Col., vol. v.,

p. 393.

Brunneo-testaceus, cinereo-pubescens; elytris maculis punc-

tisque fuscis adspersis; prothorace lateraliter paullo ante basin

acute tuberculato ; antennis quam corpore plus duplo longioribus,

griseo-testaceis, articulis apice late infuscatis. Long. 4}—6 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Iguala in Guerrero (Hége) ; Ventanas

(Forrer).

Brownish testaceous; clothed with a rather dense pubescence,

varying in colour from ashy white to brownish grey. Elytra with

a number of small points and a few spots of a dark brown colour.

Of the larger spots, one is placed dorsally on each elytron near the

base, another a little further back at the side, and a third, slightly

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) Y

266 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

transverse and oblique, is placed behind the middle. The sides of

the prothorax are almost straight and gradually divergent from the

front margin up to the summit of the lateral tubercles, behind

which they are abruptly constricted. The apices of the elytra are

somewhat obliquely truncate.

Anisopodus brevis, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 12).

Depressa; prothorace supra griseo, maculis duabus fuscis ;

elytris cinereo-fulvis, vitta laterali, fascia angusta transversa sub-

basal, et plaga pone medium conjunctis nigro-fuscis; apicibus

obliquiter truncatis, angulis obtusis. Long. 5—7 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Amula in Guerrero, 6000 ft. (H. H.

Smith).

Head and prothorax with a greyish pubescence. Pronotum with

two fuscous spots, which are sometimes almost obsolete. Elytra ful-

vous grey above; witha broad dark brown vitta on each side, which

does not extend to the apex, and which is dilated above near its

hinder extremity to form a plaga on the outer part of the flattened

disk of the elytron; a similarly coloured narrow band crosses the

elytra close up to the basal margin. The apices are cut obliquely

backwards from the suture, with all the angles obtuse.

Sympleurotis armatus, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 10, 3).

S. rwdi affinis et similis sed differt prothorace lateraliter pone

medium tuberculo parvo conico armato; segmento ultimo abdo-

minis (g') lamina dorsali profundius emarginata.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero (H. H. Smith) :

GuATEMALA, San Gerénimo (Champion).

Head with a somewhat greyish or fulvous grey pubescence in

front, passing into brownish above. Disk of prothorax with a

median area covered with close brownish pubescence, at the outer

limit of which, towards each side, are two small velvety black

spots placed one in front of the other, and each marking the posi-

tion of a small very feebly raised tuber; the sides of the pro-

thorax have an ashy white pubescence, interrupted by a number of

black points, and each is furnished, a little behind the middle, with

a small conical tubercle (rather larger and more easily seen in the

female example). Scutellum dark velvety brown, with a light

brown or greyish centre. Elytra closely punctured, carinate on

each side from the shoulder up to the middle. Anterior half of the

disk of elytra brownish, with fuscous and ashy points; this is

succeeded at the middle by an ill-defined greyish band; the sides ~

Longicornia of Meaico and Central America. 267

and posterior part of the elytra are of a dark olivaceous colour,

varied with greyish and fuscous; near the apex is a fuscous

olivaceous spot with a margin of pale fulvous. Body underneath

with a greyish pubescence. Dorsal plate of the last abdominal

segment of the male narrowly but very deeply emarginate, ventral

plate feebly emarginate. Last abdominal segment of the female

produced as in Astynomus, the dorsal valve attenuated and sharp-

ened at the extremity, the ventral valve narrowly emarginate.

Phea phthisica, Bates.

Biologia C. A., Col., vol. v., p. 197.

To the localities previously recorded may be added

Mexico, Tapachula in Chiapas, and Jalapa in Vera

Cruz (Hége).

A number of examples of the variety described by -

Bates (J. c., p. 425) have also been taken by Mr. H. H.

Smith at Teapa in Tabasco. In this variety there is a

fulvous vitta on each side of the disk of the prothorax,

and the anterior margin of the disk is also fulvous. In

the normal form the anterior margin only is fulvous,

though sometimes there are traces of the lateral vitte.

Phea unicolor, sp. n.

P. tenuate affinis sed major et omnino nigra. Long. 8°5 mm.

Hab. Mrxtco, Omilteme in Guerrero, alt. 8000 ft.

(H. H. Smith). One example.

Entirely black and nitid; slightly obscured only by some faint

greyish sete. Strongly and closely punctured. Prothorax cylin-

drical, slightly constricted at the base, where there is a tolerably

distinct transverse groove; with a much feebler transverse groove

close to the anterior margin; the disk without any trace of an

umbone.

This species has a similar elongate and slender form

to P. tenuata, Bates, and agrees very closely with this

species in most other respects. It is, however, some-

what greater in size, and is entirely black.

Tetraopes femoratus, Lec.

Journ. Acad. Philadelphia, ser. 2, vol. i. (1847), p. 93;

vol. ii., p. 157; Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. vii.

(1878), pp. 48 and 49.

y 2

268 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the

To the previously known localities may be added

Mexico, Durango city, Aguas calientes city, Monterey in

Nuevo Leon, and Tula in Hidalgo (Hoge).

Bates had already, with some doubt, but, as it proves,

correctly, referred a single example from Northern

Sonora to this species. The considerable series of ex-

amples since sent by Herr Hoge are mostly from Durango

city ; a few only from the other localities cited. These

specimens all agree in having the first antennal joint

and the femora red; the two front pairs of tibie are

usually dark red, but are in some cases almost entirely

blackish; the hind tibie are generally more or less black.

The full number of elytral spots are usually present, and

of a fair size; but one or both of the two antemedian

spots of each elytron may be absent or much reduced in

size. The prothoracic umbone is somewhat oblong in

shape, its sides, which are sharply limited, being only

slightly convex in outline; it is traversed along the

middle by a feeble groove or depression, so that its

surface is usually slightly concave from side to side.

Many of the Mexican specimens agree very closely in

every respect with a Californian example in the British

Museum collection. In order to feel quite sure of the

identity of the species, I have submitted a couple of

specimens to Dr. Horn for his inspection, and he has

kindly replied that they are without doubt to be referred

to the T'etraopes femoratus of Leconte. The Mexican

specimens come nearest, I think, to the varieties basalis

and oregonensis of Leconte, as distinguished by Dr. Horn

(op. supra cit.); and I have reason to believe that one or

more of the other Mexican species will, on comparison

with authentic North American specimens, prove to

belong to other varieties of femoratus.

Mecas marmorata, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 7).

Elongata, pube grisea fulvo-varia obtecta; capite prothoraceque

et elytris punctatis, his supra planis, medio leviter depressis ;

antennis (g') quam corpore paullo longioribus, articulis lo, 20,

1loque nigro-fuscis, articulis 80 ad Tum subtus cinereis, supra

testaceis vel fuscis, articulis 80 ad 10um omnino cinereis. Long.

10—13 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Amula (6000 ft.) and Xucumanatlan

(7000 ft.) in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 269

Elongate, narrow. Prothorax with the sides parallel. Elytra

flattened above and slightly depressed towards the middle. The

entire body clothed with a mixed pubescence of grey and pale

fulvous, the latter being condensed in places to form numerous

small patches. Antenne a little longer than the body in the male,

with the first, second, and last joints blackish brown, with the

under sides and bases of the joints from the third to the seventh,

and the whole of joints eighth to tenth, pale cinereous ; the upper

side of the joints third to seventh, especially towards their apices,

fuscous testaceous; the last joint is slightly thicker and scarcely

longer than the preceding joint.

Cirrhicera conspicua, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 18, ?.).

Nigra, fasciis flavo-ochraceis ornata ; antennis nigris, articulis

50, Goque subtus dense, articulis lo ad 4um minus dense ciliatis.

Long. 15—16 mm.

Hab. Mrxico, R. Papagaio in Guerrero, 1200 ft.

(EES ETS Smath).

Head (excepting a narrow median portion of vertex), sides of

prothorax, a broad triangular plaga at the base of the elytra, a spot

under each shoulder, and a broad transverse fascia behind the

middle, clothed with a thick bright ochreous yellow pubescence.

Sides of the meso- and meta-sterna, and of the first two abdominal

segments, similarly clothed in the male. Legs in the male testa-

ceous yellow.

The female differs from the male by its slightly shorter

antenne, its rounded (instead of shghtly sinuate) apical

margin to the abdomen, and by having the first three

abdominal segments clothed with yellow pubescence ;

while the last two have each a spot of the same colour

on each side; the femora also in the single female before

me are almost black, and the first three joints of the tarsi

dark brown.

Cirrhicera basalis, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 5, 3).

Fusco-testacea, griseo subtiliter pubescens, niveo ornata; pro-

thorace utrinque vitta lata nivea; elytris macula parva nivea

utrinque ad basin extremam, et maculis duabus sutura conjunctis

paullo pone medium; lateribus meso-, metathoracisque et maculis

duabus abdominis utrinque niveis. Long. 7—10} mm.

Hab. Mexico, Venta de Peregrino and R. Papagaio,

both in Guerrero (1. H. Smith); Acapulco (Smith and

Hoge).

70 Mr. C. J. Gahan’s additions to the —

This species somewhat closely resembles C. niveo-

signata, Thoms., but may be at once distinguished by the

position of the basal white spots of the elytra. These

are placed at the extreme base in the former, while in

the latter they are a short distance from the basal

margin.

In addition to the usual difference in the length of the

antenne, and the shape of the abdomen, the males of

the present species differ from the females by the thicker

pubescence on the front of the head, which may be

greyish or even whitish in colour, and by having the

lateral spot on the first abdominal segment equal to or

larger than the spot on the second segment. In the

female the first spot is much smaller than the second.

In the females also the femora are more or less black,

while in the males they are pale testaceous.

Malacoscylus humilis, Bates.

Biologia C. A., Col., vol. v., p. 223.

One male specimen only was known to Mr. Bates

when he wrote his description. Mr. H. H. Smith has

since sent a long series, including both male and female

examples, from the following localities in Guerrero :—

Omuilteme (8000 ft.), Xucumanatlan (7000 ft.), and Chil-

pancingo (4600 ft.).

The female differs from the male by its somewhat

shorter and relatively broader form; by its shorter,

thicker, and more densely fringed third antennal joint ;

the front of the head also is black and glossy, excepting

a slight patch of greyish or fulvous pubescence on each

side beneath the antennal tubercle; the lateral fulvous

vittz of the prothorax only exceptionally extend on to

the humeral depression at the base of the elytra in the

female, while they very generally do so in the male; the

tarsi of the females are entirely black, while in the

males the first three joints of the anterior tarsi are

more or less yellowish. In some examples of both

sexes the fulvous vittz of the prothorax have extended

dorsally so as to cover part of the anterior half of the

disk; while in one small male almost the whole upper

surface of the head and prothorax is covered with ful-

vous pubescence. ‘These examples differ in no other

respect from the typical form, with which they are, in

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 271

fact, connected by almost insensible gradations. It is

otherwise with the two following varieties, which might

indeed, with some show of reason, be regarded as dis-

tinct species.

Malacoscylus humilis var. grisescens.

M. humili typico differt prothoracis disco elytrisque pube grisea

vel fulvo-grisea obtectis, corpore subtus versus latera (g\) cinereo

pubescente.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme (8000 ft.), Chilpancingo

(4600 ft.), and Xucumanatlan (7000 ft.), in Guerrero

CAE Smiitiey.

The specimens which I have placed together under

the above name agree very closely in general form and

structure with the more typical forms of M. humilis.

Their coloration is, however, so distinct that I have

thought it well to give this variety a separate name.

The whole of the upper side, with the exception of the

usual fulvous vitte on the prothorax, is covered by a

more or less dense dark grey or fulvous grey pubescence ;

the under side of the female has a somewhat similar

pubescence, but in the male the pubescence of the under

side varies from pale greyish to ashy white, with always

a distinct patch of the latter colour, sometimes mixed

with fulvous, along the sides of the meso- and meta-

thorax.

Malacoscylus humilis, Bates, var. fulvescens.

(Pion ie 46.9%).

M. humili typico differt elytris testaceis, pube fulvescente fere

omnino denseque obtectis.

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme and Chilpancingo in Guer-

rero (H. H. Simith).

Three examples only of this very distinct variety were

taken. The elytral derm, which is almost entirely

testaceous in colour, is so closely covered by a pale

tawny pubescence that the punctuation is very incon-

spicuous, and in places quite invisible. In the ordinary

form, and in the preceding variety, the rather close and

moderately strong punctuation is clearly enough dis-

cernible, though ‘it should be mentioned that in one

female example of the var. grisescens the punctuation is

almost as much concealed as in the present variety.

272 Mr. ©. J. Gahan’s additions to the

This variety has a strong resemblance in colour and

facies to Hemilophus prolixus, Bates, from which it may,

however, be easily distinguished by the structure of the

antenne.

Malacoscylus bivittatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 15, 3).

Niger, griseo vel fulvo-griseo sat dense pubescens; capite supra

vittis duabus albidis, antice convergentibus et inter antennas con-

junctis; prothorace elytrisque utrinque albido-vittatis ; elytris ad

apices angustim rotundatis; carinis lateralibus paullo pone apicem

evanescentibus. Long. 11—14 mm.

(g). Antennis quam corpore vix brevioribus ; articulo 30 quam

lo vel 40 sesqui longiori ; articulis 80, 4oque basi testaceis.

(?). Antennis dimidium corporis vix excedentibus ; articulo

80 incrassato dense sed breviterque nigro-fimbriato, quam articulo

lo vel 40 paullo longiori; articulis 40 ad 6um plus minusve

testaceis.

Hab. Muxtco, Omilteme (8000 ft.) and Chilpancingo

(4600 ft.) in Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

The diverging dingy white vittwe of the vertex of the head are

continuous behind with the two vittz, one on each side, of the

prothorax ; these again join at the base the two vitte which run

along the elytra, one on each side immediately above the lateral

carina. The prothorax and elytra are rather strongly and thickly

punctured, the prothorax somewhat less thickly than the elytra.

At the apex each elytron is narrowed to an obtuse point, and in

this region the punctures are almost obsolete.

This species differs from the other members of the

genus in the rather narrow apices of its elytra; and, in

common with the preceding species, it differs in one or

two other important respects from the more typical repre-

sentatives of the genus. The third joint of the antenne is

relatively much shorter in both sexes, and in the female

it is very distinctly thickened. The head also does not

exhibit the broad depression above between the antennal

tubercles, which is to be seen in M. cirratus, Germ., and

other South American species.

Lycidola levipennis, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 1).

Nigra, fulvo-fasciata; elytris pone tertiam partem basalem

fortiter dilatata, apice late nigro-cyanea, submetallica; antennis

(2) apicem elytrorum haud attingentibus, articulis tertio quarto-

que crassatis, subequalibus, dense ciliatis, utrisque quam primo

paullo longioribus. Long. 26, lat. ad hum. 9 mm,

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America. 278

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (T'rstsch).

Head black, with the front, the cheeks, a short vitta behind

each eye, and a median dorsal vitta fulvous. Prothorax black,

with a broad fulvous vitta on each side. Elytra with their sides

straight and parallel to about the end of the anterior third, and

thence strongly diverging to enclose the posterior flattened and

laterally rounded expansion, which occupies about the hinder

two-thirds of the elytra. The upper surface exhibits scarcely any

indication of raised lines, and is crossed by two fulvous bands—

one at the base, the other somewhat broader and with a strongly

indented posterior margin—placed just behind the middle. Between

the latter band and the apex the elytra are dark blue, with a some-

what metallic tint. Body underneath black, with the middle of

the metasternum andthe hind part of the prosternum yellowish

testaceous. Last abdominal ventral segment strongly convex, its

hind margin angularly incised in the middle.

In this species the lateral expansion of the elytra

commences farther back from the base than in the other

members of the genus, and this character, together with

the almost complete absence of raised lines from the

elytra, will serve for its recognition.

Note.—Dr. Horn has directed my attention to an error

in synonymy, which occurs in Bates’s last paper (ante,

p- 161). Bates places Cyllene robinie, Forst., and

C. pictus, Drury, as synonyms of the same species,

having evidently overlooked Horn’s paper (Trans. Amer.

Soc., vill., 1880, p. 186), in which the two forms are

shown to be quite distinct. The species which Bates

had in view, and which is to be recorded as occurring in

Mexico is Cyllene pictus.

274 Longicornia of Mexico and Central America.

EXPLANATION oF PuatE XII.

Fie. 1. Lycidola levipennis.

2. Heyrus arcuatus.

3. Acanthoderes signatus, 2.

4. 3 piperatus.

5. Cirrhicera basalis, 3.

6. Homeophleus licheneus.

7. Mecas marmorata.

8. Leptostylus arciferus.

9. Leiopus Batest.

10. Sympleurotis armatus. 3.

11. Deliathis diluta.

12. Anisopodus brevis.

13. Cirrhicera conspicua, 2.

14. Oreodera affinis.

15. Malacoscylus bivittatus, 3.

16. | humilis, var. fulvescens, 2.

GE2Go.”)

XVII. Contribution to a knowledge of the Homopterous

family Fulgoride. By W. L. Disrant, F.E.S.

| Read November 2nd, 1892. |

PuaTE XIII.

THE species and a new genus described in this paper are

all from the Oriental and Australian regions, and embrace

the discoveries made in the family Fulgoride by Mr.

Hampson on the Neelgiri Hills, Mr. Lewis in Ceylon,

Dr. Townsend in Perak, Mr. Whitehead on the Kina

Balu Mountain in Borneo, Mr. Doherty on the Naga

Hills and the Island of Sangir, and by other travellers

and collectors, of whose names I am unfortunately igno-

rant. Dr. Stal generically studied this family with

excellent result, and his genera have now been followed

by the late Mr. Atkinson, who did so much for the

Indian fauna, and all other competent students of the

Homoptera. That arrangement is of course followed

here.

Fam. FULGORIDAL.

Subfam. FULGORIN A.

Cyntlila viridimaculata, n. sp.

Head ochraceous, cephalic process above with a central longitu-

dinal blackish sulcation, an indistinct line on each lateral margin,

and with two or three indistinct dark spots beneath; two central

black lines preceded by a basal black spot between the eyes, which

are fuscous. Pronotum ochraceous, with two central black lines

near anterior margin interruptedly continued in triangular manner

to base, and with scattered blackish spots. Mesonotum reddish

ochraceous, spotted and marked with black. Margins of metanotum

black. Abdomen blackish, with the posterior segmental margins

green. Body beneath and legs ochraceous; central area of the

face, base of rostrum, lateral margins of sternum, sternal spots,

spots and annulations to femora and to anterior and intermediate

tibiex, the tarsi, and apex of rostrum, fuscous or castaneous.

Tegmina with rather more than anterior half brownish ochraceous,

irregularly spotted with fuscous, remaining area hyaline, with the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1892,—PaRtT Iv. (DEC.)

276 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

venation ochraceous and irregularly spotted with fuscous. Wings

pale hyaline, the venation fuscous, their bases somewhat shining

pale green. The cephalic process is almost equal in length to the

distance from its base to the apex of the mesonotum, and its apex

is distinctly incrassated, but laterally compressed.

Long. excl. tegm. from eyes to apex of abdomen, 14 millim.

Long. ceph. proc., 5 millim. Exp. tegm., 40 millim.

Hab. Mauay Pentnsuna; Perak.

Allied to C. ferocula, Stal, but separated, apart from

other structural characters, by the basal green coloration

of the wings.

Scamandra diana, n. sp. (Pl. XIIL, fig. 4).

Body above brownish ochraceous, the mesonotum darker in

hue; pronotum with two faint dark discal spots on each side;

anterior segmental margins of the abdomen pale castaneous. Body

beneath ochraceous or pale castaneous ; a broad central fascia to

face, margins of sternum and the femora blackish, the tibiz oliva-

ceous, bases of the posterior femora castaneous. Tegmina with

about basal two-thirds olivaceous green, containing a reddish

ochraceous spot at costal base, and a large basal claval streak,

followed by two small spots, a discal spot, and a transverse fascia,

all pale ochraceous; the green area terminates by a much waved and

sinuate narrow black fascia; apical third pale brownish ochraceous,

the venation very finely reticulate and paler in hue. On the under

side of the tegmina the discal spot and transverse fascia are bright

creamy white. Wings with about half or basal area olivaceous

ereen, shaded with blackish, the extreme base narrowly testaceous,

and the inner, outer, and apical (the last very broad) margins pale

brownish ochraceous, reticulated as on apex of tegmina. The

tubercle at the base of the posterior tibiz is in the form of a more

or less acute spine; the mesonotum is distinctly rugulose.

This species is allied in general coloration to S. daphne, Stal,

but the apex of the tegmina is considerably narrower, the sculpture

of the frontal part of the head quite different, and the pronotum

has a distinct central carina on its posterior half. In general

structure and size it is more closely allied to S. arcuigera, Stal.

Long. excl. tegm., 21 millim. Exp. tegm., 60 millim.

Hab. Matayan Ancuipenaco; Sangir (Doherty).

Birdantis pallescens, n. sp.

Head and thorax brownish ochraceous ; eyes fuscous. Pronotum

with two small central blackish discal spots. Mesonotum with four

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 277

fuscous spots, the central pair largest. Abdomen black, apical half

with a double series of pale discal spots, and a series of similar

spots on the lateral margins. Head beneath, sternum, and legs

ochraceous; femora and anterior and intermediate tibiz annulated

with fuscous. Abdomen beneath black. Tegmina with about basal

two-thirds ochraceous, irregularly mottled with darker brown ;

apical third fuscous, with the reticulated venation ochraceous.

Wings pale hyaline, the venation fuscous, the basal third blackish,

containing a pale greenish white fasciate spot. Disk of front dis-

tinctly subrugose; anterior margin of pronotum with a distinct

central notch.

Long. excl. tegm., 17 millim. Exp. tegm., 42 millim.

Hab. Mauayan Arncuipenaco; Batchian.

B. pallescens can at once be distinguished from the

other two species described by Stal by the differently

coloured base of the wings.

Desudaba maculata, 0. sp.

Body above, with the head, thorax, and base of abdomen, black ;

remainder of abdomen and the eyes ochraceous. Body beneath

ochraceous; the head, prosternum, and legs, black; nostrum

fuscous, its base black. Tegmina black, the apical third fuscous,

the black portion ornamented with seven to nine bright red spots,

the extreme base also streaked with the same colour. Wings

hyaline, with the venation fuscous, the basal third dark fuscous,

containing a large basal reddish patch streaked with greyish.

Long. excl. tegm., 18 millim. Exp. tegm., 34 millim.

Hab. Avusrrauia; Peak Downs.

Allied to D. psittacus, Walk., but at once separated by

the spotted tegmina and the larger fuscous basal area to

the wing.

Subfam. DICTYOPHARINA,

Dichoptera nubila, n. sp.

Body above dark ochraceous. Head, with the anterior and

lateral margins of vertex, a small spot at anterior angles, and two

central fasciz to same, black; a central fascia to front, a small

spot at each anterior angle, and a lateral fascia in front of eyes,

black. Pronotum, with the central keel, margined with two pairs

of elongate spots, the anterior margin and irregular discal mark-

ings, black. Mesonotum, with the space between the three central

carine darker in hue, and containing four ochraceous spots mar-

gined with black, a large black spot on anterior margin, and a

278 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

strongly sinuated black fascia on each lateral area. Abdomen

with four macular black fascie, two central and one on each

lateral margin. Body beneath ochraceous, spotted with black; tibiz

annulated with black at base, centre and apex, the annulations on

posterior tibie faint above ; femora spotted with black. Tegmina

hyaline, the venation and costal membrane ochraceous, spotted

with fuscous ; a waved and somewhat broken dark fuscous trans-

verse fascia at base of apical area; beyond this the costal area is

dark fuscous, with an intermediate ochraceous spot; the whole

apical area irregularly shaded with fuscous. Wings hyaline; the

venation, anal margin, and the apex, fuscous. The anterior pro-

longation of the head is somewhat foliaceous, the length of the

head being a little less than that of the pronotum.

Long. excl. tegm., 17 millim. Long. head, 2 millim. Exp.

tegm., 48 millim.

Hab. Continentan India; Upper Assam. Burma;

Ruby Mines.

Allied to D. hyalinata, Spin., but differing by the more

foliaceous head, different colour, markings, &c.

Dichoptera hampsont, n. sp.

Allied to the preceding species, but with the head much longer

and less foliaceous, and without the anterior spots to vertex, which

has its anterior prolongation ovate, and not subquadrate as in

D. nubila ; the pronotum has a black fascia on each side of the

central keel. The tegmina are a little longer and more slender,

with the fuscous markings somewhat paler. The wings have the

apex alittle darker fuscous. The length of the head is equal to that

of the pronotum.

Long. excl. tegm., 20 millim. Long. head, 24 millim. Exp.

tegm., 53 millim.

Hab. Conrryentau Inpia; Neelgiri Hills, Southern

Slopes, 8000 feet (Hampson).

This species is also allied to D. picticeps, Stal, from

the Philippine Islands, but differs by the annulated

tibie, the shorter head, &ce.

Mr. Hampson captured the species at sugar.

Dichoptera nasuta, n. sp.

Body above ochraceous ; head very long, cephalic process with

a central triangular fascia, the apex and the lateral margins dark

fuscous. Pronotum suffused with fuscous, the central keel and the

lateral areas ochraceous. Mesonotum suffused with fuscous, and

with some basal spots and the apex ochraceous ; abdomen above

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 279

with four macular fuscous fascie. Body beneath ochraceous,

spotted with fuscous; tibia annulated with fuscous (intermediate

and posterior tibiz obscurely annulated) ; femora spotted with fus-

cous. Tegmina and wings as in the preceding species, but the fuscous

markings rather larger. The head is about equal in length to the

whole thorax above ; the cephalic process is ascending, irregularly

triangularly channelled for more than two-thirds its length, and its

apex slightly gibbous above, with the lateral margins spatulate.

Long. excl. tegm., 22 millim. Long. head, 6 millim. Exp.

tegm., 50 millim.

Hab. Mawuayan Arcuieenaco ; Celebes.

The great prolongation of the head distinguishes this

species from any other previously described.

Dictyophora preferrata, n. sp.

Head and thorax above ochraceous; cephalic process, with the

lateral margins and sometimes the apex, fuscous. Pronotum, with

the central keel and margins, somewhat paler in hue, the disk

wrinkled. Mesonotum, with three central keels, triangularly

united posteriorly, and pale ochraceous. Legs ochraceous, femora

striated with fuscous. Tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation

fuscous; their apices—broadly in the tegmina and narrowly in the

wings—fuscous. The cephalic process is distinctly and broadly

grooved above, the apex very slightly widened and subacutely

convex ; in the neighbourhood of the eyes it has three distinct keels.

Long. excel. tegm., 12 millim. Long. head, 5 millim. Long.

tegm. 9 millim.

Hab. Auvstrauia; Peak Downs.

Dictyophora bifasciata, n. sp.

Body above ochraceous, with a broad lateral fuscous fascia on

each side, from belind eyes to near apex of abdomen ; body beneath

and legs ochraceous, margins of the sternum fuscous. Tegmina

ochraceous, with a broad central longitudinal fuscous fascia,

widenod at apex. Wings hyaline, with a large fuscous spot at

apex. Structure of cephalic process much as in preceding species.

Long. excl. tegm., 9 millim. Long. head, 3 millim. Long.

tegm., 7 millim.

Hab. Austrauia; Peak Downs.

Dictyophora wmsignis, n. sp.

Closely allied to the preceding species, but the cephalic process

more nodulose at the base, which, together with the lateral areas,

280 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

are castaneous ; tegmina without the longitudinal fascie, but with

the apical and one-third of the inner margin and the stigma

fuscous.

Long. excl. tegm., 7 millim, Long. head, 3 millim. Long.

tegm., 6 millim.

Hab. Austratta; Peak Downs.

Subfam. EURYBRACHYDINZ.

Messena radiata, n. sp. (Pl. XIII., fig. 1.)

Head and thorax above ochraceous, with irregular darker

markings; face ochraceous, its anterior margin speckled with

fuscous. Abdomen sanguineous, its lateral margins and anal

appendages orange-yellow. Sternum and legs pale ochraceous,

anterior femora and tibie speckled with blackish ; posterior tibie

—excluding base,—rostrum—excluding apex,—and posterior coxal

spots black. Abdomen beneath orange-yellow, the segmental

margins and apex somewhat fuscous. Tegmina with almost basal

half ochraceous, shaded with purplish towards its margins, and

with a few scattered discal small purplish spots; remaining area

pale greyish brown, with a central subapical spot, a spot near apex

of inner margin, and some very small scattered spots on apical

margin, black. Wings pale greyish, with three subapical marginal

black spots.

Long. excl. tegm., 12 millim. Exp. tegm., 36 millim.

Hab. Continentat Inpra; Neelgiri Hills (Hampson).

Most nearly allied to the Hurybrachys rubrescens,

Walk., which belongs to this genus.

KANDIANA, gen. nov.

Allied to Messena, but with the tegmina very long and

narrow, much longer than the wings, which are also

narrower than the tegmina. Posterior tibie—in speci-

men here described—with five spines on one tibia and

six on the other; probably six in normal specimens.

Kandiana lewisi, n.sp. (Pl. XIII, fig. 2.)

Body and legs warm ochraceous; head and thorax mottled with

darker hue; eyes pale fuscous. Tegmina obscure ochraceous, with

two broken macular pale fuscous fasciz near apex, and with some

apical marginal spots of the same colour. Wings pale obscure

ochraceous, the apex greyish, preceded by an elongate fuscous

spot, the apical margin narrowly of the same colour.

Long. excl. tegm., 9 millim. Exp. tegm., 32 millim.

Hab. Ceylon (Lewis).

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 281

Loxocephala castanea, n. sp.

Body and legs ochraceous; anterior margin of front, central

portion of anterior margin of pronotum, transverse fasciz to abdo-

men above, a longitudinal fascia to the anterior tibiw, apices of

tarsi, and base of apical segment of the abdomen beneath, black.

Teemina bright castaneous, minutely spotted with greyish, the

apical area bright ochraceous, containing a central black macular

fascia, the apical margin also black. Wings greyish white, the

apex bright ochraceous, with its margin black.

Long. excl. tegm., 10 millim. Exp. tegm., 28—30 millim.

Hab. Continentan Inp1a; Naga Hills (Doherty).

Allied to LZ. decora, Walk., from which it differs by the

different colour of the tegmina, absence of the basal

black fascia to same, and also by the absence of the

black subapical spot to the wings, and the black fascia

to the mesonotum.

Hurybrachys apicata, n. sp.

Body and legs dull sanguineous; head—-excluding eyes—pale

ochraceous. Tegmina pale olivaceous green, the extreme base and

a broad transverse fascia at apex dull reddish. Wings pale greyish,

with nearly the basal half dull reddish.

Long. excl. tegm., 8 millim. Exp. tegm., 18 millim.

Eidbime ln dia astGe!

A species to be readily recognised by its distinctive

colour markings.

Platybrachys signata, nu. sp.

Head, thorax and legs fuscous, speckled with testaceous ; abdo-

men sanguineous; cox, base of anterior and intermediate tibix,

and the posterior legs, pale sanguineous. Tegmina brownish,

speckled and irregularly spotted with fuscous; a series of small

greyish spots on costal margin, of which one is very large at about

two-thirds from base, a transverse greyish fascia a little before

apex, after which the colour is dark fuscous, containing either one

or a few very small greyish spots. In some specimens there is a

distinct and somewhat large fuscous spot at about centre of clavus.

Wings blackish, the basal area ochraceous, and with two large

ereyish marginal spots, one at apex and the other at about centre

of posterior margin.

Var. a. Tegmina with a transverse fuscous fascia near base.

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1892,—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) Z

282 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

Var. b. As var. a, but the wings are without the apical grey spot.

Long. excl. tegm., 7 millim. Exp. tegm., 20 millim.

Hab. Ausrratta; Peak Downs.

Allied to P. transversa, Walk., but much larger, and

always to be recognised by the different coloration of the

wings.

Platybrachys insignis, n. sp.

Head and thorax above brownish, speckled with ochraceous ;

face ochraceous; abdomen and legs sanguineous; apices of the

femora, tibia—excluding base—and the tarsi, fuscous; anal

appendages to the abdomen ochraceous. Tegmina ochraceous,

much spotted with fuscous, especially on the costal and claval

margins, and the apical area; the whole disk is thickly, often con-

fluently, spotted with paler fuscous. Wings dark fuscous, the base

narrowly sanguineous, and with two prominent greyish white spots

on the apical margin.

Long. excl. tegm., 9 millim. Exp. tegm., 22 millim.

Hab. Avustratt1a; Peak Downs.

This species may be superficially recognised by the

two apical greyish white spots to the wings.

Platybrachys erata, n. sp.

Head and thorax above brownish ochraceous; abdomen ochra-

ceous ; face obscure ochraceous or pale olivaceous ; legs testaceous ;

apices of femora, subconfluent spots to tibiw, and apex of the abdo-

men, dark fuscous. Tegmina bronzy brown, with an oblique

transverse greyish fascia, extending for a little beyond the middle

of the costa half across the disk, and subobsoletely continued by

greyish spots to inner margin; a distinct greyish spot on costa at

apex, and a less distinct spot near apex of inner margin. Wings

ochraceous, with a fuscous outer marginal fascia, which is broadest

at apex.

Long. excl. tegm., 7 millim. Exp. tegm., 22 millim.

Hab. Samoa Isuanps and Ausrratia; Peak Downs.

Dardus albomaculatus, n. sp.

Head, thorax, and legs, brownish ochraceous; abdomen pale

sanguineous ; pronotum, with the posterior margin and a central

linear fascia, greyish white; apices of the femora, anterior and

intermediate tibize and tarsi, and bases and apices of the posterior

tibia, fuscous. Tegmina brownish ochraceous; a claval streak and

spots, a short broad fascia between clavus and costa, a broad

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 283

transverse macular fascia near apex, and some marginal apical

spots, greyish white. Wings pale fuscous.

Long. 6 millim.

Hab. Avusrrauia; Peak Downs.

Allied to D. abbreviatus, Guer., but distinguished by

the differently marked tegmina, «ce.

Dardus obscurus, 0. sp.

Head above, thorax, and tegmina, dark castaneous ; face, abdo-

men, and legs, pale sanguineous; face with a broad castaneous

fascia at base; eyes pale ochraceous.

Long. 5 millim.

Hab. Avusrrauia; Peak Downs.

Subfam. RICANIINA.

Ricania (Pochazia) flavocostata, u. sp.

Body blackish, legs and eyes pale fuscous, apex of abdomen

sreyish tomentose. Teemina pale fuscous, the apical and outer

areas dark fuscous; costal margin for about two-thirds from base

ochraceous. Wings pale fuscous.

Long. excl. tegm., 10 millim. Exp. tegm., 35 millim.

Hab. Matay Peninsuta; Sungei Ujong. Borneo;

Kina Balu Mount.

Allied to R. fumata, A. & §., but differing by the

broad ochraceous costal margin to the tegmina, which

are also more distinctly sinuate before apex.

Subfam. FLATINA.

Phromnia parmata, n. sp.

Body and legs pale ochraceous; eyes, antenne, anterior and

intermediate tibiz and tarsi, and the posterior tarsi, black.

Teemina pale ochraceous, the apical margin and a double curved

discal fascia on outer half very pale fuscous; a black central spot

a short distance from base. Wings greyish white, the venation

very pale ochraceous.

Long. excl. tegm., 11 millim. Exp. tegm., 44—50 millim.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Palawan.

Allied to P. hamifera, Walk., but differing by its

smaller size, the black subbasal spot to the tegmina, &e.

Z 2

284 Mr. W. L. Distant’s contribution to a knowledge

Phromnia montivaga, n.sp. (Pl. XIII., fig. 5.)

Head and thorax above reddish ; abdomen and legs pale ochra-

ceous; eyes, antenne, anterior and intermediate tibie and tarsi,

and the posterior tarsi, black. Tegmina ochraceous, reddish

ochraceous on disk of basal half and the clavus; the costal area

and the apical half thickly powdered with greyish tomentose, the

basal disk very sparingly so; the apical margin and a double

curved discal fascia on outer half very pale fuscous, and very

indistinctly seen through the tomentose covering; a black central

spot near base. Wings greyish white.

Long. excl. tegm., 13 millim. Exp. tegm., 50 millim.

Hab. Bornto; Kina Balu Mount (Whitehead).

By the ground colour of the tegmina this species is

allied to P. tricolor, White, and by the markings of the

saine to the previously described species, P. parmata.

Flata radiata, n. sp.

Body and legs pale tawny; abdomen clothed with greyish

tomentose. Tegmina greyish, with a pinky hue and two bright

ochraceous ray-like fasciz ; one bounding lower portion of radial

area, the other on the inner claval margin, neither extending

beyond middle. Wings greyish white.

Long. excl. tegm., 14 millim. Exp. tegm., 43 millim.

Hab. Borneo; Sarawak.

A species of unique coloration and markings.

Flata labeculata, n. sp.

Body and legs pale greenish; the eyes and tarsi blackish.

Tegmina creamy white, the margins and a curved subapical fascia

very pale reddish ochraceous; six irregularly shaped spots crossing

radial area, and a spot near apex of same, two irregular spots

beneath radial area situate at centre and near apex, and four

elongate spots above clavus, dark reddish ochraceous. Wings

creamy white.

Long. excl. tegm., 13 millim. Exp. tegm., 50 millim.

Hab. Crureses; Minahassa.

The tegmina are broad and rounded apically, and the

venation is close and somewhat reticulated on the apical

area. <A very distinctly marked species.

The two species of Flata above described belong to

that portion of the genus represented by Ff’. modesta,

of the Homopterous family Fulgoride. 285

Don., and F’.. helena, Walk., in which the apices of the

tegmina are more or less rounded, and the posterior

angle not angularly produced.

Flata (Colobesthes ?) semanga, n.sp. (Pi. XIIL, fig. 6.)

Body and legs greenish ochraceous. Tegmina pale green, the

margins very narrowly ochraceous and with five large discal spots,

and an outer submarginal fascia, greyish white tomentose; of these

five spots the first is oblique and at about middle of disk, the other

four being between it and the submarginal fascia. Wings greyish

white.

Long. excl. tegm., 12 millim. Exp. tegm., 50 millim.

Hab. Mautay Peninsuta; Province Wellesley.

The tegmina are very broad, and their posterior angles

at apices of inner margins are angularly dilated, as in

Col. jaleata, Guer. The striking coloration of this large

and handsome species renders it very distinct.

Cenestra ligata, n. sp. (Pl. XIIL., fig. 3.)

Body and legs ochraceous; two longitudinal fasciz to the face

continued to vertex of head, two longitudinal spots to pronotum,

and two much larger ones to mesonotum, blackish. Tegmina

creamy white, with the base ochraceous; the margins, a curved

fascia a little before apex extending from costal margin to about

middle, and a longitudinal fascia between this and base, blackish.

Wings creamy, tinged with ochraceous.

Long. excl. tegm., 12 millim. Exp. tegm., 37 millim.

Hab. Mauay Pentnsuna; Perak (Townsend).

Allied to C. circulata, Guer., but differing by the

much narrower tegmina and the different markings of

the same.

Cenestra copulanda, un. sp.

Closely allied to the preceding species, but with the tegmina

shorter and broader, the subapical curved fascia extending to near

inner margin, and with the central transverse fascia shorter and

straighter; mesonotum with two additional black spots on each

lateral margin ; anterior and intermediate tibix blackish.

Var. a. Tegmina and wings with the ground colour pure

greenish white.

Long. excl. tegm., 7—10 millim. Exp. tegm., 26—82 millim.

Hab. Java.

286 The Homopterous family Fulgoride.

Copsyrna ochracea, n. sp.

Body and legs ochraceous; eyes and two contiguous central

spots on vertex of head, two central spots to pronotum, two elon-

gate central spots to mesonotum, four spots on posterior margin

of same, and the apices of the tarsi, black. Tegmina greyish white,

with transverse spots on basal portion of the costal membrane,

scattered, irregular and reticulated spots on basal half of disk, four

curved fasciz on apizal half,—the innermost shortest and most

irregular,—and the apical margin (narrowly), dark fuscous. Wings

ochraceous.

Var. a. Tegmina shaded with bluish grey, tomentose; face with

a central longitudinal black fascia.

Long. excl. tegm., 11 millim. Exp. tegm., 45—48 millim.

Hab. Mauay Pentysvta; Sungei Ujong and Perak.

This species is allied to C. maculata, Guer., from

which it differs by the much broader tegmina, the

ochraceous wings, &c.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1, la.—Messena radiata.

2, 2a.—Kandiana lewist.

3, 3a.—Cenestra ligata.

4, 4a.—Scamandra diana.

5, 5a.—Phromnia montivaga.

6, 6a.—F lata (Colobesthes ?) semanga.

XVIII. The secretion of potassium hydroxide by Dicranura

vinula (imago), and the emergence of the imago from

the cocoon. By Oswaup H. Larter, M.A., Assistant

Master at Charterhouse ; late Tutor of Keble College.

Communicated by FrepErtc MErririexp, F'.E.§.

[Read November 2nd, 1892. |

THE investigations of which I now publish the results

were undertaken at the instigation of Mr. FI’. Merrifield,

to whom I must at once acknowledge my utmost in-

debtedness, not only for his suggestion, but also for a

most generous supply of material wherewith to conduct

my experiments and observations. I must also thank

my colleague, the Rev. §. D. Titmas, for much kind

assistance and advice.

More than forty-five years ago Mr. Merrifield observed

that the imago of D. vinula produced an alkaline fluid at

the time of emergence from the pupa. The observation

was, I believe, never published, and no further work, so

far as I am aware, has been done on the subject until, at

Mr. Merrifield’s suggestion, I undertook its continuance.

It is well known that the larva of D. vinula spins an

exceedingly hard cocoon, composed partly of a tough

semitransparent substance, which is, as | conceive it,

virtually a mass of agglutinated silk, and partly of

portions of bark gnawed off from the tree on which

the cocoon is constructed. The whole forms a hard

unyielding protection to the enclosed pupa. Notwith-

standing the character of this wall, the imago pierces it

at the proper season without difficulty. ‘The means

whereby this 1s accomplished I hope to show in the

following pages.

Two distinct points present themselves for investi-

cation. (1) The means by which the cocoon is softened ;

(2) the apparatus employed in tearing open the cocoon

when soltened.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—paRT lv. (DEC.)

288 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of

I. The softening of the cocoon.

A number of pupe were cut out from their cocoons,

and enclosed in red litmus-paper in such a way as to

compel the moths to pierce the paper in order to effect

their escape. In each case the papers were moistened

by the emerging imago with a fluid which produced a

deep blue stain of varying dimensions. The alkalinity

of the fluid was thus proved. These stained papers were

useless for analysis owing to the impurities present in

the litmus-papers. Accordingly some forty pupx were

enveloped in best Swedish filter-; aper, which is entirely

free from all impurities, and contains no substances

soluble in water. There was a slight difficulty in

arranging the paper so as to afford sufticient obstruction

to the emerging imago. Double thickness of the paper

was too much for the imago to penetrate, and a single

thickness not sufficient to provoke the maximum dis-

charge of the softening fiuid. About ten pup# were

enclosed in glass tubes, with their heads against the

closed ends. The majority of the pupe# emerged success-

fully from the papers, yielding me thirty-two papers,

each stained very faintly by the ejected fluid. The

pup in glass tubes did not succeed so well—only four

hatched (one is still alive, and evidently going over to

next year), and of these only one was of any use: the

fluid in the other three cases being spoiled by mixture

with excrementitious matter. The one tube I was able to

make use of contained a few drops of clear watery liquid.

This tube I obtained in a satisfactory condition by fortu-

nately seeing the imago just struggling to get free. I

accordingly waited till I judged that most of the fluid

was ejected, and then withdrew the moth and pupa-case

from the tube with a pair of fine forceps.

I then proceeded to analyse the stains on the papers.

All stains of excrement were carefully cut away, and

only absolutely pure stains were retained. These were

placed in distilled water, and raised to a temperature of

about 90° C.; at the same time the papers were kept in

motion by stirring them with a glass rod, so as to reduce

them to pulp. 1 then filtered off the liquid, and con-

densed it by evaporation at about the same temperature.

When cool, analysis yielded the following results :—(1)

The fluid was decidedly alkaline; (2) there was present

potassium hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 289

a mere trace of a chloride—hardly enough to be sure of;

(8) potassium hydroxide was present in considerable

quantity. The presence of potassium was proved by (a)

the platinum perchloride test ; from the yellow crystalline

precipitat> so obtained after treatment with alcohol, the

platinum was separated by heat, and potassium chloride

recovered; (b) the sodium and hydrogen tartrate test ;

Bunsen’s burner; (d) the remainder of the lquid was

evaporated to dryness, and yielded a whitish solid, which

was strongly alkaline, and deliquesced on exposure to

the air, eventually forming potassium carbonate. Having

arrived at these results, I confirmed them as far as

possible with the few drops of pure liquid in the glass tube,

from which also I obtained the same results, including

the presence of a very small quantity of a chloride—

again almost too little to be quite sure about.

My next step was to try the relative caustic powers of

potassium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide on the

cocoons—applying the solutions to the inside. I took

solutions of both substances of equal strength, and

placed a few drops in four cocoons —two with each

solution: the potassium hydroxide reduced the cocoons

to which it was applied to a soft pulp in less than three

minutes, whereas the sodium hydroxide took more than

fifteen minutes to produce the same result. This of

course was to be expected, owing to the superior caustic

power of potassium hydroxide on most organic substances.

It was thus proved that the imago of D. vinula produces

caustic potash in order to soften its cocoon, and that

this substance is better suited to this end than the

other of the two commoner caustic substances.

Il. The apparatus employed in perforating the cocoon.

The imago invariably emerges from the cocoon wearing

as a shield a portion of the pupa-case (see fig. 1, p. 291).

This “shield” consists of the median dorsal piece (figs.

1—3, s) of the head of the pupa, extending as far as the

labrum (p. 1.) towards the ventral surface, and also of

the two pupal eyes (p.e.), which project laterally further

towards the ventral surface than the median labrum.

At first sight it appears that the ‘shield’ is the tool

used to thrust against the softened cocoon, but closer

290 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of

examination reveals a far more efficient apparatus. I

placed one individual in absolute alcohol the instant it

emerged from the cocoon, and so secured it with the

“shield” still on. Examination of this specimen showed

two small sharp points (figs. 1 & 2, aa) projecting in

front of, and just ventral to, the pupal labrum from the

labrum of the imago. These points are entirely con-

cealed by the abundant fluffy scales on the head of the

fully developed imago. If the head is “plucked,” they

are readily seen, even with the naked eye (see fig. 1).

The points are about 0.5 mm. in length, and about

0°75 mm. apart, and project forwards and downwards:

their outer margins are thickened, and the two together

are carried upon a slightly thickened elevation of the

imago’s head. On each side of this elevation is an

elongate pit (fig. 2, bb), open towards its ventral aspect,

and running up dorsally towards the vertex of the head

to end about a third of the way up in a socket. The

total length from the socket to apex of points is about

12mm. On the inner surface of the pupal ‘shield,’

i.¢., the side which is in contact with the underlying

imago, is a pair of recurved hooks (fig. 4, hh), which

fit accurately into the groove and socket of each side—the

grooves serving as guiding lines towards the sockets. It

is thus impossible for the “shield” to be removed by any

upward pressure, for all pressure in that direction merely

serves to lock the ‘‘shield” more firmly to the head of

the imago below. On the other hand, downward pressure

causes the hooks to come out of the sockets, to slide

along the grooves, and the shield may be set free.

These appearances warrant the conclusion that the

imago attacks the softened inner surface of the cocoon

with the above-mentioned pair of pointed processes, and

that the ‘‘shield”’ serves to protect the eyes and head of

the imago from injury which might otherwise result

from friction against the walls of the cocoon. Probably

each stroke is made ina downward and forward direction

by the head of the animal, and probably fresh applications

of the potassium hydroxide are made as each softened

layer is in turn removed in order to soften the succeeding

layers. I believe the potassium hydroxide is produced

from the mouth—at any rate I could discover no other

aperture of any kind: if this surmise be correct, it seems

probable that the muscular efforts necessary for scraping

potassium hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 291

at the cocoon may also serve to eject successive quantities

of potassium hydroxide.

o ( p.l.

3 4

Fie. 1.— Ventral view of freshly emerged imago of D. vinula, showing

pupal shield, s, pupal eyes, p. e., and processes of labrum of imago, a a,

just visible below shield.

Fic. 2.—Head of imago denuded of scales, showing, aa, the labral

processes; b b, grooves terminating above in sockets for reception of hh

in fig. 4; ec, basal joint of antenne; d, median anterior region of head ;

@ e, eyes.

Fie. 3.—Outer surface of pupal shield, slightly flattened to show its

‘full extent: p. e., pupal eyes; s., points to same spot as in fig. 1. p.l.,

pupal labrum.

Fie. 4.—Inner surface of same. hh, hooks for attachment of shield

by locking with b b, fig. 2. Other letters as before. -

I may mention that the whole surface of the body of

a freshly emerged imago is damp with an alkaline fluid,

but this is probably due to the whole body having to

pass through the aperture in the cocoon which is moist

with the hydroxide. Iam not able to speak with certainty

on the manner in which the imago gets rid of the

292 Secretion of potassium hydroxide by D. vinula.

“shield.” The only one I saw free itself did so at the

moment it met a vertical surface when crawling along a

horizontal board ; it looked as though the animal struck

the shield accidentally against the vertical side of the

box, and made an upward movement of the head prior

to ascending in order to let the wings hang down. But

from this single instance I cannot draw a general

conclusion. In this case the shield was on till the

vertical side was encountered, and then fell off at once.

Certainly, if the ‘‘shield” were pressed against a surface,

and the head drawn upwards, the former would easily

be removed by withdrawal of the hooks from their sockets.

Summary.

I.—The imago of D. vinula produces a solution of

potassium hydroxide, probably from the mouth,

in order to soften the cocoon.

II1.—The labrum of the imago bears two sharply pointed

processes, used for scraping the inner surface of

the cocoon in order to break a way through.

IfI.—The eyes and median portion of the head of the

pupa are retained as a protecting shield over

the same structures of the imago until emergence

is completed.

( 2938 )

XIX. Further experiments upon the colour-relation between

certain lepidopterous larve, pupe, cocoons, and

imagines and their surroundings. By Kpwarp B.

Pounron, Mavs. Hanes, Halo... cc.

[Read October 5th, 1892. |

PuaTES XIV. & XV.

CONTENTS.

A. INrRopUCTORY.

B. Experiments veon Lerrpoprerous Larva, 1886—1892.

. Mamestra brassicae, Hadena oleracea, and Luplexia lucipara, 1886,

a persicaria, 1886,

Catocala sponsa, 1888,

‘6 electa, 1889.

A elocata, 1889.

ho fraxini, 1890.

Ennomos angularia, 1886.

Selenia lunaria, 1886.

Ephyra omicronaria, 1887.

Melanippe montanata, 1887.

. Boarmia roboraria, 1888.

2. Geometra papilionaria, 1888 and 1889.

. Phigalia pilosaria, 1890.

. Crocalis elinguaria, 1887 and 1888.

. Hemerophylla abruptaria, 1889.

16.

. Experiments upon LeprpoprzRous Puram, 1887—1892.

Rumia crategata, 1886, 1887, and 1888.

Amphidasis betularia, 1886, 1889, and 1892.

Vanessa urtice, 1887, 1888, and 1892.

5 zo, 1888, 1891, and 1892.

rs atalanta and Cynthia cardui, 1892.

a polychloros, 1888.

Argynnis paphia, 1888.

Pieris brassice and P. rape, 1888.

. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE Cocoons or LEPIDOPTERA.

. EXPERIMENTS UPON LepipoprEeRousS Imacinss, 1891.

Gnophos obscurata, 1891.

CONCLUSIONS.

. APPENDIX. An account of the various receptacles used in the experi-

ments on pupe (C).

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1892.—paRT Iv. (DEC,)

294 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

A. INTRODUCTORY.

My attention was first directed to this subject by

the writings of Meldola, and especially his editorial

notes to Weismann’s ‘ Studies in the Theory of Descent.’

His statements recalled my own early experience of

the variations in colour of the larve of Smerinthus ocel-

latus when found on different food-plants. I therefore

determined to experiment upon this species and other

Sphingide which were also known to vary under similar

conditions. I first experimented (1884) upon Smerinthus

ocellatus and Sphinx ligustri, and proved that the shade

of green can be modified in both these species (Proce.

Roy. Soc., No. 237, 1885, p. 269). At the same time

I showed that the effect cannot be phytophagic in the

strict sense of the word, but rather phytoscopic (I. c.,

pp. 806—3808), inasmuch as the colour of the surface

of the leaf rather than its substance acts as the stimulus.

In 1885 these results were extended and confirmed by

further experiments on 8S. ocellatus (Proc. Roy. Soe.,

No. 243, 1886, p. 135). For some years I continued

working at this species, and expended a vast amount of

unproductive labour upon it. At some future time I

hope to extract from the voluminous notes of several

years’ work a comparatively few details which may be

of interest. At that time no one believed that this

susceptibility was of common occurrence, and could

produce far wider differences in many well-known larve,

which were therefore more suited for an investigation

into the conditions and limits of the change which

takes place. A suggestion made by Lord Walsingham

first turned my attention from the Sphingide in the

direction of far better material. This suggestion was

that the larve of Rumia crategata, sometimes green and

sometimes brown, might perhaps be found susceptible

to these influences. I first experimented upon them in

1886, and in that and the subsequent years investigated

many species of Geometre and Noctue. The general

results of this work have been very briefly stated from

time to time (‘ Colours of Animals,’ Internat. Sci. Series,

London, 1890, pp. 150—158, British Assn., 1887, 1892,

Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., &c.), but the details have

never been given. At the same time, the complete

establishment of a principle such as this demands the

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 295

publication of the fullest detail, at any rate as regards

many of the species first investigated. When the prin-

ciple has been proved, the same evidence is not necessary

in all cases.

I am now therefore bringing together the results of all

my notes of these experiments upon lepidopterous larve,

omitting those upon the Sphingide. These details, to-

gether with the confirmatory results obtained by Mr.

Perkins upon Boarmia rhomboidaria (anpublished), and

by Miss Gould and Mr. Bateson as published in these

Transactions for the present year (pp. 215 and 205), will,

I think, leave no room for doubt as to the importance and

prevalence of this principle as regards Lepidoptera. It

will be interesting in the future to test its applicability to

other species, but the greatest interest and importance

now attaches to the attempt to acquire further knowledge

of the physiology of the process. Certain solid contri-

butions (so far as they go) towards this end will be

found in the subsequent experiments, and especially those

upon Amphidasis betularia in the present year (1892).

As regards the susceptibility of certain exposed pup,

I began to experiment in 1886 upon Vanesside and

Piemde «(Phil Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 178 (@887), B,

pp. 811—441). Since then I have again experimented

upon the same species, as well as others, but, as in the

larve, only the most general statement of results has

been made (‘Colours of Animals,’ pp. 110—142). The

details now published, together with the confirmatory

results obtained by Mr. G. C. Griffiths (Trans. Ent. Soe.,

1888, p. 247), Rev. J. W. B. Bell, Mr. Pembery (both in

‘Midland Naturalist,’ Dec., 1889, pp. 289, 290), Mr.

W. H. Jackson (Linn. Soe. Trans., vol. v., 1890, pp. 156,

157), Mr. P. C. Mitchell, quoted by Mr. Jackson (l.c.),

Mr. Bateson (these Transactions, 1892, p. 205), Mr.

Merrifield (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. xxx),

will leave no doubt about the importance of the prin-

ciple as regards exposed pupe of Lepidoptera, and here,

too, future work will best be concentrated upon the

attempt to make out the physiology of the process. In

this case, however, far more has been done, as will be

seen by an examination of my previous paper (Trans.

Roy. Soe., l.c.), and the details of experiments during

1892 upon Vanessa io and V. urtice which are to be

found in this paper.

296 Mr, Poulton’s further experiments wpon

My conclusions as regards the modification of colours

of cocoons have been shown to be erroneous by Mr.

Bateson (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1891 and 1892); although

there was no doubt about the colour-change itself. This

he has shown, in the cases of Eriogaster lanestris and

Saturnia carpint, to be due to disturbance of the larvee,

and not to surrounding colours. It is probable that this

criticism affects the conclusions as regards other species

(Liparis auriflua and Rumia crategata). It is likely,

however, that the principle still holds good in the genus

Halias, inasmuch as my earlier observations (Proc. Ent.

Soc., 1887, pp. 1, li) have been confirmed by Mr. Tutt’s

recent publication (‘Journal of Variation’), as well as by

a few experiments of my own during 1892, published in

this paper. The negative results of certain other experi-

ments upon cocoons are also given.

The details of experiments upon the colours of the

imago are also recorded below. The species selected

was “Gnophos obscurata, and the results were completely

negative.

In certain cases the investigation of the susceptibility

of one stage has given information as to that of other

stages. Thus in the case of Gnophos obscurata, the colours

of the cocoon and of the larva were tested incidentally

in testing those of the imago. In such cases the chief

object of the research has determined the class into

which it has been placed in the arrangement adopted

below.

B. Experiments upon Leprrpoprerous Larva,

1886—1892.

In the following arrangement the experiments upon

Noctue will be considered before those on Geometre, and

in each of these groups of experiments the order will

chiefly foliow that of time, and also to some extent the

importance or completeness. of the results, the earlier

and less satisfactory results being considered first.

1. Experiments in 1886 upon Mamestra brassice,

Hadena oleracea, and Huplexia lucipara.—The experi-

ments were conducted upon captured larvee, and were

therefore far less satisfactory than those upon hatched

larve. The progress of the investigation and its results

are most concisely given in a tabular form,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

I. Dark Surrounprnes.

Dead leaves, &c., intermixed

with food-plant.

Aug. 28.—5 green M. brassice

(24°3, 23°75, 22°3, 16°25, & 12°5

mm. long), 4 green H. oleracea

(19-0, 15-6, 11:3, & 9:7 mm. long),

and a small brownish green M.

brassice, all found on marigold,

were placed in dark surround-

ings on the same food-plant.

To these were also added 3 green

M. brassice (23:9 mm. when

found on Aug. 21, 23-0 and 13-5

mm. when found on Aug. 25),

and 1 dark green Huplexia luci-

para (24-5 mm. when found on

Aug. 25), all from marigold, and

placed up to this date with the

M. persicarig in dark surround-

ings described on p. 299.

Aug. 29.—2 M. brassice had

become dark, 1 large and 1

having just changed skin.

Aug. 30.—1 small oleracea

(17°25 mm.) was becoming

darker; 4 brassice had now

changed last skins, and 3 were

dark; i oleracea and 2 brassice

were changing skins, and rest-

ing on brown leaves; they were

removed for examination: 1

large green brassice added.

Sept. 1.—The 3 larve removed

Aug. 30 had changed skins, and

were all brown; they were re-

placed. Of the rest, 4 brassice

were brown (3 very dark); 1

oleracea was apparently darken-

ing gradually instead of sud-

denly after an ecdysis. E. luci-

para still green. 1 green bras-

sicé changing skin on a brown

leaf was removed. The large

brassice added Aug. 30 was still

green: it was now pupating and

removed.

Sept. 10.— 2 oleracea alive;

1 about mature and brown, 1

changing skin and brownish.

6 M. brassice, all brown. 3 more

green oleracea added (about

17°5 mm. long). The green

larva changing skin and re-

moved Sept. 1 was now dark;

it was replaced.

II. GREEN

SURROUNDINGS.

Food-plant alone.

Aug. 28.—4 green

larve of M. brassice,

24:0, 22:0, 20:0, and

16:0 mm. long, found

on marigold, together

with 4 green larvee of

HI, oleracea, 14°5, 13°25,

12-0, & 8:75 mm. long,

were introduced into

green surroundings;

also another small

greenish M. brassice.

Aug. 30.—2 M. bras-

sice had changed skins

and become dark (re-

moyed).

Sept. 1.—1 WM. bras-

sicé had changed last

skin and become dark

(removed).

Sept. 10.—3 H. ole-

racea about mature, 2

green, 1 brown. 2 M.

brassice, 1 nearly ma-

ture, 1 small; both

green. 1 green oleracea

added, 20:0 mm. long

when extended in walk-

ing; it was changing

its skin.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892,—PART IV.

(DEC.)

297

III. GREEN

SURROUNDINGS,

Food-plant alone.

Aug. 30.—The 2

removed from II

placed here.

Sept. 1. — They

were a very green-

ish brown: the

third dark larva

from II. added.

Sept. 10.—Only

2 found; 1 darkish

brown, 1 lightish

brown. The latter

died; the former

was replaced in II.

298 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

I. Dark SvuRRouNnpDINGs. II. Green | III. Green

Dead leaves, &e., intermixed SURROUNDINGS. | SURROUNDINGS.

with food-plant. Food-plant alone. | Food-plant alone.

Sept. 19.—1 H. oleracea, dead,| Sept. 19.— Only 2 brown larve, 1 bras-

was brown; 1 ditto, pupating, | sice and one oleracea ; the others remained

was brown; 1 ditto, changing|¢reen. All were dead except 3, but their

skin, was brown; 2 ditto, feed- | colours could be made out.

ing, were perhaps darkening.

1 M. brassice, dead, was brown ;

2 ditto, feeding, were brown.

There was also 1 pupa of bras- |

sice.

The results are not at all satisfactory or convincing,

because the large proportion of deaths shows that the

larvee were not kept in a normal and healthy condition,

and especially because of Miss Gould’s negative results

with more successfully conducted experiments upon

Mamestra brassice (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 215).

At the same time, I should be glad for further experi-

ments to be made, especially with H. oleracea and EH.

lucipara. The investigation is far more difficult with

such Noctue as these than with the genus Catocala or

with Geometre. The larve tend to bury or conceal

themselves low down on the plant. The abundant

feces very quickly produce the effect of dark surroundings,

and, being moist, promote decay in the food-plant. Hence

it is very difficult to keep the conditions uniform, and in

addition to this, the larve are apt to become stained by

the semi-liquid material on the floor of the case. All

these difficulties could, of course, be obviated, but this

would require much time and constant attention. These

experiments were conducted at the same time with many

other lines of work, and did not receive sufficient care.

I may, however, claim that the results point to the

desirability of further investigation upon these or similar

dimorphic species.

2. EXPERIMENTS IN 1886 upon MAMESTRA PERSICARLE.

These experiments were also conducted upon captured

larve, and are open to the same objections as those just

described. They are given in a tabular form below :—

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

299

I. Dark Surrounpines. Dead

leaves, &c., mixed with food-plant. |

II. GREEN SURROUNDINGS.

Food-plant only.

Aug. 21.—A green larva of M.

persicarieg, 17°5 mm. long, found on

marigold, placed same day on same

food with brown surroundings, dead

leaves, &e.

Aug. 25.—Brown paper floor sub-

stituted for earth. Larve still

green. Added at this date 3 more

green larvee, measuring 44:3 (when

much stretched), 24-25, & 15-0 mm.,

found on marigold, except the largest

larva.

Aug. 27.—4 larve still green, but

the largest seemed darker.

Aug. 28.—6 more larve, found on |

marigold, added, measuring 21°25,

19°5, 16°75, 14:25, and 2 of them |

16:0 mm.

Aug. 30.—1 became brown, haying

changed the last skin, and 25:0 mm.

long. The largest was pupating,

remaining green (removed) ; 2 were

changing their skins, and resting

upon a brown and green leaf re-

spectively ; removed in order to note

effect. Another larva, 19°0 mm.

long, added.

Sept. 1.—Same as Aug. 30, all

green but one; some of the green

ones appeared to be darkening; 4

in last stage, 1 of which was eating

a small larva of same species, al-

though there was plenty of food; 1

in last stage but one; 3 changing

last skin, 1 on green, 1 on brown

surface; the other placed on a

brown surface, and all 3 removed to

note effects.

The 2 removed Aug. 30 had now

changed their skins, and were both

green: they were now replaced.

Sept. 10.—8 larve advanced in

last stage, 1 of which had changed

in colour before pupation; 1 was

dark brown, 4 greenish brown, and

2 brownish green. The greenest was

darker than any among the 9 larve

in II., except a small one in the

latter.

Of the 3 removed Sept. 1, 2 were

dark brown and 1 was green; the

latter was on a brown surface, and

1 of the former on a green surface.

they were now replaced.

Sept. 19.—4 changed in colour

before pupation; 4 brown and 1

green at earlier period of growth.

Aug. 21.—A green larva of JM.

persicari@, 11:3 mm. long, found

Aug. 19 on Ribes americana, was fed

on marigold in green surroundings

at this date.

Aug. 25.—The larva was changing

its skin; also introduced 2 green

larvie (20°0 and 22:0 mm. long), the

smaller of which was found on mari-

gold at this date.

Aug. 27.—Examined ; all 3 green.

Aug. 28. —9 more green larve

|added (22:0, 20:0, 19:5, 17:3, 17-0,

16:0, 15°3, 14:3, and 14:0 mm. long),

found at this date on marigold.

Aug. 30.—1 larva, 26°3 mm. long,

has changed skin and become brown

(removed); 11 green.

Sept. 1.—All green ; 1 dying and

removed; 2 more green larve added,

16°75 and 23°5 mm. long, the latter

changing last skin. The removed

larva was now a very greenish

brown.

Sept. 9.—9 larve alive, all in last

stage, 8 green, 1 brownish green (a

small larva).

Sept. 19. — Only 2 still feeding, 2

pupating; the rest dead, but no

more became brown.

2a2

300 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

These results are also unsatisfactory. I cannot point

with any confidence to the colours of larve which had

died in the course of the experiments, for the existence of

abnormal conditions is only too evident. It is probable

that such conditions are to be found in the numbers

of the larve in these and the previous experiments.

Having regard to the habits of the larve, in future

work it will be well to place very few in each cylinder or

case.

The results, however, clearly call for further work,

and seem to hold out some hope of positive results. In

one respect, however, negative results of much interest

are to be gained from the experiments here recorded.

In dimorphic (green and brown) species the change from

one colour to another in the lifetime of an individual

takes place, at any rate as a rule, rapidly in the transi-

tion from one stage to another. The larva changes its

skin and assumes the other colour. Now, the analogy

of the pupal changes of colour made it worth inquiring

whether the larva was susceptible to the colours on

which it rested during the period before ecdysis. Certain

observations were directed to test this possibility in both

these and the former series of experiments. In 1 the

results were consistent with the existence of such

susceptibility, but the evidence was far from strong,

inasmuch as the conditions of the larve observed were

such as to correspond with the general tendency to

become brown in the last stage. In these experiments

the results are clearly negative, and seem to prove, so far

as this species is concerned, that no susceptibility exists

at the time in question. In Experiment I. it is recorded

that 2 green larve were resting, during the last ecdysis,

on green leaves, and 1 became brown ; while of 8 green

larve similarly resting on brown surfaces, 2 became

ereen.

3. EXPERIMENTS IN 1888 upon CATOCALA SPONSA.

This experiment was conducted in the early summer

of 1888. ‘The larve were reared from eggs obtained by

George Tate, of Lyndhurst. The food-plant employed

was oak.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 301

EXPERIMENT I.: Dark SURROUNDINGS.

May 15.—11 larve were placed on the food-plant intermixed with dark

twigs.

May 16.—2 larve were removed and placed in green surroundings.

May 20.—More dark sticks were added.

May 27.—Larve placed in a larger cylinder with still more dark twigs :

all the 9 were alive and healthy.

June 11.—The first larva spun up.

EXPERIMENT II.: GREEN SURROUNDINGS.

May 13.—1 larva hatched.

May 14.—5 larve hatched.

May 20.—Placed in green surroundings, viz., only the leaves and green

shoots visible.

May 27.—Combined with Experiment III. At this date some of the

6 larve were light coloured, while others were as dark as those of Experi-

ment I.

Experiment III.: GREEN SURROUNDINGS.

May 16.—2 larve hatched, and 2 were transferred from I.

May 20.—Placed in green surroundings.

May 27.—The larve of Experiment II. added to these, making 10

altogether.

June 10.—All larve were now nearly mature, and were carefully com-

pared together. There was a decided difference between the shade of

larve exposed to dark surroundings (I.) and those exposed to green

(II. and III.). The difference was not nearly so marked as in many

other species, e.g., Crocallis elinguaria, but was nevertheless distinct,

and in the same direction, dark surroundings producing darker larvae,

green surroundings lighter ones.

June 11.—1 became mature and spun up.

As in so many other cases in which these experiments

have been made, the dark larve are far more perfectly

concealed than the light ones, but the latter are much

less conspicuous on the leaves than the dark ones would

have been. ‘The very rapid development of these large

larve is somewhat remarkable.

4, KxPERIMENTS IN 1889 upon CATOCALA ELECTA.

Eges of this species were kindly sent me by my friend

Mr. William White.

May 28: 2 larve, at this date about 21°7 mm. long,

hatched May 12 and 13, together with 4 larve, about

14°5 mm. long, hatched May 16 (2 0n this date), 18, and

20, were divided into two lots as equally as possible as

regards size and colour, and were subjected to dark and

green surroundings respectively.

302 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon

EXPERIMENT I. Exprerment II.

Dark surroundings. Green surroundings.

May 28.—3 of the larve men-| May 28.—3 of the larve described

tioned above were introduced, abun- | above placed among leaves and

dant dark twigs being intermixed | green shoots only.

with the food.

June 5.— The larve compared} June 5.— Another small larva

with those of II., and they were | introduced, hatched May 25 or 26.

certainly rather darker than the

latter. Another small larva was

introduced, hatched May 25 or 26.

June 14. — Another comparison

was made, these larve being dis-

tinctly, although not strongly,

darker than those of II.

June 17.—Again compared, with| June 17.—1 has spun up. The

the same results: a very fair com- | difference between the large larve

parison could be made between the | here and those of I. is not great, but

3 largest of this and the 2 largest of | it is all in the same direction.

Experiment II.

June 25.—2 larve spunup. The| June 25.—2larve spun up. The

small larva introduced June 5 is| small larva is 31-4 mm. long.

now 25°25 mm. long, and very dark,

much darker than that in II.

July 11.—The large larva pupated| July 11.— The remaining larva

much earlier. The small one is now | spun up at this date.

mature. The difference is very dis-

tinct, but not to be compared with

that of C. elocata, in which the dark

larva is far darker, and the light

larva far lighter, showing greater

susceptibility in both directions.

The development of the larve is not remarkably rapid,

like that of C. sponsa. The degree of susceptibility

appears to be about the same as in this latter species.

5. ExpERIMENTS IN 1889 upon CaTocaLA ELOCATA.

Eges were kindly supplied by Mr. William White.

The very few larve which hatched were arranged in

two lots, as in the case of C. electa. The food-plant

employed was poplar (Populus nigra).

EXPERIMENT I. | Exprrerment II.

Dark surroundings. Green surroundings.

June 14.—1 larva introduced;! June 14. —-1 larva introduced ;

hatched May 27, and 23:0 mm. long | hatched May 31, and 21:0 mm. long.

June 25. — The larva was much| June 25. — The larva was 29:0

darker than that of IL., its length|}mm. long. The strong difference

being 32°5 mm. Another larva in- | between this and that of I. was thus

troduced; hatched June 5, and] produced in 11 days. Another larva

22°25 mm. long. It was very light |introduced; hatched June 8, and

in colour, as up to this date it had|13-0mm. long. It was much darker

been surrounded by leaves alone,|than that introduced into I., but

viz., under the conditions of II, this was partly due to its youth,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

303

ExpERiIMent I.

Dark Surroundings.

TixeERIMENT II.

Green Surroundings,

June 30.—The difference between

the large larve of I. & II. continued

to be very marked. The small larva

was not seen, and was apparently

lost.

July 11. — Between this and the

last comparison the difference be-

tween the 2 large larve had greatly

increased, the dark one being almost

black. The latter was apparently

mature, being larger than that in

Il. They were therefore painted

(July 11), and afterwards preserved

(July 13). A few days earlier they

were photographed.

July 11. — The large larva had

been very light brown for some

weeks. The small larva was equally

light. Between this date and June

30 the two large larvie were seen by

many physiologists and others (Dr.

3urdon Sanderson, Sir William

Turner, Prof. C. Stewart, Prof.

Gotch, Dr. Page, and Dr. Bradford).

| Everyone was much impressed with

the extraordinary difference between

them.

The difference between these larve is indicated in an

uncoloured illustration to ‘ Colours of Animals’ (p. 151).

The larve were photographed for me by my friends

Mr. F. J. Smith and Mr. G. J. Burch. In both cases

they were induced to rest upon white paper spills, and

were arranged so that the light fell on the same part of

both from the same direction. The photographs did not

show nearly so marked a difference as was seen in the

larve themselves. <A collotype reproduction from one of

Mr. Burch’s negatives is shown on Plate XV., figs. 1 (the

dark) and 2 (the light larva). Apart from the colour

difference the representation of the larve is extremely

good.

The number of individuals experimented upon in the

case of the Catocalide, and especially in C. elocata, would

have been utterly inadequate for the purpose of proving

the existence of colour susceptibility. But this principle

having been firmly based on the results of experiments

with other genera in which very large numbers of indi-

viduals have been employed, the evidence now obtained

is sufficient to show that the principle applies to the

Catocalide. The mere extension of a principle to fresh

cases of the same class does not of course require any-

thing like the same amount of evidence as that which

was necessary in the first place to establish the principle

itself.

304 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

6. EXPERIMENTS IN 1890 upon CaTOCALA FRAXINI.

Similar experiments were conducted on this species,

but I cannot now lay my hands on the notes. However,

I remember clearly that the results were similar to those

obtained by Miss Gould in the same year, except that

my light larve did not exhibit a tendency to become

greenish, but were very light brown. My results were,

in fact, similar to those obtained in the case of C. elocata,

and both these species may be regarded as extremely

sensitive to the colours of their surroundings; while the

other Catocalide investigated, including C. nupta, tested

by Miss Gould, are far less susceptible. It is very

remarkable that closely allied larve, belonging to the

same genus, should differ so widely in the degree to

which they are susceptible. It is possible, however,

although not probable, that experiments upon larger

numbers may modify these conclusions as regards Cato-

cala. It is, however, known that the same difference

obtains in the pupe of certain species of the genus

Papilio (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., 1887, B, p. 408).

We now pass to more numerous and satisfactory

experiments upon the larve of Geometre.

7. EXpERIMENTs IN 1886 UPON THE LARV& AND PUP OF

EXNNOMOS ANGULARIA.

The ova were obtained from a captured female, and I

believe that all the larve hatched from one lot of eggs.

The food-plant employed in all cases was elm. The

experiments were arranged May 8 and 9.

I. Dark surroundings. — The twigs of elm were intro-

duced with the leaves. The larve were compared June 12,

when there were 23 alive, and all decidedly darker than

than those of II. By June 15 they were spinning up

rapidly. JI am not sure whether there were more twigs

added in addition to those bearing the leaves, but probably

not, considering the relative darkness of III.

Il. Green surroundings.—The leaves alone of elm were

used. 7 larve were alive on June 12, and much lighter

than in I.

Ill. Darkness.—The same food-plant, twigs as well as

leaves, was covered by a cylinder enclosed in two thick-

nesses of black tissue-paper. On June 19 they were

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 305

examined, and 19 were found alive, and were distinctly

darker than either of the other lots. This result is ex-

ceptional, for larve brought up in this way are usually

lighter than those among an abundance of dark twigs in

strong light.

Other experiments were made to test whether the

pupa is susceptible to surrounding colours. I have

already described and figured the pupa as dimorphic

(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 819, Pl. VII., figs.

20 and 21), ‘fone form being light bluish green, covered

with white dots, and the other dark brownish green,

sprinkled with black dots.”” The brown larva becomes

green in its cocoon before pupating (l.c., p. 819, and

fig. 19). Many larve in this condition, and in the

earlier brown state, were placed in paper cocoons of

various shades,—black, green, white,—but no corre-

sponding differences were seen in the pup. I should be

glad for this experiment to be tried again, employing

more natural substances, such as brown leaves and bark,

green leaves, &c., and applying these conditions to a

somewhat earlier period of larval life.

There is no doubt that the larve of this species are

highly sensitive to the greens and browns in their im-

mediate surroundings, but there is at present no reason

for the belief that the pupa is similarly susceptible.

8. ExPERIMENTsS IN 1886 upon SELENIA LUNARIA.

Moths bred from purchased pupe paired and laid the

eges which provided the material for these experiments.

I am not sure whether all were produced from the same

parents. The experiments began June 8—11, when the

larvee were arranged as follows :—

I. Dark surroundings. — Fed on Quercus cerris, the

dark twigs being present as well as the leaves. About

30 were introduced June 9, of which only 19 were alive

June 26, and the same number July 13, when they were

compared. These larve were extremely dark as a whole,

and very different from those in II., being much darker

than the darkest of the latter.

Il. Green surroundings. —Fed on leaves of Quercus

cerris Without any dark twigs. Introduced June 9, and

18 alive July 18. They were very variable, but none

very dark, and much lighter than the larve of I. It

306 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments.

should be remarked that the leaves of this species of oak

are very dark green.

III. Green surroundings.—Fed on leaves alone of elm,

and from July 8 on variegated elm, the leaves of which

are of course much lighter. Introduced June 8, and

5 alive July 138. These were much lighter than IL.,

and 3 out of the 5 extremely light. These larve were

advanced in size.

IV. Green surroundings. — Fed on leaves alone of

Quercus cerris, in a cylinder surrounded by a single

thickness of green tissue-paper, and a roof of the same.

20 larve were introduced June 10 and 11, but most had

died by June 26, and, on July 18, only 3 small darkish

larvee were left. The paper screen had prevented the

leaves from being seen, so that they had become brown

and withered, accounting for the failure of this experi-

ment.

There is no doubt that these larve are highly sensitive.

9. EXPERIMENTS IN 1887 UPON THE LARVE AND PUP

oF EPHYRA OMICRONARIA.

(See Table, page 307.)

In addition to the experiments of which details are

given on the opposite page, there were others which are

not noted. Dark surroundings were employed chiefly in

the form of intermixture with dead brown leaves, princi-

pally of ivy and oak. There was also another set of 11

larve reared successfully in almost complete darkness

(surrounded by one thickness of black tissue-paper). The

larve in nearly all cases became pup, many dozens beiug

produced, and giving rise to imagos; but, as with the above

experiments, the results were invariably negative. Hvery

larva and every pupa was green, and this although large

numbers of the latter were fixed to brown leaves, on

which they were conspicuous, and although most of the

former had been surrounded by these dark objects for

nearly the whole of their lives; for the leaves on which

the stock of larve was kept often became brown, and dark

twigs of the food-plant were invariably present during

_the early stages, if not always (as was the case with

most larve). There is no doubt that H. omicronaria is

not sensitive to the surrounding colours.

It must, however, be remembered that the species only

exhibits a trace of the dimorphism which is so marked in

the allied E. pendularia and E. punctaria. Nevertheless

(2300)

*padiatue pey soseut g

‘BAIRT UdeI3

FI ‘ wdnd users ¢

‘uoryedud

1oy Apvad T ‘BAIRT TZ

*pos1otl pRy SOSBUII 6

“‘uaers

BAI] [[B pue wdnd ¢

‘user Te ‘ayednd

0} qnoqge T ‘eATT® IT

*poonporjul

‘sqjueuttiedxe snotacid

JO 9soy} UY} Ae][BUs

Tayyet ‘BAICT OT

*paaras

-aid useq pey adnd F

: pas.1eUla pel SOSBIII g

‘adnd users

g {@AIv] useaIs 9

*pouri0g ATJUa0e1 adnd

ueeIs % !udeI5 [[V

‘peonporyut "T Sv azis

AUIBS OY} NOG JO BAIVT

ZL pus g JO S}aS OALT,

‘ad

-nd SutArl ¢ { peszeuta

pey sosvulr g

*BAIB] U9EIS ‘edud weer

g ‘adnd usais ¢ T {Marvy useIs OT

gz oUNL pa}sneyxe JOU

| SBAL TOIT ,, Y9OYS ,, 9}

UWLOIF poppe seuoO [BUS

al10UL ZT * Usats [[B

‘punoy wary ), ATUO

"pasz0ule §T ITV

“U90I5 [TV

| *T UL 4saDIV]

|au3 sv oSaivy os auouU

‘PIMPOIJUT VAIL OT —s : POON POAZUT BAIL ZG

*pas1eule

pey sosvwt ¢T

‘BAIV] UdaID

‘users [je ‘ednd TT

*£pyue0e1 poyednd

pry T ‘uaais [Ve pus

aIN}VUL SUTULODE [[V

*‘peonp

-O1JUT OT0M SUOT “WUT

Q-L yHoge 0} Q-f JnogB

WOIf ZT pues ‘suoT ‘wUt

G.Z[ JNOqe KAI, E

1G “ony

FL Ang

L Aug

gz oune

“yuv[d-pooy jo

S5IM} YIVp epnypoxo 04

arvo yeois AuUeredde

alo} SBA SPTOUATIOdX |

aseyy Jo auo OU UT

‘FOOL UL[SNUL 9} AA

> SSUIPUNOAING Waat4)

‘Joor raded user)

:SSUIPUNOAING Uda)

"JOOI

pur toog teded user

: SSUIPUNOIING WdeI4)

“AI

| pue ‘sapis punos zoded |

‘amoTe yueyd *poxrul

“poo ‘“ssauyory} T | -AO}UL SOAVET TALOIG

Iooy {Foor Surat0f prep ‘zoo zoded youTq

‘aepurtpso Suttaa0o

Ajxeou reded yortg

:SBUIpUNOIING yABg

-anssl} yovlq ofqnog

ssouyIed |

‘III |

“yuv[d-pooy} Y}TA\ poxtur

raded fo sasatd ‘oor

pue 10ooy zeded youtq

:ssuIpunorimmg yareq

*30}8q

10y}050} ydoy o1oM AOTY,

posvyoind wor perq syjout Aueu Ayqeqoid Aq pret 91am pourezqo O1OM BATBT 9sot}

-gtdvurt sv poXopduie yuvjd-pooy ATuo OU, ‘posuviry a10M SJUoTUTIodxe SUI

‘sKep [eqoros Joy Ivodde 0} ponuryuos pus ‘Zl oUNF YOY Of URdOq BAIV] OU], -adnd

Yoga WOaf so59 ol],

‘VIUVNOWOINO VUAHd GT AO WdNd ANV WAUVI AHL NOdA JOST NI SENAWIYEIXY °6

MOT[OF OY} Us ‘9z ouN- [IZUN

308 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

brown varieties of the larvee of EH. omicronaria, producing

brown pup, are not unknown, for I bred one in 1883

(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1884, p. 51, and Plate L., fig. 10).

It would be desirable to repeat these experiments upon

other species of the genus.

10. ExpERIMENTS IN 1887 upon MELANIPPE MONTANATA.

A female captured at Oxford laid the eggs from which

the larve of these experiments were hatched.

EXPERIMENT J. Experiment II.

Dark surroundings: dead leaves Green surroundings: green leaves

and bits of brown stick intermixed of food-plant alone, but these

with food-plants (primrose became brown from time

and polyanthus). to time towards end of experiment.

June 30.—27 newly hatched larve| June 30. — 23 larve from same

introduced. batch of eggs introduced.

July 17.—27 larve; very remark-| July 17.—23 larye; about 9mm.

able difference between these and II., | long in both I. and II.

the latter being much lighter.

July 30. — 27 larve; still much} July 30. — 20 larve; both lots

darker than II. were brown, but these far paler.

Aug. 21.—27 larve ; the difference Aug. 21.— 19 larve; the larvie

was now much less, although these | had been somewhat neglected, and

were still probably the darker lot. | the leaves had partially become

brown, hence the darkening of these

larve, and smaller difference be-

tween the two sets.

Aug. 30. — 27 larve; still appa-| Aug. 30.—20 larve.

rently slightly darker.

It is quite evident that these larve are very sensitive,

and can adjust their shade of brown to that of their

surroundings, becoming very light in a green environ-

ment. ‘Two adjustments took place in the larve of

Experiment II., for they became at first pale upon the

green leaves, and then dark when the leaves were allowed

to become brown. The first change is shown to have

been complete in a little over a fortnight; it probably

occupied a still shorter time.

11. Exprriments In 1888 upon BoaRMIA ROBORARIA.

A few larve were obtained from eggs laid by a female

moth captured by Mr. Arthur Sidgwick, who kindly

allowed me to experiment with them.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 309

ExpEriMent I.

Dark Surroundings.

ExPerment II.

Green Surroundings.

Aug. 19.—7 larve introduced ;

average length, 11-4 mm. Dark

twigs intermixed with food-plant

(oak).

Aug. 24.—Older leaves of a darker

green were offered at this date. On

all other occasions, unless specially

noted in this and other experiments,

I was careful to use leaves of the

same age.

Sept. 2.— Refed; the average

length in both I. and Il. was now

16:1 mm.

Sept. 13.—The average length was

now 20°6 mm. The difference in

colour was very great. The lightest

of these 7 were much darker than

the darkest of II. These were

rather variable, and marked with

various shades of grey and brown.

It is true here, as in all experiments

with stick-like larvie, that, except

when feeding, they are almost in-

variably found resting on the twigs.

Sept. 30.—The average length

was the same; it is therefore pro-

bable that they had ceased feeding

for some little time.

Nov. 12.— The larvee were care-

fully compared for the last time: 1

had died. The6 larve were various

shades of dark brown, with patches

of greenish brown often present, and

far darker than those of II.

Aug. 19.—7 similar larve intro-

duced.

Aug. 24.— Younger leaves of a

lighter green were offered at this

date.

Sept. 2.—Also refed. The effects

of surroundings were already very

marked, the experiment having

lasted about a fortnight.

Sept. 13.—The general effect of

the larve was greenish ; their colour

may be described as a light greenish

grey; they were very slightly vari-

able in colour and marking.

Sept. 30.— The difference was as

marked as before.

Noy. 12.—All 7 larve were of a

light greenish brown. They had

now been hybernating, and had not

been offered food for a long time.

Thad arranged to continue the experiments through

the winter, some of the lightest larvae being exposed to

dark surroundings, and vice versd. It would be very in-

teresting to test whether there is any susceptibility at

this period when concealment is so especially necessary.

It is, however, improbable that any susceptibility exists

at this time because of the physiological inactivity of

hybernation. It must furthermore almost invariably

happen that the larve remain resting throughout winter

upon surfaces with which they had previously been

brought into resemblance. The experiment failed, because

only a single larva survived the winter. This individual

spun a cocoon May 25th, 1889.

310 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

It would also be interesting to continue the experiment

beyond hybernation. In the case of Geometra papilo-

naria it has been shown that the larve are sensitive to

colour influences before hybernation but not after, when

they become dimorphic. It is improbable that this is

the case with B. roboraria, in which I anticipate that the

susceptibility will be found to continue.

The species is certainly highly susceptible before

hybernation.

12. Experiments In 1888 anp 1889 upon GEOMETRA

PAPILIONARIA.

1888.

The experiments in 1888 were conducted upon the

larve after hybernation, when it is well known to be

dimorphic, appearing as green and brown forms.

The hybernated larve hatched from one set of eggs

were placed in dark and green surroundings early in the

spring of 1888, the date being unnoted. They were sub-

sequently compared as follows :—

EXPERIMENT I.

Dark Surroundings.

EXpERIMENtT II.

Green Surroundings.

May 22.— 6 larve, much larger

than those in II., 3 nearly adult, 2

green and 1 brownish; 3 half-grown,

green, with brownish on back.

May 27.—1 green one has spun;

lis brown and the rest green; no

further change occurred after this

date.

June 1.—1 green larva spun.

June 7.— The remaining larve

spun.

May 22.—8 larvie: 1 nearly ma-

ture and green; 3 half-grown and

green, but more distinctly brownish

on back than those in I.; 4 smaller

and chiefly brown.

May 27.—4 large and all green,

like those in I.; 4 much smaller, 1

brown (very small), 3 brown and

green.

June 1.—1 green larva spun; 2

of the small ones had become green.

June 7.—3 green larve spun; 1

small larva remains brown and 3

green.

The results are thus negative.

Other experiments I

have made, but not recorded, also led to negative

results. It is probable that the green or brown form

cannot be assumed by any individual as the result of

susceptibility to surroundings during the stages which

immediately precede that in which they become dimorphic

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 311

(viz., the last). It is still possible, although unlikely,

that some predisposition towards either form may follow

from the influence of environment during the earlier

stages which are certainly susceptible (as will be shown

below). Against such a view must be set the fact that

both green and brown forms are found among larve

which have been kept together in a muslin bag upon the

same branch ever since hatching, or at any rate since

the first stage. I have observed this several times in

different years.

1889.

The experiments in 1889 were conducted upon the

larve before hybernation. I had already shown that

these younger larve are certainly susceptible and capable

of becoming either light or dark brown, according to the

colours of their surroundings (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1888, p. 593). I was anxious to test this conclusion

still further.

On July 8rd about 24 newly-hatched larvae were placed

in a cylinder, and fed upon filbert leaves, surrounded by

abundant dark twigs ; while an equal number from the

same batch of eggs were placed in a similar cylinder,

containing the leaves alone. On July 11th the two lots

were compared. The larve were about 5°25 mm. long,

and those in dark surroundings were decidedly, but not

strongly, deeper in tint, some effect having thus been

produced in about 8 days. Later on in the summer (date

unnoted) they were again compared, and the differences

were more pronounced. ‘The larve did not survive the

winter.

It is therefore clear that these young larve are dis-

tinctly susceptible during the earlier stages, when they

are not as yet dimorphic, but only exhibit various shades

of brown.

13. ExpreRImMENtTS IN 1890 upon PHIGALIA PILOSARIA.

38 larve hatched in a cool cellar a few days before

April 26th, when they were first fed (on Populus nigra

and elm). The experiments did not begin until May

12th, when the larve were of an average length of

20 mm. in the curved position of rest. They were then

divided among 4 cylinders as follows ;—

312 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

EXPERIMENT III. | Exprertment IV.

Exprerment I. EXPERIMENT II. : : :

Dates. | Dark Surround- | Dark Surround- ea sein Abe Surround-

ings (dark twigs). | ings (dark twigs). gic fey ou] JOS noes c&e.,

May12) 10 introduced. 9 introduced. 10 introduced. | 9 introduced.

,, 17| Averagelengthof| Asin I. Distinctly but} Asin III. 7 alive.

31-5 mm. in all ex- not greatly lighter

/periments. Larve when compared as

on the whole ra- a whole with I.

'ther darker than and II. 9 alive.

those in III. and

(TnVic

, 23| All full-fed. As| Full-fed. Asin] Full-fed, and| Full-fed, and 1

before, slightly | I. most of them seek- | seeking pupation.

darker than III. ing pupation.

and LY., but little

difference.

The fact that there was some noticeable difference

probably indicates considerable susceptibility, remem-

bering the late period at which the experiments began,

and the rapid growth which at once set in. It is likely

that these experiments will prove to be chiefly interesting

as showing, with some of those conducted upon A. betu-

laria in 1892, the comparatively early stages during

which the colours of the mature larve are determined in

species which possess the power of individual colour-

adaptation.

14. ExprrRIMENTS IN 1887 anp 1888 vpon CRrocALLIS

ELINGUARIA.

1887.

A batch of eggs of this species, laid by one moth, was

sent me, in the autumn of 1886, by Professor Meldola.

They hatched in the following spring, and were at first

fed in a bottle, being offered privet, hawthorn, and lilac.

The latter food-plant was preferred, and, after April 25th,

was alone employed. ‘The experiment was begun at this

date. The tabular form is unsuited to the notes taken.

April 25.—The largest larvee were about 15:0 mm. long; 8 were this

size or rather smaller, while 4 were much smaller (about 8 mm. long),

and 1 intermediate between these two lots. 4 of the larger larvie and 2

of the smaller were placed in dark surroundings, while the remaining 7

were placed in green surroundings. The two small ones in the latter

were subsequently isolated, although the surroundings were still green,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 313

May 23.—5 in green surroundings and 4 in black were now nearly

mature, being about 42°0 mm. long. There was a very marked difference

between the 2 sets of larvee, especially on the ventral sides. They were

now (8 a.m., May 23) reversed, the 5 being put in dark and the 4 in green

surroundings, to test whether rapid changes of colour could occur; 2 in

black and the 2 solitary larve in green remained small, and were inter-

changed also.

May 24.—Noon. No change of colour in the interchanged larve. All,

except 1 large and 2 small dark larve and 2 large light ones, were

removed for painting.

May 26.—10°:30 a.m. The smaller of the 2 dark small larve now

seemed to have been affected slightly by the green surroundings, for it

was somewhat lighter. The others were unchanged, and were now

replaced in their original environments. The 2 now replaced in green

were about mature, and very light coloured ; the other 3, one of which

was quite mature, being dark.

The other larve were subsequently replaced, and the

pup of the two lots kept separate. Many eges were

obtained from moths which emerged from the pup of

dark larve, and these formed the material from which

the experiments were continued in the following year, as

described below.

This experiment showed conclusively that the larve

are very sensitive to the colour of their immediate

environment, and also that the effects are gradual, and

cannot be rapidly reversed by changing the surroundings.

Greater effects might perhaps have been produced if the

8 larger larve had been subjected to experiment at an

earlier age.

1888.

These larve were obtained from eggs laid by moths

developed from the dark larve of the previous year.

From the arrangement of the eggs it seemed probable

that they were the product of a single pair of moths, but

it was impossible to feel sure of this. The experiments

are shown in tabular form below.

EixpermMent II.

Green Surroundings.

EXPERIMENT I.

Dark Surroundings. in the dark

Experiment III.

Green Surroundings

Larve hatched and intro-

duced April 27, 29, and

May 2.

May 6.—Dark twigs in-

troduced; 17 larve alive.

May 18.—Larve about

19°3 mm. long. A very

marked difference between

these and II.; seems to have

appeared suddenly during

the last 24 hours.

May 19.—17 larve.

TRANS. ENT. SOC.

Larve hatched April 27,

28, and 29, and introduced

same dates.

May 14.—17 alive; 8}

were separated and placed

in lots of 3, 3, and 2 in 3 |

small cylinders, subject to

the same conditions ; 9 were

left in the original cylin-

der.

LOND. 1892.—PpaRT IV.

Larvee hatched and

introduced April 30

and May 1; 1 added

| May 4.

May 14.—15 alive;

/many had escaped.

May 22.—14 larve.

(DEC.) 2B

314

Experiment I.

Dark Surroundings.

ExprriMent II.

Green Surroundings.

May 27.—16 larve ; the

least dark twigs were re-

moved and replaced by very

black ones. The larve were

all very dark, 5 being ex- |

tremely black. They were

not quite so large as II.

May 30.—9 very dark,

although 5 were still black-

est. The remaining 7 were

removed to another cylin-

der with similar surround-

ings ; 2 of them were nearly

mature and dark, although

not so deep a tint as the 9.

The 5 smaller larve were

dark, but varied in depth.

June 2.—The 5 smaller

larvee were becoming very

dark; the 2 large ones had

also deepened, but not so

much as the others: they

were now practically mature.

No note as to the 9 dark

ones, which were probably

unchanged.

June 4.—2 of the darker

lot of 9 and 2 of the less

| darker.

dark lot of 7 were preserved.

The former were not the

blackest individuals.

May 27.—Lotof 9 : Many

nearly full-grown; 6 being

large and very light, 1

2 smaller larve

were much the darkest. A

remarkable difference be-

tween these 9 and the larvee

of Experiment I.

First lot of 3 (moderate-

sized larvee when separated

May 14).—Larvie becoming

very light, perhaps more so

than the lot of 9.

Second lot of 3 (small

larvee when separated May

14). — Larve were still

small.

Lot of 2 (moderate-sized

when separated May 14).—

Both larvee becoming very

light, with a greenish tinge.

May 30.— Lot of 9:7

nearly mature ; 6 very light ;

1 large one and 2 smaller

ones were distinctly darker

than the 6, but not like the

‘larvee of I.

June 1.—Lot of 9: 2 light

ones spinning; another

matured June 2.

First lot of 3.—Becoming

light ; 2 very light, like the

lightest of the lot of 9.

Second lot of 3.—Becom-

ing lighter.

Lot of 2.—Very light, as

light as any in Experiment

if.

June 4.—Lot of 9: 2 light

ones spun up, and 1 drown-

ed accidentally ; the large

darker one preserved: it

remained much darker than

the others to the end.

First lot of 3.—1 dead

(probably the least light

larva); 1 spun and 1 pre-

served.

Second lot of 3.—Had be-

come still lighter, especially

the 2 larger, which were

preserved. No further notes

of the remaining larva.

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon —

ExpreRiMent III.

Green Surroundings

in the dark.

May 27.—11 larve ;

they were small, darker

than II., but much

lighter than I.

June 1.— The larvee

were now becoming

darker rather sudden-

ly ; they were consider-

ably smaller than those

of I. and II.

June 4.—11 larve, a

|good deal darker than

|II., but not dark like

I., being much nearer

to the former; 4 pre-

served, 1 of which was

much lighter than

others.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

EXPERIMENT I.

Dark Surroundings.

315

Experiment II.

Green Surroundings.

EXPERIMENT III.

Green Surroundings

in the dark.

June 6.— The lot of 9:

2 had been sent away June

4; the remaining 7 were

spinning or just about to

spin. They remained ex-

tremely dark to the end.

The lot of 7.—2 had been

sent away June 4; 2 were

spinning ; the remaining 3

were quite dark, like the

lot of 9.

June 10.—Of those left,

1 spun and the remainder

were preserved.

June 6.—Lot of 9: 1 of

the darker larvee spun up ;

no further notes of the

other. They remained com-

paratively dark to the end,

but not like the larve of

Experiment I.

Lot of 2.— These very

light larvee were both spin-

ning up.

June 8.—2 spun np;

now thatthe larvee were

mature their tint was

unchanged. They all

remained much darker

than II., but far nearer

these than the larve

of I.

These results confirm those of the previous year, and

show the great susceptibility of the larve. The effects

seem to have become prominent somewhat suddenly

after about 12 days’ exposure to the conditions of experi-

ment.

Experiment III. proved that the larve are far more

strongly affected by dark surroundings in a strong light

than by darkness. This result has been confirmed in

other species, and may be considered as established (see

especially experiments on Amphidasis betularia in 1892).

By far the most important result, however, is found

in the fact that the susceptibility to green surroundings

was not diminished by the fact that the parent larve

had been made dark by dark surroundings in the previous

year. The comparison between I. and II. leaves no

doubt on this point. The rather less complete results in

the lot of 9 in II. were probably due to the effect of these

large larvee upon one another. When less crowded the

effects were more marked.

There is evidence, then, so far as it can be relied on

in one generation, that these marked characters, acquired

in a normal manner, and very early in the life of the

parents, are not transmitted to their offspring, even in

the form of a tendency or bias in one direction rather

than another.

2B2

316

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

15. Experiments IN 1889 vupoN THE LARVAE AND

cocooxs oF HEMEROPHYLLA ABRUPTARIA.

A captured female laid the eggs from which were

obtained the larvee employed in the following experi-

ments.

The great majority of the eggs hatched June 5,

a single larva appearing on the 4th. They were fed

together until June 17, when the experiment was begun.

EXxpErmMent I.

Dark Surroundings.

June 17.—26 larve of an average

length of 7-4 mm., and most of them

12 days old, were introduced ; many

very dark twigs (of Quercus cerris,

&e.) being intermixed with the food-

plant.

June 30. — Larve compared.

There was a most remarkable differ-

ence between them, these being very

dark, almost black. The effect had

thus become marked in 13 days or

under. The larv were of an average

length of 15:0 mm.

July 14.—All the 26 were alive,

and very uniformly dark. Their

size was about the same as those of

Experiment II.

July 25.—2 larve had spun up.

The 24 remaining larvee were com-

pared for the last time with those

of II. The difference was wonderful,

and there was no exception on either

side.

July 26.—1 larva had spun up.

These larve are thus seen

Experiment II.

Green Surroundings.

June 17.—25 similar larve sur-

rounded by leaves and green shoots

of lilac. Leaves of similar age and

from the same plant were supplied

tol. Up to this date the 51 larvie

had been fed under the conditions

of II., viz., among leaves and shoots,

without the intermixture of any dark

sticks.

June 30.—The darkest of these

larve were probably lighter than

the lightest of the others.

July 14.—The largest larvee were

31:0 mm. long, and were nearly

full-crown. The most usual length

was 25:0 mm., some 3 or 4 being

much shorter (about 18-0 mm.). All

25 were alive. The colour was ex-

tremely uniform, being a pale brown

with a greenish tinge in the lightest

individuals.

July 25.—24 larve still feeding,

and compared. Both lots were

photographed at this date.

July 26.—6 of the largest larvie

were put under the conditions of I.,

but there was no change.

to be extremely sensitive.

I was kindly helped by Mr. G. J. Burch in photo-

eraphing the larve.

Isochromatic plates were used,

and the most favourable results were obtained when

the larve were exposed for 80 seconds to the light

from a small magic lantern (with a paraffin lamp), after

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 317

passing through a sheet of yellow glass. The larvee

were resting on a piece of black net, and the dark and

light varieties were intermixed, so that examples of both

were in areas of all degrees of illumination (which differed

greatly on the two sides of the net). A collotype of the

negative is shown on Plate XV., fig. 3.

The larvee were painted by Miss Cundell on July 27,

and reproductions of the drawings are shown on Plate

XIV., figs. 1 and 2. The larve are represented of the

natural size, and the colour-difference is very well shown,

although the attitudes of the resting larvee are not quite

natural. They were probably temporary attitudes as-

sumed after disturbance.

The colours of the cocoons were also tested in these

experiments. At first sight the power of adjustment to

the surface of attachment seemed to be undoubtedly

present, but when I examined the cocoons in 1889,

I soon found that the appearance was due to adventitious

material being woven into the fabric. The resemblance

to surroundings is extremely perfect, and so well packed

and so small are the foreign particles that the lght

brown silk does not in the least interfere with conceal-

ment on a dark surface. This is shown in Plate XIV.,

fig. 2, where a cocoon is represented on the right side of

the base of the twig of Quercus cerris. When the cocoons

were spun on muslin, the larve had but little power of

enawing off fragments, and these being few and thinly

scattered, the appearance of the cocoon was made up by

the light brown silk. Their power of dealing with paper

was superior to that of dealing with muslin, but far less

than when supplied with bark, which is probably the

natural surface on which they spin.

16. ExprRIMENTS IN 1886, 1887, anp 1888 vvon

RUMIA CRATAGATA.

1886.

These experiments have a personal interest to me,

inasmuch as they first indicated that the power of

individual colour-adaptation was widely present among

lepidopterous larve, and was best studied among the

most perfectly concealed forms, rather than among the

Splingide. 1 have already said that I owe the suggestion

to test this species to Lord Walsingham.

A captured female laid the eggs which furnished the

material for this experiment.

318

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon-

EXPERIMENT I.

Dark Surroundings. |

June 26. — 9 larve introduced ; |

dark twigs mixed with the food- |

plant (hawthorn), black paper floor |

and roof to cylinder.

June 27.—13 more larve added.

July 14.—- Only 4 now alive ;

small and brown.

July 24.—All but 1 much darker

than other lot; that 1 about the

same as the 3 in the green cylinder.

Aug. 12.—3 alive; 1 so dark as

to be almost black; another larger

one was dark brown, mottled with

grey; 3rd small and dark brown.

Aug. 13.—The largest larva was

painted (see Plate XIV., fig. 3).

Aug. 28.—The very dark larva

continued almost black. There was

no trace of green in any of the three.

Sept. 5.—The largest had spun

up a few days before.

Sept. 17.—The less dark of the 2

remaining lary was painted (see

Plate XIV., fig. 4), but both were

now very dark, and no trace of green

was seen on the darker one, except

on using a lens. A little green was

present on that which was drawn.

Sept. 28.—-The 2nd larva painted

had spun up.

Oct. 4.—The darkest larva had

just spun up. It had previously been

painted (see Plate XIV., fig. 5).

Exprrimmenr II.

Green Surroundings.

June 25.—29 larve introduced;

leaves only, with green paper floor

and roof to cylinder.

July 14.—Only 5 now alive; quite

small, and various shades of brown.

July 24.—Only three now alive.

Aug. 12.—Not so large as in IL.;

the largest was light brown mottled

with grey, and with green apparently

showing through in many places;

the next in size was a little darker

brown, witha distinct squarish green

patch on each side of the humps on

the 3rd abdominal. There was also

green in other parts, especially on

sides of 6th, 7th and 8th abdominals.

The 3rd and smallest was darkish

brown.

Aug. 13.—A most striking change

had taken place in the last 24 hours

in the clearing up of the opaque

brown pigment, and the consequent

appearance of the underlying green.

The whole effect was now as much

green as brown. This chiefly applied

to the 2 larger larve; on the 12th

they had been brown mottled with

green (as the smallest was now) ;

on the 13th they were as much green

as brown.

Aug. 28.—The smaller larva re-

mained the same; the others were

not quite so green as on the 13th,

but still a distinct greenish brown,

a bluish grey ‘‘bloom” haying ap-

peared on the larger one.

Sept. 17.—The largest, with the

“bloom”’ on it, nearly full-fed, was

painted (see Plate XIV., fig. 6);

the next in size was much lighter in

colour, and a yellowish brown with

green appearing through in various

parts. The smallest was a dark

brownish green, but still much of

the latter colour present on it.

Sept. 23.—One of the larger ones

had spun up a day or two. The

lighter large one was painted about

this time (see Plate XIV., fig. 7).

Sept. 26.—The smallest had died ;

it was lighter than any in I., but

not light like the two larger in this

experiment.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 319

These results show that the larvee are very sensitive to

the colours of their normal surroundings. This was the

first species in which green and brown environments

had respectively produced green and brown larve. In

others the former had merely produced very light brown

larve, and this is still true of the great majority of

species as yet tested. The results determined me to

conduct the same experiment more carefully and on a

larger scale in the succeeding year.

It is interesting to observe that, although there was so

marked a difference between the larve in I. and II., con-

siderable individual differences were noticeable in each

set. The sets varied in the amount or distribution of

darkness and greenness respectively, and in the amount

and distribution of “bloom.” Although the conditions

were the same for each set, the larve reacted rather

differently, according to their individual predispositions.

I find this to be the case in many species, but the results

become more and more uniform as the conditions are

applied earlier, and as care is taken that they shall be as

extreme as possible throughout. But when every pre-

caution is taken, occasional exceptions show that there

are sometimes strong individual differences of predis-

position. This will appear in some of the experiments

on Amphidasis betularia.

1887.

(See Table, pages 820, 321.)

These larvee were shown at the British Association at

Manchester, and a brief summary of the result is printed

in the Report of the Meeting (see Report, 1887, p. 756 ;

also ‘Nature,’ vol. 86, p. 594). Professor Weismann,

who was staying with me before the meeting, compared

them carefully ; he subsequently alluded to them in his

essay, “On the Supposed Botanical Proofs of the Trans-

mission of Acquired Characters” (1888). See Weismann,

“On Heredity,” Oxford, vol. i., 2nd edition, pp. 406, 407.

One of the chief interests is, however, due to the fact

that the moths produced by the larve of Experiments II.

and III. paired and laid eggs, providing the material for

the next year. As the larve of Il. had been made dark

by their surroundings, and the larve of II]. green, and

as the offspring of both were subjected to both these con-

ditions, the test of any hereditary result was unusually

complete.

‘9SRT UT poureyqo AUB uBYyy

I9UdaIS yAVd JsOUL JY} OJ 19Ar

BAIR] ayy, *“(g “‘Sny) uoryeurure

-XO JSB] 9} IOUIS WaaIS SpIVMOY

ASUBYO JVIIS BSBA OLOYT, [IB

UI UMOAG 9UTOS [SNoyI[B ‘UMOIq

UL} LOYJVI WIITS 919M F INQ [TV

‘a5BYS JSBI UL S1oyJO OU ! UMOTG

Ysitears pus oinjeur ATAveU T

‘sABp MOT BOS

pourvmad pur ‘UAOIG atIIODAq 0}

POMOT[V ULVSV SOABIT !OAT[V ZT

‘sfep

MOF SBI 9Y} WAOIG auIODeq pry

SOAR] OUIOG “UMOIG FO SapeYs

SNorIVA FO ‘aaT[e ZI—'9z Aye

*poonpoajul BALvy LT

40]

/Auev Ul jsoueers ot} SBAL

auo [[VUIS [ ‘ psopur user

AWA Surutooeq atom ary}

‘IS TeT[Vuis stato ‘acvys

4SBl UL [TBS Z faAr[V J

‘aare 2, TUQ—'0¢g AyuE

*PoONpPOAJUL BAIVT OZ INoqy

*gaSBO JSOUL UT UaaIS fivaa

SUTULODeq PUB ‘ato Jnq a5R4s

qsvT ur Aysour toate 6

‘SPpIVA.Ia}yV pojvedar jou

SVM SIU], ‘“WAOIq 9uUIODaq

AjoyeunjzroyuN pVy seavoaT

ay} soate 6 — ‘og 4[ne

*poonpOIJUL BAIVT ET

‘uMoIq are ATTeIOadsa souo

IOpO ay} ‘ 4t Sutsoy are Ady}

‘deers ATperyred atom Auvut

ysnoyipy ‘asvjs ysvl Ur

S1oyy}O OU JNq ‘a[[VUIS FVyA

-9Ul0S [ ‘aInjvul ATIvaU T

“yep

3U1}403 9q 07 WL9aS ET TLV

‘unbag quauriadxa

puv ‘pappo syous YyLoq

“UMOIG

JO sopeys snormea si1aqjo

Tf@ ynq ‘wears eq 0} saved

-de ~ ‘umoi3-jyeq ATprey

SOATTV BAIB] GI—"ge ATne

*paONpPOMUL BAIV] CZ

*10}} BT UL UBT} ALOT UMOIG

dWMBdaq SaAVIT Jn ““T[]T UI sy

:SSUIPUNOLING Waai4

‘A INGNIUAAX

“UMOIG BULBI9 IOAVU SOABIT |

yeuy ydeoxe ‘TTT ul sy

:SSUIPUNOLING eats

‘AJ INANINAaX

‘MOISBID0 BO WO UAMOIG

aUIvdEq SAABIT OYJ, “JO

ASN spVUl JUOTR ULONIMCY

| Jo sjooys Sunod pus saavary

:Ssurpunoding Uday

‘TIT INaWIUaaxy

*SJOT LAYJO UL URY} 199RT

qYStuyatof B yNoqeB uNsaq

queuttiadxe ATWO “T UL SY

:SouIpuNodING yreVq

‘T] INGNINGIX

‘a5R4S

JS¥[ UL podUBAPe F 10 ¢ 9T ‘ony

“peyey g ‘sny

Og 10

‘oar ez—"og Aine 9z Aqne

*poonNpOrAPUL BAIR] OE INOGY Ir Ajn¢e

“(a0y Mey) JURTI-pooy |

a 2.

UJIM POXTULIAJUL SOM} YIVT “aL

:ssuIpunoIINg, yIVG

‘Ty INDUWYadx

UO *194V_ JUSTUAOF V 19AO IaT}VI uUVSaq syuoutIedxo oJ,

—! SMO][OJ SV POSUBIIV 9IOM BAIVT oY} WOM “TT Aus

‘FZ UNL UO SLoqUINU dSAVT UT TO}VY 0} UBseq BAIL] oy],

"SPUOUILIOTX9 SUIMO[[OJ OY} LOF [VILO}VU OY} poplOPe YIM sooo JO TequINnu 9oIL[ V Pe] yyobow1o wy ayeuey pornydeo W

“L881

“qnsoa

AY} OF POINGIAJWOD OSTB BAIT JO

JOqUINU Josey oy} + S8LOYJO Oy

jo anojoo eyy Aq poyooye yonut

SBA TOBE YBYy OS ‘Aopur[Ao [[wuIs

fios %@ UL popaoto ‘og “dny

0} dn ‘orom LOY} OSNBOOG PUB

4SOABOT UMOIG 0} posodxa ato

MACBT o8oy} YOIYA SuLINp ory

qosuoy oy} Aq poure[dxo ATISve ST

"AT pus ‘[[— Woay ooues10Atp

OUT, ‘Il pus "T Jo esoyy oF uvyy

JO\B] OY} OF Aorvou wf oTOM

Loy} ng “AT pus “TIT Ul pouty

-qO O80} SB S}[NSat oULot}xXO

yons Ajvou JOU o10M OSOTLT,

“7 ut poounouoad Ayywtoadso ‘osury

YSIUMOIG JOUTISIP SSo[ LO aLOUL B

pvy J[VIy ynoqe pur ‘souo uss

ASO} UL poxIVUL SVA (, WLOOTY ,,

Aoad oy, “surpooy [IMS 6

“Burpooy [INS 6 + perp T

“AL 70. TIT 38

Ud0Id OF JOU OADM BAIV[ OSOULT,

OUT] OT}IT] OULOS OF UMOT OULD

-oq Urvse pe soavory ‘suryednd

4SBOT 4B T ‘oatye ZlI— ‘0g ‘ony

II] Ul sv sy[Ns0yT

OUI} XO Suroq woyy

jo p ‘SULLOF WodId YOuTySTp

aA0M [TY ‘oanyeurt ATUoredde

ALB YOIYM JO Z% SBAIVT G

‘dn unds [ ‘surpooy G

OANYBUL BAIVE LT “TIT

SB oUBS oY} JNOGB puB ‘A

uBY} couDeIH — ‘Og ‘dNYy

*T ut Ayle1oodse

pues “TPE ut poonpoid syooy

-jo oy YW ATSuoas ysout

poysvayuoo pus ‘scurpunod

-INS UddIT JO OISTLOJOVIVYD

AOA LOM S}[NSOL OSOULT,

‘adnd gz ‘sured

-nd gz { ysrudars ynq ‘taxtep

st yor ‘T ydooxe ‘us0ad

fisaa [ye ‘sutpooy [LS g

‘unds pey T

*AGAIV] OOM

P ‘“YSTUMOAG SBAL TOTAL ‘T

qnq uoats a1OM [TY “UOTy

Ud9MJoq oOUALOTIpP SULYLAYS

qsout B S "TT YyTAN powedutoo

BAIBE G6 OUT, — “6G ‘INV

HAN

pus “AT “TI Wor yuoroyIp

fisaa oxam Ao, “UBUTULOp

-oad oxout Sureq Aors omy

“7 sv yavp os eyinb ourvooq

OAOU “TT JO BAIVT OUT,

‘dn unds % puv ‘aarvy g

‘poaoutor pus Suryednd ¢

‘aorednd

aoy Apvor Z ‘SUIpsofF TT

‘TL sv yep os oymmb

JON ‘A PUB “AT “TIT Ut

BAIBT oY} PUB Oso} UIAY

-o dOUAIOTIP o9[QByIvULat

qsout y ‘g 10 % UL odUTy

ysttoois = @ YIM Ysnoryy

-[e ‘umorq doep Apysout

pue YsuUaorq [[B ‘AHtVBy

L Soale pl — "66 “sny

‘moy} Jo Auvur

uo ,,WooTq,, Ystsats Jo

JUNOULB I[GBLOPISUOD B ‘9A

-MOY ‘SBA LOY, “Wood Jo

aovly ysoqurey oy} ynq Aue

qNOYIA ‘SUILOF YIVp YOUTy

-SIp ssopoyyatoaou arom AOU,

| ‘QQQT Ul poulyyqo ysoyxlvp yy

OYI] SOTPOLAIBA YIBp 9ULaIyxXO

jou ynq ‘syuourttedxe osayy

[[@ JO BArvy ysoyrep py,

“SUIpPooy [TS 6T

‘suryyednd Z SoAr[e FZ

‘yep

AxoA ‘9At[R GZ—Og “SnY

‘SLTASAY

Ge “ydag

gt “ydag

ZI ‘Weg

0g 10

66 “Suy

322 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

1888.

The larve hatched from eggs laid by moths from

Experiment II. (1887) will first be considered. The

pupe of this experiment were kept in one receptacle,

and the moths emerged together, so it is impossible to

decide upon the number of moths which laid eggs; but

the small batch obtained favours the conclusion that only

one did so.

The experiments on this lot of larve are given below

in a tabular form.

EXxpERIMeEnt I.

Dark Surroundings.

ExpEerment II.

Green Surroundings.

July 1.—12 larve introduced, still

quite young.

Aug. 5.—10 alive ; larvie were still

small and not very dark yet.

Aug. 19.—10 alive; much darker

than II., but not so dark as might

be expected from the dark surround-

ings. Most were nearly mature.

Sept. 3.—9 alive; 1 spun. The

results were not nearly so marked

as in II., but they were much darker

than these; 3 of them were grey

rather than dark, the remainder

being darker, but only one very dark,

and this with some green on it.

Sept. 12.—1 more had spun and

7 left.

Sept. 14.—Still 7 left, and not

very dark considering the condi-

tions; 3 were greyish and 1 of the

darkest was still greenish. Com-

pared with the larve descended from

moths of Experiment III., 1887,

those in I. (of which only 5 could

now be compared safely, because the

others had undergone changes pre-

paratory to pupation) were rather

darker than these 7, but not much.

On the other hand, these 7 were

rather darker than the 4 II., and

much more so than the 51V. There

was only 1 III. left for the purposes

of comparison, and this seemed to

be about the same as these 7.

July 1.—12 similar larve intro-

duced.

Aug. 5.—8 alive; still small. Com-

pared with I., these were decidedly

lighter and somewhat greener ; they

were not as yet very light and green.

Aug. 19.—8 alive; these were

clearly greener and lighter, and good

examples of the effect of green sur-

roundings.

Sept. 3.—8 alive, 3 having spun

up; 2 full-fed and green-grey in

colour: the results very characteris-

tic of green surroundings. 3 smaller

and not quite so green, but still

light varieties.

Sept. 12. — 2 more had spun and

3 left.

Sept. 14._Still 3 left; they were

very pale greenish grey, showing

distinctly the effects of the experi-

ment, far more than in I. Com-

pared with larve from moths of

Experiment III., 1887, these 3 were

certainly lighter than the 5 IV. now

left, much lighter than the 1 III.

and 4 II., and far more so than

the I.

Dates.

July 3

July 20

Aug. 6

Aug. 19

Sept. 4

Sept. 14

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

323

Conclusions are best deferred until the description of

experiments upon moths produced by the larve of Ex-

periment III., 1887.

As in the last experiments, it is impossible to decide

the number of moths which laid the eggs.

The larvee of

these experiments were hatched on June 16th, 1888, and

other days not far removed.

The young larve were kept

together until July 38rd, when many were arranged in

Experiments I., Il., and III.

number were divided between II. and IY.

Exprertment I.

Dark Surroundings

(dark twigs).

23 larve intro-

duced.

More dark twigs

added, although

many were present

already. Marked ef-

fects had been pro-

duced.

22 larve living:

compared with

others these were

considerably darker

than any of the

others, including

Lie Only else?

larvee were greenish

brown, like many of

II., and these less

distinctly so.

3 had spun.

Only five larve

could be relied on

(the others having

spun or changed

colour before pupa-

tion). They were

dark, but not ex-

tremely dark forms,

but considerably

darker than the 7

of Experiment I. de-

scended from moths

of II., 1887.

Experiment II.

Dark Surroundings

(dark twigs covered

with black paper).

12 larve intro-

duced; 8 more ad-

ded July 7.

At this date twigs

covered with black

paper were substi-

tuted for the ordi-

nary dark ones.

Their number was

gradually increased

for about a week.

20 larve living ;

many of these larvee

were greenish

brown. The slight

effect of the black

twigs here was one

of the most inte-

resting things in

this comparison.

3 had spun.

Only 8 remained,

the rest having

spun. ‘The 8 are

full-fed and dark-

ish, although by no

means

dark.

4 larve could be}

relied on. They are

of a rather dark

| greenish brown, cer-

tainly darker than

IV., but not greatly

sO.

extremely |

On July 7th a further

EXxpERIMeEnt III.

Green

Surroundings.

duced.

larve intro-

Examined; much

effect was seen to

have been produced.

13 larve removed

from here and in-

troduced into IY.

21 larve living.

These larve were

much greener than

I. and II. ; only two

of them were dark

and brownish ra-

ther than green,

and these not very

dark. 1 larva had

spun at this date,

and 1 previously.

Many had now

spun, for the most

part afew days pre-

viously.

Only 2 remained ;

both greenish larvee

1 larva only could

_be compared: it re-

sembled those of II.

EXPERIMENT IV.

Green

Surroundings.

July 7.—8 larve

introduced.

13 larve intro-

duced from III.

21 larve living.

These were like III.,

except that none

were very brown.

The marked green-

ness of IIT. and IY.

is remarkable as

compared with the

less marked dark-

ness of the other 2

lots, even I.

Many had now

spun.

5 larve could be

compared; 4 were

of a ight greenish

brown, and much

the lightest colour-

ed larve at this

date in this set of

| experiments, 1 re-

sembled II. and III.

324 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Kixperiment II. is interesting, in showing that black

paper-covered sticks are not nearly so effective in pro-

ducing dark larve as dark twigs, although the latter are

less black. At the same time it must be remembered

that the former tend to become grey from the growth

of mould.

The comparison between these and the former larve

of this year certainly shows that the results produced

in the parent larve in 1887 were not hereditary. A

careful comparison was made on Sept. 14th (see both

sets of tables), showing that the larve descended from

those which had been made green (III. in 1887) were not

only darker than those descended from larve which had

been made dark (II. in 1887), when both were exposed

to conditions which tended towards darkness, but the

converse was also true, viz., the larve of the former set

became less green than those of the latter, when both had

been subjected to green surroundings. In other words,

the tendencies exhibited were rather the reverse of those

to be expected by the operation of heredity, and it seems

clear that no bias whatever was imparted to the off-

spring by the conditions to which the parents had been

exposed.

In addition to these two sets of experiments, another

set was conducted in the same year (1888) upon larve

hatched from eggs laid by a captured female. These

eggs hatched June 18th and 19th. Thus all the larve

in this set of experiments came from the same parents.

AXPERIMENT II.

Dates.

July 1

July 21

EXPERIMENT I.

Dark Surroundings.

Green Surroundings

in dark.

45 larvee introduced |

when quite small.

All had escaped ex-

| cept 3 by gnawing holes

in the black tissue-pa-

per roof to cylinder.

Black net substituted,

and 12 larve intro-

duced from II. and

III., making 27 here.

45 similar larvee in-

troduced.

34 or 35 larve alive. |

The leaves found to be |

withered and brown

when examined Aug.

1h}

Exprertment III.

| Green Surroundings.

45 similar larve in-

troduced.

39 larve alive. Leaves

had become verybrown.

| Larve had not become

green.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 325

D EXPERIMENT I. irrss ae ae | EXPERIMENT III,

ales. Dark Surroundings. Tie neous ™88 | Green Surroundings.

in dark. 5

Sept. 4 tey2 larve alive. They 12 larve alive; 2) 17 larvealive; 1had

/were carefully com-| had spun up. | spun up.

| pared, and no effects

were to be seen, all the

larve of I., IT., and III.

being darkish. The

larvee in the latter were

evidently affected by

the frequency with

| which the leaves had

become brown. |

Sept.14) 9 alive. Many were | 10 larve alive... ‘13 larve alive.

now spinning, and the | —_———.M_——-—.

rest nearly mature. These larve were somewhat greener

This lot is but slightly| than in I., but it was a very brownish

\different from the| green; a colour which, however, con-

others, which are prac-| cealed them very effectually among the

tically the same; these} gyeenish brown leaves which surrounded

/are no darker, but ex-| them.

hibit rather less of a

| greenish tinge than the

| others.

It is evident that these experiments were treated with

some neglect, and the food not changed sufficiently often,

so that the leaves became brown, and remained so for

some time. The results are, however, interesting,

showing that such surroundings produce a powerful

influence, no less than those provided by dark twigs ;

and in the case of Experiment I., it is clear that the

effects of the latter were mitigated by those of the

former. The results of Experiment Il. harmonise with

those of other experiments in which darkness produces

darkish larve intermediate between the effects of dark

surroundings and of green surroundings in the light.

For this would have been the position of the larve in II.

had the experiments upon I. and III. been carried out

with care.

After the experience I have now had with Amphidasis

betularia, I should be glad for the experiments on R.

crategata to be repeated with the use of other greener

food-plants, such as Populus nigra (if, indeed, the larvee

would eat this plant). I anticipate that bright green

larve might be produced in this way without any of the

326 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

brownish shade or ‘‘ bloom,” either or both of which are

usually found when the green surroundings are contri-

buted by hawthorn. It would also be interesting to test

the effect of dark lichen-covered twigs on this very sensi-

tive species.

While larva-beating during the past autumn (1892), I

have noted the colours of the larve of this species beaten

from various bushes of hawthorn and blackthorn, and I

always found a most marked correspondence between

the appearance of the larva and the particular bush on

which it had lived. The bushes, even when belonging

to the same species, differ greatly in the darkness of

their twigs, and the amount of bloom-like superficial

colouring. These individual differences were faithfully

reproduced, showing the efficiency of the power of colour-

relation to surroundings in promoting concealment under

normal conditions.

Some of the cocoons produced in these experiments

are described in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. xxvii, as

illustrations of the power of individual colour adaptation,

being brown when spun upon green paper and green

leaves, but white when spun upon white muslin. I

should not now advance these cocoons as examples of

the power until after renewed experiments have been

made, guarding against the sources of error pointed out

by Mr. Bateson.

17. ExprerimMents In 1886, 1889, anp 1892 upon

AMPHIDASIS BETULARIA.

1886.

A single captured female laid the eggs which produced

the larve described in the tables below.

When examined and compared Aug. 17th or 18th the

sizes of the larve were found to vary very greatly, but

none had entered the last stage. The following letters

were therefore used to express the sizes :—

A.—Changing last skin.

B.—Large in last stage but one ; over 30°0 mm. long when extended

at rest.

C.—Medium size in last stage but one; over 24:0 mm. long when

extended at rest.

D.—Very small in last stage but one, or changing last skin but one.

E.—Earlier stages.

(See Table, pages 828, 329.)

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 327

In working at experiments such as these, I often note

the results in each set of larve, without paying attention

to the conditions (which are generally indicated by a

number or letter). Hence the observations are entirely

unbiassed, for I do not know the past history of each

set. Subsequently the notes are written out and the

conditions described, and then only can the value of the

experiment be estimated properly. In the case of the

experiments just recorded, this has only just been done,

more than six years after the experiments were con-

ducted. Had I written out the results earlier, I should

have seen what admirable material was afforded by the

larvee of this species, and should have sought them for

more detailed and careful investigation. My general

impression at the time the notes were taken was, as is

often the case, the reverse of that now gained by a

careful study and comparison of the whole course of the

experiments. At the time I thought that the larve were

not susceptible, or but slightly so. I had even less time

than usual to do more than take the necessary notes,

being exceptionally hurried while this work was pro-

eressing.

1889.

The next investigation of this species took place three

years later, in 1889, and was the outcome of the acci-

dental capture of a female moth which laid large numbers

of eggs. I remembered the tendency of the birch leaves

to become brown, and determined chiefly to make use of

Populus nigra, the large bright green leaves of which will

keep fresh for a very long time if the twigs are placed in

water.

Most of the experiments were begun July 15, a few

days after hatching, when the larve were still quite

small. The results can be given most concisely in a

tabular form.

(See Table, page 830.)

Ordinary food-plant.

> =

Dark twigs.

Is.

Blinding Experiment.

Upon birch leaves

and twigs (including

dark ones) for the whole

larval life up to Aug.

18, and retained to the

end in many cases.

Aug. 18.—Compared.

A. Greyish brown.

Greenish brown .

Reddish brown .

B. Reddish brown

Greenish brown .

Greyish brown

Greenish

C. Light greenish

brown m 1

_ Brown . 4

D. Reddish brown it

Greenish brown . 2

Be Rw ee

Many removed for

other experiments.

Sept. 3.— All the 8

remaining larve in last

stage, most being near-

ly mature, the smallest

about half through the

stage ;4¢reen, although

not very bright, brown

dorsal line present ; 1

dull greenish brown ; 3

dull reddish brown.

The last 4 were not

very dark.

/brown, 1 greenish,

|and 1 of the D (the

In I. up to Aug.

18, then dark haw-

thorn twigs inter-

mixed with food.

In I. up to Aug. 18,

then surrounded by

green twigs and leaves

|of birch, 3 out of 5

larvee being blinded.

Aug. 18.—4 of the

B larvee (2 reddish

and 1 greyish brown,

the lighter of the 2),

3 of the C (2 brown

and the lighter one),

lighter of the 2 green-

ish brown ones) were

introduced from I.

at this date.

Sept. 3.—1 a de-

cided green, much

brighter than any in

leit avery madanic

smoky brown, much

darker than the red-

dish brown ones in

I.; 1 greyish brown,

much darker than |

the greenish brown

larva in I. 1 of the

dark larve pupating.

In feeding the larve

it is probable that twigs

with a great profusion

of leaves were em-

ployed ; hence the ab-

sence of very dark

forms and the preya-

lence of green.

The effect of the

dark twigs present

between Aug. 18 and

Sept. 3 is very clear

on all the larve, ex-

cept the single bright

green one, which

seems to have been

especially _ predis- |

posed towards this

variety, or more pro-

bably may have been

older than the others

andits colour already

determined.

Aug. 18.—The A lot

from I.

this date. By Aug. 21

they had changed their

last skins, and some

were blinded, as fol-

lows :—

1 light reddish brown

(blinded).

1 light reddish brown

(unblinded).

1 dark reddish brown

(unblinded).

1 greenish brown

(blinded).

1 greyish brown

(blinded).

Sept. 3. — The larvee

had a very smoky ap-

pearance, especially

the blinded ones; the

others redder and not

so dark as those in I. a.

introduced at) A.

Green and brown

leaves.

Surrounded for about

a fortnight with the

leaves alone of birch,

but these had become

old and brown towards

end of time.

Aug. 18. aac

Light greenish

brown . .

Dark reddish brown 2

C. Reddish brown 3

D. Reddish brown 5

3 of the B (1 of each

colour), 1 of the C, and

2 D (changing last skin

but one) removed to

dark surroundings

(II.a). Fresh green

leaves added and brown

removed. On Aug. 21

an escaped reddish

brown larva (D) was

added.

Sept. 15.—1 pupa, 3

nearly mature green

larvee with brown dor-

sal line.

; 0

B. Greenish. > el

The results are not

convincing, because

the larvee were only

subjected to these con-

ditions during the last

stage ; and more care-

ful recent work (1892)

shows that they are but

little sensitive during

this period. Nevyerthe-

less, the results are

such as to suggest fur

ther blinding experi-

ments in the future,

and for longer periods

of larval life.

The effect of green

surroundings predomi-

nated in spite of the

leaves becoming brown

‘part of the time. This

result and that of I.

perhaps indicates that

the larve may have

been somewhat pre-

disposed towards the

green forms.

UII

Black paper

leaves, &e.

III.

Darkness.

IV.

Green leaves.

Orange paper leaves.

Up to Aug. 18 same

surroundings as IL. ;

then brown bir ch

twigs introduced with |

food, and also pieces

of black paper rough-

ly cut into the form

of leaves; also black

floor and roof.

Aug. 18.—The 6

larve which had

been removed at this

date from II. were

now placed in dark |

surroundings.

/and black floor.

Sept. 15.—5 larvee

in last stage, 3 being

dark brown and 1

greenish brown; 1

small and reddish

brown ; 1 pupa.

For about a_ fort-

night, ending Aug. 18,

enclosed in a darkened

cylinder (covered with

one thickness of black |

tissue paper). Dark

twigs of birch not ex- |

cluded.

Aug. 18.—Compared. |

A. 0

B. Dark reddish

brown 4

COR ae ne 0|

D. Reddish brown 2,

Light greenish

brown

Placed at this date

in a larger cylinder

covered with 2 thick-

nesses of black paper

Sept. 15.—Only one

larva left; greenish

brown.

Kept for last fort-

‘night on birch leaves

and green twigs under

a shade of one thick-

ness of faded yellowish

ereen tissue paper.

Aug. 17.—Examined

and compared.

| A. Dark reddish

brown iy el

B. Dark reddish

brown 1

Green pe |

Greenish brown ne

C. Reddish brown. 3

Light greenish

brown . . 1

D. Reddish brown! 3

Light reddish

brown 2

Put in a larger cy-

linder; tissue paper

changed.

Sept. 15.—1 pupa; 1

nearly mature green

larva, with brown along

back. Others escaped.

Kept for about a fort-

night on birch leaves

and twigs (brown ones

included), intermixed

with pieces of orange

paper cut roughly into

the form of leaves.

Aug. 18.—Examined

and compared.

A. 0

Bais: 0

C. Greenish brown 3

Tending in diffe-

rent degrees to-

wards reddish

brown, two being

the typical colour 6

D. Reddish brown 1

K. Reddish brown,

varying . 4

Light greenish

brown

Sept. 15.—Only 2 re-

maining; both dis-

tinctly green, with a

brown line down back.

—~—|

The effect of dark |

surroundings added |

Aug. 18 is clear when |

these larvie are com- |

pared with those of |

Il.

Insufficient to draw|

conclusions, but so far

as it goes, the evidence

corresponds with later

experiments in show-

ing that darkness is

surroundings a

strong light,

not so effective as dark |

but corresponds with

| II. in showing suscep-

tibility to green sur-

roundings.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT IV.

(pEC.)

Insufficient evidence,

Results correspond

with those obtained in

1892, showing the

power of orange sur-

roundings 1n pr oducing

ereen larvee.

330

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

A. Dark Surrounpinas.

Cylinder with abundant dark twigs

intermixed with food.

July 15.—31 young larve intro-

duced.

July 24.—Compared on this and

following dates. Resting (by day)

on the dark twigs were 16 dark,

1 green, and 2 intermediate larve.

Resting on leaves and green shoots

were 3 dark, 3 green, and 6 inter-

mediate larve.

Aug. 5.—8 dark larve on leaves;

25 dark larve on dark twigs; 1 inter-

mediate larva on dark twigs; 2

brownish intermediate larve on

dark twigs.

Aug. 10 and onwards.—The larve

sought pupation without further

change of colour.

Same as I.

July 15.—30 introduced.

July 23.—Compared. Nearly all

dark brown; at later dates this ten-

dency became more marked, and

finally only 2 exceptions remained,

1 being bright green, and 1 inter-

mediate.

Aug. 11.—At this date and on-

wards the larve began to seek

pupation.

The extreme susceptibility to dark surroundings is clear

from these results. The fact that green surroundings

cannot be excluded is no doubt the explanation of the

few exceptions. In the converse experiments with green

surroundings everything dark can be excluded, and hence

exceptions did not occur. The exceptions undoubtedly

show individual differences in the degree of susceptibility

to green and brown surroundings respectively, although

the final result—1 marked exception (the single green

larva)—out of 61 individuals shows that such differences

are of no great numerical importance in determining

the colours of this species. The proportions of hght and

dark larve found July 24, in I., on dark and green

surfaces respectively, seem at first sight to suggest the

existence of a tendency to seek an environment with the

corresponding colour. On Aug. 5, however, nearly all

were on the dark twigs; and in 1892 very inappropriate

situations were often observed (Experiment XXVI.).

It is also seen that a period of 8 days (July 15 to 23)

is sufficient to produce marked effects on the majority

of the larve.

the colowrs of certain Lepidoptera. 331

B. Artiric1aL Dark SURROUNDINGS.

A single experiment was made with sticks covered

with black tissue paper taking the place of twigs which

were naturally dark, like those of I. and Il. This and

some of the other experiments were begun rather later

than those just described; for the whole stock of larve

was not exhausted on July 15th.

Experiment III.

Black-paper-covered sticks intermixed with food-plant.

July 20 .... 9 larvee introduced.

‘Nive Up Soe The larve were very large. All 9 were very black, at

least as dark as those of I. and II.

Aug. 30.... 4 ceased feeding.

Sept.4 .... 2 ceased feeding. They remained as dark as ever to the

end; 1 was dead by Sept. 5.

This experiment shows that artificial may be as effec-

tive as natural surfaces. It is probable that the com-

parative failure in the case of Lt. crategata (see p. 324)

was due to the growth of mould upon the black paper,

making it much lighter in appearance.

C. VERY SMALL PROPORTION OF DARK TWIGS IN _ SUR-

ROUNDINGS, AND COMPARISON EXPERIMENT WITH GREEN

ALONE.

Two experiments were then made with the object of

testing the susceptibility of the larve to a very small

proportion of dark material in the environment. Inci-

dentally the effect of green surroundings produced by

another food-plant (nut) was also tested, and found to be

as effective as that due to Populus nigra.

The experiments were arranged as follows :—25 young

larve were introduced July 20 into a large glass lamp-

shade (about 165 mm. high, and the approximate capacity

of 1300 ec.). On Aug. 21 they were removed to a larger

lamp-shade (204 mm. high, and the approximate capacity

of 1900cc.). These relatively large areas were kept filled

with green leaves and shoots of nut, intermixed with

which were 5 small dark pieces of dead twig. Three of

these were about 40, 65, and 75 mm. long respectively,

while 2 of them were about 80 mm. in length; the

diameters varied from 8to5mm. They were unbranched,

2c2

382 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

but mostly very rough; 1 was curved, the rest straight.

The relation between the sizes of twigs and the smaller

class cylinder first used is shown about + the real size in

Plate XV., fig. 4.

In the comparison experiment, 25 larvze were intro-

duced July 20 into a glass cylinder (about 185 mm. high,

82 mm. internal diameter, and 1000 ce. capacity); and

on Aug. 21 they were transferred into two lamp-shades

(about 165 mm. high, and the approximate capacity of

1300 cc.). These larve were treated exactly as in the

former experiment, except that their surroundings were

uniformly green, no dark twigs being at any time ad-

mitted. The results of the experiments are given below.

ExpEermMent IY,

Green Surroundings, with very

small proportion of dark material. |

EXPERIMENT V.

Green Surroundings alone.

July 20.—25 larvee introduced. July 20.—25 larve introduced.

Aug. 12.—8 larvee were resting on

the pieces of dark stick, and 1 was

holding a piece by its thoracic legs.

Aug. 21.—23 larve alive; shifted| Aug. 21.—22 larve alive; shifted

to larger lamp-shade. to two lamp-shades, between which

they were equally divided.

Aug. 24.—The larvee compared (1

unnoted) :—

Intermediate . . 6

CORTE 5

IDOAG 5 oo ae UY?

Aug. 26.—1 dark larva dead (about

half-grown in last stage).

Aug. 30.—6 larve dead :—4 dark

(1 large, 3 small in last stage) ;

2 green (small in last stage).

The rest carefully compared :—

Green. Suen ms 5)

Greenish intermediate 2

Intermediate : 1

Brownish intermediate 2

Dark . 8 |

ay |

Sept. 2.— The larve were now} Sept. 2. — Many were now pu-

mostly pupating; 1 had died, and| pating; all the 22 were alive, and

1 was lost. No further change in| all bright green.

the colours.

‘hese results are very interesting and remarkable.

They show that the susceptibility to dark surroundings

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 333

is far keener than to green, and this corresponds with

the fact that the dark larve are much more perfectly

concealed than the green. Although the proportion of

brown to green in the surroundings may be very small,

it is still to the advantage of the average larva of this

species to resemble the former, and the average larva

does so.

The green larve are of a yellower shade than that

which appears when they are fed upon Populus nigra.

This corresponds to the difference between the leaves

themselves.

D. Darx

SURROUNDINGS NEAR THE LARVA, BUT NOT

ACTUALLY IN CONTACT, AND COMPARISON EXPERIMENT

WITH GREEN ALONE.

The details of the experiment are described below :—

War

On green leaves alone, with dark

5 . . .

twigs outside cylinder.

VII.

On green leaves alone, for

comparison with VI.

July 23. — 21 larve, previously

surrounded by green leaves alone,

were carefully divided into two lots

as much alike as possible; when

any difference was unavoidable, the

darker larve were put in VI., the

greener here, in a small cylinder

containing green leaves alone, but

surrounded by a large cylinder with

dark twigs packed between the two.

Aug. 2. — 1 is certainly brown,

though not a very dark one; the

rest green.

Aug. 13. — The dark twigs were

absent Aug. 6—12. The first be-

came mature. The single larva still

remained brown; all others green,

Sept. 2. — The dark larva was

nearly mature (quite so Sept. 6),

and was a brownish intermediate

larva. All the others remained

bright green, and matured at a

rather earlier date.

July 23.—The 21 larvee divided at

this date between VI. and VII. were

small and nearly all greenish, ex-

cept one, which was large and green.

The latter was placed here with 10

of the small ones, on the whole

slightly darker than those in VI.

Aug. 2. — All green, or evidently

rapidly becoming so.

Aug. 4. — 6 are still in last stage

but one, 4 in last stage, 1 changing

last skin; all bright green, except

the smallest, which is changing in

that direction.

Aug. 13. — The first became ma-

ture. From this date onwards the

larve gradually sought pupation,

all being bright green.

334 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments.

Conclusions. — The fact that one larva became brown

in VI. is not sufficient evidence that any results were

produced, except by the light being somewhat dimmed

by the surrounding twigs, and especially by the effects of

crowding in a small cylinder. The experiments of 1892

show that both these causes are effective in producing

dark larve. It is probable that the dark larva is to be

accounted for in one of these ways, Inasmuch as green

surroundings in which such causes did not operate never

produced a single dark larva (see below).

E. GREEN SURROUNDINGS.

(See Table, page 335.)

The strong susceptibility to green surroundings when

nothing brown or dark is present is extremely clear in

these results, as well as in the comparison experiments

of C and D (V. and VII.).. Among the 105 larve which

matured in these 7 experiments not a single exception

occurs.

A very characteristic green larva with a brownish

shade along the dorsal area was painted by Miss Cundell,

and is represented in Plate XIV., fig. 8. It is shown

in a very common attitude, resting on a green twig of

Populus nigra.

Many of the green and dark larve from one of these

experiments, and either I. or II., were interchanged for

a few days during the last stage. No effects were pro-

duced, and it was clear that the larve are not susceptible

to a short exposure during this period of life.

F. WHitE SuRROUNDINGS.

Nine larve were fed upon Populus nigra, the sur-

roundings being green, except for the presence of many

white paper spills. The experiment was arranged July 20,

and the larve were compared with the others Aug. 17.

Some of them tended towards green, and some towards

light brown, but in both, these colours were, without

exception, almost hidden under the predominant whiteness

which gave the larve a very remarkable appearance,

utterly unlike that in any of the other experiments.

They were again examined Aug. 24, when the whiteness

of the larger larvee was even more pronounced. ‘They

were carefully compared Sept. 2 with 12 of the green

larve upon nut (Experiment V.); 8 remained small in

‘UdeIS YYSIIq Sur

-UIVULIT ‘pamnyeur VAIL] ot}

ayBp SI} ul01g~—'g ‘sny

“Ud0I5 YYSIAQ [TV

‘UIYS ISBT SUISUBY Z ‘pezis

-oyeIOpOU Z% ‘asIVy] F ‘adv4s

JS¥Bl Ul [[VUls F — "fF ‘Sny

“UOTPIOIIP JV] UL SuIBUBYD

SATO [[B pu ‘users aysraq

$90 LadIVT [[V¥—"Es Apne

*psonpomur g[—'eT A[n¢

"Us0IS YYSIAq Sur

-UTBULL ‘patnzeudl VAIV] oy}

ayep SIY} wo1—s ‘sny

"Uda YYSTIq MOU [TV

ULYS ISBT SUIDURYD E ‘pazIs

-O]B1NpOUl Z ‘asIvy T ‘asvys

{S¥[ UL [[VUS QT —F ‘sny

“UdAID JISTAIG pure ‘SuOT “UU

0-FE SI ysesrvyl oy, ‘users

YstuMoriq st orm ‘auo

ynq ueeds [TV — "9g Aque

‘Yyeoueq yrwp pur ‘youq

UO aepBys UMOIG TIA ‘TST

-U90I3 [[V “SUOT ‘UI 2. TT

qnoqe ATsoy, — “1% ATne

‘peonpomut g[—"GT Alu

*prvzty @ Xq uayBe

SBM JI MOA ‘amnyeut [run

YlVp pourvuiod yy “ouo yng

{sel 94} JO pus oy} 4B IO

‘Q0B4S ISB] OU} UT [[BUIS SBAL

JJ “ANOTOD sql asuBTD prnoo

qt TOYO 9aS 0} Japurttso

SIU} 02 pappe sva add uo

-dn plIM punoj BAIR] UAOIG

-ayepoooyo B ayep Sit} YW

19240

T $UeaIs ywyst1q poureuter

Il® pur ‘pamnyeut Barry ayy

aj¥p Sty} wWo1g—¢ ‘sny

“Ystuaers

IO useIs [TV —'Gg A[ue

*poonporur eG{[—eT Apne

“perp

T {Uaeis 4yystaq Surureut

“aI [[B ‘parnjyeul wBarey oq}

a} Bp Sty} Wolg— oT ‘sny

‘UIYS SBI SUT

-SUBYPD Z ‘T[BVUUIS g ‘pazIs-9} BI

-Opoml ¢ ‘aDIv] [—"F “SnYy

“U90I5 [[TV¥—'gz Ane

“ystuaaIs

10 UaeIs [TY — ‘FY A[nE

‘paonposyur FI —"gT A[ng

“pus ou}

0} WAAIS YYSIIq Surureuesr

‘paiIn} VU BAIV] ay} Spavauo

ayep sIyy wWor1g—'g ‘sSny

“UdaIS SII [TB pues

‘puUNoy BAIV] GI —'g ‘sny

“u90I15 YSt

-UMOIG SIATIO ‘MIdIS YYSTAG

Il® ysesrey 7 — “ez A[ne

*paonporyur

wacky sunok g[—‘eT Ane

FLLX

“IX

“XI

TIA

"JO OSN OpBUl OULOTV oA0M JURTU-poo}y otf} JO sJooys Users puv soAvorT

"SONIGNAOUUNG NAGA) “of

336 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

the last stage, while 6 were nearly full-fed, and these

latter were chiefly compared. The white points on the

skin appeared to be far more abundant in these 6, and,

so far as any green tint appeared, it was of a whitish

bluish shade, instead of bright and yellowish, as in all

the larvee upon nut.

The green blood from 2 white and 8 bright green

larvee was then compared, to see whether any difference

in the shade of green was due to its colour. There was

some individual difference in the tint of the blood, but

this was true of both sets of larve. It was clear that no

explanation was thus to be found, and that the seat of

effective colour was in the skin and the structures

immediately below it.

The three smaller larvee were also white; and although

1 tended towards a dark variety, the tendency was

obscured by the whiteness.

These results were so remarkable that, although there

was no exception, I did not venture to publish them until

I had obtained confirmation. This, however, has been

forthcoming in the experiments of the past summer

(1892), and the results have now been seen by many

naturalists.

G. Errrecr oF UNSUITABLE FOOD UPON COLOUR-RELATION.

On July 20, 21 young larvee were introduced into a

cylinder, and supplied with lilac-leaves, dark twigs being

abundantly intermixed with the food-plant. The larve

were observed as follows :—

July 20.—21 young larve introduced.

Aug. 9.—11 alive, but small for age.

Sept. 4.—5 alive, but quite small for age; reddish

brown in colour.

Sept. 25.—3 still alive, although these subsequently

died.

It is therefore probable that the unsuitable food,

which prevented the larve from attaining maturity,

did not interfere with their susceptibility to the colours

of the environment. ‘The results observed on Sept. 4

show that all the 5 surviving larvee harmonized with the

dark surroundings. In order to furnish conclusive proof

that this result was due to true susceptibility, and not to

pathological change, it will be necessary to repeat the

experiment, employing green surroundings alone. Such

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 337

an experiment was attempted as a comparison with the

above, but the 21 larve had all died by Sept. 4.

The chief results of these experiments, as regards

green and dark surroundings, have been briefly men-

tioned in ‘Colours of Animals,’ pp. 152, 158, where a

dark and light form are represented by uncoloured

illustrations.

These experiments at once proved that A. betularia

was by far the most suitable species for the purposes of

this investigation; and I tried to obtain eges in the

succeeding years. In this I was unsuccessful until the

present year, in which a much larger series of more

careful experiments have been conducted.

The pup obtained from these experiments were care-

fully separated, and the attempt was made to breed from

the imagos which emerged. The great majority, however,

died in the pupal state, and those which emerged did not

pair.

As the moths are well known to vary in darkness,

I noted the colours of those few which emerged, but

found that there was no relation between the larva and

imago in this respect.

1892.

This is by far the most extensive series of experiments

upon the modification of the colours of larvee by the en-

vironment that I have ever undertaken. ‘The results

obtained in 1889 not only proved that this is the most

sensitive larva as yet subjected to experiment, but also

that it is most satisfactory to breed, and in every way

the most suitable for the purposes of this investigation.

I was therefore very anxious to repeat the experiment on

a larger scale, and especially to test again the effects of

white surroundings, which had produced such remark-

able results on the previous occasion ; also to make use

of other artificial colours, as well as the natural tints

of twigs of various kinds and conditions.

A captured female laid a very large number of eggs, of

which probably about 200 were sent to Mr. Bateson;

these unfortunately hatched during his absence from

home, and the larve died. The remaining eggs began

to hatch in large numbers on June 29th, and all the

338 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

larve appeared in a few days. The majority of these

were at once placed in a cylinder, and fed upon the leaves

and green shoots of Populus nigra, being thus kept in

green surroundings, although just before they were re-

arranged many of the leaves had become withered and

brown. The susceptibility of larve during these early

stages, if any exists, has been shown not to interfere

with such experiments. These larve formed the stock

from which, when they were rather older, the majority

of the experiments were supplied. They will be alluded

to below as “ the first stock.”

As soon as the larve began to hatch, a mass of the

eges was separated, and placed (June 29th) in green

surroundings in complete darkness until 11 p.m., when

it was exposed to the light of a paraffin lamp until

9.10 a.m. the following morning, when it was again

placed in darkness. Under these conditions the larve

hatched, and they constitute ‘‘ the second stock,’ from

which several experiments were supplied. This alterna-

tion of darkness and lamp-light was continued in some

of the experiments until the evening of August 2nd.

The changes were made every day, and the fixed times

were never departed from by so much as an hour.

All the larve which hatched from the eggs were made

use of in the experiments, except 30, which were sent to

Mr. Bateson, and were experimented upon by him with

results published in this volume (p. 218), and 80, which

were placed on a tree (Populus nigra) in muslin bags.

These last were intended for experiments, which, how-

ever, I was unable to undertake.

The sizes of the glass vessels in which the larve were

kept are given, because the amount of crowding is shown

to exercise a considerable influence on the colour.

When measurements are stated, it must be understood

that they were taken when the larve were at rest in

the rigidly straight position which is characteristic of

Geometre.

The experiments are so numerous that it has been

necessary to classify them, and treat the various classes

separately. The following table indicates the arrange-

ment pursued, and serves as a guide to any particular

experiment :—

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 339

EXPERIMENTS.

A. Dark Surrounpines (inad- 1. Natural :—I. Black twigs; II., brown

dition to the necessary twigs ; III., 1V. and V., reddish twigs

green leaves of the food- or stalks, becoming blackish; VI.,

plant) :— brown leaves; VII., red leaves, be-

coming blackish.

. Artificial :— VIII. Black enamelled

smooth twigs; IX., black enamelled

rough twigs.

3. Dark Surroundings near the larve, but

not actually in contact:—X. Dark

twigs.

B. Green SuRROUNDINGS :— 1. Natural :—XI., XII. and XIII. Green

leaves and shoots of food-plant

(Populus nigra); XIV., leaves and

shoots of food-plant, with golden-

green twigs intermixed.

2. Artificial: —XV. Green paper spills ;

XVI., dark green enamelled rough

twigs; XVII., dark green enamelled

smooth twigs; XVIII., light green

enamelled twigs.

C. Smumar Surrounpines 1n XIX. Dark twigs; XX., red stalks, be-

pim Lieut :— coming blackish; XXI., green leaves

and shoots of food-plant; XXIL.,

dark twigs; XXIII, green leaves

and shoots.

D. Summar Surrounpines 1n XXIV. Dark twigs; XXV., green leaves

DarkNEss :-— and shoots of food-plant.

E. TRANsreRENCE ExXpEni- XXVI. Transferred from green to dark

MENTS :— surroundings; XXVILI., transferred

from dark to green surroundings.

F. Wurrr Surrounpincs:— XXVIII. White paper spills; XXIX.and

XXX., white enamelled twigs.

G. SURROUNDINGS OF OTHER XXXI. Dark blue paper spills; XXXIL.,

CoLours :— blue spills; XXXIII., orange spills

and pieces of paper; XXXIV.,

orange enamelled twigs.

During the critical period of all these 34 experiments

the same food was made use of—the leaves of the black

poplar (Populus nigra). Great care was taken to ensure

that the larvee were supplied with leaves of the same age,

and it may be safely concluded that no effects were pro-

duced by the different condition of the food-plant in the

various experiments.

The conditions described above were kept up in all

cases until August 8rd, when the larvee were packed for

removal to Edinburgh, in order that they might be ex-

hibited at the British Association. After this date they

were fed irregularly, and sometimes upon other food-

plants, while the conditions of some of the experiments

were relaxed; but only in the case of larve which were

advanced in the last stage, and long past the period at

340 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

which change of colour is possible. Whenever there

was any possibility of further change, the conditions

were carefully adhered to.

The majority of the larve were also arranged in cases

more suitable for travelling than those in which they

had been previously kept. During the susceptible stages

clear glass vessels were always employed ; some of these

were cylindrical, others of the shape shown in Plate

XY., fig. 4, bulging in part of the length and con-

tracted at both ends, although often to an unequal

extent, while the bulging was nearly always closer

to one end than the other. These will be called

lamp-shades in the description of the experiments, and

their heights and approximate capacities will also be

given. The former will be called cylinders, and their

heights, internal diameters, and approximate capacities

will also be furnished. Each glass receptacle was placed

on a plate perforated by a hole, through which the stalks

of the food-plant passed into water below. The food-

plant was invariably represented by green leaves and

shoots alone, whether other surroundings were made use

of or not.

The details of the experiments will now be given in

order.

A. Dark SuRROUNDINGS.

(In addition to the necessary green leaves of the food-

plant).

1. Dark Objects which are natural to the Larve.

(See Table, pages 342, 343, and 844.)

The results of these experiments are a great advance

upon those of 1889. Instead of merely proving that

dark larvee are produced by dark surroundings, we now

know that each of certain varied tints which are lable

to occur in a dark environment produces its appropriate

effect.

Thus black twigs produce black larve (I. and fig. 10) ;

brown twigs produce brown larve (II. and figs. 11 and

12); light brown mottled leaves produce larve which

harmonise with them (VI. and fig. 14).

I omit Experiments III., [V., V, and VII., because

the results were complicated by the environments altering

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 341

during the course of the experiment. But the results in

reality harmonise with those given above, for the dark

larve were never like those of I., but tended more in the

direction of the mouldy, dark grey, or blackish appear-

ance of the twigs or leaves. Sometimes, however, the

larvee were evidently affected to the end by the earlier

appearance of their environment.

Some conclusions as to the period of greatest suscepti-

bility may also be drawn from these results. The facts

that the single exception in [. was older than the other

larvee,—that the larve transferred from II. to XX VII. for

nearly the whole of the two last stages could change so

little,—that the larve of IV. were considerably darker

than III., in which the environment changed more slowly,

—and that the earlier colour of the surroundings pro-

duced its full effect long after its change, in certain ma-

ture larve of ILI, IV., and VII.,—clearly indicate that

the time of chief susceptibility has been passed when the

last stage but one has been reached. It is equally clear,

however, that there is some susceptibility in certain

larvee during the last two stages. On the other hand, the

condition of the larve during the earliest period of growth

does not seem to produce any effect, or at any rate does

not interfere in the least with the full power of the sur-

roundings which are subsequently applied. Thus the

larve of these experiments began to hatch on June 29th,

and were kept in green surroundings until July 9th or

10th, when the dark environments were substituted.

But the earlier green surroundings probably did not

diminish the influence of the later environment in any

instance, except perhaps the single green larva in I.

The same conclusions are to be gained by a study of

nearly all the species experimented with, for the en-

vironments were very rarely applied immediately after

hatching.

And this is what we should expect from the habits of

the larve, which always rest on the leaves during the

earliest stages. It is probable that the colours of the

mature larve are decided when they abandon this habit,

and first come to rest on the twigs. ‘Too early suscepti-

bility would render all larvee green.

We may therefore conclude that the time of effective

susceptibility lies somewhere within the second and third

stages of larval life, and perhaps in the third rather than

the second.

*T UL sv ‘paonporyUT #Arry|

sunok 9g — ‘oT fpne

“Apynow pure

Ystyov[q euivosq uoos

SeABsT 94} Jnq ‘yuasoad

UeYA. JO 4nd ata sespe

pus sjods umoiq oy,

“pax TULt9}UT Ayaeyraats

atem vyofinby vru0ynyyt

JO S@ABBT por AUT

*mu9013

Apsom— 11 Aine |Aysoy — 21 Aine

SB ‘pesonpoarpUL BAIv]

sunods g[— ‘OT Ane

*poaout

-0I W90q PBI Seavey

asey} JO SY[VIS IJ,

“poxtu1eyUr

‘umorq yysty Auvyy

Sv ‘poonporqyUL BAIR]

sunok pT — oT fyne

Apynour pur ystyovyq

aue0eq woos

eso, ‘pexruatezut AT

-IB[IUIIS B1OM ‘SOABOT

meyy jo peddrays

‘DILLDUyNn nowy

Ajxe[ JO stays pus sy[R4s

-IUWIS SOABET AAT pBap U80I3-pUv-por

JO stoquinu oes1eTy

*yorlq AtaA Sututooeq

QTM SSIMY OY, ‘Uaears

JUSUq SBA (‘WUE 0.)T

qnoqe) Barvy asrey T A[UO

| ‘YSIUeeIs 10 UVeIS G

| ‘yst

-yrep Auvur ‘UMoIq ET

: OATTV 8BI—"6T Ane

‘UMOIG *yovyq Urn} 07 Suru

-UIS0q SSIMT— JT fine

‘T UL seB ‘poonporyur Bare]

sunoA gT— ‘oT Apne

OsTR

*IOUOOS MAAS YSTYOB]G

oY} eurvdeq SSIAJ oY} 4VTy

ydaoxe “TIT 0} reprurg

“AT ULSB

os yonu os oyinb you

ynq ‘yoRTq Surutooaq

ATOM SSIAJ OUT, “AT

YIM ysviyuod snorind

@ poploye BAAR] OUT,

“UMOIQ G

‘YSIUeeIS IO Woes ZT

“WU 2-27 SBA WSU]

[eusn ey, ‘SsUTATT

BVAIVE LI—6T fine

“sOBTq

SUIUIONIG ITOA SOTA

ay} JO SO — LT Apne

SB ‘pesonporjUt @ArRy]

jsunok pT —"6 fyne

“YSEypoRyq euvoaq Aouy

OUT} JAOYS BUT “paxtw

-T9JUL A[AV[IWIS aTOA\

‘SOABOT Ao] Fo poddrays

‘DAQn.l LYVY JO SIA

yseqy UMOIq YstIppoar

jo sdequinu s51BT

“TMOG

*PoTOYIIA JBTTAL

hyne

-em0s autodeq AJAqBT

PBI Seavey oY} YSNoYAyS

‘AJsnorseid =sSurpunoar

-ms wudeeIs Ul wuseq

‘T miouraey ,.6y903s 4say,,

SB ‘poeonpoOrUL MAIL| WLOIF pooNpoIyUt BAIT

Sunof [[—oT fyne |sunok eg—'g fynge

Aso — “LT

*qoouIs

O19M SSTIA) 94} :°T Ut

SB poexXIULIayUl L2YY JO

soroads ouIos JO SHIA

pvep uUMOIq YSYST

jo Ssdequinu osiery

“SABO OTT}

punoz padvoy pur yt

POXIUMIOJUT BLOM ‘S20

-aa snowan?) yo Ayetyo

‘SSTA} [ono yORyq ATOA

jo sdequinu od1eTyT

09 QOOT ‘/iq1and

-p) agpuaxouddy * ‘wut FR

‘waqgawupip youlazur $ *uAUT

QLT ‘Iya “ropuryAg

‘TIA

"09 QOOT ‘A210 Ayroedvo Sutsvesout sn

“09 OOOT

‘fiqvavdva aypwmrxoud

00 0G) ‘fj20\-ndno = aynurxouddn ‘ky Ss pastnq rapurpso

-pdvo =aynurxouddy smut «3g ‘lajawuvrpeyy, ‘09 QeG ‘Ajondva

sm AST ‘2yAvaz ouLaqu, Sum ggpTaypwixorddy {wut ¢.6))-dv ‘uu got ‘ayhiay

-apeys-durery

‘IA

“ybvayT *xaputpéo

‘Wajzaunip 7wU.laqur $ “UCU

QLT ‘My hiaH = “xaputysp

“A AI

Shi wane ow eee See

‘apeys-durery

‘TIT

"00 006 ‘Anandva agnw 09 OOGT

-wouddy £uaut 7g ‘aja ‘figrandyo apounxroud

-Dip ]DULA}UL "TAT G)T\-do $ uM FOZ “7yhray

“ybiy *axeputtdg ‘apeys-durery

‘TI AL

‘TIA— I SINaWIUaax

“DAMDT 2Y} 07 JOLNQDU auM Yoryn s222l(QQ YW *T

ON Ee RL NR ed EG ie ae a ep ech CD TE Ee AE eee Se a tein es Ye ee ee ee

a Re NN

*Iaylep

yeyaoutos ATqeqord useq

py wBarvpoyy, ‘uomednd

a10faq NOOO Jo sesuey

oy} Joosnevoaq ‘ayvutrxoad

-dB o1aM sj[nset 9souy,

‘AICP ET

‘oy 8Tp

-OULIOJUL YSTUMOIG ¢

‘ayVIPIWMIIJUL Z

o} VIPIUII9}UI YSTUIeIS Z

‘sued

-nd Auvyy — "eT “ne

“UMOI T

2 au0

wys 3sv) burbunyp

“UMOIG T

2 auo 7nq abyis Wsv'T

‘UMOIG

wmys asp) Burbunyp

‘ayeIpourlIeyUL T

‘UMOI FT

Sabvzs Isv'T

— | ‘bine

*YSTUaaIS Z%

‘yst

-UMOIG PUB UMOIG QT

— "eo fine

“ssurjured

IO} poayoojes sBA\

IawIOF Vy} JO T

“SAABIT OT} JO oULOS

uo yueseid osTe

mmofoo 8 ‘UAOIG

YOU B Taye SBA

T ‘ skor8 4ys1y pur

ylVp JO YIOMJoU B

Aq poyreut Ssureq

‘soavot AAT U3TA

]]OM SUIstuoTIABY

pues ‘uMorq YYSI] OT

‘ay eIpoul

-19JUL YSTUMOIq T

aul] [BSIOP UAOIG)

ueeds 4YSaq T

—

-9In} eu

AjIvaN — °G *bny

‘oJVIPOUIIOJUL Z

‘9018 T

‘UMOI 6

"95BYS JSP]

ur Ty—“o¢e fine

"ma0I5 9

‘UMOIG 9

—¢g fing

-(12ep

AIOA JOU) SUIIOF

ysthois yaup g

‘ePBIPOULIO}UL ¢;

—"elT ‘ine

a} VIPOULIOJUL

‘T9013 G

‘UMOIG ZT

—"9% fine

‘pap pel s19TI10O

“yrep T

‘aVBVIPULIOJUL T

‘maa15 T

‘surged

-nd AYsof[—"eT “ne

“oY BIPOUIIE}UL T

‘UMOIG YSIUsaIS T

‘UMOIG JUST T

‘UMOIG-9}8[090Y9 T

5 auo 7Ng abvzs IsY'T

‘oY VIPIULIOJUL YSTUIIIS T

‘u9e1S T

> uys asp) Burhunyp

UMOIG YIVP ZT

! abn}s 7sp) UT —'T ‘np

‘raT]eMs

youu Apysour atom Lotyy

qnq ‘Uys 4sSBT 94} Sur

-SUBYD IIA 4SE5IVT OIL,

“Ud0I5 %

‘aJVIPSULIIJUL G

‘UMOIG TT

—'16 fine

EPR Ti

‘amoiq deep g

‘OF}1P YSTAMOTG %

‘ayerIp

-OUIOJUL YSIuseIs ¢

“‘JUSTASES TOBA

jo 4gaed szotreque

ay} UO SsprvauMop

pvaids 0} outos Ur

SUIPUS} ‘AUT, [VsIOp

peounouoid AIA

‘ysTinp = tay} ea)

weais §=9youlysIp Gg

—'g ‘bnp

PIZSD

AIOA MOU TOM 10}}R]

eu, ‘SSI WO poysar

skeaye Ayrvau ayy

SUIYS ISB] oy} Sursuvyo

OIOM BAIL] oT} Jo Luv

‘O]VIPITAIIJUL G

‘UMOIG F

‘m90I3 )

: OATTL 9I—"L3 Ayne

“SULINSY IOj

poqoayes Z ‘SsTA UMOTq

ay} Suryoyeut AT}Ovxe

qsouye ‘UMOIG [ord

ames eq} poeuremor

Te § peutuexs ATyUenb

-a1,J—' I —E isnhnpr

‘arqtssod Mou st asueyo

oyyNny BV TotorAr

{Sd} 0} SOAVIT UdeIS UO

peovtd sureq “TIAXX

0} peaoutat g *ayIep

Ioy}eI St 4t yvyy ydeo

-X9 ‘SSIMJ Ol} SotOyvUT

Woy oepeys eB jo

‘UMOI [[B pus ‘aT0 Inq

‘sutured

IOJ poyoejes ouo yovrq

@ puv BVAIB] WdeIS dU,

‘a5B4S JSR] OY} UL [[BUIs

siaqjO 3y} feanqzeut

Ajzeoau auo ATuo 9y7

SBA BAIVT UVEITIS sIJ,

“SIM YORTq

ey} ext, Apoexe

‘yovtq AyTAasUdJUT 6%

‘Ka13 YABp T

‘TadI3 JUSTAq T

‘a8R4s JSBI UL

s1eqjo oyj ‘UMOIG

-9'B,ODOTO pue

UIYS JSVl SUISUBYD T

> OATTR ZE—'S “Hr

“uo

qnq 95B4S JSR] UL [TeVWS

Ssi1oqjO 9} : UTYS ISBT

Suisuvyo pure ‘ysasrey

ay} SBA 199IBl OT],

“WATS FSA T

‘ayeIpouAoyUL T

a5B4S JSVI UL [[VUIS [[B

foals TIL] Ane

‘UMOAd BE

eae FE—LS Aine

*ATOAISNIOXA OS SIAVOT

yep ey} Suryoss you

qnq ‘yueserd are Asoyy

UdYM SSIAJ Yyarep uo

suyset Apoyo Marvy

ayy 0} anp Ayqeqoad st

sIyy, ‘porddns st yuout

-U0TIAUS YABp [BULIOU

a10ul 84} UeyA uUvyy

uojyrzodoid 9 xayevers ut

Ind00 ~suoTydaoxe 4Req4

“TA Ut pues ‘juoUIIt

-edxo Sty} Ur yey} puy

OM BDO PUB ‘SdABOT

you pues sstay Aq dn

apeul aiv satoads s1q} Jo

SssuIpunorms yrep [eur

-10U dT, ‘Seavey Aprnout

YSLypoVy[q oy} Surpquiasat

‘SULIO} YIVp stam yng

“J UL esoyy Ol] ‘yoRTq

JOU 9IOM BALK] OSU J,

‘a[durexa auo Aq

Po}BOIPUL ST SOARET

Sat ayy jo soue

-1gadde at etetpAr

‘FT “95 “AIX ‘Id

UI UMOYS ST pus ‘G

‘Bny ynoqe pansy

sea usutoeds [Ro

-1d44 YW *soAvoy AAT

UMOAG OT} UTA TOA

AIOA —- poSTUOTHAARY

BAIVT aseyy yey}

aaoqe yno pezurod

useq sey 4T

“JUSTIMOITAUO

ILO} POULAOJ TOTP |

suioys Apynow Aaa

S110 DOU me yo

yaa AraA pastuout

-IBY, BAIR] VST,

“JUOTAUOIIAUA TPIT

-noad UMO I9Y} poTquiasea aout ynq ‘*T] 10 *T FO

aSOU} SFI] JOU ALAM BAIV] YIVp oyy, “pus oy}

ye quoreyip AtaA pourewor AayY ynq ‘1919003

TOIVIU IFT] B S}[Nset OMY oyy yysnorq ‘AyI1TIq

-1ydaosns sso] JO porred B IOAO SuTJOR SSIM4 pouta

-ylep oY} JO soUleNyUL [VNpeAS oy} Sspavaraiyy

(61 Ayn) isayg ye AyTTe1edsa ‘ajoyA B SB JayIep

YONU 91B BAB] syt AT ut ATprdva orout rsyyVA

SUIMEYIVP SSTM} oY voUey puvB “ysoueoy st AIT

-Iqudeosns UeYA ‘afIT [BAI] UL ported [eorr10

ayy ynoge sov[d Suryez svar sStay ay} JO anojoo

UI BSUBYD OY} IVY} QUSPIAD SI 4T ‘“SurTysoIO]UT

AIOA ST “AT PUB “TTT UadAJoq Mostredu0d oY,

‘(om ‘SONIGNQAOUNNG WAV] “y) SLIAsAy

“queoy

-tustsut A104 st ‘auo

ynq ySB_ ey} JO ysour

pus ‘aseq{s 4sel ey

sulInp ssurpunoiims

WdaIs JO JOoTFo oY ING

QUI} UL AAJ SIL Loyyer

SI 9 ‘pojured sea

euo UsYyM ‘OT ‘ony

Thun 4g Ang woy

SSUIPUNOIINS Weed

O}UL @BAIB] oy} Jo

€@ SUTAOWLAI JO yore

ay} SAMOS OITA “ET

‘Sy oredmo0p ‘sernoy

OM} oSey} UL UAOYS

St SsuIpunotIns 9}

| UL pasn SsIMy et} Jo

mood ayy, “yueurtszed

-X9 SIQ} UT JIA Jour

| gUBSIOATP oad} xo

| sour ey} payuesatdaa

| puB ‘[[VUIS ST edAIOEF

| -JIp oy} ynq ‘ azeXars

pue Jays, AIyBA

(ZT ‘Sy) teq30 ayy pue

‘UMOIG TayIBp PBT

-emos B st (TT ‘5y)

aug “ZI pue TT ‘sey

“AIX ‘Iq Ut waAoys

|o1w @ ysnsny ynoqe

poinsy #BAIvy OY ot,

‘aioq, «uoldeoxe ou

SBM d1oY} puB “Tt JO

asoy} SB paxyreUl svB

| aIOM SJTUSET oso J,

‘6Q8T “TT yuouttteds gy

Ul BAIR] W8eIS a[SUIS

ay} ey, ‘ssurpunor

-Ins 9Y} UI UseId Jo

POUIN FUL OY} SPABAOZ

posodstpaad 9 Ajjeroed

-sa Ajqeqord osje sea

BAIR] SIT} ING “BAIT

Suureutel ay} jo

yey} Ul Jou YSnoyle

‘g ATU UO asBd SII UL

ysno1yy passed Apvar

[8B useq psy AqTIqY

-daosns JSeueey JO por

-od oY} 48U} oy BOIpUt

01 suteas ‘(OT puB 6G

*s3y Jo sozts ervdui09)

¢ ‘sny ynoqge pajured

udyA OS[B puB ‘1G

A[NE UO BAIR] JSOSIVT

ay} SBA uorljdeoxe

aU 9} IVY JOVI OT,

*quOTATIed xe SIT} UI JO

asn opeut Apatyo ‘s24

-.29 snalan?) JO SBTAY

yep oy} uodn uaoys

aie yOog ‘OT ‘Sy euo

yep ay} pue ‘6 “sg

“ATX ‘Id poqueseida.c

SI BAIR] W80IT OTT,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

B45

2. Artificial Dark Surroundings.

ExpPrErRIMents VIII. anp IX.

VIII.

Cylinder.

Height : 182 mm.

Interm. diam. 83 mm.

Approx. capacity 1000 ce.

Smooth stripped twigs of Salix

rubra and other species of Salix

were enamelled black, and inter-

mixed with and placed round the

food-plant.

IX.

Lamp-shade.

164 mm.

1300 ce.

Height

Approx. capacity

Rough twigs chiefly of Quercus

cerris and elm were enamelled with

black,.and intermixed with and

placed round the food-plant.

July 16.—10 introduced from the

‘second stock,’ having been pre-

viously in green surroundings, in

darkness by day, and illuminated

July 14. — 10 young larvee intro-

duced from ‘first stock” (green

leaves and shoots, which became

brown towards the end).

by a lamp at night.

July 25.—Length about 24:0 mm.

7 brown, 3 green, but the latter not

bright.

Aug. 1. — 10 all brown, although

some of them not very dark.

Aug. 13.—1 had pupated, and 1

was missing. 5 intermediate or

lightish brown (they had changed

in colour before pupatiitg). 3 dark.

Aug. 12. — 1 green (pupating), 1

intermediate, 1 light chocolate-brown

7 dark brown (5 pupating).

’

These results harmonize with those of black-paper

covered sticks in the case of Rh. crategata (see p. 824),

although probably for a different reason. The artificially

darkened surroundings did not seem to produce nearly so

strong an effect as those which are natural to the larve.

At the same time, the larve were subject to different

conditions for a considerable part of their earlier life,

and these probably produced effects which endured till

maturity in several instances, especially in IX. It would

be well to repeat these experiments, employing similar

environments for the whole larval life, and again to make

use of black-paper covered sticks, which were found to

exercise a very strong influence on this species in 1889

(see p. 381).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—parRT Iv. (DEC.) 2D

346 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon

3. Dark Surroundings near the Larve, but not actually

in contact.

EXPERIMENT X.

Cylinder: Height, 190 mm.; interm. diam., 26°5 mm.; appro.

capacity, 110 ce.

In this tall narrow cylinder only green leaves and shoots of food-plant

were present, but outside it many twigs, as in I., were placed.

July 10.— 12 young larve intro-| Aug. 5.—Allinlaststage; 3 green

duced from the “ first stock.” (rather dull), 2 greenish intermediate,

July 25.—Length about 24:0 mm. | 1 very light brown, 1 very light grey,

4 green, 2 intermediate, 6 brown. 4 deep brown (1 very dark, 1 dead),

Aug. 1. — All but 1 in last stage; | 1 very dark blackish grey.

3 green (1 changing last skin), |

2 greenish intermediate, 2 light

brown, 5 dark brown.

The criticism made on the analogous experiment with

the 1889 larve (see p. 3834) holds in this case. The

effect of crowding comes out so clearly in some of the

ereen surroundings (see Experiments XII. and XIIL.),

that it will be necessary to repeat this experiment, in-

cluding very few larvee in each cylinder, and making

comparison experiments with the light dimmed by

objects other than dark twigs. Until this is done, there

will be no reason for believing that a larva is affected

by any twigs except those with which it is in contact,

or at any rate immediately surrounded. It would be

interesting also to make use of dark cylinders enclosed

in glass tubes of varying thickness.

B. Green SURROUNDINGS.

1. Green Surroundings which are natural to the Larve.

(See Table, page 347.)

The strong susceptibility to green surroundings in the

absence of darker colours is very clearly brought out in

these experiments, but also the much greater suscepti-

bility to brown, so that when the larvee were crowded, as

they were in XII. and XIII., in cases with only half the

capacity of XI. and XIYV., they were strongly affected by

one another’s colours, which are always brown in the

earlier stages. The heht brown larve thus produced

much resembled those from Experiment VI., one of

which is shown in Plate XIV., fig. 14.

XI.

Lamp-shade.

Height . 165 mm.

Approx. cap. 1350 ce.

Green leaves and

shoots of Populus ni-

gra alone.

July 9. —20 young

larve introduced from

the ‘first stock,’’ hav-

ing been on the same

surroundings with

many others since)

hatching, & the leaves

having become rather

withered.

July 21. — Length |

from 15-0 to 20-0 mm.

12 larve green,

1 ,, greenish,

7 ~,, brown,

but only 1 of them

darkish brown.

July 30.—20 alive.

Bright green:

11 in last stage,

6 changing last skin

1 last stage but one.

Intermediate, perhaps

greenish:

1 changing last skin.

Very light brown, per-

haps intermediate :

1 (stage unnoted,

probably young).

Aug. 7.—All in last

stage, and many pu-

pating.

All bright green, 11

without the brown dor-

sal stripe, or with it

very faint, 8 with it

distinct, the latter

being generally the

smaller larve.

EXPERIMENTS XI.—XTY.

XII.

Lamp-shade.

Height . 131mm.

Approx. cap. 650 ee.

Approx. cap. 800 ee.

XIII.

Lamp-shade.

Height . 130mm,

As in XI.

July 10.—20 young

larvee introduced ;

hitherto as in XI.

July 17. — 18 alive;

for the most part they

remained brown.

July 23—17 alive ;

14 brown,

3 green,

July 30.

Bright green :

1 in last stage but one

Greenish :

1 in last stage,

1 changing last skin.

Light brown :

1linlast stage,

2 ‘ but one

1 changing last skin.

Aug. 7. — All in last

stage:

2 bright green (1 with

and 1 without dor-

sal stripe).

2 greyish intermediate

13 light brown, like the

7 of XIII. and the

10 of VI.

eRe

July 10.—20 young

larvee introduced ag in |

XI.

July 23.—20 alive:

8 brown,

12 green ov greenish.

Aug. 1.

Bright green:

3 in last stage.

Greenish :

6 in last stage,

1 changing last skin

Brownish intermediate:

1 in last stage but one

Light brown :

8 in last stage,

1 changing last skin

Aug. 5.—In last stage.

3 bright green (1

small),

dull but distinct

green (marked

brown dorsal line),

1 greenish inter-

mediate,

1 brownish inter-

mediate,

7 light brown (1

rather darker than

others),

1 rich brown (small),

changing last skin

1 intermediate.

The 7 light brown much

resembled the 10 of VI.

XIV.

Lamp-shade.

Height - 163 mm.

Approx. cap. 1300 ce.

As in XI., except

that abundant golden

green, smooth, stripped

twigs of Salix vimi-

nalis were intermixed.

These retained their

colour a long time, and

only became a light

greenish brown when a

change eventually oc-

curred, but the larvae

had then ceased to be

sensitive.

July 10.—40 young

larvee introduced as in

XI.

July 16.—6 larve

removed to put in

| XXXIV.

July 19.—33 count-

ed, of which 30 green

or greenish (mostly

former), & 3 brownish

(not dark), & of these

1 quite small. Usual

length 17-0 mm.

July 26. — 33 alive ;

all bright green except

1 small larva, which ig

intermediate. 4 just

before changing last

skin were removed to

XXVI. to test whether

any further change is

now possible.

July 31.—All bright

green :

Last stage . . 24

Changing lastskin 3

Last stage but one 2

1 of the 2 last was re-

moved to XXVI., being

added to the 4 removed

July 26.

Aug. 7.—All in last

stage:

24 bright green, with-

out brown dorsal

stripe or with it

very faint (most

pupating),

4 light green, with

dorsal line dis-

tinct (all these

small in stage).

348 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

The larve of XIV. were much more crowded than

those of XI., but became equally green, or perhaps even

brighter. I attribute this to the presence of the golden-

green twigs of Salix viminalis upon which the larve

rested, and which influenced them strongly. We see

this when we compare the rates at which the effects

were manifested in XI. and XIV. Thus XIV. were far

more strongly influenced by July 19 and 26 than XI. by

July 21 and 30 respectively. The larve manifest a

strong tendency to rest by day on anything twig-like,

greatly preferring it to the leaves. When the latter are

offered alone they frequently rest on each other, and

hence their progress towards greenness is retarded or

even arrested if they are sufficiently crowded.

The result of the transference of green larve from

XIV. to dark surroundings (XX VI.) for the whole of the

last stage, and in one case for most of the last stage but

one also, showed that there was no power of further

change. No effects at all were produced by the trans-

ference. This supports the result of the converse experi-

ment already described (see p. 344, Expt. II.). And yet

the dark surroundings to which these larve were removed

had every opportunity of influencing them, if this were

possible; for the larvee almost invariably rested on the

dark twigs with which their colours were in such marked

contrast.

2. Artificial Green Surroundings.

(See Table, page 349.)

Omitting XV., the larvee of which may have been

affected pathologically by the green pigment, the other

experiments show that the larve are affected in the

direction of green, but not nearly so strongly as when

the natural green surroundings are employed. The

effects of the dark green enamel were very similar to

those of the green leaves and shoots when the larve are

crowded (Experiments XII. and XIII.). It is probable

that the quality of the green light was less effective than

that reflected from leaves and shoots: this will be

considered later on (see Conclusions). The lighter

green enamel (XVIII.) produced much stronger effects

in the direction of green, but not equal to those of

natural surroundings when the larve are uncrowded

(XI. and XIV.). It would, however, be well to repeat

the experiment over a longer period of larval life.

Stronger effects would probably be witnessed, especially

under the conditions of XVIII.

XV.

Cylinder.

Height . 179 mm.

Internal diam. 71 mm.

Approx. cap. 700 ce.

Bright green paper of Quercus cerris and enamelled dark green, |

spills intermixed with elm, enamelled dark as in XVI., were inter-

food-plant.

2. Artificial Green Surroundings.

EXPERIMENTS

XV.—XVIII.

XVI.

Lamp-shade.

Height . 166 mm.

Approx. cap. 1200 ce.

_ Rough twigs, chiefly

green, were intermixed.

XVII.

Lamp-shade.

Height . 109 mm.

Approx. cap. 700 ee.

Smooth twigs of Salix

XVIII.

Lamp-shade.

eight . 133 mm.

| Approx. cap. 700 ee.

| ‘wigs, chiefly rough,

| Were enamelled light

lettres | green and intermixed.

July 9.—8 young

larve introduced from

“first stock,’’ having

been in green surround- |

ings, the leaves _be-

coming rather brown

shortly before this

date.

July 23.— More green

spills added; only 4

larve alive; all light

brown.

July 31. — All large

in last stage but one;

3 greenish, 1 light

brown. 2 were resting

on spills, 2 on leaves.

Aug. 5.—All 4 rather

small in last stage:

2 brownish green.

1 intermediate.

1 light grey.

Aug. 12.—All dead.

larve introduced as in

XV.

[ie eji0}:0 10) 6) :0)\0;'0)/0)0.(6.L0),6 10.0! 6) 6 9-0

July 30.

| 6 dark brown, all at |

| beginning of last

stage,

3 green (not very

bright), 2 at begin-

ning of last stage,

1 changing last |

skin.

1 intermediate,

changing last skin. |

dug. 5. — All in last |

stage:

| 2 bright green (dorsal

band distinct, & in

1 tending to spread |

downwards),

2 intermediate,

3 greyish brown

| light),

& deep brown.

| Not a great difference

between the dark

forms; none of them

very dark.

Aug. 12.

2 green,

3 intermediate,

| 5 dark (although not

very dark).

July 14.—10 young

| stage:

July 16.— 10 intro-

July 16. — 8 intro-

duced as in XVII.

‘duced from ‘second

stock,” having been

previously in green

surroundings, in dark-

|ness by day, and illu-

/minated by a lamp at

| night.

July 25, July 25,

1 green, 3 green,

2 intermediate,

5 brown (not dark).

1 greenish,

1 intermediate,

5 brown.

July 31.

Last stage:

2 bright green,

4 dull green,

2 darkish brown.

Last stage but one:

1 dull green,

1 intermediate.

OFC ONTO CuCHORO CEPA Curt)

Aug. 7.—All in last) dug. 5.—3 larve had

' ceased feeding—2 sreen

and 1 brown.

7 in last stage:

5 green (1 small),

1 intermediate,

1 light brown.

All the green larvae

wer rather dull, with

pronounced brown dor-

sal line.

l bright green (faint |

dorsal line),

1 greenish intermedi-

ate,

6 grey, like the 10 in

VI., only darker as

a whole, although

with much indi-

vidual difference.

“SUIpoez pourvulad Z ATUO

“qrep 11498 6 IV— ET “oer

TTXX Ueyy zaqy5y] AOU

-stq ‘Aors YIM paxturteyutr

‘UMOIG YOII SBA BAIV[ 9UCO

*yarep Ar9A ou—‘sut10F Kors

YsTyprep sureq ‘uirojrun AIBA

pue einyeut [Ty—'¢ ‘npr

“ULYS ISB]

Sursuvyo ‘apprpa.azwe T

“ULYS JSBl SULSUBY ¢

“auo yng = I

‘9381S JSBl Ul F

FUNOLE B

— og fine

“XTX Ul SB

“peonpoayur § — ‘9 Apne

souryednd a1am AuRyy

‘T Jo ssouypeyq

deap ey} Surureyye Ayrveu

jou Ysnoyye “TXX Urq}

IayIVp TOU pus “yy ueyy

IayIVp ‘SULLOF YStyoRlq yep

Ssuleq “XTX Surpqurasea pu

‘anB]s ISB UL [[TyY—' 4 ‘One

‘ULYS JSR] SUISURYD T

‘auo ynq es be

‘9581S JSP] UI

SUMO YIVp TTV¥—'og ne

‘Suyyednd arom Luvyy

‘kas puw WAMOIG JO

Sepeys SNOIvA ‘SUTIOF

yarep AIBA you ‘wR0LQ ZS

‘apprpauilajur YysiUaaL

:95B4S JSVT UL [[Y—') “Snap

eo ee eer eee errs ee eseeeeees

OAT[V FZ VOUATT

‘UMOI OT

‘a]BIPIULIayUL Z

‘([[up) wsae13 9g

> I[[VUUIS S1eyyO ‘SUOy ‘UU

0-Z¢ uayy Jo AUBW—"gz Ayn

“XTX UT SB

‘poonpoayur eg —"g fiynge

‘surednd ataa Aueyy

“ULAT{} JO [TB ynoqge |

asuty UMOIq deep B UIA |

“TXX uvyqy reyrep Apouny

-SsIp ‘SULIOJ yIVp TTB pur

‘9548 ISBT UL |[Y¥—'L “Onp

"9 BIPIULI9JUL T

2 auo yng abnjs ISY'T

‘UMOIG YIVP TZ

‘UMOAG IYSIT 1OYyABL Z

! abvys ysv'T— 0g fipne

“UMOIG GT

‘OVBIPOULIOYUL F

‘uaaI5 [

:asBqS ISBT patoyua ysnl Z%

‘SUOT ‘ULUL().ZE INOGe ISasIVT

ay} : oATTe FE — “9% Mane

“aarT® CE—6T Ayne

"XTX Ur se

‘paonporyur ¢Z — *g fine

‘IXY Ul sv ‘sets poureut

-91 SSUIPUNOAINS ayy yeVyy

ydaoxe “TTXX 0} repraaig

‘a0 oGE 6° dna -woudder

“UU 9 “UDIP [DUWLAUT

‘UU FZT O° OCC OY Ha

‘rapurpAg

“THTXX

"XIX UI se

‘paonporjut § — “9p Agne

‘ot Ato

poppe ssiay yreq -(9T

ATUP) ayBp 19yV] B 4B ,, YO03S

puooas,, ay} wWoIy poyzer

-edas a1aM BAIG[ at} Jey}

ydeoxe “XTX 0} IRTTUAIIG

09 069 ° ‘dno ‘xouddyr

‘UIUL GGL * OO RY HnaRT

‘apeys-dureryT

“TIXX

‘(vibe snyndog Jo auoye

SJOOYS AW SoaveT) UeeIS ssut

-punodins ynq ‘uo1RUTUINy,

-[I JO SUOT}IpUOD LRTTUIIG

00 008 ° ‘dna -wouddpy

Coohoon ey, 9 2 Oo Tlieyar

‘apeys-durery

‘IXX |

‘oy ‘va.uds ay} axty ‘YSt

-yovyq jou ynq ‘tayrep sured

-oq esau, “9T AlN pappe

AIO [ALIOS IO Oop JO Sulays

peddtays uaeis-pue-par 4Byy

ydaoxe “XTX 0} AB[IUMAIG

‘on geet ° ‘dna ‘wouddp

mumg9gT 3° °° RYyhlaH

‘apeys-duery

“suryednd arom Aueyy

*T Jo ssouyoryq deap

ay} Ssurureyye Apreeua you

YSnoyye “TXX Uvyy Jayrep

Yonut pus “yx UBYyy Jeyrep

| ‘SULIO} YSH[oVvlq Yxlep [[B pus

‘a0B4S JSBl ULTTY—') “ony

“UMOIG GT

‘O]BIpaMIGJUL T

‘([[up) ueeI5 9

: Joy[BUIS

sieyjo ‘suo, “WU ().Z¢

way} Jo Auvyy—9z Apne

‘Ystueals puv udais

|atam AUB — “6 Agne

| ‘SUIYOJVY JO auITy at WoIAy

| AAOGe paqiaosap SuOT}IpuoD

ay} 02 yoolqns useq sur

/-ABY ,.{Y0}S puodaS ,, MOAT

| psonpout 9z —"g Apne

“gT ATUL papp® ora STAY

yreqy *(suorjrpuos Areurpao

0} posodxe UseyA ‘pig ‘ony

Tyan) ywWstu ye durey uggered

jems Aq pozyeuraNyT pure

‘kep q ssouyaep ut yday

09 NOOT ‘doo -xouddp

“UU EOT My bray

‘apeys-durery

“XX

“XIX

‘TNX X— XIX SINDNIIaaax

“LHOIT Wii NI SONIGNNOWENS NaaUr) GNV MUV({ 16)

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 351

C. Dark anD GREEN SuRRoUNDINGS IN Dim Licart.

(See Table, page 350.)

These experiments were conducted with the object of

investigating the relation between the habits of the larvee

as regards resting and feeding, and the external con-

ditions as regards light. In this respect I did not come toa

conclusion; but the experiments have proved very valuable

in another way,—in testing the effect of dim light upon

the colour-relation between larve and their surroundings.

The effect is very clear, and conclusively proves that

light is the agency which influences the larve. For, with

this dim illumination, neither green nor (probably) even

dark surroundings produce their full effect, the influence

of the former naturally being diminished far more than

that of the latter. Thus green surroundings continued,

in this case, for the whole of larval life (XXI. and XXIII.)

failed to produce a single green larva, only 2 out of 33

being greenish intermediate. It must be remembered,

however, that XXI. was much crowded, as were the

larvee of XXIII. previous to July 16. On the other hand,

the dark twigs in XIX. and XXII. produced very different

effects from those of I., where, however, they were added

7 days earlier. Although the effects are diminished, they

are not altogether absent even in the case of the green

surroundings, for we find that the larvee exposed to the

latter (XXI. and XXIII.) are the lightest, those exposed

to dark twigs (XIX. and XXII.) are the darkest, and

those exposed to the stems of dock which became dark

brownish (XX.) are intermediate. When we compare

these results with those of the next experiments, in

which dark and green surroundings in darkness produced

the same effect on the larve, it becomes clear that

light is the agency by which the colour-changes are

directly, or more probably indirectly, brought about.

D. Dark anp GREEN SURROUNDINGS IN DARKNESS.

EXPERIMENTS XXIV. anp XXYV.

XXIV.

XXV.

Lamp-shade. Height, 132 mm.; | Lamp-shade. Height, 129°5 mm. ;

approximate capacity, 8U0 ce. approximate capacity, 750 ce.

Kept in same illuminationasXIX.| As in XXIV., except that abun-

—XXII. from hatching until July | dant dark twigs were added July 16.

9. From July 9 to Aug. 3 kept in)

total darkness, except when fed and |

when XIX.—XXIII. were being}

shifted from light to darkness, and

vice versa, every 24 hours. Green

surroundings as in XXIII., &e.

July 9.—25 larve arranged in| July 9.—25 larve introduced, as

is cylinder. in XXIV,

XXIV.

Lamp-shade. Height, 132 mm. ;

approximate capacity, 800 ce.

XXYV. :

_Lamp-shade. Height, 129:5 mm. ;

approximate capacity, 750 ec.

July 20.— Many about 20-0 mm.

long; others smaller.

2 green,

7 greenish,

16 brown.

July 26.—The largest about 32-0

mm. long.

4 green,

2 intermediate,

19 brown.

Aug. 7—All in last stage, and all

dark,—grey, brown, and blackish

larvee being intermixed. Although

dark, none of them approached the

results of I.

July 20.—Same size as XXIV.

6 green,

7 greenish,

12 brown.

July oh —

2 green,

7 intermediate,

16 brown.

Aug. 7.— All in last stage, and

similar to XXIV. It was impos-

sible to assert that these were any

darker than the latter ; the two lots

were as nearly as possible the same.

The significance of these results has been pointed out

already (see p. 351).

It is interesting to note that the larve varied greatly ;

this was also the case in some of the larvee exposed to

dim light (XXI.), while others were very uniform (XX.,

POG uLp

I. TRANSFERENCE EXPERIMENTS.

EXPERIMENTS XXVI. anp XXVII.

XXVI.

First contained in XIV.; then in

cylinder.

Height, 176 mm.

Internal diameter, 71 mm.

Approximate capacity, 700 ce.

Transferred from green to dark

surroundings for the last stage.

XXVII.

First contained in IIJ.; then in

cylinder.

Height, 86 mm.

Internal diameter, 61 mm.

Approximate capacity, 250 ce.

Transferred from dark to green

surroundings for last stage, and part

of last but one.

July 26.—4 green larve about

32-0 mm. long, just before changing

their last skins, transferred from

XIV. to another cylinder with abun-

dant dark twigs intermixed.

July 27.— All but 1 were changing

skins, and all were resting on the

dark twigs.

July 30.— Same; all on brown

twigs, and as bright green as ever.

July 31.—Same; still resting on

brown twigs. A fifth bright green

larva, small in last stage but one,

transferred from XIV. to this eylin-

der.

Aug. 1.—All resting on brown

twigs, and all bright green.

Aug. 5.—The 4 larve transferred |

July 26 had ceased feeding, remain-

ing bright green, with a faint dorsal

line. ‘The 1 small larva transferred

July 31 was changing last skin, and

was bright green, with distinct

dorsal line. There was no further

July 27.—3 brown larve, about

24:0 mm. long, transferred from II.,

where they had been subjected to

brown surroundings, to green leaves

and twigs alone of food-plant.

July 31.—2 changing last skin,

1 at beginning of last stage; still

brown.

Aug. 5.—The 3 larve were now

more than half-grown in last stage,

}and had become rather lighter than

those remaining in Il. The most

changed was painted.

change.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 353

The results of these experiments have been described

under II. and XIV. respectively (see pp. 344 and 348).

It is interesting to note that the darkening of a larva

which has become green appears to be more difficult

than the converse change. ‘hus the effects, if any, in

XXVI. were confined to the dorsal area (even in the

larva transferred on July 31), whereas the pigment in

XXVII. had become somewhat lighter over the whole

surface.

I’, Wuitr SURROUNDINGS.

(See Table, page 354.)

The faintly greenish white larva is shown in Plate

XIV., fig. 15; the faintly brownish in fig. 16. Reference

to these figures will show how completely the white

dominates the tendency to other colours ; and, as shown

above, there was no such tendency in most of the larve

in XXVIII.

The less marked effects witnessed in XXIX. and XXX.

were probably due to the facts that the experiments

began later, and that the enamelled surface was less

congenial to the larve than the paper. But it would be

well to repeat these experiments. It must be remem-

bered, too, that the sticks in XXX. were not so white

as the others.

G. SURROUNDINGS OF OTHER COLOURS.

(See Table, page 355.)

The influence of blue (XXXI. and XXXII.) is evidently

strongly in the direction of dark forms. The uniform

purplish brown colour of all the larve in XXXI. must be

something more than a coincidence. Itis clear that the

blue not only tended to produce dark larve, but dark

larve of a certain kind. At the same time the larve

did not resemble the blue spills, but were such as would

have been protected on dark purplish brown twigs.

Some quality in the light reflected from such twigs would

cause the larval adjustment, and this experiment sug-

gests that the proportion of blue rays may be the effec-

tive stimulus which causes the larve to assume the

appropriate shade of brown. The appearance of these

larve is well shown in Plate XIV., tig. 17, where the

354 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

F. Wuire SurRounDINGs.

Experiments XXVIII.—XXX.

z XXIX. XXX.

Pe as Lamp-shade. Lamp-shade.

- barat: Height 165 mm. | Height 147 mm.

Height 149 mm. ree : : -

Taieaiidinnne alee Approx. cap. 1300 ce. Approx. cap. _ 990 ce.

Approm. cap., 600 ce. Many rough twigs,| Similar to XXIX., ex-

Many white paper spills

intermixed with and sur-

rounding food-plant.

chiefly of Quercus cerris

and elm, were enamelled |

twice with white, and |

intermixed.

cept that twigs were only

enamelled once, & hence

were not so_ brilliantly

white.

July 11.—10 young

larve introduced from

“first stock,” having been

previously on green leaves

and twigs alone, which

had become somewhat

brown by July 11.

July 21.— Larvee 22-0

mm. long:

3 bright green,

6 greenish,

1 light brown.

Some of the larvee had a

very whitish appearance ;

this was noticed some

days previously.

July 23.— More spills

added.

July 30. — All in last

stage; all resting on the

spills:

8 very whitish & opaque-

looking,

1 green,

1 brownish (small in last

stage).

Aug. 3.—Carefully com-

pared; all 10 nearly ma-

ture, and extremely white

and opaque. The results

were very uniform, al-

though 2 were faintly

greenish and 1 faintly

brownish, but these tints

were nearly hidden in the

predominant tendency

towards white. One of

each was selected for

painting.

July 14.—10 young

larve introduced, as in

XXVIII.

July 25.—

5 green,

1 greenish,

4 brown (not dark).

dug. 7.—All last stage :

4 bright green (dorsal

line very distinct on 1,

faint on 2, overspread

with grey on 1),

4 whitish, |

2 very light grey, in- |

clining to whitish.

The whitish larvae were

duller and more inclining

to other colours (green-

ish, brownish or yellow- |

ish) thanthoseof XXVIII.

They were, however, quite |

distinct opaque whitish |

forms.

July 16.—9 introduced

from the ‘second stock,”

having been on green sur-

roundings, in darkness by

day, and lamp-light at

night.

July 25.—9 alive:

7 green,

2 greenish.

Aug. 7. — All in last

stage :

4 bright green (8 with

distinct dorsal line, 1

tending to be over-

spread with grey),

4 whitish (duller than

XXIX.),

1 light brown, like the

10 larve in VI.

XXXI.

Lamp-shade.

Height Simm:

Approx. cap. 700 ce.

Many dark blue pa-

per spills intermixed

with food-plant and

surrounding it.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

355

G. SURROUNDINGS OF OTHER COLOURS.

EXPERIMENTS XXXI.—XXXIV.

XXXII.

Cylinder.

Height . 158 mm.

Internal diam. 71mm.

Approx. cap. 650 ce.

Similar to XXXLI., ex-

cept that the blue, al-

though pronounced,

was not so deep in tint.

XXXII.

Lamp-shade.

Height . . 133 mm.

Approx. cap. 700 ce.

Many deep orange

paper spills and pieces

of paper similarly in-

termixed.

XXXIV.

Cylinder.

Height . 180 mm.

Internal diam. 82 mm.

Approx. cap. 1000 ce.

Many smooth twigs of

Salix enamelled deep

orange were similarly

intermixed.

July 10.—11 young

larve introduced from

the ‘ first stock,’’ hav-

ing been previously in

green surroundings,

which had become

somewhat dark to-

wards this date.

July 21.—10 alive:

9 brown, many dark ;

1 greenish,the largest.

The general length was

about 19:0 mm.

July 23.—More spills

added.

July 31.—All 10 in

last stage, and all very |

dark. They nearly al-

ways rest on the spills.

Aug. 3.— Uniformly

very dark purplish

brown, with hardly any

individual differences.

The 10 larve were

nearly mature. A larva

was selected for paint-

ing.

Aug. 12.—Only one

feeding. Allremained

very dark, as before.

larve introduced, as in

XXXI.

July 21.—10 alive :

9 brown, many dark ;

1 green (the largest

larva).

About 19:0 mm. is the

usual length.

July 23.—More blue

spills added.

July 31.—

9 small in last stage ;

all dark, but not so

dark as in XXXI.

lgreen. not bright, but

with much brown on

back, and _ yellow

spots distinct on side

and beneath. This

is the largest, and

almost mature.

The larve nearly al-

ways rest on the spills.

Aug. 5.—All in last

stage, and about ma-

ture.

1 greenish interme-

diate,

1 lightish grey,

4 deep rich Sa ead

brown, 33%

4 blackish. a

These lary were very

dark, although not

nearly so much so as

those of XXXI.

Aug. 13. — All pu-

| pating.

July 10.—11 young |

July 9.—12 young

larve introduced, as in

XXXI.

July 19. — Larger

larve about 17°0 mm.

long.

1 darkish brown,

11 varying from green-

ish to brownish

green.

No bright green larve.

July 23. — More

orange spills added.

1 brown,

11 green, some of them

greenish.

July 31. — 12 all

green, although many

were not the brightest

green. They were near-

ly always found resting

on the orange paper.

Aug. 12.—Many pu-

| pating, and all 12 ma- |

ture. All bright green,

generally with but

slight dorsal line.

July 14.—4 young

larve introduced, as in

XXXI.

July 16. —6 more

added from XIV.

July 25.—

7 green,

1 greenish,

1 intermediate,

1 brown.

Aug. 5. — All last

stage, nearly mature.

7 bright green (only 1

with dorsal line dis-

tinct),

2 intermediate,

1 light brown.

556 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

purplish larva is represented on a spill of the dark blue

colour employed. The effects of lighter blue (XXXIL.)

were far less uniform. It may be that the blue rays

must come from a surface of a certain depth of colour in

order to produce the effect seen in XXXI.

Orange surroundings, on the other hand (XXXIII. and

XXXIV.), tend to produce typical green larve, although

the effect of orange paper was much stronger than that

of orange enamel. ‘The larve were, however, exposed to

the latter for a shorter time, and probably found it a less

congenial surface to rest upon.

Here, too, when an artificial colour entirely different

from anything in the normal surroundings of the species

produces exactly the same effect as a totally different

appearance in the natural environment, the most

probable view is that there is some common quality in

the reflected light, and that this is the effective stimulus.

If there were any evidence for pathological change or

abnormal development of any kind, the argument would

not hold; but the larve reared among orange spills and

sticks appeared to be as healthy, and in every way as

normal, as those reared among the green leaves and

shoots, which produce the same result. Nor is it at all

probable that the results are merely due to the quantity

of reflected light rather than its quality. Thus the

greater amount of light reflected from white paper does

not make the larve greener than orange paper, but

utterly different in appearance.

These considerations will be brought side by side with

those derived from the experiments on pupe in the

Conclusions at the end of the paper, where the spectro-

scopic composition of the light reflected from the back-

grounds will be described, together with its effect upon

the various species employed.

Comparison with the earlier experiments on the pupe

of Pieris rape and P. brassicé strengthens this con-

clusion; for | have shown (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soce., vol.

178 (1887), B, pp. 429—482) that in both these species

the same orange paper employed in XXXIII. and the

same blue employed in XXXI., produced green and dark

pupe respectively. On p. 48] the extent in the spectrum

of the rays which were chiefly reflected from these colours

is represented in a diagram, and it is shown to be pro-

bable that the rays which check the formation of true

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 357

pigment, and so reveal the more deeply placed ok lie

between a wave-length of zo3455 and 7582855 Mm.; in

other words, about the D line of the solar spectr um.

It will be of the greatest value to now test these con-

clusions by the use of coloured glass or gelatine screens.

White spills or painted sticks might be employed in a

large number of experiments with screens of various

colours. This method has been already tried to some

extent with the pup (see Vanessa io and the Pieride),

but the larve of A. betularia are far more suited for the

investigation, being so highly sensitive, and possessing

such a wide range of possible colours and combinations

of colours.

The fact that each of these artificial colours produces

nothing peculiar, but only some one out of the well-known

appearances which are liable to occur in the surroundings,

is strongly in favour of the essentially protective signi-

ficance of the change, which is thus only possible when

it leads to harmony with some natural environment.

The same fact holds universally throughout the species

which have been proved to be susceptible, unless an

exception is to be made in favour of the golden pupe of

Vanessa urtice. These, however, are discussed in a

later part of the paper (see Conclusions).

Tue StrrRucturRAL CAUSE OF THE VARIED COLOURS OF

THE Larva oF AMPHIDASIS BETULARIA.

This was partially investigated in 1889 (see p. 336),

and was proved to be due to colour in the skin or just

below it. In the present year the following method was

adopted, and found to work well. - The larva was stretched

with its ventral line uppermost across a glass slide

covering a window cut in a sheet of cork. The anterior

and posterior ends of the larva extended beyond the

glass, and were pinned to the cork. ‘The body walls

were then divided along the median ventral line and

pinned out flat at each end, so that the section of the

body passing across the glass was flat also. The latter

part could be examined “from above or below with the

lens or a compound microscope, and the effect of

removing any coloured layer was at once seen.

In such stretched and flattened larvee the loss of the

sreen blood made the colour rather less deep, and the

same effect followed the removal of a section of the

358 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

digestive tract. But I do not think any effect is pro-

duced in the normal state when the larva is less

stretched, and the superficial coloured layers are there-

fore thicker, and when the light has to penetrate the

larval skin before reaching the blood and internal organs;

so that the latter cannot be highly illuminated as they

were in the dissection.

In all larve the layer of fat between the superficial

muscles and the epidermis (hypodermis) was more or

less green. In green varieties it is bright green, and

causes the colour of the larva, as is at once seen if a

small area be removed. In some brown larvee it is quite

as green as in the green ones, but is concealed by dark

pigment in the epidermis, which acts as a screen. In

others the colour is developed but little, and in one dark

larva examined this fat was pale yellowish green, except

in the first abdominal segment, where it was as strongly

coloured as in a green larva. If a little of the green fat

be removed and examined under the microscope, it is

seen to be opaque and bright green. It can be made

thinner by pressure, and thus rendered transparent,

when it appears as a pale yellowish green. High powers

show that the green colouring matter (probably some

derivative of chlorophyll) is contained in the oil-globules

within the cells. Alcohol instantly turns the fat deep

yellow, and causes the oil-globules to be compressed out

of the cells, and to cohere in large yellow drops, gradually

decolorised by the alcohol, which becomes itself tinged

with the same colour.

The dark pigment is contained, as I have said, in the

epidermis cells, which lie over this layer of fat, thus con-

cealing the latter. In green larve the epidermal layer

covering the green fat contains a light yellow transparent

colour, appearing greenish yellow under the microscope.

It dissolves out in alcohol, and is probably some chloro-

phyll derivative. The cuticle is colourless, except for

certain small brown spots.

Intermediate larvee are well suited for displaying both

these causes of colour. ‘These are commonly green,

with a distinct wide brown dorsal stripe, which, ante-

riorly in each segment, passes downwards, and forms a

girdle round the larva; while posteriorly the green

colour forms a broader girdle, interrupted in the dorsal

region by the brown stripe. If such a larva be pinned

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 859

out in the manner previously described, the appearance,

as seen from the internal surface, after removing the

digestive tract and most of the deep part of the fat-body,

is shown in Plate XIV., fig. 18, where abdominal segments

1to4 are represented. The tracheal system is only in-

dicated on the left side. The anterior direction is shown

by the arrow. In each segment the anterior brown band

prolonged from the dorsal stripe is well shown, and here

the epidermis is not underlaid by green fat, although this

effect is probably in part due to the stretching. A mass

of bright yellow fat lies on each side of the dorsal stripe

anteriorly in each segment. This belongs to a deeper

part of the fat-body below the muscles of the body-walls.

Over the green fat which forms the posterior band in

each segment, it has been already stated that the

epidermis is not brown but pale yellowish in tint, and

quite transparent.

It is therefore clear that the surroundings determine

not only the presence or absence of true pigment in the

epidermie cells, but also its constitution and therefore

colour when present. And the range of possible tints

and combinations is very wide, including all shades of

brown and grey, passing into black on the one side and

white on the other, and comprising uniform tints as well

as the most complex combinations, as when these larvee

resemble the appearance of lichen. But the surroundings

also determine the presence of the green colour in the

superficial layer of fat. These are the results, and some

quality in the light reflected from surrounding objects

forms the cause, but the physiological chain which con-

nects the two has yet to be discovered.

Direct EviIpENCE oF A COLOUR-RELATION BETWEEN THE

Larva or A. BETULARIA AND THEIR NaturaL Sur-

ROUNDINGS.

Nearly all the colours obtained in these experiments

are well known in the field, and the others will doubtless

be found if looked for on plants of the appropriate colour.

Thus the white varieties, the only ones I have not seen

wild, would probably be found upon food-plants with

white pubescent or glaucous shoots. Such a wide power

of colour-adaptation is especially necessary for a larva

which feeds, like A. betularia, on almost any shrub or

360 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

tree. For several years I have observed the corre-

spondence between wild larve and their food-plants.

Thus they are especially common in gardens feeding on

rose, and, so far as I have observed, these are invariably

green and well concealed among the abundant green

shoots on which, and not on the older brown wood, they

are found. Ihave found the same to be true of larve

found on the green shoots of sallow and Ribes americana,

while larve found on the brown branches of cherry were

brown, and the same was the case with one found on apple.

Two green varieties found feeding on broom were brought

me by Miss Gould during the past autumn. The larve are

very commonly beaten from birch and oak, and these are,

so far as my experience goes, always dark varieties. Mr.

Arthur Sidgwick, who has had a wider experience of the

wild larvee, not only agrees with this, but tells me that

he always notices a difference between the dark larve

beaten from the two trees, corresponding to the difference

between the twigs on which the larve rest in the two

cases.

The most interesting example, however, was told me

by Dr. Stacey Wilson, of Birmingham, who beat the larva

from a lichen-covered food-plant, and found it so exactly

resembled the lichen that he thought it could not be this

species at all, and was only convinced when the moth

appeared. Had I known this earlier in the summer,

I should have tried the effect of lichen-covered sticks.

In a complex result of this kind it would be especially

interesting to attempt to determine the peculiar quality

in the reflected light which acts as the stimulus.

There is thus a considerable body of evidence to prove

that the results obtained by breeding in confinement

under certain conditions, point to the existence of a

power of individual colour-adaptation which is possessed

and is widely used by the wild larve in their natural

surroundings.

C. EXPERIMENTS ON THE Conours or Pups,

1887—1892.

These experiments were partly undertaken in order to

confirm the results of my previous work (Phil. Trans., B.,

1887, p. 811), and partly to make out further details.

Professor Weismann had suggested to me that con-

firmation was desirable, inasmuch as the results of

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 361

experiment were not uniform, but depended upon

averages. I was also very anxious to investigate the

pupa of Vanessa io as completely as that of V. urtice.

Considering the importance of the conclusions which

seem legitimately to follow from the results of conflicting

colour experiments, I was desirous of repeating these,

and of devising some improved method by which the

larvee could be subjected to the conditions for the whole

of the sensitive period. Coloured glass screens have also

been employed in many of the experiments, especially

with the Pieride. Attention was also directed to other

special points, some of which came out in the course of

the enquiry.

Crowding the larve affects the colour, and therefore

the size of the receptacles becomes a matter of im-

portance. These are described in detail at the end of

the paper, and will be referred to by numbers, accom-

panied by a very brief description, under the experiments

themselves.

EXPERIMENTS UPON VANESSA URTICH.

1887.

In working at these pupe in the preceding year, I gained

a very strong impression that the pup in darkness were,

other things being equal, formed later than those in the

licht. If this were the case, it appeared possible that

time might be an element in the production of the dark

superficial pigment which prevents the golden appear-

ance. I had concluded that this protraction of the

period before pupation occurs, from the experiments on

Pieride, as well as those on Vanesside (Phil. Trans.,

1887, B., pp. 339 and 482), and my friend Mr. G. C.

Griffiths had independently noticed the same thing with

the Pierideé (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, pp. 256, 257).

I was therefore anxious to make some experiments with

this special end in view, the impression I had gained

being merely the incidental result of experiments

intended for other purposes.

I made three such sets of experiments upon V. urtice

in 1887, and a brief summary of the first is given in a

footnote to the paper referred to above (Phil. Trans.,

l.¢., p- 339).

Before detailing these experiments, it will be necessary

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—parriv. (DEC.) 25

362 Me. Poulton’s further experiments upon

to quote the description of the varieties of this pupa from

my earlier paper :—

(1) Very unusually dark, almost black; very little

gold, or none.

(2) Dark normal form; dark grey, often with a slight

pinkish tinge, with very little gold, or none.

(3) Light normal form; light grey, often with a pro-

nounced pinkish tinge; more gold than (2),

occasionally none.

(4) Lighter than (3); the pinkish tinge often very

pronounced, and usually a large amount of gold.

(5) Very light forms; generally completely covered

with gold” (Phil. Trans., B., 1887, p. 320).

It was also found convenient to subdivide the (3)s still

further into dark (8)s, (8)s, and light (8)s. This ar-

rangement will be adopted in the present paper.

EXPERIMENTS 1 AND La.

A small company of 44 larve of Vanessa urtice were

found at Oxford, at 7.30 p.m., July 11, 1887. They were

so obviously mature that it was probable that some had

already left the food-plant, and that the shock of capture

would cause these remaining larve also to seek pupation.

Their size being very uniform, they were well suited for

the purposes of this enquiry.

About 10 p.m. they were offered food; the majority

refused it, and wandered. These were separated, and

again offered food; and it was assumed that the 29

larvee which again refused it, had entered Stage I. of the

period before pupation. They were therefore divided

between the 3 receptacles described below, while the 15

which remained on the food were placed with leaves in

3 similar receptacles. The arrangements were complete

about 10.45 p.m.

(See Table, pages 363, 364.)

Several very interesting conclusions can be derived

from this table.

Bearing upon the duration of the stages before pupation :—

The observations were repeated so frequently that the

beginnings of the stages can be fixed with a very small

margin of error,

“OFT

*(BAIRT YE IO} CT'G

kes) papuedsns ¢

*(BAIVT

UP pues pig 10} OG"9

Aes) papuedsns +

*(BAIV] WY), oy ‘urd F

Avs) pooy iyo oavy [le

‘ (Bare, pug tof ‘urd

7 Avs) papuedsns z

*(BAIV] 39 10} OFT

fes) Jooruoe *(OF'T

es) papuadsns tf

*(BAIR] UIE TOF OTT

Aes) poozryoy oavy e

(BAIR] UF pure pig

“pug toy OGG Avs)

pooy Je, SAVY F

“pooy

uo 4saq ‘JOOI UO T

*poonporyUl BAIy J,

‘0791,

‘oI

"(BAIR TQ TOF CT'G

es) papuedsns 9

*(BAreT TIE OF OG"9

Aes) papuedsns ¢

*(BAIv]

TF Y preg roy “urd F

Aes) papuedsns fF

*(BAIRT

pug pur 4ST OF OFT

kes) popuedsns %

“OUT

‘(marry yg pus ‘TIF

‘preg 10} 0G°6 Avs) pooy

qJoT MOU OAR G

“pooy

uo 4seX ‘Joor 00 Z%

*paoNporpUL BAIR]

‘OWI

‘OI

"(BAIT pugs OF QE"

kes) papuedsns z

‘(curd F

es) papuedsns fT

*(BAIRT

pug 107 OFT Avs)

[eho RAUCH SEAL U BRON

‘(08 IT

Aes) pooj oy svy T

‘out

sROCh UOMDY:

“paonporyUl BAIR] |

(BART UIST 10¥ OF TT

kes) papuodsns ZT

“OU

“(BAIL TILT 1OF STG

Xes) papuedsns [T

*(BAIVT

UOT 9F WE 10F OG"9

es) pepuedsns OT

*(BAIVT

WF Y pag rox “tard F

es) pepuedsns F

*(BAIVT

pug pus Is] 10F OF T

Aes) popuedsns Z

‘OHI

*JOOI ay} UO [TV

*paonporjUl BAIL] FT

“out

‘oy

* (BAIT

TG pues UIP OF OG"9

es) papuedsns ¢

*(BAIR] pg IoF-Ur'd F

kes) papuedsns ¢

*(BAIVT

pug PUB 4ST IOF OFT

Aes) papuedsns %

*094TT

*JOOL at} WO TTY

*paonporpUl BArVy g

“ssouyIVp

ut tapurpéo yorlg

AUN EEC) aah wal

“qUusty Suo1ys

UI XOq Ul} WSU

“XITX 0} telrUATg

‘Vy sT]

Suo1s UL X0q 4[LD

*Feoy YoynG

| PLEA TEXG LO) STEXENGXG

“ssouyrep

Ul JapurfAd YOR

00 oa oa

“qySI] Suo014s

UL xoq UT} FYSIIg

“XITX 0} tepraarg

USI

“Tq. (g) gusty Aros

® ‘JOOI 9} UO BAI]

pepuadsns g jo dnoas

® Jo au0 ‘(OF TT Avs)

peyednd xeyjouy

“Ot

‘oy

“qUBIT [Iq a10UL

ay} aye SuLeq auo

I9}}R] 9} ‘s(G) Uaplos

Ajay elopoul YYOq pure

‘Joor to payeyost d[a4B

-rapout Tog (ZB

ABS) SOINUIU MOF B T

‘(og Avs) moy ue

ynoqe T ‘payednd z

*(BAIL]

TIS Y IL toy urd F

Xvs) pepuedsns g

‘(warey YG pus

“HIG “UNF ‘prg LOF OFT

evs) pepuedsns 9

“OUT

"(BAIR PUZ 1OF (G"6

es) papuedsns %

‘JOOI UO

ysat ‘popuedsns T

‘PIONPOAJUL BAIV]

“FySTT

Suois UL xoq 4[L)

‘yeoy Yong

STATX1O TX

*(xIaNaady ‘x) 99S) sapoeydeoer Jo uodtiaosep poltejap 0} JoJo stequinu asely,

‘qysUprlUryT

‘urd CTT

‘urd 0 ‘OL

‘urd 0e'8

‘urd L °¢

‘md Q ‘¢

‘urd 02'S

“ua'® OS OT

‘ure cT'6 ‘er Arne

‘urd GOL ‘TT Alne

*soqeq.

*pooy UIM— VT INGKINaGaXy | *poofz JHOYJTAA—"[ INGWIUaaX Gy |

*(g) yxep ® “(0€"8)

pojednd ysnl sey J

‘(g)

yaep 10a @ ‘(OF"g)

poyednd ysnf sey T

‘od

“oy

(1) 8 (OFT)

poyednd ysnl svy T

“asUvYLD TOY}ANJ ON

“(g)

@ pus (T) @ ‘(#arry

UF purv pig IoF ul’ you ‘Foor uo (‘ure

|6 Avs) poyednd fT

¢ Avs) poyednd %

*popuad

-snS ®WAIR] 9Y} [[V

“tapos AyTeuotydaoxe

*(¢) yqAT, Aroa B puB

*(og', Avs) AT}UA00. T

:uepjos AT[euo1ydao

-xe ‘(¢) WysIT B pur

‘(ure fF Avs) sanoy

Moz oUOS T ‘poyednd z

LLL ——————————aaeEeEeGEu050— men ew TT

“querypIaq A19A |

‘(g) @ : a10Jaq paoTyou

jou pues ‘(urea

-un AtoA yng “ure |

7 Aes) sanoy Moz)

autos Ayqeqoad ‘jue |

-pooj uo poyednd {|

*[IS 0} B1epout

{IA (fF) B ‘pepaoro

‘uapos uvyy AraAqIS

arout (F) B ‘(papao.o

you) oor uo (‘ure Q)

poyednd ysnl yuo TI

QA0qB SB

(F) @ ‘(papaoro you) |

yoor uo (gg'y Avs)

Ayyuaoer payednd T

*(g) yavp AT9A B

‘LOO OF [LaF yng ‘yporq

uo papuedsns JT :4II5 |

ayVLepOuU YAITA (F) vB

‘(papao.o you) Foo. uo

T ‘(ure fF Avs) stmoy

Moyatuos Z ‘poyednd F

‘(@) querptiaq AToute1y

-xo uv ‘que[d-pooy

jo jee, @ uo (‘me

¢ Aes) payednd T

*(@) yuerpiaq Ajouter

-xa uB !yoor ay} UO

poyepost ‘(Qg', Avs)

Ayyue0ea poyednd T

*(Z) 8

‘(urd g Aes) ATQua00a

aqmb T a» ‘(g) IysTT B

‘curd g Avs) sanoy |

amos T :payednd Zz

ueppos Austr ‘(¢)

e (‘ud ¢ Avs) moy ue

Ajreou poyednd sey T

‘oI

‘oul

‘(g) B ‘(uoou

aL Avs) Apuedoar

aytnb payednd svy T

*(g) yavp A030

e pue ‘(ggoT Avs) |

qarree T *(¢) IUD] T

pue (¢) ws Atos %

‘(ue TT Avs) A]JUe.

-ar g :peyednd F

*(g) @ st (‘ue 6 Avs)

ednd pag oy, ‘(#)

B pure (¢) yaep ArOA

eB ale pu ‘(ure QT)

asuviya pajetduroo

qysnl <yu0 Z: poyednd ¢ |

*popued |

“SNS @BAIRT oY} [LV |

*(¢) yarep ATA B pur |

‘(ure g Avs) payed

-nd ysnf Ayuo T ‘(¢)

yaep StaA B pur (T)

yovtq AIoA B : (‘U'R

7 Aes) sanoy Moy

euos g ‘payednd ¢

“9[15 [ensn

-un IM (fF) B fyoor uo

pezejost ‘pozwdnd (g*TT)

ysnl seq BAIR] 4SBl OUT,

‘(g) qySI] Bs aAoge sv

‘(cord g Avs) samoy

| Moy autos poyednd T ou

‘OUT men CG |

oUt “OU

‘OG “ouG

“OUT OIG

"YES eTa9T]

(7) @ =(o¢°0T Avs)

aaoqz sv peyednd T OUI

“[LS 07B19poum

(F) B : papaozo ATayVI

-apout ‘(‘ut'e 6 Aes)

joor uo payednd T

*(BAIV] TG LOJ “Uv G

es) papuedsns Avou

SI BAIR] 4SBl OUT,

‘s(¢) uapjos AT[vu10u

y10q (0g"L Aes) AT}Ue0

/-al G ‘4113 apy}tT ATOA

uta s(g) [78 : (ue

‘q[13 peuriou YIM (fF) F ABs) SMMoy Ay

T puv s(g) g “yoor uo | aulos g ‘aAOGe peuTOTy

pepaoro ATa}BIEpOU | -UAU FOO 9t{} UO g Jv

‘cure 7 Avs) sanoy /dnorS ay} fo s1ayyo

Moy outos poyednd ¢ | ayy $ payednd ¢

‘ard 0g'TT “cc

‘md 0g'8 ce

‘urd OFS sc

‘ud Or ec

‘urd CET “ce

‘ud OFZI “ce

"TU? Ce'TL “ec

‘U'®B 9 ‘OL ce

me o's ‘et Aine

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 365

I have previously spoken of the period before pupation

as the ‘‘ preparatory period,” and have pointed out that

it consists of three stages :—

“ Stage I., in which the larva quits its food plant and

hurries about, seeking for some place upon which to

pupate.

Stage II., in which the larva rests motionless upon the

selected surface, and towards the end of the stage spins

the boss of silk for its subsequent suspension.

Stage ILI., in which the larva hangs suspended by its

posterior claspers from a boss of silk”? (Phil. Trans.,

1887, B., pp. 327, 328).

If we assume that Stage I. began with the shock of

capture in the case of the first three larve to pupate in

each of the three receptacles without food, the following

table indicates the beginnings and ends of all the stages

and preparatory periods which could be safely fixed.

(See Table, pages 366, 367.)

The first point brought out by these figures is the

creat difference between the lengths of the stages, ac-

cording as the larve remained upon the food-plant, or

were wandering at the time the experiment began.

Stating the results approximately, this difference is

more clearly shown by the following arrangement :—

(See Table 1, page 370.)

It is here seen that the great difference between the

length of the period before pupation in A, C, EK, and B,

D, F, is almost entirely due to the immensely greater

duration of Stages I. and II. in the former, Stage III.

being approximately the same throughout.

My former conclusions as to the lengths of the stages

before pupation were chiefly founded upon experiments

which resembled A, C, EK, rather than the others, and

hence this comparison has an important bearing on the

recorded results, which were summarized as follows :—

‘“The larvee wander for a variable time, then rest for

about 15 hours upon the surface selected for pupation,

and finally hang suspended, head downwards, for about

18 hours, after which time pupation takes place” (Phil.

Trans., l.c., p. 488). The estimates arrived at above are

much smaller, especially in the larve provided with food,

“UL 0G atid a e

‘age FT

Ten}

‘MOS ‘TE bc e 6 | OT, T61

‘UFT “ ¢ ‘“ | “UL Og HL

‘HOG 'TP

“tr £9 ‘YJ, ‘SOSVd g JO ADRIBAW] UW QE "IL QT ‘SasvdgJOosBIBAY|| ‘sosuo z

JO osBIDAY

aed $oz "7 cB “ec € “

‘UL Sy¢e ‘TU €L “ec 8 “cc

‘Ul GT ‘Y QT ‘sasvo Z Jo odvIoAY

UPL! 491) IST] APT

*pooy GTM

BAIL] IST

(g) | (ge) | (e) | (e) | SF} (9)

é é é

.. (UOE MOE UYE UOT WOg

UGE| (6E| CEE) 18S) LFS

UL OYE UL YS) Ut YZ UO} ULE

UST| CFL) OFT) APT) GOT GOT

cod acall Badge eeu

U8 lt) UP

Telalele/s|ely,

Brel eeet depletes ype

“cc

“ce

‘

“poof yNoUTAL

“QUST[ SUOT}S UL Soxoq UL,

SuOIs UL Sexoq ITD

| uoyvdnd a1ozoq ported

a[OYM JO YySus, sdsBI0Ay

ena oT

a5B1S JO YYSue, osvrsay

lesgeuarauiaeeeae T

Sesvq1g JO U\Sue] odeIeAy

cise F me NOTOR jedng

(creeee uornednd arojyaq

{porzed efoya jo y\suerTy

“ees TTT a8Bqg Jo yysueT]

"TT YT sedeyg Jo qysuaerT]

‘mw 9¢ U7 “9

“Wey 4 PL g

‘ut EQz ‘YQ ‘sasvo F JO osVIOAY

“UI OG “I 8

“ut $e¢ “Ul GT

‘td £9G "Y BT ‘sasvo ¢g Jo BdVIDAY

| -< | | < |

| 2 | ee ive | |

hey (2)eT ay s/o | (g) | (¢) 4x

al ois pue Ep ag (g) (e) yy81] At0a Ziyrep| A10A T

2) (|) art | & 8 Te) jase (¢) | (e) | (e) a8 T [At0A| pure (F) T

wg Lesa MeCN AU ANOLONT oo || yendieocalh Gomesoelloee Suc on lleoacl) oo foc

186 19% TEs TEs| UES| Ue

Le) ge MHEG UOT UOT UTOg UOT .. | .. MOS UISF/ULOT/ MOT MOT MOT MOT| MOT,

Pee iuser TEE OT ok | Wea eater oead aro | RH tes ||

'46 | 46 |46 | 49 | |

a — — —— ———| = | —a

SSS Sos ase esa eae

i=) | i=) 5 | =) a fo¥ a & = a a = 5 i=) a | En zal

~ | v ~ |. ~ - 2 - - ~ - . - ~~ - | ~~ |

~ | ~~ ~ | ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ a ~~ ~~ ~~ 4 ~ ~ - . |

| | 2 | |

“poof WIT

“poof PNOTITA

{LT

(g) yrVp

AQOA T

puv (T)T

ULE ULOE

USE) UGE

ULYZ UO]

WPT UFT

UOT UOT

UST el

ies ees

B n

Sy |) Se

eal

‘ssouyIep UT

saopurpéo yor

( uoyednd arozaq potted

{e[OYA JO Yscus, aoR10Ay

fCORROG QU CD00 D90C

J ‘TI

|a5eyg fo YSuaT asevI0Ay

a ey

SOUL eM

$a8v{Qg JO YASUe] aoBIIAY

smmoyoo jedu gq

(c+++++ uomednd ar0jaq

| potzad apoya Jo yyouery

pete aan oo (1 aBneq4g jo qyysuary

“TT PT sadvyg jo yysuery

368 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

and the question arises as to whether these or the larve

without food gave the more normal results.

Assuming that the power of resembling surrounding

surfaces is normal to the species (and we are justified in

assuming this), the extent of resemblance becomes some

test of the normal condition, including duration of the

preparatory stages, in which the resemblance is brought

about. The pupal colours are tabulated at the end of

the last analysis (pp. 866, 867), which distinctly shows

that the number of exceptions is far greater among the

pupe in the receptacles without food, the larve of which

passed through the longer preparatory stages. It becomes

probable that some of the more irritable larve, which are

so disturbed by the shock of capture that they refuse to

feed, do not pass into a normal preparatory period, so

far as Stages I. and II. are concerned, and, inasmuch as

Stage IL. is in this species the chief time of susceptibility,

frequently produce pup which are abnormal in that

they are exceptions to the usual resemblance to sur-

roundings. If this be so, the normal susceptibility of

the species must be far higher than that indicated by the

results of my previous paper, in which the larve were

cenerally treated as in the receptacles without food; and

Stages I. and Il. must be far shorter.

On the other hand, it must be remembered that the

batch of 44 larvee were probably the last of a large

company, while the 15 provided with food were the last

of the batch. If there is any tendency towards the

shortening of the stages in the latest larve, these 15

would exhibit the tendency. ‘There is, however, no

evidence for the existence of such a tendency, and the

fact that pupation occurred far later in certain larvee

without food than in any of those provided with it,

seems to indicate that we are dealing with an abnormal

protraction of the preparatory period,—the larve which

were the first to leave the food being much the last to

pupate.

Upon the whole, it is probable that the preparatory

stages of the 15 larve are about normal, and that

Stages I. and Il. are made too long in my previous

paper. It is true that the early stages are hurried on by

the shock of capture, but they appear to be far from

hurried through.

Stage III. does not seem to be affected by disturbance

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 369

of the larve. The estimate of 18 hours must be reduced

to about 15, but this latter duration was commonly

noticed in the previous observations (J. ¢c., pp. 342, 347,

351, &e.).

At the same time, I should be glad for these conclusions

to be tested by the observation of larger numbers, and of

many companies. My previous results depended on such

varied material, which, upon the whole, gave such dis-

tinct testimony in favour of longer stages, that it is

possible that some of the difference may be due to the

hereditary individual predispositions of the 44 larve

observed in 1887.

Relying on the latter observations alone, we should

conclude that the preparatory period varies from 20 to

24 hours, Stages I. and II. together from 5 to 9; while

Stage III. has a nearly constant duration of 15 hours.

Bearing upon the lengths of preparatory stages in

different conditions :—

Under any circumstances the observation has a clear

bearing upon the conclusion I had previously arrived at,

—that darkness protracts the stages. Whether we con-

sider the larve with or without food, the results are the

same: Stages I. and II. are longer in the tin box than

in the gilt box, in the dark cylinder than in the tin box,

and the pupal colours become darker in the same order

(see preceding table, pp. 866, 8367). And the difference is

much clearer in the larve with food, which have been

shown above to be, in all probability, in a more normal

state. The conclusion previously arrived at was capable

of two explanations: darkness might directly protract

the stages, or its action might be indirect, tending

towards the production of dark pup, and time being an

element in the formation of the superficial pigment, or

rather of some colourless precursor. The latter view is

strongly supported by the observations here recorded ;

for the difference in duration is true of the tin- as com-

pared with the gilt-box, in which, although both were in

light, there was a corresponding difference in the pupal

colours. Furthermore, the more marked difference, in

the case of the larve with food, corresponded to a more

marked difference of pupal colours, although unattended

by any difference of illumination, as compared with the

larve without food. All these statements will be found

"T TIaVy,

j se OF GI j > 0S rE Sj ss o¢ “ Pf |fuesetq | (c)

j Me Gre a EG v tcl, 4 eL ii ‘06 “PTY quesqy |)

g i 0Gms a = 8Ge ig zn Our eo SGD g “ $9 “2b |quaserg | | (s)

I ies Ae RU hae Pea v SIGE ee ar quesqy |

il e OF IZ j i CC at | T ot “ 9 |gueserq |) (¢)

I oe Ole 8G i Soot Le ayy T “or “ 8T| quesqy |) +5rT

I “ee OL ee €3 T iad OL “ee al T oe 0 “ee 6 quasar gy it (¢)

j Bre 1060 5 e GE g sc me ath ake! quasqy | )

j LO ee ee 3 T OG eT quasatg |) (¢)

3 ae es0G mre Ke if Breen 9Gy pee UL j “02 6Tl| quesqy |) 418d

| quesarg | (2)

yuesqy ;

z dee OL sh akG j ed z “ ¥ee “6 |queserd | 1 (7)

T *‘SOINUIUL QE SINOT FE T ‘SoINUIU QZ SNOT FT T ‘seInUIW QT smMoy gT| yuasqy |} *

ein ‘uoryednd ar0jeq eet fs ae ‘TIT 95819 boats ore ‘TI puejsesusg | , oog *SINO[OD

ae qanyy afoyA Jo [sue'T s1oquinN jo Youe'y sioquian jo Mauer | “PB jedug

7 ‘V[ WIaVy,

ae : = : : = t

Li | G Il G j “fae | al | -) 38 A °° pooz uyra ‘tapuryso yourg

vi | 1 tl p j 7 [ I “$68 “ $er | 6 | A pooy gnoyyTs ‘xepurpéo youlg

cS oe it F T ct $66 ope | 4 L ad ** 77 °° ** poof UAT ‘xoq UIT,

oi lieece T id | “ #88 ETP | = eB eee pcOE DOU aT OC Ung,

ol 6" [EE ral “Ep fa corr tt poor qyrM ‘xoq 41D

6 = } T il © | ‘sanoy $cz ‘sanoy $e | ‘stnoqg f¢9T JV °°°** pooy ynoyytA ‘xoq 4[UD

() | @) 18 | @) [9 | @ | () swomsdndoxojoq aut :

7 WSVT yred BeeTSLCV riot] MOR ROCRIS ie UU USS)

= oe a Ks) yjsue 0 Wysua'T

yo yysuary 70 ¥ Al yO U

“mmopog Tedng jo sversaq.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 371

to be amply supported by the last table. In order to

test this conclusion more fully, I have constructed

another table, in which the lengths of the periods and

stages are shown in the pupe of the various degrees of

colour, without taking into account the conditions to

which they had been subjected, except as regards the

presence or absence of food.

(See Table 1a, page 370.)

This table shows a remarkable uniformity in the

length of Stage III. in pupe of all degrees of colour,

just as the preceding table showed it in all conditions of

illumination, &e. On the other hand, Stages I. and IL.,

upon the whole, exhibit a marked tendency to become

longer as the pupe become darker. There are exceptions,

but the general tendency is clear, and especially so in

the case of larvee with food. Besides, the history of the

exceptions lends no support to the theory that the pro-

traction is determined by darkness, apart from any

influence on the pupal colours. The table suffers from the

small numbers employed in taking the averages. The

careful study of these observations, made in 1887, con-

vinces me that I was mistaken in maintaining, as the

result of a far more superficial examination of the figures,

that ‘‘there did not appear to be any evidence for the

supposition that the gilded pup pass through a shorter

preparatory period than those which are less brilliant,

when both are equally exposed to light” (Note added

Sept. 10th, 1887, to p. 339 of Phil. Trans., 1887, B.).

I believe, on the other hand, that we are warranted in

the conclusion that dark surroundings tend to prolong

Stages I. and II. (taken together) of the preparatory

period, and that this protraction is associated with the

production of the colourless precursor of the dark super-

ficial pigment.

I have hitherto treated Stages I. and II. together, but,

if the above conclusion be valid, it is clear that Stage II.

is alone concerned; for in the earlier wandering stage

the larva has not yet reached the surface by which it is

to be affected, and, as soon as it reaches it, Stage I.

begins.

The question as to whether darkness acts, except by

promoting the formation of dark pupx, was most easily

answered by observing whether dark surfaces in strong

372 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

light produce the same effect. This test was applied in

the same year as follows : —

EXPERIMENTS 2 AND 2A.

A company of 29 mature larve (probably the last

remaining ones) was found 1 p.m., July 80. By 3.80 it

became evident that the shock had caused 16 of them to

cease feeding, and enter Stage I. These were placed in

two receptacles, a box lined with gilt, and a cylinder lined

with black paper, with the open end closed by a sheet of

clear glass, and turned to a strong east light. Others

were subsequently added as they entered Stage I.

EXPERIMENT 2. | EXPERIMENT 2.

Dates | XXXI. or XLVI. | Meg Wl Cope IE

airy dae Gilt (Dutch-leaf) Surround- | Black Surroundings in

| ings in strong east light. strong east light.

July 30. 3.30 p.m. ....| 8 larvee introduced. 8 larvee introduced.

7.30 p.m. ....| 38 larve introduced. 3 larvee introduced.

10. Op.m. ....| 3 larvee introduced. 4 larvee introduced.

July 31, 10. Oa.m. .... 5 suspended. 4 suspended.

2.25p.m. ....| 138 suspended. 10 suspended.

4.50 p.m. ....| All 14 suspended. All 15 suspended.

9.30 pm. ....| 8 pupated(1some hours,| 1 pupated.

| 2 recently).

UOMO TAS S500 1 pupated. 3 pupated.

10.54 p.m. ....| 1 pupated.

12.40 midnight.| 1 pupated.

Aug. 1, 10.30 a.m. ....| All pupated a long time. All pupated except 1, but

| 3 evidently quite re-

cently.

No notes were taken as to the colours of the pupe, but

it may be safely assumed that those in black were far

darker than the others; and it is also clear that, although

the larve were treated in exactly the same way (except

as regards their surroundings), those in black pupated

rather later than the others. Although all were sus-

pended by 4.50 p.m. on July 81 in both sets, all but one

had been suspended more than 2 hours earlier in the

cilt, a time at which only two-thirds of those in the black

had entered Stage III. These are less satisfactory than

Experiments 1 and 1a, in the fact that probably all the

larve were disturbed by capture, but they undoubtedly

support the conclusions previously arrived at.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 373

EXXPERIMENTS 8 AND 8a.

Another small batch, also found July 80, continued

feeding for a day or two, and were then subjected to

similar conditions. They were in fact probably placed

in the same receptacles with the same conditions of

illumination, but | have no note upon the latter point.

Dake | EXPERIMENT 3. EXPERIMENT 3.

Gilt Surroundings. Black Surroundings.

Aug. 1,10.45a.m.| 12 larvee introduced. 11 larve introduced.

», 12.40p.m. 1 larva introduced. 3 larve introduced.

Aug. 2, 11.40 a.m. 12 pupated. 5 pupated, 6 sus-

pended.

on pets Unchanged. 7 pupated (rather

recently).

Last 1 unnoted. Last 2 unnoted.

These brief notes show the same prolongation of the

preparatory period in dark surroundings even more

clearly than in Experiment 2and2a. We may conclude

that dark surroundings in light produce the same effect

in this respect as darkness.

Other conclusions as to the effect upon pupal colours

of different metallic surfaces, and of darkness as op-

posed to black surroundings in light, are to be gained

from Experiment 1; but they are better deferred until

after the examination of the experiments made in 1888.

1888.

The object of the numerous experiments made during

this year was to obtain abundant confirmation of the in-

fluence of surroundings upon the pupal colours, and also

to test the effect of various metallic surfaces, &c. It will

be most convenient first to tabulate the whole of the

experiments, briefly indicating the results of each, and

then to analyse the tables in such a manner as to show

the chief conclusions.

Effects of black well shown.

‘ednd yYSst[[np JeyMeMOG

*SULIO}I[S

Tl@ 38 area s(g) oy} ATUO

“qury yurd

qourjstp Area @ Aq post[eay

-neu 4yeyaotuos ‘yueutstd

yoryq Aroa yt 8(g) LV

*(g) gus B some (F)

ay “urd yysry Aq poaorort

qeyMoutos ‘youtq AtoA [TV

*pasuojeq

ay} YOM 0} searsep oy}

SUTLapTsuod ‘aTI9T] UTA esouy

pue ‘(¢) 34ST T oy} pus

| S(F) ut ydeoxe “ynoysnoryy

pros apart = Ataq*8(8)

yy sr Aj[rvou a10M S(F) Z OUT,

‘oa1dep SI} Joy yep ATOA

arom S(¢) YIVp OT OU,

iF 6 |G T

1 Mts: a. I

G War Wh WG

iL i

G IT

6/16 |F |

oe ++ -doq sseis pewop

pur joor seded yor[q uO

‘doy ssvis poop ud

cae ++ -doy sse[s peutop

pur joor soded youlq uC

-(paonp

-O1JUL atojoq ‘yr jo 4yavd

Io “]]T a9Rj}g passed savy

Avut) oof toded yov[q uO

‘+ -yoor saded youlq UG

‘Joor raded yor[q uo [TV

‘100H UO

‘+ Joor raded you[q uC

(+: ‘1o0y Jeded yor[q uO

or ee *papaoro ATOA

‘you ‘Joor zeded yorlq UO

oop pure yue[d-pooy ug

oy "FOOL UO papAMoIg

“THAD se EL

TEX: * ‘OL

TENG ee 6

Ose oe 8

al “ec of

‘ssouyiep Ut

saopurfso xOeTq TV

| ‘ITLA 9

‘Ge {UOTAIIOdx | “SSOUYIVp UL

Ajqeqoad ‘xepuréo yovlg

eum

‘pF yUeUIedsy = “AUST

Ssuoys Ur xoq wUapooA

jo yuemyreduios yovlq

‘(1eded Jo pua 4% sappeydeoar

jo uoydtrosep 908) "TTA

Compared July 12, 13, and 16.

Three or four mixed colonies found at Malvern June 29, and

Worcester June 25.

*sq[NSayy

‘ox ‘sanojoo yednd

ay} UO SYIVWAL LOYYAN YT

(¢) | (#) | (e) | (e) | (e) | (8) | (1)

ye &

‘sanojoo tednd jo seaisaq,

‘adnd at} Jo UoMIsog

‘(xtpueddy “45 aas ‘raded jo

pue ye uoTdrzosep pelrejep

0} Aojor s[BIOUINU UBUIOY)

‘sapoeydader JO UOT}

-diosep Jatiq pur tequiny

*SoTUOTOD

jo uOT}BU

-BXT] pus

aimjydeg

JO soqBcT

-oumt} AUB 7B OORJINS J[IS OY} Udas BART JOUULD BAIL] 9} YY} OS ‘SSOUYIEP OY} Y}IA SULTEp{O}UL JNOTIM ssurmys Aq pouedo ueyy

SBA XOq eYJ, ‘“S}VUL pu SINA YIIM petaaod Suleg 103}R] oY ‘AepurpAD oy} Jopun poov[d sv OIA “xoq Yovy[q B UL dn ynys 019M BAIR] OUT, x

A curious

Characteristic effects of gilt surfaces.

exception in 17 was doubtless due to crowding.

Those in 16 (the (1) and (2)) are less noteworthy,

not being on the gilt surface.

*SsouUyIBp UL SIRT

-INS YovR[q se s}[nser

aures oy} A[[BoTOVIg

“UMOYS

[2% YoRyq Jo spooypy

‘TT e819

ut psouvape Apeerye ATqeq

-oid pue ‘aye, ul yng

TINp exe yorya ‘s(F)

ayy ydeoxe ‘TeuItou ynoGYy

"(¢) yy ydaoxe ysTNg

“yy 311q A10A 8(G)

‘yystaq AraA 8(G)

qdeaoxe “qust1q ATjeI0eds you

s1aq}o $ eAoqeses(g) IST

“gore [esiop JO YONUI 1eAO

_uapos AyT[np wdnd ysoyy

Toy yueiyiaq Ataa you 4nq

WS] pue s(¢) puv s(F)

“uapjos

reyyer (fF) {8(Z) Alreou

pue yrep Ar0A 8(¢) YrVp ]

ut yovpq AOA JUOUISTg

*(g) T pure (F) T

*soatsap I1ayy |

‘I9A0 [[B Uapfos ‘100 UO (¢) |

etree

om <O

OT |

Pp[oOs Mozaq apis uO

| sis sie ** Foor Jo Jeu

(-109 JayJOUR UL pepMoAg

JOOL JO IAULOD UI popMOID

"* Joop pure yued-pooT

Ze Ue **SoATOYs [[B

pus JOOI UO pepAo.d JON

‘> Joo pus yuv[d-poo,7

oo (papaoro

awdnd ¢) saaftays 1aMo, UG

lie soajays zeddn

| pue FOOL UO papAo.1d JON

ate 50 v6 yoor

| JO ssad0a 9UO UI paparolg

50 ‘+ 100 UO

que[d-pooy ug

“ce JOOL UO payBlOsy

yool uo papaorzo dnory

papAaodrd you ‘Foor WO [TV

: oo uQ

** yooa soded yov[q uO

"LT Quowunedxy = *Tejeut

yong = peysyog “IUSIT

SUOAS Ul XOG WAapOOM 4TE)

“XXX

*Teyaur Ton

SSG OTS CSI TOLLS

“TTIXXX

quotatiad x iy

PeoueOd:

‘GT JuowIIedxm ‘[RJeuL

going pessoquy “PL PA

pesuviie jueujreduog

“TITXXX

‘PL yueurtsed

“XQ “[TBjour Yong peystod

“ZY SI] SUOTS UL XOq UAPOOM

jo yuowyrrduo0s yr)

“IXXX

‘eT quoutrtedx ay

‘yejou«-YOIN(E = passoquag

, SSOUTVp [BIO} Ul Aapurpéo

peyoor pus peuly-plop

“TAX

‘Zl quoUIodxy ‘“sseuyIep

UL xOoq Uepoom yorxg_

“AX

A. Three or four mixed colonies found at Malvern June 2, and

Compared July 12, 13, ana 16,

Worcester June 25.

*{UITIUOITAUS OTT}

jO JojOVIBYD oY} WoT

poyoodxe oq yystur se

‘qnsor poxtut AI0A VW

*SUTIOF YSIUST]

spreao} Aouepuay,

“SULIOF YSTYAVp Spar

-0} sem AOUOpUD4 OUT,

Influence of silver not so

strong as gilt, in the direction

of brilliant pupz: light (3)s

greatly preponderate.

“9OBFINS 4[IS oy} UO Sur |

-aq 30U ‘AT}.10M9}0U SSOT

are ((%) pue (T) eq4)

QT ULOSOUy, “SUTpPA\O.10

0} ONp sseyqnop sBA

LT Ul uorydeoxe snorind

WV ‘seovjans 41d jo

SOTO OTSLAojowIVYD,

The 4 lightest of the (5)s

kept to see whether the

“

‘qystaq Aqrrey (2)

pue (1) ydaoxe [TV

"ysysraq ‘s(Z)

, puvs(T) ydeoxe ‘adnd

Iayjo ayy Jo sulog

"gystiq Aroa 8(G) %

*aAOqe SV

‘Tup sor

‘os Apurey s(¢) gusty

‘qusraq s(¢) pur s(F)

"eZ 01 peaouler U9eq PRI

YIOYS ayy atozoq ‘ayednd 04

BAIV] ISA OY} 219M SOUL,

‘(e) puv s(F) ydaox9 ‘saea3

“Op Toy} TOF IYSUIG TTY

all emerged

normally, July 24

were healthy:

“(¢)

ayy ATperoedse ‘ystT[NqG

‘usploy

“Ueppos you ynq “4YsrT

TI!P TV

‘waplos [Og

‘sjods uapjos yyia yok

pue ‘ayia Aroa (F) T “Query

“TH1q_s(¢) ‘TOP s(¢) SVT

“waplos (F) ‘TINp s(¢) TySVT

*(s¢) qs] ¢ ay} AT[eI0edsa)

que[d-pooy Aq pepeyg

‘soaidap

af} SULIApIsuod ‘sesvo JSOUL

ut wdnd jo 40, Yst[np V

im io |

N19

orn

SaoRy PUR POO;

jo sopid 1apun 100 uC

me ae at apeys

jo sjunowe pue = s[oad}y

SNOLIBA 4B JuURTd-pooy UG

doy ssv[S U0 papMorO JON

*+ doq ssv[s uo pepaorg

que{d-pooy ug

se UI[SNUL 9yIYA UC

jOOr WO [TV

"+ Joop reded ayy UG

fe ne We + Joon,

uo poyefOsT yeyAomog |

3 Oe (auop TATIS |

jo xadwv) yoor uo papmoig

quv[d-poojz uO 10 LOOG uO

os o- os (uoy

-BUIUIN] IE SU014S Jo UoIsod

ur ynq) Joor UO papaorn

JOOI WO PapMolD JON

“2 yorq U0 papao1p

ats yoeq UO payeposy

** 100M uO

‘es +. =i ** Joor

JO ySol UO papAOID JON

ar re .s ++ TTOM

SB yoRq 4[L3 oq} Ivou Os pue |

‘foot jo yovq sparBMoy,

ez yuouIIedx ny

‘qday o1aM MAIR, JO yo04s

Ory ut ‘doy ssvps xreayo

YIM xX0Q WapooM uTeTg

‘ZG JUoTATIOdxG = *o2p

‘soomy ‘gueyd-pooy Suture,

-W0d SVq UI[SNUL oI AA

“IG

quetantedxn = “Surat, zaded

uaetIs [[Np ‘SMOPUTA ssRTs

Ud0IS YIM KO UapOoOM

TIAXX'T

‘Ox quotatied

“XW ‘yStT uy = ‘xoog sz0oded

OIF ‘JOOL pautop YAM rep

-urjAo peur, toded xaatig

TIA'TX

“61

justatedxy = *yysty Sus

UL XOq WApPOOA Fo yuoTIed

-ut0d peur, Jaded aaAtIg

“TATX

‘ST

quomttedxy ‘Bou Youn

peystfog “ystT suoys ur

‘QUOI SSBIS TRI]D YALA Opis

uo pesovyyg ‘tepurpAo yyy

“TIAX

A. Three or four mixed colonies found at Malvern June 29, and Worcester June 25.

Compared July 12, 13, and 16.

"SOTJOLIVA | ee el "9g JUeuI| ‘0% ane

FOVTG 9} SpxlVaoy pus} “Tnp AIOA Iv | i HLA) 4 ore ve Se popAo.to “ad xqy “VUSTT Suo1ys Ul WOMaDieGaOR

jou seop Auojoo SIL | | AIOA jou ‘JOOL uo [LV queuyaredur0s peut] yovlg | ge Gg Apne

a UN PUNoy (ATO JO |

eee ee site oc a6 ** oor pee tat. &

*aTOA uo dnoss pateqyvos [TVUg We Mos)

9Y} WOT poureyqo s(F) Z G ** joor uo dnoas [peug ‘212 juouttedxny *reded

@ A[uQ ‘uaplos opr “pos apaqiy Ar90a ra | oie **JOOI UO payBfOsT | UIT, ‘foot ayy patttof pus

Ajisva you aav adnd ayy $ Suryoo, q[np A19A [TV Hae We | ae ag a atUes | LaYy}O ayy Surzaso9 zeded uy 2

pue ‘sotjerivA yarep jo | | jo sxeqmiem Sutd{jng | petdumn.azo ayy os ‘pua uado 3 ie

woyonpoid ayy spavar ie NON ae ae Ml 2? ai Ae yoot uo} uo paoe{d sepurpég “yysT] a 5

-0} Aduepue, sSuo.rys | dnois pepMo.to asaey AtaA = | UL «SSUIpUNOLIMS ATI x a

% 4IqIyxe 0} sutaas “TIIAIX ES

Auojoo styy, ‘2% Ut *aloyoq 0% Rick F

snoraqo A1eA SUIPMOID | paouanyur weeq ATqeqoid yo quewiiedxny = *pRyout yony at 2S

JO qoayo ayy, ‘“a«vato prey pu ‘uoos Araa payed | 1 heal peystog “xoq uapooa jo re = a

AIOA BIB POS Jo syooya -nd sasyjo ayy, “4ystaq ienllZ On ie ‘* loop ug | yueujardurog “yySIT Suo0rys 3H —

[NjJtomod aiow oyy, | aoaas(F) pues(g) ISt[ ou, zie | IT ‘+ papAoio jou ‘Joorug | UL ssuIpunorins poy Sa las a

| eu Pt 1x kx 35

“pairs | } | oP rey :

-uadui0d os pur ‘tayortq: | Ss 5 eX

SVM yuoUTsId yIep ay yok pias a ioe)

pue $(*A ut ydeoxa) saai40 os 8 ie

ey} eytjun eaymb uolsor | | 5 8 A

[esiop «o11eyUB oY} ynoqe | & a a

quid yysiy jo yuemdoyea | rae =]

-op vB puv AouvT[IAq B pry icy S

‘ednd rayaep ayy Jo autos as }

“‘VYSIT Suoys | pus ‘s(e) yaVp Jsoqy sry] |G 9Yy Be RQ

Ul SSUTpuNOLIMsS Yyortq | puv s(¢g) eyy asnvdaq ‘sxoyyO eas =

pue ssauyiep wloaz| yA Ajissvpo 07 4[noyyrp ‘cZ Juomtedxy, «‘ssouyrep q AZ

. (>) wn

> *E\ 0 Ve Z

: ( I | °° (peuroyzep) too ug =| qyuewitzedxm = “yySty Suo0.14s fea] a

TP TV | > |FS/ILT/F | °° yoo uo dnoas osaey | ur ssurpunotims yorrg a

(ze ‘Te ‘os ‘FG)

sjuetitsedxa 19y40

yi peredutoo sv

‘qo0TJo YBols B JON

“sjooyjo ours

ey} 4 «ysouye §=9onp

-o1d U1} pUB TOATIG

‘U1} IO TOATIS ULI}

yooyo oe10ul s9onp

-o1d a10zaq sv ploxr

‘sqqus

-91 OTySIIeyowIeyO

*SOTJOTIVA YOVT

eI SPIVMO} pus} JOU

seop Auopod sIqy,

°6Z UI WAS 9Iv SUT

-PpAOID JO Spo

(#)

ayy Surpnypour “OT [Mp V¥

-10U pue yysiIq (F) OUT,

‘yeutrou ApTvEU

nq “URITIq you s(F)

‘TI Ul eAOgE sv

(se) yIeq ‘pos jo sjods

[[eurs tof ydaoxe ‘T[UpP ITV

‘au0S UO plo Jo

sjods ]][VUIs TIM yng ‘yxovTq

kioA Apysour s(g) yareg

‘aaoge s(¢) IST

ou} OXI ‘Fyst1q ATPVUION

“qySr1q you (F) ou,

“queryIaq AT[VULION

tay

sIoqyo ‘yeurrou s(¢) ISIT

orf

ee ee

** 00H UO

‘+ gepurpso jo doy avon

pepsoro

yeyMouos ‘foot uo T[V

oe BO Sopis

Joded I9aTIs WO pozelOsyT

yoor jo yaed

ysiy uo dnois pepo

ee ee

yorq 419 UO

Jood UO papaoro A1BA JON

FOOL UO TV

yOor UO TTY

** lOOW UO

SIeToo 34} FO

eumos UI g AO Z : Foor ug

<i **JOOI UO poye[OsT

ee ee “* ee joor

JO JoyJoo ouo Ul popMorp

‘9g JUOTILIOd x

‘100 Jaded yorlq ‘sseuxyrep

ut dapurso pareaoo youlTq

“TITX

‘eg qyuoutsed

“xq ‘soded r0ATIg 91007

Jeded oj1yM ‘{jyoor pewop

Yytas topuypAd peut] LATS

TIATX

‘Fe quotwedxg = “seded |

UL, ‘opis sjr uo poor

‘zapurjéo = peur, §=TaATIG

“THTA'TX

‘ee quetaTIodxy = “7B JOTI |

yond peysfod “epts 8} U0 |

pooryd ‘repurdd pouty pjoy

‘TIAX

oii ‘SE “e

A ‘Te ydxq ‘s100g

qeded =yorq ‘ssouyrep

ut szepurfséo paul] yoRlg

‘0&

queulttedxyy §=«*yRJeu Fyn]

peystod. «= TIXXX =A

queujavdur10d peur, ploy

“TITXXX

“6% JueuIIedx

‘Tejoul «yond pessoquy

{YU BT] SU0IjS UI XOq oUIeS JO

quewyavdui0d peur, ploy

“TIXXX

13 9 0G Aine

pareduog °6

Ajng przoyxo

38 punos Lavd

-W100 [[BUg "Gy

. Company found at Northampton July 5.

Compared July 20.

C. Small company (or

part of one) found July D

5 at Northampton. Com-

pared July 20.

‘op quoumttedxg tod) og cmp

*[BUIIOU 8.1910 -ed JOATIS “4USI[T Su0ys ur) pexedmog

Aalte m4 a Pe. wey IATX an W109 [[BUIg ">

SBM BAIV] JO YOo\s YOryA| JuowIedxy -4ySt] warp ur MEP

ur xoq jo doy ursnyy | A[qeqord ‘ursnur oz Ay = 5

‘ep yuountedxg -yejout| E =

yond =passoqugq ‘apis| § Ey

*plod jo yooyo [yeutg "407 YSTT[Np V ANG Wat zs OG "* ‘papMorto|/uo peovd 4451, Suors | 1a 3

AywoA Jou ‘Joor uo [Ty |ut szapurfso peur, ploy 5 o

TAX Sis

Eo .

I |+ eee oC WONT va lax ep SBS

eae *% ydooxe ‘aAoqe sy TaNOn ** Joor Jo eps jodojy ug | "TITA ‘TP i a 5 =

oe UE EY ‘s(z) Ajrvou pure ‘xoetq A10A IL/¢ os ** — JOOH UO T puv gps

¢ ydeoxe ‘s(g) yrep [Ly apis UO [ 4ydaoxe ‘Joorug | ‘Tt ‘OF juewmedxsg | YOR

‘sloop Joded yoxtq ‘ssouyrep] fy

UL stapurltso paul, yorlq

e ore sie ** qday useq "ge UO ropes

PLY VAIL] JO YooYs YOIYM UL} -todxy 4YystT suoys ut Sid

gepurféo jo doy ursnyy | A[qvqoad ‘ursnur oft A, SE

t a fe -* 00H UO es

‘quer (F) ey, Z \T I aa ** ssels rvou ‘10498] "ge Jueurtred s a

“OLSTIOZOBIVYC ey} Uo Z pue ‘plod avou|-x@ ‘TeyeuT Young possog | a=

‘quoay sseB[s Jo doy ug |-wy ‘yySI] Su01ys ut ‘1oded 55

I Sa he JOOI UO papMorg | plod YYA peur] xoq UrT, iste

*XIXX a

"LE “4dxq ae

qejour yong «= poystog| = «EB

*peuruliojap ATSNOTA ‘qysIT Suoys ur sepurso oo

-o1d sanojoo jednd peull plos [[Vuis 09 “JITX eS S

ay} : souerejsuety Aq w1orj (popuadsns) “TJ 99819 el

peonpord yoayya on z as Joop toded ys ug «=| ur QZ A[ng paarojsueay, i 3

‘IAXX i

“OIpSTIOpOVIVYO,

*TOATIS

IO} yoaye suosyg

‘JOT TayIVp

ayy Suroq gp ‘Ares

-se00u jou aiB ‘Oy

‘s8nI oq} IVY} SAOTS

sjuouttiedxe OMy

asoy} Jo uostavdut0o

eUL 9s ATT You

"OIISTIOJOVIVYD

‘gaisep SI} LOF [NG

Wey

qsox ‘~eurtou s(g) yysry

*£IBATIS pu

yyst AraA ynq ‘uepfos you

_s(F) ‘uappos ATyeur10U s(¢)

*KIOA

-[IS JoyyeI pue yysry fisaa

qnq ‘ueplos you (fF) emL

‘TInp (¢) T pur (F) ou,

“yep Toyyer 8(¢) yep

‘Trap (F) ‘sysriq Atos (¢)

AroATIS pur ered (F) T

“ 8(F)

“queriiq A10A 8(G) Z

s(z) avou pue yovtq A10A

S(¢) Yep oy} JO 4so]y

“Tjap Area

(¢) 348 913 * T2p TIV

(yoeq TaATIS

Iva ‘SSRIS Iv9][0) LOOF UO

ze JOO UO papAorn

rd JOOL I9AO pate}}BVoG

** OOH UO

oe ee ee

Joes

-O} IvIU JaY}VA ‘Joo UC

*+ gaded 4]13 uo poye[osyT

+: oded 415 UO pepMorg

papaoro AreA JOU ‘FOOL UC

joor aded pu sapis uO

** IOOH UO

‘I 4f aevou septs 10 yoor uQ

SG JuOTATIOd xT

‘reded uty, ‘apts uo paoeyd

‘jeapurjéo pout, JTeATIg

“THIATX

aE]

quoutedxm ‘roded araAqIg

‘qysIT suodjs ur ‘xoq jo

JUITAAVAULOD Pauly JATIG

“TATX

‘0G yuetaraz8d

XH) Helen ro NG peystod

‘qysIT suoys ur ‘xoq jo

quouyazvdui0d paul, pox)

“IXXX

“OF

quouttedxa = ‘yejour yoyny

pessoqmum “4ysty suoays

up xoq" uly peat Pes

“XIXX

"SP queued

“XW ‘[ejour younq pessoq

“WH "JUST, Suoys Ul apis

uo aepuijéo peur, ploy

TAX

“Lp yuu

-wadxmy ‘om ‘syeur ‘soni

YIM petaaog ‘sseuyrep

url JapurpAd paaaAoo yorlg_

TIX

‘oF JUOTUTIOdXG ‘op ‘s}vUT

‘sBnI JNOYIIAA ‘“ssouyrIep

Ur TapurfAd peteaod Yyou[g

“TITA

Compared J uly 30.

H, Company found at Oxford July 16.

ing

terest

*sqooqfo

™

inanin

Bright forms are produced easily, and the

darkest not at all.

-jo [[eug

This company compares with B

manner, the whole tendency being the exact oppo-

site.

"pe ored

-m0g =-adnd ary jo

alos UO yoaTya youTY

-SIp ® paonpord sey

BOUAIOJSUBI} B1OFT

“qureid-pooy

jO asoyi pur ourz

jO sjooye ueaMjoq—

aoUdIeyIp area[9

“SUL

-pAO.19 910UI pure UOT}

“BUTUINTTE 889] 0} onp

‘Tg UR Jaya ssary

*BUTIO}YITS

AIBA Jou yng “4qstT ATOA

“qysty Ara nq ‘uappos A10A

you s(F) {yuet{pI41q Ax (c)

| ‘Ueplos wey 1oyyet ATOA

-[IS 9u0 aq ‘querppiaq AIOA

s(¢) yjoq Sy[np (F) OUT

“querypiaq £19 A.

PBF

Axa s(g) rep oy,

‘Uap[OS yreITMouTOS

ysnoyyye ‘Tp s(p) oy,

‘saaISap ITaq} OF

uapfos (¢) yarep ay} 4Nq ITV

‘ayrye qonur A19A s(¢)

yIzp ysout pu s(¢g) ety,

And

Ce OC

aoa N MO

Hono

** JIS MOTAq apts ‘ssepy

sie F001 To pare osy

or as * Joor

wo ano pepAaor1 jon

Ue SH 2 yoor wo

dnois papaoro £19A YON

** papAioro you ‘foor UG

joor WO [TV

‘+ 100 uQ

yoor UG

-° dog

raded yovyq pue soprs UG

sis ** saprs Jo do} ud

ee ee ee

“CTIT e819 ‘pepuedsns

Uaeq pRy YOM MAIR, |

Atyueprac) Ioop ys uo

: “+ -Joor pus

RODIS He UO papAMolod JON

pe syydep

SNOLIBA 4B yuRTd-pooz UG

‘+ SOPIS SSVID IvaTD UG

aC JOOL OUTZ 0} poxLT

O0 ok ** IOoOH uO

or **JOOI UO payeOsT

dno1s fo taqureut sutAyng

"+ yoor uo dnoas [[eutg

‘T9 JuowILIedx A = *yRyout

yong peystoq ‘(pua uedo

SI Uo pooe{d) 4yysty Suoays

ur qepuyéo paul, pox

‘THAX

queTIIIedxy = ‘Rieu YO NT

pessoqmm “4uysi, suo.rys

ur Jepuréo9 paul, ploy

‘TIAXX

‘I "6S 7

‘TI “8g ie

INI BNE SG “cc

IX ‘9g quourtradxny

“SIT WNOYYIA ayopdutoo

{SOWV ssouyrep yng ‘op

‘SSI YIM potaaod “TT 4nq

IlV ‘sseuyrep ut stapurpso

pertaa0d 10 paul, yorlq

‘eg quowntedxyy =*[@3

“our YON, paystod “Fysry

suodys UL “TAXX dJepurpso

peut pros jjeus 07, Yday

SBA YOOJS OITA UT ‘asvo

yO JOOL outZ WOT, “TTT

‘TI e8Rxg ur ‘porroysuRAy,

‘FG yuowtzedxm “ydaxy arom

BAIVT JO YOOYS OIA Ut ‘Foor

ouIzZ payeroptad ITA seo

SSRIS Ivap[O AB[NSUvpooy

"eg quourted xy

‘traded IATIG “Joor pautop

UJI JapuryAo paul] 1aaTig

TIATX

Compared

y 16. I. Company found at Oxford July 16.

July 31.

Company found at Oxford Jul

Compared July 30.

aa “TIT 03838

ES jo Suruurseq 4B porqoy

‘era. “SUB Ajqeqoig “peonp

SS -oid yooya oulog

a 8

Bee

$4 7G ULSY

2 Laan

sep

< AQ

Qs *posve

zr] & -stp Ayyeaoues are Lou}

2 & ysnoyyye ‘yuetd-pooy

mn - , OY} UO aINyvU UT IM990

LOS vu Aouvrypiaq ysayvois

a a [=~] ell.

BH. otf} JO adud Ayyyeey

8° S qeyqy soaord styy,

oo ~ .

od°

bot

eee

ao a 6

gas 19 pus

g be 09 jt poreduroo st

gaa SIU} Wo UdES [[AA\ SUT

ass -pMo1o jo souenguy

‘TIMP yeyAouros (F) oY,

‘yrep AIOA

(g) yep ‘ TMp (¢) pur (F)

*pjos &q peaerjar ynq

‘yoByq ‘UMOp MOT T OL,

"s(g) 03 JO T Woy

posieute BAB] sno1e4dtp V

‘aso}

[Ie Wor AT[euI0U pases

SOSBUIL ayy, ‘Uapfos ATTensn

-un s(F) oy} ‘yuerTq s(¢)

erp

BAIv] € IY], “yuviypug

‘TIMp yOg

“gueryitg A10A (¢) T

i Wl

T 16 {2k

9 T

& |OT|&

** 9yerd ontq

pus ers uo poyedng

: ** Loop UO

oe aC an sydap

SNOTIVA 4B JURTA-pooy UG

i (poof tof xoq UapooM

youyq B pus ‘yowpq tYpTA

punog e9[suve iveu UMOp

MOT [) SapIs ssB[s uC

JOOL OUIZ UO

ac sc “prey

ay} UL yue[d-pooy ey} uo

So3B}S Itay} JO eulos passed

Survy ‘ainda 10478

uoos Ssunednd wary

ron or Aine “Prey

ay} UL yURA-pooy 07 papuad

-sns @BAIey ¢ pue adnd ¢g

ac oe so0@y

pay pooy Suowe 100y uO

a yoor uo

sdnoia eqeredes yeus uy

: pr “yoor Jo 10u

-100 duo UT dnors adIe'T

quewitedxy 9 ‘4usty su0.14s

at “TTAXX depuis pouty

[ejom Yong pessoquis 04

‘(TTT 98%1Q UI jJoor outz)

Y0OjS WOLF pocteysuBry,

‘FQ JUOUIIIOMEG “00g UT

peovyd (apisyno yoRtq) xoq

AOT[VYs B puB ‘yoRlTq WII

punoqg sajsuy ydeyx sea

BAIB] JO YOo}s YOM ur

‘doy ourz payetozrod YIM

XOq SS¥[S Av[NsuROay

"eg yuouttsed

-Xq * [9] 0383s Jolp1va autos

Jo ‘[¢] ‘T]]T 98B1g UT Barry |

io ‘[¢] awdnd se puno

“ppey eyy ur yued-pooy

*49 JuOwIIIedx gy =" [B}

-oum Yong peysod “F451

S8u01js UI XOq PeUl] plOr)

“XXX

Compared July 31.

I. Company found at Oxford July 16.

“ ma

2 5 “joaqo oyiyty £104

oe 4

ap, 00

fob) .

xy eo

oo 3

BES “Arpt vovyd Yoo, ooue

5 8,2 Aopsuey yor. ur ‘99

a = Yim eavdmod oj Sut

om nm

ar)

alee:

Soc

ES o

KS nos

IB= lsc)

ao 3

sas ‘(F)

pa a oq} — oulty ysasuoy |

a= § oy} TOF poarojsuvsy

5 Lrg WoYM Joao ysoqvoI4

Sac

a FS,

Hoo

‘T10p (F) eUL,

are

ie ** gaded a1 04

| ‘TIT 95¥1g UT yJoor dulzZ Ug

+a doded ayy 04 “TIT

asejg Ur yurid-pooy ug

“8 ** JOOP IOATIS UO

oe ** IOOH 41s uO

‘(TTx) Juewuyredutoo pouty

teded JaATIs Fo Foor ug

oe =i siay}O uByy

| 1978, poyednd ‘ yuauryacedutoa

| peur taded ur Jo yoor ug

oe = sjyueutredutoo

| peur taded uty Jo yoor ug

Gc che queued ut09

peury [ejout Young paystod

pue passoqura Jo Joor ug

“quoujrvduod pauly [eyour

yoyncy peystjod fo 1007 uO

syusuyarrdui0d pauty [eyou

| yong peystpod jo yoorug

"gy Juoutzedx ay

‘raded aI 0} YOO\S WOAF

‘TI 95839 Ul pordojsuB_y,

"19 yueuttred

-xq os *(xeded sun) ‘Atqy

pues ‘([eyotu yong passoq

“ula pue peystfoq) “XIXXX

UL ¥USIT Su0Is 0} (ssou

-yqep) “TIT Wory “TIT e5e1g

UL polLoJSUBI} @BAIVT Z

109

quountiedxm “quetayredutoo

qova Ul BAIvT T :xoq ua

“poo Jo (“A TX 0} “AIXXX)

syUatTIVdULOd pataatis pur

qs ay} JO autos 0} (yoor

uo Ajqeqord) osvo ssi

Iepnsuvyoal UL Yyooys woz

‘TI esBIG UL palteysuvay,

Compared July 31.

I. Company found at Oxford July 16.

384

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Pupal Colours.

°o

23 Dark Light

oD — —

a Experiment (1887)1 | 1| 1] 4| 2| 4] 1] 1 |=14

8 3 (1887) la} 2 Py Ay I =,

= " 6/4) Soa | 2 —13

eZ a ‘ ” 8 if 2 a= 5)

Ho 56 10 | 2 \) yy al =p

A 28 = flog eel 2| 2 i} =?

ns - 12 eLOU oie 6.15153) Sania =41

= ae ; 25 | 4| 3113] -8 —28

genau Ks Sie Oe ano o a | al =o5

E ae io 32.1 lS ee I —18

ym oe = 36 MY tase esa 8 | al =e

6 oS af 40 5] 11 —16

=) sigs ni! 41 (OR) yal —11

ie le 2 5 42 4}, 1 =

woe 5 46 Wy ak |} wi Zhi) i

9 Ag - 47 9| 4 =i15

a 8 5 56 PAN al |) a =

= is 57 Aa) Slee = (9)

° =

= e 59 i Dl webey] eh) |ak Wek me

5 Totals..| 31 | 53 |164 | 50 | 25] 5] 1 | 329

3. Results expressed as

1 percentages of he} 9-4 | 16-1] 50-0) 15-2] 7-6] 1:5] °3

Ot ellee crerrcncieredee

Buack SURROUNDINGS Experiment4| 4|14]16]) 6| 3] 2 =45

IN StronG Lieut. n 24/ 5] 11 | 24 a —44

Pup found on floor ” 28 IR fe EG =13

included, except in ae alae 2 a alii

Experiment 4 (where Totals. . 9 26 51 11 | 3 2 102

they were not dis- = | ae ee

tinguished from Results expressed 23) |

those on food-plant).| percentages of the }| 8°8 | 25:5}50-0| 10-8) 2-9] 2-0

WOME! ~~ Goaasagnoc J

Experiment 54| 1/ 2]11/ 9| 2 =25

» 64 | Ta 2a ee 0)

Den _ L 7 io t= | =a Ll oe | ei ee a A | ee ae

lati cack Totals... 1| 2]18|11] 3 35

Results expressed as | |

percentages of the! 2°9| 5:7] 51-4) 31-4) 8-6

COB es traisvertnens |

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 385

THE INFLUENCE OF Dark SURROUNDINGS IN LIGHT AS

CONTRASTED WITH THE EFFECTS OF DARKNESS.

In my previous paper (l.¢., pp. 864, 865) I had made

a pair of experiments in order to test the relative

efficiency of black surroundings in light and in dark-

ness. The results favoured the latter, which, upon the

whole, produced somewhat darker pup, although they

also included some which were lighter than the others.

The numbers were insufficient for any safe conclusion,

and I was therefore anxious to repeat the experiments

on a much larger scale, especially considering that larre

brought up in darkness are as a rule much less dark

than those brought up among dark surroundings in

strong light (see the earlier part of this paper). Hence

a far larger number of experiments were devoted to the

solution of this question than of any other. The

table at p. 884 shows the results of all such experiments

upon this species in 1887 and 1888, omitting No. 5, the

arrangement of which is uncertain, and including the

pupe formed upon a darkish surface of perforated zinc.

Below, the percentages are placed one under the other,

and compared with the results obtained in 1886, and

with the single experiment in which a gilt surface

(embossed Dutch metal, Experiment 13) was used in

complete darkness.

| Dark} Light’ Number

2 zr “y 7 og 1 | zr ae

a. Black surroundings in 15-4 15-4] 30°8| 23-0. 15-4 | 13

darkness, 1886... .. |

GB. Black surroundings in)| ,.,/47.4/ xo. ? A Ale Boe) ob,

aeaeee eee 1888 f 9-4 1611500 15-2, TO 16-3] 329

y. Gilt surroundings, in)

darkness, 1888.. ..j

6- Black surroundings in) ‘all Aacel ers ap} ig 9! ‘

strong hght, 1886 .. | | 9 8 29-3] 25-0) 20 7 13:0} 2:2) 92

e. Black surroundings in)) g, -ALKQ.01 10-9) 9- 0) ‘

strong light, 1888 .. j 8°8 25-5]50-0| 10-8, 2-9) 2-0 102

é. Zine surroundings in) |

strong light, 1888 .. |

28:6 [42-9114-3| 14-3 7

2-9 5-7)51-4| 31-4) 86 35

This table indicates that there is very little difference

between the pupe of a, 2, as compared with 0,«. a is

not much to be relied on, because of the small numbers

employed. As regards the darkest pup, ?, 6, and « are

practically equal, but there is a much smaller proportion

of (2)sin 8. In other respects no great difference can

386 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon

be made out, for the percentages of / are either practi-

cally the same as either 3 or «, or intermediate between

them. The wide difference between the (2)s in the

averages of these large numbers justifies the conclusion

that darkness tends rather less towards the appearance

of dark pups, than dark surroundings in strong light.

So far as it is possible to judge from the small

numbers, gilt surfaces in complete darkness (y) produce,

as we should expect, the same effect as black surfaces

subjected to the same condition.

The larger numbers attached to a darkish surface of

zine (¢) tend in the same direction as those exposed to

black surfaces, but are, as might be anticipated, stronger

in the intermediate forms, and weaker in the darkest.

THE INFLUENCE OF VARIOUS BRIGHT METALLIC SURFACES.

The following is a summary of all experiments of this

kind in 1887 and 1888. In those of the latter year the

crowded are carefully separated from the uncrowded

pupe, and those which pupated on the food-plant or

floor are excluded.

(See Table, pages 387, 388.)

The percentages are now placed under one another to

facilitate comparison, the results obtained by ‘‘ gilt”

paper in 1886 being also added.

Dark Light

Degrees of Colour. (1) | (2) } (3) | (8) | (8) | (4) | (3)

. Embossed Dutch metal, not crowded | 2°9) 5:7 |25:7 [28°6 |37:1

. Embossed Dutch metal, crowded 10:9 |36°9 |45-7] 2-2) 4:3

. Dutch leaf, 1886... 1:5] 3:0 |10°4 23-9 [40-3 |20-°9

Dutch leaf, 1887.. 30:0 |10-0}10-0 |50-0

Polished Dutch metal, not crowded 1:2] 2°4/21°4 |31:0]29°7 |14:3

Polished Dutch metal, crowded 1:7| 1:7] 6°9 |29°3 |31-0413°8 |15°5

Silver paper (compartment), not crowded 16°6 |58°3}16°6| 8-3

Silver paper (compartment), crowded 60°0 420-0 20-0

Silver-paper (cylinder), not crowded 100

_ Silver-paper (cylinder), crowded 11:4 |50-0 |29-5] 6-8} 2:3

fF Metngeqey US 56° 00 60° 50 Ob 8:3 |16°7] 8°3]58°3) 8:3

Tin-paper, not crowded 36:4 36-4 127-3

y, Lin-paper, crowded 1:7) 7:0}45°6 |29°8 |14-0] 1-7

of Pupe.

“Gilt”? paper (covered with different forms of ‘‘Dutch metal,’’—a variety of brass).

Pupal Colours.

Experiments. | oer |) :

p | Experiment 15

= » | - 748) ae

5 3 38° 4.

° ~ ” 48

q BS ate

8 é Lae:

= me iF GONE.

ol re)

3 a Totals. .

2 EF

3 @ Results expressed

= as percentages of

a the total .. ..

a ae CN aN 2 el ee ee oe

= Experiment 15... 6

Bs a 71) ae I eee

3 3 . 38th 5 1

: E ae Fail leet

q 5 ” 9 ae ea (PEON enw ere | es

= e rab, 9 al Bd el 2

& Pi | Results expressed

=] as percentages of 10:9) 36:9) 45-7] 2:2) 4:3

A the total ..

—_

wrRoOorRWE

to th te ue dl

Io ti We al

fo ot i ne oor)

23. / 2

S Base. 3 |Experiment 1 .. i —

B = a8 Bae BS Totals.. 5

rig bg al! § =H ==

oa 9H | @ | Results expressed |

mid = oa < as percentages of 50:0

ar 7, the total .. j |

g Experiment 14 .. i

& S 16 OMe suleesate 3. |e

5 : » 17 1 =

in z u 18 Sy TBs} tel (taal a

z = e 26 1 2| 2 =

a S % SOs Saieorl) =

oa S be BBY coc | Gill @ =

ay S Be 50) Were i} al | =

> : i Cieee Sheese 4c] —

‘2 E Totals. . 1] 2/18 | 26 | 25 | 12

iB soe ee eee) (a

a Results eapulesee))

= as percentages of } 1:2] 2:4 | 21-4) 31:0] 29-7) 14°3

ig the total

‘3

a . | Experiment 14 .. SRA Seno

a ts . fe Soares a By 5 2

3 5 Tn ee 1] 4/10] 9] 3] 4

5 9 a

5 e Romer tae te | 17 lass. °9

oe 5 |Results expressed ) |

aa) ie as percentages of }| 1:7] 1:7] 6:9 | 29-3) 31-0} 13-8) 15-5

the total

| es S| Experiment 19 Wipe) al | =

| ches z - 45 i)! ol = 7

| 3 = =

ei 5 ce 51 9AM Oh 797| ohare

AO q —T

pope | oO oo ooo

| = ws 8 Totals. | 4/14] 4] 2| 24

Peers a = | ce

Cre

| HS y ® | Results expressed |

"SD re a as percentages of 16-6) 58-3] 16-6) 8-3

pee the total

< Ss q = Ale

m Sy Ser

& Ba rs | Experiment 19 .. Go 25) 2) eo

‘a AS & zs ——

2 Bes 2 Z | Results expressed }

= ee = | as percentages of

a i) Weel oA on |

gq ee SS

S F

rd oe

cS a | Experiment 20 =I

o = es - 53 = 2

3 S

& a. S

s ont 2 Totals... 3

a 3 0

ued a

= a 2 |Results expressed

= 2B = as percentages of }

faa) fre the total

nl oH

oO .

aS . | Experiment 20 = 24

tal rc

an o 49 35 =15

ra .O 2

2S 3 Totals.. 44

3 g

= a

| 5 Results expressed)

DB as percentages of

| the total .. j

ee co

> re | 5

ms = | Experiment 1 = 6

jones 5 3 Ares = (¢

se a a

P a 3 3 Totals... 12

wes q |

aes] s 'R “ ] HY 1

apa .2 | ttesults expressec

é rie — as percentages of

5 °

Be) ae Z, the total j

o .

= H rm | :

Fe aire Y | Experiment 27 =)

Y Ps

‘) ao 5 34 =

: oe: 5 :

i Fey ye: 2 Totals... 11

a ons g a | 7 a a

3 25:5 2 | Results expressed

= & Sq =; as percentages of 36:4 36-4) 27°3

a Sete & | the total |

2 a 5 =

os 23% . | Experiment 27 1] 4} 22) 4) 2 =3o

ea) 4: B dia ts 34 5115.9 | Spur =i

eee Z S 52 Tle ace gs ee = 9

2.8 2 z

30 iS ee |

== ha a

Aas 9 Totals..i) 1 4] 26 | 17 8 1 57

ce & a a a ae

me S sae

ep & BS Results expressed

5 = ™ | as percentages of }| 1°7| 7:0]45-6) 29-8 14-0] 1-7

the total ..

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 389

The percentages of 4, 6, 4, A, and p depend on such

small totals that they are not of much value. The

remaining figures are mostly trustworthy, and lead to

some interesting conclusions.

The comparison of « with B, and of « with ¢, entirely

confirm the conclusion at which I arrived in 1886,—that

crowding the larve tends to produce dark pupe, the

effect being presumably due to the influence upon each

larva of the dark skins of its neighbours.

Any supposed chemical influence of the surface is

entirely dispelled by the comparison. When the same

material is employed in different forms, different effects

may be produced if the character of the reflected light is

altered thereby. Thus Dutch metal produces least effect

when it possesses a very highly polished surface (¢ and ay

most when it is broken up by a small raised pattern, as

in a (8 shows the effects of crowding to a remarkable

extent), while the Dutch leaf, which is not highly

polished, but of a very bright golden appearance, also

produces powerful effects (y). It is probable, indeed,

that this latter is the most powerful form of the sub-

stance, for the averages of 1886 are brought down by

the inclusion of pupz which were excluded or separated

in 1888 (pupz on the floors or food-plant of cases, and

crowded pupz).

So, too, the silver paper produced far more effect when

in strong light (n, 6) than when the light was somewhat

dim (s, x), and bright tin-plate (a), although the numbers

were very small, is evidently far more powerful than the

duller, greyer surface of tin-paper.

In 1886 I had sometimes thought that the pup pro-

duced on white opal glass tended to be silvery rather

than golden, and one object I had in view was to test

for any such susceptibility. This was the chief reason

for employing the silver and tin surfaces. The results

were entirely negative. Single pupw belonging to (5)s

or (4)s are occasionally met with having a silvery instead

of a golden lustre, but there was no evidence that they

were commoner on the surfaces with a corresponding

colour. The tendency of silvery surfaces is in the same

direction as that of golden ones, only it is not equally

powerful.

390 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

White surroundings (paper and opal glass), 1886 ..

White muslin.

Pups not crowded.

Clear glass.

Pup

crowded.

Deep green glass in

front of a dark green

background.

OTHER REsvULuts.

The effects of a few other conditions not tested by

large numbers of individuals are shown in the table

below, the percentages from white surroundings in 1886

being also included for the purpose of comparison.

Experiment 22

» 39

» 44

Totals..

Results expressed

as percentages of

the total ..

Experiment 23

”

r 64

Totals..

Results expressed

as percentages of

the total ..

Experiment 23

Results expressed

as percentages of

the total ..

Experiment 21

Results expressed

as percentages of

sil

the total ..

Numbers

of Pupe.

145

2°2) 8°7] 43-7| 21°7

Bie 7.46

23°8) 33°3| 28°6

It is thus seen that white muslin was not nearly so

powerful as the white paper and opal glass employed in

1886. The difference corresponds to the far smaller

amount of light reflected from the former, and its

feebler illumination under the conditions of the experi-

ment.

Clear glass,,when uncrowded, {chiefly produced inter-

mediate forms, while the crowdedjpupe were considerably

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 391

darker as a whole, although including 6°5 °/, of the

lightest varieties. It will probably be found that larve

suspended from threads at a distance from any back-

ground would tend, like the isolated ones on clear glass,

to produce intermediate forms.

The effect of light transmitted through deep green

glass was, with a single exception, to produce dark or

intermediate pup. This will be alluded to further on

in discussing the very different effect upon V. io of the

same light reflected from a white background.

The few transference experiments need not be extracted

from the descriptive table. They quite confirm, although

they add nothing to, the results obtained with larger and

more carefully conducted experiments in 1886.

The general result of the whole series of 68 experi-

ments conducted, in 1888, upon many hundreds of pupx

is to afford abundant confirmation of the earlier work,

at the same time extending it in many directions.

1892.

The only experiment upon V. urtice in this year was

one with conflicting colours. The results of such experi-

ments have so important a bearing upon the physiology

of the adjustment of pupal colours that I was anxious to

repeat them, if possible, in a more searching manner.

In 1886 I devoted a great deal of time and attention

to the subject (Phil. Trans. 1887, pp. 868—392), exposing

the larve during Stage IIT. to gilt and black surroundings

in compartmented tubes, and frames with perforated

shelves between the contrasted colours.

The following questions as to the physiology of the

process are answered by the results of these experi-

ments:—(a) The possible influence of colour upon the

larval eyes. Blinding the larve had failed to affect the

power of adjustment, and this experiment would apply

a valuable test to the conclusion that the eyes are of

no importance in the matter. If the colour surrounding

the anterior part of the larva had no more influence

than that surrounding the posterior part, the conclusions

from the blinding experiments receive strong con-

firmation. (b) The direct photographic effect of light wpon

the skin. Although the earlier view that the pupal tints

are determined in this way after the last ecdysis, has

been completely upset by the results of transference ex-

392 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

periments, it still remained possible that the light directly

influences the developing pupa beneath the larval cuticle,

and thus determines the presence or absence of the

colourless precursor of the pigment which subsequently

appears. If two colours with opposite influences pro-

duced opposite effects on the two parts of the pupa to

which they had been respectively applied, the suggestion

made above would receive very strong support. If not,

if some intermediate tint was common to the whole

pupal surface, the above suggestion could only hold if

we suppose that the superficial layer in which these

changes take place is in a condition of such complete

physiological unity that each local influence is just as

powerful in another part of the layer where an opposite

influence is at work as it is in the area directly exposed

to its action. Although such a view is difficult to con-

ceive, the tendency of recent research has certainly

afforded proof of the organic continuity of tissues which

such a hypothesis requires. Dr. Michael Foster tells me

that he does not by any means consider this hypothesis

to be essentially improbable as an explanation of the

adjustment of colour. (c) The influence of light through

the nervous system. If the nervous system receives the

stimulus, and controls the result, a general effect from a

local influence is to be expected. There is no difficulty

whatever in the supposition that the impulses from con-

flicting stimuli applied to different areas of the body

would become neutralized when they meet in some

nervous centre or centres, and hence result in efferent

impulses which produce a uniform intermediate effect.

This conclusion is also supported by the power of

adjusting the colours of the cocoon, which can still

be maintained to exist in the genus Halias, and which

receives its most probable explanation on the supposition

that the nervous system is concerned.

In addition to its direct bearing on these important

questions, the experiment also affords interesting in-

formation as to the relative strengths of stimuli opposed

to each other, and (in the form in which it has been

-conducted in 1892) as to the possible exercise of choice

by the larva.

The results obtained in 1886 are well known to be

negative—a uniform result following the two opposed

local influences. I was anxious to apply the experiment

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 393

in such a form that the larve would be exposed to con-

flicting stimuli during the most sensitive stage (II.), as

well as the last.

With this object in view, I constructed the case

which is represented, about one-fifth of the true size,

in Plate XV., fig. 5. It consisted of three rows of

compartments, each row containing 14. The com-

partments were 8'l cm. high in the two upper rows,

rather higher in the lowest row. Their width varied

from 1°5 to 5°0 cm.; their depth was 1°2 cm. at the

bottom, while above it tapered away to a chink only

0°3 cm. wide. The front of each row was covered in by

a strip of clear glass, which sloped gently backwards,

resting upon the wedge-shaped divisions between the

compartments. These divisions and the backs of the

compartments were lined with alternating strips of gilt

(polished Dutch metal) and black paper (black tissue

paper). Those of the lowest row were crossed by two

narrow gilt strips, 0°8 cm. broad, separated by black

bands of three times the breadth, the uppermost being

rather broader, and the narrow roof and floor (about

1:2 cm. wide) being gilt. The compartments of the two

upper rows were crossed by strips of black and gilt, with

an equal breadth of about 1°5 cm., except the uppermost

(black in the top row, gilt in the middle one), which was

rather broader. The narrow roof and floor were opposite

in colour to the adjacent strips.

In use, the case was kept vertical in the position shown

in fig. 5, and a single larva, having ceased to feed, was

introduced into each compartment. Hence no allowance

has to be made for crowding. The larve were left un-

disturbed in the compartments, and, after their first

excitement, passed all the stages in a normal manner,

and formed pup, suspended to either the back of the

compartments or the glass front. It is clear that two

or more parts of the larval body, succeeding each other

antero-posteriorly, had been subjected to conflicting im-

pulses during the whole of the sensitive period.

The last larve of a company found towards the end of

August at Oxford, being mature, were at once placed

in the case just described. The pup were compared

August 28, with the following results :—

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) 26

ee oe o-. oe oe oe oe

yoRy[q UO 4sat oy}

‘pueq or @ sutsso1o vdnd ay} Jo a[pptut ey} ‘yuemM4reduULOD Jo apis UO pexy T

Yovlq WO sem evdnd jo 4sor ayy pus ‘pos

ayy eee pus tor1ajsod yey} os ‘yoR[q pue plos Jo uoyounl oy] UO poxy T

fra

= oe id oe oe o- o- oe purq yovtq oyy

UO SBA edna aq} JO 4SOI VY} [][V VY} Os ‘plos Jo o[pprur ayy eaoqe ysnl poxy ¢

oe oe oe oe oe oe oe

pueq plod yxeu

pada qsnf pvoy yey} os ‘yovyq pue pos jo uoyounl mojaq ysnl pexy T

8 Oe oe oe

[PAZ] sty} aytsoddo ssv{3 uo poxy T

pueq prog {xoU oY} SUIpOBeT Jou pRay ayy

ie se oe oe OD

*souo

YOBTY OU} JO YIPTIAs

ayy $ [uo are spueq

POS ayy Yoryas ur

“TIT Moy Jo ssv[s 10

‘(apis uo auto ydanxa)

yoeq 0} ATAVUS paxLy

T || ‘yortq uo sem vdnd dTOYA 9} YB} Os ‘yoRTq puv plos Jo uotounl uo pexy ¢

ins she ae owe oes ae ‘+ JaAayT stqy aytsoddo ysnf sse[s uo pexy F

(22 O18 0 = oP “+ - pueq pros yxeu ey} peddeyazaao ysnl

| prey oy} pur ‘purq yortq uodn Av] Apog yey} Os ‘plod Jo o[ppru MoTeq poxy ¢

Oe a2 ‘+ -yovyq uo 4avd TOIIejUB puv pat] ‘plos Jo e[ppru uO pexy ¢

a0 ie a ye =r nce aytsoddo ysnl sse[s ey} UO pexy F

(eae ss : oe ere ** -yovtq uo pus ror1eysod

| pue prey a uo Apoq ou} eat pue pros jo uoyounl aaoqe ysnl pexy Z%

(ine o. oe ee e. oe oe o- oe reo YoRyTq Fo

le[pprar ey} ut peay ‘pos uo Apoq oy} ‘yoRTq pue pos jo uorounl 04 pexy ¢

oe ee oe oe oa 0.0 oo. ave o- oe pjos jo

hee & ey} UL poy ‘yovtq uo Apo ayy ‘yovTq puv plos Jo uotjounl 0} pexy ¢

(1) | ‘wdng yo moog jo saaisaq

“JUOJT SSRIS aq}

0} 10 ‘Yypta [enba

jo a18 spueq plos puv

YOR ot} YOU Ut

“TI pus *[ sMoy jo

yoRq [BOI}IOA 0} poxty

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 395

These pup were wonderfully uniform and transitional,

so that their classification was a matter of great diffi-

culty. It will be noted that there are only two out of the

whole number which were other than intermediate {some

form of (3)] varieties. There was remarkably little gold

on the pupe, the classification of the (3)s being entirely

dependent on the amount and depth of the pigments

present.

In order to test the results of this experiment still

further, a different mode of comparison was adopted.

Neglecting the pupe fixed to the glass, all the others in

Rows I. and II. were arranged according to the parts of

the body which were exposed to black or gold. They

fell into four classes :—

A. — 8 pupe with head well in gold.

B. — 6 fe " black.

Cc. — 3 , just in gold.

D.— 2 ie * black.

But there was no tendency for the anterior part of

pupe A. and C. to be any lighter than the same part of

B. and D. respectively.

Those fixed on Row III. were then similarly compared.

They fell into two classes :—

EK. — 10 pupe with head in black.

F,— 1 pupa %) gold.

The last was certainly lighter than any of E., but it

was light altogether, and not specially about the head

or anterior part.

It is thus clear that the colours did not produce

localized effects. The anterior or posterior end of a

pupa was often specially light, but this was quite

irrespective of the colour of the band against which it

had rested.

These comparisons were carried out with the greatest

care, the pup being not only arranged side by side ona

sheet of white paper, with the light falling on the same

side of each of them (for this plan is always adopted in

my comparison of pup), but the sheet was gradually

turned round to permit their equal illumination on all

parts of the body.

Although the results are entirely negative, thus con-

firming my earlier experiments in 1886, it is clear that

2a2

396 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

the pup in Row III., with the broader black bands, were

distinctly darker as a whole than those in Rows I. and II.

Although no localised effects are produced, the gold and

the black certainly influence the pupa, and when the

relative extent of one of the areas is increased, its effect,

as tested by the whole pupal surface, tends to pre-

ponderate over that of the other.

The bearing of this experiment upon the important

physiological questions set forth at the beginning of this

section is thus clear, and although nothing new is added

to my earlier work, it is at any rate important to confirm

by the use of an improved method an experiment upon

which conclusions of so much interest depend.

Mr. Bateson (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 212)

states that he gleaned ‘‘no hint at all of the physiology

of these phenomena,” as indeed was to be expected from

the class of my experiments of 1886, which he had

selected for repetition. But although he failed to select

experiments which would have yielded some information

on the point, the experiments had nevertheless been

made in 1886, and published with every detail in 1887.

Other workers are likely to be discouraged rather than

inspired by a statement which, although no doubt true

of the writer himself, does not represent the knowledge

of the time at which he wrote. For we do possess

certain clear indications as to the physiology of these

processes, even though they may not carry us very far.

I now turn to the bearing of the recent conflicting

colour experiments upon the smaller points already

alluded to (see page 392).

The larve, as a rule, tend to mount a vertical sur-

face, and suspend themselves from the under side of any

ledge projecting from it, but in the absence of the latter

they will fix themselves to the vertical surface itself.

Adyantage of this habit was taken in compelling the

larve to fix themselves to the vertical back of the con-

flicting colour case, where the conditions of the experi-

ment could be carried out in the best manner. Reference

to fig. 5 (Plate XV.) will show the positions selected by

many of the larve; for the white bosses of silk from

which the pup were suspended are clearly indicated as

white spots in the collotype. It is thus seen that they

did not mount to the highest points, but suspended

themselves about half-way up or a little above this level ;

and this was true of all the rows, irrespective of the

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 397

band of colour which happened to be at this horizon.

There is no evidence that any selection was made,

although there is no doubt that the resulting pup

would have been less conspicuous on the black than on

the gold.

We are forced to conclude that the larve ascended the

lessening space, arid stopped at the point where the

narrow width of the chink would have endangered the

success of the process of pupation which is so precarious

in this group of Lepidoptera. Such an instinct would

be extremely valuable to species pupating in cracks and

chinks of stone or bark, and it certainly seems to exist.

The evidence of it was equally clear in V. io, and was

found in both kinds of case employed with this species

(see the level of the bosses of silk on the black part of

fig. 6 in Plate XV.).

As to the relative strength of black and gilt when

equal in extent, the intermediate position of the pup

indicates a tolerably equal balance, inclining rather to

the side of the latter in the number of light (3)s and the

(4). When the extent of the areas becomes relatively

unequal, the balance of strength is of course upset,

giving black by far the greater power under the par-

ticular conditions of the experiment as carried out in the

lowest row of compartments.

2. EXPERIMENTS ON THE PUPA OF VANESSA IO,

1888, 1891, anp 1892.

In working in 1886 I had experimented upon a very

few individuals of this species, and had shown that

they are highly susceptible. I was most anxious to

investigate the species very fully, for it appeared to be

even more suitable for the purposes of this enquiry than

Vanessa urtice. Although the number of individuals

tested has been smaller than in the latter species, the

results are more decisive, and I think we may con-

sider that our knowledge of these two Vanesside is, in

this respect, about on a level.

The first necessity was the construction of a scale of

pupal colours in which each marked form is represented

by a number. This was made in 1888, and found to

work well in subsequent years. The divisions are made,

as far as possible, equivalent to those of V. wrtice, and,

indeed, the division into 5 classes was the one into

which a large series of individuals of V.i.o most naturally

398 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

falls. If we substitute green for gold, and remember

that the intermediate forms are not so common and do

not require subdivision into 8 classes, the criteria adopted

in the two arrangements become almost identical, as will

be seen below.

nearly [in some (2)s] concealed by the superficial pigment,

which is blacker in (1), lighter in (2).

Intermediate forms, with a varying amount of pigment, although

(3)

) [os darkest forms; the underlying green is completely or very

never sufficient to conceal the green colour, which is prominent

on the pupa.

(4) (Distinct green forms, very bright and glittering in (5), somewhat

(5) | duller ane ee more Pigment, in (4). The small amount of

pigment tends to exhibit a reddish tint.

The chief and obvious distinction is between (1) + (2)

and (4) + (5). Completely transitional forms occur,

especially among the (3)s, but these are not very

common, and a large majority of the pup are classified

with the greatest ease, far more so than in the case

of V. urtice.

A figure of the green and golden form (5) is shown in

Phil. Trans., 1887, B, plate 26, fig. 7, and a representa-

tion of the cuticle of the wing of the same form in fig. 10

(magnified 7 diameters), showing the small amount of

superficial pigment, some of which is reddish. In fig. 11

there is a similar representation of the pupal wing of a

dark form, (1), showing the relative abundance and in-

tensity of the cuticular pigment.

There is little doubt that the green forms of V. io

truly represent the golden ones of V. wrtice, the former

being also distinctly golden, although this appearance is

rendered less prominent because of the green colouring.

They are, furthermore, produced in almost every case by

the same stimuli.

In the following account all the experiments which

are intended to test the effects of various coloured back-

erounds and screens will first be given, with their details.

The results will be analysed at the end of the section

concerned with this species, after the consideration of

various other experiments, dealing with the length and

susceptibility of the preparatory stages and the effects

of conflicting colours. Thus the arrangement will not

necessarily follow the order in which the experiments

succeeded each other.

The effects of various colours will now be shown in

the accompanying tables.

*ATUIIOFIUN ysomye | ; Om as

1oft Ljueunedsg ‘yeoT|/ On S53 66 BY

adnd wears yy st1q peonpoid | T re *‘(joor uo) poonpoyur tT =| yaynq ‘szepurAd peuly ploy Ee eee 3 x eae as

sfurpunodims ys ayy, SApxe Bey [Oh toot tes te eerie

5 D, Oo . ga 5.40 @

a SE esl He g

*(Joor UO TTB) paonporyutr 9 ‘gqueursedxg -(op ‘s8n1|,S<4 3 5-574 2 Be 3

‘uvdutos 9 Worf YIM pateaoo) ssouyiep ojo[d 3 xe, o = 3 se

i ie |e | Way} OTOA BAIR] est} JO € |-too ur tepurso pouty youlg |.2 = = ae ae pee

“TITA Faas = gagae

‘Te[Nserat LIOA j *paonporzut ET Poke sds Sau’ Bo

SBM ssouyIep Jo yoy | - Ss Spepenen estes

| ‘Surdyjno (4) ony fSoe oH toca

| T z | LT ‘dnoaS parteyyvos ut yoor uo F ‘e quownrodxn ‘(op ‘s8n1|5 SSS oF nee eae

| Teen S| ‘dnois ut yoor uo F | IIA parteaod) sseuyrep ogetd Ar 8 8 on 3B Bee

I veers cece ‘100H Uo Gg |-wWOd UT Jepurfso peur, youlg (A Pe S Fr oo = & ao

a ‘BS SA SPSSES

| ‘p quemiiedxsg ‘1apuryAo sexs

if ss *(FoOI uo) peoonporyUt T petoaoo aeded aussi} user ae) 3 >

20:1 Conese

Felis

“psounouoad | | ; ‘e quetitedxy * iN SSSR

¢ ETRE CONES cues

AIOA OIOM YOVTG JO s}[Nser | | T Ge ‘(joor uo) poonpoayur T | petaaoo seded onsst usety Seas

ayy, ‘oye eures ayy Ap0V | ‘XIX | Beccles a

-x9 psonpoad ssurpunoqms : pee 8 o 3

ys pus use18 GH geeUeH *Z queued xy | “a 2%, ie oi.

“SUIIOF weers sqarq pue | ‘Teo YONG pessoqury “4UysTy | Sey ea

aye Ajastoord s(¢) eq, 7 | +(joor 0} pexy [[v) poonpourp | Suoays Ur dtopurpAo peury ploy < Sen 3

| ‘IIAXX ao 5 eS

malt oe "+ parp T Gores | gn fas

| jo ‘Joor 0} papuadsus adnd ¢_ ‘T queurrtedxm = “qu SIT Coke 2

‘perp [ { peonporjur warey F |: BUOYS UT AepurjAd paul xor[_ Een & 2

; B & “AI es $48

(g) | (%) | (&) | (@) | @)

S}[Nsoyy -adnd jo suomisog ‘pofoydura sapovydeoayy yo ea eee

BaIv'y jo sa:uvduog

| ‘sanojog jedng

*ATULIOFIUN YSOUITS

ednd users yy St1q paonpoad~

ssurpunoimns

YIS OL,

—

*poonpoayut 2

*((#) T) dnor3 ut Z

*peyB[Ost T

“((f) T) Mnoas ur F

*JOOL UO [TV

a *(Joor uo) paonporzur T

*poonporjur g

*JOOI UO IOY}9504 VSO[D F

‘(g) B ‘100H UO patttojap T

“LOO UO pap T

*paonpo.rjzul g

“LOOP, UO T

*(pammoypoosip pue pvep Woety

JO [) yoor uo dnoas [[vus Ur J

*paonporjur 9

“IJV AS} WLOIT poyer

_-edas yeyMoutos ‘yoor uo ednd T

‘FOOL UO BAIR] pvap

“LOOP, UO BAIL] pBep T

*(papuedsns

/useq pey sdeyxed) oop uo T

| *dnois

ay} JO eTpprax oy} ur sem (B)

(ayy, *(pue 415) punorsyovq rwou

|foor uo dnoas poaieyyvos yey

| “aurOS ® UI [IB : peonporyUr 9

}

“ET yUSUL

-Wadxy ‘[Tejout yoING peystjog

‘juotmjyreduioo §=pault pox

“IXXX

‘EI JueutIedxy = “TRJau Yong

peystfod *tapurpéo peur] ploy

"IAXX

‘TT queatiedxmy = ‘yeyeu young

poeustog ‘tapuréo peuly proxy)

“XX

| ‘OT queutrredxy ‘[Rjour Yong

| peystjog “tepurtAo pauly ploy,

TIAX

"6 JuoUILIEdx yy = *[BJou YONG

passoquiy *xOq UT} peuly ploxy)

“XIXX

*g quout

-wadxy «*Tejour YONG passoq

“wg «“tepuréo peut, plop

"TAX

B. Company found at Chipping Norton towards the end of July, 1888; com-

It is possible that 2 or 8 larve from D. were accidentally intro-

It is probable that this

pared Aug. 9.

duced; and

ge, and found on

3 from C. were intermixed with Experiment 6.

and the next lot belong to one company, as they were of the same a

the same bed of nettles.

*SUUIOJ WIEIS JO WOTOAIIp |

ey} Ul JOATIS uBy} plod | T

jO yooyfa dayveis Youyl |

(

-adnd yrep

SPIVMO} BOY at} UO SUI

-UIPOUT ‘sy[NseI IVB[NSeAIT T

‘apeys Aq

payooye A[qeqord ora Loy}

aleR ‘UeeIs yYystaq AT[ensn

are saavey, uo adnd eseqy,

[| et

"4IIS JO FEY} OF!] SPOOH A |

“4713 03 Tenbe you sey €

a5 5c ore *+ paonp

-OIJUI BAIB] [T “FOOL 0} paxt iT

‘poonpo.myUul BAIR] T “OOH UO

poonporzUL BAIR] T

‘(peanfut pue ual[ey) 100of uC

*poonporjul BAIT 9

‘peop BAIR T

‘FOOL UO F

‘((T) 8) 100g UO T

** peonporjur ZT ‘yoorjo yred

Jeyjoue uo Z jo dnoas [[vug

Re oe ‘+ BAIBT pep T

SUIpNpour ‘Joos uo OT Jo dnowy

‘payepost ‘ papeys pue ‘yueyd

-pooy uo umop Mor adnd %

“‘paonporjzul ZT

‘100 UO T

‘Joor uo dnoas

pepMo1o ynq Ystsuo, 8 UL TT

*(Joor vou

apis 0} poxy) peonporyur T

‘poonpo.aqur 2

*paanojoostp ‘ednd peep T

*BAIBT pvp T

“JOO UO papAolo GE

“ATXXX

“IAXXX “GG i

“AXXX TG 7

‘0% JUaUILIOdx | |

‘Teyour Yong peysod

“‘S}UIUJIVAUIOD Poul] P[Ox)

for)

TE “QT JuouILIed xg |

(-o» ‘s3na) ssouyrep oye[d

-ul09 UI SAapuT[AD pour, YoRl_

“LT quowtied

“XG "BAIV] JO YOO}S UL punog

“QT Quoul

-Wedx] + ‘SMOPUTM SsBls ded |

YIM xoq poury coded ayy

“TIAXX'T

‘eT quowiedxy = ‘teputpAo

patasoo aoded onsst} weetr)

“XIXT

“PT quowedxy

; Chipping Nor-

A company found at

ton towards the end of July, 1888 ; com-

“quoul

-yaedutoo pouty toded JeATIg

“IATX

of B, they

kins when

,and were upon the same bed of net-

ug. 9. Like the larva

anging their last s

pared A

- were ch

B. Company found at Chipping Norton to-

wards the end of July, 1888; compared Aug. 9

It is possible that 2 or 3 larve from D. were found

accidentally introduced; and 3 from C. were {les,

It is probable that they belonged

same company; 3 of these were

It is pro- to the

bable that this and the next lot belong to jntermi

intermixed with Experiment 6.

xed with B in Expt. 6, and it

B may have been

possible that larve of

introduced into Expts. 31 and 382, al-

though this is unlikely.

les.

as they were of the same age, js

and found on the same bed of nett

one company,

‘adnd uaei3

4ys11q sonpoid spunois

-yoeq AMoTjed pue esuvig

“4[15 SB 4Ue}xXe OUIRS

at) 0} you ysnoyyye ‘adnd

uses sonpoid 0} spuay,

“4]I3 Jo syooyje

24} 0} 4uataytp AIOA

-ednd users yustaq [ AUC

*SULIOF U9eIS Jo WOT}OaATP

ey} UL JaATIS uUBy} pos

jo ooye aeyveris yon

OC (joor uo) poanpo.ayut T

*psonpoayut )

((g) T pave (8) 1) —

apts uo dn ysiy dnois |[vas F

((g) ) 100g Uo ¢

*‘paonporjut ),

‘100 UO peep T

*(Joor Ffo

Il9} T ‘peuttojap [) 100g uo ¢g

“papModo you yung ‘1ayy3e504

Ivau ‘do} Iva opis ssv[s uO g

*poonporjul g

‘dno13 pore}}Bos yel[Maulos UT )

*pe}e[Osl T

*‘JOOI UO [[V

“‘paonpoUl VAIV[ T ‘IOOy UC

St oo 5.0 -+ " paonp

| -OIJUL BAIR] T "FOOL 0} paxty

“‘paonporjUl BAIR [ ‘OOF UO

Ne ar ‘a “+ paanp

-OIJUL BAIVI T “FOOL 0} paxty

a6 50 -+ paonp

-OTJUL BAIT T “JOOL 0} poxty

< Re we peonpo.1yut

BAIBTT ‘dn YSiy yowq 07 pextyT

ae ar 36 +” paonp

-OTJUL BAIB[ [ ‘FOOL 0} poxly

‘ee quouttiedx gy

*{UOIJ SSBIS Teed ‘ 1aded a5uR10

UIA «peur =yueuryredutog

TIAXT

"GE Jue

-ladxq ‘aqo[s-ses ssvps pedo

‘Tg quour

-1M0dx'Y ‘aqO[S-sBs ssuls [edgO

pat

‘Og quomttedxm “4yUOIT ssRls

Ivapo YIM ‘apis sjr uo paowyd

\‘xepuryséo peur aseded uty,

“THTATX

“ATTX “GZ 4

STTTGTEX: “8% a

MIDS “LG

LIB 6 "9% JuewmIedx

“AY ST] SuoTys Ur

| syuettj}avduios paury rzaded ury,

| “XIXXX “SG ig

| “ITIAXXX axe .

‘TIAXXX "eZ JuowtIed xq

‘[eJou Youn

passoquie pue paystjod paxtyy

*syuowy1eduiod peuly pox

same company ; 3 of

rds the end of July, 1888; compared

their last skins when found, and were

It is probable that they belonged to the

these were intermixed with B in Expt. 6, and it is possible that larvae of B may have been

Like the larve of B, they were changing

introduced into Expts. 31 and 32, although this is unlikely.

A company found at Chipping Norton towa

Aug. 9.

(OF

upon the same bed of nettles.

‘9IN}VU UL JUBTd-pooy ayy

WO pUNOJ UST UaaIs YYSTAqG

O18 BAIBT 9} OJ ‘apeys

0} onp SBA yoaye ou,

‘ednd ystyarep sonp

-o1d 0} spue} 4YsI] entg

“gg pus GE sB omIeY

“SUIPMOIO 04

anp Ayqeqord sea sty} ynq

‘adnd uses Jo uoroaip

ayy ut A[Suo014s Os a}1mb you

Ayuo ‘gg pue cg sv aueg

“qUST]

SI punoisyoeq oy} ueyM

adnd users yystiq aonpoad

eUI}VIES PUB SSBIS poy

-ednd weer

qystiq osonpord spunois

-yovq oles pue asurvi¢

"ss pazeposy =*yueyd-pooyz uo

| pepsys pue uMOop Moy adnd z

** (rat{J9504

Iva JOOI UO) pasonpomut e

** (JoOI 0} paxy) peonporyut T

** (1849804

aso[o JOOI uo) paonporjUl Z

J ee oe oe

| ** (19749304

|Ivau JOoI uo) paonporur F

a (joo Uo) paonporjzUt T

*poonpo.ajur ¢

| “LOO T

*T9YJOSO} IVU JOOI UO Z

eis (1009 WO) paonporyut T

‘TP jueur

-wedxy "4yday otaMa Bare, jo

(0038 TOI wo ‘yueld-pooz ug

‘OF quoutttedx ny

oUTJeIaS onyq JO 4yuoIF B YYIA

‘juemmyredtm09 §=poom ule, g

“ATXX'T

6g JuotITIedx| ‘raputtso

pateaoo aeded-anssy usar

“XX'T

"ge JuoUIIIed xo

‘OUTPBIAS UID JO JUOTF TATA

‘jusmyrvdui0d =poom ure[g

‘THIXXT ba

“LE yuout

“XY SSBIS MOTTek Jo UOT, YIM

‘yuewyIedu0d §=poom urrytg

TAXX'T

“9g yuourtied

“XW ‘SSRIS pat Jo 4UOTF YRIA

‘yuetyivdutod §=poom ule

“AXXT

| ‘eg yuoutried

| -XO

*OUT}B[ID Pat JO YUOIF ITAL

‘quouyivdu0d §=poom ured

TIXXT

“PE Juaurriadx | |

“QUOI SSRIS Ieajo ‘aeded Moz |

| -[e4 YYIA poury gueuyaedmog

It is probable that they belonged to the

Like the larve of B, they were changing their last skins when found,

same company ; 3 of these were intermixed with B in Expt. 6, and it is possible

C. A company found at Chipping Norton towards the end of July, 1888; com-

that larve of B may have been introduced into Expts. 31 and 32, although this is

and were upon the same bed of nettles.

unlikely.

pared Aug. 9.

‘paonp

-ord yoaya ou A[quqorg

‘sq[Nser TepNSerIy

“quotti1adxa

atojaq peyeaye ueeq oavy

Avra ayedud 04 sag oy,

“OMISTIOJOVIVYD

“yuauL

-11adx9 alojaq pojooyye uaeq

aavy Avut pue ‘ajednd

0} 4sIy oy} SBA (g) oY,

‘adnd ay} Jo Oy WO 4oaTa

ewos paonpoid Apyueredde

“TI J 99%4g ULsoUeAeTSURA,

payouuy

yoor uo g

UAMOP [[9F pus ajyednd oj ysay Z

poyry

-OST [ ‘Iaqjeso0} % ‘jyoor uC

peyouuy

2s *+ azednd 07 puooas Z

ayednd 04 4say T

| passoqurgy

_A[jsour— pepuedsns #ArR, ¢

‘Lp Jueuttzed

-XQY ‘JUST Url sovjans youyq

0} ‘yo0}s Jo yuvid-pooy wor

‘TIL 285819 AO} portejsuezy,

‘oF Juouttzed

-xq ‘(Suruaaa) 6z ANE paonpory

-Ul BAIVT ‘ssauyatep ayetduioo

ur gepurdo pereaaoo yovlq

“ATX

‘ep yuouIIIEdxGY + *xoq pouty

Jaded aj1Y A 0} JUOIT SSBTS payy

BDXEXGT

“PP JuSUL

-wedxqy “yuewyredui0d peut]

qoded-anssty moljed = 4yuysrig

‘IAT

‘ep quowIedxy = *pejour yong

‘xepurfso 4D

‘ITAXX

‘GP ueuttted |

-XQ] ‘HTIS Jo ssoq eyy Aq dn)

peuutd Suteq 4yst, suoys Ur

[ejeu yon paystjod jo sovyins

B 0} ‘TIT 238}g UL porIeysURIy

aIOM € ASOT, “Poy OTM BAIT

jo YOojs yorya uo “yueBid-pooy

0}—Aopvys UL puwv UMOP AOT

The rest were

Compared Aug. 11.

1888.

€

D. Part of a company found at Oxford about

22,

July

used in Expts. 77—92.

“OY = 888T

‘{ing Jo pus oy} sparen

-0} U0JWION Surddryp 4e

punoy Auvdwoos y “9

‘ays Youur

st wdnd users Jo uonsod

-o1d ayy sv $ uoTyeUTUINqI

jo sporiad q1oys eq} Suramp-| |

aoeyins 3[t5 ayy Aq poonp

-o1d uaaq oavy 0} savadde

yooyje ous Ynq ‘aAoqe sy

Foond

-ednd yrep

spreMo} ATSu0 ys ysout Sur | T

-pude} nq ‘s}[Nsarepnsaaty

*SUIIO}

yep oy1 spreMoy A[Suo0.1s

SurIpus} ‘s}[nsar Iepusatay OL

“‘sSurpuno1ins

Yovyq jo syoeyea suoyg

€T

“‘poonporyut FT

“YIIS Jo yred TaMOT

pus s[PpIU aAO pateqyBos ¢

‘(peep 1)

JOor 4IIS Jo doy ye papmoro G

*‘peonporyut Z

“SSBIS UO T

“4[IS UO T

** paonporjut zg “4]13 uo g

"+ paonpoajur % “413 uo Z

a} a oe peonporzut |

‘Joor saded yoetq uo eT

*psonpomut 18

‘sepis Jaded yor[q uo peap T

‘sepis raded yoryq uo /

‘SSB[D Iva] UO pRap (OT

| Yond pessoqmes *xoq Ur} IE)

“Xq "[Rou ying peystjog

“SSV[S IBa[D UO GO

poonporjut BT *(uormtsod stqy ut

joou) apts fo yavd saddn uo GT

‘FG JUOWIIOdx| = *[Bjau

“XIXX

‘eg quowtedxa “Jeary Young

“AIXX

"SG JUOULIOdxX = "yea, Yong

“THIXX

"Te quouutsed

‘0g JuotItIedxG ‘sseuyrep Ut

Jepurféo pouty szeded yorlq

III

"6F yueuat1ed

-XQ ‘ssuTpunorins yovtq pur

{UST UIP UI [esIOp ‘4YUSsIT Suo01ys |

UI SOOBJINS [VIJWOA ITOY} ITA

‘papaoro ATOSMOP IIOM BAIV] yf}

OIA WO “Yoosys ssvs xRap v

YIM peraaod pue ‘(spavAuAop

jooa) spasadn pua uado paovyid

‘yapurjAo pour, aeded yori

‘SP JUOUITIOdX =" yUST]

Sus UL apis st uo paorid

‘rapurpso pouty aaded yortq

ali

3 small cylinders and box in complete

darkness, except at 11 p.m. and 9 a.m.,

—

when the covering was removed to adjust

some other experiments.

July, 1892, near Oxford,

The pup were compared July 16,

E. Two companies of nearly mature larve, taken early

and mixed together,

‘yrep ATTeroedse

OIOM “TTATX JO Joor pautop

ay} WO papmor adnd oy,

*pjos 03 yuateyIp AIOA

*SUIPMOIO

kq poytpout yeyMoutos pros

JO spaya osttiojovreyO

‘eg “dx “ITXX ‘xopuryéo

Jay[Vus yONu B UI 9sotTy

YUA SuIpao1 Jo syooyo

aredui0d 0} SUT\se1eyUT

*‘JOOI Jo apeys oy}

Aq peonpoad yooye amog

“413

JO Yooyja ost1ejovreyO

*BUIPMOIO JO JOT

}

g |r an ve

I | 4118 Jo opis ouo uO papMoro TT

poonporjyut FT

*do} IAATIS IAAO poyNqiajsip FT

“poonpoxzUr FT

‘OpIs 1dYJO ay UO IOYO904 ¢E

‘Foor

- peonp |

-O1JUL QT *(UOT{ISOd sty} Ur Joo.)

apis jo y1ed zaddn uo papaor9

"* peonpoyurg “115 u0g

"* paonporjar Z “4[I5 U0 %

*peonporyut ¢

‘(pesieua — |

BAIR] SnoIajdip) peep T |

‘q13 U0 ZS

‘+ -paonporjul g “413 UO g

Tes “2 S peonporjzut

ZL ‘papmoro ATOA ‘413 UO ZT

‘tg yuoutttedxg ‘azaded raattg

‘quoujiedu0d §=peul, JaATIG

TATX

‘Tg JuowIIedxg = ‘TRjouL

youd peysyod “yyst, Suors

UL queujIeduI0D peul, proxy

“IXXX

‘09 JuoUTIodxy = *TeyeuUL

yoyng pessoqummy ‘4usiyT suo14s

ur aepuréo paull plos osreT

TAX

*6¢ JUoTAIIedx = ‘[BJou Yong

peystog ‘MOpeYys UI a10UL Joor

8g} yy ‘epurpdo veyron

“TAXX

"ge yuowIIedx i

‘Tejew Yoong peysyog 34S]

Suois ut Japurpéd 41s [peurg

‘IXX

“LG quaeuittedx sy

‘[eyew yong peysog “FYST|

Zu0r4s ut Aopurpdo 4S [peug

“XIX

“9G

quoultedx my "Feey youn = “yySTT

Suoays Ul aepur[Ad 4IIS [Bug

PASXOX

‘eg quetaiedxy

‘[ejou young peysyod “F4St]

Suo0dys Url tepurfAd 415 [[euIg

TIXX

, taken early in July, 1892, near Oxford,

The pupe were compared July 16,

E. Two companies of nearly mature larve

and mixed together,

“A Ul UoTydeoxe SNOT

quo sBA oaloy} Ysnoyye

‘ase0 oY} SI SIY} JvVy} MOUs

s}[nset yy, ‘SssBls YIIM

po1dAoy USY A SUBS OY} OAM

soovjIns yovyq pure yIIs Jo

s}09yI IY} ToyJeyA 480} 04

alo S]UNUTIIEdKe OSOTLT,

*SUIIO} YIVP SPIBAO} SUT }

-UI[UT ‘S}[Nset Te[Nsa1IT

“413 Jo es0Y} OY!T SOONG

*yrep Ayetoedso

AIBA “TTATX Jo Joor poop

ayy Ur papaoro adnd oxy,

*pjos 0} quedeyip AIOA

—

rio

*psonpoyut 9

“puryony, &q pettht T

"(qr UO Z

pur punorsyovq yovl[q ay} Fo

gsn{ [) sepis 0} pepuedsns ¢

‘Joor 0} popuadsns Z

*‘poonporzUr TZ

‘JOOI WO pap T

“sooMy

PU® SOABI] YJIA IOOY UO pap |

“"Sodey

puv SeAve, JIM AOOY UO F

‘apis Jo sapsue punoq-yovyq

ay} jo Jayjoue Ul JoYy}e50} Z

‘apis Jo sejsue punoqg

-YOB[G ay} JO 9UO UT Iay}9504 F

‘Opis oud JO O[pprat UL peep 7

‘apis

auo JO o[pPpIul UI pepo g

ae ‘+ paonporjul (T seprs

SSBIS Jo do} vou pepAodd OT

*poonporyur ST

*SOOM} PUB SOABOT

YA ‘1ooy Joded oytyA uo T

‘aulop

jo do} JAATIS UL pepMOID LT

599

qUeTITIedxy “SS¥B[s aprszno Sutaq |

jaded ay} Te “YysIT Suo0ys Ut |

JapurfAo pazaaoo zeded yortg

"eg quauatted |

-XW ‘FOOT ssvp3 aIvajo B YY |

‘xoq SSBIS Iva] Te[NSULKZd0xyT

“$9 JUsUL

-adx@ = «‘aqoys jedo oI AY

‘eg quouttrzed

-xq ‘aaded raaqig *Joor peutop |

yy dopurdo peut qaayig |

TIATX

"6 “Sny poredui0y

‘Z68T ‘LT Alnge proxxO

ye punoz Auvdurod 95.10]

B JO BAIR] 4SBl OUT, “A

E. Two companies of nearly mature larve, taken

early in July, 1892, near Oxford, and mixed together.

The pups were compared July 16.

*poonporzur QT

a) IT T *IOOP UO § ‘QL JUeUL

pure ‘ze ‘Te ‘s}dxq Jo esory ‘(raded -wadxqy ‘100y pue yoor szeded

UVY} LV[NSeI Ssot S}[NSEYy F wl you) aqojs jo doy 0} pexy 4 | OYA YT ‘sseys [edo oy AA

‘e), yuouttred

*paonpory| -xq ‘syttds mMorjed UIA pel[y

oe:

So i

5 o

“413 Jo VSO} OAT] S}[NSeyy z -urg ‘s{itds Mozjed oj poxy Z| sows ‘aapuryAd ssBys Teal UT = =

( I PL fe a

| Eee | I eh aA

| z “oh “c g a Ss

: Sib || 4s - *4[13 0} popuedsns [TV TL “ SH8

su01}daoxe snorinod aul0g le | \ ‘0, quawtredxg *(qoRe ur z) | a e

| JI OMIT S1OyJO PUB “TITAX ‘Step | =e)

Clan | | -urpho 418 yyeus ¢ ur peoy[g 8 Eo

| | 328

| | "gg jUetIIIEdxY ‘SSaUyIVp ULA.L0F | poh

| | -9104} pus ‘xoq yax00d (payr0od) | 8 2.4

“IV[NZaLIt s}[NSoyy eealen e settee ee eeeeeceseeeeeeeseees | QUIZ [BAO UB UI dn ynyg ofa

Ewe

| BOs

*g9 JUOTH | ane

‘urey100 9ymMb | te ee Sh i$ oo oop ug =| -adx@ = ‘sseuyTep ojoTduroo ur | oR A

40U SUOT}IPUOD ynq ‘[ensn sB | | A[qeqoad $ ‘TTT 10 “yy “TY ATqQuq | 2 54

IB[NSeII OS JOU S}[NsSoIy 1 TE Sl ae Naz ‘Joor 0} ATqeqoad ‘papuedsng -oid ‘1epurjéo pateaoo youtg |

“A Ut uoTJdaoxe SnoTINnd

amo SBM doy} YSnoyye | *paonporjzut g

‘asvo oy} SI SI} YB} AOYS | | —

syuset oyy, ‘“SSBid [IM ‘peep T

PaTA0d TAM OUTS BYPAIAM *punoisyoeq pos 04 6 “Sny peredutog

seovjans youjq pu yIs Jo & asoyo ‘4yuv[d-pooy 03 papuedsns Z ‘yg yuotIedx| ‘yeyaut |"ZGS8T ‘LT Aue pxoyxO

s}ooyJa oY} TOYJOYM 489} OJ | *(punoasyoeq yoinq = poystod ya apzszno ye punoy Luvdurod as.1v]

aiaM SjusuItedxe eset, (ge ee Nae pjo3 uo) youq 0} pepuedsns ¢ | peraaoo ‘xepur[éo IBTWIs Y [eB Jo VAAL] sBl OUT, “A

“THIAXX

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 409

The lengths of the stages preparatory to pupation. 1888.

Experiments T7—92.

I was very desirous of ascertaining the duration of

these stages, and of comparing them with V. urtice. A

series of experiments, with this object in view, were

conducted in the summer of 1888 upon the larve of a

single company (possibly a few from another company

may have been intermixed, although I do not think it is

likely), kindly brought me by Miss Bell, having been

found near Oxford. Others were used in the experiments

already tabulated (D. Experiments 43—47).

The results of frequent examination are shown below:

the letter T indicating that the larve had sought the top

of the case (Stage Il.); S, that they had suspended

(Stage III.) ; P, that pupation had occurred. The time

beneath each such letter is either estimated or stated

without comment; when stated, the change indicated

had been actually observed. When no time is quoted,

the data were not made use of in calculating the lengths

of stages, as was the case when the limits of error were

very wide as compared with the interval to be estimated.

(See Table, pages 410, 411, 412.)

The results of these observations are worked out

below, where the colours of the receptacles and the pupz

are also shown, the latter being carefully compared, Aug.

11,1888. Two additional experiments (91 and 92) are

also included, the calculation being so simple that I did

not think it necessary to give the data from which the

lengths of the stages were arrived at, as I have in all the

other experiments.

(See Table, pages 413, 414.)

The 8rd pupe of Experiments 88 and 89 were trans-

ferred immediately after throwing off the larval skin to

a white paper floor, close to a gilt back-ground in strong

light. ‘The results prove that they had ceased to be

sensitive.

The lengths of the stages were subject to the most

excessive fluctuation, suggesting that some of the larve

had quitted their food-plant somewhat prematurely as

the result of disturbance, while others left it in the

normal manner. It has been already shown, in the case of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—paRT IV. (DEC.) 2H

(SGI)

Gl |

(ure (‘urn

og'e Aes) | O4"¢ Avs)

ST LT

(urd g | (urd g

kes) kes)

ST $6

Curd 7

*paaoute.s| Avs)

poow Ld

(ute TT

kes)

Lé st

‘und Ye]

“CTCL

‘peur

-X9 JON

DOUNIDC || UD At

(‘urd g

kts)

*poaourel

pooy

(ure

Og'g ABs)

‘curd } Curd a

&vs)

(wae TT

Avs)

“ANDASE

kes)

“AIXT

TWIXT

*aL0Jaq

posowel

poow

(ued T

Avs)

Dal

(‘Ure fF

Avs)

‘TIX’

(turd g

&es)

i 1

EDC

(u're

og'¢ Aes)

STI “peop ff

(urd g (urd g

fs) &vs)

ST ST

*poaourar

*‘peaoutar/*paaoulad) PoOoy

pooy pooy ‘(urd F

‘Cmed F | ‘(urd ¢| Aes)

&vs) kes) ST

Ls Lé LG

ps mXeel ‘THAT

kes)

iit wooU GFZ

(‘ure

0¢'¢ Avs)

dT (EOF 8

“Te A[oe

(sot) |¢s"ot 44

SZ ST |udg ‘or

*a10Joq

“poaomoet peaowmlol

pooy pooy

‘(urd a (urd F ‘Curd P (‘urd F

&vs) Xes) kes) Xs)

Lz oe LS Lt judg ‘9

(eT 1 Aes)

SI ‘ad CLG

uoou CT ZI

(‘18 F

kes)

SI “Ure Q “6

‘og Aqnr

"6g Ayn:

; : : ; | JO SUIUGAD

ITA'T AT ATT NIT | paonpoaur

BAIT

dT ST ST

Care p | (are F | (ure y

kes) Ses) kes)

“SAT OULOS "SY 9UNOS)"sayq 9ULOS

dt dG dt

TAT STAT) AKT

*(u00u

qnoqe)

(ae

kes)

(urd ¢

Kes)

PAVEXGH

(‘urd F |(0g'F 4s)

noq

ue ynoqe

(‘urd [

Kes)

‘Sat 901}

ST 10 OM4 T

ST dT iS) 1 dé

(0°TT)

(ure F

Xes) ‘sq

eulos

dT ST ST

(¢'TT)

(gg*¢ Avs)

ATyUIIeI

——S | | |

x DRUG |) INOUE | ileNar

“SIT @UIOS|'SAy ats

‘urd cere

‘urd 9 'e

‘% ‘Sny

(o'0T Aes)

SL ;aePp ‘ir

Ue F

kes)

cal (l= need (0) (0)

‘T “ony

‘ud e¢'0T

‘urd ‘g

— i

im |

Tes

(‘urd ¢

kes)

Lt j|urd 6re

‘urd cT'%

"Te Aur

‘6g Ayne

x jo aru9Ad

TIT peonporyUr

BALCT

SUDAGEX

*quotmayredutoo JoyyO OU UT ING “TITX'T pues “TXT “AT “IIIT Jo 1009 of} uo 4yo] U9Eq pvy Seow] PUL SOAVET P2TOTTITA\

“TAXT

“pvep [

“AXT

(0'0T)

(ure )

Avs)

OA\Y IO

Inoy ue

“AIX'T

(-urd g

kes)

OM} IO

mmoy we

(‘W's F

fes) “sq

autos

“TIXT

(0°01)

ysnf <,uo

(0'¢)

qysnf ATU

auieae || Abseat

(0° Avs)

OMY IO

Inoy ue

(ure F

Aves) ‘say

Auew

“XII

‘TITA'T

UNA

(ure F

Aes) "Say

Aueur

(‘urd OT

Aes) mnoy

ue ynoqe

‘al |

ANAL

peep

(oat Aes)

OA\} IO

Inoy ue

TWIT

“ure 0 “OT

'P ‘Ssny

‘ud TOT

und 0G")

‘wed L1°¢

‘urd 67°%

ad GFT

ae} (PGs

‘e ‘sny

urd ZT IT

Xe ‘DU

62 Ane

jo sUIUaAa

peonporyur

BAIVT

*(joar100 ATIvau) sInoy OF

*(joar100 ATIvoU) SINOT GF

*(yoartoo ATIvaT) SINOY ZY IoyJoSOT,

*(joer109 AjIVaU) SINOY BZ

*(yooat00 ATIvau) sinoy LE

*(joarto0o ATIvau) sInoY Z), 1ay}es07,

*(yoar100 Ayreau) sANOY EF IayAISOT,

"smoy Bg Jnoqy

‘sanoy F ynoqy

*(joaar00 ATAvaU) SINOY ZG A9YAISOT,

‘SINOY FR JNoqge Joyyesoy,

*(yoarr09 ATIeeu) saNoY 1G

*(joe1100 ATreaU) smoy Fez

“sInoy F ynNoqy

‘sanoy 69 JNogGeR JayyoDoT,

‘sInoy Gg JnNoge IayJa50 7,

“sanoy gf jnoge Jeyjas07,

*‘samoy 0g Noqy

*(qoaat00 Ayrvau) stnoy 1g

*(yoea100 ATIvou) sinoy QE

“srnoy 0g ynoqy

‘TIT 25%49 Jo WASuary

‘sanoy g ynoqy

. ‘samoy g jnoqy

*(qoer100 Ayrvau) sInoY GT

‘sanoy $9 ynoqy

‘II 85849 Jo qySueT

rt oO

— —————

—_~—

=H =H NMN

—~—~—a

AA Ss

—

OO SHAN

~—— ~———w~— ———me—

—_—a

Voit ox}

OO Ch OO

(¢

_—_—~— —~

-adng

jo anojog

*1aY 1950}

Iveu JOOI UO [LY

"199504 BSO]O JOO

*I1OOL TL

*I9YJ9S0} TeIUt JOOry

*19Y 950} IvIU JOO

*100L.T

‘Joor WO [TV

*IaJ950} IBSU JOO

“praq

“IIYJIS0O} AVIU JOOR

‘Joo

100],

‘wdng JO uolisog

(

man mano

aon

mao meno

‘uoted

-nd jo

Iaplo

‘raded anytq

daap YIM poul'y

TXT

‘reded antq

QUST] UTM pour'yT

ExT

-raded onssty onyq

ayed AIOA Y}IA pour'y |

PUA

‘roded use13

ytep UPA pour]

TITAT

‘raded users

{SIA YIN paury

‘TIAT

-raded Mozjat

ayed yyIA poury

“ATT

‘roded asuvio

daap WIA pour'y

“AIT

sraded par

daap WIA poury

‘ajo daoeyy

{

*(joottoo Aprvau) sanoy Lg JeyyesO,

*(joorr00 ATAveU) stnoY RF L9pyesoJ,

‘TIVO

‘sinoy 6g joqy

*(joai100 AyTIvaM) sINOY, OZ se

‘sIMOY 8), ISBVOT 4B LOYOSOT,

“smmoy Bg ynoqy

‘sanoy Gg }noqy

“SINOY 0G JSVOT 7V LoyJesoT,

‘sanoy Zg hogy

‘(yo01t00 ATIBIU) SINOT, 9g s

‘sinoy g), jnoqe TaYyeSOT,

*(yooat00 ATABOU) SINOY FO JOYJESOT,

*(qoo1100 A[ABoU) SINOY FF LOYYaSOL,

*(joat100 ALABeU) SINOY GL Jey}OSOT,

*sINOl[ TO yNogeB roqYJesOy,

*(joor100 ApTe9U) sINOY GT

‘(yoat100 ATIVau) sINOY GE

*(yoar100 ATTBOM) sino 1Z sie

“urey1000)

“UreyI00U()

*ureya0U()

‘sinott 6 ynoqy

*snoy F yNoqYy

‘sanoy f ynoqy

‘sanoy p yNoqy

eo eo

(¢)

—

~—

Art N erin tr)

~—

—

—_———waeTS TOOTS TOTS eS TA SE

Beeete reese re terhe sere

*1aYyJa50} Z

*payR[Ost T

*peyBIOSI ‘Foory

*JOOL PUB LOOT.

*poaye[Ost ‘Foory

‘BAIT pvop Iveu pue

‘190504 ABI JOOW

"pozE[Ost ‘Joo

“1O0[ WL

Cede:

“ueTTe

*19Y 4950} ABIU JOOIT

*g, layyo eau Jooy

‘1009 T

‘JOOI Z

~rapur[so pouty [eyjeur

yoynd peyst[od

“XIX

‘reputyAo paury [B}eul

yound peyst[od

‘THAX

‘Joo. peutop rzaputyso

pouty teded Aeaqig

“TIATX

‘reded

| yoeyq [yA peury

AUNS-CU

‘roded

yosyq PIA peury

AND CAL

‘roded

| AFIT TIA pour'y

| “AIX'I

| -raded onssty UM0Ig

IST YEA pourT

THX

‘reded eniq

ylep GA peur]

TIXT

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 415

V. urtice (see pp. 365—869), that the latter pass through

a far shorter preparatory period. In this case the two

conditions are probably intermixed, and there is no cri-

terion by which the one can be distinguished from the

other. It is therefore impossible to test by these figures

the conclusion indicated by the parallel investigation

upon V. urtice, as to the protraction of the stages in the

formation of dark pupe. But in other respects the

results are extremely interesting, enabling us to contrast

the lengths of the stages with those of V. urtice. Stage

IJ. appears to be very short: in 5 cases it lasted about

4 hrs., in 3 about 6,in 1 about 9. Its far greater length

in the remaining larve was probably a result of distur-

bance. Stage III., on the other hand, is very long,—

about twice as long as its ordinary duration in V. urtice.

Stage III. was not subject to great fluctuations, with a

single exception of 50 hrs’. duration (probably due to

disturbance). On the other hand, it varied from 25} to

32 hrs., and variations of a rather less extent were quite

common. Although there were many larve in which

the length of this stage was accurately ascertained, they

produced (with one exception) dark or darkish pup, so

that we cannot compare the lengths with those passed

through when light pupe are formed. There is nothing,

however, in the table to oppose the conclusions arrived

at in the case of V. urtice.

The apparently normal moderate fluctuation in the

length of Stage III., as well as its great relative length,

suggest that it includes far more of the susceptible

period than is the case with V. urtice (and this is proved

to be the case further on; see Experiments 94—100). If

so, and the conclusions derived from the study of the

latter are sound, we must expect that Stage III. will be

shorter in light than in dark pupe of J. io, although

such a tendency is restricted to Stage II. in the former

species, corresponding to the inclusion of the chief sus-

ceptibility within its limits.

We may conclude from these experiments that in the

production of dark pup the normal length of Stage II.

is from 4 to 6 hrs., the shorter period being the

commoner ; while that of Stage III. varies from 251 to

32 hrs.: longer periods being commoner than shorter

ones.

‘TIT e8%1g porszue

pey euou ysnoyyye

“Tz esvjg jo pus

ey} SprvMoy ATJUep

“TAQ OJOM = BAIBT

poidejsuvt} uy,

‘pepuedsns ¢

*pourulexou ly)

*(a1ojoq pouTUIexa

you) pepuedsns ¢

‘910T, ssouyIep mort peldjsussy g pues

‘CTXXX Woryz wrsyy Jo Z 10 T sdevytod)

Ssouyivp OF portoystesy BAIV, §

*popuodsns T

‘OOT INAWIUAIX

‘ox ‘sdnI YIM potedod

‘ssouyisp eie[d

-ul09 ut Japur{so 41D

‘TAX

66 LNANINaaX |

‘aqoys [edo ayy AA

ee ee seer sees eens

seer rbot eo esetes

‘a10U

ssouyiep WoIy

porroysuedy T

*popuedsns %

eceoebeoe se bebe deo

beer te bevre stones

*popuoedsns [

‘popuodsns Z

eberersie rte eeeete

eoeeessreeeeees oe

*popuodsns T

eee er eee eee eeee

*papuedsns T

eeeeesoes ee tase

"9G LNGNIUAaX

‘zaputtso pareaod

Jodvd onssty

UdeI3 YSIMOT[AA

“XIXT

‘16 INAWIUAAX

‘queued ui0o

peu] [epeuL

yong veystpog

BTEXEXOX.

‘96 LNAKIUAIS

‘raputtso

pouty-plos [[BUs

“XX

SuT[qureseyy

were ee tere eesves

eoeoerseeeseseee

‘popuedsns z

C6 LNAWIYGAX

‘[RJou Yon,

peystjod qytM peut]

Jepurffo [Bug

“XX

‘a10y SSsou

-yIvp WOT porqoy

-suvI} Joeyjoue

pus ‘ssouyIep Oo}

porlejsued} BAIT]

SUIUIVUEI OT],

‘asou}

jo Aue ul esueyo

Joyyany ON

ee ee cr)

en eceeceeec ee sees

OO OOO doo Io

*popuedsns T

*saSBO oY}O oq}

Te pus sry ojut

poonpo.ajUl Barley

‘US CT'OT ‘8% Atue

‘urd 0 OL ae

‘urd Gia; “ec

‘ud OL (z3

‘ud ere 73

‘urd OG’ F ae

‘ud GG‘'Z sc

ev COC) Oe Ns Ma:

‘md g ‘g ‘9g Ajue

‘$6 INANIMGdX |

F8e]

yoy Wits peuty

Japuryso [[eug

“AXX

"SoqBcT

*SSUNHUV(T

‘“LHDIT DSNOULG NI SONIGNOAOUNNG LHOIT

"TJ esRy4s

jO pua spaeAo}

44S, UL SSutpunol

-Ins UsaIs pure

‘QUI. ‘plod wLorz

poltejsurty 6

*X1080}%9

sty} ut poorid

aq 0, ATqeqoad

SE ynq ‘UeT[Ry pey

134}8[ 94} Jo ouoC

*(¢) 3

() T

19}%] popuedsns ¢

(3) F

"(g) T

: popuedsns ysag ¢

‘uotyednd a10yzaq

IOOH WoO J9YIE50}

ASOD BAIR] ¢ OUT,

‘Joor raded

0} pexy (¢) T dao

-xo ‘100 UO [[V

(I) T

() @

*(¢) T

i ssouyiep

WOT} PallaJsuBsy F

‘doy 1vau

ssv[s uo (fF) T

‘(¢) T

“(F) T

:ssouyiep

WLOAT PIlIIJSUBI} Z

“100 uo (¢) T

:ssouyrep

UWLOI} POTIOJSURI] T

*Aypeoordroar

poyooye ATqeqoad

aad pus ‘perp yey}

SIIYIO YIM eyes

-0} papMoro usaq

PeYiH es POULIN,

(g) T

(¥) T

THs

Jo}e] popuodsns %

(g) T

: 1048] popuadsns T

‘() T

(A) T

: pepuedsns ysay Z

*palleJSUvI} OUON

*(¢) qJog

“100f wo (¢) T

*porIoJSUBI} VON “ssauyrep

(¢) T | wory porraysuety T

(NT (g) 1

*payernqr} pur

peredutoo adng

"6 ony

418 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Effect of cold upon duration of stages and colours of pupe.

Experiment 93. 1892.

Although the experiment described below was unsuc-

cessful, | think the method employed may be useful if

lower temperatures are obtained, and I therefore give a

brief description of it.

It has already been pointed out that larve (at any

rate of V. wrtice) pass through longer preparatory stages

when they produce dark pup. I was therefore anxious

to test whether dark pupe would be formed in bright

surroundings if the stages were protracted by some

other cause, such as cold. A number of similar bottles

were lined with black and with gilt paper, in the form of

a back-ground covering half the circumference and a

roof. The latter was made by covering the bottom, the

bottle being inverted when in use. Some of these

bottles were sunk beneath the surface of water in a

large glass vessel, the water being constantly changed

so as to maintain a uniform temperature of 16°C. This

was but little lower than the air of the room, but the

high specific heat of water would cause it to produce

more effect upon the larve. If, however, the temperature

was sufticient, the effect would be beneficial rather than

the reverse, and this was probably the case. It would

be well to repeat the experiment, using ice to obtain the

lowest temperature compatible with the process of

pupation. This I was unable to carry out last summer,

being much away from home at the time.

The results only serve to confirm those already

obtained by the use of gilt and black surfaces in a strong

light. Four larve belonging to the same company were

placed in each bottle. ‘The pupe were compared Aug.

19, 1892.

In air, two black-lined bottles contained 7 dark pupe,

but they were dead, and it was impossible to state their

degrees of colour with precision; one gilt bottle con-

tained 4 bright green pupe, evidently (5)s.

In water, two black-lined bottles contained 4 dark

pupe, like those in air; while five gilt bottles contained

11 green pupe, evidently (5)s.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera.

Transference and comparison Experiments to

the susceptibility of the preparatory stages.

ments 94—100. 1891.

419

ascertain

Hxperi-

A few larvee, probably the last of a company, were

found at Oxford, July 26, 1891. Being full-fed the expe-

riments were arranged the same evening, about 8 p.m.

They were divided into 2 lots, one of which was placed

in gold, green, or white surroundings, in light; the

other in gold surroundings in complete darkness, except

when examined.

By the morning of July 28 (10.15), 11 larve were

suspended among those exposed to light, and, as all

appeared to be equally mature, it may be assumed that

the remaining 9 were very near suspension, viz., the

beginning of Stage III. They were, therefore, trans-

ferred to darkness for this stage and the remaining part

of Stage II. At the same hour 8 of the larve in dark-

ness were suspended, and the remaining 8 were trans-

ferred to light for the rest of the period before pupation.

The following table represents the course and results of

the experiments.

(See Table, pages 416. 417.)

The results of these experiments are

another method of tabulation.

Pupal Colours.

In darkness for the whole period before pupation ..

Transferred from bright surroundings in light to

darkness for Stage III. and end of II.

Trausferred from darkness into gilt surroundings in

strong light for Stage III. and end of II...

Transferred from darkness into green surroundings

in strong light for Stage III. and end of II.

Transferred from darkness into white surroundings

in strong light for Stage III. and end of II. 3

In gilt surroundings in strong light for the whole

period hefore pupation 55 de

In white surroundings in strong light for the whole

period before pupation

best shown by

(2) | (3) | (4)

aja]

sd al Sal

—_—

= 9

420 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

This table proves, so far as is possible with so limited

a number of individuals, that the sensitive period, during

which the pupal colours are determined, is later in this

species than in V. urtice. Similar transference experi-

ments (Trans. Roy. Soc., J. ¢., p. 860) in the case of this

latter species proved that Stage II. is the most sensitive

part of the period before pupation. This table shows

that in V. io Stage III. is probably far more important

in this respect. In fact the results obtained, when this

stage and the end of II. alone were passed through in

certain conditions, were practically uniform with those

witnessed when the larve were exposed to the same

conditions for all three stages. There is one marked

exception in the case of the dark pupa formed in white

surroundings. The larve which were transferred into

darkness formed even darker pupe than those which

were exposed throughout to this condition.

This high sensitiveness, during Stage III., har-

monizes very well with the results obtained from

Experiments 77—92, which showed that the stage is of

extreme relative length in this species. In writing

this paper from the notes taken at the time, as soon as I

found the great difference between this species and

V. urtice in the relative lengths of the stages, I antici-

pated that the transference experiments would, when

tabulated, lead to the conclusion indicated above. It is

probable that the great length of Stage III. has caused

the point of greatest susceptibility to be shifted into it.

It has been shown (/. c.) that this period is somewhat

sensitive, probably in its earliest part, even in V. urtice.

It is likely that the great extension of this earliest sen-

sitive period accounts for, at any rate, the chief part of

the difference between the lengths of Stage III. in these

two species of Vanessa.

The results are also interesting in confirming the

previously described effects of the various environments

made use of, and in showing the influence of darkness.

Conflicting Colour Experiments. Experiments 101—108,

1892.

I was most anxious to repeat the experiments already

described in the case of V. urtice (see pp. 891—397), and

thus, from the behaviour of this most sensitive species, to

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 421

throw further light upon the physiology of the process,

or, at any rate, to gain confirmation.

Some small experiments had already been made, and

these had seemed to show that the freshly-formed pupa

is certainly not sensitive, and that the larva, if trans-

ferred during Stage II., may be susceptible (see Expts.

42, 47, 88, and 89 of this paper; also Phil. Trans., 1887,

By p. als).

In order to expose the anterior and posterior parts of

the larval body to conflicting colours for the whole of the

sensitive period, the case described on p. 393 and shown

in Plate XY., Fig. 5, was made use of. The strips of the

two upper rows of compartments were about half as wide

as the length (80°0 mm.) of a suspended larva of V. to.

In each of the 42 compartments a single larva was placed,

all belonging to the same company, taken near Oxford to-

wards the end of July. The pup were compared August

11, and the results are given in the following table :—

(See Table, page 422.)

The results in every way confirm those obtained in the

case of V. urtice (see pp. 894, 895), and support the same

conclusions as to the probable existence of a nervous

mechanism through which the cuticular colours are

created or dismissed in response to the stimulus pro-

vided by the light reflected from adjacent surfaces. ‘The

pupe are intermediate, tending rather strongly towards

the dark side, very strongly in the lowest row of com-

partments where the black bands were much broader

than the gilt. There was not the slightest tendency

towards a particoloured pupal surface corresponding to

the conflicting stimuli, nor was there any difference in the

effects when the head or the tail were exposed to either

colour. The amount of skin area receiving the reflected

light was evidently the decisive condition, the anterior or

posterior position of the area being of no importance.

Reflecting on these results, it occurred to me that the

dorsal or ventral position of the skin area exposed to

reflected light might be of more importance ; for when

the larve rest on some surface, during Stage II., the

dorsal half of the body is but slightly exposed to reflected

rays as compared with the ventral half.

In order, therefore, to test the relative susceptibility

of dorsal and ventral surfaces, another form of case was

constructed. The larve were placed separately in shallow

ASSO let ere icra Ss oe 8/240,

I T on) oe oe oe oe ve oe ee (wrn}.tao 20u 9nQ

‘aqnqoud s1(z) ayr fo uonrsod ay?) 22007 8147 ag21s0ddo ssvj6 07 parr

Tee *¢ AyAnoms: spasadn poyoazer yors ‘10H POS 0} asoTo pvay ynq ‘auo[e youl ‘spueq you[q prorqg

I I a2 ** qaaap srvyz ajyrsoddo ssv)6 0} paxry pus yIs MOLeU

Toul iecs Ze Of ‘+ -yoeTq uo Lpoq jo 480 ‘pueq plos Jo [[w 10 4ysour UO TIRy, YIM MOI 4SaMory

f4 (| o8 ". pueq pies OareU im Aq passo1o Apog ‘xovTq UO ALOU [Iv] pUB Sse] PvoTT

Te lee vs ** 79007 82.y2 aj280ddo ssn7b 02 paxrq

I we oe pavq plod mozeu fq passoro Lpoq ‘xovTq uo ATeuba re} puv peey{

LG iO) site eos oe nO te STBIOL

I "* pajouun sem ednd [ ‘uaouyun uoytsod ‘yuecmyredtu09 eno ur vdnd praq

To lea vs me ee oe Be) Dea ae snsoddo ssp) 6 ) paxry

I I z oe oe oe ve oe oe oe * pjo3 uo <poq

‘oeT4 Wo [re) pus poey | OBL JO STPprax 07 dn uoyount GAOGR IOYJVL ULOIT POX T

T Ww [ee Te yortq uo Apoq ‘apa AqTenba

‘pies uo pwoY JO oTIIT puw pie} Jo YonuT {p[o3 Jo e[pprur aAoqe sayzer poxtg | SPUVG Yov[q puv plod

I ** 2a0a) s1y2 agasoddo e906 0} parry yy swor zoddn oayy,

z tO “s "* -4oviq ua Apoq ‘plos Uo [1B pu pBoy $ plOS Jo a_pprur 0} poxtT

° ao ae an ** 72007 8vy2 ajisoddo ssn76 0} pax

Zee’ og ace "* yoR[q wo [18} ‘plos uo prey ‘spuvq jo uorjounl 03 pexty

I T z ore sis ms ve G es 1242) s2y2 ajrsoddo sev) 6 02 paxuy

Teal eT ale alee O° On ** -ploS wo Tre, ‘youyq uo peay ‘spuvq jo uorjounl 0} pax

(3) | () | (e) | (2) | ‘adng ey} Jo suortsog

*‘sanojog edn

‘TOL INAWIadaxy

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 423

black-lined compartments or cells, 3.6 centimetres wide,

3.8 high (six of them were 60 high), and 8 to 9 mm.

deep. The black tissue-paper lining sloped from the

sides to the back of the cells, so that there were no

sharp angles or corners. The frame, bearing 24 of

these black compartments, was placed vertically, and

covered in front with a sheet of white opal glass, which

was turned towards a strong light. Each larva was,

{herefore, contained in a shallow black chamber with a

white front, both black and white surfaces being well

illuminated. When a larva suspends itself to a surface,

it also rests upon it during Stage II., and even if dis-

turbed by its cramped position it must rest on the surface

for so much of this stage as is necessary for spinning the

silken boss. It is, therefore, safe to conclude that the

pup suspended to the glass had spent Stage III., and

at any rate part, probably the whole, of Stage IL.,

with the ventral surface closely applied to a white area

and the dorsal surface exposed to a black area, only

separated by a few millimetres from contact with the

larval skin; and conversely with the pup# fixed to the

black compartments.

Mature larve belonging to the same company were

placed in 21 of the cells at the beginning of August, and

3 belonging to another company rather earlier. Both

companies were captured near Oxford. The pups were

compared August 11. The results are shown below :—

Experiment 102.

(See Table, page 424.)

The results are quite clear; they prove that black is

far more powerful than white when the two conflict, that

there is no local effect of colour upon the skin, but that

the whole larval surface is uniformly sensitive, dorsal

and ventral alike. The two dull green pupa, (4)s, found

among the 9 dark ones which were attached to the opal

glass, may be most reasonably explained by individual

susceptibility to white rather than black, and to the

greater proximity of the surface which was in actual

contact with the larva. It is improbable that they

afford any evidence for a more sensitive condition of the

ventral area as compared with the dorsal, a view which

is hardly compatible with the other results.

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

424

fo |

Ete)

se ae ae fs quo ssvps [edo 0} poxy %

vs :? “e 2 aie ‘+ ureqtaoun uorztsod

[BUIsII0 yey} OS ‘Ho [ey Ao ‘Surxy ynoyya pojyedng

ese a se sie quory ssv[s [edo 03 paxy 6

ae ae (yovq ayy poutol yoor sty} ero Yyutod 91}

0} IO ‘oor ay} powt10y pue ‘ysourteddn sea YOY apts

surdo[s ey} 03 peyoryye) raded onssty yovlq 0} poxy g

*YOBTq 0} [BsIOp pur

‘auITM 0} posodxa portszad aatyIsuas

SULINP BAIV] JO voVjans [VIJUI A

*yORTq 0} [BSiop pue

‘aqI{M 0} pasodxo porrzad aatyIsuas

SULINP BAI] JO sovyans [ea1jzUa A

‘O}ITM OF [BSIOP puv

‘yor[q 0} posodxa porsad aatytsuas |

SULNP BAIR] JO sovjans [vaUIA

-m00

‘kued

Jorpava

jo wdnd zg

21 pupe of later

company.

*amojoo ednd jo soorsaq

‘ZOL LNGNINaax

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 425

This experiment thus confirms and extends the con-

clusions arrived at from the use of the other form of

case, indicating that the light acts upon widely distri-

buted nerve terminations in the skin.

The same experiment was also tried with another

kind of case. Strips of glass were glued on to a glass-

sheet in such a manner as to make compartments

9°6 centimetres high, 2°3 wide, and 1°6 deep below,

*3 deep above. Hach row of compartments was closed

by a single glass front, thus forming a set of wedge-

shaped spaces tapering upwards in the position in

which the whole was placed (see Plate XV., Fig. 6).

The backs of half the compartments were lined with

white tissue paper, and the glass front with black, the

other half being treated in the converse manner. ‘They

were placed in a strong light, the white surface being

in half the instances turned to the light and in half

turned away from it.

The compartments tapered so that the larve could not

reach the top, but suspended themselves somewhere

about the middle of either the back or front; the white

spots on the black surfaces represented in fig. 6 are the

silken bosses. Hence the larval dorsal area was exposed

to one surface, while the ventral area was in contact with

the other, as in the last experiments, except that here the

conditions were more uniform in that each surface could

be turned towards the light. All the larve belonged to

one company captured near Oxford, and the pup were

compared Aug. 9. The results are tabulated below :—

EXPERIMENT 103.

| |

Degrees of Pupal Colour. Th Bie eb) ss

White sur-| 11 fixed to black surface away

faces turned) from light : 5/3 | 3

towards light,| 10 fixed to white surface to-

black away | wards light st Spe aie 2

from it. 3 unfixed or fell off ; "position

uncertain she oe sei) Ayal

Black sur-| 19 fixed to black surface to-

faces turned | wards light me Ee Ome es

towards light,| 4 untixed, or haying fallen off

white away | white; uncertain ae sail] al |) Bo ileal

from it.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.— Parr Iv. (DEC. Pay

426 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

These results entirely harmonize with those obtained

in the other set of conflicting colour expsriments applied

to dorsal and ventral areas. The rather less dark pupe

fixed to the white surface are to be accounted for by

the greater proximity of white enabling it to neutralize

the influence of the more distant black more completely

than when their relative proximity was reversed. But

even under the most favourable conditions, the white

surface did not produce nearly so great an effect as the

black. There were no particoloured pupx, and no

evidence that the ventral surface differs from the dorsal

in sensitiveness.

In these experiments we meet with evidence that the

larvee sought black in preference to white surroundings,

when placed under the same conditions, and that they

also manifested a tendency to seek the side turned to-

wards the light. When both these causes co-operated,

viz., when the black surface was turned towards the

light, at least 19 out of 23 pupated upon it; when they

were antagonistic, about half the larve followed the one

tendency (to seek black), while half followed the other

(to seek the side turned towards the light).

Effect of various backgrounds and screens upon the

colour of the pupe.

It will not be necessary to provide such a detailed

analysis of the Experiments already described as in the

case of V. urtice, where the number of individuals was

much larger and the effect of crowding therefore greater,

nor shall I discriminate between the effects of the dif-

ferent kinds of gilt paper employed. But all necessary

data are supplied in the account of the Experiments

themselves, so that a more detailed analysis can be made

at any time. In order to economize space, the com-

parison of the effects of the various conditions will be

given in a tabular form, proceeding from the considera-

tion of darkness, black, brown, white, and colourless

surfaces to metallic backgrounds, and from these passing

to the colours of the spectrum from red to blue. Per-

centages will not be calculated for very small numbers

and single Experiments.

Reference numbers

of Experiments. (1) | (2) |

Black surface in complete darkness.

Experiments 5 & 6 | 5

18 & 19 | 3

Totals.

: ee tee A ei we

Pupal Colours.

Results compared.

me bo ow

50 | 8

Totals. .| 17 |

Results expressed as } (39-7

percentages of total

Experiment 68 was omitted

(see description).

The difference between these

results and those produced by

black surfaces in strong light is

far greater than in V. urtice,

and resembled the relationship

in Pieris rape (Phil. Trans.,

1887, B, pp. 411—414). The

colours of the pups are very

irregular, and do not rise un-

interruptedly to a maximum in

some part of the scale.

Gilt surface in darkness.

Experiments 51 to 54 | 5

100 |

”

Totals... 5

Results expressed | | 18-5] 29-6

percentages of total

11:1) 18°5| 22-2

Probably some effect was pro-

duced by the occasional exposure

of the larvee (see account of ex-

periments). Allowing for this,

the results are very similar to

the above, and exhibit the same

irregularity.

Zine pocket box (darkness).

Experiment 69 | 3

Results irregular, as above.

Black surface in strong |

Experiment 1 2.

5 48

ef 66 4

88 & 89) 3

Totals. .| 22

Results expressed as ) 638, 28-1

percentages of total |

13 |

Very uniform results, showing

the powerful effect of these con-

ditions in producing dark pupe.

There is one interesting excep-

tion.

Light brown paper in strong light.

Experiment 86 | 1

Although the surface was

much less dark than the above,

its effects were not very diffe-

rent.

Experiments 31 & 32

sn 64

96 76 1

e 99

White paper :

Experiment 87

Totals..} 1

Results expressed as ) 2-7

percentages of total j |

White opal glass.

From this point onwards all

the backgrounds were subjected

to strong light.

White surfaces tended strongly

to produce the light pup, but

not so strongly as gilt, although

far more so than silver. The

white paper and opal glass pro-

duced the same effect, corre-

sponding to their similar re-

flecting powers; for both of

them return the rays from all

parts of the spectrum.

Clear glass.

Experiment 05 Bol er!

“Gilt”? surface (Dutch metal).

In the absence of any back-

eround of sufficient reflecting

power, the pups apparently

tend towards the commoner

darker varieties.

Experiment 55 was omitted

(see description).

Very powerful effect in pro-

| ducing bright pups, 71 °/, being

the lightest forms. These are

the most extreme results ob-

tained in this direction, and

contrast very strongly with the

effect of silver, probably corre-

sponding to the differences in

absorption and reflection of light

which make the ‘‘gilt” yellow

and the silver grey.

It was clearly shown in the

account of Experiment 67,

that the “gilt” surface is per-

fectly effective when separated

from the larve by a layer of

glass.

This surface, bright as it is,

tends somewhat strongly to pro-

duce dark pupe rather than

light. The difference between

the effects of ‘gilt’? and silver

is far more pronounced than in

V. urtice.

Experiment 2 Ag 54

? 7 to 13 1/ 1] 5 | 22| =29

» 20 to 25 1/ 1) 4/=6

. 43 Wy Bee |

90 56 to 61 by 8 | 29 | —40

” 67 1 1 3/= 5

5 70 to 74 ee 7) ab tl = @)

» 91& 92 9|=—2

boy S08 15 | —15

5 94 to 97 Ey 28a — 10

Motalss.) 29)" 5") 89) 219) 88s)" 124

Results expressed as ee , ; : ‘

percentages of total } ae 1 esr eho (Ko

Silver and tin surfaces.

Experiment 14 l | eyed eon sap

» 26 to 30 8/2, 1] 1|=12

oa 62 & 63 15 9 2 Se al = 32,

» 90 > eal] 2 es

ROEM Gl UG | ey | he LS 52

Results expressed as ) yalogy ies : .

percentages of total j S08) 327) 18-0) 1 3-5/0 6

Deep red paper.

Experiment 77| 2 —

Red glass.

Experiment 36 le

~ 45) 1 | 1 2) 5

Red gelatine.

Experiment 35 | | | 3) | =e

Deep orange paper.

Experiment 33 isle

Beginning at the least refran-

gible end of the spectrum, we

find that a deepred background

in strong light produces the

darkest pupe. On the other

hand, red glass and red gelatine,

placed in front of white paper

and light wood backgrounds

respectively, produce light pupe.

The red gelatine especially gave

a very pure light, almost exactly

corresponding to therays chiefly

reflected from the red _back-

ground. The remarkable diffe-

rence in the effects of the same

light will be considered at the

end of this comparison.

Passing from a red back-

ground to an orange one, which

reflects the same rays, with the

addition of a narrow strip of

orange and yellow, we find an

entirely opposite result, the pups

being bright green.

Bright and pale yellow paper.

A yellow background tends

most strongly of all to pro-

duce the brightest pup, not

a single exception occurring.

In this case the paper reflects

the same rays, with the addition

of a broad strip of green, and

the green-yellow rays are less

absorbed. Comparison with the

green backgrounds proves that

it is the additional yellow rays

rather than the green, which

are effective. Light transmitted

through yellow glass, and re-

flected from light wood, tends

(in this case) in the same direc-

tion as the yellow background.

Experiment 34 ie

» 44 | 3 | =38

3 75 2 |

” 79 | 73 || 74

ines

Yellow glass.

Experiment 37 | 1 | 3 | =4

Faded yellowish green tissue-paper.

Experiments 3 & 4 || =

i, 15 Tai

i" 39 i | eel

Esme

Bright green paper.

Experiment 80 IE (Pag Sali ee! | =3)

Dark green paper.

Experiment 81| 1) 2 | =3

Green glass.

Experiment 16 | | | 12 | =12

Green gelatine.

Experiment 38 | | | 1 | 1 | =)

Although used as a complete

covering, the tissue-paper acted

as a background as well as a

screen. Its thickness was very

irregular, and there were many

minute holes, so that a large

amount of white light passed

through it, and the conditions

resembled those of a coloured

background in light rather than

those of a screen placed in front

of a white surface. It reflected

chiefly the green rays and most

of the red, orange, and yellow,

while the blue was much ab-

sorbed. It produced bright

ereen pupe without exception.

On the other hand, the bright

green paper, absorbing the red,

orange, and yellowstrongly, and

reflecting much of the blue as

well as green, produced far

darker pupe; while the dark

ereen, absorbing much of every

part except the green (and some

of this), tended to form distinct

dark pupe. The green glass

placed in front of white paper,

and the green gelatine in front

of light wood, produced effects

entirely opposite to the green

backgrounds, although the

transmitted light was by no

means rich in yellow and

orange.

430 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

Very pale blue tissue-paper.

Experiment 82 | | | 2 | =

Light blue.

Experiment 83 | | 2 | lt | =8)

Deep blue.

Experiment 84) 1 | | 2 | =3

Darkest blue.

Experiment 85 | | | Leda) | =4

Blue gelatine.

a ol

Experiment 40 | |

The blue backgrounds absorb-

ing more and more of all rays

except the blue tend to produce

dark pup, even the faint

_blue shade of the tissue-paper

| being accompanied by some

slight effect (compare with

white paper). The compara-

tively slight effect of the darkest

blue is almost certainly due to

the larve having been intro-

duced too late (see account of

experiment, p. 410). The effect

of a blue screen placed in

front of a surface of light wood

-|is not very different from that

of the blue background.

It is necessary to say a few words about this com-

parison of the effects of different par

ts of the spectrum,

and the frequent antithesis between the results of

screens and backgrounds of the same

colour.

In the conclusions at the end of this memoir the

colours of both will be given with gre

their effects on all larve and pupe

will be compared.

ater precision, and

subjected to them

The results of the coloured backgrounds in strong

light are perfectly regular: it is cel

ear that the rays

which check the formation of dark superficial pigment,

and so allow the underlying green d

be seen, lie in the orange and yellow.

erived pigments to

The other parts

of the spectrum do not seem to interfere with this power

except by diluting the effective part of the reflected light.

Thus red alone produced dark pupe, but red with orange

and yellow produced green ones: and

approaching from

the opposite side of the spectrum we see the same thing ;

for blue alone, green and blue, and green alone, pro-

duced dark pup, while green, yellow, orange, and red,

produced green ones. Similarly wh

all colours produced green pupe.

ite light reflecting

These results are perfectly uniform and consistent :

they are precisely similar to the behav

(Phil. Trans., 1887, B., pp. 427-482)

iour of the Pieride

, When exposed to

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 431

similar backgrounds, and to the behaviour of the larva

of Amphidasis betularia, as regards the production of

ereen varieties (see pp. 355—357). Furthermore, the

conditions imposed are in strict accordance with those

which obtain in nature. The wild larve and those which

pupate upon coloured backgrounds are freely exposed

to bright daylight. Mixed with this, but immensely

diluted by it, are the rays reflected from adjacent sur-

faces, and the yellow and orange constituents of these

reflected rays determine the appearance of green pupe

by checking the formation of true pigment.

We are compelled to conclude from these results and

those upon the Pieride (I. ¢.) that the greens of nature

(due to chlorophyll) do not produce their effects in making

larve and pup green, because of their brightest con-

stituent, the green rays, but in virtue of the partially

absorbed, but still bright, yellow and orange rays con-

tained in their reflected light. And we must further

conclude that if these yellow and orange rays were

removed, the green rays, bright as they are, diluted by

other reflected rays, and, above all, by the immense pre-

ponderance of direct white light, would be unable to

check the formation of pigment and produce the green

pupee and larvee. Diluted in this way, only the orange

and yellow possess the power to effect such a change.

When, however, we employ coloured screens the con-

ditions are entirely altered. The larva is not exposed

to direct white light, but only to the light transmitted

through the screen, and the same after reflection from a

licht background. Hence the rays fall upon the larval

surface in an undiluted comparatively concentrated

form, and their efficiency is correspondingly increased,

extending beyond the orange into the red and beyond

the yellow into the green. The effect begins to die away,

however, in the feebler blue rays, even when present in

this concentrated state. When screens are employed in

this way, it is still the reflected rays rather than the

direct transmitted ones which are effective ; thus in

Experiment 91 upon V. urtice (see p. 876), a box

(LXXVII.) with green glass windows and lined with

dark green paper (the paper similar to that employed

in Experiment 81 upon V. io), produced dark pupe ;

while the same box, lined with white paper, produced

uniformly bright pupe of V. v0 (Experiment 16, p. 401).

432 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Here the direct transmitted light was the same, but the

amount reflected was different; for white paper returns

the whole, while the coloured background only reflects

a dim green band out of the transmitted light.

The above explanation corresponds to the fact which

is apparent in the last table, that coloured sereens, when

they differ at all from backgrounds in strong light, only

do so by producing green pupe in place of dark ones, and

never dark instead of green.

At first sight the tempting converse explanation of the

phenomena is suggested, viz., that the terminal parts of

the spectrum, and especially the actinic blue, are instru-

mental in producing the animal pigments, while the

orange and yellow rays merely fail to produce them.

I do not think that such a view can be sustained for a

moment in face of the facts already adduced. The

common appearance of dark pigmented larvee and pupze

in complete darkness (and on the blackest backgrounds

in light), shows that the pigment is a normal product of

the animal organism, entirely independent of the agency

of light. Furthermore, the region of the spectrum, by

which such formation is normally checked, corresponds

to the region of greatest intensity of light, and so sup-

ports the view that it acts asa definite stimulus, and not

merely passively. All the facts hitherto brought forward

(except perhaps the golden forms of V. wrtice), support

the opposite view, that the pigmented form is the primi-

tive one, and is still produced, as a rule, in the absence

of any definite stimulus; but that certain conditions in

the life of certain species have encouraged, by natural

selection, a special susceptibility to certain stimuli which

check the formation of pigment, and so produce an ap-

pearance which harmonizes with that from which the

stimuli arise.

I am here alluding only to the power of becoming

green by the non-appearance of true superficial pigment,

and not to the power of altering the colour of the latter

as in A. betularia, &e. This indicates another complex

adaptation which has been already briefly considered

(see pp. 3538, 356, 359).

3. IxpERIMENTS IN 1892 upoN THE PUPH OF VANESSA

ATALANTA AND CYNTHIA CARDUI.

A few experiments upon V. atalanta are described in

my previous paper (I. c. pp. 898, 399), and the lighter

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 438

elittering and darker non-elittering forms are shown in

the accompanying plate (Figures 13 and 12, x 2). It

is there shown that gilt surroundings, and, to a lesser

degree, a clear glass cylinder roofed with white muslin,

tend to produce light pup, with extremely brilliant

metallic spots and patches, but without any suffusion of

the whole pupal surface with gold, such as happens in

the brightest pupe of V. urtice. Black surroundings in

darkness, on the other hand, produced dark pupe, with

very slight traces of gold. No other experiments were

attempted for want of material. The pups of C. cardui

have, I believe, never hitherto been subjected to these

experiments.

The following experiments have been conducted upon

the larve during the past year, and one in 1888. The

larve were captured in the field, and, as they are always

isolated, it is impossible to obtain the product of a single

pair of parents as in the gregarious Vanesside.

Experiment 1. Black-covered cylinder in darkness.—A

single pupa of V. atalanta was suspended from the black

paper roof. It was dark from the strong development of

a network of black pigment over the whole surface : very

slight development of gold.

A single pupa of C. cardui was similarly suspended,

and was dark, due to the appearance of spots on the

dorsal area and abdominal segments, and of a dark net-

work on the wings and limbs. There was not much

gold for this brilliant pupa, the dorsal line and lateral

stripes glittering but feebly.

These and the other pups were compared Aug. 9.

Experiment 2. Black-covered cylinder in strong light,

the black paper being outside the glass (VI.).—One pupa

of each species was formed under these conditions. As

in the last experiment, both were dark, with a slight

development of gold.

Experiment 8. Rather larger cylinder, similarly arranged

(V.).—A single dark pupa was suspended from the glass

roof. Rather more gold was present than in the last

experiments, although but little for the species.

Experiment 4. Similar cylinder to the last, except that

black was replaced by gold (XXVIITI.).—Two pupx were

formed, one suspended from the glass roof, and one from

the food-plant near the gold background. Both were

very light and glittering. A single pupa formed in

434 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

another gilt cylinder, XXVII., in 1888, was also

brilliant.

Experiment 5. Gold-lined compartment of wooden box

(XXXTI.).—6 larve, found July 17, were placed in

these surroundings July 18. The 6 pup were scattered

over the roof, and were very light and glittering.

Experiment 6. Silver-lined compartment of same box

(XLVI.).—6 larve, found July 17, were placed here

July 18. The 6 pupe were distributed as in the last

experiment, and were also light varieties, but did not

exhibit nearly so much gold. The network of pigment

covering the surface was also much stronger.

Haxperiment 7. Clear gluss lamp-shade almost filled with

yellow paper spills—1 pupa was fixed to a spill, and

5 to the glass near the spills. All the pups, except

one dark individual with little gold (on the glass), were

light-coloured glittering varieties.

Experiment 8. Opal glass globe (L.).—6 pupe, sus-

pended from the glass near the top, were light, with

brilliant gold spots.

Some of the larve, experimented with as described

above, were light varieties, and some were dark. ‘The

larval colours were not attended by any special tendency

towards the formation of light or dark pupe. This was

also noticed in 1886.

These results indicate that C. cardui is also probably

sensitive, like the allied species; but more individuals

are needed to test this satisfactorily.

In Vanessa atalanta dark pup are formed in darkness

and on dark surfaces exposed to ight. The black surface

is perfectly effective, even when separated from the larva

by a layer of glass. Guilt surfaces produce light and

elittering pup, and the gilt also is effective outside the

class. Silver surfaces produce far less light and brilliant

pupe, the species resembling V. to in this respect.

White opal glass and bright yellow paper are very

effective, as in the other Vanesside, subjected to experi-

ment.

Conflicting Colour Experiments, 1892.

A few of these experiments were conducted during the

past summer. The pup in the compartments of the

case already described (see p. 393), and shown in Plate

XV., Fig. 5, were compared August 28.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 435

Of two pupe in compartments of the middle row,

one was fixed on the junction of black and gold, the head

being on the latter, while the other was fixed below the

junction, so that the posterior half of the body was

against black, and the anterior half against gold. The

first pupa was dark, with very little “gold, the second

light, and with the gold spots rather developed (the large

triangular spot was ‘dull, the anterior part of each dorsal

spot somewhat golden). Here, while there is no evidence

for local effects, a lighter pupa was formed when a rela-

tively larger surface was exposed to gold than when the

surface so exposed was smaller.

Another pupa was fixed to the glass in a compartment

of the upper row, with the middle of the body opposite a

cold band, the head and posterior part equally opposite

black. The pupa was dark, with very little gold.

Two were fixed to the glass of compartments of the same

row, with the middle of the body opposite black, the head

and posterior end equally opposite gold. One was a

light variety with little gold, the other intermediate

between a dark and light variety.

A single larva was introduced earlier in the summer

into one of the shallow black cells, covered in front

with white opal glass, described in the Experiments on

V. 20 (see p. 423). The pupa was attached to the glass,

and was moderately golden, being rather on the light

side of an intermediate variety. This result, with the

others recorded above, seems to show that the species

has a greater susceptibility to white and gilt surround-

ings when conflicting with black than is the case with

V. io. The difference between the effects produced

by the two opposite backgrounds when used separately

is, however, so much less in V. atalanta as to render

the species far less suitable for the purposes of this

enquiry.

There was not the least evidence for any local influence

upon the pupz, so that the results of these experiments

confirm the previous conclusions as to the physiology of

the process.

436 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

4. ExpERIMENTS IN 1888 UPON THE PUP OF VANESSA

POLYCHLOROS.

Two larve, found near Oxford, were subjected to experi-

ment at the end of July, the pupe being compared

July 31. The larve passed all three stages preparatory

to pupation under the conditions described below.

One had been placed in a moderate-sized cylinder,

covered externally with two thicknesses of black tissue-

paper and a roof of the same (IX). This being inverted

on a black paper floor, was in almost complete darkness.

The pupa (position unnoted) was much darker than the

other, with no trace of the gold spots. It was com-

parable to a dark (3) of Vanessa urtice.

The other was placed in the gilt compartment (XXXI.),

and was fixed to the roof. Compared with V. wrtice it

would be a light (8). The gold spots were present on the

metathorax and 1st and 2nd abdominals, although they

were not very bright, and there was no tendency to

spread over the general surface, as is so commonly the

case with the brighter forms of V. urtice.

My friend Mr. O. H. Latter also experimented on the

same species in 1888, and sent the pup to me for com-

parison, which took place August 15.

Three pupe, formed in black surroundings in a dim

light, were much darker than the others, with no trace of

metallic spots.

Three pup, formed in gilt surroundings in a strong

light, were all light varieties, with silver spots on the

three usual segments.

The results were very uniform in both sets, and the

difference greater than in my experiment. It is likely

that the dimly illuminated dark surfaces produce more

effect than the same in darkness. This is shown in

many experiments on other larve and pupe recorded in

this paper.

For a much longer series of experiments made in the

same year by the Rey. J. W. B. Bell, see ‘ Midland

Naturalist,’ December, 1889, pages 289-90. These

results also show a very high degree of sensitiveness in

the species. The colours appear to be such as to afford

concealment, especially upon irregular dark surfaces of

bark or rock,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 437

5. Exprerments in 1888 upon THE PUPA OF ARGYNNIS

PAPHIA.

Twelve nearly mature larve purchased in the spring of

1888 formed the material of these experiments. When

they ceased feeding, the larve, divided into two equal

lots, were placed in two cases, the one with a white-

paper roof, the other with a roof of clear glass, upon

which was placed a sheet of black paper.

Black surroundings (seen through glass).—6 pup

were obtained and compared June 22. They were all

dark varieties, with a considerable development of cuti-

cular pigment. The golden spots were as distinct as in

the others.

White surroundings.—The 5 pup obtained were far

lighter, being a light brown with a very slight develop-

ment of pigment, except in one which was about the

same as the lightest of the other lot. There is ap-

parently no tendency towards the suffusion of gilt as in

V. urtice, but the 5 pairs of spots, on pro-, meso- and

metathorax, and abdominals 1 and 2, are very distinct and

bright, although those on the mesothorax are very

small.

The pupa is evidently highly sensitive, and the effect

upon the pigment is certainly such as to promote con-

cealment.

It is interesting to find a case in which the pigment

only is affected by the surroundings, and the glittering

spots are equally present in dark and light forms. In

this respect the species is at present unique, but no

doubt further experiment will reveal the presence of

others. In all the Vanesside the glittering spots are

affected by the formation of dark pigment, and tend to

disappear in many of the dark varieties.

6. EXPERIMENTS IN 1888 vupoN THE PUP OF PIERIS

BRASSICA AND P. RAPA.

Before describing the experiments, it is necessary to

give some account of the different colour varieties formed

in these two species. In P. brassice we meet with the

following classes :—

‘‘(1). The normal form. In these pupe the ground-

colour is always more or less greyish from the abundance

and relative size of minute black pigment spots which

438 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

occupy depressions in the cuticle..... The large black

pigment patches and spots are nearly always abundant.

. The ground-colour may be of various tints—greyish

green, orange, yellow, or a peculiarly opaque-looking

greyish white. The amount of the grey colour, always

present, subdues the differences between these tints, so

that they resemble each other far more than the above

description would seem to imply..... The following

subdivisions are well marked; although transitional

varieties occur :—

(a) The darkest forms, with greyish green, orange,

yellow, or white ground-colour.

(6) Intermediate forms, with lighter ground-colour

of the same tints, and smaller and fewer

pigment patches.

vy) The lightest of these forms, with ground-colour

still greyish, but the pigment patches very

small relatively to (z) or (8).

(2) The last sub-division passes into this variety, in

which the ground-colour is an opaque-looking whitish

yellow, often with greenish areas on part of the surface,

the pigment patches being very small. The greyish

hue is lost, because of the minute size of the dots in the

ground-colour. Hence the effect is very light.....

(3) A still more abnormal, very well-marked, variety,

possesses a deep transparent-looking bluish green

eround-colour, in which the minute dots and the large

patches are even less developed than in the last degree.

An opaque whitish-yellow band, like the ground-colour

in (2), occupies the anterior half of that part of the third

abdominal segment which is seen dorsally, and extends

on to the posterior part of the segment in front; and the

dorsal surfaces of the abdominal segments behind the

third are often mottled with the same colour.....

The differences between the ground-colours of (1), (2),

and (3) are very well-marked..... (Phils Trans., LS8ie

B, pp. 409, 410.)

The words ‘‘normal” and ‘abnormal’ are only used

above in the sense of usual and unusual in the wild state.

Kivery form is normally produced by its appropriate

background, and it is only because the wild pup are

almost invariably found on stone or brick walls, and on

palings, that they assume the appearance of (1)s rather

than (2)s or (3)s.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 439

The pupe of P. rape are divided into 11 classes,

passing from very dark varieties:—Dark (1), (1), and

(2), through the intermediate forms dark (8), (8) and

light (3), into the various shades of light pups, dark

(4), (4), and light (4), and finally into the green pale (5)

and deep (5). I need not deseribe these further, as there

are only 7 pupz of this species tabulated below. But

the full account will be found in my previous paper (J. ¢.

pp. 410, 411), and 10 of the varieties are figured in the

Plate (figs. 82-41, all x 2), as well as 7 of P. brassice

(figs. 24-30, all x 2).

In the paper I have just referred to, a number of

experiments, with papers of various colours, showed a

great susceptibility on the part of these Pierde to

reflected light within the limits of the orange and yellow.

This light prevented the appearance of superficial

pigment, and rendered the pupe green. I was most

anxious to experiment further with screens of coloured

glass.

Such an investigation was undertaken in the autumn

of 1888, nearly mature captured larve of P. brassice

and a much smaller number of P. rape being placed in

the cases described below and fed until pupation. Any

conclusions from the results are much weakened by the

small numbers subjected to the various conditions, and

this was due to the excessive mortality of P. brassice

during 1888 from the attacks of Ichneumons. The pupx

tabulated below are only a fifth of the larve introduced,

424 having died from this cause.

The pupz were compared in the following spring,

April 6. They were removed from the cases and placed

side by side on white paper, and very carefully compared

when subject to the same conditions of illumination.

As regards P. brassice, the differences between 1 (a),

1 (£8), and 1 (vy) were well marked and distinct; but the

various tints of ground-colour, orange, whitish, greenish,

and yellowish (represented in the table by the letters

0, w, g, and y respectively), found in each of these divi-

sions were almost concealed by the predominant grey,

so that they constitute features of very little importance,

and it is doubtful whether it is necessary to mention

them at all. But as the distinction was made at the

time, I have repeated it. The greenest pups, the (3)s,

were not transparent-looking like the forms described

440 Mr. Poulton's further experiments upon

under this degree in 1887 (Phil. Trans., B., l.c.), and

they had a greater development of the black patches,

and a more dusky appearance over the whole surface. The

opaque whitish yellow band crossing the 38rd abdominal

was slightly marked or absent, and the green ground-

colour was not so deep in tint.

The whole of the experiments are described in the

following table :—

(See Table, pages 441, 442, 448, 444, 445.)

A more exact statement of the light transmitted

through the screens and reflected from the backgrounds

will be given in F. Conclusions, where the main results

of all such experiments will be compared together.

It is very unfortunate that these experiments on the

Pieride, which were conducted with the greatest care,

should have lost much of their value from the death of

so great a majority of the larve. With five times as

many individuals to argue from—and this was the num-

ber introduced into the cases —tolerably safe conclusions

might have been drawn. Even as it is, the conclusions

are probably reliable, harmonizing as they do with those

derived from the investigation of V. io.

In the latter species, and in the Pieride in 1886, it

was ascertained that the larve are sensitive to the orange

and yellow rays reflected from the adjacent background,

when diluted with other rays from the same source, and

an immense preponderance of direct white light. But

in the case of V. 20, it has been shown that when both

these causes of dilution are reduced by the use of coloured

screens, the larvee became sensitive to reflected rays

which would not ordinarily affect them, viz., from the

red rays beyond the orange, and the green beyond the

yellow ; but blue light, however concentrated, did not

appear to affect them.

Let us now apply this conclusion to the experiments

described above.

Red glass in front of white and orange paper produced

a far greater effect in the direction of green pupe than

is usually produced by red paper in white light.

Yellow glass, in front of backgrounds which reflected

the yellow light, produced much the same effects as

yellow backgrounds in strong light; in front of non-

reflecting backgrounds it produced darker pupe.

ouLL

‘SYIVUIOA IayJAINT pues szpnsoy

‘adng jo uolyisog

‘sopoeydovery Jo woTydraosep 4A0yg

oT |

‘(eTF ‘d 99s) 02 *Y4 Jo asvo oy] UI Te | ere |e Ae -ayeredas JOOI UO G

potayyo yey} sve uoteurdxe owes ATqQeq £T

-O1g ‘spunoasyoeq port Aq poonpoad AT[BI MT *g qUOTUIIOdXT =«“4uUOoIT sseys

-aues asoyy ueyy adnd ray qsTf A[poplwoeq Ou *19}O5O0} JOOI U0 Z pet YIM xoq pouty toded ayy Ay s

‘yavp ALA Yprlaig Jo saroads [oq | AOL aA

ayeut A[[Vnsn spunoa«syoeq pay ‘staq | |

-UINU IASIV] YOUU |IIA 9ggyT Ul peur,

-qo 4vy3 0} ejtsoddo ATJoexe pueB ‘e[qe

-yrvuat AIBA St (g) oY} UO yooTe ot],

‘(g) ot] >

uo yuaserd ATpavy puvq ystmoyfads 4ST] i)

‘ednd ofqeyrvtuter AtaA @ ‘sjods A

puv soyoyed yorTq Jo yuourtdojaaep 4yUsITS ~~

WIA ysnoyyye ‘ais fuaa sem (9) oy,

‘users ATJOUTYSIp yok pu ‘soaISep Iet} ‘7 quewtedxg -‘toded par <

toy Aysnp puev sats AtoA adud yog T BT ‘Joo ‘septs oytsoddo Z| daap YyIM yueujreduio0s reprMIg =

Nota a

sraded yovtq sv Suors sv Ajrvou yoyoy SI

‘yap AIoA (v) at{J, BT] OT ‘Joor ‘ayeredas Z "¢ quoutrtadx gy ‘rodevd onsst} uMoIq &

qYSIT UJI Juouyareduroo «vpruirg |

“OPITTA JO VT} JIA A[Saoys faa Surysery ANH OX al

-u0d ‘yovlq JO yoojja dII4stlajovIVyD OT ‘apts Jo doy ‘poayepost T ‘% JueUL Ss

‘yaep Atoa ednd yyog OT ‘Joor ‘poyepost T | -tadxq *(aovyans poysraiea) roded 4

YoRuq YIM quourjarvduroo «vpuUrg x

‘pourystp Aparey nie =

[VuUIMOpge pig ssotow pueq yYstaorjed ce)

qystyT = ‘aeiseap sty, 10} sjods yor[q 4

jo quomtdopeaep Tensnun YIM pure ‘(g) ey! queued <5

@ soy Aysnp Ayyensnun sea vdnd oyg, “Xu (SSRIS BOTS) YS] Buoys ur O

2QOVJANS OIA JO JOoTo SUOTIY T ‘Joor uo T | yuawyreduroa pou zeded az AA z

ANIDCAL Py

x = oo

“h . oa) mM

(¢) | (2) (r) & (1) *(xrpuoddy ‘4 99s) a

‘sanojog jedng

aiduexa 1eyjour A[UO st g » Z% syuammtsed

-Xqf JO 9SOy} puB S}[NSeL osey} WseMy4

-aq eotlatayIp ayy yey} etqeqoad st 47

‘sABI on[q oy} FFO

sno WIA ‘ssvps Morjed oy} Jepun ures

ay} A[Ivou av SpuNoIsyOVq OA\y esoUL

“qUsTy

a}IYM Jo utnajoeds oy} UL SB ys] MoT[at

ay} ut yystaq sv AjTvdU sv toded asuvi0

ayy, ‘“seovjins Aoyjek pues edueto jo

yoayya [VUsN oy} ULIeIqO aA BSBO STU} UT

‘ga1sap SIq} oF s(¢) Aysnqg

g pue J, sjusuttedxy Ur IYSIT

Zuors ut saovjins Moped pure oduet0 Lq

“‘{USt] Suo.14s

Ul GdVJINS Youyq vB UBYy} Jooye Ao[[Vus

B SV SSeuyIVp JVy} WOI}BAIesqo oy} FO

paonpoad yey} sv oures oy} Youu yoo |

‘s(9) waAa pur ‘9(4) atoas

xdnd oy} JO oUIOS ‘IaAeMOT ‘HATA ‘Q8gT

UI SUOTJIPUOD TUBS oy YIM paredutod

SB WdeI3 JO WOTIIIp UL syoaya YvaAy

“{USIT pat ay} poyooper

:9AOqB SB S}[NSel ourVEg

‘saqoyed users yueU

-raropaad ayy Jo asnvoeq ‘(g) v pue (Z) B

UdeMJoq O}eIpeuttazur AT[Vor st (Z) OUT,

raded 9}

OTF

o¢

A T

ony:

*L00H WO 9soo] Z%

*JOOL UO T

*poyBIOSI JOOr U0 Z

*payBOST JOO U0 Eg

“LOO UO 9SOOT T

*poyBlOSt FOOT U0 Z

“19 }050} JOOI UO

*I9Y}950} JOOI UO F

*I9Y}950} JOOL UO Z

*19Y]}950} JOOI UO |

‘eT quomtiedxy ‘1aded yov[q

YA peull yuowyredmos srepruntg

VIXXX'T

‘ZT quomttedxy + ‘azoded on[q ysoyrep

U}IA peur, yueujredaros wel[rcaig

“XXXT

‘IT quowrnoedxq ‘1oded o8uei0

YIM paul, yueuyreduros reg

“XIXX

‘OT queutredxy ‘pa1eaod

pue pour Aprepruis yuourjredu0g

THAXXT

"6 yUeTT

-wodxm = *yuoay ssvps Moped ITA

queunredutoa pouty toded oq Ay

“‘TAXX'T

‘g quountedxm ‘roded mores

gjed YyIM yuoutjreduto0d aBlIUIg

“AT

*) quourtred

“xq ‘(ssvj3 qreepo) yysIT Suo.ys Ur

quewujreduo0s peur ateded osuvig

“ATT

"9 WUOTUTIAME GY «*YUOAT SSBIS por GTA

queunareduos pourl toded asuvig

TIXXT

*(ToF ‘d 99s) 02° 4 wodn | |

peonpord yey} Mojeq yonut A19A St yoaTa |

eu, “yuory ut ATWO Fo pvaysut ss ayy | “199804

UO 90 [[RUIS B PUR ‘yWOIF ‘yoVq UT Sutaq IVI IYJVI JOOT UL MOPUTA

SMOPUTA aT} 03 onp ATqeqoad St SIT, “eT OT| AT |ssejs useis y[eurs uo z% *6T Juouttedxy,

quewtiedx i fo 38} ur ueyy adnd wae18 Fo | O% *19Y}950} Foor uo Z — * (AON 9} WRT} 3UT} Ut tadaap) yuory

UOTPIOIIP aT} UL yooTFa stout peonpoad 41 | 3 1 “poyepost oor uo T | puw yoeq UL SMopuIM ssvTs userId

‘quI} Ut Jadeap SBA SsBIs 9y} [SNOYITV 8T| “PezBlOSI opis UOT | ODI] YIM xoq pouty zaded airy Ay

| TIAXX'T

*spooTja |

a[qetepisuod sonpoad Avut yt JO 9p}qIyT ATA | |

B ‘UOTJNIIp JO souasqe oy} Ut ‘yey. puB |

‘Q[QBIDIAIAS BUOTB ST JYSIT payoopor aq} |

yey} adartjeq 0} pay a1B 9M ‘ss¥TS UTES

aU} YUA pataaood syuauyredutos F eseyy | |

Suriedio) ‘aovyzins yovtq B Jo asoyy are ST 0% “1919509 JOOI uo Ee

S}[USAI 9] OSVO STIY} UT ‘aTI}I~ ATOA 4FOT oT ‘ST Juourtedxy ‘raded anjtq ysayrep

pur ‘anyq ay} Fo ind UOTBUIqUIOD SIITy, | | re: “19YJ950} JOOI UO Z| YIM pau, yusutztvdutoo avrg

| “AXXX'T

‘sjoayjo poyreur paonpoad ‘sXkva rayyo fq |

UWOMNN[Ip JO sdttasqe oy} UT ‘ssafatJeaau OT | | ‘ayeredas 1aty}BI Foor uO T

YOM ‘pueq usaaiS-Moypak utrp B OJ taNAy “TAY 1950} | ‘LT queutntedxa = -‘raded aSuevi0

-oads ey} poonpat WoNvuIquIod sIty, re BT £T/Iwau yeyMauos oor uo F | UYIM peur, guamytedaros repia4rg

| “AIXXXT

“SSOUyIVp UL IN990 Tayjo TOIT

SOTIB[NSaLi1 otf} JO auo eq ABU 4[NSEI |

ayy A[qeqord ato ‘(4) ay} uo paonpoad

useq eAey ABUT yooTfa aulog ‘aTqISTA |

Suteq usats oyqiy A1dA ‘punoasyoeq MT ‘ayeredas T ‘9gT quoutttedxa = ‘raded pax

yrep AOA B AVS UOleUIqUIOD SIT], 0% *T9Y}950} BZ YIM pouty yuourjrvdaros avpruarg

“TNT XXX'T

‘eT quoutriad

*paonp |-XO[ ‘UOT SsvpS WaeIS TIM pataaod

-o1d Ajjuaredde sem yooya yysys eu0g OT| OT| *I9Y 950} JOOI UO F quotayredutos peur, toded az Ay

| TIXXXT

“SUIIOF, AT *pa}e[OSI JOOI UO T "PT quoutrradxiy

YIVp 0} Surpvat ‘or +4 YIM sv yoayo re ‘(ssvis aBapo) 4yUst~ Suoys ut yueur

ames oy} padnpord useis yrep sty, ae *19Y}]950} FOOT U0 | -yavduioo pour rtaded users yaeg

| MT

STAG

‘8I— GT Jo uostredaros oy} SB UOTsNTo

-109 9UIBS 94} 0} SpveT szueuyredutOD

d01Y} sey} Sutrvdutoy *eAoqe sB UOTSNTO

-u0g ‘wnAeds a} JO JSet oY} pouUIp

pure ‘pat sule1}xe ol} JO JNO ssvls oy,

‘poonpoad ATqeqoad

SBM JOTE ISS outog *(),T yuotta1edxqy)

Sse[s UseIs oY} UIA sve yont os jou

qnq ‘xeded oy} Wor, poyoopet 4st] oty

jo SuIuUIp [etoues paonpoid pus ‘por

aulaI}xXe 9Y} FO Jno UOMBUTIGULOD SITY,

“‘qUSIT Sto14s Ut

pot IO YOVTq yl] Yon ore syooye oxy,

‘umnayoads oy} Jo yavd rayyo Aue

UBY} LayYSIAG YoNU peureuler ynq ‘ssvis

ayy Sq powiurp Yyonu svM pel oy,

*punorsyoeq ontq @ Aq gggT ut

peonpoad os[e ara surtoy ons $ (¢) IqSIT

ystaoyes @ SVM 4 f ‘TXT Jueuyredut09

Ur juesoid osye sv Hdvw *g Jo ednd T

‘988T ul adv. *q uodn

pure ‘geet ur or *4 uodn yoayo ateyy WTA

Ssuiztaourrey ‘ednd yaep A]jsour peonpoard

Sepeys sat} JO seovjans en[q eselpy,

‘ayeredas JOO U0 %

*JOOI UO T

*IOOH WO ASOOT T

*1dY}950} JOOL UO F

“poyepost yowq UO T

*po}BlOST JOO UO T

-ayeredas FOOL U0 Z

*19]}J90} JOO UO Z|

‘100 WO 9SOOT T

-ayeivdas JOO U0 Z%

‘ez Juomtedx” = ‘raded mojjo£

YIM pour, yuoujreduros «e[raig

“XIXXXT

‘pz quouttedx ‘raded aSuei0

WIA peut, yuoutjredutoo re[IUIIg

“THAXXXT

eZ JUSUIIOdx TY] *}UOIF ssRIS anTq oped

YA yuouyreduros pouty teded pay

TIAXXX'T

‘2G Juotutedxm + zoded ontq

dsap YI yueujreduros sre[rig

TXT

‘Tg quounsedxg -‘raded antq

AUST] WIA yuemyredatod relIUITg

0% JuowATIedx

*(ssvp3 re979) WSI] Suoys ur yueuryred

-ulod pouty todud onssyy ontq 9[¥q

“XIT

ee ee a eee eee

‘Mprssauv A

eq} JO esvo ot} UI poyovar suoIsntou0D

eq} ytoddns sqnsex ey} pure ‘ayerpaut

“I9}UL JO apis Yep oy} uo ore adnd oy,

‘aovyd yoo} asuryo oy} Yor uo sanojfoo

peqsBIzU0D at} 0} Sutpuodsartoy inojoo

[ednd jo uoynqrystp yeooy vw sparvaoy

Aouepue, 4saiy Sys 94} you sea alot,

“(F) ysryurd v

pu ‘ystmorjek Ayyueredde (z) v ora pur

‘OSBO SIU} UI Os[e arom adnd advu -g %

“Aysnp AIA

(4) oy} pue ‘sersop sry x07 Lysnp oq

eta s(¢) oY], ‘ssouyaep ur <puanba.y

“Ur jou amd90 sv yons are suordao

“xO OYT, “FYSIT entq Apetyo poyoper

staded ontq pur oytya oy} apm ‘stodvd

ope puv asuvr0 oy} wory payoopar

9q_0F UST] 0741] AOA yJoT suseios antq

tadoop ivy esau, “4481, enqq Aq peonpoad

aIB SUILOF YIVp 4VY} MOYS ULEY} JO T[B IOF

(9881) opiiarg oy pur ‘(ggsT) 02 “A 40

S9S¥O OY} UL pourejqo ssoy} wWAyUOD s}[Ns

“oI 8S0U]} ‘SuUOT}da0xe SUIyIAYS OM} UITAL

‘(#) yaep Ystaorjok

B puv ‘(¢) 4ustt ystmorjes e@ ‘ystyurd

Ajyuoredde (¢) yarep v ‘ysryurd AQueredde

(I) yep v ot0M adnd wdvu ‘d F UL

OT.

OnE

‘JOOI UO T

*104}9S0} FOOL uo Z

*IOO] WO aSOOT T

‘JOO UO T

*‘IOOG UO 9SOOT T

‘ayeredas Jool u0 Z

*po}elOst JoOI uo Z

‘vdvl "I &

UIA JeuIOD JOyJOUR UT T

*JeuI0D 9UO Ul MdYL "gq

G UJIM 10y4e90} ‘oor uo T

‘GE JUOTUTIedx | = UeT]}

JO OMY 4Sv9] 4B Jo sjaed Uo oT, ysnUt

$2.l0?q JO soroeds yYoq Jo vdnd v yeyy

9zIs 8 Yons Jo servnbs rzaded esuvaz0

pus YoRvlq YIM pouty yuewyarvdurog

“AOX

‘TE JuouUL

Medxgy “(OX 10 ‘OX eyT]) guOIy

SSVIS anTq y[eqoo puv szeded oSueas0

Y}IA peul] yueujivdmoo s9yjouy

THXXT

‘0g guotattedx@y ‘azoded onjq yseyrep:

YUM peull quewyreduioo «e[TUITg

“AIOX

6G Juottiedxn = -teded Moya

TIA peuly yueuyareduioo avrg

‘THOX

°8Z quouttiedxn ‘azeded aSuvi10

UIA pour, yueuyzeduoo sreputg

TIOX

"1% JuewIMedxy «= -yuoIT (“OX

UVvYy} oxIVp) ssvps onyq yyeqoo YT

quewyrzdutoo pour, rzeded ayy A,

‘IOX

9g JUOTUIIOdxG *yUOIT SSRIS ont

qyBqoo YALA xoq poury taded apy Ay

- OX

446 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Green glass in front of reflecting backgrounds produced

far more effect in the direction of green pupe than

ereen backerounds (devoid of yellow and orange) in

strong light. With non-reflecting backgrounds it pro-

duced dark pupe.

Pale blue glass, transmitting much besides blue, simi-

larly produced far greater effects than blue backgrounds

in strong light, when placed in front of reflecting sur-

faces, but produced the same dark pupe when the back-

erounds reflected but little of the light it transmitted.

Deep blue glass, with one or two exceptions, always

produced dark pup, and the exceptions were evidently

not related to the background, but were simple irregu-

larities such as often occur in darkness.

So far as the experiments go, they point to the same

conclusions as those reached in the case of V. io.

Conflicting colour experiments.—The results of Experi-

ment 82 (XCY.) entirely confirm those upon JV. urtice

and V. io. They also show that the influence of black

was stronger than the strongest antagonistic influence

when both were working together upon the same

organism; for, out of 7 P. brassice, 5 were in the

darkest class except one.

D. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE Cocoons oF LEPIDOPTERA.

For several years I have, from time to time, made

experiments of this kind, whenever I met with a suitable

species.

If the power occurs at all, we should chiefly expect to

meet with it in species building cocoons upon the surface

of the ground among leaves, sticks, &c., or freely ex-

posed on bark, and, among such species, especially in

those which pass the winter in the pupal state. Ex-

amples of these are to be found below; but all the

experiments upon them have yielded negative results,

except those upon the genus Halias.

The first three species have been experimented upon

during the last few years, but I cannot now fix the exact

date.

Cerura vinulaw—Some careful experiments were con-

ducted upon this species. The cocoons bear the most

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 447

remarkable likeness to the surface upon which they are

fixed, and I wished to ascertain whether this was entirely

due to the abundant admixture of adventitious fragments

enawed off the surface, or in part to the colouring of the

silk.

Six or more mature larve were placed in glass

cylinders (1 in each) standing on sheets of glass;

beneath the latter and round the lower half of the

cylinder white paper was fixed, so that the larve were

in brilliantly illuminated white surroundings, and yet

were compelled to spin cocoons from the products of

the silk-glands alone.

About 6 more were similarly placed, except that black

paper was used instead of white.

Under these circumstances, most of the larve spun

compact semi-transparent cocoons, the product of the

glands apparently forming a continuous sheet. Some

of them, however, failed to construct cocoons, and only

used the secretion to form a covering to the glass floor.

The cocoons varied much in colour, being all shades

of brown, but there was no evidence whatever for the

existence of any sort of relation to the colour of the

environment.

It is clear that the adjustment of colour which occurs

in nature is, like that of the cocoons of H. abruptaria

(see p. 317) entirely due to adventitious particles.

Endromis versicolor.—A single mature larva was placed

among some shreds of white paper. It spun a cocoon

of normally dark brown silk.

Trichiura crategi.—Some experiments similar to those

described below in the case of P. populi were made upon

this species, with the same negative results. All the

cocoons were dark. I have mislaid the notes with the

exact numbers.

Hemaris fuciformis 1889.—Six cocoons were spun in

two white paper boxes with clear glass covers, 5 of them

being among shreds of white paper. The silk of all

was more or less brown, but it varied through all shades

from dirty white up to dark brown.

Four cocoons were spun among dark twigs in a box

lined with dark tissue paper, also with a clear glass

cover. These varied in tint in the same manner.

It seems clear that the species is not capable of modi-

fying the colour of its cocoon into correspondence with

its environment,

448 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

From the occasional occurrence of dark brown patches

on a light brown cocoon, it is probable that the larva

stains the completed structure, in the manner described

by Mr. Bateson.

Pecilocampa populi 1891.—Four cocoons were spun

among leaves and twigs of Quercus cerris ; these were

quite black on all exposed parts, while two spun between

pieces of white paper were not nearly so dark. The

blackness is, however, due to something which is not

silk, the latter being of a much lighter brown. It pro-

bably comes from the digestive tract (for neither the

paper nor the leaves or twigs around the cocoons appeared

to be gnawed), and has the appearance of bitten up

food or feces. It will be interesting to ascertain accu-

rately what this substance is and why the larva has

so much less of it when the cocoon is constructed in

the paper. It may only follow from an accidental

separation from food just before maturity, or from dis-

turbance. Under any circumstances, there seems to be

no question of colour adjustment, for the larve in the

paper made the most conscientious use of all the

material they had, and spread it out so as to cover

the exposed part of their cocoons as completely as

possible.

Halas prasinana 1892.—I brought forward H. prasi-

nana as an example of this power of colour-adjustment

in 1887 (Proc. Ent. Soc., pp. 1, li). When Mr. Bateson

had shown a source of error in interpretation, owing to

the effect of disturbance on the larve, I felt that this

case could no longer be sustained without further experi-

ment, in which such errors were specially guarded

against. I have fortunately been able to make a few

such experiments during the past autumn, which,

so far as they go, entirely support my earlier conclu-

sions.

A few nearly mature larve, beaten by Mr. Arthur

Sidgwick and myself, were placed, directly after capture,

in two cylinders. A twig of oak bearing leaves was

placed in each of these, and each of them stood on a

perforated plate and had a muslin top. The space around

the oak twig was filled in one cylinder with white paper

spills, in the other with dark sticks, chiefly of Quercus

cerris. After this the larve were not touched, and it is

clear that there is no reason for assuming that the

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 449

larve of one cylinder were more disturbed than those of

the other.

White surroundings.—8 cocoons were spun upon the

muslin roof, which in this case was a considerable dis-

tance from the oak-leaves; 1 was light brown; 2 very

light brown and almost white. 8 were spun on the glass

side near paper spills and oak-leaves. Of these 1 was

rather dark brown and two were light brown.

Dark surroundings.—1 was spun on the muslin top,

in this case near the oak-leaves but away from the

sticks; it was intermediate between the tints last de-

scribed. 8 were spun on the undersides of oak-leaves in

close proximity to the dark sticks, and all these were

dark brown, far darker than any in the other cylinder.

One of them was built low down, and some of the white

cotton wool wrapped round the oak twig, where it passed

through the hole in the plate, was spun into one end of

it, while the ends of 8 dark twigs were also fixed to it.

As in many other cases among larve and pup, where

dark and light surroundings contend, the former proved

to be more powerful, for the cocoon is as dark as the

other two. Another 5th cocoon was fixed to the glass

cylinder near the leaves, and closely surrounded by dark

twigs. It is very dark brown, just like those upon leaves.

Mr. Sidgwick tells me that he has always obtained such

dark cocoons upon leaves.

Another kind of experiment was then begun. A very

small twig of oak with few leaves was placed in each

of two similar cylinders, which were then filled up with

fragments of white tissue paper, slightly crumpled.

One of these was then covered with a larger darkened

cylinder so as to be in nearly complete darkness; the

other was left in strong light.

In the latter a single cocoon was spun on the white

muslin roof far above the oak-leaves, but closely sur-

rounded by white paper, the corner of one piece being

spun into it. It was the whitest cocoon obtained, with

hardly a trace of brown. In the other darkened cylinder

2 cocoons were obtained, both spun, 4 centimetres apart,

on the muslin roof, the white paper close to them, and

abundantly spun into one, the leaves far away. The

cocoon on the muslin alone was a slightly deeper shade

than that on the muslin roof of the cylinder with dark

sticks (viz., intermediate between ‘rather dark brown”

450 Mr. Poulton’s further expersments upon

and “light brown’’); the other spun on to muslin and

paper was ‘‘ light brown,” lighter than the darkest on

the muslin top and sides of the cylinder with white

paper spills, but darker than the ‘very light brown ”

ones on the roof of the same cylinder. It was in fact

intermediate between these two tints. Both were strik-

inely different from the white one in the corresponding

cylinder exposed to light.

Hence darkness produced brown and light brown

cocoons, under conditions which, with light, produced a

white one. Experiments upon other species did not

render it probable that darkness would produce very

dark cocoons, but that it should produce any effect at

all is inexplicable, except on the supposition of a colour

which can be modified by the larva as a response to

external conditions, and this ina normal manner, and

not as the result of disturbance.

I was very anxious to apply the crucial test which

suggests itself after reading Mr. Bateson’s criticisms.

He contends that the dark cocoons are normal, and are

always formed in nature by healthy larve, and that the

light ones are produced by disturbance or the presence

of parasites.

If, therefore, a much disturbed larva spun a dark

cocoon, or, better still, a larva, which had begun to spin

a white cocoon on a white surface, afterwards spun a dark

one in contact with the appropriate surroundings, it

would be quite impossible for Mr. Bateson’s criticism to

be sustained.

A larva beaten from birch spun a considerable part of

a perfectly white cocoon in a white chip box. A birch-

leaf was also spun into the cocoon, but in this case the

white surroundings predominated. Mr. Sidgwick has

also obtained a white cocoon of this species in a chip box

during the present year. The cocoon was opened and

the larva removed, and it was then found that two eggs

of ichneumons, probably of the genus Paniscus, were

fixed to one or more of the thoracic segments. In trying

to remove one of these with scissors, the larva was

rather seriously cut, and bled freely. I therefore desisted

from the attempt, and placed the larva in a cylinder with

oak shoots bearing leaves. To my surprise, it spun on

the glass, including the edge of an oak-leaf in its cocoon,

but every thread of silk spun after its removal was brown,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 451

even including the ‘‘ladder”’ by which it ascended the

side of the cylinder. To-day (Dec. 17) I opened it, and

found, as I expected, the unfortunate larva shrivelled up,

and an ichneumon cocoon lying beside it. Thus a dis-

tinct brown (by no means light brown) cocoon was spun

by a larva which had been subject to almost every kind

of disturbance—removed from a partially constructed

cocoon, bearing the external eggs of a parasite, and muti-

lated.

In this case I think it is probable that the instant

change in the colour of the silk, noticeable in the threads

of the “ladder,” and the framework around and beneath,

no less than in the cocoon itself, is probably in some

way associated with the irritation to which the larva had

been subjected. The case suggests, although it does not

prove, a source of the colouring matter other than that

provided by an extract from the food, contained in the

digestive tract; that is, so far as this species is con-

cerned. It was also certain that in this particular case

the silk was not darkened by the larva at some later time.

Another experiment of the same kind did not lead to the

same results. A larva had begun to spin a white cocoon

in a similar chip box. It had only constructed the

platform when it was removed and wrapped in many

folds of black net. Here it began to spin a white cocoon,

but soon died without completing it. As regards this

case, it may be remarked that we have no evidence as

yet of the effect of black net or black paper upon normal

larvee of this species, although we should suppose that

dark cocoons would be produced.

I think that these experiments, few as are the indi-

viduals made use of, prove the existence of some power

of colour-adjustment in this genus; for such experiments

as were conducted were specially arranged to avoid the

sources of error present in the earlier ones.

Then, too, Mr. Tutt’s observations upon the allied H.

chlorana afford very strong confirmation; for it is hard

to see how any disturbance of his larvee, sufficient to

account for the colour change, can have arisen. (See

‘The Entomologist’s Record,’ Jan. 15, 1892, pp. 9—12).

Rumia crategata, 1892.—Two beaten larve of this

species spun very light brown transparent-looking

cocoons in pieces of white tissue-paper in the cylinder

described above as exposed to light. Both larve sought

452 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments wpon

the innermost recesses of the crumpled papers. In the

absence of comparison experiments I cannot claim that

this evidence proves any susceptibility ; but I will keep

the cocoons to place beside others obtained in Jater

experiments.

Acronycta tridens, 1892. — A captured mature larva

spun a perfectly white cocoon on the muslin floor and

among the white pieces of paper of the last-named

cylinder. Small holes were gnawed in the muslin and

the pieces fixed in the cocoon. It is probable that the

cocoon is, in nature, entirely concealed by foreign

particles, and that the colour of the silk cannot be

adjusted.

Orgyia pudibunda, 1892. — Two captured larve spun

light yellowish cocoons on the muslin floor and among

the white tissue-paper of the cylinder in light, and

another spun a similar cocoon among the paper frag-

ments and on the muslin roof of the corresponding

cylinder in darkness, no effect being produced by the

different conditions.

The light yellow colour and slight opacity appear in

this species to be solely due to the larval hairs spun into

the wall of the cocoon.

Had I not been disappointed by a dealer, I should

have again tested the larva of Saturnia carpini during

the past season. I have no doubt that Mr. Bateson is

right in concluding from his experiments that the colour

of the cocoon cannot be adjusted; but I should wish,

before feeling absolutely certain of this, to apply what

I believe is the most searching test of all, viz., dark and

light surroundings as they occur in nature, using such

materials as chalk, light sand, peat, &e.

In admitting the mistake I formerly made in applying

the principle of colour-adjustment to certain cocoons, |

still think that it applies to some cocoons, and have now

brought forward fresh evidence in proof of this conclusion.

In other respects, the amount of confirmation of my

earlier work, and of support extended to principles sug-

eested in it, which I have been able to bring forward in

the present paper, has been a source of satisfaction.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 453

EK. ExpermMents upon LeEprporrerous imaGines, 1891.

1. Experiments in 1891 upon the colours of the larve,

cocoons, and imagines of Gnophos obscurata.—I| have been

anxious to experiment upon this species for many years,

but, until 1891, I was unable to obtain the material.

I have suggested a probable influence of environment in

determining the colours of the imago, which is well

known to be light-coloured on chalk, and dark on peat

(‘Colours of Animals,’ Internat. Sci. Ser., pp. 157, 158).

The colours of these local varieties are certainly pro-

tective; for Mr. W. E. Nicholson, of Lewes, who has had

a very wide experience of the species, tells me that the

imago always rests upon the bare ground by day,

although found on the grass if searched for with a

lantern at night. This is equally true on chalk and

peat, the moth usually resting on the face of pits or

banks, beneath ridges or overhanging tufts of vegetation.

My friend Mr. Merrifield, of Brighton, knowing of my

wish to experiment with the species, kindly suggested to

Mr. Nicholson to obtain some larvee for me. I wish to ex-

press my sincere thanks to both these gentlemen for their

kind help, which enabled me to carry out an investigation

I had especially looked forward to, and which was of

very great interest, although the results obtained were

negative.

I received 20 larve from Mr. Nicholson on May 16,

1891. These will be called the larve of the ‘first lot.”

They were obtained by searching with a lantern on the

night of May 14, and all were resting on dry grass bents

on a steep chalk bank near Lewes, facing S.W. ‘The

ground was very white, and the moth when taken in the

neighbourhood is very light; in fact, the bank just

mentioned is the best locality for the almost pure white

variety of the species.

Mr. Nicholson also sent me 25 more larve,—the

‘second lot,”—captured on the night of May 22 in the

same locality.

Although the results were negative, I will give some

account of the experiments, for the value of the con-

clusions depends upon the very great care which was

exercised. The same methods may also be of use in

other species.

454 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

The colours of the 20 larve of the ‘‘ first lot” were

carefully compared May 17, before being arranged in the

experiments on the same day. The 5 largest were about

21°0 mm. long, and were lighter in colour than the

remaining 15, which averaged about 18-0 mm. in length.

The amount of colour-variability was not great, but

distinct. The various shades of colour are mentioned

under the experiments. The 25 larve of the ‘‘second

lot’? were very uniform in size, the average length being

18°25 mm.; the colours of these larvae were also more

uniform, but 10 were somewhat darker than the others.

The larve were fed on various low-growing plants,

such as Achillea, sorrel, buttercup, and plantain, as well

as on the more well-known food-plants, rock-rose and

burnet sanguisorb. They did not eat much, being nearly

full-fed when received, and, indeed, some were probably

quite mature.

The habits of the larve were such as to expose them

very thoroughly to the materials made use of in the

experiments. Small pieces of chalk scattered on white

paper formed the light environments; coal and peat on

black paper formed the dark. In both cases the larve

generally hid under the chalk or coal by day, especially

when the food consisted of green leaves. When, however,

the rock-rose was employed alone, many of them hid by

day among the crowded brown stems in the inner part of

the plant.

The experiments were of three kinds—Dark Sur-

roundings, White Surroundings, and Transference Hx-

periments.

Dark SURROUNDINGS.

(See Table, page 455.)

Liaut SuRROUNDINGS.

(See Table, page 456.)

Various ‘TRANSFERENCE EXPERIMENTS AND OTHERS TO

BE COMPARED WITH THEM.

Fifteen of the lighter larve (although the difference

was not great) of the ‘second lot” were placed, May 25,

in a rectangular glass case (LI. Appendix), with a floor

of peat and lumps of coal, standing on black paper (below

the glass bottom). They were offered rock-rose alone.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 455

May 27, 7 were on the black net roof, and 2 on the

plant, the rest having buried deeply in the loose peat.

May 31, 10 buried, and had made cocoons; these were

transferred as described below (p. 457) ; 1 was on plant,

and 4 on roof.

June 22, the remaining 5 had buried, and 1 had

pupated. They were transferred as described below

(p 457).

Dark SURROUNDINGS.

Experiment I.

The floor of a large

glass cylinder (of about

1000 cc. capacity) was

black net resting on

black paper; on this

floor many small lumps

of coal were scattered;

the roof was black tis-

sue paper.

Larve of ‘first lot.” |

Experiment II.

Arranged as in I.

Larve of ‘first lot.”

Experiment III.

Dark Surroundings

from May 27.

Rectangular glass

_case (LII., Appendix)

with floor of peat and

lumps of coal standing

on black paper (below

glass bottom).

Larve of ‘first lot.”

May 17. — 2 of the

lightest large larve &

3 of the lightest small |

introduced.

May 24.—3 escaped.

July 15.—1 had pu-

pated recently, the

other died.

Aug. 15. — Moth

emerged.

May 17. — 1 inter- |

mediate large larva &

4 intermediate small

were introduced.

May 24,.—2 escaped.

July 7.—1 had spun

a slight cocoon, and

pupated the following

day.

July 15. — The re-

maining 2 were nearly

ready for pupation.

Aug. 14. — Moth

found emerged.

Aug. 26. — Moth

' found emerged.

May 27. — 6 of the

larvee lost on May 24

were found on that day,

but of course original

arrangement was un-

known. They were

placed between 24th

and 27th on rock-rose

alone, with white paper

floor; on 27th intro-

duced here.

June 23.—All buried,

and 1 had recently pu-

pated.

July 8.—1 dead.

2 pup in cocoons.

1 larva "

1 pupain which imago

was developing.

1 missing.

Aug. 3.—1 imago

emerged.

Aug. 15, — 2 imagos

emerged (1 probably

on 14th).

Aug. 26. — 1 imago

had emerged. These

last 3 imagos emerged

from pupe in well-

made cocoons of peat.

456

Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

Licgut SURROUNDINGS.

EXPERIMENT LY.

White paper floor &

roof, with lumps of

chalk scattered on

former.

Cylinder as in I.

Larve of “first lot,”’

except two.

May 17.—1 darkest

of the large larve and

4 of the darkest small

ones introduced.

May 24, morning.—

A careful comparison

Of themes Tela Ve

was made, all the larve

being placed on white

paper, with the light

falling on the same

side of them from the

same direction. There

were no decided effects

to be recognised, but

perhaps those upon the

chalk had become

somewhat greyer, and

those in dark surround-

ings a little browner.

2 escaped, and were

replaced next day by

2 dark varieties of the

“second lot.” Fed

from this date on

rock-rose alone.

June 22.—1 had spun

cocoon under chalk

lump, 1 dead.

June 27. — Larva in

cocoon had pupated.

July 7. — 1 dead, 1

spun slight cocoon.

July 15.—2 pupe &

1 larva in cocoon.

Aug. 3.—1 moth

emerged.

Sept. 4. — Another

moth had emerged.

EXPERIMENT Y.

Arranged as in IY.

Larve of ‘first lot,”

except one.

May 17. —1 inter-

mediate large and 4

intermediate small in-

troduced.

May 24.—1 escaped,

but another was added

the following day—a

dark larva from the

“second lot.”’

July 7. — 1 larva in

a cocoon had just pu-

pated; 3 died about

this time.

Aug. 14.—1 moth

emerged.

Sept. 1. — Another

moth had emerged.

EXPERIMENT VI.

Arranged as in IV.

Offered rock-rose

alone until June 23,

after which nothing

was eaten.

Larve of ‘* second lot.”

May 25. — 7 out of

the 10 darkest larvee

introduced.

June 13.—1 had spun

a slight cocoon under

a lump of chalk.

July 15.—1 had pu-

pated without cocoon.

Aug. 27. — 4 pupe ;

the 3 other larve had

died.

Sept. 4.—1 moth

emerged. The other

pupe died.

“pajsa} sea ouole aseys pednd zo Aqrptqrjdeosns oy} "Xx Ul

‘TITA PUB “ITA WooAjoq JV} 0} ALTIUS SVM “TX PUB “XT Wodazoq uostaedu0o at,

‘OTTT [BAIR] 109RT JO Jed o[qvteprsuoo vB snjd sported eset}

YIM payseryuoo sv ‘a@aret jo ported peuoyedndesd pue

asvys yednd ayy yo Aqrptqrydeosns oy] 480} 0} popuazU SBAL

‘TITA PUB ‘ITA JO S}][Nser ey} UoaMyoq UOstIvduLOd BT,

“‘suryednd ynoyyIA patp yo

‘X Ur sv peorjd puv peaour

-aI SU00D00 Z—GZS AUN

A as) | AON ks

‘snY postetle SYJOU Oly,

‘SUIdOTAAOp ATA SOSBUIT

4eq} poAMOYs SHUT JO sou

-reedde anbedg—'s fynp

‘ayBp oUeS 9} 4B

ae patIajsuVd} SVM “TTA

twoiy vdnd pouttoy ATYseay

ay} OsTe :pautozy ATYSoIy

Ajyuepraa sea ednd oly,

‘SSUIPUNOLINS 94M pure

‘TILA Ur se poor|d pure poaroy

-suvay vdnd [—'Zz aune

‘ydag reyjoue pu ‘9z ‘ony

pesietme pey You JT ‘194e]

poezyednd pur ‘uo0000 epeut

BAIvT IoyjO ey, “L Arne

poyedud pey pue ‘m00000

UISBA T ‘2% OUNE UO * "TTA

UI sv ‘ssuIpUNoIIMS YAIBp

ysoif UL poovtd puv paaout

-aI SU00D00 % — "GG AUN?

“Suryednd ynoyyIa perp

prey [[e@ 1% “suy Aq ‘ su00900

peyiub [py ‘teded o41qy wo

yeyo 0} porrejsueay Ape]

-TUIIS SU00000 eE—" Tg hoy

‘pasiome ou [—') ‘inp

‘yrad ut Surd] ¢ pur ‘payed

-nd o10ut [ — "LZ aune

Cx)

qoded ayy pus y[Vyo oF

poaoutar sv pue ‘yz oune

uo Ayjuedea payednd pey

aug “zg A[UO 19}¥] pure YET

TO yNq ‘SUO0d0D UI I10M F

ce euner UO faouBqANySIp 34

JO }[NSeI B SB SU00D09 pd}

-yinb euros pure ‘ATAATT [ITS

wariwy ‘aaded yovyq uo

Surjset [voo pu yeod TILA

‘ase JOYJOUB 0} PatIoJsSUBI}

suoov0o ¢ — ‘TE fing

“‘qUsty Usyy

‘sBuIpunoding yaeqg

‘TX INGNIUaax

“qqot] WoT}

‘sSuIpunoding yIVq

“"X INGWIYaAdX of

“uostredutoo

Joy ‘ ynoysnoiyy

SSuIpunodiIng yIvq

‘X] INGNINddx

‘qsTT Woy

‘sSUIpunoLIng ye

‘TITA INGKINTax

‘tostredut09

IOF {ynoysnoayy

ssurpunoding xed

‘TTA INGNIUAEX

(DEC.)

ALL LVie

fer)

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND.

458 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

It has already been stated that there was not sufficient

evidence that the colours of the larve were modified by

the conditions of the experiments.

The colour of silk was variable, being sometimes white

and sometimes brown, but there was no evidence for the

existence of any power of adjustment. Adventitious

particles were so freely used as to render the cocoon very

hard to detect. In soft peat the larve made their

cocoons at some considerable depth, but they also freely

spun among loose blocks of chalk on the surface.

The imagines, when carefully compared on a white

background, showed not the least tendency towards

colour-variation in accordance with the environments

which had been employed. Indeed they were, for this

species, remarkably uniform, being light grey forms,

but none of them extremely white, like the var. pullata.

It is clear that there is no susceptibility during the

period over which the experiments extended. Hither the

period was not long enough, or the species is not sensi-

tive in this way. If the latter be the true explanation,

it is probable that the local races are to be accounted

for by natural selection, the lighter varieties being more

conspicuous, and therefore exterminated, in peaty dis-

tricts, and the darker ones on chalk. Before seriously

considering this suggestion, I should much like to repeat

the experiments, keeping up the conditions for nearly

the whole life of the larve. In the Hphyride we meet

with pup the colours of which are determined by those

of the larve. It is conceivable that, in this case, the

colours of the larve may be modified by environment

acting in the usual way during the early stages, and

that the imaginal colours may follow those of the larvie.

I should also very much like to know the result of

exposing the pup to different temperatures, as in Mr.

Merrifield’s most interesting researches.

F. Concuvstons.

1. The light which effects the chief colour-changes in

larve and pupé.—Great interest attaches to the attempt

to define the light rays which constitute the stimulus

leading to the colour-changes. Of these we must dis-

tinguish two main kinds: (a) changes in the colour of

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 459

the true animal pigments, leading to various shades of

brown, grey, &¢.; (b) the change to a green colour

modified from plant pigments in the food. When such

a change of colour is possible, the true pigments are

always superficial to the green, and cannot be retained

without concealing the latter, the degree of concealment

depending on the amount and distribution of pigment.

Thus in A. betularia the true pigments are chiefly placed

in the epidermic cells, the green in the subjacent fat,

while in many others the former are in the superficial

layer of the cuticle, the latter in the blood or sometimes

in the lower layers of the cuticle. But the appearance

of the green is not merely the removal of a screen,

although this must occur; in some cases, at any rate,

it also means the formation of the green colouring

matter itself.

In discussing the effects of light it will be important,

therefore, to discriminate between (a) modifications of

true pigment; () its disappearance, accompanied by a

change to green.

I propose to tabulate all the coloured backgrounds

made use of in these experiments, and briefly to compare

their effects on the species subjected to them in 1886 and

in subsequent years. We shall thus be able to form a

sound conclusion as to the constituents of a mixed

reflected light (like that from leaves) which effect the

change, and as to the existence of any common sus-

ceptibility on the part of such Lepidoptera to light from

a particular part of the spectrum.

I wish to express my warm thanks to my friend Sir

John Conroy for his great kindness in helping me to

make an accurate statement of the quality of the light

reflected from backgrounds and transmitted through

screens. His well-known researches in this region of

physics rendered his kind assistance invaluable.

The method we employed with the backgrounds was

as follows :—The spectrum of lime-light, obtained by the

use of a bisulphide of carbon prism, was projected on a

white paper screen. ‘The coloured backgrounds were

then held so as partly to cover the spectrum, when the

rays absorbed and reflected could be determined by

comparing the covered with the uncovered part. In

many cases, two backgrounds were placed in the spec-

trum together so that they could be accurately compared.

460 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

The effect of the screens upon the backgrounds was

easily determined by comparing the effect upon the

latter when the former was interposed in the path of the

light on its way to the prism, with that of its with-

drawal.

The reflecting power of the backgrounds having been

thus determined, a few days later the whole process was

repeated, and the second set of observations compared

with the first. In most cases they agreed: when they

did not, we made a third observation. These determi-

nations were made in the laboratory of Balliol College,

Oxford.

I propose to consider the backgrounds in the following

order :—(1) Dark surfaces, such as black and brown,

reflecting very faintly, but from every part or many parts

of the spectrum ; (2) coloured surfaces, chiefly reflecting

particular rays: these will be considered in the order of

the spectrum from red to blue; (3) white or bright

surfaces (white or metallic), reflecting strongly from the

whole of the spectrum.

(See Table, pages 461, 462, 463, 464.)

These results all combine to prove the validity of the

suggestion made in my earlier paper, that rays from the

yellow and orange part of the spectrum are effective in

dismissing pigment, and favouring green (or bright)

larvee and pupe. It seems tolerably certain that it is

the yellow and orange rays which, reflected from leaves

and shoots, stimulate the larve and pupx to become

ereen. It is shown above that if a red background be

offered, pup become dark; but if an orange surface be

substituted, only differing in reflecting an additional

narrow strip of the spectrum, but in that strip including

orange and yellow rays, both larve and pupe are

strongly influenced in the direction of green, although

there is hardly any green in the light which. reaches

them. I attach less weight to the evidence from yellow

backgrounds, because they reflect so much of the spec-

trum. But the evidence from the green backgrounds is

the strongest of all. If the above argument holds good,

artificial greens which are strong in the yellow and

orange ought to act like leaves and shoots, while those

which are weak in this part, although as greens they

may be extremely bright, ought to produce dark larvee

Light reflected from

backgrounds.

Iiffects produced.

Larve.

Pupe.

|Amphidasis

betularia.

Other sensi-

tive larve.

Pieris bras-

sice and P.

rap@, 1886

and 1888.

Vanessa

urtica@,

1886 and

later.

Other

pups.

Vanessaio.

Black paper. Very faint

continuous spectrum. It

is probably this faint reflec-

tion, not stronger in one

part of spectrum than an-

other, which acts as the

stimulus and accounts for

the difference, which is

usually very great, between

darkness and black surfaces

in strong light, the latter

causing the more powerful

effects. A dead or var-

nished surface produces the

same results. The dark

twigs also made use of may

be safely included here.

Light brown tissue-paper

on a backerouna of white

paper (LXIII.). Strong

general absorption, least in

red, becoming almost com-

plete in blue.

Browntwigs. Very similar

to the above, except that

no blue is reflected.

Deep red paper. Only one

shade used. Spectrum re-

duced to red, which is

but slightly dimmed. Com-

pared with orange (below),

it differs in the absorption

of parts about solar line D,

and above it.

Deep orange paper. The

only orange paper used.

Absorption begins a little

above line D, removing

nearly all green and every-

thing else. All below D

reflected.

Orange enamel (painted

ontwigs). Red, orange, and

yellow reflected, the rest

absorbed. Very similar to

spectrum of orange paper,

but a little shorter.

Dark

larvee :

blackness

varying

with that

of back-

ground.

Brown

larve.

Green

larvee.

Green

larve.

Dark

larvee.

Dark

pupe.

Dark

pupe.

Dark

pupe.

Dark

pupe.

Dark

pupe.

Dark

pupe.

Dark

pupe.

Dark

pupe.

Green

pupe.

Green

pupe.

Light reflected from

Effects produced.

Larve.

Pups.

backgrounds. Vanessa | Pieris bras-

Amphidasis |Other sensi- urtice, Waiassu in: sice and P,

betularia. | tive larve. | 1886 and rap@, 1886

| later. and 1888.

Pale yellow paper. Whole Green | Green &

of the blue and yery little | pupe. inter-

of the more refrangible end | mediate

of the green very faint. pupe.

All the rest as bright as

with white paper (LV.,

LXVIII.; also Pieride@ in

1886).

Bright yellow tisswe-paper Green Green

on a background of white pupe. | pupe of

paper. As above, except P. rape

that the blue and end of (Grif-

green are completely ab- fiths).

sorbed (LVI.). |

Bright yellow opaque pa- Green

per, somewhat deeper and pupe.

more orange in tint than

the last. No perceptible

difference in the spectrum.

Made into spills; placed in

a clear glass lamp-shade.

Green leaves and shoots| Green Light | Healthy | Green Green

of living plants. The red! larve (in) brown | brilliant | pup (in pupe (in|

and blue rays are much] nature & | larve: pupe j|nature). | nature) ;_

absorbed, but, in the small} inexperi-| greenish | (some- also of

thickness traversed by the| ments). | brown or) times P. napi

reflected light, the orange green in |foundin (Merri-

and yellow little, and the Rumia | nature). field).

green hardly at all. crategata

(experi-

ment).

Bright yellowish green tis- Irregular| Green | Green «& |

sue-paper (faded). Blue results: | pupe. inter-

much absorbed, green hard- paper in mediate |

ly at all, the rest but little part un- pupe.

(much in the unfaded pa- faded ; (Uncer-

per. LXIX., LXX.; also also con- tain how |

Pierid@, 1886). siderable far paper

crowding was

faded).

Light green enamel| Green

(painted on twigs). Green| larve

bright; red, orange, and | (not very

yellow but little absorbed. | bright).

Blue wanting.

Other

pupe.

Light &

brilliant

pup of

V. ata-

lanta.

V. poly-

chloros

said to be

light red-

dish

brown,

with me-

tallic

spots.

Light reflected from

Kffects produced.

Larve.

Pupe.

Pieris bras-|

backgrounds. Vanessa

Amphidasis |Other i- ‘tice, = . | sic@ and P.

patient: ae neva 1886 and Vanessa io. acs, pee

later. and 1888,

| |

Bright green paper (ar-| Light Darkish

senite of copper). Con-| brown& pupe.

siderable absorption of red, greenish

orange, and yellow, very larve

slight of green; extreme (probably

blue absent and the rest poisoned

dimmed (LVII. and spills). by the

| pigment)

Pale bluish green paper. | Dark

The same paper, rendered pupe,

paler (probably as the effect | P. bras-

of damp), was used with the sicé ; in-

experiments on Pierid@ in terme-

1886. The spectrum, as. diate P.

described in Phil. Trans. | rape.

(1887, B, p. 430), is very

similar.

Dark greenenamel (paint- | Darkish

edon twigs). Red, orange,| larve

and yellow darkened, blue predomi-

wanting; slight absorption) uate.

of green.

Dark dull green paper. Dark Dark

Some general absorption, pupe. pupe

least in green, most in (P. bras-

blue, considerable in yellow, | | sice).

orange, and red (LYIII.). |

Very pale blue tissue- | | Green | Dark &

paper, on a background of | pupe, inter-

white paper. Some slight | but not | media‘e

absorption of red, yellow, | the pupe.

and orange; the rest of greenest.

spectrum unchanged (LIX.)

Light blue paper. All Dark Darkish

blue unabsorbed, and all pups. | pupre (P.

other parts considerably brassic@)

weakened, but much less

so than below (LX.).

Deep blue paper. Great| Dark Dark Dark

absorption of all except) larvie. pup. | pup (P.

blue (LXI., blue spills). brassicae)

Light reflected from

backgrounds.

Effects produced.

Larve.

Pupe.

Vanessa

Amphidasis Other sensi-| _wrtice,

betularia. | tive larve. | 1886 and

Vanessa io.

Pieris bras-

sice and P. Other

rape, 1886 pupe.

Darkest blue paper. Very

great absorption of all ex-

cept blue, which was slightly

absorbed (LXII., blue

spills).

White metallic surfaces of

tin and silver. ‘These give

a strong, continuous spec-

trum, but the light is re-

flected regularly, and not

much diffused.

Yellow metallic surface of

brass (‘gilt’) also appears

to give a strong, continuous

spectrum, but the yellow

colour is due to the absorp-

tion of blue. Reflect regu-

larlyas above. More effect

is produced when there is

increased diffusion,owing to

the surface being irregular.

White opal glass. Gives

a strong, continuous spec- |

trum ; the light is diffused.

White paper. Spectrum |

as above.

later. and 1888.

Uniform- Dark | Darkish

ly very pupe. pup

dark (P. rape,

larve : 1886).

a deep

purplish

brown.

Tend to | Tend to V. ata-

produce | produce lanta.

light and| green Produce

brilliant | pupe, light and

pupe, | but not brilliant

but not | nearly so pupe,

somuch | muchas but not

as below. | below. so much

as below.

Produces} Tends V. poly-

the light-| very chloros,

est and | strongly V. ata-

most to pro- lanta.

brilliant duce Produces

pupe. ereen the light-

pupe. est and

most

brilliant

pupe.

Tends Tends V. ata-

strongly | strongly lanta.

to pro- | to pro- Produces

duce duce the light-

light and| green est and

brilliant | pupe. most

pupe. brilliant

pupe.

White Asabove. | Asabove.| Light or | Argynnis

larve. green | paphia.

pupe. Very

light

pupe (no

change

in bril-

liancy).

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 465

and pupe. And this is what has been found to occur.

I attach great importance to the colour of copper arsenite

in this respect. I hope to try it again on a larger scale,

covering it with varnish so as, if possible, to prevent any

poisonous effect.

The larvee and pup are probably sensitive to diffused

rather than regularly reflected light, the strong effect of

“‘oilt”” being explained by its absorption of blue rays,

and the consequent greater prominence of yellow, as

well as by its power of returning so high a proportion of

the light which falls on it. Silver and tin with this same

power, but without that selective absorption which gives

prominence to yellow, exert a far inferior influence upon

these insects. The effect of white paper and opal glass

is easily explained on the principles laid down above.

I have hitherto only considered the production of

green or bright pupe and larve. But the table of back-

grounds at once proves that the case is far more com-

plex in certain species, and notably in| Amphidasis

betularia. These larve behave like the pupe as regards

sreen, black, and orange backgrounds, but entirely diffe-

rently as regards brown, white, and, to some extent, deep

blue. These do not make the larve green, but produce a

special form of true pigment, in two cases corresponding

to the coloured surface which emitted the rays forming

the stimulus. It cannot be doubted that these effects

also follow from the constitution of the diffused lght

reflected from the background (see also pp. 858, 3856,

359).

The same contention is true of R. crategata, the true

pigments of which can certainly be modified, as well as

dismissed (see p. 826), and probably of all sensitive larva ;

for it is unlikely that the great difference between the

dark and light browns is only a question of quantity of

pigment.

We are justified in concluding that a larva of a species

which possesses this power of adjustment (as regards

pupa or larva) is effected, during the sensitive period, by

certain constituents of the diffused light reflected from

surfaces in its immediate neighbourhood, diluted as it is

by other constituents, and far more by the direct white

light which falls on every part of its surface. It is

sensitive to this very small proportion of effective rays,

and can, as a response to the stimulus, produce true

466 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

pigment, or dismiss it and become green, or in some

cases can alter the constitution of the former so as to

produce a variety of tints, each of which is more or less

appropriate to some form of natural environment.

The use of coloured screens obviously alters the case

entirely, for the larval surface is thus exposed to far more

concentrated rays from certain parts of the spectrum.

The screens employed were kindly described for me by

Sir John Conroy. I quote his determinations below :—

Red gelatine. — ‘Transmitted light. Red. The ab-

sorption begins abruptly on the less refrangible side of D

at about a wave-length of 604, and extends through the

remainder of the spectrum.” — Receptacle LXXII. (see

G, Appendix).

Although the light was thus a very pure red, the

larvee of V. io formed distinct green pupze when exposed

to it upon a reflecting background. In this concentrated

form, red rays have the power only possessed by yellow

and orange under more normal conditions.

Red glass.—‘‘ Transmitted light. Red and some yellow,

together with a little green and a trace of blue. Light of

wave-lengths between about 589 (D) and 559 strongly

absorbed.”—Receptacles LXXI., LXXII. (at one time),

LXXV.

Green pupe of V. io were similarly formed beneath

this screen, and much lighter pup of P. brassice than

those usually produced by a red background.

Yellow glass.—‘‘ Transmitted light. Red, yellow, and

eveen. Slight general absorption of the red, yellow and

green, and strong absorption of all the blue rays.”—

—Receptacles LXXVIII. to LXXXI., and LXXVI.

Green pupe of V. io were similarly formed, and inter-

mediate or light pupx of P. brassice. When the back-

ground reflected hardly any of the transmitted light, the

pupe of the latter were darker.

Green gelatine—“ Transmitted light. Red, yellow,

and green. Some general absorption through red,

yellow and green, and strong absorption of rays of

wave-length greater than 462.’’—Receptacle LXXIII.

Green pupe of V. io were similarly formed.

Green glass.—* Transmitted light. Some red, yellow,

and green. Light of wave-length greater than 605 and

less than 501 strongly absorbed. The rays between 605

and 576 considerably absorbed.’’—Receptacles LXXXII.

to LXXXV. ;

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 467

Results with P. brassice much the same as with the

yellow glass, but more irregular, and on the whole darker.

Green glass—‘ Transmitted light. Green. Light of

wave-length greater than 572 and less than 517 strongly

absorbed.”— Receptacle LXXVII.

Pupe of V. io formed upon a reflecting background

behind this screen, which is far more complete than the

last, were uniformly green. Pupx of V. urtice formed

behind it upon a feebly reflecting background were dark.

Pupex of P. brassice under the former conditions were

intermediate.

Pale blue glass.—‘ Transmitted light. Some red and

yellow, the yellow-green, and most of the blue. The

extreme red below 645 absorbed, a faint absorption-band

from 605 to 584, and a slight continuous absorption above

548.”—Receptacles LXXXVI. to LXXXIX.

When in front of backgrounds which reflected all

transmitted light, except the blue, intermediate pup

were produced ; when with a background which reflected

only the red, the pup were much darker.

Blue gelatine. — “ Transmitted light. Some red, and

the yellow-green and blue. Slight general absorption

of the red, and an ill-defined dark band from about 608 to

578.”’—Receptacle LXXIYV.

Intermediate pupe of V. io were formed behind this

screen.

Blue cobalt glass.—‘‘ Transmitted light. The extreme

red; yellow-green; a small amount of green, and the

blue. Strong absorption of light of wave-length between

702 and 576, and also of wave-length greater than 553 ;

the upper limit of this strong absorption too ill-defined

to be measured.”—Receptacles XCI. to XCIYV.

With certain exceptions, dark pupe of P. brassice

were formed behind this blue screen upon reflecting and

non-reflecting backgrounds alike.

Blue cobalt glass.—‘‘ Very similar to the above, but it

transmits rather more light.”—Receptacle XC. _Recep-

tacle LXXIII. was (at one time) covered with this glass,

or that last described.

Same effects upon P. brassice.

The results, upon the whole, supported the argument

already given. J. io is evidently far more sensitive than

P. brassice, and I greatly regret that so few of the latter

were subjected to the conditions described above.

468 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

On the whole it is probable that, when the direct white

light is cut off by a screen, and in some cases the mixed

reflected light reduced by the same means, the larve,

when resting on reflecting surfaces, are sensitive to a

larger part of the spectrum, comprising the red on the

one side, and the green on the other, but not the blue.

In talking the matter over with Sir John Conroy, he

suggested that the heating effects of the rays may have

something to do with their power; for he informed me that

the usual opinion as to the superior heating properties

of the red and ultra-red rays is mistaken, and only

holds for dispersed light, when the smaller refrangibility

of these rays leads to crowding in a given area. Under

the conditions of these experiments, he tells me that the

yellow rays possess the greatest heating power.

But if it were a question of temperature, it is very

difficult to understand why the effects of reflected light

are not completely subdued by those of direct light. Nor

is there any evidence that accessory conditions which

must greatly affect the temperature of the larve, such as

the amount of sunshine, have any influence upon the

result. Upon the whole it appears far more probable

that nerve-terminations in the skin are directly affected

by the radiant energy, and, in most cases, are especially

sensitive to those vibrations which appear to affect

animal life most powerfully.

Some conclusions from the experiments on larve.—

I have here brought together some of the chief results

of the shorter experiments.

Regularly dimorphic forms, with intermediate varieties

rare or wanting, are never, as far as our present know-

ledge extends, susceptible to surrounding colours, while

variable species tend to be so. In this respect Geometra

papilionaria is very interesting, being susceptible when

variable during its youth, but not in advanced stages,

when it is dimorphic. Among the Geometre, so many

of which are strongly susceptible, we meet with well-

marked dimorphism in the genus Ephyra, which is

apparently not affected by surroundings.

Noctue are far less sensitive than Geometre, both in

relative numbers and in the effect produced in the most

marked cases. he most susceptible Noctua, the Catoca-

lidg, are purely arboreal forms, like the majority of

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 469

Geometre, and specialised, like the latter, for conceal-

ment among twigs and on bark. It was the knowledge

of this specialisation which led me to test for that further

protection which is afforded by the power of colour-

change.

The other larve (Smerinthus, Sphinx, Agha) which I

have tested are very inferior to the genus Catocala in

this respect, but from what Col. Swinhoe tells me, it is

evident that some of the Indian Sphingid@é are highly

susceptible.

There may be a most extraordinary fluctuation in the

amount of susceptibility within the limits of the same

genus (Catocala, and in the pupe of Papilio).

In Geometre alone have distinct green larve been

produced by these experiments. Probably the great

majority of these larvee are sensitive. Out of 11 species,

many of which were selected at random, all but one

have proved to be so.

There is no evidence that the results acquired by one

generation can be transmitted to the next (wmia, Cro-

callis). The susceptibility is essentially an adaptation

to the fact that the individuals of each such species are

liable to find themselves in different environments, so

that any bias from the experiences of the past would

of course be injurious, unless the earlier and later

surroundings happened to correspond.

In the case of R. crategata the test for hereditary

effects was as complete as it could be in one generation.

Concerning the time which is necessary before the

colour-changes begin to appear—

Some effect was produced in 8 days in young G. papilionaria.

” ” ” C. electa.

Much ” ” 1» ¥ C. elinguaria.

” ” > 14 about ,, M. montanata.

” ” ” 11 ” ” C. elocata.

” ” % 13 (or less) ,, H., abruptaria.

” ” 9 17 A R. crategata.

” ” ry) 8 Pe A. betularia.

When carefully watched for, the changes are sometimes

seen to occur quite suddenly (C. elinguaria, R. crategata,

1886, IT.).

The effects cannot be reversed by reversing the sur-

roundings for a short time (C. elinguaria, H. abruptaria,

A. betularia).

When the conditions are uniform, the response to

470 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

environment does not necessarily destroy individual

variability, but the most powerful forms of environment,

when applied to highly sensitive species, very nearly do

away with it.

If the environment be mixed, there does not appear to

be any instinctive knowledge leading the larve to rest

only on appropriate objects. Thus, if they have become

ereen, and are beyond the power of change, they will

nevertheless rest on brown twigs in preference to leaves,

if offered to them.

The instinct of these Geometre is to rest upon twigs

under any circumstances, and this is probably the reason

why so small a proportion of twigs produces so great an

effect (A. betularia, 1889). Contact, or at all events the

closest proximity, is required to effect the change. Al-

though they are so much more susceptible to brown sur-

roundings when these are mixed with green, there were

no exceptions among 105 larve which in 1889 became

green among leaves and shoots.

The effects produced on the larve do not influence the

colours of the moths (A. betularia).

Darkness does not produce so great an effect as black

surroundings in strong light (A. betularia, R. crategata,

C. elinguaria). Overcrowding tends to produce dark

larvee (A. betularia, R. crategata).

In the case of R. crategata and A. betularia, there is

direct evidence of the power being efficient in concealing

the wild larvee.

The larve are probably chiefly sensitive at the time

when they quit the leaves and first begin to rest on the

twigs.

The protective significance of the colour changes.—

Looking at the results here recorded, as a whole, there

can be no doubt about these changes being such as to

promote concealment. In the majority of the larve

the only possible change appears to be from dark to

light brown or greenish brown. But the latter are far

less conspicuous on the leaves than the dark varieties

would have been, although they are not nearly so well

concealed as the latter upon the dark twigs. When

the larvee of any one of these species hatch upon a

tree, or part of a tree, with a great abundance of

young green shoots, their susceptibility would certainly

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 471

lead them in the direction of concealment. It by no means

follows that the power is useless in certain species because

it leads to more perfect results in others. Concerning the

latter, no one who has once seen the larve of A. betularia

or R. crategata upon their food-plants in the field, can

doubt about the meaning of the changes in colour which

they undergo.

The pup of many species have now been tested, and

only in the case of one of them (V. urtice) has any doubt

been expressed as to the efficiency of the change in pro-

moting concealment. The cases of Vanessa io and the

Pieride (including P. napi) are nearly as clear as those

of A. betularia and R. crategata, and the same may be

said of a few S. African species tested by Mrs. M. E.

Barber, Mr. Roland Trimen, and Mr. Mansel Weale. The

changes of Vanessa atalanta and V. polychloros certainly

lead in the same direction; and there is not that exces-

sive development of the golden appearance in the lighter

forms which, in V. urtice, is thought by some to be a

conclusive argument against the protective significance

of the change.

In Argynnis paphia we have a very interesting case.

There can be no doubt about the change being strongly in

the direction of concealment, but the metallic spots (which

are not very large) are equally present in both dark and

light pupe. The ancestral relationship of the Argynnide

to the Vanesside, as shown by Dr. Dixey in the com-

parison of the wing markings, suggests the possibility

that the metallic spots are an ancestral feature of both

pupe which can be removed from the darker forms of

Vanesside, but remain in the lighter ones, while they

persist in both varieties of at least one species of

Argynnis. In this respect it is interesting to note that

the position of each metallic spot can generally be de-

tected by its lighter colour in the dark pupz of such

species as V. polychloros or V. atalanta.

I must now consider the case of V. urtice at greater

length, because of the arguments brought forward by

Mr. Bateson in a recent paper (Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond.,

1892, pp. 212, 213).

This writer, in the first place, attempts to cut away

the foundation of an interpretation based on natural

selection, by arguing that there is no struggle for exist-

ence during the pupal stage of this species,

472 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

It is interesting to note the antagonistic objections

which Mr. Bateson and Mr. Beddard urge against the

protective efficiency of colouring, the one holding that

enemies are purely imaginary, and the other that they

are so supremely successful that no concealment is of

avail against them.

No one feels more keenly than I the truth which

Darwin so constantly urges in his letters, that we are

profoundly ignorant of the conditions of existence of

almost every organism. But Darwin never used this

ignorance as grounds for the assumption that enemies

are “imaginary” for any part of the life of any animal.

He rather felt that the enemies were apt to be under-

estimated than over-estimated. I have great hope that

this part of the evidence for natural selection will be

tested as severely as possible by those who believe in

the doctrine ; for there seems to be little chance of such

work being forthcoming from those who attempt to

depreciate it. It is very much easier to assume that

enemies are imaginary than set about a searching

enquiry into the conditions of existence as they affect

any one animal. But such expressions of opinion have

their value in stimulating those who consider them to

be eminently unscientific to obtain direct evidence.

I have for a long time wished to undertake such an

investigation myself, but one man alone cannot do much,

especially in the vast field of observation which must be

covered in order to obtain adequate direct evidence.

This paper and my other works are an indication that I

have not been idle. In the hope that others may be in-

duced to work at the subject, I will therefore mention

some lines which I think would lead to useful results.

Larve of such species as A. betularia might be

liberated upon plants which harmonize and upon others

which do not harmonize with their colour. Only one

larva should be placed on each branch, not many

branches on the same tree should be employed, and

the trees should be widely separated. ‘The larvee might

be liberated at the last ecdysis, so that their colours

would remain nearly constant. They should be observed

and noted twice a day. If they disappeared at once,.

allowance would have to be made for wandering, but if

they settled down on the branch, there would be no

reason for suspecting them of this.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 473

Pupz may be observed more satisfactorily. Large

stones could be placed in a case with a few mature larve,

and when two or three (not more) pups were suspended

to each, the stones could be removed to the borders of

some wood or field and noted twice a day. This would

be a fairer test than a garden. In this way the pupe

would be accessible to such probable enemies as insec-

tivora and rodents. In other comparison experiments

light pup could be fixed to dark stones and vice versd.

This test could be satisfactorily applied to many species,

and other objects made use of as well as stones.

With regard to imagines, we first require to find where

many of them conceal themselves at night and in

rainy weather. This could be accomplished by track-

ing the butterflies at dusk, marking the spot where they

finally come to rest, and again examining it at night

with a lantern. Butterflies bred in confinement could

then be placed at night in natural and unnatural situa-

tions, observed in half an hour to see whether they had

moved, and again observed and noted in the morning

before they begin to fly. The same kind of observation

could be made with hybernating species.

In the meantime, however, there is some very strong

indirect evidence which is worthy of attention. Assuming

that a female V. urtice lays 3800 eggs, every pair of

butterflies would be represented by 300 offspring in the

next generation, were it not for the deaths which ensue

at some period of development. Owing to this cause,

however, we know that, on the average, they only pro-

duce 2 mature offspring to take their place, and them-

selves become parents. The extinction of 298 out of

300 means a severe struggle for existence, and does not

support the assumption of “‘imaginary”’ enemies during

any stage or in any week, especially when we remember

that there are two or more generations in ayear. And,

contrary to the commonly received opinion, I should

maintain that extinction is least during the first of

the three stages. The larve are perfectly exposed and

obvious during their whole lives, and we know their

conditions fairly well; of the pup, in nature, and the

imagines, when concealed, we know comparatively little.

The larve have been proved to be distasteful to certain

insect-eating animals, and the persistence of large

colonies through the whole of larval life proves that

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) 2M

474 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

they are not subject to much extermination from this

cause. Their chief foes at this period are dipterous and

hymenopterous parasites, but the deaths are not nearly

so numerous as might be inferred from Mr. Bateson’s

experience. In 1886 I experimented on 700 larve

belonging to many colonies (the exact numbers can be

ascertained in my paper, Phil. Trans., /.c.), and in 1888

upon the many hundred larve tabulated in this memoir ;

but I am quite sure that the deaths from this cause did

not come to anything like 10 per cent. The T'achina

larvee nearly always emerge before the Vanessa pupates,

and are quite obvious, together with the dead or dying

larvee. ‘The proportion of deaths in V.io was not widely

different.

There are great differences between the colonies in

this respect, as is well shown by Mr. Bateson’s experience

of 5 or 6 deaths to 1 survival. It would be very inte-

resting to observe whether there are any individual

differences in the methods employed by these larve in

keeping off their insect foes, so as perhaps partially to

explain why some colonies are almost swept away, while

others are nearly untouched. I hasten to anticipate

Mr. Bateson’s objection by stating that this suggestion

is not intended as a ‘‘basis for argument,” but as a

stimulus to observation. Everyone who has observed

these larvee must have noticed the twitching of the wild

larvee when disturbed, and how readily the movement

becomes concerted and common to a whole detachment

of a colony. ‘This is probably one of their methods of

defence against such foes.

The numerical argument alone drives us to the two

remaining stages for the chief extermination, and it is

impossible, on these grounds alone, to admit that the

pupal stage, short as it is, can escape.

Mr. Bateson considers that the theory of the protective

significance of colour has only been ‘‘applied to the case

of these pup by an indiscriminate extension of de-

ductions made in other cases fairly enough, as, for

example, in that of the larve of A. betularia.” And yet

we can only suppose that these latter are large enough

to be the prey of insect-eating vertebrates for about the

length of the pupal period of the Vanessa; and, as for

concealment, the latter would be far more perfectly

hidden were it not for walls and palings, which are not

a strictly natural environment,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 475

When we also remember that, wherever they pupate

in a natural environment, it is almost certainly within

reach of small insectivorous or omnivorous mammals,

which can hardly have the chance of reaching the larve

of betularia, we are led to connect their more complete

concealment with their greater dangers. In speaking of

“more complete concealment,” I refer to the result,

however brought about,—to the instinct which leads

them to scatter and hide we hardly know where, as well

as to the colour and shape.

Mr. Bateson states that he would have been less sur-

prised if the golden pup of V. urtice had been brought

forward as examples of warning than of protective

coloration. But the most prominent feature of the latter

is the habit of adopting a conspicuous position or

attitude ; for this, even more than the colour, displays

the organism to its enemies. In the pup of Huplaa

core we probably have an example in which the me-

tallic appearance has this significance, but it is always

freely exposed, and, as Mr. Minchin tells me, most

conspicuous, and can be seen from a great distance.

It is impossible to say this of V. wrtice as it occurs in

nature. Again, I have experimented with V. wrtice,

and find that the most fastidious of all insect-eating

animals I have come across, a marmoset, devoured the

golden varieties, one after the other, with the greatest

relish.

Mr. Bateson argues that the golden varieties cannot

be protective because they are conspicuous against

certain artificial backgrounds, which nevertheless stimu-

late their production. It is strange that he should have

employed such an argument, considering that I showed,

in 1887, strong reason for believing that only some of the

constituents of the reflected light are effective in the

production of the far more perfectly concealed green

pupe of Pieride. If the yellow constituent of the light

reflected from leaves is proved to be efficient rather

than the green, it by no means follows that the power

is not directed towards concealment, because yellow

backgrounds are effective in producing green pupe.

The same argument would deny any ‘‘‘ attempt’ on the

part of the animal to approximate to the colour of its

surroundings”’ to the larve of A. betularia, and the pup

of V. io and the Pieride, because all these become bright

2mu2

476 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

green against orange backgrounds. And yet Mr. Bateson

admits such an ‘‘attempt”’ on the part of betularia (I. c. ;

p- 22);

Mr. Bateson fails to apprehend that if the pupe had

resembled the various artificial backgrounds, it would

have been the strongest blow against the theory of the

protective significance of the change. We can hardly

imagine the production, under the theory of natural

selection, of adaptation to surroundings which had never

before been met with in the life of the species, and it

would be clear that we had to deal with some other

power. Ihave no prejudice against my own discoveries

that I should seek to minimise them; but the chief

reason why I have failed to see in them what some

others have believed they have seen, viz., the indications

of some new power in the moulding of species, is because

I have only been able to produce those changes which

can be produced by a natural environment. Even the

golden pupe of V. urtice form no exception ; for healthy

individuals are known to occur, although rarely, upon

the leaves of nettles.*

Mr. Bateson does not seem to see that his opinion

that the golden form is conspicuous is really at variance

with his contention that the pupal susceptibility does

not tend towards concealment; for, in nature, the sus-

ceptibility is chiefly employed in checking the production

of this very form. Until my experiments, the golden

pupe were little known, except when diseased.

We have seen that the colour-changes of all species

proved to be susceptible certainly tend towards con-

cealment, V. urtice being alone disputed; that the

protective green and dark forms of JV. io certainly

correspond physiologically to the gilded and dark forms

of V. urtice, while the dark forms of the latter are

certainly protective; for the pupa would be dark on a

** Mr. Merrifield tells me that, during the last week of August,

1892, he found about 50 pupe of V. uwrtice, evidently belonging to

one company, suspended to the stalks of nettles, or sometimes of

other plants growing with them. All were entirely golden, and all

produced ichneumons. A few days later Mr. Merrifield found a

colony of over 200 nearly mature larvee, and among them about a

dozen pup, also on the nettle-stalks. These were equally golden,

and about half produced imagos, the remainder being ichneumoned

(one died from some unknown cause). See also Experiment 63,

p- 882,

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. ATT

dark stone, and light on a light one. Which is the

more improbable hypothesis,—that the light form, now

nearly always withheld, originally possessed a protective

significance like the dark form of the same species, and

the corresponding light form of the nearly allied V. 70,—

or that one form of one species stands on an utterly

different biological level from all the rest? I think it far

more likely that ‘all zoological science will be thrown

into confusion” by such gratuitous assumptions than

by any attempt I have made to suggest, with all due

caution, a possible environment in the past history

of the species with which the golden form may have

harmonised.

I still hold, and on far stronger grounds than formerly,

that all the changes are, or were, in the direction of con-

cealment; that the golden appearance applied chiefly

to some former environment, or one which may still

exist in other countries; that in one species (V. 20) it

has been almost replaced by the green variety, while it

has been hidden by the habits of another (V. atalanta),

and removed from the darkest forms of all Vanesside ;

that in V. urtice it occasionally occurs on the natural

food-plant, and is still protective, in that it is less

conspicuous in this situation than the dark form would

have been; but that the latter is so far more effective in

promoting concealment that the larvae have developed a

strong instinct to wander, and are rarely found on the

nettle-plants in the healthy state.

This whole question is considered by Mr. Bateson to

be an “ unprofitable field for study’: he may have found

it so; but any attempt to limit the investigations of

others by the barrenness of his own experience, cannot

be tolerated. It has been the guidance of this hypothesis

of the protective value of the colour-changes which has

chiefly directed me to seek the forms which are most

suitable for the purposes of this enquiry, and to apply

the most efficient experiments, and so to accumulate facts

which have an interest far beyond their relation to the

hypothesis itself.

478 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

G: APPENDEX.

An account of the various receptacles used in the expert-

ments on pupe. (C.)

In the experiments upon pup a great variety of

receptacles was employed. Inasmuch as the crowding

of the pupe greatly affects their colour, it is necessary to

give the approximate dimensions. A full description

will now be given, in which each receptacle will be

denominated by the number which represents it in

the experiments described in the paper.

A. Buack SuRROUNDINGS.

I. A low wide glass cylinder, 1°86 decimetres diameter, *91 high ;

lined inside with black tissue-paper (1 layer), and 2 layers for roof.

II. A very similar cylinder, 1°76 decimetres diameter, *77 high ;

lined with 1 and covered with 2 thicknesses of black tissue-paper ;

roof, 2 thicknesses.

III. A very similar cylinder, 1°6 decimetres diameter, 1°0 high;

lined and covered as in II.

These 8 cylinders were sometimes employed in strong light,

being placed on their sides, and the open end closed by a sheet of

clear glass. The upper part of the side then became the roof, and

the paper roof a black background.

In other experiments they were used in darkness, being placed

on their open ends on a floor of black tissue-paper. In many cases

the darkness was rendered complete by a further covering of mats,

rugs, &e., although it was tolerably complete when these were

omitted.

IV. A tall glass cylinder, 825 decimetres diameter, 1°79 high ;

lined inside for half the cireumference with a single layer of black-

tissue paper; roof, 2 layers of same.

This was always used in strong light, the clear half of the

cylinder being turned towards the window.

V. A similar cylinder, with the black background fixed owtside

the glass, the roof consisting of a single layer of tissue-paper

gummed on to a sheet of glass, which was turned glass-downwards

on the open end of the cylinder.

This was always used in strong light, and it was employed to

determine whether a black paper surface was as effective when

separated from the larvie by the thickness of the glass.

VI. A similar arrangement, with a domed cyiinder, like those

described below.

VII. This was one out of three compartments in a wooden box,

measuring 8°38 decimetres high, 1:48 wide in front, 1°85 wide at

back, 1°25 deep; lined throughout with black tissue-paper.

A clear glass sheet closed the front, and this was always turned

towards a strong light.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 479

The remaining black receptacles were always used in darkness,

sometimes with the addition of rugs and mats, sometimes without.

They were always placed open end downwards on a black tissue-

paper floor, except when the larve were fed in them, and this was

only very occasionally.

VIII. A eylinder similar to IV., covered with 2 layers of black

tissue-paper, and a roof of the same.

IX. A smaller cylinder of the same kind, ‘71 decimetres

diameter, 1°53 high; covered and roofed as in VIII.

X. A eylinder, probably of the same size as IX., or perhaps LV.,

possibly domed like the succeeding ones. In any case, the cover-

ing was as in these.

XI., XII., XIII., XIV. These 4 cylinders were ‘70 decimetres

diameter, 1:98 high, with the upper end domed, so that the diameter

was reduced to rather less than half that of the lower end. They

were all covered with 2 layers of black tissue-paper, and had roofs

of 2 or generally many more thicknesses.

XV. A wooden box, about 8 decimetres long, 2 wide, and 14

deep; lined with black tissue-paper, and inverted on a floor of the

same.

B. ‘‘Gitt’’ SuRROUNDINGS.

The various so-called gilt papers employed were in all

cases covered with ‘‘ Dutch metal,” a mixture of copper

and zine, the proportion of the former metal being very

high. Three kinds of such gilt paper were employed :—

(1) The metal had been applied in the form of “ leaf,”

and bore a strong resemblance to true gold-leaf. The

surface was very bright and golden, but was not highly

polished. This was the only gilt-paper made use of in

my earlier experiments, and erroneously described as

“ oold-leaf’”” in my paper (Phil. Trans., l.c., p. 824). It

will be spoken of as ‘‘ Dutch leaf.” (2) A very higily

polished metallic surface, often tending to become

tarnished and copper-like. This will be called ‘‘ polished

Dutch metal.” (8) A very similar metallic surface,

apparently not quite so brilliant, with an embossed

pattern on it. This will be called ‘embossed Dutch

metal.”

I wish to express my thanks to Mr. W. W. Fisher

and Mr. Walker for kindly analysing samples of these

and the ‘silver’? papers employed, in the Oxford Unti-

versity Laboratory.

XVI. A low wide cylinder, 2°38 decimetres diameter, 1°02 high ;

lined with embossed Dutch metal, and a roof the same. ‘Ihe

external surface of cylinder and roof was covered with one layer of

black tissue-paper, and this receptacle was sometimes used for

480 Mr. Poulton’s further eaperuments upon

testing the effect of gold surroundings in darkness. It was then

covered with rugs, mats, Xe.

At other times it was placed on its side, with the open end

closed by a sheet of clear glass directed towards a strong light.

XVII. A very similar cylinder, 2°42 decimetres diameter,

1:16 high. Half the internal surface was lined with polished Dutch

metal, and one open end closed by the same. When placed on its

side the gilded surface was uppermost and formed a roof, while

the covered end formed a background. When placed on its open

end the latter formed the roof.

This and the succeeding gold receptacles were always used in a

strong light, unless otherwise stated.

XVIII., XIX., XX., XXI., and XXII. Five small cylinders, all

about 6°2 centimetres diameter, 8°4 high. They were always

placed on the open end on a floor of white paper or polished

Dutch metal. <A polished Dutch metal roof sloped from the

front part of the upper end to the back part of the lower end (in

the position placed during use), so that little more than half the

capacity of the cylinder was available for larve. The clear front of

the cylinder was placed so as to face a strong light.

XXIII. A similar cylinder, lined in the same manner with

Dutch leaf.

XXIV. and XXV. Two similar cylinders, also lined with Dutch

leaf, but the roof sloped much less steeply from the front to a point

about ? down the back of the cylinder in the case of XXIV., about

lin XXYV., so that nearly the whole of the capacity was available

(about 4in XXIV., and much more in XXV.)._ Below the level at

which the roof joined the back, the latter was lined with the

same gilt paper, extending round half the circumference of the

cylinder.

XXVI. A rather taller cylinder (1:01 decimetres), of the same

diameter. The sides were gilt two-thirds round, and the gilt paper

brought together to form a ridged roof with very sloping sides, the ,

ridge running from back to front. There were deep shadows in the

higher part of the roof within the ridge, which was nearly 2 centi-

metres higher than the cylinder. About two-thirds of the capacity

was available. Owing to the gilt lining extending so far round the

cylinder, the clear front was reduced, and the gold surface much

less illuminated than in the other small cylinders, XVIII. to XXV.

The gilding was polished Dutch metal.

XXVII. A tall cylinder, the same dimensions as IV.; lined in

the same manner as XXY., with embossed Dutch metal, so that

nearly the whole capacity was available.

XXVIII. A similar cylinder, treated exactly like V., except

that the black paper outside the glass was replaced by polished

Dutch metal.

XXIX. A tin box, 2°35 decimetres long, 1:07 wide and deep;

placed on end with glass sheet in front. There was a sloping roof,

asin XVIII., so that about half capacity was available. On the

floor and a small area of bottom of sides the bright tin surface was

exposed, but the rest was gilt. The gilt paper was crumpled to

make cavities and reflections in all directions. The gilding was

embossed Dutch metal.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 481

XXX. A large flat wooden box, about 3 decimetres high, 63

wide, 6 centimetres deep; lined in upper part (standing on 1 long

side) with polished Dutch metal, and a clear glass front.

This box was subsequently divided into 14 compartments, lined

with various colours (see LILI. to LXVI1.).

XXXI. Compartment of wooden box, 2°2 decimetres high, 1°14

wide, 1:06 deep; lined with polished Dutch metal (1888, with

Dutch leaf in 1886 and 1887) everywhere, except the lower end

which formed the floor, and this was covered with brown paper.

The gold-paper back curved gradually into the roof and sides, and

both roof and back were well crumpled. Nearly all the space

available. Clear glass front.

XXXII. This was another compartment in the same wooden

box which contained VII., 3-3 decimetres high, 1:4 wide in front,

1:2 wide at back, 1:25 decimetres deep. The roof sloped back at

an angle of 45° to increase the illumination, and was ‘“ coffered”

(12 recesses divided by ridges). There were 2 shelves on each side,

flat above, making an angle of 45° with the side of the box below.

The whole was lined with embossed Dutch metal, except the floor,

which was covered with brown paper. Clear glass front.

XXXIII. The third compartment in the same wooden box,

similar to XXXII., except that the lining was polished Dutch

metal.

XXXIV., XXXV., XXXVI., XXXVII., XXXVIII., XXXIX.

6 out of 12 small compartments in a wooden box, each 9:2 centi-

metres high, 54 deep, and varying from 4°5 to 3°4in width. All

were lined throughout with gilt paper, XXXIV., XXXV., and

XXXVI. being polished Dutch metal, and the other three partly of

this and partly embossed Dutch metal. A single sheet of clear

glass covered the front of these and the remaining 6 compartments.

C. Sruver anp TIN SURROUNDINGS.

The silver-paper employed was of two kinds:—(1)

Covered with true silver, having a very bright, but not

polished surface: this will be called ‘‘silver paper”;

(2) covered with metallic tin. The surface was more

polished than the silver, but not nearly equal to tin-plate.

This will be spoken of as ‘‘tin-paper.’’ In addition to

these, boxes of tin-plate were employed, and will be

spoken of merely as ‘‘tin boxes.”

XL., XLI., XLII, XLIII., XLIV., XLV. The 6 remaining

compartments of the same box, of the same dimensions, except that

the narrowest was only 2°8 centimetres wide. XL. was lined with

silver, and the rest with tin paper.

XLVI. The second compartment in the same box which con-

tained XXXI. The dimensions and arrangements were the same,

except that gilt paper was replaced by silver-paper. Previous to

1888 this compartment had been lined with Dutch leaf.

XLVII. A glass cylinder 1°69 decimetres diameter, and 1°60

high. About two-fifths of the circumference at the bottom was

482 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

lined with silver paper, which widened to half the cireumference

at the top. The silver paper roof was domed, the summit extending

nearly 1 decimetre above the top of the cylinder. All the silver-

paper was well crumpled. In use, the cylinder was placed on a

white paper floor, and the clear part of the circumference was

turned towards a strong light. ‘The silvered back was highly

illuminated, but the inner part of the dome was in shadow, espe-

cially its upper part.

XLVIII. A low wide glass cylinder, 2°63 decimetres diameter,

812 high. Arranged as in XVIL., except that tin-paper was used,

and was crumpled, and that roof and back passed gradually into

each other. Nearly all space available.

XLIX. A bright tin box, similar to XXIX., except that it was

not lined with paper, the surface of the tin-plate being used as an

environment; another similar box was also employed in 1887.

D. WHITE SURROUNDINGS.

L., LI. Two white ‘‘opal” glass gas globes, 1°78 decimetres high,

placed, narrow opening upwards, on a sheet of white paper. The

upper open end was provided with a white paper roof.

E. Criear Guass.

LII. Rectangular clear glass box about 2°6 decimetres high, and

1‘6 square in section, with open end uppermost, and covered with

clear sheet of glass. All angles and edges bound with black

paper. Placed in strong light.

This was also used in the experiments on G. obscwrata, when

the clear glass roof was replaced by perforated zine.

F'. SURROUNDINGS OF VARIOUS COLOURS.

LILI. to LXVI. 14 compartments of a wooden box, 12 of them

8°3 centimetres wide, 1°35 decimetres high, and 6°0 centimetres

deep; 2 of them (LIII. and LXV.) were rather wider (9°1 centi-

metres), In the centre of the back of all, except LVII., LIX.,

and LXIV., a small cardboard box (8°7 centimetres high, 4 wide,

and 1:7 deep) was fixed with its long axis vertical. In LVLI.,

however, the box was 7°8 centimetres wide. Each box was covered

with paper similar to that which lined the compartment in which

it was contained. The object was to provide irregularities of sur-

face in the shape of angles, shelves, &c. Clear glass sheets covered

the whole box, which was turned towards a strong light. The

colours of the compartments were as follows :—

LIII. Deep red. BPG Light blue.

LIV. Deep orange. LXI. Deep blue.

LV. Pale yellow. LXII. Dark blue.

LVI. Bright yellow (tissue- LXIII. Light brown (tissue-

paper). paper).

LVI. Bright green. LXIV. White.

LVIII. Dark green. LXV. Black (dead).

LIX. Very pale blue (tissue- | LXVI. Black (bright; var-

paper). nished surface).

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 483

The colours of LIII., LIV., LV., and LXIL., are figured in my

previous paper on the colours of pup (Phil. Trans., /.c., Plate 26,

figs. 16, 17, 18, and 21). The colours of all, except LVI., LIX.,

and LXIII., were very opaque and uniform; those of the three

compartments just mentioned, being produced by tissue-paper

pasted on to white paper, were far less regular, and contained a

much larger admixture of white light. This was especially the

ease in LIX., in which the white light greatly preponderated.

These compartments were used in the experiments on Pieridae,

as well as Vanesside.

LXVII. and LXVIII. 2 compartments of a wooden box, 1:08

seomeires wide, ‘61 high, ‘47 deep, covered in with a clear glass

ront.

LXVII. was lined throughout with deep orange paper, similar

to LIV.

LXVIII. was lined throughout with pale yellow paper, similar

to LV.

LXIX. A glass cylinder, 7:2 centimetres diameter, 1°57 deci-

metres high, covered with 1 thickness of faded yellowish green

tissue-paper, and roof of same. Much white light passed through,

as well as green. The paper was the same as that figured in Phil.

Trans., l.c., Plate 26, fig. 19.

LXX. A glass cylinder, about 1:1 decimetres high, and rather

less diameter than LXIX. Similarly covered and roofed.

G. LIGHT TRANSMITTED THROUGH COLOURED GLASS OR

GELATINE.

LXXI. A wooden box, 1°7 decimetres wide, 1:75 high, and

‘6 deep, lined with white paper and covered with red glass

(‘‘ flashed,” viz., a clear glass with a red surface).

Used for Piertde as well as Vanesside.

LXXII. to LXXVI. Five compartments of a wooden box; 38 of

them 7°5 centimetres wide, 9°3 high, 4°8 deep.

Of these, LX XII. was covered with a sheet of red gelatine, the

interior being plain light coloured wood. When the Pieride were

experimented with, the interior was lined with deep orange paper,

and the gelatine replaced by red glass, like that of LX XI.

LXXIII. was covered with a sheet of bright green gelatine, the

interior plain. In the experiments on Pieride, the gelatine was

replaced by blue glass, and the interior lined with deep orange

aper.

7 XXIV. was covered with a sheet of blue gelatine, the interior

being plain (not used with Pierida).

LXXYV. was only 2°15 centimetres wide (otherwise similar). It

was covered with red glass like LXXLI., the interior plain (not used

with Pierid@).

LXXVI. was 2°22 decimetres wide (otherwise similar). It was

covered with a sheet of yellow glass, the interior plain. When

used with Pieride the interior was lined with white paper.

LXXVII. A wooden box, 2°53 decimetres square, 1°53 deep,

standing on one side. Quite three-fourths of area of top and

484 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

bottom (2 largest sides in the position in which it stood) covered

with green glass, and a small window of the same in upper side

(roof). Lined everywhere with white paper.

When used for Vanessa urtice it was lined with dark green

paper. Afterwards, lined with white paper, it was employed for

Pieridae, as well as Vanessa io.

The remaining receptacles were employed for Pierid@ alone.

LXXVIII. to LXXXI. Four compartments of wooden box,

covered with a single sheet of yellow glass.

LXXVIII.: 9°5 centimetres wide, 1:0 decimetre high, and

6:0 centimetres deep ; lined with white paper.

LXXIX.: Similar, only 1:1 decimetres wide ; lined with orange

paper.

LXXX.: Similar to LXXVIII.; lined with blue paper.

LXXXI.: Similar to LXXIX.; lined with black paper.

LXXXIT. to LXXXYV. Four compartments of wooden box,

covered with a single sheet of green glass. The compartments

were all about 1°22 decimetres wide, 1°44 high, and ‘81 deep.

LXXXII. was lined with white paper.

LXXXIITI. was lined with red paper.

LXXXIYV. was lined with orange paper.

LXXXYV. was lined with blue paper.

LXXXVI. to LXXXTX. Four compartments of the same box,

covered with a single sheet of pale blue glass. The compartments

were rather wider than those just described (1°28 decimetres), but

otherwise similar.

LXXXVI. was lined with white paper.

LXXXVII. was lined with red paper.

LXXXVIII. was lined with orange paper.

LXXXIX. was lined with yellow paper.

XC. A wooden box, 2°12 decimetres square and *62 deep, lined

with white paper, and covered with a sheet of blue cobalt glass.

XCI. to XCIV. Four compartments of wooden box, covered

with a single sheet of blue cobalt glass, considerably deeper in tint

than that of XC. The compartments were all about 1-0 decimetre

square and ‘6 deep.

XCI. was lined with white paper.

XCII. was lined with orange paper.

XCIII. was lined with yellow paper.

XCIY. was lined with blue paper.

XCV. Compartment of wooden box (1:09 decimetres wide,

1°35 high, and ‘56 deep), covered with a sheet of clear glass, and

lined throughout with black and orange squares of equal size,

regularly alternating. Each was 12°5 mm. square, and thus a size

which ensured that a pupa of Pieris brassice and P. rape would

lie on at least two of them.

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 485

EXPLANATION oF Puates XIV. & XV.

PLATE XIV.

All the figures are drawn of the natural size, which in all cases

is that of the larve either mature or approaching maturity.

Figs. 1, 2, and 8 were drawn by Miss Cundell; figs. 9 to 17 by

Mr. J. T. Murray; the remainder by the writer.

Fic. 1.—The larve of Hemerophila abruptaria, reared among

green shoots and leaves of lilac (food-plant), upon which they are

shown in the figure.

Fic. 2.—The larve of the same species fed on the same food,

with which a number of very dark twigs were intermixed. The

larve are seen at rest on a branch of Quercus cerris. The attitude

of the resting larve in this and fig. 1 is not quite natural, A

cocoon is shown on the right side of the base of the branch. Its

strong resemblance to the bark is produced by the number of small

fragments gnawed off and woven into it.

Fie. 8.—A dark larva of Rumia crategata brought up among

dark twigs. A bluish ‘‘bloom”’ is seen upon it.

Fic. 4.—Another dark larva of the same species brought up

under the same conditions. The ‘‘bloom” covers more of the

surface, and a small patch of green colour is seen behind the dorsal

humps.

Fic. 5.—A very black larva without ‘“‘bloom,” brought up under

the same conditions.

Fie. 6.—A brownish green larva of the same species, fed on the

same food-plant (hawthorn), but brought up among green shoots

and leaves. A bluish ‘‘bloom” is present.

Fic. 7.—A light brown larva with green marks and patches,

brought up under the same conditions as the last described.

The larve represented in figs. 3—7 were bred from eggs laid by

one moth, and were fed on the same food. It is interesting to note

considerable individual differences among the dark and light forms

respectively. The stimulus being the same, the reaction differs

somewhat according to individual predisposition.

Fic. 8.—A large mature green larva of Amphidasis betularia

(one of the results of the 1889 experiments), shown in a very

characteristic attitude on a green twig of Populus nigra. The

brownish shade over the dorsal area is more or less present in the

majority of green larve of this species.

Fie. 9.—This and all remaining figures represent the results of

the 1892 experiments,

486 Mr. Poulton’s further experiments upon

This bright green larva was the single exception found in a lot of

34 exposed to dark surroundings (Experiment I.). It is represented

upon a twig of Qwercus cerris, which serves to show the nature of

the conditions employed. It became mature much before the

other larve, and probably passed through the most sensitive period

before the experiment began. Compare its size with that of

fig. 10 from the same experiment.

Fies. 11 and 12.—Two larve from Experiment II. They had

been subjected to dead brown twigs of some species of Salix, the

appearance of which is seen in these figures. One larva (fig. 12) is

rather lighter and greyer than the other, but the resemblance to

the surroundings is very strong ; and no greater divergence occurred

between any of these larve than that shown in figs. 11 and 12.

Fic. 13.—Three larve were transferred from the last Experiment

(II.), and were exposed to green surroundings (XXVII.) from

July 27th to the end of larval life. On Aug. 10th a drawing of the

lightest one was made, and is reproduced here. The effect was

but slight, the larva being rather lighter and greyer than any in II.

It is represented upon a twig of Populus nigra.

Fic. 14.—A typical result of Experiment VI. is shown in this

figure. The posterior claspers of the larva are fixed to a dead

brown ivy leaf, thus showing the appearance of the environment

with which most of the larve harmonised well, and from which

only one differed considerably. The painting was made about

Aug. 5th

Fic. 15.—A greenish white larva from Experiment XXVIIL.,

resting on one of the white paper spills which formed the environ-

ment. The larva was mature when it was painted about Aug. 5th.

Fie, 16.—A brownish white larva from XXVIIL., also resting on

a white paper spill. When it is remembered that these were

examples of the least white larve in this experiment, the effect of

the white spills is seen to be most remarkable. A whitish larva,

exhibiting no tendency to brown or green, was selected for

painting, but it began to pupate, and altered in appearance before

this could be accomplished.

Fic. 17.—A dark purplish brown larva from Experiment XXXL,

resting on a dark blue paper spill. All the 10 larve in this set

assumed this particular shade of brown. The larva was painted

about Aug. 5th.

Fic. 18.—Abdominal segments 1 to 4 (indicated by numbers) of

an intermediate larva, divided along the median ventral line, and

spread out flat, as seen from the internal surface. The digestive

tract has been removed. The tracheal system is shown on the left

hand only. The arrow indicates the anterior direction. The

the colours of certain Lepidoptera. 487

anterior brown band in each segment and the brown median

dorsal stripe are due to true pigment in the epidermic cells, while

the broader green band crossing the posterior part of each segment

is due to green fat lying beneath the epidermis, which is of a pale

yellowish colour over it. The yellow patches on each side of the

middle line in the anterior part of each segment are due to part of

the more deeply placed yellow fat.

PEATE EXSY.

Fias. 1 and 2.—The dark and light varieties of the larve of

Catocala elocata, obtained in the experiments described on pp. 302,

303. The larve are represented about three-quarters of the natural

size, and the difference in shade was far greater than appears from

these figures.

Fic. 8.—The dark and light larve of Hemerophila abruptaria,

obtained in the experiments described on pp. 316, 817. The larve

are represented about three-quarters of the natural size, and the

difference of shade is very well expressed.

Fie. 4,—A lamp-shade, like that used in Experiment IV. upon

Amphidasis betularia (1889), see pp. 831, 332. In front of and

beside the lamp-shade are represented the five pieces of stick

which were used in the experiment. The figure is about one-

fourth the real size of the articles. These pieces of stick, placed

among the green leaves of nut in the cylinder, turned far more

than half the larve dark.

Fig. 5.—About one-fifth the real size. The conflicting colour

case used chiefly in the experiments on Vanessa urtice and V. io

(see pp. 8391—897 and 420—426). A complete description of it is

given on p. 393). The difference between the alternate strips of

gilt and black paper is not distinct, although it can be made out.

Fie. 6.—About one-fifth the real size. The conflicting colour

ease used in the experiments on Vanessa to (see p. 425, where the

ease is described). The distinct white spots in this and the last

figure represent the bosses of silk spun by the larve. In use, thie

cover (the upper part of the figure) was placed over the compart-

ments (the lower part), so that the white compartments had a

black cover, and vice vers, and the dorsal and ventral surfaces of

the larv within were subjected to opposed conditions.

0 et -

oes 7 7 :

=) re

te Preis feu ahi vag

Pls ee Leo e, ad i eee. i:

say << dete Be, oe Saaei gees

ie . Sj) 3 ee ; : ) 4 eee rae

* 7 ¢ = a as t- Pa b?

Bd it

=: 5 4G »/

* Baw a - ~

= - “+ - = L. .

144 A Ae an 7 . ae e LiRt

f “he , a :

Lm ih ¢ = see TS) 7 24 J Y

‘ » St 3° c ; Ams 1 aa! : A is ADE

- PURE SRG GR Codes ig OA a aes a CL at, ae eG Sa eee

z ; : ; ai eee ;

ae ae ted : [ee - : a

Rey: vi ’ ] a teen ee

THE

PROCEEDINGS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LON DON

For THE YEAR 1892.

- +4

February 10, 1892.

FrepertckK DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in

the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Nomination of Vice- Presidents.

The President nominated Lord Walsingham, LL.D., F.R.8.,

Henry J. Elwes, Esq., F.L.S.,and Dr. D. Sharp, M.A., F.R.S.,

Vice-Presidents for the session 1892-93.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Thomas W. Cowan, F.L.S., F.G.S., of 81, Belsize

Park Gardens, Hampstead, N.W.; Mr. Wm. Farren, of

Union Road, Cambridge; Mr. Philip de la Garde, R.N., of

H.M.S. ‘ Pembroke,’ Chatham; the Rev. J. A. Mackonochie,

B.A., of Douglas Castle, Lanarkshire, and the Hirsel, Cold-

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., 1., 1892. B

stream; and the Rev. A. Thornley, M.A., of South Leverton

Vicarage, Lincolnshire, were elected Fellows of the Society.

Exhibitions, &c.

My. E. Meyrick exhibited a number of specimens of Luproctis

Fulviceps, Walk., taken by Mr. Barnard, showing the extra-

ordinary variation of this Tasmanian species, all the males

of which had been ‘‘ sembled’’ by one female. The males

were represented by various forms ranging from black to

white, which had all been described as distinct species. Dr.

Sharp, Mr. Hampson, Mr. McLachlan, Colonel Swinhoe,

Mr. Elwes, Mr. Tutt, Mr. Poulton, and Mr. Jacoby took part

in the discussion which ensued.

Dr. Sharp exhibited samples of pins which he had tried

for preventing verdigris, and stated that annealed silver-wire

was the best material to use, as insects on silver pins remained

intact, whilst those on gilt pins were destroyed by verdigris.

Mr. G. T. Porritt exhibited a series of specimens repre-

senting Huddersfield forms of Polia chi, including nearly

melanic specimens, found there during the last two seasons.

He said these forms had not hitherto been observed else-

where.

Mr. Tutt exhibited a series of Hadena pisi, comprising

specimens very grey in tint, others of an almost unicolorous

red with but faint markings, and others well marked with

ochreous transverse lines. Three distinct forms of Hadena

dissimilis ; red and grey forms of Panolis piniperda, and a dark

form of Eupithecia fraxinata; also a specimen of Sciaphila

penziana. With the exception of the last-named, which was

taken in Anglesey, all the specimens were taken or bred by

Mr. Tunstall in the neighbourhood of Warrington.

The Rey. Dr. Walker exhibited specimens of Arge titea,

A. lachesis, A. psyche, A. thetis, and other species of the genus

from the neighbourhood of Athens; also specimens of Argyn-

nis phebe, taken in Grenada in May, 1891.

Mr. W. Farren exhibited a series of specimens of Peronea

variegana var. cirrana, and P. schalleriana vay. latifasciana,

from Searborough; Hupecilia vectisana, from Wicken Fen ;

and Mlachista subocellea, from Cambridge.

re)

Mr. G. A. J. Rothney sent for exhibition and communicated

notes on a number of species of ants collected by himself in

Australa, in May and June, 1886, which had recently been

named for him by Dr. Forel. The collection included :—

Camponotus nigriceps, Smith; Melbourne. C. @neopilosus,

Mayr; Adelaide. C. nove Hollandie, Mayr; Adelaide and

Brisbane. Iridomyrmex purpureus,Sm., ¥ and g ; at Adelaide,

Melbourne, and Brisbane. J. rwfoniyer, Lowne ; Adelaide and

Brisbane. J. gracilis, Lowne ; Adelaide and Melbourne.

I. itinerans, Lowne; Adelaide. Ectatomma metallicum, Sm.,

%, gf 3 common at Adelaide, Melbourne, and Brisbane.

This is a very beautiful ant when seen alive, its metallic

colours being strikingly brilliant in the sunlight. The pro-

minence of metallic-coloured ants in Australia is very

noticeable to anyone fresh from the Indian fauna. Ff.

nudatam, Mayr; Adelaide, and #. mayri, Emery.; Brisbane,

are also nice species. Aphawnogaster longiceps, Sm. ; with its

nests in the earth generally under stones, is a common species

occurring at Albany, Adelaide, Melbourne, Sydney, and Bris-

bane. Polyrhachis ammon, Fab., daemali, Mayr, guerini, Roger ;

the last a very pretty species, are all common at Brisbane.

Myrmecia nigriventris, Mayr, and nigrocincta, Sm. ; two species

of ‘‘ bull-dog’’ ants, occur near Brisbane. Mr. Rothney said

that there is a pale-coloured local race of the curious long-

legged ant, Leptomyrmes erythrocephalus, Fabr., from Brisbane,

and a variety of Camponotus rubiginosus, Mayr, ‘‘ varieté toute

noire,’ also from Brisbane. He also sent a few species from

Honolulu 8. I., taken during the two or three hours’ stay of

the §.S. ‘Mariposa’; the little cosmopolitan ant, Solenopsis

geminata, Fab., was extremely common, its nests being under

stones, pathways, almost everywhere: there is also a Mono-

morium which Dr. Forel has not yet determined, and which

is probably new.

Papers read.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse read a paper entitled ‘‘ Some Obser-

vations on the Mouth Organs of Diptera,” which was

illustrated by numerous diagrams. A long discussion ensued

in which Mr, Champion, Mr. McLachlan, Mr. Jenner Weir,

( five :)

Mr. Slater, Mr. Poulton, Mr. Distant, Dr. Sharp, Mr. Hamp-

son, Mr. Elwes, and Mr. Barrett took part.

Mr. E. Meyrick read a paper entitled ‘‘ On the Classification

of the Geometrina of the European Fauna.” Mr. Hampson,

Mr. Elwes, Mr. McLachlan, Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Tutt, and

Mr. Distant took part in the discussion which ensued.

February 24, 1892.

Freperick DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in

the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Walter Cuthbert Biddell, of 32, The Grove, Bolton

Gardens, 8.W.; and Mr. Douglas Stuart Steuart, of North

Leigh, Prestwich, Lancashire, were elected Fellows.

Death of an Ex- President.

The President referred to the loss the Society had recently

sustained by the death of Mr. Henry Walter Bates, F.R.S.,

who had twice been its President; and he also read a copy

of the resolution of sympathy and condolence with Mrs. Bates

and her family, in their bereavement, which had been passed

by the Council of the Society at their meeting that evening.

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. Frederick C. Adams exhibited a specimen of Telephorus

rusticus, taken in the New Forest, in which the left meso-

thoracic leg consisted of three distinct femora, tibiew, and

tarsi, apparently originating from a single coxa; he also

exhibited specimens of Ledra aurita.

Mr. G. A. James Rothney sent for exhibition a series of

specimens of two species of Indian ants (Myrmicaria subcari-

nata, Sm., and Aphenogaster barbarus, Li. var. punctatus, Forel),

Gove)

which had recently been determined for him by Dr. Forel.

He also communicated the following notes on the subject :—

“ Myrmicaria subcarinata, Sm.”

‘«This species is not uncommon in Bengal, and forms its

nests by excavating the earth round trees and throwing it up

in mounds of fine grains on the side away from the trunk.

““The sexes swarm early in the rains about July 7th to

10th.

‘There was a fine nest, or rather colony, at the big Banian-

tree in Barrackpore Park, near the trunk-road, which I have

known, from 1872 to 1886, fourteen years (and in all probability

it is there now) ; not only was the great main trunk more or

less encircled by these ditches, but a large proportion of the

minor stems were also surrounded by earth-works, many

being completely so.

‘‘These fosses also appeared to act as traps for various

insects which might fall off the tree and then have some

difficulty in getting out, as they are not unlike gigantic ant-

lion pits in their construction, only with the exception that

no lurking enemy lay concealed at the bottom, for I never

once detected Myrmicaria taking the least notice of its acci-

dental visitors or prisoners, for it is a mild and gentle ant

and not, I think, carnivorous.

‘“No break occurred in the life of this colony for these

fourteen years, though in some the ants would be in much

greater numbers than others, and the earth-works more

extensive, but as a rule these fosses formed the largest and

most important ‘ ant-works’ that I have met with in India.”

‘This ant, like the bee, Apis dorsata, seems to have a ereat

liking for the gardens and buildings of the old Mogul

Emperors, the bee disfiguring the arches and roofs with its

huge nests, and the ant frequenting the gardens and steps.

‘*You can always find the ant in the beautiful gardens of

the Taj Mahal; also at Secundra and Itmad-ud-Daulah’'s

tomb at Agra. At Futtehpore Sikré (near Agra), under the

(va =)

roof of the great gateway hangs an immense nest of Apis dor-

sata, and on the steps beneath I have found Messor punctatus

in great force. I have also taken it at Tughlukabad, Delhi,

at the tomb of Jehangir, Lahore, and at the Man-Mander,

Benares.

“T do not for a moment suggest that punctatus has any

special business relations with dorsata, but only that ant and

bee are always associated in my own mind with these grand

old buildings of the North-West Provinces and Punjaub.

‘There is a very distinct and handsome looking black

variety Which is rather common in the Mussoorie Hills.”

Paper read.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild communicated a paper entitled

‘* On a little-known species of Papilio from the Island of Lifu,

Loyalty Group.” The paper was illustrated by a beautifully

coloured drawing, by Mr. F. W. Frohawk, of the male,

variety of the male, female, and under-side of the species.

March 9, 1892.

Freperick DuCange Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in

the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Captain Clement Alfred Righy Browne, R.E., care of

Messrs. Grindlay, Groome, and Co., of Bombay ; His Grace

the Duke of Devonshire, LL.D., Chancellor of the University

of Cambridge, of Devonshire House, 78, Piccadilly, W.; Mr.

J. H. Leslie, of 44, Cheriton Square, Upper Tooting, S.W. ;

Mr. R. M. Lightfoot, of Bree Street, Cape Town, Cape of

Good Hope; and Mr. Sidney Robinson, of Goldsmith’s Hall,

I.C., were elected Fellows of the Society.

(yn ~)

Exhibitions, de.

Professor C. Stewart, President of the Linnean Society,

exhibited and made remarks on specimens of Cystocelia imma-

culata, an Orthopterous insect from Namaqualand, in which

the female is far more conspicuously coloured than the male,

and the stridulating apparatus of the male differs in certain

important details from that of other species. A long and

interesting discussion ensued, in which Dr. Sharp, Mr. Poul-

ton, Mr. Distant, Mr. H. J. Elwes, Colonel Swinhoe, and

Mr. Hampson took part.

Mr. Elwes exhibited specimens of Ribes aureum which were

covered with galls, as to the nature of which the Scientific

Committee of the Horticultural Society desired to have the

opinion of the Entomological Society. Mr. Fenn, Mr. Tutt,

and Mr. Barrett made some remarks on these galls. Mr.

Elwes also exhibited a larce number of species of Heterocera

recently collected by Mr. Doherty in South-east Borneo and

Sambawa. Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Hampson, and Mr. Dis-

tant took part in the discussion which ensued.

Mr. Barrett exhibited a series of specimens of Noctua festiva,

bred by Mr. G. B. Hart, of Dublin, which represented most

of the known forms of the species, including the Shetland

type of the form formerly described as a distinct species under

the name of Noctua conflua. Mr. Fenn and Mr. Tutt made

some remarks on the specimens.

Mr. W. C. Boyd exhibited a specimen of Dianthwcia Bar-

rettit, taken at Ilfracombe last summer. It was remarked

that Mr. W. F. H. Blandford had recorded the capture of

D. Barrettii—which had until recently been supposed to be

confined to Ireland—from Pembrokeshire, and that its

capture had also since been recorded from Cornwall.

Mr. Tutt exhibited specimens of Polia wanthomista from

Mr. Gregson’s collection, which had recently been sent to him

by Mr. Sydney Webb. They included amongst others a

specimen much suffused with yellow, and resembling Hiibner’s

type and Gregson’s type of var. statices, which Mr. Tutt

stated was practically identical with Treitschke’s niyrocincta.

He remarked that certain localities appeared to produce

different forms of this species responding largely to their

( vii)

environment as far as colour is concerned, and were thus

protected by resemblance to their surroundings.

Mr. G. A. James Rothney exhibited a large collection of

Indian ants, numbering about ninety species, collected by

himself on the Bengal side of India in the years 1872 to 1886,

and which he thought might be considered as fairly repre-

senting the ants of the Calcutta district. He also read the

following notes on the subject :—

‘«The following eighteen species were described from my

specimens by Dr. Mayr in his ‘ Beitrage zur Ameisen Fauna

Asiens,’ 1878 :—Camponotus opaciventris, Polyrhachis spiniger,

Dolichoderus gracilipes, Anochetus punctiventris, Lobopelta puncti-

ventris, Lioponera longitarsus, Ainictus bengalensis, AL. brevicornis,

Monomorium orientale, Holcomyrmex scabriceps, Tetramorium

Smithi, Pheidole striativentris, P. rhombinoda, P. indica, Cremato-

gaster subnuda, C. Rogenhoferi, C. Rothneyi, C. contemta; and Dr.

Forel, to whom I am immensely indebted for a most careful

examination and revision of my collection, has recently

named the following new species :—Plagiolepis Rothneyi, Cre-

matogaster Minchinti, and Camponotus junctus (new race of

maculatus) ; and there are also some ten species and one

new genus which Dr. Forel has not yet determined. In

reviewing the collection, there are fowr species which are

so common and conspicuous that they force themselves

on everyone’s notice, and are familiar to Europeans and

natives alike; they are :—Camponotus compressus, Fab. (the

‘black ant’), Solenopsis geminata, Fab., var. armata, Forel

(the ‘red ant’), Gcophylla smaragdina, Fab. (the ‘yellow

ant’; itis only the ? that has a green tinge), Sima rufo-

nigra, Jerdon (the ‘red and black ant’). The first may

be said to be represented, in ant economy, in this country by

our Lasius niger ; the second, by a combination of the social

qualities of Lasius flavus, Myrmica ruginodis, Myrmica scabri-

nodis, and D. molesta (M. Pharaonis, Linn.), but for the two

last, which are tree-ants, we have no equivalent in our English

species. After these four there are some twenty-six species

entomologist or observer, and which are thoroughly repre-

sentative; they are:— Camponotus opaciventris, Mayr, C. micans,

(Sh

Nyl. (pariu, Emery), C. mitis, Sm. (var. fuscithorax, Forel),

Polyrhachis levissima, Sm., P. spinigera, Mayr, Plagiolepis

longipes, Jer., Prenolepis clandestina, Mayr, P. longicornis, Latr.,

Tapinoma, melanocephalum, Fabr., Bothroponera tesserinoda,

Mayr, Lobopelta chinensis, Mayr, L. diminuta, Sm., Diacamma

vagans, Sm., Meramplus bicolor, Gué., Holcomyrmesx scabriceps,

Mayr (harvesting ant), Myrmicaria sub-carinata, Sm., Monomo-

rin vastator, Sm., Pheidologeton laboriosus, 8m., Pheidole indica,

Mayr, P. rhombinoda, Mayr, Crematogaster subnuda, Mayr,

CU. Rothneyi, Mayr, C. Rogenhoferi, Mayr, Sima nigra, Jerdon,

Dorylus orientalis, West. (male), and a male Ponera which

smells strongly of mushrooms and comes in numbers to light,

but which cannot be determined. From this list I exclude

Myrmecocystus viaticus, Fabr., and Messor barbarus, L., var.

punctatus, Forel, which are conspicuous North-West Province

species. The remaining species, or about 66 per cent.,

would have to be sought for and ‘“ collected,” and, unless by

chance, would hardly be noticed except by the specialist.

Further additions to my Bengal typical list will no doubt be

made by future collectors; for just now, under the energetic and

able auspices of my friend Mr. R. C. Wroughton, of Poona,

Indian ants are ‘‘ booming”; but I do not think the Calcutta

district, situated just within the tropics and with a good rain-

fall, can ever be considered as rich in variety of species for

its position. Dr. Forel has kindly made the following cor-

rections in a few of the names given in my paper, ‘ Notes on

Indian Ants,’ read April 8rd, 1889, and which were those

affixed to my specimens by my old friend the late Frederick

Smith.

Camponotus sylvaticus, Oliv., should be C. mitis var. fusci-

thorax, Forel.

Pseudomyrme bicolor, Smith (Sima rufo-nigra, Jerdon) =

Sima rufo-nigra, Jerdon.

Sima carbonaria, Smith = Sima nigra, Jerdon (older name).

Solenopsis geminatus, Fab, = Solenopsis geminata, Fab.,

var. armata, Forel.

Dorylus longicornis, Shuck. = Dorylus orientalis, Westw.

(older name, 1835).

Plagiolepis gracilipes, Sm. = Plagiolepis longipes, Jerdon

(older name).

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 1., 1892, 0

((. Xie)

Meranoplus bicolor, Sm. = Meranoplus bicolor, Guér.

Polyrhachis levissimus, 8m. = Polyrhachis levissima, Sm.

Polyrhachis schrinax, Roger = Polyrhachis thrinax, Roger

(errata, Trans. Entom. Soe. v. 1889).

Holcomyrmex indicus, Mayr = Holcomyrimex scabriceps,

Mayr.

The last name was corrected in the errata, Trans. Entom.

Soc. v. 1889, and was a very curious error. All my type-

specimens of this genus and species were labelled by Mr.

Frederick Smith H. indicus, and I can only surmise that he

confused the species with Pheidole indica, which Dr. Mayr

described from my specimens at the same time.”

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, for Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, of

Kingston, Jamaica, several specimens of palm leaves, from

the garden of the Museum in Kingston, covered with

Aspidiotus articulatus, Morgan, and read the following letter

on the subject from Mr. Cockerell :—

‘‘ Kingston, Jamaica, Feb. 16th, 1892.

‘¢ Dear Sir,

‘‘ T enclose pieces of the leaf of a palm, from the garden

of the Museum in Kingston, covered with Aspidiotus articu-

latus, Morgan. It may interest some to see how severely

the plant is attacked, the scales almost entirely covering the

upper surface of the leaf in places. The species is notable

for the sharp division between the thorax and abdomen, and

makes an interesting microscopic object.

“T had formerly distributed it under the MS. name of 4.

rufescens, because Morgan’s figure in the Ent. Mo. Mag.

seemed to indicate a different species; but Mr. Morgan has

kindly sent me one of his 4. articulatus from Demerara, and

so I am able to satisfy myself that the two are identical. 4.

articulatus feeds on a variety of plants, and is at present

known from Demerara, Jamaica, and Barbados.

‘s Will you kindly give some of the specimens to any Fellow

of the Society who cares to have them ?

‘* Yours very truly,

“T. D. A. Cocokere.u.”

‘The Secretary,

‘Entomological Society of London.”

(Axe)

Papers read.

Mr. F. D. Godman contributed a paper by the late Mr.

Henry Walter Bates, with an introduction by himself, entitled

‘“‘ Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central

America, with remarks on some previously recorded Species.”

The Rev. A. EK. Eaton communicated a paper entitled

“On new Species of Ephemeride from the Tenasserim

Valley.”

March 23, 1892.

Dr. Davi Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the

chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

The Hon. Mrs. W. Carpenter, of Kiplin, Northallerton,

Yorkshire ; and Mr. 8. G. C. Russell, of 19, Lombard Street,

E.C., were elected Fellows of the Society.

Lahibitions, éc.

The Secretary read a letter from the City of London

Entomological and Natural History Society on the subject of

a proposed Catalogue of the Fauna of the London District.

The assistance of Fellows of the Society in the compilation

of this Catalogue was asked for.

Mr. G. C. Champion exhibited a number of new species of

Longicornia from Mexico and Central America, recently de-

scribed by the late Mr. H. W. Bates, in his paper entitled

‘* Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central

America, with remarks on some previously recorded Species,”’

read at the last meeting of the Society.

Mr. §. Stevens exhibited three very rare species of Noctua,

viz., Noctua flammatra, Leucania vitellina, and Laphygma

exigua, all taken by Mr. H. Rogers at Freshwater, Isle of

Wight, in the autumn of 1891.

(6 PRT.)

Mr. F. C. Adams again exhibited the specimen of J’elephorus

rusticus in which the left mesothoracic leg consisted of three

distinct femora, tibie, and tarsi, originating from a single

coxa, Which he had shown at the meeting on the 24th of

February last. The specimen was now reversed, to admit of

the better examination of the structural peculiarities of the

leg, upon which Dr. Sharp, Mr. Champion and Mr. Jacoby

made some remarks.

Mr. Osbert Salvin exhibited a series of mounted specimens

of the clasping organs in the male of several species of

Hesperide.

Dr. Sharp exhibited, for Mr. F. D. Godman, a collection

of Orthoptera recently made in the Island of St. Vincent,

West Indies, by Mr. H. H. Smith, the naturalist sent to that

Island by Mr. Godman in connection with the operations of

the Committee appointed by the British Association and the

Royal Society for the investigation of the Fauna and Flora

of the Lesser Antilles, It was stated that the collection had

recently been referred to, and reported on by, Herr C. Brun-

ner von Wattenwyl and Professor J. Redtenbacher.

Mr. J. W. Tutt exhibited and remarked on a series of

various forms of Orrhodia vaccinii and O. (spadicea) ligula.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited and made remarks on a series

of specimens—including some remarkable varieties—of

Bombyx quercus and Odonestis potatoria. A long discussion

ensued as to the probable causes of the variation exemplified,

in which Mr. Tutt, Mr. E. B. Poulton, Mr. H. Goss, Mr.

Jacoby, Mr. Salvin, Mr. Bethune-Baker, Dr. Sharp, and Mr.

Distant took part.

Mr. G. A. James Rothney sent for exhibition a number of

specimens of Camponotus compressus, Fab., C. micans, Mayr,

(ecophylla smaragdina, Fab., Sima rufo-niyra, Solenopsis gemi-

nata var. armata, Forel, and other species of ants, from Cal-

cutta. He also communicated the following notes explanatory

of the specimens exhibited :—

‘JT send for exhibition a few specimens illustrating traits

in Calcutta ant-lifes—1. Camponotus compressus, Fab.; with

the Aphide which it tends. I have never found these

insects present in the nest itself. 2. Lobopelta diminuta,

( will >)

Smith, and the mode it has of carrying its pupsw held beneath

it when on the march. 8. Camponotus micans, Mayr, and a

mimicking spider, Salticus, which frequents tree-trunks in

company with the ants; but this spider is not so common as

the species which so closely mimics Sima rufo-nigra, which I

have previously exhibited. 4. Camponotus compressus, Fab.,

illustrates the results of the little family feuds the soldiers of

this species often indulgein. 5. Camponotus compressus, Fab.,

and Solenopsis geminata var. avmata, Forel. Both these species

are very common in Calcutta and Barrackpore ; both frequent

the verandahs of houses, and consequently often meet, and

when they do they generally fight with a result disastrous to

armata, unless that species happens to be an overpowering

force. 6. (Hcophylla smaragdina, Fab. Here we have the

workers of one nest meeting the workers of a neighbouring

but independent nest, &c.”

April 13, 1892.

Henry Joun Exwes, Esq., F.L.8., Vice-President, in the

chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Francis Jaffrey, M.R.C.S., of 8, Queen’s Ride, Barnes,

S.W., was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. R. McLachlan exhibited specimens of Anomalopteryx

chaueiniana, Stem, a Caddis-fly remarkable for the abbre-

viated wings of the male, the female having fully developed

wings: he alluded to the Perlide as including species in

which the males were frequently semi-apterous. Dr. Sharp

enquired if any Fellow was aware of any order of insects,

except the Neuroptera, in which the organs of flight were less

PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND,, 1., 1892, D

( -xiv--)

developed in the male than in the female. Mr. C. G. Barrett

and Mr. H. J. Elwes cited instances amongst the Bombycide

in which the wings of the male were inferior in size and

development to those of the female.

Dr. Sharp exhibited specimens of both sexes of an appa-

rently nondescript phasmid insect allied to Orobia, obtained

by Mr. J. J. Lister in the Seychelles islands, together with

Phyllium gelonus. He also exhibited specimens of both sexes

of an Acridiid insect, of the group Proscopides, remarkable for

its great general resemblance to the Phasmida, though with-

out resemblance, so far as is known, to any particular species,

In reference to the Phyllium, Dr. Sharp called attention to

the fact that the similarity of appearance of parts of their

organisation to portions of the vegetable kingdom was accom-

panied by a similarity, amounting almost to identity, of

minute structure. He said that it had been stated that the

colouring-matter is indistinguishable from chlorophyll, and

that Mr. Lister had informed him that when in want of food

a specimen of the Phyllium would eat portions of the foli-

aceous expansions of its fellows, although the Phasmide are

phytophagous insects. The resemblance to vegetable pro-

ducts reached its maximum of development in the egg ; and

Mons. Henneguy had observed that when sections of the

external envelope of the egg of Phyllium are placed under

the microscope no competent botanist would hesitate to pro-

nounce them to belong to the vegetable kingdom. Dr. Sharp

also stated that in some species of Phasmida it was easy to

obtain the egg by extraction from a dried specimen.

Mr. Barrett exhibited, for Major J. N. Still, a specimen of

Notodonta bicolora, which had been captured in a wood near

Exeter. Major Still had stated that the captor of the speci-

men was unaware of the great rarity of the species. Mr.

Barrett also exhibited, for Mr. Sydney Webb, some remark-

able varieties of Argynnis adippe and Cenonympha pamphilus ;

also two specimens of Apatura iris, and two of Limenitis

sybilla in which the white bands were entirely absent.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild sent for exhibition some

hundreds of Lepidoptera, representative of a magnificent

collection of about 5000 specimens recently made in five

(i paver)

weeks, by Mr. W. Doherty, in the South-west of Celebes, and

contributed the following preliminary notes on the subject :—

“JT have sent for exhibition to-night a series of Lepi-

doptera picked from a very fine collection sent by Mr.

William Doherty from $.W. Celebes. The collection num-

bers about 5000 specimens, and is the result of five weeks’

collecting. The collection is a very representative one, and

has a fair proportion of new species, although the season of

1891 in Celebes was extraordinarily dry, and very unfavour-

able for collecting.

«| have used this series as a base for working out Doherty’s

collection, the result of which I hope to communicate to the

Society in a paper which will be ready to be read at the

first May meeting. As I have not yet been able to finish

putting all my notes on the collection in order, I am unable

to give an exact list of species of the genus Terias, and of

the species of the families Lycenide and Hesperide at this

meeting, although I send them for exhibition. I, however,

hope to put everything before the Society in May. The

following is a list of the species of all families of Rhopalocera

except those above-mentioned :—

** Danaip&.— Nectaria Blanchardii, Ideopsis vitrea, I, Dohertyi

(new species), Salatura conspicua, Limnas chrysippus, Rava-

debra luciplena, Butl., Radena ishma, Tirumala choaspes? ?.

‘* KupL@in2£.—l here put all under the genus Huplea ; in

the final paper I shall put them under their proper sub-

divisions. Huplea causina, EF. viola, E. Mniszechiit, E. hya-

cinthus, E. eupator, EF. Horsfieldii, E. gloriosa, E. euctemon

g, EL. configurata (this was not recognised hitherto as the

female of euctemon), Nasuma celebensis (new species).

‘ Saryrinzé. — Lethe aveto, Melanitis leda (var. ?? or new

species), M. hylecoetes, Holland, M. velutina, Mycalesis Yopas,

M. janardana, M. Perseus? ?, M. Medus, M. Dinon, Yphthima

lorima, Y. asterope, Y. philomela, Y. celebensis (new species near

Pandocus), bletogona satyrus, Elymnias Hewitsoni, b. hicetas.

‘* MorpHina{. — Amathusia phidippus var. virgatus, Pseud-

umathusia Ribbeit, Honrath, Zeuxamathusia Plateni (the female

is new to science), Discophora bambusea =celebensis of Holland,

Clerome chitone.

( (xvi)

“ Acrminm.—Acrea Dohertyi. Doherty caught two males

at Macassar several years ago, and now he sends two of the

unknown female; and these four are all that are known of

this species.

“ Bystriapa.— Hrgolis merionoides, E. celebensis.

“« Apaturmp®.—Cethosia picta, C. myrina, Cynthia deione var.

celebensis, Cupha menvoides, Atella aleippe var. celebensis (this is

probably a good species), Terinos abisares, Cirrhochroa satyrina,

C. thule, C. semiramis, Symbrenthia hippoclus, Junonia erigone,

J. atlites, J. asterie, J. almona, Precis intermedia, Pseudergolis

areota, Rhinopalpa megalonice, Xoma sabina, Doleschallia poly-

bete, Cyrestis thyonneus ? ?, C. rahria var. peraka (I believe this

is a good species), CU. strigata, Hypolimnas fraterna, H. ano-

mala var. celebensis, Huripus robustus, Rohana macar, hi. athalia,

Charawxes nitebis, C. hannibal, C. cognatus, C. mars var. Dohertyt

(new var.); these Charazes will be exhibited at a future

meeting ; C. affinis, also not exhibited.

‘‘ NyMpHALIDE.—Parthenos sylvia, Neptis sp., N. sp., N. sp.,

N. sp., V. sp. (I have not yet marked out these as they are

very obscure), Athyma ewlemene, Symphadra ates, S. ates var.

tyrteus, Huthalia dermoides (new species), EL. amanda, Lime-

nitis lymire, L. lyncides, L. libnites, L. lycanias. (very rare,

female undescribed).

‘« Wrycinip®.——Abisara echerius.

‘“‘ Lycmntp®.—Will be fully described in future paper.

“ Prmrine.—Huphina affinis, H. eperia, H. timnatha, H.

celebensis (new species), Catopsilia flava (island form of C.

crocale), C. catilla, C. scylla.

«TrrtAs.—This genus will be fully discussed in the final

paper. Lronia tritea, Hebomoia eelebensis, Appias zarinda g,

A, zatima 9, A. nathalia var. nigerrima, Holland (this is a

good species), A. Dohertyi (new species), Delias Wallacet?

(new species? ?); I cannot find this, but doubt it being new ;

A. paulina, A. polisma, A. lycaste, A. celebensis; A. ithome,

Wallace, is probably same as Huphina affinis.

‘* PapILIONINE.—Ornithoptera hephaestus, O. hippolytus, O.

haliphron, Papilio polyphontes, P. aristolochie (first record of

this species from Celebes), P. yigon, P. ascalaphus, P. alphenor,

P, hecuba, P. pertinax, P, adamantius, P, Blumei, P. encelades,

( xvi)

P, veiovis, P. deucalion, P. rhesus, P. androcles, P. agamemnon,

P. miletus. P. telephus, P. Meyeri, P. codrus (seen but not

caught).

‘¢‘ Hesperip®.—To be described.”’

Many of the species were new, and others very rare.

Mr. Elwes, Colonel Swinhoe, and Mr. 8. Stevens commented

on the interesting nature of this collection, and a vote of

thanks to Mr. Rothschild for exhibiting it was passed by the

meeting.

Paper read.

Mr. EK. B. Poulton gave a lecture ‘On the denudation of

Scales in certain Species of Lepidoptera,” and illustrated it

by a large number of photographs shown by means of the

oxy-hydrogen lantern. Mr. G. F. Hampson, Mr. Elwes,

and Mr. Poulton took part in the discussion which ensued.

April 27, 1892.

Rosert McLacutan, Esq., F.R.S., Treasurer, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. William Edward Baily, of Lynwood House, Paul

Churchtown, Penzance ; and Mons. Edmond Fleutiaux, of

1, Rue Malus, Paris, were elected Fellows of the Society.

E-vhibitions, de.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited, for Mr. Sabine, varieties of

the following species, viz., one of Papilio machaon, bred by

Mr. 8. Baily, at Wicken, in 1886; one of Argynnis lathonia,

taken at Dover in September, 1883; one of A. euphrosyne,

taken at Dover in 1890; and one of A. selene, taken at

St. Osyth, in 1885, by Mr. W. H. Harwood. He also

exhibited a long series of Demas coryli, reared by Major

() xv.)

Still from larve fed exclusively on beech, which he said

appeared to be the usual food of the species in Devonshire,

instead of hazel or oak. Mr. Barrett also exhibited, for

Mr. Sydney Webb, a number of varieties of Arge galathea,

Lastommata megera, Hipparchia tithonus, and Cenonympha

pamphilus, from the neighbourhood of Dover.

The Rey. J. Seymour St. John exhibited a variety of the

female of Hybernia progemmaria, taken at Clapton in March

last, in which the partially developed wings were equally

divided in point of colour, the base being extremely dark and

the outer portion of the wing very pale.

The Rev. Canon Fowler made some remarks on the subject

of protective resemblance; he said his attention had been

recently called to the fact that certain species of Kallima

apparently lose their protective habit in some localities, and

sit with their wings open, and that Dr. A, R. Wallace had

informed him that he had heard of a species of Kallima sitting

upside down on stalks, and thus, in another way, abandoning

its protective habits. It therefore seemed that when a species

is so well protected that it becomes very abundant, it may

with impunity, in some localities, lose a portion of the pro-

tection by change of habits. Mr. W. L. Distant said that a

species of butterfly in South Africa, which when its wings

were vertically closed resembled the reddish soil on which it

settled, in the Transvaal rested with open wings on quartzite

rock, which the upper surface of the wings protectively

resembled. Mr. Barrett, Mr. McLachlan, Mr. Jacoby, Mr.

Champion, Mr. H. Goss, Canon Fowler, and Mr. Frohawk

continued the discussion.

Mr. Goss informed the meeting that, in pursuance of a

resolution of the Council passed in March last, he and

Mr. Elwes had represented the Society at the recent Govern-

ment enquiry, as to the safety and suitability of the proposed

Rifle Range in the New Forest, held at Lyndhurst by the

Hon. T. W. H. Pelham, on the 20th, 21st, 22nd and 23rd

inst., and that they had given evidence at such enquiry, and

addressed a large meeting of Counsel, Solicitors, War Office

officials, Verderers, and Commoners.

(rx A)

May 11, 1892.

Freperick DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in

the chair,

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Dr. Edward Alfred Heath, M.D., F.L.S., of 114, Ebury

Street, Pimlico, §.W., and Mr. Samuel Hoyle, of Audley

House, Sale, Cheshire, were elected Fellows of the Society.

Death of an Honorary Fellow.

The President announced the death, on the 4th of May, of

Dr. C. A. Dohrn, of Stettin, who was elected one of the

Honorary Fellows of the Society in 1885. Mr. Stainton

expressed his regret at the death of Dr. Dohrn, whom he

said he had known for many years, and commented on his

work and personal qualities. He stated that Dr. Dohrn was

for many years Secretary of the Stettin Entomological Society,

and on the death of Dr. Schmidt, in 1848, he was elected

President, and filled the chair for many years.

Ewhibitions, éc.

Dr. D. Sharp exhibited drawings of the eggs of a species

of Hemiptera, in illustration of a paper read by him before

the Society ; and also a specimen of a mosquito—Megarhina

hemorrhoidalis—trom the Amazon district, with the body,

legs, and palpi furnished with scales as in Micro-Lepidoptera.

The Rey. Canon Fowler, on behalf of Mrs. Venables,

of Lincoln, exhibited cocoons of a species of Bombyx

from Chota Nagpur; also the larve-cases of a species of

Psychide, Cholia crameri, from Poona, India; and a curious

case, apparently of another species of Psychide, from the

island of Likoma, Lake Nyassa. Mr. McLachlan, Mr.

Poulton, and Mr. Hampson made some remarks on the

subject,

(7S 7

Mr. F. W. Frohawk, on behalf of the Hon. Walter

Rothschild, exhibited a specimen of Pseudacrea miraculosa

mimicking Danais chrysippus; also a specimen of the mimic

of the latter, Diadema misippus, and read notes on the

subject.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited, and commented on, a long

series of specimens of Melitea aurinia (artemis) from Hamp-

shire, Pembrokeshire, Cumberland, and other parts of the

United Kingdom ; also a long and varied series of Coremia

Jluctuata,

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, for Mr. W. Borrer, jun., of Hurst-

pierpoint, a photograph of a portion of a wasp’s nest which

had been built in such a way as to conceal the entrance

thereto, and to protect the whole nest from observation. He

also read the following note on the subject, which he had

received, through Mr. Borrer, from Mrs. Blackburn, of Hen-

field, Sussex, the owner of the nest :—

‘‘ What is shown in the photograph is only a flat piece

built over the wall, behind which the nest is situated, in

order apparently to hide the entrance, and make it exactly to

resemble the surrounding stone and mortar, thereby seeming

to show an instinct of mimicry. From a study of Dr.

Ormerod’s book, the nest appears to be that of Vespa vulgaris.

It was situated close to a window in the upper story of an

old farmhouse, built with cross-beams of oak, the squares

filled in with stone, rubble, and mortar, giving a sort of

yellow-grey appearance between the oak-beams, which the

nest exactly resembled. As the swarm was large, it had to

be destroyed. From below the nest showed itself only as a

little hole close to the beam, but, on closer inspection, the

man who took the nest saw what looked like the whole side of

it exposed, but it was so like the surrounding stone and mortar

as to make it most difficult to see where that left off and the

wasps’ work began. On inserting a knife at the edge he

found he could take off the piece, and then the reason for

it appeared. At some time or other, when the house was

repaired, the workmen, not having enough stone, put in

one large red tile to fill up, so the red patch was very

conspicuous; the wasps therefore, for some reason of

(sxexnk = |)

their own, covered it with their ‘curtain’ so cleverly that

no red tile was left showing as a mark for their nest, the

whole of which was behind the tile in a space between the

wall and the battening. That it was the intention of the

wasps to hide the red tile appears certain, for, not being able

to take the nest that evening, the man brought away the piece

which covered the tile, and, on returning the next night, he

found the wasps had again begun to build, and had made

some progress in hiding the red tile with the same sort of

covering as before.”

It was suggested that the wasp ‘‘paper’’ is probably a very

bad conductor of heat, and that it might be a question of

temperature rather than of concealment of the nest.

Papers read.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild communicated a paper

entitled ‘Notes on a collection of Lepidoptera made by

Mr. William Doherty in Southern Celebes during August

and September, 1891. Part I. Rhopalocera.” He also sent

for examination the types of the new species described

therein.

Dr. Sharp read a paper entitled “‘On the Eggs of an

Hemipterous Insect of the Family Reduviide.”

June 1, 1892.

Rosert MoLacutan, Esq., F.R.S., Treasurer, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Exhibitions, dc.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild sent for exhibition Neptis

mimetica, n.s., from Timor, mimicking Andasena orope, one of

the Eupleide, and Cynthia equicolor, n.s., a species remark-

able for the similarity of the two sexes, from the same

locality; also a hybrid between Saturnia carpini and S. pyri,

and specimens of Callimorpha dominula var. romanovii, var.

italica, and var. donna, bred by a collector at Zurich; he

PROG. ENT. SOC, LOND., II., 1892. E

further exhibited a very large and interesting collection of

Rhopalocera made by Mr. W. Doherty in Timor, Pura, Sumba,

and other islands, during October, November, and December,

1891, and communicated the following Notes on the subject :—

“The collection was made in November and December,

also the latter part of October, and is the finest collection yet

sent home from the Timor group, in spite of the unusually dry

season. There are many new species, and also some fine series

of various species described by Doherty in his Sumba paper.

‘‘The moths are not so numerous as in the Celebes col-

lection, but contain fine new things, among them a magnificent

Zeuzera near to Z. mineus, and a Clanis near to C. malaccana.

I am able only to exhibit this evening the Rhopalocera, but

hope to exhibit the moths when the final papers on the Celebes

collection and this collection are read in October.

‘The following is a rough list of the species, which will be

of course carefully revised in the final paper. This exhibit

consists of my private set; in the final paper the total number

of specimens in the collection will be enumerated.

“* Nasuma hamhasa, Doherty, Salatura genutia var., S. timor-

ensis, 0. Sp., Limnas chrysippus, Tirwnala melissa? var., T.

litoralis, Doherty, T’. limniace, Radena vulgaris? var., R. ober-

thurii, Doherty, Salpinw meizon, Doherty, Stictoplwa? timor-

ensis, n. Sp., Vadebra sp. incert., V. sp. incert., Calliplea

sumbana, Doherty, C. sumbana var. albina, n. var., C. hyems,

C. sp. incert., C. sp. incert., Rasuma leroa, Trepsichrois dongo,

Doherty, Salpinw sp. incert., S. sp.incert., Stictoplea lacordairet,

Juplea? sp., Andasena orope, Charaxes orilus, C. athamas (or

Ganymedes, Stgr.), Hypolimnas bolina, H. alimena, H. anomala,

H. Saundersti, Elymnias dohertyi, n. sp., Melanitis constantina,

Lethe europa, Mycalesis sp. incert. (medus), M. sp. incert.

(wayewa, Doh.), M. sp.incert. (mynois, Hew.), Yphthima aphnius,

Y. sp. incert., Y. deuce, Doherty, Acrwa andromache var. ?,

Hrgolis ariadne, E. timora, Cethosia leschenaultii, C. lamarckii,

C. tambora, C. penthesilea, Messaras sinha, Atella phalanta,

Junonia orithya, J. velleda, J. erigone, J. timorensis, J. atlites,

Libythea geoffroyt, Precis iphita, Symbrenthia hippoclus ? ?,

Toma sabina, Cynthia aquicolor, n. sp., Cyrestis sp. incert.,

Limenitis hollandi, Doherty, L. procris, Neptis columella, N.

( xxiii)

mimetica, n.sp., N. varmona, N. hordonia, Doleschallia sp.

incert., Ivias reinwardtii, I. vollenhovii, Huphina julia, Doherty,

H. temena, Delias sumbana, n.sp., D. timorensis, D. doherty?,

n.sp., D. alorensis, n.sp., D. oraia, Doherty, Huphina naomi,

Eronia hippia, Callidryas scylla, C. ecrocale, C, catilla, C.

sp. incert., Huphina lata (3g & @), H. pitys (d & 2), Appias

albina, A. lyneida, A. sp. incert., A. sp. incert., A. sp. incert.,

cl. sp. incert., Hlodina sp. incert. (there may be two or three

mixed up), Huphina mentes?, H. var.?, Hebomota timorensis,

Belenois coronea, Nychitona xyphia, Terias hecabe, T. harina,

1’. sp. incert., 7. sp. incert., 7. sp. incert., 7’. sp. incert.,

I’. sp. incert., Ornithoptera naias, Doherty, O. plato, Papilio

liris, P. orion, Doherty, P. solonensis, n.sp., P. pwnilus,

n.sp., P. pericles, P. peranthus, P. sarpedon var., DP. erithonius

var., P. helenus var.??, P. merope, P. theseus, P. doherty,

n.sp., P. albocincta, n.sp., P. enomaus; fifty-six species of

Lycenide ; seventeen species of Hesperide.”

Colonel Swinhoe remarked that the various species of

Neptis were usually protected and imitated by other insects,

and did not themselves mimic anything, and that the pattern

of the Neptis in question was very common among the butter-

flies in the Timor group. Mr. Jenner Weir, Prof. Meldola,

Mr. Trimen, and others continued the discussion.

Mons. A. Wailly exhibited about fifty species of Australian

Lepidoptera, mostly from Queensland, and fertile ova of

Trilocha varians, which are arranged in small square cells,

fastened together in large numbers, and present an appearance

quite different from the usual type of lepidopterous ova.

Mr. F. Merrifield exhibited a series of Drepana falcataria,

half of which had been exposed for a week or two, in March

or April, to a temperature of about 77°, and the other half

had been allowed to emerge at the natural out-door tempera-

ture. The latter insects were in all cases darker than the

former, all being equally healthy. Mr. McLachlan, Mr.

Barrett, Mr. Jenner Weir, and others took part in the dis-

cussion which followed.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a curious variety of the male

of Arctia mendica, bred by the Rey. W. F. Johnson, of Armagh.

Canon Fowler exhibited the egg-case of a species of Mantide

(- xxiv 7)

from Lake Nyassa, and specimens of Bledius dissimilis, Ey.,

from Bridlington Quay, Yorkshire.

Mr. McLachlan called attention to the re-appearance in

large numbers of the Diamond-back Moth, Plutella crucifer-

arum, which was very abundant in gardens near London, and

expressed his opinion that the moths had been bred in the

country and had not immigrated. Mr. Jenner Weir and

others concurred.

Mr. Jenner Weir, Mr. Bower, and Prof. Meldola stated that

they had recently seen specimens of Colias edusa in several

localities near London.

Mr. Jenner Weir and others also commented on the im-

migration of large numbers of Plusia gamma, and also on the

appearance of a large number of Cynthia cardui and other

Vanessida.

Paper read.

Mr. A. G. Butler and the Hon. Walter Rothschild com-

municated a paper, entitled ‘“‘On a new, and also on a little-

known, species of Pseudacrea.”

October 5, 1892.

Henry Joun Exwes, Esq., F.L.8., Vice-President, in the

chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. W. H. Yondale, F.R.M.S., of Cockermouth, was elected

a Fellow.

Exhibitions, éc.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse exhibited specimens of the larvee of

Latridius nodifer feeding on a fungus, T’richosporium roseum.

The Rev. A. E. Eaton sent for exhibition the male spe-

cimen of Elenchus tenuicornis, Kirby, taken by him on the

22nd August last, at Stoney Stoke, near Shepton Montague,

(2 xo By)

Somerset, and described by him in the ‘ Entomologist’s

Monthly Magazine,’ Oct. 1892, pp. 250-253. Mr. McLachlan

stated that another specimen of this species had been caught

about the same date in Claygate Lane, near Surbiton, by Mr.

Edward Saunders, who discovered that it was parasitic on a

homopterous insect of the genus Liburnia, and had also

described it in the Ent. Mo. Mag., pp. 249-250.

Mr. J. M. Adye exhibited, for Mr. McRae, a large collection

of Colias edusa, C. edusa var. helice, and C. hyale, all taken in

the course of five days’ collecting in the neighbourhood of

Bournemouth and Christchurch, Hants. There were twenty-

six specimens of the variety helice, some of which were remark-

able both in size and colour. He stated that Mr. McRae

estimated the proportion, this season, of the variety helice to

the type of the female as one in fifty, and the proportion of

Colias hyale to the type of the female of C. edusa as one in

one hundred. Mr. Adye also exhibited two specimens of

Deiopeia pulchella, recently taken near Christchurch. The

Chairman, Mr. Hanbury, Mr. Jenner Weir, and Mr. Merrifield

commented on the interesting nature of the exhibition, and on

the recent extraordinary abundance of C. edusa and the var.

helice, which was probably not exceeded in 1877.

Mr. Dallas Beeching exhibited four specimens of Plusia

moneta, lately taken in the neighbourhood of Tunbridge Wells.

Mr. Gervase F. Mathew sent for exhibition, and contributed

notes on, two specimens of Plusia moneta and their cocoons,

which were found at Frinsted, Kent, on the 8rd September

last. It was stated that the first moth, the male, emerged on

Sept. 5th, and the second, the female, on Sept. 18th. The

cocoons, of which seven were discovered, were not difficult to

see, being spun-up upon the under side of the leaves of

monkshood, without any attempt at concealment. Un-

fortunately five of the moths had already emerged, so that

it was probably a fortnight or so too late for what was pre-

sumably the second brood. Mr. Mathew stated that he found

two small larve of a Plusia feeding upon monkshood on the

10th Sept.; that they had grown a very little since then, and

on the 4th Oct. appeared as if they intended to hybernate.

He thought they might be moneta, but they bore a strong

( xxvii)

resemblance to gamma. He enquired if anyone knew in what

stage P. gamma passes the winter ?

Mr. B.G, Rye exhibited a specimen of Zygena filipendule var.

chrysanthemi, two varieties of Arctia villica and a black variety

of Homaloplia ruricola, taken at Lancing, Sussex; also dwarf

specimens of Huchloé cardamines from Wimbledon; a variety of

Thecla rubi from Bournemouth, and specimens of Coccinella

ocellata var. hebrea, and C. oblongo-guttata, from Oxshott.

Mr. A. H. Jones exhibited specimens of Argynnis pales var.

isis, and var. arsilache, the females of which showed a tendency

to melanism, recently taken at Campfer, in the Upper Enga-

dine; one of the females was especially dark, and on the

under side presented a remarkable variety, the basal half of

the hind wings, with the exception of the nervures, being

pearly white, and the marginal spots were replaced by long

white dashes. A male also showed a melanic tendency in the

hind wings. The under side was not unlike the type, but the

marginal silvery spots, as in the female, were replaced by

dashes. He also showed melanic forms of Hrebia melampus,

and a specimen of Hrebia nerine, taken at Bormio, at the foot

of the Stelvio Pass.

Mr. Elwes exhibited specimens of typical Hrebia melas,

taken by himself at Campiglio, in the Western Tyrol, on the

25th July last, at an elevation of 7000 feet; also specimens

of the same species from Hungary, Greece, and the Eastern

and Central Pyrenees. He stated that the supposed absence

of this species from the Alps, which had seemed to be such a

curious fact in geographical distribution, had been first dis-

proved by Mrs. Nichol, who discovered it at Campiglio two

years ago. He also exhibited fresh specimens of l’rebia nerine,

taken on very hot rocks at Riva, on the lake of Garda, at an

elevation of about 500 feet; also specimens of the same spe-

cies, taken at the same time, at an elevation of about 5000 feet,

in cool forest glades. He remarked that the great difference

of elevation and climate did not appear to have produced any

appreciable variation in this species. Mr. Elwes also showed

a pair of Dasydia tenebraria var. wockearia, Stgr., from Cam-

piglio, which appeared to lim to be sufficiently constant and

distinct from the typical form to be treated as a species.

@ xxv 4

Mr. G. T. Porritt exhibited two fine varieties of Abraxas

grossulariata, bred by Mr. George Jackson during the past

summer from York larve; also, on behalf of Mr. T. Baxter,

a curious Noctua taken on the sandhills at St. Anne’s-on-Sea

on August 20th last, and concerning which a difference of

opinion existed as to whether it was a melanic form of Ayrotis

cursoria or of Caradrina cubicularis. He also exhibited a small

dark form of Oryyia antiqua, which had occurred in some

numbers at Longridge, near Preston.

Mr. A. Eland Shaw exhibited a specimen of Mecostethus

grossus, Linn., taken lately at Irstead, in the Norfolk-broad

district. He stated that this was the first recorded capture

of this species in Britain since 1884.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a specimen of Syricthus alveus,

caught in Norfolk, about the year 1860, by the Rey. J. H.

Marsh; a beautiful variety of Argynnis euphrosyne, caught

this year near Godalming by Mr. Oswald Latter; and a series

of varieties of Ennomos angularia, bred from a female taken at

Nunhead.

Mr. P. Crowley exhibited a specimen of Zyyana filipendulae

var. chrysanthemi, taken last August at NRiddlesdown, near

Croydon, by Mr. Murton Holmes.

Lord Walsingham sent for exhibition several specimens of

larvee of Sphina pinastri and Aphomia sociella, preserved by

himself, which were intended for presentation to the British

Museum. The larve of S. pinastri had been sent to him by

Lord Rendlesham, who obtained them from ova laid by a

female which he had captured in Suffolk last August.

Papers, éc., read.

Mr. de Nicéville communicated a paper entitled ‘ Notes

on a protean Indian butterfly, Muplea (Stictoplea) harrisii,

Felder”; and Captain E. Y. Watson exhibited, on behalf of

Mr. de Nicéville, the specimens referred to in this paper.

Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Hampson, Mr. Poulton, and the Chair-

man took part in the discussion which ensued.

Mr. W. Bateson read a paper entitled ‘‘ On the Variation

in the Colours of Cocoons and Pup of Lepidoptera; further

Experiments.” In this paper the author gave an account of

(eso ici ))

further experiments on the variation of lepidopterous cocoons,

&e. Evidence was brought to show that the cocoons of Saturnia

carpint do not always colour in accord with the substances

to which they are attached, as has been alleged. The colouring

substance was shown to be derived from the contents of the

alimentary canal, being probably a chlorophyll-derivative. Ex-

periments were also described which confirmed Mr. Poulton’s

statements as to the influence of surroundings on the colour

of pupee of Vanessa urtice and larvee of Amphydasis betularia.

Mr. Poulton said that he was glad to admit that Mr. Bateson

had proved his point with regard to the cocoons of Satwrnia

carpini, and he wished to take the opportunity of acknow-

ledging that he had been mistaken in the belief that the larva

modified the colour of its cocoon in response to the influence

of reflected light. At the same time, he was not convinced

that other larve do not possess this power. He had obtained

some very conclusive results with Halias prasinana, in which

it did not appear that any of the sources of error demonstrated

by Mr. Bateson in the cases of S. carpini and FE. lanestris could

have operated. The cocoons had been shown at a meeting of

the Society in 1887 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, pp. 1], li).

Since then Mr. Tutt had made similar observations on a very

large scale in the case of Halias chlorana. Mr. Poulton stated

that he was now experimenting again with H. prasinana, and

hoped soon to be able to bring further evidence. He also said

that he had not been able to obtain many individuals of the

species, but the results had been uniformly in favour of the

view that the susceptibility exists. He further said that Mr.

Arthur Sidgwick was observing the species, and had arrived

at the same opinion.

Mr. Poulton read a paper entitled ‘‘ Further Experiments

upon the Colour-relation between certain Lepidoptera and

their surroundings.”

Miss Lilian J. Gould read a paper entitled ‘‘ Experiments

on the Colour-relation between certain Lepidopterous larve

and their surroundings, together with Observations on Lepi-

dopterous larve.” A long discussion ensued, in which Mr.

Jenner Weir, Dr. Sharp, Mr. Merrifield, Mr. Poulton, Mr.

Tutt, and the Chairman took part.

(@ S006)

November 2, 1892.

Freperick DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in

the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

A Lantern for the Society.

The President announced that a new Oxy-hydrogen lantern

had been purchased for the Society, the cost of which had

been generously defrayed by Mr. H. J. Hlwes, Prof. R.

Meldola, Mr. R. McLachlan, and Mr. E. B. Poulton.

Hahibitions, &c.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited, for Mr. J. Harrison, of Barnsley,

and read notes on, a beautiful series of Arctia lubricipeda var.

radiata, which had been bred by Mr. Harrison this year.

Mr. Harrison stated in his notes that in the spring of 1891 he

offered ova of Dasypolia templi for distribution ; at the same

time he asked for a few pupe of Arctia lubricipeda in return ; his

intention being to try and pair them, on emergence, with some

Huddersfield forms of Arctia mendica, which he knew would

be out about the same time. The mendica having been in-

bred two or three seasons, he had a doubt about continuing

the strain. The attempt proved a failure, and he lost the

mendica. He said that he had two lots of lubricipeda pupe of

about twenty each sent him, one from London, and the other

from Lincolnshire, and all that came out were of the ordinary

form, except one female specimen of the var. radiata. This he

sacrificed to pair with one of the ordinary males, simply as an

experiment. Theresult was about 500 ova, part of which he

kept for himself, and the rest he distributed. The batch of eggs

which he kept produced about 160 imagos in 1892, and of

these about one-third resembled the female parent (4. lubrict-

peda var. radiata), one-third partly resembled the male parent

(A. lubricipeda type) and partly resembled the female; and

the remainder resembled the male parent.

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv., 1892. F

(xe |)

Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker exhibited specimens of Polyom-

matus dispar var. rutilus, taken in England by his father about

sixty years ago. He stated that it was generally believed

that this form of the species was confined to the Continent,

but his specimens proved that it formerly occurred in

England.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited dark varieties of Acronycta

leporina, bred by Mr. J. Collins, of Warrington ; also a white

variety of Triphena pronuba, taken at Swansea by Mr. W.

Holland. )

Mr. M. Jacoby exhibited a specimen of Sagra femorata,

from India, with differently sculptured elytra, one being

rough and the other smooth.

Mr. J. A. Clark exhibited a long series of remarkable

varieties of Liparis monacha, bred from a pair (g and ¢ ), one

of which was taken in the New Forest, and the other on

the Continent. Several of the specimens were as light in

colour as the typical form of the species; others were quite

black; and others intermediate between these two extremes.

The Rev. J. Seymour St. John exhibited a monstrosity of

Abraxas grossulariata, and a specimen of T'eniocampa stabilis,

with a distinct light band bordering the hind margin of the

upper wings. He stated that he had bred both specimens.

Mr. E. B. Poulton exhibited two series of imagos of

Gnophos obscurata, which had been subjected to dark and

light surroundings respectively. The results were seen to be

completely negative, the two series being equally light.

Mr. F. Merrifield showed a number of pupe of Pieris napi.

About eight of them, which had attached themselves to the

leaves of the cabbage plant on which they were fed, were of a

uniform bright green colour, with light yellowish edgings ; of

the others, nearly seventy in number, those which had

attached themselves to the black net covering the pot, or the

brownish twigs which supported it, the great majority were

ash-coloured, with dark spots and lines, and the remainder

of a green colour, much less vivid than in those which had

spun up on the leaves, with numerous dark spots and lines

on them.

Mr. R, Adkin exhibited three bred female specimens of

Grex: -*)

Vanessa c-album, two of which belonged to the first brood, and

the third to the second brood. One of the specimens of the

first brood was remarkable in having the under side of a very

dark colour, identical with typical specimens of the second

brood. Mr. Adkin stated that out of a number of larve

reared from the egg he received six nearly full-fed on June

15th, 1892. The first imago emerged on July 2nd, followed

by two on the 8rd, and one on the 7th, all of the ordinary

spring form. On the 5th a fourth attempted to emerge, but

did not get free of the pupa case, and its wings did not

expand ; and on the 28rd the sixth appeared, a perfect speci-

men, but having the under side coloration of the autumn

brood. The weather during the seventeen days between the

last complete emergence of the ordinary form and that of the

one bred on the 23rd was chiefly cold, with a considerable

amount of rain, the mean temperature on the 17th being 20°

below the average ; “but it became somewhat warmer on the

21st and 22nd. No doubt the low temperature and absence

of sunshine delayed the emergence of this insect, and thus

caused the altered colouring of the under side.

Mr. F. W. Frohawk exhibited a series of striking varieties

of Satyrus hyperanthus, bred from ova laid by a female taken

in the New Forest in July last.

Mr. F. D. Godman exhibited a specimen of Aimphonyx

medon, Cr., received from Jalapa, Mexico, having a pouch-like

excrescence at the apex of its body. Mr. McLachlan, Mr. H.

J. Elwes, and Mr. Poulton commented on it.

Papers, éc., read.

Mr. C. J. Gahan communicated a paper entitled ‘‘ Additions

to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, with notes

on some previously recorded species.” The author stated

that this paper was a supplement to that by the late Mr. H.

W. Bates, which had already appeared in the ‘Transactions’

for this year. ‘Twenty new species were described, of which

nineteen belong to the family Lamiide, the remaining species

being placed in a new genus of Prionide. With these addi-

tions the number of Longicornia recorded from Central

America was brought up to a total of 1872 species.

( xxxi )

Mr. W. L. Distant communicated a paper entitled ‘“ Con-

tributions to a knowledge of the Homopterous family Ful-

coride,”’

Mr. Oswald Latter read a paper,—which was illustrated

by the Society’s new oxy-hydrogen lantern,—entitled ‘The

Secretion of Potassium-hydroxide by Dicranura vinula, and

the emergence of the imago from the cocoon.” The author

stated that the imago produced, probably, from the mouth, a

solution of caustic potash for the purpose of softening the

cocoon. ‘The solution was obtained for analysis by causing

the moths to perforate artificial cocoons made of filter paper.

The imago emerges wearing over its head and eyes the

corresponding structures of the pupal stage: these serve as a

shield, and protect the underlying parts of the imago. The

shield is locked on to the head of the imago by hooks fitting

into sockets on the head. From beneath the shield project

a pair of sharp hard processes from the labrum of the imago.

These serve as instruments of attack upon the walls of the

cocoon, and tear away the portions successively moistened by

the alkaline secretion.

Professor Meldola said that the larva of D. vinula secretes

strong formic acid, and Mr. Latter had now shown that the

imago secretes potassium-hydroxide, astrong alkali. He stated

that he had long been familiar with the fact that the secretion

from the imago of D. vinula was alkaline to test-paper, but

he had never investigated its composition ; and he also stated

that the fact that any animal secreted a strong caustic alkali

was a new one.

Mr. Merrifield asked Mr. Latter if he had tried the converse

experiment, and proved that potassium-hydroxide would

soften the cocoon. Mr. Latter stated that he had done so.

Mr. J. F. Hanbury asked if Mr. Latter could say where the

potassium was obtained by the larva. Mr. Latter said he

thought it was obtained from the leaves on which the larva fed.

Mr. Gahan, Mr. Poulton, Mr. Merrifield, and Prof. Meldola

continued the discussion.

Mr. H. J. Elwes and Mr. J. Edwards read a paper—also

illustrated by the oxy-hydrogen lantern—entitled ‘‘ A revision

of the genus Ypthima, principally founded on the form of the

genitalia in the male sex.”

( somxin 9)

Mr. McLachlan said he attached great importance to the

genitalia as structural characters in determining species, and

he believed that he could name almost any species of Kuropean

Trichoptera simply from an examination of the detached

abdomens of the males.

Mr. Osbert Salvin said he had examined the genitalia of a

large number of Hesperide, with the view of considering their

value in distinguishing species, but at present he had not

matured his observations.

Mr. Jacoby, Mr. Bethune-Baker, Colonel Swinhoe, Mr.

George Lewis, Dr. Sharp, Mr. G. F. Hampson, and Mr.

Champion continued the discussion.

Mr. S. H. Scudder communicated a paper entitled ‘‘ New

light on the formation of the abdominal pouch in Parnassius.”’

Mr. Elwes said he had based his classification of the species of

this genus largely on the structure of this abdominal pouch in

the female. It had been considered doubtful whether the fluid

which formed this pouch was secreted by the female or the

male; but he thought that it was secreted by the latter, as

after pairing the male frequently died from exhaustion. He

was glad to find that this supposition had been proved by Mr.

Scudder to be correct.

Mr. Jenner Weir remarked that a similar abdominal pouch

was to be found in Acrea, especially in that division of the

genus which Doubleday had separated under the name of

Hyalites. The pouch was very well developed in the female

of Hyalites horta, L., and was also found in H. neobule, Doubl.,

and H. anemosa, Hewits. It was worthy of remark, as had

been pointed out by Mr. Roland Trimen in his ‘ South African

Butterflies,’ that Parnassius presents two other characteristic

features of Hyalites, viz., semi-transparent wings, and simple

tarsal claws lobed at the base.

Mr. Hampson referred to specimens in Mr. Leech’s col-

lection of a male of one species of Parnassius taken in copuld

with a female of another species, in which the pouch peculiar

to the species to which the female belonged had been formed,

and, not fitting the claspers of the male, had come away

from the female on the specimens being separated, and

remained attached to the male.

( xxxiv. )

December 7, 1892.

Frepertck DuCans Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in

the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Death of an ex-President.

The President announced the death, on the 2nd December,

of Mr. Henry T. Stainton, F.R.S., an ex-President of the

Society. A vote of condolence with Mrs. Stainton was passed

by the meeting.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Frank Bouskell, of 11, Lansdowne Road, Stoneygate,

Leicester; Mr. George C. Dennis, of Tower Street, York ;

Mr. Charles B. Headley, of Stoneygate Road, Leicester ;

Mr. William Mansbridge, of Luther Place, Horsforth, near

Leeds; and the Rev. George W. Taylor, of St. Barnabas,

Victoria, British Columbia, were elected Fellows of the

Society.

Exhibitions, de.

Mr. Jenner Weir exhibited a species of Acrea from Sierra

Leone, which Mr. Roland Trimen, who had examined the

specimen, considered to be a remarkaple variety of Telchinia

encedon, Linn. It was a very close mimic of Limnas alcippus,

the usual Western African form of Limnas chrysippus. The

upper wings of the specimen were rufous and the lower white,

as in the model, and the resemblance in other respects was

heightened by the almost total suppression of the black spots

in the dise of the upper wings, characteristic of the usual

markings of 7’. encedon.

Mr. F. J. Hanbury exhibited a remarkable variety of

Lycena adonis, caught in Kent this year, with only one large

spot on the under side of each upper wing, and the spots on

the lower wings entirely replaced by suffused white patches.

He also exhibited two specimens of Noctua xanthographa of a

remarkably pale brownish grey colour, approaching a dirty

(eX |)

white, obtained in Essex in 1891; and avariety of Acronycta

rumicis, also taken in Essex, with a beautiful dark hind

margin to the fore wings.

Mr. H. J. Elwes exhibited a living specimen of a species

of Conocephalus, a genus of Locustide, several species of which,

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse and Mr. McLachlan stated, had been

found alive in hothouses in this country.

Dr. T. A. Chapman exhibited immature specimens of

Teniocampa gracilis, I’. gothica, T. populeti, T. munda, T. in-

stabilis, and T’. leucographa, which had been taken out of their

cocoons in the autumn, with the object of showing the then

state of development of the imagos.

Mr. F. W. Frohawk exhibited a living specimen of the larva

of Carterocephalus palemon (Hesperia paniscus), hybernating

on a species of grass which he believed to be Bromus asper.

The Rev. Canon Fowler and Mr. H. Goss expressed their

interest at seeing the larva of this local species, the imagos

of which they had respectively collected in certain woods in

Lincolnshire and Northamptonshire. Mr. Goss stated that

the food-plants of the species were supposed to be Plantago

major and Cynosurus cristatus, but that the larva might pos-

sibly feed on Bromus asper.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a long series of remarkable

melanic and other varieties of Boarmia repandata, bred by

Mr. A. E. Hall from larve collected near Sheffield.

Mr. W. Farren exhibited, and commented on, four varieties

of Papilio machavn from Wicken Fen ; also a series of two or

three species of Nepticule pmmned on pith with the ‘‘ minutien

Nadeln,”’ for the purpose of showing these pins.

Canon Fowler exhibited specimens of Xyleborus perforans,

Woll., which had been devastating the sugar-canes in the

West Indies. Mr. C. O. Waterhouse stated that the larve

had done great damage to beer-casks in India.

Mr. E. B. Poulton showed, by means of the oxy-hydrogen

lantern, a number of slides of various larve and pupe, in

illustration of his paper, read at the October meeting, entitled

« Further experiments upon the colour-relation between cer-

tain lepidopterous larvee and their surroundings.” He stated

that he believed that nineteen out of twenty larve of

( xxxva' =>)

Geometride possessed the power of colour adjustment. Mr.

F. Merrifield, the Rev. J. Seymour St. John, and Mr. Jacoby

took part in the discussion which ensued.

Papers read.

Mr. F. Merrifield read a paper entitled ‘‘ The effects of

temperature in the pupal stage on the colouring of Pieris napi,

Vanessa atalanta, Chrysophanus phleas, and Ephyra punctaria.”

The author stated that some of the artificial temperatures to

which he had subjected pupe in the course of these experiments

corresponded to natural ones, though, in most cases, in a

necessarily incomplete manner; natural temperatures were

so fluctuating that it was difficult to imitate them artificially,

but he did not think the difference was for his purposes an

important one, for in many instances he had used both

artificially equable and naturally fluctuating temperatures,

and in these cases he had found that a fluctuating tem-

perature produced results similar to those obtained from an

equable temperature corresponding to the mean of the

fluctuating one. In reference to the known English mean

temperatures of the spring and summer months, it must be

borne in mind that these are shade temperatures, and are

below, and, under certain circumstances of exposure or

absence of cloud, considerably below, those to which objects

exposed to both sunshine and shade, under natural con-

ditions, would be subjected. He would also premise that in

his experiments the pupe were exposed to the different tem-

peratures, in nearly all cases, within a day or two, and often

within a few hours, after pupation. Pupe of the summer

emergence of P. napi, iced (i.e. at 33° F.) for from three to

four months, and then subjected to the temperature of

spring, at which they emerged in five or six weeks, showed

most but not all of the characteristic features of the spring

emergence; those plunged at once from the artificial winter

into the temperature of a very hot summer, emerged in six

days, and were intermediate in most of their features. The

summer pupe of this species, or a portion of them, were

very apt to go over to the spring, and, when so disposed,

the subjecting them for many days to a forcing temperature

( xxxvil.”)

seemed to have no effect in accelerating emergence. Hight

out of thirty-one, the whole number of pupez of this

brood, had ‘‘ gone over.” Pupx of V. atalanta were sub-

jected to (1) a temperature of 90°, emerging in six days;

(2) temperatures ranging from 64° to 51°, emerging in

from ‘eighteen to fifty-six days; (8) a temperature of 45°

for from five to seven weeks, and then temperatures

ranging from 90° to 55°, emerging in from nineteen to thirty-

four days more. In No.1 the black was rusty, but the orange

was wide in area and bright, and in two of the twelve at

this high temperature an additional small orange spot

appeared on the under side of the fore wings; in No. 2 the

black was more intense and the orange deeper and narrower,

and the general intensity and contrast of colouring greater,

especially on the under sides of the hind wings; in No. 8

the invasion of black had made further progress, the orange

band being broken into several, lavender scales had spread

over the black and white parts, and several minute blue spots

appeared in the centre of the small black spots in the orange

band on the hind wings: on the under surface most of the

markings were less sharply defined, and a new submarginal

narrow band appeared. The results obtained by extreme and

protracted cold (7.e. 45°), though probably such as would

rarely be met with in nature, were interesting, first, as

proving by this extreme case that the less-marked interme-

diate results were caused by temperature ; and secondly, be-

cause, owing to the great alteration in markings and colouring

which they exhibit, they may possibly throw some light on the

evolution of the markings in the Vanessas. One marking on

Vanessa atalanta which had lately been the subject of some dis-

cussion, the minute white spot on the orange band of the fore

wing, did not seem dependent on temperature; about one in

four showed this spot, or traces of it, on the upper surface, and

the whole of them—over sixty in number—showed the spot

or faint traces of it on the under surface. Icing (at 83°)

appeared to have little effect unless protracted for more

than six weeks, when it was generally fatal or injurious.

He had found a half-fed larva as late as October 16th, and

had no doubt that the species was in England partially

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv., 1892. G

( 3xxviit—-)

double-brooded, though he had obtained no evidence that

it could survive an English winter in the pupal stage, as

it is stated to do in the very different North American

winter. Pupze of the summer emergence of Chrysophanus

phleas were exposed to temperatures ranging from 80° to 90°,

emerging in six days; and down to 45°, emerging in about

eight weeks. In those at the highest temperature the coppery

colour was dusky, the spots large and not sharply defined; as

the temperature was lowered, the copper colour became

brighter, the black more intense, and the spots smaller and

more sharply defined, and the copper band on the hind wings

much broader. Some that were iced (38°) for ten weeks, and

then plunged into a high temperature, showed most of the

features of those which had been throughout at the high

temperatures. The results seemed to indicate that the dusky

colouring of C. phleas in Southern Europe, and the varying

colour of the American C. hypophleas, according to the |

season of its emergence, as described by Mr. Scudder, were

in a large measure owing to the temperature to which the

individual pup were subjected. Of EH. punctaria he had a

large brood of the summer emergence from the same parent.

These were subjected to varying temperatures, and showed

a gradual disappearance of the conspicuous submarginal

blotches, an increase of the sprinkling of dark scales on the

eround colour and an intensification of the central line, as

the temperature was lowered from 90°, through 70° and 56°

to 45°. There was no great difference between those at

90°, which emerged in from four to five days, and those

at 70°, emerging in from ten to eleven days; but the

difference was considerable in those at 56°, emerging in from

twenty-two to twenty-seven days; and greater still in those at

45°, which emerged in from fifty-seven to seventy days; in

these last the blotches had disappeared. A temperature of

33° seemed to suspend the physiological changes without

much, if any, other effect ; for those which were thus iced for

over three months, and then exposed to a high temperature,

emerging in from five to seven days, closely resembled in

appearance those exposed to a similar temperature without

having been iced at all. A large number of specimens were

exhibited in illustration of the paper.

Gi xxx) 5)

Mr. Poulton said the experiments appeared to show that

the temperature operated at the pupal stage in which the

pigment of the perfect insect was being formed, and the

stronger colouring seemed to be the effect of retardation in

the formation of this pigment. This would be in ac-

cordance with his observations as to the colouring of the

pupa itself, which was deeper when the formation of it was

retarded.

Dr. F. A. Dixey said that, by the kindness of Mr. Merrifield,

he had been enabled to examine the specimens of Vanessa

atalanta that afternoon before the meeting. He had at

present only seen them by artificial light, but had never-

theless been able to satisfy himself that the series was of

great interest in view of the conclusions he had previously

arrived at with regard to the phylogeny of the Vanessas and

allied groups (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, pp. 89 et seq.). He might

say at once that the characters of those individuals that had

been exposed to the greatest cold seemed to him on the whole

the most ancestral, as evidence of which he would especially

mention the blue centres with which the black submarginal

spots of the hind wings were provided in at least two of Mr.

Merrifield’s ‘winter’? specimens. These, he thought,

must be considered as a revival of a character which had

belonged to the earliest members of the Vanessid group

(Ibid., p. 97 et seq.). Other features in the colouring

appeared to him to point in the same direction; but

as to these he must ask to be allowed to reserve his full

opinion until he had had an opportunity of studying the

specimens more carefully, and with the help of daylight.

Mr. Merrifield had pointed out that the minute white spot

(Dé in the system proposed, loc. cit.) in the red band of the

fore wing of V’. ata/lanta was, in his specimens, often visible

on the under side, though absent from the upper. It might

be of interest to add that the same was not infrequently the

case 1n instances of the occurrence of the corresponding spot

in Pyrameis cardui, as also of the next preceding member of

the same series, viz. De. When the spots occurred on both

surfaces of P. cardui, they were, as in Mr. Merrifield’s

specimens of V, atalanta, larger and more diffused on the

under than on the upper surface (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1890, p.93

(icles)

and note). A similar feature might be recognised in Argynnis

niphe, 2 (Ibid., p. 96), in which insect he had drawn atten-

tion to the existence of the same series of markings.

Mr. Elwes, with reference to the American Chrysophanus

hypophleas, remarked that he was not able to distinguish it

as a species from the European C. phleas, and suggested

Pieris brassice as a very suitable subject for experiment ; it

varied greatly according to locality, and specimens from the

Canary Isles being particularly fine in colouring.

Mr. Jenner Weir said he was particularly interested in the

results obtained with Vanessa atalanta as a monomorphic

Species, and one very invariable in its markings and co-

louring.

Mr. Merrifield, in reference to Mr. Poulton’s observations,

said that the stage in which he had found temperature most

operative was the one just preceding the appearance of the

colouring of the perfect insect inthe pupa. He had not been

able to distinguish between cold and retardation as causes,

seeing that they were generally so closely associated, but in

his experiments he thought cold should be pointed to as the

agent. He referred to a beautiful series of Pieris napi of

the two emergences, from the same brood, exhibited by Mr.

Hawes.

Mr. Kenneth J. Morton communicated a paper entitled

‘Notes on Hydroptilide belonging to the European Fauna,

with descriptions of new species.’’ Mr. McLachlan made

some remarks on the subject of this paper.

Dr. T. A. Chapman read a paper entitled ‘‘On some

neglected points in the structure of the pupa of Heterocerous

Lepidoptera, and their probable value in classification ; with

some associated observations on larval prolegs.”” Mr. Poulton,

Mr. Tutt, Mr. Hampson, and Mr. Gahan took part in the

discussion which ensued.

Mr. J. Cosmo-Melvill communicated a paper entitled

“Description of a new species of Butterfly of the genus

Calinaga, from Siam.”

Mr. W. L. Distant communicated a paper entitled

‘Description of new genera and species of Neotropical

Fthynchota.”

( ag 4)

ANNUAL MEETING.

January 18, 1893.

FrepErick DuCane Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., President, in

the chair.

The Treasurer’s Balance Sheet was read by Mr. Jenner

Weir, one of the Auditors.

Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, read the following :—

Report of the Council.

During the Session 1892-1893 eleven Fellows have died,

viz., Mr. Henry Walter Bates, F.R.S., Professor Hermann

Carl Conrad Burmeister, M.D., Mr. Edward H. Burnell,

Dr. Carl August Dohrn, Mr. John T. Harris, Mr. Henry

Berkeley James, Sir Richard Owen, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S.,

Mr. Sidney T. Smith, Mr. Henry T. Stainton, F.R.S., Mr.

Howard W. J. Vaughan, and Professor J. O. Westwood, M.A.,

the Hon. Life-President; two Fellows have resigned; and 25

new Fellows have been elected.

The number of Fellows elected during the year is above

the average, but the Society is in need of a considerable

increase in this respect to enable it to publish more papers,

and allow more plates, and in other ways to advance its

interests and promote its objects. The Council, therefore,

earnestly hope that the Fellows will do their utmost to in-

duce their friends to joi the Society, and thus increase its

revenue.

At the present time the Society consists of 8 Honorary

Fellows, 47 Life Fellows, and 296 paying the Annual Sub-

scription, making the total number of Fellows now on the

Society’s List, 351, which, after allowing for the losses by

deaths and resignations, is an increase of 12 since the Annual

Meeting last year.

The Transactions for the year 1892 form a volume of

nearly 500 pages, containing 19 memoirs contributed by the

following authors, viz., Colonel Swinhoe, M.A., Mr. Frederic

Enock, Mr. George T. Bethune-Baker, Mr. Frederic Merri-

field, Mr. William Bateson, M.A. (2 papers), Mr. Edward

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND.. v., 1892. H

(CP sig vp

Meyrick, B.A., the Honble. Walter Rothschild, Mr. Henry

Walter Bates, F.R.S., and Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S.,

the Rey. Alfred E. Eaton, M.A., Dr. David Sharp, M.A.,

F.R.S., Mr. A. G. Butler and the Honourable Walter

Rothschild, Miss Lilian J. Gould, Mr. Lionel de Nicéville,

Mr. Samuel H. Scudder, Mr. Charles J. Gahan, M.A., Mr.

W. L. Distant, Mr. Oswald Latter, M.A., and Mr. Edward

B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S. Of these 19 papers, 18 relate to

Lepidoptera (or to inquiries in which Lepidoptera were the

subjects of experiment), 2 to Coleoptera, 2 to Hemiptera, 1 to

Neuroptera, and 1 to Arachnida.

The memoirs above referred to are illustrated by 15 plates,

of which 10 are coloured. The Society is indebted to the

Honourable Walter Rothschild for the cost of Plates IV. and

X.; to Mr. F. D. Godman for the cost of Plates V., VL.,

VII., and XII.; and to Mr. E. B. Poulton for part of the

cost of his paper and part of the cost of Plates XIV. and XV.

The Proceedings, containing an account of the exhibitions

and discussions at the Meetings, in addition to abstracts of

several of the papers published in the Transactions, extend to

over 40 pages.

The publication of a Catalogue of the Books and Pam-

phlets in the Society’s Library has lone been under con-

sideration, and a copy of the manuscript catalogue has been

prepared, some portion of which is in type, and it is expected

that it may be published this year.

During the past year about 200 Books, Pamphlets, Journals,

and Papers have been added to the Library ; and the Meetings

have been better attended than in any previous year.

The Subscriptions received for the year amount to a larger

sum than in any previous year, but only one Life-Compo-

sition has been received. The sales of publications show a

considerable diminution as compared with last year, not so

much in current sales as in the absence of demand for

long sets, which swelled the receipts last year. The amount

paid for rent and office expenses is considerably in excess of

last year, chiefly owing to costs of stock-taking, which was.

much needed. The item under books and binding is again

heavy ; more books have been purchased than has usually

( xiii)

been the case, and the cost of binding is still in part due to

work that had fallen into arrear.

The cost of compiling the Library Catalogue in form for

printing has been transferred to 1893, as being at present

unproductive.

The following is an abstract of the receipts and payments

during 1892 :—

Receipts. | Pavments.

ATES Glo | 28 Gh

Balance in hand Ist _ Rent, Office Expenses,

January, 1892 - - M17 G & Salary to Assistant

Contributions of Fel- | lLibrarian- - - 169 3 2

lows - - - 383 8 35} Printing - - - 117 14 6

Sale of Publications - 68 2 2| Plates, &e. - - 5 2hl a3} (0)

Donations - - - 25 17 6] Books, Bindings, &e. - 31 4 7

Intereston Consols - 11 9 8 | Catalogue Expenses - 2619 0

Catalogue Expenses Subseriptionsin advance

transferred to 1898 - 2619 0 carried to 1893 - 1515 0

Balance - - =) 138 357

£540 14 4 £540 14 4

11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W.

January 18th, 1893.

The Secretary having received two notices proposing to sub-

stitute the name of Prof. Raphael Meldola, F.R.S., for the

name of Mr. Henry J. Elwes, contained in the lists prepared by

the Council, a formal ballot took place for the election of a

member of the Council and for a President. Mr. A. B. Farn,

Mr. G. F. Hampson, and Mr. C. O. Waterhouse were appointed

Scrutineers, and on the ballot papers being counted, it was

found that Mr. H. J. Elwes had a majority of votes. According

to the ballot the following Fellows constitute the Council for

1893 :—Charles G. Barrett; George C. Champion, F.Z.S.;

Henry John Elwes, F'.L.8.; the Rev. Canon Fowler, M.A.,

¥.L.8.; Charles J. Gahan, M.A.; Frederick D. Godman,

F.R.S. ; Herbert Goss, F.L.8.; Robert McLachlan, F.R.S. ;

Frederic Merrifield ; Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.; Dr. David

Sharp, M.A., F.R.S.; Colonel Charles Swinhoe, M.A., F.L.S.;

and George Henry Verrall.

H 2

( xliv-)

The following were the Officers elected :— President, Mr.

Henry John Elwes; /'reaswrer, Mr. R. McLachlan; Secretaries,

Mr. Herbert Goss and the Rev. Canon Fowler; Librarian,

Mr. George C. Champion.

Mr. F. D. Godman, the outgoing President, then delivered

an Address, at the conclusion of which Lord Walsingham

proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Godman for his services

as President during the year, and for his Address. The

proposal was seconded by Mr. J. H. Leech, and carried

unanimously. Mr. Godman replied.

A vote of thanks to the Treasurer, Secretaries, and

Librarian was moved by Dr. Sharp, seconded by Mr. W.

H. B. Fletcher, and carried unanimously. Mr. McLachlan,

Mr. Goss, and Canon Fowler severally replied.

(erxty =)

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Balance Sheet for the Year 1892.

RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS.

Geiss) de 10 £5 GE

Balancein hand, Jan. Ist, Printing” - = = iit ee

1892 ° > - 2417 9] Plates, &. - : 5 S118" .0

Subscriptions for 1892 296 2 0]| Rent and Office Ex-

Do. inadvance 15 15 0 penses” - - - 169 3 2

Arrears - : - 710 3) Booksand Binding - 31 4 7

Admission Fees - - 48 6 0 | Catalogue Expenses - 2619 O

Life Composition - 1515 0. Subscriptions in ad-

Donations = - 2517 6 vance carried to 1893 15 15 O

Sale of Publications - 68 2 2 _ Balance - : - 138 5 1

Interest on Investments 11 9 8 |

Catalogue Expenses, |

transferred to 1893 |

by order of Council - 2619 0

£540 14 4 | £540 14 4

ASSETS.

Subscriptions in arrear (considered good), £5 5s. Od.

Investments :—

Cost of £427 19s. 8d. Consols = £408 13s. Od.

GAB Gen Y.

West. Newman and Co.’s Account for Part IV. of the Transactions for

18923; amount not at present ascertained, but which will probably not be

less than the balance in hand.

RopERT McLacuian,

Treasurer.

Audited and found correct,

SAMUEL STEVENS.

J. JENNER WEIR.

CHARLES G. BARRETT.

EDWARD SAUNDERS.

G. C. CHAMPION.

11th January, 1893.

(OE sivaien)

THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

GENTLEMEN,

Since the close of the past year, and since I undertook

the duty of preparing the following Address, our Honorary

Life-President, the venerable Joun Oxsapian Westrwoop, has

been removed from us by death. I do not now propose to

make any attempt to give a summary of the work of this

eminent Entomologist, which would adequately occupy, of

itself, the whole of the time at my disposal, and which

-must be postponed to our next Anniversary. Suffice it to say

that the late Prof. Westwood was one of our original Members,

and for about sixty years took an active interest in our wel-

fare ; and, after serving in various offices in connection with

our administration, was unanimously elected Honorary Life-

President at a Special Meeting of the Society, held on the

2nd of May, 1888. He died at Oxford on Jan. 2nd, 1898, in

his 87th year, having been born on December 22nd, 1805.

Besides the loss of our Honorary Life-President, our Society

has during the past year suffered severely by the deaths of

two of our Honorary Fellows and of eight Ordinary Fellows,

including amongst them several of great distinction.

Proressor Hermann Cart Conrad Burmetster, M.D., who

was elected an Honorary Member in 1875, was born at Stras-

lund on the 15th of January, 1807, and died at Buenos Ayres on

the 2nd of May last. In early life he lived at Halle, where he

studied for the medical profession, and was a pupil of Nitzsch,

whom he subsequently succeeded in the chair of Zoology in

the University of Halle in 1842, having well qualified himself

for the post by his able writings on Natural History subjects,

Entomology forming no inconsiderable portion. The first

( xlviy ~)

volume of the ‘ Handbuch der Entomologie,’ by which

Burmeister established his fame as a patient and able writer,

was published in 1832, when its author was only twenty-five

years old. An English translation of this work was under-

taken by Shuckard and appeared in 1886, and formed an 8vo

volume of 654 pages, illustrated by thirty-two plates, relating

mostly to structural and anatomical characters. Four more

volumes of the ‘Handbuch’ were published, the last in 1847,

which dealt with the systematic portion of his subject. This,

however, was never completed, for its author having become

involved in the politics of that stormy period (he had been

elected a deputy by his fellow citizens to the short-lived

National Assembly), he obtained two years’ leave of absence

from the university. Proceeding to Brazil, he joined Lund,

the well-known Scandinavian naturalist at Lagoa Santa in

the province of Minas Geraes. Here he had the misfortune

to break his leg, and was carefully nursed by Lund and the

late Prof. Reinhardt of Copenhagen, who happened to be

there at the time. Though lame for the rest of his lite,

Burmeister nevertheless pursued his explorations, sending

large collections to the Halle Museum. The ‘ Systematische

Uebersicht der Thiere Brasiliens’ and the ‘ Hrlauterungen

zur Fauna Brasiliens’ were the outcome of this period.

In 1858 he traversed the Andes to Chili by way of Mendoza,

and returned to Europe vid Panama and the West Indies.

During a short stay in his old home at Halle he published his

‘Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten’ in two volumes, which

still remains a standard work on the Vertebrates of the

Argentine Republic. Returning to Buenos Ayres, Burmeister

devoted himself for the remainder of his life chiefly in

studying and describing the wonderful fossil mammalia

of the tertiary deposits of the Argentine Republic, the results

being published in the ‘ Anales del Museo Publico de Buenos

Aires,’ in a series of papers illustrated by well-executed

plates, prepared from the author’s own drawings. During

this long period Burmeister still continued his interest in

Entomology, and in 1879-80 he published in his ‘Description

Physique de la République Argentine’ two parts devoted to

the Lepidoptera of his adopted country.

C xiv» >)

Dy. Cart Aucust Doxrn, who died on the 4th of May last,

at Stettin, in the 86th year of his age, was born on the 27th of

June, 1806. He was elected a Member of our Society in

1855, and an Honorary Fellow in 1885. On the death of

Dr. Wilhelm Schmidt, the first President of the Ento-

mological Society of Stettin, which had been founded in

1889, Dr. Dohrn, who was then acting as secretary, was

selected for the vacant post, and duly elected on the 5th of

November, 1848, President of the Society, a post he held

until his retirement in 1887, when he was succeeded by his

eldest son, Dr. Heinrich Dohrn. Dr. Anton Dohrn, his

youngest son, is well known to zoologists as the founder

of the Zoological Station at Naples.

Under Dr. Dohrn’s presidency the Entomological Society

of Stettin flourished, and its ‘Zeitung,’ which has been

issued with unfailing regularity, now extending to fifty-three

volumes, is one of the leading entomological periodicals

of the day, and is full of important memoirs, many of them

written by Dohrn himself. Though sympathizing with en-

tomologists of all branches of the science, Dohrn’s work was

restricted to the study of certain families of Coleoptera, the

Pausside being a group of special interest to him.

Besides being eminent as an entomologist, Dohrn was an

excellent linguist and musician, and a man of great intel-

lectual acquirements.

Sir Ricnarp Owen, K.C.B., F.R.S., whose death took place

so recently, at the advanced age of 88, was born at Lancaster

on the 20th of July, 1804, and died at his residence (Sheen

Lodge, Richmond Park) on the 18th of December, 1892. He

joined our Society as a Member more than fifty years ago,

having been elected in 1841. Though so eminently distin-

guished for his writings, chiefly on Vertebrate Zoology, I am

not aware that he paid any special attention to Entomology.

One important Memoir, however, connected with the subject,

especially relating to Aphidz, was published by him in 1849,

entitled ‘“‘ On Parthenogenesis, or the successive production of

Procreating Individuals from a single ovum.”

Henry 'Tresars Sratnton, F.R.S., who died at Lewisham on

the 2nd of December last, in his 71st year, was born on the

Me ibaem)

13th of August, 1822. He joined our Society in 1848, and was

one of the Secretaries in 1850 and 1851, President in 1881

and 1882, and frequently a member of the Council. During

the whole of that time he was one of the most regular

attendants at our meetings, until the last few months, when

prevented by the illness which eventually proved fatal.

Stainton’s work was practically restricted to Lepidoptera,

though his knowledge of other Orders of insects, and of

Natural History generally, was extensive. His writings

extend over a long period, commencing in 18465, and con-

tinuing almost to the day of his death. They consist not

only of separate works, but also of frequent contributions to

periodical literature; indeed the ‘ Kntomologists’ Intelli-

gencer,’ the ‘ Entomologist’s Annual,’ and the ‘ Kntomolo-

gists Monthly Magazine’ were all originated, and edited

conjointly with others, by him. By degrees his energies

were concentrated upon the Tineide and Pterophoride of his

native country and of Europe, families which he found in great

confusion, and which he with others reduced to their present

order. ‘This result was mainly attained in the ‘ Natural

History of the Tineina,’ of which thirteen volumes were pub-

lished between 1855 and 1878, by Stainton, with the co-

operation of Zeller, Douglas, and Frey. All his writings prove

him to be an exceedingly careful observer, anxious above all

things to base his work upon sufficient materials, so as to

avoid error and lessen the labours of posterity. In his

presidential address for the year 1882, he goes so far as to

recommend that no species should be described upon less than

twenty to thirty specimens, and advocated an amount of self-

denial in such matters, which I imagine hardly any of us are

prepared to put in practice, however much we may wish it.

We should all like to have such a goodly array of specimens of

every new species before us, but I am afraid our wishes are

seldom gratified. Anyhow, Stainton’s wish shows the cautious

nature of his disposition. His business habits caused him to

be sought by many Societies to assist in their goverpment.

He was for a short time Secretary to the Linnean Society,

and one of the Secretaries of Section D of the British

Association for several years, and also of the Ray Society

(ee

from 1861 to 1871, during a critical period of its history.

When Mr. Van Voorst discontinued the publication of the

‘Zoological Record,’ in 1871, Stainton was principally

instrumental in founding the Zoological Record Association,

which was continued till 1886, when its indispensable pub-

lication was undertaken by the Zoological Society of London.

The collections of his favourite groups amassed by Stainton

are very extensive, and he also possessed a valuable entomo-

logical library, the basis of which was that of J. F. Stephens.

A Catalogue of the latter was published by Stainton in 18538.

His Cabinets and Library were always freely open to all who

wished to consult them. For many years Stainton was a

keen collector of British Lepidoptera, and he eagerly sought

recruits to join him in his expeditions. The influence thus

acquired over many a young naturalist was very great. One

of the most useful results of this period was the publication

of the ‘Manual of British Butterflies and Moths,’ compiled

in a concise and readable style, which remains to this day the

best book on the subject. Stainton was elected a lellow of

the Royal Society in 1867, and served on the Council in

1880—1882.

Henry Water Bares, F.R.S., who died on the 16th of

February last, in his sixty-eighth year, was born at Leicester

on the 8th of February 1825. He joined our Society in 1861,

and was elected President for the years 1869 and 1870,

and again for 1878, and frequently acted as one of our

Council. I do not propose to repeat here the outlines of

Bates’s life, which have been already given, not only in

Entomological Journals, but fully in the ‘Proceedings of the

Royal Geographical Society’ for April last, and again in the

adinirable Memoir, by Mr. Edward Clodd, which accompanied

a new edition of the well-known ‘Naturalist on the

Amazons,’ lately published by John Murray; but there are

points in Bates’s life, especially relating to his entomolo-

gical work, upon which I should like to say a few words.

These concern his collections made chiefly during his travels,

and the work he subsequently based upon them in its

various aspects. Bates’s collections made during his eleven

years’ residence in the Valley of the Amazons contained,

(t=)

according to his own computation, specimens of 14,700

species, of which about 8000 were judged to be novelties.

The latter statement was questioned at the time; but Bates

adhered to his figures, and there is every reason to believe

that his estimate was below, rather than above, the actual

number; but no accurate statement on this point can now ever

be arrived at, for to this day there must be numbers of Bates’s

discoveries, in almost all Orders of insects, stored undescribed

in various museums and cabinets throughout Europe.

Moreover, in a number of cases, even where the species are

described, the origin of the types has not been fully and

properly acknowledged. This is seen in reference to one of

Bates’s favourite groups, the Diurnal Lepidoptera, a large

number of which were described and figured by the late

W. C. Hewitson, who -- acknowledging in a general way

Bates’s contributions to his favourite study—in a very large

number of cases contented himself with giving the habitat of

a species as simply Amazons, without any authority. Mr.

Wilson Saunders, who also acquired a number of Bates’s

specimens, simply ticketed them ‘‘Amazons.”’ This serious

omission, so far as the Diurnal Lepidoptera are concerned, is

to some extent remedied by Bates’s own writings on this

group; but he never published his notes on the numerous

and important families Lycenide and Hesperiide, so that

we must look elsewhere for further details on these families.

His own private collection, which some years ago passed into

my possession, furnishes these so far as the Lycenide

are concerned; but the series of Hesperude (the great

stumbling-block to all systematists on the group) is far from

complete. Ou the whole, therefore, it would be possible to

compile a tolerably complete list of the Diurnal Lepidoptera

collected by Bates during his memorable expedition. But I

believe I am right in supposing that, with the exception of a

few families of Coleoptera, no such list could be made of any

of the other Orders of insects in which he interested himself.

This of course is greatly to be regretted; but Bates’s is by

no means an isolated case, but rather the rule that has pre-

vailed as regards the collections of our greatest travellers.

Where, for instance, are the specimens collected by Darwin.

(xo Tih aa)

and even by Wallace ? As regards his own collections, Bates

himself tells us what became of them, and the reason of their

dispersal, in the following paragraph in his Preface to his

‘Travels’ :— It will be an occasion for regret to many

naturalists to learn that a complete set of the species has

nowhere been preserved, seeing that this would have formed

a fair illustration of the Fauna of a region not likely to be

explored again for the same purpose in our time. The limited

means of a private traveller do not admit of his keeping, for

a purely scientific end, a large collection. A considerable

number, from many of the consignments which arrived in

London from time to time, were chosen for the British

Museum, so that the largest set next to my own is contained

in our National Collection ; but this probably comprises less

than half the total number of species obtained. My very

complete private collection of insects of nearly all the Orders,

which was especially valuable as containing the various con-

necting varieties, ticketed with their exact localities for the

purpose of illustrating the formation of races, does not now

exist in its entirety, a few large groups having passed into

private hands in different parts of Europe.” His private

collection of Diurnal Lepidoptera, upon which he bestowed

much attention during his travels, and to which he added

subsequently from every available source, passed, as I have

already said, into my hands many years ago. Bates then

concentrated his energies upon a close and comprehensive

study of the Geodephaga, the Lamellicornia, and the Longi-

cornia of the Coleoptera, and amassed large collections of

each. ‘These, by his own arrangement and wish, passed, at

his death, into the possession of Mous. René Oberthiir, of

tennes. When Mr. Salvin and I commenced an attempt to

gather together our scattered knowledge of the fauna and

flora of Mexico and Central America, Bates was one of our

most trusted advisers in planning the work. He hesitated

for some time before consenting to take an active part in it,

but eventually undertook the charge of the three groups of

Coleoptera in which he was an expert. Once having

commenced, he persevered with characteristic energy until

his task was completed. The Longicornia were begun in

(hit)

November, 1879, and finished in January, 1886; the

work on the Geodephaga occupied from October, 1881,

to December, 1884; and that on the Lamellicornia from

May, 1886, to January, 1890. During the whole of this

time we were receiving large consignments of specimens

from various parts of the country we were investigating,

and as the new arrivals came in Bates was duly sum-

moned to inspect the contents, and the keen interest he

showed, as a noyelty here and a rarity there was spied in

each box as he scanned it, was always a pleasure to watch.

The specimens thus acquired were duly handed over to him

to work out; acomplete set was then put aside, to be returned

to us, and then Bates was at liberty to add what he pleased

to his own collection, and I am glad to know that by this

means his stores were considerably enlarged. The first set

of all these collections has now been placed in the British

Museum, to be eventually incorporated into the National

Collection.

It has frequently been said with truth that Bates was a

many-sided man, and this is especially true as regards his

entomological work, for not only was he a good collector and

a good observer, but also his general reasoning and his

systematic work were of a very high order. This combination

of qualities seems to me to be of special value at the present

day, when it is the practice of some to extol certain branches

of our subject, and to decry others; to exalt generalisations,

and to depreciate the drier and less attractive labours of the

systematist. Personally I recognise no such antagonism, for

the successful collector is ever bringing forward fresh stores of

material to the systematist, who again reduces that material

to order, and constantly enlarges the basis upon which the

generaliser constructs his theories, which without systematic

work would stand upon far too narrow a foundation. Bates’s

generalising power is largely shown in his well-known works,

and especially in that relating to the theory of mimicry.

This was the outcome of constant collecting and observation,

and subsequent systematic work; indeed, to the latter labour

nearly the whole of the published work of the later portion of

his life is devoted. Those who were acquainted with him

Ce liever =)

personally, as it was my good fortune to be for upwards of a

quarter of a century, well knew that the theories which in-

terested him so keenly in the earlier part of his career to him

never lost their charm, and never ceased to enliven the more

purely systematic work at which he laboured so industriously.

In the introductory portion of his Contributions to the Cole-

optera of the Biologia Centrali-Americana, which treats of the

geographical distribution of some of the orders, he constantly

alludes to our imperfect knowledge of the distribution of

species, and speaks with diffidence as to the general relation-

ships of the local forms he was treating of, showing that he was

keenly alive to the imperfections of our knowledge of even

the better-known families of Coleoptera, and the danger of

generalising on too narrow a basis. To my mind, Bates’s

method of work is one to be followed by everyone aiming at

producing sound results, and is the same as that followed by

Darwin, and by the great botanist whose admirable letters to

Bates have recently been published in Mr. Clodd’s memoir.

Referring to his address to this Society in 1879, it will there

be seen what his own views on the subject were. After

alluding to the preponderance of strictly systematic entomo-

logical literature of the day, which he attributed to the pro-

digious influx of material from various countries constantly

being opened up by the growing facilities of communication,

he deprecated this class of work being confined to the mere

description of species and genera, and urged the elaboration

of the general results of their observations, which would

throw light upon the genetic relations of forms. He goes on

to say that ‘all our knowledge of natural affinity in biology,

or the true blood-relationship of forms, has been due to the

labours of systematists and ‘species-describers’: not always

consciously, but through their endeavours, persisted in with

prodigious industry and keenness, to discover characters

which may enable them to classify satisfactorily the objects

of their study. It has fortunately happened that the in-

stinctive perception of truth (less clear and strong in some

than in others) has been such that no classification has

satisfied them, until it has become a natural one: thus with-

out knowing it, or intending it, their labours have gradually

C-Aley?-)

tended to the abandonment of artificial systems and to the

discovery of arrangements which express the true genetic

relations of forms.”’

Our science will be best served when workers in its various

branches regard one another as contributors, each in his

special department for the welfare of the whole, not urging

the superior claims of one subject in preference to another,

but as mutually resting on one another, and no one being

complete in itself. This is the teaching of Bates’s life which

may be profitably followed by us all.

Howarp W. J. Vaueuan, who died on the 18th of October

last at the early age of forty-six, was born at Hackney on the

18th of April, 1846. By profession a solicitor, a keen lepi-

dopterist and a frequent contributor to entomological

literature, and for a time Editor of the entomological

column of the journal known as ‘Young England.’ For

a long time he specially interested himself in the Phycida

and Tortricide, but subsequently he devoted his attention to

varieties of British Lepidoptera generally, of which he amassed

a very large collection, which was broken up in 1890. He

joined our Society in 1869.

Harry Berketey James, who died on the 22nd of July last,

was born on the 9th of March, 1846, and resided for many

years on the west coast of South America, both in Clili and

Peru. His chief pursuit in those countries was Ornithology,

and he made a very complete collection of Chilian birds,

including those of the districts which formerly belonged to

Southern Peru. At the time of his death he was engaged

with Mr. Sclater in the preparation of a work on the birds of

Chili. During his sojourn in South America he also collected

specimens of several orders of insects, especially during a

journey to Chanchamayo, on the eastern side of the Cordillera.

IT am not aware, however, that he ever publishéd any account

of his entomological captures. Mr. James was elected a

Fellow of our Society in 1885.

Joun Tuomas Harris, who died at Burton-on-Trent on the

8rd of October last, at the age of sixty-two, was a banker by

profession, but a keen naturalist. In his earlier days Botany

was his chief pursuit, He subsequently devoted himself

( lv )

chiefly to Coleoptera, of which he formed an extensive col-

lection of British species, and was the discoverer of Macro-

nychus quadrituberculatus and other species in this country.

He was one of the founders of the Burton-on-Trent Natural

History and Archeological Society, and one of its earlier

Presidents. He was elected a Fellow of our Society in 1886.

We have also to regret the loss by death of Epwarp Henry

Burnett, who joined our Society in 1855; and of Srpnry

Pure Smirx, who joined in 1885.

Of entomologists, not Fellows of our Society, who have died

during the past year, I may mention the following :—Hrnry

Waurrety, Jun., well known for many years as a traveller and

collector, died in British Guiana on the 11th of July last. He

was born at Woolwich on the 18th of June, 1844, and started

on his first expedition to Japan in 1864. Here he spent a short

time, and then proceeded to Peru, where he remained in the

mountainous parts of the southern portion of that country for

a considerable period. He left Peru by way of the Amazons,

and after spending some time at Iquitos he proceeded to Para,

and thence to England. His next expedition was to British

Guiana, over a considerable portion of which country he

travelled, penetrating as far as the precipitous sides of

Roraima. Though chiefly occupied in collecting birds, a

pursuit which he followed with unflageing industry and

success, he also made several large and interesting collections

of Diurnal Lepidoptera. Mr. Whitely’s series of butterflies

from Peru was described by Mr. Herbert Druce in the

‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London’ for 1876,

where it formed an important part of his List of the Diurnal

Lepidoptera of that country.

Amongst British entomological collectors who were not

Fellows of our Society, I may mention the names of Mr.

Grorce Haaear, of Hastings, and Mr. Francis Arcurr, of

Liverpool, both of whom did good work in their special studies.

Of our co-workers abroad, we have lost M. l’Abbé Leon

Provancuer, a French Canadian, who died at Cap Rouge,

Quebec, in April last, in his seventy-second year. He was

Kditor of the ‘ Naturaliste Canadien,’ and author of the

‘Petite Faune Entomologique du Canada.’ He chiefly de-

voted his attention to the Ichneumonide.

( lvi )

The obituary notices which I have now concluded have

occupied so much of the time devoted to this Address that

little remains for other matter, but there is one subject of great

interest to our Society upon which I should like to say some-

thing. The Catalogue of the books contained in our

Library, which was commenced by our late excellent Libra-

rian, Mr. Ferdinand Grut, has made under his successor, Mr.

Champion, sufficient progress to enable me to say a few

words respecting it. The manuscript is already completed,

and in the printer’s hands, and the number of titles of works

of various kinds nearly reaches 5000. As most of our

Fellows know, our Library contains a large number of pam-

philets, being authors’ copies of their papers printed in many

of the various journals of the scientific societies in different

parts of the world. One of the first questions that arose in

fixing the scope of our new Catalogue, was whether or not

these should all be entered under separate headings, as if

they were separate, independent works. The decision that

they should be so entered has more than doubled the number

of titles in the Catalogue, but at the same time has, in my

opinion, more than doubled its utility to our Fellows. It is

of the greatest importance to the growth of our Library and

the utility of our Society that our Fellows should have as free

access to our books as possible, and these separate ‘‘ papers ”’

are exactly in the form that is most convenient to lend to our

country Fellows for use in their own homes. We may hope,

therefore, that this branch of our Library may be constantly

and largely increased, for, besides the advantage already

mentioned of facility of loan distribution, these pamphlets

occupy a comparatively small space on our shelves, and are

much more economically housed than books, which often

contain matter which is not entomological, and therefore

outside the studies to which we especially devote ourselves.

We have only to look at the pages of the ‘ Zoological Record’

to see how important, to a Society lke ours, whose means

are, alas! far too limited, concentration of subjects and

economy of space become. We need only look at the

volume for 1891, which, through the untiring energy of

Dr. Sharp, one of our late Presidents, has now been for

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., y., 1892. I

( Ilvil )

several months in our hands, to form some estimate of what

is required of a Library that hopes to keep pace with the

literature of the time. We find there that the number of

separate titles belonging to the Insecta alone reached in the

year 1891 the large total of 974, and the new generic names

proposed for insects in the same year 765, the latter being

considerably more than half the number of generic names

proposed in the whole of the zoological literature of the year.

And yet this large amount of literature does not nearly keep

pace with the flood of new material that reaches us from all

parts of the world! That the Entomological Society’s

Library should grow in proportion to the literature of the

subject to which we devote so much of our energy is what we

all wish, but a result we can hardly hope to attain. Neverthe-

less itis yearly of increasing importance that we should perform

a definite share in gathering within the metropolis as much

entomological literature as can be got together. Quite recently

the Council of the Royal Society decided, after much discus-

sion, that the Catalogue of Scientific Papers published under its

auspices should in future be compiled from such periodicals

only as are to be found in the libraries of the principal

scientific societies in London. If this resolution is strictly

adhered to, the societies in question should endeavour to see

that no periodical of any importance should be omitted from

one or other of their libraries, so as to render the Catalogue

of Papers as complete as possible. This leads to the sugges-

tion that some arrangement might be advantageously made

between the societies themselves, so that each might take a

share of maintaining certain periodicals, and that their

money and space should not, as is often the case at present,

be devoted to the acquisition of sets of the same periodical. A

mutual arrangement of this kind would involve some kind of

association between certain societies, so as to render their re-

spective libraries accessible to their Fellows in common, and a

plan to meet this might easily be devised. We have only to look

at the books on our own shelves, to form asmall estimate of the

growth that has taken place in periodical literature during the

last twenty-five years, and then look forward to what dimen-

sions it will attain in another quarter of a century, to see that

(eels)

some step in this direction must necessarily be taken at no

very distant date. This is merely thrown out as suggestive

of a possible method of meeting a difficulty which I know

occupies the thoughts of some of us, and must sooner or later

be dealt with.

The Council have determined that the Catalogue of our

Library, when finished, should be sold to our Fellows at a

price just sufficient to cover the expense of its production,

and I here express a hope that those who have not already

ordered a copy will at once do so.

One other subject remains to which I wish to call your

special attention. The Fellows are no doubt aware that a

clause in the “ Military Lands (Consolidation) Bill, 1892,”

introduced by the late Government as a modification of a

former Bill with greater powers, still rendered it practically

certain that a considerable portion of the New Forest would

(if the Bill passed) be converted into a Military Rifle Range.

An agitation against this clause, from all classes of naturalists

throughout the Kingdom, was commenced, and petitions for its

repeal were obtained, with signatures from all who are inte-

rested in preserving the New Forest intact. Our Secretary,

Mr. Goss, was largely instrumental in formulating these

petitions, and, at a meeting of the Council of this Society

held in March last, Mr. Goss, and Mr. Elwes, a Vice-

President, were appointed to represent the Society at a

Government enquiry, held at Lyndhurst in April, and which

lasted five days. These gentlemen attended and gave evi-

dence; and there is every reason to believe that the action

taken by this, and other Natural History Societies, had no

small influence in inducing the Government to repeal the

objectionable clause in the Bill referred to.

1 must now thank you all for the consideration and courtesy

extended to me during the two years that I have occupied this

chair, and my thanks are especially due to the officers of the

Society, who have rendered me all the assistance in their

power. I am confident that the same consideration will be

extended to my successor.

Gy lx)

INDEX.

Where the name only of the Species or Genus is mentioned, the

description will be found on the page referred to.

The Arabic Figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the

Roman Numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’

The same arrangement has been adopted as last year; the new

genera and species, and those which have been redescribed, will be

found in detail, but certain of the longer papers are arranged generically

under their headings.

PAGE | PAGE

GENERAL SUBJECTS ........ lxi | HyMENOPTERA ...... Soom, bah;

PARACHINGD Auycretetss che cite eicree eel xd | MUMPIDOP TERA wees: eee oee Ixy

COTBOPTERAM Deane eee lxii | NEUROPTERA ......... Ado lbsaral

DORON gagave sacha ebeeien oe xiv) | (ORTHOPTERA Voss eascces . lxviii

FL TSMUP DER Ato tees, « «.cclayc crs aves lxiv

ee es

GENERAL SUBJECTS.

Annual Meeting, xli.

Aphenogaster barbarus, var. punctatus, and M. yrmicaria subcarinata,

notes on, v.

Aspidiotus articulatus, notes on, x.

Camponotus compressus and other ants from Calcutta, notes on, Xil.

Indian ants, notes on, viii.

Lepidoptera from Celebes, notes on, viii.

New Forest, proposed Rifle Range in, xviii.

On the variation in the colours of cocoons and pupx of Lepidoptera,

XXVll.

Palatability of conspicuous larve, experiments as to the, 243.

Phyllium gelonus, notes on, xiv.

Plusia moneta, notes on, xxv.

President’s Address, xlvi.

Protective resemblance, remarks on, xviii.

Rhopalocera collected in Timor, Pura, Sumba, &e., notes on, XXil.

Species of ants collected by Mr. G. A. J. Rothney in Australia, notes

on, lil.

The effect of temperature on the colouring of Pieris napi, Vanessa ata-

lanta, Chrysophanus phleas, and Ephyra punctata, xxxvi.

Vanessa c-album, notes on, xxx.

Vespa vulgaris, notes on a peculiar nest of, xx.

( in »)

ARACHNIDA.

Atypus Blackwallii, alluded to, 24.—niger, alluded to, 23.—piceus, notes

on the life-history of, 21.

COLEOPTERA.

Acanthoderes nigritarsis, alluded to, 264.—piperatus, n.s., 262.—signatus,

N8:, 205.

Acyphoderes cribricollis, n.s., 160.

Anatinomma, n.g., 150. A. alveolatwm, n.s., 151.

Ancylocera rubella, n.s., 170.

Aneflus cylindricollis, n.s., 147.—? fulvipennis, n.s., 148.

Anisopodus brevis, n.s., 266.

Apilocera breviformis, n.s., 165.—yucateca, n.s., 165.

Asemum glabrellum, n.s., 146.

Athetesis convergens, n.s., 171.

Axestoleus, n.g., 180. A. quinquepunctatus, n.s., 181.

Batyle levicollis, n.s., 181.

Bledius dissimilis, from Bridlington Quay, exhibited, xxiv.

Championa badeni, n.s., 170.

Charisia nigerrima, n.s., 160.

Chrysoprasis guerrensis, n.s., 167.—sthenias, var. leptosthenias, n. 8., 167.

Cirrhicera basalis, n. s., 269.—conspicua, n.s., 269.

Clytanthus hololeucus, n.s., 163.

Cosmisoma nudicorne, n.s., 166.

Crioprosomus gaumeri, n.s., 172.

Crossidius egrotus, n.s., 178.—militaris, n.s., 177.

Deliathis Batesi, alluded to, 257.—diluta, n.s., 257.—pulchra, alluded to,

256.

Deltaspis fulva, n.s., 174.—rubens, 175.—rufostigma, n.s., 173.—tubercu-

licollis, n.s., 175.

Derobrachus smithi, n.s., 144.

Distenia trifasciata, n.s., 157.

Eburia baroni, n. s., 148.—var. porifera, 149.—parulosa, n.s., 149.

Ecyrus arcuatus, n.s., 259.

Elenchus tenuicornis, from Somerset, exhibited, xxiv.

Elytroleptus scabricollis, n.s., 172.

Entomosterna prolixa, n.s., 180. -

Euderces cribripennis, n.s., 165.

Euryptera planicoxis, n.s., 159.—wnicolor, n.s., 159.

Gaurotes multiguttatus, n.s., 158.

Gnomidolon denticorne, n.s., 155.

Hexoplon smithi, n.s., 154.—sylvarum, n.s., 155.

Homaloplia ruricola, black var. from Sussex, exhibited, xxvi.

Homeophleus, n.g., 261. H. licheneus, n.s., 261.

Ibidion gaumeri, n. s., 156.—griseolum, n.s., 156.—ruatanum, n.s., 155.

Ischnocnemis cyaneus, n. s., 178.

Ce lsat >)

Lasiogaster, n.g., 255. L. costipennis, n.s., 256.

Leiopus batesi, n.s., 265.

Leptostylus arciferus, n.s., 265.

Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, species described or alluded

to belonging to the following genera (H. W. Bates) :—Anatinomma,

n.g., 150. — Acyphoderes, 160. — Ancylocera, 170. — Aneflus, 147.—

Apilocera, 165.—A thetesis, 171.—A xestoleus, n.g., 180.—Batyle, 181.—

Ceresium, 154.—Championa, 170.—Charisia, 160.—Chrysoprasis, 167.

—Clytanthus, 163. — Cosmisoma, 166. — Crioprosopus, 172. — Cros-

sidius, 177. — Cyllene, 161. — Deltaspis, 173. — Derobrachus, 144.—

Distenia, 156.—Eburia, 148.—Elytroleptus, 172.—Entomosterna, 180.

—Euderces, 165.—Euryptera, 159.—Evander, 171.—Gaurotes, 158.—

Gnomidolon, 155.—Hammaticherus, 147.—Hexoplon, 154.—Ibidion,

155.—Ischnocnemis, 178. — Metaleptus, 175. — Neoclytus, 164. —

Ochresthes, 162.—Odontocera, 159.—Ophistomis, 158.—Pachymerola,

n. g., 161.—Peribeum, 152.—Pecilomallus, n. g., 151.—Prionus, 144.

—Proteinidium, n. g., 149. — Psyrassa, 152. — Pyrodes, 146. — Rho-

palophora, 166.—Sphenothecus, 179.—Stenaspis, 173.—Stenosphenus,

168.—Stizocera, 152.—Strongylaspis, 145.—Tetropium, 147.—Tillo-

clytus, 164.—Tragosoma, 146.—Triacatelus, n.g., 176.—Trichoxys,

162.—Tylosis, 177.—Vesperoctonus, 158.—Zenochloris, 168.

Lycidola levipennis, n.s., 272.

Malacoscylus bivittatus, n.s , 272.—humnilis, alluded to, 270.—var. fulves-

cens, 271.—var. grisescens, 271.

Mecas marmorata, n.s., 268.

Metaleptus comis, n.s., 175.

Neoclytus smithi, n.s., 164.

Ochresthes clerinus, n.s., 162. —nigritus, n.s., 162. — obscuricornis, n. s.,

163.—tulensis, n.s., 163.

Odontocera yucateca, n.s., 159.

Ophistomis xanthotelus, n.s., 158.

Oreodera affinis, n.s., 262.

Pachymerola, n.g., 161. P. vitticollis, n.s., 161.

Parysatis fuscus, alluded to, 259.—nigritarsis, alluded to, 258.—perplexa,

n.s., 258.

Phea phthisiaca, alluded to, 267.—unicolor, n.s., 267,

Pecilomallus, n.g., 151. P. palpalis, n.s., 151.

Proteinidium, n.g., 149. P. brevicorne, n.s., 150.

Psyrassa cribellata, n.s., 152.— nigricornis, n.s., 1538. — nigroenea, n.s.,

153.—pilosella, n.s., 153.—punctulata, n.s., 152.—sthenias, n.s., 152.

Rhopalophora eximia, n.s., 166.

Sphalacopsis fusca, n.s., 260.—similis, n.s., 260.

Sphenothecus cribellatus, n.s., 179. — cribricollis, n.s., 179. — quadri-

vittatus, n.s., 179.

Stenaspis pilosella, n.s., 173,

Stenosphenus comus, n.s., 169.— gaumeri, n.s., 169. — serlineatus, n.s.,

169.—sublevicollis, n. s., 168.—vitticollis, n.s., 169.

(a lives)

Strongylaspis lobulifer, n.s., 145.

Sympleurotis armatus, n.s., 266.

Tessarecphora arachnoides, alluded to, 261.

Tetraopes femoratus, alluded to, 267.

Tetropium guatemalanum, u.s., 147.

Tilloclytus conradti, n.s., 164.

Tragosoma nigripenne, n.s., 145.

Triacatelus, n.g., 176. T. sericatus, n.s., 176.

Trichoxys cinereolus, n.s., 162.

Tylosis dimidiata, u.s., 177.

Xyleborus perforans, exhibited, xxxy.

Zenochloris barbicauda, n.s., 168.

DIPTERA.

Megarhina hemorrhoidalis, from the Amazon district, exhibited, xix.

HEMIPTERA.

Aspidiotus articulatus, from Jamaiea, exhibited, x.

Birdantis pallescens, n.s., 276.

Cenestra copulanda, n.s., 285.—ligata, u.s., 285.

Copsyrna ochracea, n. 8., 286.

Cynthila viridimaculata, n.s., 275.

Dardus albomacutatus, n.s., 282.—obscurus, n. s., 283.

Desudaba maculata, n.s., 277. ‘

Dichoptera hampsoni, n.s., 278.—nasuta, n. s., 278.—nubila, n.s., 277.

Dictyophora bifasciata, n.s., 279.—insignis, n. s., 279.—preferrata, n.s.,

279.

Eurybrachys apicata, n.s., 281.

Flata labeculata, n.s., 284.—radiata, n.s., 284.—semanga (Colobesthes 2),

285.

Hemiptera, eggs of certain species of, notes on, 193.

Kandiana, n.g., 280. K. lewisi, n.s., 280.

Ledra aurita, from New Forest, exhibited, iv.

Loxocephata castanea, n.s., 281.

Messena radiata, n.s., 280.

Phrommia montivaga, n.s., 284.—parmata, n.s., 284.

Platybrachys grata, n.s., 282.—insignis, n.s., 282.—signata, n.s., 281.

Ricania (Pocazia) flavocostata, n.s., 283.

Scamandra diana, n.s., 276.

HYMENOPTERA.

Anochetus punctiventris, Camponotus opaciventris, Crematogaster rothneyi,

and other species from India, exhibited, viii.

Aphenogaster barbarus, var. punctatus, exhibited, iv.

Aphenogaster longiceps, Camponotus nigriceps, Leptomyrmex erythro-

cephalus, and other species from Australia, exhibited, iii.

Myrmicaria subcarinata, exhibited, y.

Cr isve =)

LEPIDOPTERA.

Abraxas khasiana, u.s., 17.

Acronycta leporina, dark vars. exhibited, xxx.

Agathia codina, n.s., 7.—gemma, n.s., 8.

Amphidasys betularia, larvee of, colours of, 213, 326, 357, 359.

Amphonyx medon, exhibited, xxxi.

Anisodes intermiataria, n.s., 8.—lichenaria, u.s., 8.

Anthyria, n.g., 2. A. tole, n.s., 3.

Anticypella, n. g., 108.

Arctia lubricipeda, var. radiata, exhibited, xxix.

Artemidora, n.g., 112.

Artiora, n.g., 114.

Asthena prasina, n.s., 13.

Bessophora, n. g., 63.

Boarmia repandata, vars. exhibited, xxxv.

Carterocephalus palemon (Hesperia paniscus), larva of, exhibited, xxxv.

Cataclysta hapilista, n.s., 21.

Catocala fraxini, notes on larve of, 227.—nupta, notes on larve of, 219.

Chrysoctenis, 0. g., 86.

Colias edusa, var. helice, and C. hyale, from Hants, exhibited, xxv.

Coptobasis ridopalis, n.s., 18.

Cynthia equicolor, n. s., exhibited, xxi.

Deiopeia pulchella, from Christchurch, exhibited, xxv.

Dianthecia Barrettii, from Ilfracombe, exhibited, vil.

Dicranura vinula, secretions of, 287.

Drepana falcataria, series exhibited, xxiii.

Elachista ocellea, from Cambridge, exhibited, ii.

Ephoria, nu. g., 109.

Erebia melas and other species exhibited, xxvi.

Eriogaster lanestris, cocoons of, alluded to, 47, 205.

Erythrolophus, n.g., 10. E. fascicorpus, n. 8., 11.

Eupithecia filicata, n.s., 1.—rigida, n.s., 2.

Euplea (Stictoplea) harrisii, notes on, 247.

Eupecilia vectisana, from Wicken Fen, exhibited, ii.

Euproctis fulviceps, vars. of, exhibited, ii.

Further experiments upon the colour-relation between certain lepi-

dopterous larve, pup, cocoons, and imagines and their surroundings

(E. B. Poulton); species alluded to :—Acronycta tridens, 452, —

Amphidasis betularia, 326, 357, 359. — Argynnis paphia, 437. —

Boarmia roboraria, 308.— Catocala electra, 301.— elocata, 302.—

fraxini, 304, — sponsa, 300.— Endromis versicolor, 447. — Ennomos

angularia, 304.—Ephyra omicronaria, 306.—Euplexia lucipara, 296.

—Geometra papilionaria, 310.— Gnophos obscurata, 453.—Hadena

oleracea, 296.—Halias prasinana, 448.—Hemaris fuciformis, 447.—

Hemerophylla abruptaria, 316.— Mamestra brassice, 296.—persicaria,

298.—Melanippe montanata, 308.—Orgyia pudibunda, 452,—- Phi

(laa 3

galia pilosaria, 311.— Pieris brassicae, 437.—rape, 437. — Pecilo-

campa populi, 448.—Rumia crategata, 317.—Selenia lunaria, 305.—

Trichiura crategi, 447.— Vanessa atalanta, 432.—io, 397.— poly-

chloros, 436.—urtice, 361.

Geometrine of the European Fauna, on the classification of the: families

and genera described or alluded to (E. Meyrick).

Abraxas, 116.—Agathia, 96.—Anticypella, n. g., 108.—Aplasta, 97.—

Apocheima, 121.—Artemidora, n.g., 112.—Artiora, n.g., 114.—

Asaphodes, 76.—Ascotis, 106.—Asthena, 74.—Awia, 124.

Baptria, 80.—Bessophora, n.g., 63.—Biston, 121.— Brephos, 81.—

Bupalus, 107.

Calocalpe, 70.—Calothysanis, 91.—Carsia, 69.—Cataclysme, 72.—

Cepphis, 113.—Chemerina, 123.—Chlorocystis, 65.—Chrysoctenis,

n.g., 86.—Cinglis, 90.—Cistidia, 115.—Cleora, 105.—Cleta, 85.

—Colotois, 114.—Crocota, 118.

Dasyuris, 77.—Deiliptenia, 109.—Deilinea, 109.—Diastictis, 103.—

Dithalama, 90.

Ectropis, 104.—Hilicrinia, 111.—Emmiltis, 86.—Enconista, 104.—

Ennomos, 114.—Eois, 86.—Ephoria, n. g., 109.—Epirranthis, 84.

—KErannis, 81.—Eremia, 81.—Eucestia, 69.—Euchlena, 112.—

Euchloris, 94.—Eucheca, 74.—Euchrostis, 94.—Eucymatoge, 67.

—Hurranthis, 106.—Eustroma, 71.

Geometra, 96.—Geometride, 92.—Gonodontis, 115.—Gymnoscelis, 65.

Heliothea, 82.—Hybernia, 120.—Hydromena, 72.—Hydromenide, 57.

—Hygrochroa, 113.—Hypoplectis, 118.—Hyposcotis, 117.

Lasiogma, n.g., 70.—Leptomeris, 89.—Leptostegna, 63.—Leucoph-

thalma, 91.—Lignyoptera, 119.—Lobophora, 62.—Lomographa,

110.—Lygranoa, 63.—Lythria, 78.

Megalochlora, n.g., 95.— Metrocampa, 111. — Monocteniade, 78.—

Myinodes, n. g., 82.—Mysticoptera, n. g., 62.

Nanaga, 107.—Nemoria, 98.—Nychiodes, 109.

Ochodontia, 75.—Onychora, n.g., 123.—Operophtera, 74.—Opistho-

graptis, 102.—Orthostixide, 82.—Orthostixis, 83.—Ourapteryx,

Maal.

Palaoctenis, n.g., 68.—Pelurga, 74.—Phaselia, 122.—Philereme, 70.

—Phrissogonus, 64.—Phthorarcha, n. g., 80.—Plemyria, 71.—

Problepsis, 90.— Prosopolopha, 123.— Pseudopanthera, 116.—

Pseudopterna, 96.—Psoros, 120.

Rhodometra, n. g., 75.—Rhodostrophia, 92.

Scardamia, 160. — Schistostege, 68.—Selenia, 118.—Selidosema, 105.

—Selidosemide, 97, 124.— Sparta, 61. — Spartopteryx, 122.

—Sterrha, 88.—Sterrhide, 84.—Synopsia, 108.

Thalera, 94. — Therapis, 118. — Theria, 119. — Tephroclystis, 65.—

Tephronia, 107.—Trichopteryx, 61.—Tyloptera, 64.

Venusia, 75.

Xanthorrhoé, 76.

Zamacra, n. g., 121.—Zettienia, 102.

(Ge bevaty 3)

Glyphodes prothymalis, n.s., 19.

Gonanticlea, n. g., 3.—G. aversa, 214.

Halthia nigripars, n. s., 16.

Hemithea idea, n.s., 6.

Idea albivertex, n. s., 15.—hampsoni, n. s., 14.

Khasia Hills, Heterocera from the, new species described belonging to the

following families and genera (Col. Swinhoe) :— Abraxas, 17.—

Agathia, 7.—Anisodes, 8.—Anthyria, n.g., 2. — Asthena, 13. — Boty-

dide, 18.— Caberide, 13.—Coptobasis, 18.— Desmobathride, 15.—

Ephyride, 8.—Erythrolophus, n. g., 10.—Eupithecia, 1.—Fidonide,

12.—Geometride, 5.—Glyphodes, 19.—Gonanticlea, n.g., 3.—Halthia,

16.—Hemithea, 6.—Hydrocampide, 20.—Idea, 14.—Ideide, 14.—

Margaronide, 19.—Ginospila, n.g., 5.—Perixera, 9.—Pharambara,

18.—Phyletis, 12.—Polynesia, n.g., 4.—Pygospila, 19.—Rhyparia,

17.—Siculide, 18.— Stegania, 14.— Streptopteron, n.g., 9.—Syne-

giodes, n. g., 11.—Terpnomicta, 13.—Thalassodes, 7.—Thalera, 6.—

Tosaura, n. g., 15.—Trichoclada, 15.—Zereniida, 16.

Laphygma exigua, from Isle of Wight, exhibited, xi.

Lasiogna, n. g., 70.

Leucania vitellina, from Isle of Wight, exhibited, xi.

Liparis monacha, vars. exhibited, xxx.

Lycena adonis, var. exhibited, xxxiv.— pretiosa, rhymnus, and teng-

stremii, notes on, 27.

Megalochlora, n. g., 95.

Myinodes, n.g., 82.

Mysticoptera, n. g., 62.

Neptis mimetica, from Timor, exhibited, xxi.

Noctua jlammatra, from Isle of Wight, exhibited, xi.

Notodonta bicolora, from Exeter, exhibited, xxi.

Onychora, n. g., 123.

(inospila, n.g., 5. Ch. lyra, n.s., 6.

Paleoctenis, n. g., 68.

Papilio Gelon, 141.

Parnassius smintheus, &e., alluded to, 250.

Perixera pulverulenta, n.s., 9.

Pharambara sphoraria, n. s., 18.

Phthorarcha, nu. g., 80.

Phyletis prasonaria, n.s., 12.

Plusia moneta, from Tunbridge Wells, exhibited, xxv.

Polynesia, n.g., 4. P. truncapez, n. s., 5.

Polyommatus dispar and rutilus, exhibited, xxx.

Pseudacrea Clarkti, n. s., 201.—miraculosa, exhibited, xx.—Poggei, 202.

Pygospila tyres, vax. cuprealis, 19.

Rhodometra, n. g., 75.

Rhyparia hamiltonia, n.s., 17.

Rumia crategata, notes on larve of, 216, 317.—notes on a possibly pro-

tective habit of larvee of, 234.

( lxviii ©)

Saturnia carpini, cocoons of, alluded to, 49, 205.

Sciaphila penziana, from Anglesey, exhibited, ii.

Selenia illunaria, illustraria, lunaria, &c., effects of artificial temperature

on, 34—44.

Smerinthus larve, notes on red spots in, 237.

Sphinx pinastri, larvie of, bred from ova taken in Suffolk, xxvii.

Stegania crina, n.s., 14.

Streptopteron, n.g., 9. S. posticamplum, n.s., 10.

Synegiodes, n.g.,11. 8S. diffusifascia, n.s., 11.—histrionaria, n.s., 12.

Thalassodes liliana, n.s., 7.

Thalera acte, n.s., 6.

Terpnomicta lata, n. s., 13.

Tosaura. n.g., 15. 1. (Metabraxas) faleipennis, alluded to, 16.—picaria,

Ness; LO:

Trichoclada opsinaria, n.s., 15.

Vanessa urtice, colours of larve and pups of, 210, 361.

Zamacra, u. g., 121.

NEUROPTERA.

Anomalopteryx chauviniana, exhibited, xiii.

Choroterpes exiguus, n.s., 189.

Ephemera pulcherrima, n.s., 185,

Hagenulus monstratus, n.s., 189.

Potamanthus formosus, n.s., 186.

Rhoénanthus amabilis, n. s., 188.

ORTHOPTERA.

Cystocelia immaculata, from Namaqualand, exhibited, vii.

Mecostethus grossus, from Irstead, exhibited, xxvii.

Orobia, phasmid allied to, exhibited, xiv.

Phyllium gelonus, from the Seychelles Islands, exhibited, xiv.

WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., PRINTERS, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.

Trans.Ent. Soc Lond. 1692.Pt. 1.

F.C.Moore del. et lith

Trans. lint. Soc. Lond. 1892.Ptl I.

G.TB-B del. ; Viest {Tewman ith.

. Genitalia of Species of Lycwna&Thecla.

Trans Hint. soe. Lond. 1892. PL. II.

EMeyrick del. West, Newman ith.

Neuration of Geometrina.

FW. }'rahawk del. et lith ;

Trans Hrb.Soow. liond. 1892, PLLV.

West,Newman chromo

Papilio Gelon | Bovusa

ial

Trans Ein SOc

ico and Central

Hanhart

ATHLEPLE A

imp

a oil

EKGs; (One

Hanhart 11

Longicornia from Mexico and Central America .

W. Purkiss

New

ditt

Species of Lonigacornia

from Mexi

Central

Hanhar x tzP

America

mt. Soc. Lond. 1892. Pl. Vi.

Trans. f

—

3 io

omen ol

}

Bree cseceniitie:

hil

TL:

h Mi

Gel,

in Wilson

E,tuy

‘

Trans. Ent. Soc Lond 1892 Pl IX.

Hnaravin

Cambridae

Edwin Wilson. del.

i? W Prohawk del et hth

lla Pseudac

Trans. Hnt, Soe. Lond). 1897. PUX.

SEEr ey oe

Zz 2

West, Nev ama

2.2a Pseudacrzea poggel

‘ea clarkn. 22a

Trane. knt. See. Lond. 1892. Pie

Wintern Bros .Chromo hth

on between

& their surroundings.

Irom

NLEX1LCO

Hanharb

and Central America.

Leny

Trans./int.Soc. Lond, 1892.PU.Xill

‘ot

SS L

rare

Weeat, Newman | Shy shes

Horace Knigh

t a ~ a er uJ Hee }

New Species of Ful goridae.

~).T. Mucrey |

2.077 st Newman chrom.lith

. ES Poulton J

Colour relation of larves of Geometre to their surroundings

we i ’ ,

re uf ‘po

ay f ie BD / ah,

a s

: U ;

~e ’ 7

\ ts ;

; ‘ ,

7 i

Wy Z

—

_™

a i) ”

5 \ ‘|

;

! i i

it 7 :

¥ j F

y) i

, hi

a ‘ A

- , R

, ‘

i <

, r

. 7 U

i \

4 t : :

: ' a -_ ’

ee tee = ; : ;

1 | fa :

ts iv ne io) *

4 : 4 a5

: , FP, te , OF

nn be :

~ J) re x a

Jur’.

ry ‘ ‘

. 4 is

= 5

; k 4 : v

2 .

f i ;

;

+ iY 1

: i " iv

y i ‘ =

: 2

wry ,

: aod

‘ ¥ ? ve :

a : eh

a : z A 7

5 ) ’ i

1 ‘ ‘ :

‘ ; ee

f . ‘ i

a a i

q :

, rea

= ‘ ~~ a +

: ‘i &

A }

to '

i im

i u : -

, *

i on v <

. ¥ 4

} ; W

, _ roan re

i U &

f = cio i

} I

Cay, : . 3

mE % ns i

7 Bi ¥, \

i : 1

er ;

iS 7

yk is

> ae. D +.

‘

4 r Ye

+4 ' & Vi

£ APS Wann Sen

Pad ‘

P rity fw

A »

¥ ,

A iw ’

td si

¥ ul